THE
PROCEEDINGS
LINNEAN SOCIETY
NEW SOUTH WALES.
FOR THE YEAR
1Q0 3.
Vol. XXVIII.
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAM K & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1903-04.
SYDNEY :
F. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PRINTERS,
PITT STREET.
L ; 3 R A R y 5
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.
Andrews, E. C, B.A. — page
Notes on the Geography of the Blue Mountains and
Sydney District. (Plates xxxix.-xliv.) ... ... 786
Baker, R. T., F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,
Sydney—
A Revision of the Eucalypts of the Rylstone District 349
On a new Species of Callitris from Eastern Australia.
(Plate xlv.) 839
Barwick, a. C—
The Botany of the " Clears " and " Basalt Masses,"
County of Hunter, N.S. Wales. (Communicated
by R.T, Baker, F.L.S.) 932
Betche, E., and J. H. Maiden —
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 9 ... 904
DONAT, — ET SeURAT, —
Sur Quelques Similitudes des Langues et des Coutumes
des Indigenes de Funafuti (Ellice Group) et des
Indigenes des lies de la Societe, de I'Archipel des
Tuamotu, etc. ( C oyntnunicated by C lledley,
F.L.S.) 926
Fitzgerald, W. V., F.S.Sc, Lond., F.R.H.S., Eng.—
Descriptions of some new Species of West Australian
Plants. (Communicated by J. II. Maiden, F.L.S.,
ci-cj 104
Froggatt, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist —
Auatralmn Psyllidie. Part iii. (Plates iv.-v.) ... 315
Notes on the Genus Fsychopds, Newman, with De-
scriptions of new Species. (Plate xxi.)... ... 453
2778G
IV. LIST OF COXTRIBCTORS AND TITLES OF PAPERS.
GODING, F. W., M.D , Ph.D.— PAGE
A Monograph of the Australian Membracid<p. (Plate i.) 2
Hamilton, Alex. G. —
Notes on Bt/b^i^ yujantea^ Lindl. [N.U. Diu6trac€(e\.
(Plate xxx%-ii.) 680
Hedlev, Charles, F.L.S. —
The Effect of the Bassian Isthmus upon the existing
Marine Fauna : a Study in Ancient Geography 876
Jensen. H. I. —
The Geology of the Gla^s House Mountains and Dis-
trict. (Plates xlvi.-l.) 842
Kesteven. H. Leighton —
Notes on Proscihranchiata. No. iii. The Neanic Shell
of Melo diadema^ Lamk., and the Definition of
the Nepionic Stage in the Gasteropod Mollusc ... 44:3
Lea. Arthur M., F.E.S. —
Rex'ision of the Australian Curculionidse l^elougiug to
th^ 'ii>Mhiajm\\ Cryptorhynchides. Part vi. .. 643
McAlpine, D., Corresponding Member —
Australian Fungi, New or Unrecorded. Decades iii.-iv. 94
Australian Fungi, New or Unrecorded. Decades v.-vi. 553
^Iaidkn, J. H., F.L.S., Government Botanist of New South
Waler and Director of the Botanic Gardens,
Sydney —
The Flora of Norfolk Island. Part i. 'Plate xxxviii.) 692
The Variability of Eucalyptus under Cultivation.
Part L 887
Maiden, J. H., and E. Betche —
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 9 ... 904
Sande-s, F. p., M.D.. Ch.M.—
The Corpus Luteum of Dasyurus viven'inni<, with
OVjservations on the Growth and Atrophy of the
Graafian Follicle. (Communicated by Pro/e^f<or
J. T. Wihon, M.B., Ch.M. J. (Plates \i.-xx.) ... 364
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AXD TITLES OF PAPERS. V.
SeURAT, , ET DONAT, p^GE
Sur Quelques Similitudes de< Langues et desS Coutumes
des Indigenes de Funafuti (Ellice Group) et des
Indigenes des lies de la Societe, de I'Archipel des
Tuamotu, etc. (Communicated by C. Hedley,
F.L.S.) ' 926
Sharp. David. M.B.. F.R.s._
Description of a new Genus and Species of Coleoptera
(Family Uispidcb) from New Britain. (Comj/iuni-
catedhy W. W. Frofjgatt, F.L.i<.) 924
Sloane, Thomas G. —
Studies in Australian Entomolog}'. No. xii. New
Carahidoi ( Panwjeiniy Bembidiini, PcKjonini,
Platysniatini^ Platyninij Lebiini, with Revisional
Lists of Genera and Species, some Notes on
Synonymy, itc.) ... ... ... ... ... -566
Smith, R. Greig, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society —
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group.
No5.iii.-ix. ... ... ... ... ... ... 114
A Slime Bacterimn (Bad. persicte) from the Peach,
Almond and Cedar ... ... ... ... 338
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group.
Nu. X. The Pararabin Gum of Sterculia (Bact.
pararabinuni, n.sp.) ... ... ... ... .541
The Slime ut Dematiam puUulans ... ... ... S26
The Gum and Byproducts of Bacttrium sacchari ... 634
Turner, A. Jeffeeis.. M.D.. F.E.S.—
Revision of Australian Lepidoptera (Fam. Xotodontidif
and Hi/ponomti/.tidor) ... .. ... ... 42
TuKNEE, Fred., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., etc.—
The Vegetation of New England. N.S.W. ... ... 276
Buumv of the Darliuir. N.S.W. 406
\1. LIST OF CONTRIBUTUKS AND Tl'l'LEK OF PAPKKS.
Watehhousk, G. a., B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. — page
Notes oil Australian Rhopalocera. Lycoiiiditi. Part iii.
Revisioiial. (Plates ii.-iii.) ... ... ... 132
WooL\ou(iii, Walter G., B.Sc, F.Cjt.S. —
The, Continental Origin of Fiji. Part i. General
Geology (Plates xxii.-xxxiv.) ... ... ... 457
The Continental Origin of Fiji Part ii. Petrograpliical
Descriptions of Typical Kocks. (Plates xxxv.-
xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... .. ... 500
CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1903. ^ * -^
PART I. (No. 109).
(fsmicd July BOth, 1005.)
PAGE
A Monograph of the Australian Memhracidie. By F, W. Goding,
M.D., Ph.D. (Plate i.) ... 2
Kevlsion of Australian Lepidoptera (Fam. Notodontid<e and Hypono-
meutidce). By A. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S 42
Australian Fungi, New or Unrecorded. Decades iii.-iv. By D.
McAlpine, Corresponding Member ... 94
Descriptions of some New Species of West Australian Plants. By
W. V. Fitzgerald, F.S.Sc, Lond., F.R.H.S., Eng. (Communi-
cated hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., iZc. ) 104
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. Nos. iii.-ix.
By B. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. 114
Notes on Australian RJiopalocera. Lycanidcr Part iii. — Revisional.
By G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. (Plates ii. -iii.) ... 132
Notes and Exhibits 93
Elections and Announcements L 93
PART II. (No. 110).
(Imied October Cth, 1903.)
PAGE
The Vegetation of New England, N.S.W. By Frep. Turner,
F.L.S.,F.R.H.S., &c 276
Australian P.syllirhi'. Part iii. By Walter W. Froggatt, F.L.S,
(Plates iv.-v.) 315
A Slime Bacterium {Bacterium 2^ersie(f^) from the Peach, Almond and
Cedar. By R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society 338
A Revision of jthe Eucalypts of the Rylstone District. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S 349
Viii CONTEXTS.
PART II. (contimiexl.)
PAGE
The Corpus Luteum of Dcfiyurua rirerrimn^, with Observations on
the Growth and Atrophy of the Graafian Follicle. By F. P.
Sandes, M.D., Ch.M. (Communicated by Professor J. T. Wilson,
M.B., Ch.M.J. (Plates vi. -XX.) 364
Botany of the Darling, N.S.W. By Fred. Turner, F.L.S., F.R.H.S.,
*c 406
Notes on Prosohranchiata. No. iii. — The Neanic Shell of Melo
diadema, Lamk., and the Definition of the Nepionic Stage in the
Gasteropod Mollusc. By H. Leiohtox Kesteven 443
Elections and Announcements .. 314,363
Notes and Exhibits 312,361
PART III. (No. 111).
(IsHued December 23rd, 190-i.)
PAG'E
Notes on the Genus Psychopi^is, Newman, with Descriptions of New
Species. By Walter W. Froggatt. F.L.S., Government Ento-
mologist. (Plate xxi.) 453
The Continental Origin of Fiji. By W. G. Woolxough, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part i. General Geology. (Plates xxii.-xxxiv.) ... ... ... 457
List of twenty-seven Species of Lichens from New South Wales,
recorded by the Rev. W. W. Watts 498
The Continental Origin of Fiji. By W. G. Woolxough, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part ii. Petrographical Descriptions of Typical Rocks. (Plates
xxxv.-xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... oOO
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. No. x. The
Pararabin Gum of Sterculia {Bact. pararahimim, n.sp.). By
R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society ... 541
Australian Fungi, new or unrecorded. Decades v.-vi. By D.
Mc Alpine, Corresponding Member ... ... ... ... ... 553
Studies in Australian Entomology. No. xii. New Carahida' {Pana-
geini,Bemhidiini, Pogonini, Platyftmatiul, Platyuiui, IA)iini, with
Revisional Lists of Genera and Species, some Notes on Synonymy,
&c.). By Thom.\s G. Slo.^xe 566
CONTENTS. ix.
PART III. (confimied).
PACE
Ke vision of the Australian CurciiUonidtv. belonging to the Subfamily
Crijptorhynchides. Part vi. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. ... 643
Notes on Byblis gigantea, Lindl. [N.O. DroseracecB]. By Alex. G,
Hamilton. (Plate xxxvii.) 680
Elections and Announcements .. 499,565
Notes and Exhibits 497,564
PART IV. (No. 112).
(Issued April 3Sth, Ifm.)
PAGE
List of forty-seven Species or Varieties of New South Wales Lichens,
not represented in Wilson's " List," exhibited by Mr. E. Cheel 687
The Flora of Norfolk Island. Part i. By J. H. Maiden, Govern-
ment Botanist of New South Wales, and Director of the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney. (Plate xxxviii.) .. ... ... ... ... 692
Notes on the Geography of the Blue Mountains and Sydney District.
By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (Plates xxxix.-xliv.) 786
The Slime of Dematmm pullulans. By R. Greig Smith, D.Sc,
Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society 826
The Gum and Byproducts of Bacterium sacchari. By R. Greig Smith,
D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society 834
On a new Species of Callitris from Eastern Australia. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xlv.) 839
The Geology of the Glass House Mountains and District. By H. I.
Jensen. (Plates xlvi.-l.) 842
The Effect of the Bassian Isthmus upon the Existing Marine Fauna :
a Study in Ancient Geography. By C. Hedley, F.L.S.... ,. 876
The Variability of Eucalyptus under Cultivation. Part i. By J. H.
Maiden 887
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 9. By J. H. Maiden
AND E. Betche 904
Description of a new Genus and Species of Coleoptera (Family HU-
pidce) from New Britain. By David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. (Com-
municated h]j W. W. Froggatt) 924
CONTENTS.
PART IV. (continued).
PAGE
Sur Quelques Similitudes des Langues et des Coutumes des Indigenes
de Funafuti (Ellice Group) et des Indigenes des lies de la 8ociete
de I'Archipel des Tuamotu, etc. Par MM. Donat et Seukat.
(Communicated by C\ Hedlcy, F.L.S. J 926
The Botany of the "Clears" and " Basalt Masses," County of Hun-
ter, N.S. W. By A. C. Barwick. (Communicated by 7i. T.
Baker, F.L.S.) 932
Notes and Exhibits 685,831,884,944
Elections and Announcements 691,833,886
Donations and Exchanges .. ... 946
Title-page .
List of Contributors and Titles of Papers ... ... ... ... iii
Contents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... vii
List of Plates xi
Corrigenda ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 971
List of New Generic Terms Proposed in this Volume 972
Index.
LIST OF PLATES.
PROCEEDINGS, 1903.
Plate I. — Menihracida: of Australia,
Plates II. -III.— Australian Lyc<imid(L\
Plates IV. -V. — Australian Psyllkhf.
Plates VI. -XX. — Corpus Luteum of Dasyiirus.
Plate XXI. — Genus PsychopHs ( NenropteraJ.
Plate XXII.— Fig. 1. Raised Reef capped by " Soapstone;" Walu Bay, Fiji.
Fig. 2. Conglomerate Bed at Base of Raised Reef, AValu Bay.
Plate XXIII. — Fig. 3. Carcharodon Tooth from Raised Reef.
Fig. 4. The Great Dyke of Devo.
Plate XXIV. — Fig. 5. Buki Levu, from the South.
Fig. 6. Jointed Tuffs; Wailoa River.
Plate XXV.— Fig. 7 (with Fig-. 8). Panoramic View of Range of Volcanic
Mountains on Upper Waidina.
Plate XXVI.— Fig. 8 (with Fig 7). Panoramic View of Range of Volcanic
Mountains on Upper Waidina.
Plate XXVII. —Fig, 9. Namulowai.
Fig. 10. Nabui.
Plate XXVIII. — Fig, 11, Korobasabasaga from the Pass of Navunitorilau.
Plate XXIX. —Fig. 12, Boulders of coarse Volcanic Agglomerate; Navua
River.
Plate XXX. — Fig. 13. Quartz Diorite in ><itii; head of Wainibua River.
Plate XXXI. — Fig. 14. Quartzites and Slates; Wainimala River,
Plate XXXII. — Fig. 15. Prismatic Andesite; Drau.
Fig. 16. Level-bedded Marine Tuffs; Bua Levu.
Plate XXXIII.— Geological Sketch Map of Part of Viti Levu, Fiji.
Plate XXXIV. — Highly Generalised Geological Section across Viti Levu, Fiji.
Plates XXXV. -XXXVI. — Sections of Fijian Rocks.
Plate xxxvii. — ByblU yiyantea, Lindl, [N.O. Dro>^eracece].
Plate XXXVIII, — Dysoxylon Patert^oniamun, Benth,& Hook. f,[N,0. Meliace(('].
Plate XXXIX. — Ideal Sections across the Blue Mountains during various Cycles,
Plate XL. — Govett's Leap, illustrating canon- formation in alternating hard
and soft layers of rock.
Plate XLi, — Valley of Grose, illustrating denudation during Canon Cycle,
Plate XLii, — Pittwater (Lower Hawkesbury) illustrating drowned valleys.
Post-Tertiary subsidence.
Plate xLiii. — View of the Lithgow Peneplain, showing the canon cut by the
Port Hacking River, and the later drowning of the same.
xii. LIST OF PLATES.
Plate xLiv.— Map of Sydney District, showing extent of recent alluvium,
deposited during recent subsidence and exposed by more recent
elevation,
Plate xh\.—Callitri^ (jracilU, n.sp. [N.O. Conifer<e\
Plate xLVi.— Map of the Glass House Mountains District.
Plate xLvii. — Fi". 1. Portion of Mt. Conowrin, showing columnar structure.
Fig. 2. Mt. Beerwah.
Plate xLviii.— Fig. 3. Mt. Conowrin, showing the inaccessible portion of the
mountain, consisting entirely of vertical trachyte columns.
Fi". 4. Mt, Tibrogargan, as seen from a railway train,
Plate xLix.— Fig 5. Portion of Railway Cutting near Beerburrum Station,
showing trachyte dyke causing an anticline.
pi^te L, Y\^. 6. — Bird's-eye view of the Glass House Mountains from Mt.
Ngun Ngun,
Fi". 7. Bird's-eye view of the Glass House Mountains from Mt.
Mellum.
For " Corri<yenda " and "List of New Generic Names," see pp, 971-972.
:F»:ROCEEDi:]srGhS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OP
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 25th, 1903
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, March 25th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
Messrs. H. J. Carter, B. A., " Ascham," Darling Point; A. F.
MiXNER, M.I.A.M.E., Homeward Bound Mine, Yalwal, KS.W.;
and G. F. Vaughan, M.A., Sydney Grammar School, were elected
Members of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges roceived since the previous
Monthly Meeting (26th November, 1902), amounting to 33 Vols.,
222 Parts or Nos., 33 Bulletins, 35 Reports, 4 Pamphlets, 6
Maps and Charts, and 18 Miscellanea, received from 110 Societies,
&c., and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the table.
A MOXOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN
MEMBRACID^.
By F. W. Goding. M.D.. Ph.D.
(Plate i.)
IXTRODUCTIOX.
The Jlembracid^ are distinguished from the other Homoptera
by the perpendicular head, the wonderful development and pro-
longation posteriorly of the prothorax. and the venation of the
tegmina and wings, although all of these characters are more or
less modified, gradually passing to those of closely related groups.
An example of variation in the form of the head is seen in Por-
corhinus. where it is horizontal and shovel-shaped, while in the
prothorax the posterior process may be absent as in the same
genus. The normal number of veins passing from the base of
the corium is three, yet in some of the genera there is but one.
The head is usually perpendicular: when viewed from the front
it is triangular, quadrilateral, or bandeau-shaped, with the large
globular eyes on each side of the base, between which are the
ocelli The prothorax usually covers the chest and abdomen, but
in aU the Australian forms examined by me the scutellum is more
or less exposed. Above the attachments of the tegmina are the
lateral angles, which may be prominent or obsolete. The dorsum
may be convex, tectiform. flat or elevated in protul^e ranees or
horns, and extends, posteriorly, in a variously shaped process, which,
however, may be absent, and nearly always there is present a
percurrent median longitudinal carina. When the posterior
process is absent, the scutellum frequently is furnished with horns
or spines, and in form it is usually triangular, the apex termi-
BY F. W. GODING. 3
Dating in one or two small teeth. The tegmina (upper wings) are
more or less lanceolate, and are divided into two distinct parts,
the corium and the clavus. The former occupies the greater
portion, and has, arising from the base, the costa and three longi-
tudinal veins, the radial and two ulnar, which are forked to form,
with transverse venules, the variously formed cells. These are
usually the costal, radial, two ulnar, one or more discoidal (these
may be absent), and five apical cells, the last a distinguishing
characteristic of this group. The clavus occupies the interior of
the tegmina, being separated from the corium by a suture, which
is represented in the plate of this work by dotted lines. It has
one or two veins arising from the base, and may have the sides
parallel. or gradually narrowed to the apex. The tegmina may be
free, or more or less covered by the lateral borders of the posterior
process of the pro thorax, the free part more or less coriaceous and
opaque. They are surrounded by a margin which may be very
narrow, the veins even reaching the edges, or very broad, occupy-
ing nearly one-half of the tegmina. The wings (lower wings)
are also divided into two parts, the corium and clavus, the former
having the costa and three longitudinal veins arising from the
base, forming three basal and three or more apical cells, while the
clavus may have one or two basal veins. They are always
vitreous, iridescent, and transparent. The legs consist of the
femora, tibiae, and tarsi. The femur is cylindrical and curved,
the tibia quadrangular, prismatic or spatulate, while the tarsus is
composed of three articles, the first long, the other two short, the
last ending in two claws.
As regards the habits of the Memhracidce all that need be
mentioned is well told by Mr. Froggatt in an article which is
copied in these pages under S. virescens (p. 11).
I take great pleasure in acknowledging assistance received in
the way of material, copies of papers, and words of encourage-
ment from Messrs. W. W. Froggatt, Charles French, Charles
French, Junr., Henry Tryon, A. M. Lea, J. G. O. Tepper, J. A.
Kershaw, A. Simson, George Masters, and George Lyell, Junr.;
also to Mr. A. D. Chater for the drawings. To Captain F. W.
4 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN M KM BR ACID ^K,
Hutton, Christchurch, N.Z., I am indebted for information as to
the Memhvacidce not having been found in that Colony.
In ^vorking out the identity of the described Australian species,
great difficulty was experienced, owing to the meagreness and
indefiniteness of the published descriptions of Walker and Fair-
maire. Stal experienced the same trouble, and practically refused
to recognise Walker's work. However, in this I believe him to
have erred. Where a species can be identified from the descrip-
tion, illustration, or type, I always recognise it; hence I believe
that the synonymy as given in the following pages is correct.
When sufficient material shall have been collected to form a
complete duplicate series, my types of the Australian forms will
be deposited in some Museum in this Commonwealth for the
benefit of students.
Species preceded by an asterisk [*) are in my collection.
Check List of Australian MEMBRAciDiE.
Terentius, Stal. Sertorius, Stal.
1. convexus, 8tal. 12. australis, Fairm.
DiNGKANA, Godg. C. obstans, Walk.
2. borecdis, Godg. C. binotatits, Walk.
Sextius, Stal. 13. acanthaspis, Fairm.
3. bipimctatus, Fabr. 0. decisits, Walk.
4. depressus, Godg. 14. giganticus, Godg.
5. virescens, Fairm. 15. brevicornis, Godg.
G. suffusa, Walk. 16. Tepperi, Godg.
AcANTHUCUS, Stal. 17. areolatus, Godg.
6. rufive7itris, Walk. 18. curvicaudus, Godg.
7. trisjnni/er, Fairm. Eufrenchia.
8. g7'acilispinus, Stal. 19./cdcata, Walk.
9. conspurcatus, Stal. ^S'. curvicornis, Stal.
10. bispinus, Stal. 20. Lece, Godg.
11. Kershawi, Godg.
BY F. W. GODING.
Centrotypus, Stal.
21. occidentcdis, Godg.
22. mhiutus, Godg.
LuBRA, Godg.
23. spinicornis, Walk.
24. regalis, Godg.
Daunus, Stal,
25. vitta, Walk.
0. contorta, Walk.
26. Tasmanice, Fairm.
C. contractus, Walk.
C. fruncaticornis. Walk.
27. (/racilis, Godg.
EuTRYONiA, Godg.
28. mo7bstrifera, Walk.
0. ponderifer, Walk.
(?) Hypsoprora, Stal.
29. cassis, Buck.
(?) Philya, Walk.
30. parvula, Buck.
EUFROGGATTIA, Godg.
31. tuhercidata, Godg.
PORCORHINUS, Godg.
32. Master si, Godg.
Synopsis of Subfamilies of the Membracid^.
1 (2), Scutellum distinct, produced beyond metanotum, and
furnished with acute apical angles Centrotince.
2 (1). Scutellum obsolete or wanting, not extending beyond
metanotum.
3 (10). Tarsi of equal length, or posterior longer than
anterior pairs.
4 (9). Tibiae simple, not dilated.
5 (6). Tegmina folded behind clavus, free portion cori-
aceous, opaque, with scarcely distinguishable
veins externally; clavus and interior basal cell of
corium broadened toward apex, intermediate
apical cell petiolate in the coriaceous part Tragojnnce.
6 (5). Tegmina entirely membranous; veins distinct.
7 (8). Third apical cell elongate, never petiolate Ddrnince.
8 (7). Third apical cell subtriangular, petiolate adjacent
cells contiguous . , Siiiiliina\
9 (4). Tibiae and lateral borders of head dilated, foliaceous. Membracince.
10 (3). Posterior tarsi small, shorter than anterior pairs ' Hoplophorince.
Synopsis of the Genera found in Australia.
1 (24). Prothorax furnished with a posterior process
which nearly covers scutellum.
2 (5). Dorsum of prothorax unarmed, convex.
3 (4). Corium with two discoidal cells Terentius, p. 7.
4 (3). Corium with three discoidal cells D'uujkana, p. 8.
6 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBEACIDjE,
5 (2). Dorsum of prothorax armed with one or more
horns or protuberances.
6 (11). Dorsum in front, furnished with one protuber-
ance.
7 (10). Dorsal protuberance erect, much thickened,
gibbous posteriorly near base.
8 (7). Apex of dorsal protuberance much dilated on
each side, exteriorly a sharp, slender, directly
diverging spine Eutryonia, ]). ^4:.
9 (8). Apex of dorsal protuberance not dilated
laterally, destitute of lateral spines HypHoprora, p. 35.
10(7). Dorsal protuberance porrect, slightly ascending PJnlyd,^)- 36.
11 (6). Dorsum of prothorax with two or more pro-
tuberances or horns.
12 (23). Dorsum with two horns, one over each lateral
angle.
13 (16). Lateral horns dilated at apices; more or less
erect, contiguous at base.
14 (15). Apices of lateral horns reticulate, exteriorly
with a spine; interior angle acuminate or
gibbous, sometimes forming an arch Lnhra, p. 28.
15 (14). Apices of lateral horns not reticulate, and des-
titute of exterior spines but acuminate, the
interior angle not gibbous Daunux, p. 30.
16 (13). Lateral horns not dilated at apices, more or less
acuminate.
17 (18). Tibise dilated, venation in apical part of corium
very irregular, forming many cellules ; pos-
terior process tectiform Se.vtius, p. 9.
18 (17). Tibiae not dilated (one exception) ; venation
regular (one exception, third apical cell
divided); posterior process not tectiform.
19 (22). Two ulnar veins joined, near base, with a trans-
verse venule.
20(21). Corium with two discoidal cells Sertoriiis, -g. IS.
21 (20). Corium with three discoidal cells Eufrenchia, p. 24.
22 (19). Two ulnar veins, not joined, near base, with a
transverse venule Centrotyims, t^.'2Q.
23 (12). Dorsum with three protuberances or horns,
lateral horns, conical, acuminate; the third
placed on the median carina is a triangular
pine or angle, or median carina lightly and
briefly foliaceous AcantJiucuf!, ]). 13.
BY F. W. GODING. 7
24 (1). Prothorax destitute of a posterior process;
scutellum everywhere visible.
25 (26). Scutellum short, triangular; head produced in
a large shovel-shaped form; venation of
coriura interrupted by transverse venules,
cells difficult to distinguish; with two basal
veins; clavus with two veins Porcorhinus, p. 38.
26 (25). Scutellum reaching posterior end of body broad,
sides parallel, apex broadly and obtusely
rounded; head small, triangular, produced
downward; base of scutellum with a trun-
cated pyramidal protuberance at base; every-
where tuberculate ; one-fourth of tegmina
densely opaque, coriaceous veins barely dis-
tinguishable, lying flat on tergum beneath
scutellum Eufroggattia, p. 37-
Terentius, Stal.
1866, Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 87.
Prothorax moderately convex, unarmed above lateral angles;
posterior process broad, then narrowed, acuminate, convex, a
little narrower at base over scutellum which it touches, sinuate
on each side, anteriorly furnished with an abbreviated carina;
tectiform posteriorly.
Tegmina transparent, furnished between two interior longitu-
dinal veins with a transverse venule near base, two discoidal
cells, the interior petiolate, costal cell but little longer extended
than radial, the former punctured; clavus not gradually narrowed
to apex, furnished with two veins.
Wings with four apical cells.
Scutellum truncated at apex, on each angle a little tooth.
Tibiae and tarsi simple, not dilated.
Type, 2\ convexics, Stal.
*T. coNVEXUs, Stal.
(Plate i., figs. 8 and 14.)
1869, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. p. 286.
Head densely punctured, front lightly inflexed, distinctly lobed
at each side on lateral borders; ocelli above a line passing through
centre of eyes.
8 A MONOGKAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACID^^,
Prothorax piceous, densely punctured, furnished with an ahiiost
obsolete median line, convex; posterior process broad and convex
at base, much narrowed at middle, then very slender and acumi-
nate, a longitudinal ruga below the middle, posteriorly elevated
in a carina, apex distinctly curved downward, reaching tip of
abdomen.
Tegmina vitreous, obscure at base, base and costa dilute piceous,
radial and ulnar veins towards apex and veins including the dis-
coidal cells blackish, the two discoidal cells of equal length.
Chest with sides dense silky gray, pubescent.
Legs with femora and base of tibias piceous, rest of tibiae
sordid yellow, tarsi piceous.
Long. 7; lat. 3 mm.
Type in Mus. Holm.
Food plant, Hakea sp.
Hah. — Rockhampton (Stal), Brisbane, Cairns, Q. (Tryon) ;
Tweed River, N.S.W. (Froggatt); Williamstown, S.A. (Tepper).
As T. convexics and Sertorius australis differ only in absence
and presence of lateral horns, I believe them to be two forms of
one species.
D I N G K A N A, gen.nov.
Head triangular, punctured, pubescent, lobed on each side on
lateral borders; ocelli above a line passing through centre of eyes
to which they are a little nearer than to each other.
Prothorax rises convexly from base into the form of a dome,
unarmed above lateral angles, coarsely punctured, median longi-
tudinal carina anteriorly absent or obsolete ; posteriorly the
dorsum lightly descends into the posterior process which is very
broad at base, gradually'- narrowed to middle, then attenuated to
apex which is decurved reaching apex of abdomen; sides and
dorsum of posterior process lightly sinuate.
Tegmina lanceolate, vinaceous, opaque at base, with three dis-
coidal cells, the second and third placed between the two ulnar
veins, the first between apex of radial and base of second apical
BY F. W. GODING. 9
cells; costa and radial vein piceous and punctured; destitute of a
transverse venule between two ulnar veins, near the base.
Wings with four apical cells.
Legs simple.
Type, D. borealis, Godg.
Dingkana (dingkan— an insect, in the Koka-Yimidir language)
differs from Terentius chiefly in the presence of three discoidal
cells, the dorsum more elevated and dome-like, and the absence
of a transverse venule between ulnar veins, near base; also in the
position of the ocelli.
■^D. BOREALIS, Sp.nOV.
(Plate i., fig. 21.)
Head piceous, finely ,punctured, front strongly inflexed, lobed
on each side.
Prothorax convex, sordid black, finel}'' punctured, narrowed
behind lateral angles, extended in a long slender process, not
sinuate below, sinuate above, reaching tip of abdomen, and nearly
reaching apices of tegmina, the apex strongly and lengthily
curved downward, the process touching the interior borders of
tegmina the entire length.
Tegmina vitreous, vinaceous, punctured, ferruginous and opaque
at base, radial and costal veins, and those including discoidal
cells, ferruginous; second and third discoidal cells of equal length,
the first much shorter.
Tibiae yellowish brown.
Long. 5; lat. 2 mm.
Described from one female.
Type in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — Cairns, Q. (Tryon).
S E X T I u s, Stal.
Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 88.
Prothorax elevated, perpendicular for a distance from base,
with a percurrent median carina, armed on each side, above
10 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACTD.H,
lateral angles, with an acute, triquetrous, diverging horn, or
angulate; posterior process tectiform, a little concave below, the
sides of the scutellum barely visible.
Tegmina with the apical portion of corium marked by the
presence of many venules, which divide it into numerous apical
cellules; costal cell punctured, opaque, extending beyond radial;
exterior discoidal cell not petiolate; clavus punctured and opaque
over basal half, not gradually narrowed towards apex, with two
veins.
Wings with four apical cells.
Tibise dilated.
Type, Centrotus virescens, Fairm.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (4). Prothorax armed with a horn above each lateral angle.
2 (3). Lateral horns directed outward, depressed towards apex,
never turned upward; dorsum between lateral angles
flat, never convex; corium destitute of a transverse
venule between two ulnar veins clepressus.
3 (2). Lateral horns turned outward and upward; dorsum
between lateral horns convex; corium furnished with
a transverse venule between two ulnar veins near base, virescens.
4 (1). Prothorax unarmed or lightly tuberculate above lateral
angles; a black spot on interior vein of clavus bijmnctatvs,
'-'S. VIRESCENS, Fairm.
(Plate i., fig. 2.)
1846, Centrotus virescens, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), iv. p. 515.
1851, Ceresa suffusa, Walk., List Hom. Brit. Mus., p. 530.
Pale greenish or tawny, punctured, sometimes marked with
piceous.
Prothorax with the lateral horns directed outward, slightly
upward, usually much more elevated than the dorsum which is
convex between the horns; posterior process long, slender, tecti-
form, extended nearly to apices of tegmina, tip decurved.
Tegmina pale tawny, a transverse venule between the two
ulnar veins, near the base, the interior discoidal cell long and
BY F. W. GODING. 11
petiolate; basal half of costal, radial cells and clavus punctured
and opaque.
Femora frequently black, tibiae and tarsi tawny. Chest fre-
([uently piceous.
Long. 6 to 8; lat. (inch lat. corn.) 3 to 4 mm.
Types in Coll. Fairmaire, and in British Museum.
Food plant, Acacia decurrens.
Hah. — New Holland (Fairmaire); Tarago, Clarence R., Gosford,
Loftus, Wollongong, Bungendqre, Homebush, N.S.W. (Lea) ;
Maitland, Sydney, Penrith, Kempsey, Uralla, N.S.W. (Froggatt);
Newcastle, N.S.W. (Hays): Brisbane (Tryon) ; Townsville, Q-
(Dodd) : Victoria (Stowell) ; Gisborne, Vic. (French) : South
.'\ustralia (Tepper) : Pine R., Geraldton, West Australia (Lea).
This species is the most common membracid in Australia and
the most widely distributed. Among those examined are the
form suffma, Walk., with the foreparts dusky, others with the
head and chest black, and others variously marked with brown;
the venation of the tegmina is very variable, there being a strong
tendency to the presence of small venules.
Mr. Froggatt, in a most interesting article entitled " Insects of
the Wattle Trees," which appeared in the ' Agricultural Gazette'
for July, publishes the only account which has appeared on the
habits of any of the Australian Membracida^,. He says, " This
(virescens) is one of the commonest insects upon the young
v/attles, where they are much sought after by several species of
ants that come to obtain the sugary secretions, popularly known
as " honey dew," that they discharge from the abdominal glands.
The female slits the bark with her ovipositor and lays the eggs in
rows, the young larvse and pupae, as well as the perfect insects,
being found clustering along the branchlets, but as soon as dis-
turbed they crawl round the twig away from their enemies, and
when touched they spring from the hind legs and jump for
a considerable distance." The above graphic account is practically
true of most of the Memhracidw., but some of the species of
Tragopa^ at least, live in the ground in the nests of ants.
12 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MfJMniiACID.H,
*H. DEPRESSUS, sp.nov.
(Plate i., fig. 24.)
Green, tawny when dried.
This species, in a general way, is closely related to virescens ;
it differs in being smaller, lateral horns shorter and stronger,
directed outward, not at all upward, the apical part depressed;
the dorsum between the horns is flat, never convex ; corium
destitute of a transverse venule between two ulnar veins, near
base.
Long. 5 to 7; lat. (incl. lat. corn.) 2 to 3 mm.
Described from nineteen males and females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Food plant, Acacia decurren>^.
Hah. — Pinjarrah, Bridgetown, West Australia (Lea): Brisbane,
<^. (Try on) : Sydney, Rye Bay, Kempsey, Richmond R., WoUon-
gong, Tweed R., Maitland, N.S.W. (Froggatt).
This species may be easily separated from riresceus by the
depressed appearance of the dorsum and horns, when viewed from
the front, and absence of a transverse venule, near base of tegmina.
S. BiPUNCTATUS, Fabr.
1775, Memhracis 2-piLiictata, Syst. Ent. p. 677.
1781, MemhracU 2-pif.ncfata, Spec. Ins. ii., p. 318.
1787, Memb7'acis 2-punctata, Mant. Ins. ii., p. 265.
1S03, Oentrotus 2-punctatus, Syst. Rhyng. ii., p. 19.
1869, Sextius bij^unctatus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii., p. 52.
Yellowish gray.
Head very obtuse, short, front strongly inflexed.
Prothorax angulate only, or tuberculate, above lateral angles.
Tegmina tawny, a black spot on the middle of the interior
vein of clavus, apex furnished with many cells.
I have not seen an example of this species, but doubt if it is
distinct from virescens, which would then become a synonym.
BY F. W. GODING. 13
The above description is but a translation of the one ijiven bv
Stal. The measurement is not mentioned.
Type in Mus. Holm.
Hdh. — New Holland (FaVjricius).
ACANTIIUCUS, Stal.
1866, Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 87.
Prothorax elevated, rising vertical!}^ from the base, furnished
with an acute triquetrous horn on each side, above lateral angles;
posterior process slender, more or less sinuate, the median longi-
tudinal carina between and behind lateral horns briefly foliaceous
or elevated in a high tooth or horn.
Tegmina with the corium furnished with five oblong apical and
two discoidal cells; costal cell extended beyond radial; the two
interior longitudinal veins destitute of a transverse venule near
base; clavus with two veins, gradually narrowed to apex.
Wings with four apical cells.
Scutellum with apex truncated, ending, on each side, in a little
tooth.
Tibise and tarsi simple, not dilated.
Type, Centrotus trispinife'i% Fairm.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (3). Dorsum of posterior prothoracic process furnished
with an acute elevation behind lateral horns.
2 (3). Posterior process far distant from the interior borders
of closed tegmina, dorsum with a second elevation
which is a high, triangular, acuminate horn ;
apical cells of corium crescent-shaped, base curved
toward interior rujiventris.
'6 (2). Posterior process touching interior borders of closed
tegmina throughout, with a second elevation an
obtuse angle; apical cells of corium straight.
4 (5). First dorsal elevation an acute angle trispinifer.
5(4). First dorsal elevation a slender spine graciUspinus.
6 (1). Posterior prothoracic process not horned behind the
lateral horns, but the median carina is somewhat
elevated in an obtuse angle, or lightly foliaceous.
14 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACIDjE,
7 (11). Dorsal carina behind lateral horns elevated in an
obtuse angle.
9 (10). Lateral horns short, turned outward and downward;
size very small Kershmci.
10 (9). Lateral herns long, curved outward and upward; size
large conspnrcatus.
11 (7). Dorsal carina lightly foliaceous behind lateral horns,
not angulate hifipin}i.'<.
"^A. RUFIVENTRIS, Walk.
(Plate i., fig. 13.)
1861, Centrotus rufiventris., Walk., List Horn. Brit. iNIus. p. 616.
Ferruginous, with a golden pubescence.
Head piceous, triangular, minutely punctured, ocelli on a line
passing through centre of eyes, and a little nearer to each other
than to the eyes.
Prothorax roughly punctured, front lightly inclined backward;
lateral horns stout, extending outward and a little upward,
towards the apex curved slightly to the horizontal, on the superior
surface an obsolete carina; dorsal horn long and acute; posterior
process long, slender, deeply sulcate at the base, curved at the
middle into a high, triangular, acute eminence, distant from the
abdomen, thereafter sloping to the very much attenuated apex
which just passes the tip of the abdomen, but does not reach the
apices of the tegmina.
Tegmina pale tawny, punctured at the base and along the costa,
a spot at the interior angle, and the veins surrounding the
interior discoidal cell, ferruginous.
Abdomen varies in colour from red to ferruginous.
Legs ferruginous, tibiae with a row of golden hairs along each
angle; tips of tarsi piceous.
Long. 9 6; lat. 2; inch lat. corn. 4 mm.
Type in British Museum.
Hah. — Moreton Bay, Q. (Walker) : South Australia (Tepper).
BY F. AV. GODING. 15
■*A. TRISPINIFER, Fairm.
(Plate i., fig. 7.)
1846, Centrotus trispinifer^ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), iv. p. 515,
pi. viii., fig. 35.
Head fuscous, recurved, ocelli on a line with the centre of, and
a little nearer to each other than to the eyes.
Prothorax ferruginous brown to piceous ; armed over each
lateral angle with a long, sharp horn, extending directly outward,
apex turned a little downward and backward, superior surface
with two small carinse; dorsal horn triangular, stout and pointed;
posterior process sulcate above the basal half, then forming an
obtuse angle, the apical half turned downward, not reaching apex
of abdomen.
Tegmina ferruginous, costa, base, and apical third somewhat
opaque; corium with a light transverse band passing across the
middle; exterior discoidal cell about one-half the size of interior.
Chest black, with a light ferruginous spot on each side.
Legs fuscous.
Long. ^6, 9 7; lat. (inch lat. corn.) (J 4, ^ 4 mm.
Type in Coll. Westwood.
Hoh. — New Holland (Fairmaire) : Huon R., Hobart, Mount
Wellington, Tasmania (Lea) : Tweed R., N.S.W. (Lea); Glouces-
ter, N.S.W. (Froggatt) : South Australia (Tepper) : Victoria
(Kershaw).
*A. GRACILISPINUS, Stal.
1869, Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 287.
Ferruginous, some silky white pubescence.
Prothorax punctured; lateral horns long, turned directly out-
ward and obliquely upward, lightly decurved toward apex; the
dorsal horn is erect, slender, rather long; posterior process dis-
tinctly curved behind the middle, while in front it is a little
elevated.
Tegmina grayish hyaline, bases and towards apices ferruginous,
base and costa punctured.
16 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMDRACID.f:,
Scutellum and chest densely silky.
Long. 9 5.\; lat. 2i mm.
Tj^pe in Mus. Holm.
Hah. — Northern Australia (Stal) : Bruni Is., Tasmania (Lea) :
Victoria (French) : South Australia (Tepper) : Bunbury, "West
Australia (Lea) : Clarence R., Tweed R., N.S.W. (Lea).
This species is closely related to A. trispinifer; it differs in the
longer lateral horns, which ascend obliquely, while the dorsal
horn is longer, more slender and acute.
*A. coxspuRCATus, Stal.
1869, Ofv. K. Yet. Akad. Forh. p. 288.
Ferruginous, punctured.
Prothoracic lateral horns medium, turned forward and distinctly
upward, very slightly curved; median longitudinal carina elevated,
behind the lateral horns, in an obtuse angle; posterior process
lightly curved.
Tegmina sordid hyaline, base and costa ferruginous and
punctured, with an obsolete apical ferruginous spot; with two
diseoidal cells.
Long. 9 J:J; lat. 2 mm.
Type in Mus. Holm.
^«6— \Yest Australia (Stal) : Tweed R., Blue Mts., N.S.W.
(Froggatt) : Mt. Wellington, Huon R., Tasmania (Lea) : South
Australia (Tepper) : Victoria (French).
Closely allied to A. trispinifer, but differs in the lateral horns
being turned distinctly upward and the dorsum destitute of an
acute median horn.
■^A. Bispixus, Stal.
1869, Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 288.
Ferruginous black, punctured.
Prothoracic lateral horn short, directed outward, destitute of a
horn or angle behind these horns; posterior process lightly curved,
and lightly foliaceous at base.
BY F. W. GODING. 17
Tegrnina subvinaceous hyaline, base and costa ferruginous and
punctured; base of third apical cell curved toward interior.
Sides of chest and scutellum densely silky gray, pubescent.
Long. $ 41, 9 5; lat. 2 mm.
Type in Mus. Holm.
Food plant, Acacia pycnantha.
Hah. — Australia (Stal): Homebush, Tweed R., Sydney, ;N".S.W.
(Lea); Clermont, Tweed R., Maitland, Mittagong, Richmond R.,
N.S.W. (Froggatt) : Swan R., Geraldton, Pinjarrah, West Aus-
tralia (Lea) : Largs Bay, N. Mecklenburg, South Australia
(Tepper) : Victoria (French) : Tasmania (Simson).
Resembles the preceding, differing from it in the lateral horns
being turned outward, and the median carina not elevated in an
angle or horn, but slightly foliaceous at middle. The male is
smaller, its lateral horns very diminutive.
■*A. Kershawi, sp.nov.
Head black, triangular, apex acute, strongly curved backward.
Eyes prominent; ocelli above a line passing through centre of
eyes, near base, nearer to eyes than to each other.
Prothorax inclined backward from base, piceous brown,
covered with yellow hairs; lateral horns, short, turned directly
outward, horizontal, slender, very acute; posterior process
obtusely angled at base, thereafter slender, strongly sinuous to
decurved acuminate apex, which does not reach the tips of
tsgmina.
Tegmina with the costa and clavus entirely opaque and
punctured, two discoidal cells, the second nearly circular, almost
reaching exterior border of corium; veins brown, covered with
yellow hairs; third apical cell crescentiform.
Body, femora and tarsi black.
Long. (J 3 J, 9 4 mm.; lat. (J 1, 9 U mm.
Described from one male and two females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
^a6.— Thornleigh, Blue Mts., N.S.W. (Froggatt).
2
18
A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACID.E,
Dedicated to Mr. J. A. Kershaw, of the Melbourne Museum,
who supplied me with a number of interesting Australian forms.
Sertorius, Stal.
1866, Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 88.
Prothorax rising vertically from the base, furnished with an
acute or equally broad horn, on each side, above lateral angles,
distant between bases; posterior process touching scutellum, not
distant; the median carina not elevated, but percurrent.
Tegmina with tive oblong apical and two discoid al cells; the
two ulnar veins of the corium joined near base by a transverse
venule; exterior discoidal cell not petiolate; costal cell punctured
and opaque, extended beyond radial ; clavus with two veins,
gradually narrowed to apex.
Wings with four apical cells.
Scutellum transverse or almost equally long and wide, apex
truncate, ending on each side, in a little tooth.
Tibiae and tarsi simple, not dilated.
Type, Centrohis australis, Fairm.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (2). Lateral horns very short and small, third apical cell of
tegmina long, straight ; females with, and males
destitute of, transverse venule between two ulnar
veins, near base austraUs.
2 (1). Lateral horns large and strong.
3 (10). Lateral horns conical, gradually narrowed towards
apices.
4 (9). Third apical cell of corium long, narrow.
5 (6). Third apical cell of corium furnished with transverse
venules a reolatus.
6 (5). Third apical cell of corium destitute of transverse
venules.
7 (8). Lateral horns turned outward and backward, short ;
tegmina more or less piceous brevicornis.
8 (7). Lateral horns turned outward and forward; tegmina
transparent smoky yellow Tepperi.
BY F. W. GODING. 19
9 (4). Third apical cell of corium not narrow; apex of first
apical cell of corium not extended beyond base of
second apical cell ; tegmina colourless, veins
piceous, cells short curvica itdus.
10 (3). Lateral horns with sides parallel, not, or very slightly,
narrowed towards apices which are subtruncated,
anterior angle rounded, posterior acute.
11 (12).Lateral horns turned directly outward, lightly upward,
broad at bases, widely separated, very strong fjiganticu>t.
12 (11). Lateral horns long, slender, very lightly curved, turned
outward, strongly upward, narrow at base acanthasins.
■^S. AUSTRALis, Fairm.
1846, Centrotus aiistralis, Ann. Soc. Enb. Fr. (2), iv. p. 518.
1858, Ce7itrotus ohstans] Walk., List Horn. Brit. Mus. Suppl.
p. 162.
1858, Centrotus binotatus, Walk., Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 81.
Head piceous, broad, short, a small tooth on each side of the
apex which is curved backward.
Eyes large, prominent beyond sides of the prothorax; ocelli
above line passing through centre of the eyes, to which they
approach more nearly than to each other; base lightly curved.
Prothorax piceous, convex, coarsely punctured, with a median
longitudinal carina; lateral horns very small, short, conical,
•extended directly outward; posterior process broad at base,
gradually narrowed to the middle, thereafter slender, acuminate,
decurved, reaching apices of tegmina; at the base it is notched
showing the white tomentum on the scutellum.
Tegmina vitreous, tinged with yellow, the base, a spot at the
interior angle, and veins ferruginous; a transverse venule between
two ulnar veins near base in the female, absent in the male;
clavus vitreous.
Legs ferruginous; tarsi piceous.
Long. 9 7, (J 6; lat. 9 3, ^ 21 mm.; inch lat. corn. 9 4, (J 3 mm.
Types in Coll. Fairmaire, British Museum and Coll. W. W.
Saunders.
20 A MONOGEAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACID^E,
Ilnb.— ^ew Holland (Fairmaire) : Gosford, N.S.W. (Lea):
Victoria (Kershaw) : Tasmania (Simson) : Williamstown, South
Australia (Tepper).
Mv opinion is that Terentius convexics, Stal, is a horned form
of this species.
*S. ACANTHASPis, Fairm.
1846, Centrohis acmithaspis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), iv. p. 515.
1851, Centrotus decisus. Walk., List Hom. Brit. Mus. p. 621.
Head spindle-shaped, apex not produced, brown, punctured,
lateral borders a trifle foliaceous; ocelli on a line with the centre
of and approaching to the eyes; with a median carina; base
lightly curved.
Prothorax punctured, brown, with scattered yellow hairs, and
a smooth black scar on each side in front; lateral horns turned
outward, a little upward and forward, strongly triquetrous, bases
far apart, apices obtuse ; posterior process thickened at base,
gradually acuminate to the decurved apex which reaches the tips
of the tegmina, passing apex of abdomen, the inferior edge
sinuate. There is some yellow pubescence on the sides of the
chest and on the scutellum.
Tegmina transparent, a little smoky yellow, bases of clavus
and radial cell, and nearly all of the costal cell, with the veins,
ferruginous.
Legs ferruginous.
Long. 9; lat. 3 mm., inch lat. corn. 5 mm.
Types in the ^luseum of the Entomological Society of Fiance
and the British Museum.
ffab. — Port Jackson (Fairmaire); Tweed R., Tamworth, Well-
ington, N.S.W. (Froggatt) : Highfields, Q. (Tryon) : Murray R.,
South Australia (Tepper).
*S. GIGANTICUS, sp.nOV.
(Plate i., fig 1.)
Head black, broad, punctured and impressed, apex produced,
lateral borders with a denticle near base; ocelli equidistant from
BY F. W. GODING. 21
each other and the eyes, and on a line through the centre of the
eyes; base lighth^ curved.
Prothorax black, densely and rudely punctured, furnished with
a median carina, and armed above each lateral angle with a strong,
triquetrous horn, which is turned outward and a little upward,
not at all forward, broad, compressed, and flattened at apex,
which is obtusely rounded, the posterior angle acuminate; the
posterior surface is broadest, on the inner surface several carinse;
dorsum between the lateral horns broad, flat, increasing in altitude
backward ; posterior process starts from the highest point, is
tectiform, and broad for some distance from the base, thereafter
gradually acuminate to the apex which just passes the tip of the
abdomen; laterally there are a few carinse.
Tegmina ferruginous, opaque, basal portion and nearly all of
costal cell punctured, a white spot at the interior angle.
Legs piceous, tibi?e triquetrous.
Long. 9 l^j l^t- 4: mm., inch lat. corn. 6 mm.
Described from two females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hab. — South Australia (Tepper).
This is the largest Membracid yet found in Australia.
■^S. BREVICORXIS, Sp.nOV.
Head piceous, covered with yellow hairs, with an abbreviated
median carina in the centre between the ocelli, two small
tubercles below and forming a square with the ocelli, lateral
borders with a denticle near base; ocelli on a line passing through
the centre of the eyes and equidistant from them and from each
other; base lightly cur\'ed.
Prothorax piceous brown, the dorsum convex, blackish along
the middle, and furnished with a strong, black median longitu-
dinal carina; on each side of the dorsum, above lateral angles, is
a short, stout, triquetrous, auricular horn turned upward, which
is blackish on the convex superior surface towards the very
obtuse tip, which ends in a blunt point, pointing outward, and a
trifle backward; the horn is elevated but little above the middle
22 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBJiACrD.E,
of the dorsum ; the posterior process is triquetrous, tectiform,
lightly gibbous at the base, broad for a distance, thereafter
gradually acuminate to the apex which reaches the end of the
abdomen.
Tegmina Ijroad, basal third black, punctured and opaque, the
remainder transparent smoky, veins, and a large spot on the disk,
piceous.
Sides of the chest and scutellum yellow pubescent.
Legs strong, piceous; tibiae triquetrous, slightly flattened, a
central carina from base to apex.
Long. 5 6; lat. 3 mm., inch lat. corn. 4 mm.
Described from two females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hab. — South Australia (Tepper) : Mt. Barker, West Australia
(Lea).
The ear-shaped lateral horns will easily distinguish this species.
*S. Tepperi, sp.nov.
Head black, punctured, triangular, apex produced strongly
backward; ocelli on a line with superior border of eyes and equi-
distant from them and from each other.
Prothorax piceous brown, base black, punctured, furnished with
a median percurrent carina, and armed on each side, above lateral
angles, with a short, stout, triquetrous, acuminate horn turned
upward, very lightly outward, and strongly forward, the upper
surface marked with two or three small carina near the front
edge, the posterior edge of each horn continued for some distance
on the posterior process as a carina, parallel to the median
carina; posterior process very broad and convex at base, gradually
narrowed to the middle, thereafter slender and acuminate, reach-
ing tips of tegmina.
Tegmina smoky yellow, basal fourth piceous, punctured and
opaque, the remainder transparent, veins ferruginous and thick.
Body below black; tibiae and tarsi lighter.
Long. 9 6; lat. 2 ram.; incl. lat. corn. 3 mm.
Described from two females.
BY F. W. GODING. 23
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — Bunbury, West Australia (Lea).
Dedicated to Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, Entomologist to the South
Australian Museum, who has been most liberal in his donation of
material.
S. AREOLATUS, Sp.nOV.
(Plate i., fig. 3.)
A long, slender, short-horned, ferruginous species.
Head punctured, covered with yellow hairs, the base nearly
straight, apex recurved; ocelli above a line passing through the
centre of the eyes from which they are about equidistant and
from each other.
Prothorax punctured, covered with yellow hairs, with a long
shining scar over each eye; furnished with a percurrent median
carina; it is armed on each side, above lateral angles, with a tri-
quetous, conical, almost erect horn which is turned strongly
upward, a little inclined outward, the obtusely pointed tip
turned directly outward, with three small carinse on the superior
surface ; posterior process tectiform, straight, sinuate along
inferior border, narrow at base, long and slender, gradually
acuminate to apex which curves strongly downward, reaching tips
of tegmina.
Tegmina long, narrow, lanceolate, smok}', vitreous, base and
veins ferruginous, a piceous spot on interior angle, and veins sur-
rounding third apical cell, of the same colour; corium with long,
narrow, discoidal cells, of equal size, the third apical cell, very
long and narrow, crossed by several transverse venules.
Sides of chest and scutellum covered with yellow down.
Femora black, tibiae and tarsi ferruginous.
Long. 7; lat. 2 mm.; incl. lat. corn. 4 mm.
Described from five males and eight females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — Victoria (Kershaw) : South Australia (Tepper) : Braid-
wood and Queanbeyan, N.S.W. (Lea).
This species may easily be separated from its congeners by the
long, narrow, slender form, and areolated third apical cell.
24 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACIDyE,
"^S. cuRviCAUDUs, sp.nov.
Head triangular, base nearly straight, lateral borders denticu-
late; ocelli on a line passing through centre of eyes, and equidistant
from each other and the eyes.
Prothorax piceous, with a median percurrent carina, armed on
each side with a rather long, very flat horn turned almost directly
outward, ver}-- slightly upward, apex curved a little backward, and
but little elevated above dorsum; posterior process very broad
from base to middle, then slender and gradually acuminate to the
apex, strongly decurved from base to the apex which reaches tips
of tegmina.
Tegmina with very little of base punctured, vitreous, and trans-
parent, veins piceous, corium with first discoidal cell about one-
half the size of the second, the second apical cell very small.
Long. 7; lat. 2 mm.; incl. lat. corn. 5 mm.
Described from two males.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
iTa^.— Tweed River, N.S.W. (Froggatt).
A small piceous species with the posterior process strongly
curved downward from base to apex.
EuFRENCHiA, gen.nov.
Head nearly triangular, lateral border denticulate, convex in
front, base nearly straight; eyes prominent outward.
Prothorax rudely punctured or reticulate, rises vertical]}^ from
base, armed on each side with a long, strong, vertical, flattened
horn, with sides parallel, superior part curved outward, falciform,
apex obtuse, with two little teeth, between which is a shallow
sulcus ; posterior process long, slender, apex lightly decurved
slightly passing apices of tegmina; lateral horns near at bases,
between which median carina is obsolete.
Tegmina with cells of corium narrow, three discoidal cells, the
first placed between the radial and first ulnar veins in front of
second apical cell, second and third between the first and second
BY F. VV. CODING. 25
ulnar veins behind the third and fourth apical cells; furnished
with a transverse venule between the two ulnar veins, near base.
Wings with four apical cells.
Tibiae flattened and lightly dilated.
Type, Centrotus falcatus, Walk.
This genus differs from the last section of Sertorius in having
three discoidal cells.
Dedicated to Mr. Charles French, Government Entomologist
of Victoria, for his uniform kindness and courtesy.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (2). Falciform portion of lateral horns brief, base of posterior
process broad Leca.
2 (1). Falciform portion of lateral horns very long, base of pos-
terior process proportionately slender , falcata.
*E. FALCATA, Walk.
1851, Centrotus falcatus, List Hom. Brit. Mus. p. 62.
1869, S. curvicornis, Stal, Of v. K. Yet. Ak. Forh. p. 287.
Head piceous, punctulate; ocelli above a line passing through
centre of eyes, a little nearer to the eye than to each other.
Prothorax fusco-ferruginous, densely and strongly punctured,
almost reticulate with a median longitudinal carina which is
interrupted between lateral horns, seen from front, narrowed
upward, lateral horns contiguous at base, erect to middle, then
strongly curved outward and downward, broad, long, sides
parallel, apices truncated, anterior apical angle rounded, posterior
angle in a prominent tooth; posterior process convex, rather
slender, curved downward from middle, apex black, reaching tips
of tegmina.
Tegmina pale subfuscous hyaline, veins fuscous, punctured on
each side, the basal and costal cell subferruginous, punctured
beyond middle. Chest black, a spot on chest and scutellum
yellowish-gray pubescent.
Long. (J 5, 96; lat. (J 2, 9 2|; exp. corn. (J 6, 9 7 mm.
Female differs little from male.
26 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACIDJi,
Types in British Museum and Mus. Holm.
Hab. — Adelaide, South Australia (Stal) : Van Dieman's Land
(Walker).
"^"E. Le^e, sp.nov
(Plate i., fig. 5.)
Head black, punctured; ocelli as in J'alcatus.
Prothorax dark ferruginous, punctured; lateral horns, not con-
tiguous at bases, extend upward and strongly forward, long, sides
parallel, a small apical portion outward, apical angles as in
falcatus; posterior process tectiform, not convex, strong and broad
at base, gradually narrowed to apex which reaches apices of
tegmina.
Tegmina ferruginous, opaque, veins darker and punctured
along their sides, one-third of clavus and radial cell, and all of
costa, densely opaque and punctured, and opaque spot on apex of
first apical cell.
Long. 9 6; lat. 1|; exp. lat. corn. 3 to 3J mm.
Described from seven females.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — West Australia (Lea).
Dedicated to Mr. A. M. Lea, Government Entomologist of
Tasmania, who kindly presented this and other interesting forms.
Centrotypus, Stal.
1866, Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 88.
Front a little prominent downward; ocelli lightly prominent;
destitute of lobes on lateral borders.
Prothorax horned above lateral angles, the horns triquetrous,
conical; the posterior process acuminate, almost covering scutellum;
median carina a smooth line anteriorly.
Tegmina with five apical and two discoidal cells, the interior
petiolate, the two ulnar veins not joined, near the base, with a
transverse venule; costal and radial cells almost equally long.
Wings with four apical cells.
Tibise simple.
BY F. W. GODING. 27
Type, Centrotus /lexuosus, Fabr.
This genus differs from Sertorius only in the absence of the
transverse venule between the two ulnar veins, a very weak
character.
Synopsis of Species,
1 (2). Third apical cell straight, first discoidal cell long, nar-
row, two-thirds length of second; lateral horns turned
outward, downward and backward; size large. occidentalism
2 (1). Third apical cell crescentiform, base curved toward
interior angle; first discoidal cell triangular, small;
lateral horns very short and minute; size very small, minutus.
*C. OCCIDENTALIS, Sp.nOV.
Ferruginous, the head, base of prothorax excepting the edge,
tips of lateral horns, chest, abdomen, femora excepting the tips,
a spot on the tibiae, and tips of tarsi, black.
Head as long as broad, base strongly curved, the apex produced
downward, toothed on lateral borders, punctured; ocelli white,
placed above a line passing centre of eyes to which they approach
nearer than to each other.
Prothorax punctured, furnished with a percurrent median
carina ; dorsum convex, armed on each side, above lateral
angles, with a short, flat, conical horn, compressed infero-
superiorly, turned directly outward, apex obtuse, inclined a little
downward and backward, the upper surface with the dorsum,
convex; posterior process stout at the base, not tectiform, sin-
uous along inferior border, and gradually acuminate to the apex
which reaches the tips of the tegmina.
Tegmina vitreous, clear, veins ferruginous, punctured at base,
a blackish cloud near base of clavus; first discoidal cell two-
thirds length of second, equal to and lying alongside of first
apical cell.
Long. 6|; lat. 2^; inch lat. corn. 4 mm.
9 Differs from the male in being tawny yellow, and ferruginous
where the male is marked with black, and the larger size.
Long. 9; lat. 3 J; inch lat. corn. 5 mm.
28 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMBRACID.E,
Described from two males and one female.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — Swan River, West Australia (Lea).
*C. MiNUTUS, sp.nov.
Head black, triangular, deorsum, with scattered yellow hairs:
ocelli above a line passing through centre of eyes to which they
are nearer than to each other, base barely curved.
Prothorax black at base, and apex, otherwise dark brown, con-
vex, armed on each side above lateral angles with a very minute
pointed horn extended directly outward; the dorsum most elevated
at base of posterior process which is distinctly sinuous, tectiform,
acuminate, apex reaching end of abdomen, but shorter than
apices of tegmina.
Tegmina broad, short, ferruginous, and punctured at base,
nearly all of costal and basal third of radial cells punctured and
opaque; corium with the tirst discoidal cell triangular, half size of
second, the second long narrow, directed diagonally to apical
veins; third apical cell with base curved toward interior angle;
veins milky white; first apical cell minute.
Body below black. Tibiae and tarsi ferruginous.
Long. 3; lat. 1 mm.; but little broader between apices of lateral
horns.
The female differs from the male in the lateral horns which are
little more than minute tubercles, and the broader basal cells.
Described from three males and one female.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
^^6. —South Australia (Tepper) : Mosman's Bay, N.S.W.
(Froggatt); Clarence River, Tamworth, N.S.W. (Lea).
This minute species is the smallest yet found in Australia, and
the smallest of the genus known.
Lu B R A, gen.nov.
Head triangular, lateral borders sinuous.
Prothorax rising vertically from the base, the dorsum appears
to divide into two long anteriorly inclined horns which are en-
BY F. W. CODING. 29
larged towards the apex rounded on the top (not truncated), the
inner angles produced in triangular acuminate spines, the surface
reticulated; the posterior process is much shorter than the tegmina
and sinuate.
Tegmina with two discoidal cells, the second petiolate, furnished
with a transverse venule between two ulnar veins, near base.
Wings with four apical cells.
Legs very slightly flattened.
I have chosen for the name of this genus the aboriginal word
meaning " wife." It is closely related to Daunus.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (2). Apices of dorsal horns furnished with a slender spine on
the outer side, converging to form an arch by the
meeting of the acuminate interior angles of the apices regalis.
2 (1). Apices of dorsal horns widely separated; interior angle
of each apex not acuminate, but gibbous, with a slender
spine on exterior angle s;pinicornU.
*L. spiNicoRNis, Walk.
1862, Oxyrhachis spitdcornis^ Journ. Ent. i. p. 316.
Head piceous, strongly punctured; ocelli on a line passing-
through centre of eyes, and a little nearer to the eyes than to
each other.
Prothorax dilute piceous, rising vertically from the base with
the lateral horns thick, very long, erect, slightly inclined forward,
curved, thickly and rudely reticulated; the apex is much thickened,
and armed with a sharp spine on the outer side, extending
directly outward ; posterior process very long and slender, apex
decurved, reaching apices of the tegmina.
Tegmina broad, vinaceous, veins darker, base and nearly all of
costa ferruginous, opaque and punctured, the third apical cell
normal, basal half of clavus punctured and opaque.
Chest with yellow pubescence.
Legs ferruginous.
Long. 9 8; lat. 3 mm.
30 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMDRACID.f:,
Type in the British Museum.
£fa6.— Moreton Bay, Q. (Walker): Tweed River, N.S.W.
(Froggatt); Clarence River, N.S.W. (Lea).
^''L. REGALIS, sp.nOV.
(Plate i., figs. 4 and 9).
Head piceous, triangular, with two minute tubercles on each
side Qn the lateral borders; ocelli near the base, above a line
passing through the centre of eyes, equidistant from each other
and the eyes.
Prothorax dark ferruginous, rising vertically from the base,
laterally compressed, the dorsum widened on each side into a
long laterally compressed horn, which is much thickened and
reticulated towards the apex and much inclined forward, the apex
curved inward ending in a triangular point which meets with
its fellow forming the half of a circle, bearing a short, stout,
sharp spine on the exterior surface; the posterior process is very
slender, sinuous, much shorter than the tegmina, the apex acumi-
nate
Tegmina clear, vitreous, with the entire basal fourth ferrugi-
nous, punctured and opaque, the veins and a large spot of the
same colour on the apices; clavus gradually acuminate, vitreous,
ferruginous at the base, with two veins.
Legs light ferruginous, tips of tarsi piceous.
Described from one example, the body of which is wanting.
Type in Coll. F.W.G.
Hab. — Brisbane, Q. (Tryon).
D A u X u s, Stal.
1866, Hemiptera Africana, iv. p. 87.
Prothorax elevated, furnished with a median carina, armed on
each side above lateral angles with a broad horn, triquetrous at
the base, compressed upward from front and behind ; apex
broadened, truncated, sometimes furnished with a very short spine;
posterior process acuminate, rarely reaching apices of tegmina.
BY F. W. CODING. 31
Tegmina destitute of transverse venule between two ulnar
veins, near base, with five oblong apical and two discoidal cells,
the interior petiolate; costal cell extended beyond radial, both
punctured and opaque; exterior discoidal cell not petiolate; clavus
punctured and opaque at base, with two veins, gradually narrowed
to apex.
Wings with four apical cells.
Scutelluifa transverse, almost equally long and wide, apex trun-
cated, ending on each side in a little tooth.
Tibiae and tarsi simple (in one species dilated).
Type, Centrotus Tasmanice, Fairm.
Synopsis of Species.
1 (4). Lateral horns nearly erect; apex of posterior process not
passing tips of tegmina ; head triangular ; tibiae not
dilated.
2 (3), Corium furnished with a longitudinal, ferruginous stripe
along middle from base to apex ; third apical cell
normal vitta.
3 (2). Corium smoky yellow, destitute of ferruginous stripe ;
third apical cell furnished with transverse venules Tasmania.
4 (1). Lateral horns inclined forward; apex of posterior process
far surpassing tips of tegmina; head nearly square,
lateral borders foliaceous; front tibiae dilated gracilis.
*D. TASMANiiE, Fairm.
(Plate i., figs. 6 and 20).
1846, Centrotus Tasmanice, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), iv. p. 513,
pi. 3, fig. 15.
1851, Centrotus contractus, Walk., List Horn. Brit. Mus. p. 622.
1858, Centrotus truncaticoi^nis, Walk., Ins. Saunds. Horn. p. 81.
Head black, triangular, apex a little recurved; ocelli on a line
with centre of eyes, and a little further from each other than
from the eyes.
Prothorax dark ferruginous brown, punctured, rising verticall}'
from base, lateral horns strong, upright, a little diverging, some-
what constricted along middle, dilated at the apex, which is
32 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEM lillAC I D.E,
truncated, the inferior angle being acute; the inner and anterior
surfaces with little carinas; lateral angles prominent; posterior
process long, slender, straight, the apex a little decurved, reaching
the tip of the abdomen, but much shorter than the tegmina.
Tegmina broad, ferruginous, costa and base punctured and
opaque, the third apical cell of corium with several transv^erse
venules; clavus punctured at base, gradually narrowed to apex,
with two veins.
Chest and abdomen piceous, covered with dense white
pubescence.
Legs piceous.
Long. (J 7, 9 9; lat. J^ 2, 9 .3 mm.
Types in Collections of Serville, Signoret and Lefebre, British
Museum, and W. W. Saunders.
Hab. — New Holland (Fairmaire) : Hobart, Tasmania (Lea) :
Gisborne (French); Port Phillip, Victoria (Walker) : Brisbane,
Q. (Tryon).
This is the most common species in Tasmania.
*D. viTTA, Walk.
(Plate i., fig. 25).
1851, Centrotus vitta, Walk., List Hom. Brit. Mus. p. 626.
1858, Oxyrhachis coiitorta, Walk., Ins. Saunds. Hom. p. 66.
Head triangular, ferruginous, punctured, ocelli on a line with
the centre of, and much nearer to each other than to the eyes.
Prothorax ferruginous, lightly pubescent, vertical in front; the
lateral horns almost erect, triquetrous, much more widely
separated at the apices than at bases; two carinse on the inner
surface; apices much broadened, outer angle acutely produced,
inner angle rounded; posterior j)rocess long, slender, sinuous at
the middle, apex reaching almost to the tips of tegmina.
Tegmina long, clear, lanceolate, base ferruginous, and punctured;
veins, and a broad longitudinal stripe along the middle of corium,
ferruginous, the discoidal cells of equal size; clavus gradually
acuminate, the base, a large spot at the middle and one at the
apex, ferruginous.
BY F. W. GODING
Legs ferruginous, tips of tarsi piceous.
Long. (J 6, 9 7; lat. (? 2, 9 2.^ mm.
Food plant, Acacia decnrrf'us.
Hah. — Tasmania (Walker) : Camden Haven, Penrith, Sydney,
N.S.VV. (Froggatt); Queanbeyan, Bungendore, N.S.W. (Lea") :
South Australia (Tepper).
This species is easily recognised by the slender form, and the
ferruginous stripe on the tegmina.
■^D. GRACILIS, sp.nov.
Head piceous, nearly square, the apical portion nearly as broad
as the base, sides foliaceous; ocelli on a line with the centre of the
eyes, nearer to the eyes than to each other.
Prothorax piceous brown, punctured with black, with a distinct
median carina; it rises vertically from the base, over each lateral
angle furnished with a strong, quadrangular, black, nearly erect
horn, which is inclined lightly outward, strongly forward, the
sides parallel nearly to the apex, which is broadened, truncate, the
inner angle slightly rounded, the outer angle produced in a blunt
point; the truncated surface is marked with four reddish carinse;
the posterior process is very slender, lightly sinuous, acuminate,
exceptionally long, reaching beyond the tips of the tegmina, the
apical fifth bent a little upward.
Tegmina long, very narrow, vitreous, with piceous veins ; the
interior discoidal cell longer than exterior, the last four apical
cells with their bases in a line, the first placed nearly at the
middle of the exterior border; clavus vitreous, with two piceous
veins.
Tibi» reddish, all dilated; tarsi tawny.
Long. 9 7^; lat. U mm.; lat. inch lat. corn. 3^ mm.
Described from one female.
Type in Coll. F.W.G.
Hah. — West Australia (Lea).
The species may be easily recognised by the long, very slender
form, the vitreous tegmina, and the dilated tibi?e. It is closely
3
34 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MKMnilACIDjE,
related to the subfamily Menibracuut, but the exposed sides of
thescutellum place it outside of that group.
E u T R Y o N I A, gen.nov.
Head triangular, recurved, ocelli above a line passing through
the centre of eyes, equidistant from each other and the eyes.
Prothorax elevated into a convex, dome-shaped form, above
which rises a very high, strong, erect process, laterall}'- compressed,
dilated at the apex in a \'ery large transverse, cylindrical process
which is deeply sulcate in the middle, anterio-posteriorly, and
armed on each side with a directly diverging long, very acute
spine; at the middle of this process, posteriorly, is a large tuber-
osity, below which is a large gibbosity; some distance behind the
lateral angles the prothorax is suddenly narrowed, and produced
into a long, slender, sinuous, acuminate process, the apical half
distant from the abdomen, the apex reaching tips of tegmina,
curving downwards.
Tegmina coriaceous, opaque, ferruginous; costa punctured;
corium with two discoidal cells, the exterior triangular, the interior
oblong, petiolate, and about twice larger, destitute of a transverse
venule between two ulnar veins, near base; clavus gradually
acuminate, with two veins.
Wings vitreous, with four apical cells.
Tibiae with the anterior and middle pairs dilated.
Type, Centrohis inonsfrifh', Walk.
Dedicated to Mr. Henry Tryon, the Queensland Government
Entomologist, who kindly placed this and other interesting
material in my hands for study.
*E MONSTRIFERA, Walk.
(Plate i., figs. 10, 11, 22 and 26).
1858, Centrotus monstrifer, Walk., Ins. Saunds. Horn. p. 80.
1862, Oxyrhachis yonderifer, Walk., Jour. Ent. i. p. 316.
Piceous brown, pubescent, apex of dorsal horn marked with
luteous, also the lateral spines, the posterior process with a broad
band of the same colour.
BY F. W. GODING. 35
Tei(mina ferruginous, coriaceous and opaque, with a Y-sliaped
white band across the middle, another band across the discoidal
portion; tips of tarsi luteous.
Abdominal joints luteous.
9. Long. 6; lat. 2 mm.
Types in the Collection of W. VV. Saunders, and in the British
Museum.
//,//>. —Hunter R., N.S.W., Moreton Bay (Walker) : Rockhamp-
ton, Q. (Tryon) : Tweed R., N.8.W. (b\-oggatt).
Eittryonia is closely related to S})homjophorus of America, but
the exposed sides of the scutellum place it in the subfamily Cfn-
trofimt'.
Hypsoprora, Stal (Subfamily Mpmhracime).
1869, Ofv. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. p. 277.
Head with lateral margins straight towards the e3'es, foliaceous.
Prothorax on the dorsum, in front, armed with an elevated
process, erect or inclined; posterior process covering scutellum, on
•each side behind the middle carinated, or with a large tubercle,
which is prominent beyond the sides of the process.
Tegmina more or less coriaceous and opaque.
Tibifc with the anterior pair dilated, foliaceous; tarsi simple.
Type, Ptei'i/yia pilpata, Fairm.
H. CASSIS, Buck.
1901, Monog. Ent. p. 60, pi. ix., $ fig. 2; 9 fig. 3
General colour, dark brown (^J), ochreous yellow (9).
Head dilated, foliaceous.
Prothorax on the dorsum furnished with a pointed protuberance
between the shoulders resembling a helmet, produced posteriorly
a,t the base in a large tuberosity, and at the apex similarly pro-
duced; furnished with a posterior process.
Tibiae subspatulate, foliaceous.
Long. (J 6, 9 7; lat. 5 mm.
Hah. — North Australia (Wollaston).
3G A. MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN M EMBRACI D.l-:,
This crude description is taken from Buckton's work, and T
follow him in placing the species in the above genus, but with
hesitation, as I have not seen an example. My opinion is that it
should be placed elsewhere.
P H I L Y A, Walk. (Subfamih' Mejiibracince).
1858, List Hom. Brit. Mus. Suppl. p. 126.
1858, (?) Azinia, Walk., Ins. Saunds. Hom. p. 83.
1869, Aechmophora, Stal, Kong. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. viii., p. 39.
Head with lateral margins straight towards the eyes, foliaceous.
Prothorax low, not comjDresso-elevated, middle of dorsum
acutely carinated, furnished with a long, thick subcompressed.
porrect process, the apex ascending; posterior process long, reach-
ing nearly to the apex of tegmina, somewhat narrowed towards
apex, subcoarctate in front of middle.
Tegmina coriaceous, opaque, with venation indistinct.
Tibise dilated, foliaceous; tarsi simple.
Types, P. bicolor (in British Museum), A. elephas (Mus. Holm,
et Stal), A. paUidipeniiis (Coll. AY. W. Saunders).
(?) P. PARVULA, Buck.
1901, Monog. Ent. p. 57, pi. viii., fig. 4.
Eyes prominent, abnormally placed on the side, and high on
the head. The colour is dusk}' ochreous-brown, the anterior horn
developed into a recurved j^rocess, with lateral carina?, apex
truncated.
Legs lightly flattened.
Long. 5 ram.; lat. 1 mm.
J/ab. — West Australia (Haswell).
Buckton places this species in the aVjove genus with hesitation,
stating that it closely resem])les the FuJiioiida-. I doubt if he
has correctly located it.
UY F. W. GODING. 37
EuPROGGATTiA, gen.iiov.
Head small, triangular, base semicircular, eyes medium; ocelli
situated high above the eyes near base of head, a little nearer to
the eyes than to each other; apex broad, notched at middle.
Protliorax ver}'' broad, furnished with a median carina; rising
perpendicularly from the head, above each lateral angle is a broad,
flattened, strong, horn extended outward and a little forward,
with sides parallel, apex truncated, at the superior angle bearing
a. short, slender spine at the side of which is a sulcus; posteriorly
terminating, behind lateral horns, the posterior border lightly
curved backward, destitute of a posterior process; scutellum very
broad and long, resembling a shield, the sides parallel nearly to
the apex which is very obtusely rounded and reaches end of
abdomen; at the base of the scutellum is a dorsal protuberance of
about the size of the lateral horns, pyramidal, truncated at the
apex, the median carina continued on scutellum but terminating
,some distance in front of apex, much more distinct in female.
The entire surface is rugose, two tubercles on each side of the
median carina in front, three irregular rows of tubercles along
the dorsum on each side, and a row along the edge of the abdomen,
just below the tegmina.
Tegmina lying flat on the back largely concealed beneath the
sides of scutellum, proportionately small, about one-fourth at
outer basal portion coriaceous and densely opaque occupjdng tri-
angular space at posterior edge of protliorax and sides of scutellum,
the remaining part very delicate vitreous and smoky transparent,
veins hardly distinguishable.
Abdomen large, fitting snugly beneath and reaching apex of
scutellum.
Legs strong, tibipe not dilated; tarsi tri-articulate, ending in two
strong claws.
Type, E. tuherculata, Godg.
I take pleasure in dedicating this genus to my esteemed friend
Mr. W.W. Froggatt, Government Entomologist, who has rendered
every assistance in my entomological studies.
38 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN M EM nil AC I D.I':,
E. TUBERCULATA, sp nOV.
(Plate i., ligs. 17, 18 and 19).
g. Fuscous, with apical half of head, a spot on each side of the
median carina in front, the inferior surface of the lateral horns,
a band between their bases, base of their spines, lateral posterior
edge and median carina of dorsal horn, a spot on each side of the
abdomen, and posterior tibiae sordid 3'ellow; chest black.
Long. $ 4: lat. inch lat, corn. 3 mm.
9 Similar to male, but larger.
Long. 4J; lat. inch lat. corn. 3 J mm.
Described from one $ and one 9.
Types in Coll. F.W.G.
^^^.—Wingham, N.S.W. (Froggatt).
This interesting species, in general appearance, reminds one of
the genus I'rayopa, ^Mvm.; in that genus, however, the prothorax
covers the entire upper surface of the body, including the scutellum.
Po R c 0 R H I N u s, gen.nov.
Head large, porrect, quadrangular, superior surface nearly hori-
zontal, lightly convex and furnished with a strong median
longitudinal carina; ocelli below a line passing through centre of
the prominent eyes, nearer to each other than to the eyes.
Prothorax, for some distance from the base, convex, nearly
horizontal, conforming to the base of the porrect head, after
which it is broadened, vertical, and produced above each lateral
angle in a large, triquetrous, conical, ear-shaped horn, which
extends upward, outward and forward, the apex turned a little
backward; the dorsum is very broad between these horns, and
destitute of a median longitudinal carina; destitute of a posterior
process, the posterior edge deeply and broadly sulcate forward.
Scutellum as long as broad, the apex pointed, base rounded.
Tegmina long, broad, reticulate with numerous venules; clavus
ver}^ broad at base, gradually acuminate to apex, with two veins.
Wings very large, nearly equal in size to the tegmina, with four
apical cells, the tirst and third very long, the second shortest.
BY F. W. CODING. 39
Legs very long, femora slender, cylindrical and curved; tibiie
slender, quadrilateral, the posterior pair with a row of denticles
along the posterior edge; tarsi normal.
Type, P. Mastersi, Godg.
This genus reminds one of Amyot & Serville's Nessorhinus, but
differs in being destitute of a posterior process and a dorsal horn;
and of Coloborrhi-t, Germ,, but differs in having lateral horns.
P. Mastersi, sp.nov,
(Plate i., figs. 12, 15 and 16).
(J. Head ferruginous, mottled with yellow.
Prothorax ferruginous red, with a broad yellow band passing
across the front.
Scijtellum sordid yellow.
Tegmina with basal third yellow, punctured with ferruginous,
the middle third ferruginous, the veins darker, the apical third
clearer.
Abdomen salmon colour, genital apparatus tawny.
Femora tawny, apex black: tibiae and tarsi tawny.
Long. (J 9; lat. H.; inch lat. corn. 3^ mm.
The female is sordid green, the tips of the lateral horns brown.
Described from one male and one female.
Types, (5 Coll. F.VV.G.; 9 Macleay Museum, Sydney.
^^(6.— Sydney (Masters); Mt. Victoria, KS.W. (Lea).
The head and prothorax, when seen from the side, resemble
the head of a pig.
Dedicated to Mr. Masters, Curator of the Macleay Museum,
Sydney, who first brought this species to my notice.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig.
1.
— Sertorius gigauticus,
tegmina.
Fig.
2.
— Sextius virescens
Fig.
3.
Sertorius areolatus
Fig.
4.
— lAihra regalis
Fig.
5.
—Eiifrencliia Le(f
Fig.
6.
— Da unus Tasmanuc
40
A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN MEMIUIACIDJ':
Fig. 7. — AcantJiucns trisjjiiii/er, tegmina.
Fig. 8. — Tercntius convexus, tegmina.
Fig. [).—Luhra renalis, prothorax.
Fig. 10. — Kntnjonia inonstrifera, side view.
Fig.ll. — ,, ,, back view.
Fig. 12. — Porcoy]ii)ii(s Mdxtersi, front view.
Fig. 13. — Acanthucns nifiventrls, side view.
FigA4:. —Terentiua convexua, side view.
Fig. lo. — Porc(>rItinii>i Ma>!ter!<l, side view.
Fig.K).— ,, ., wing.
Fig. 17. — KuJ'rog<i<itti<i tnheyculdta, wing
Fig. 18. — ,, ,, dorsal surface.
Fig. 19. — ,, ,, tegmina.
Fig.20. - D'lnnn.'^ Tasiimnid, pupa.
Fig. 21. — Dingkand borealU, tegmina.
Fig. 22. — Eutrgonia inonstrifera, prothorax.
Fig. 23. — Unknown, West Aust. ; pupa.
Fig.24. — Sextius depressns, pupa.
Fig.25. — Daunus vitta, tegmina.
Fig.26. — Eutrgonia moiistri/cra, tegmina.
INDEX.
PAGE
PAGE
Acanthucus
G,
13
Darninoe
5
acanthaspis
19,
20
Daunus
6, 30
areolatus
IS,
23
decisus
20
australis
18,
19
depiessus
10. 12
^Echmophora
36
Dingkana
5,8
Azinia
36
elephas
36
bicolor
36
Eufroggattia
7, 37
binotatus
19
Eufrenchia
6,24
bipunctatus
'.' "lO,
12
Eutryonia
6,34
bispinus
14,
16
borealis
9
f alcatus
25
brevicornis
'.. 'l8
21
flexuosus
27
cassis
CentrotinfE
Centrotypus
Check List
"q,
3r)
5
26
4
giganticus
gracilis
gracilispinus
19, 20
31, 33
13, 15
conspurcatus
'.\ 14,
16
Holophorim^
contorta
32
5
contractus
31
Hypsoprora
6, 35
convexus
1
20
curvicaudus
19,
24
Introduction
o
ourvicornis
25
Insects of Wattle Tre(
is'.'.'. '.'.. 11
BY F. W. CODING.
41
PAGE
P.\GK
Kershawi
14,
17
regalis
ruliventris
29, 30
13, 14
Lubra
6
28
Leai
25
26
Sertorius
JSextius
6, 18
.. 6, 9
Masters! .
39
Smiliina?
.")
Membraciuffi
5
spinicornis
... 29
minutus
27,
28
sutTusa
... 10
monstrifera
34
Synopsis of Genera
Synopsis of Subfamilies
5
Nessorhinus
39
Tasmanige
.. 31
obstans
...
19
Tepperi ..
18, 22
occidentalis
27
Terentius ...
Tragopinre
...5,7
... 5
pallidipennis
. .
36
trispinifer
13, 15
parvula
...
36
truncaticornis
... 31
Philya
6
36
tuberculata
... 38
pileata
36
ponderifer...
34
virescens
3, 10
Porcorhinus
/
38
vitta
31, 32
42
REVISION 01^ AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
By A. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
Under this heading I hope to publish a series of papers similar
to the present, not taking the different families in any definite
order, but as time and opportunity permit. In so doing I must
necessaril}' be largely dependent for my material on others, and
in the preparation of the present instalment I must acknowledge
my indebtedness to Messrs. F. P. Dodd, of ToNvnsville, R. Illidge
and TI. Tr3'on, of Brisbane, G. Lyell, of Gisborne, and 0. Lower,
of Adelaide, who have presented or lent me specimens for des-
cription.
Fam. NOTODONTID^.
Head usually hairy. Tongue sometimes weak or absent.
Maxillary palpi obsolete. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora hairy.
Posterior tibise usually with two, sometimes with one, pair of
spurs. Anterior tibise usually wdth a groove bare of scales on
under surface. Forewings with vein lb furcate at base, Ic absent,
5 from middle or above middle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 out of
8 + 9 or connected with 8 4- 9 to form an areole, 1 1 free. Hind-
wings with two internal veins, 3 and 4 approximated at base, b-
usually imperfect from middle of cell, rarely absent, 6 and 7
usually stalked, 8 closely approximated to cell as far as middle,
usually to near end of cell, sometimes connected with cell by a bar.
This is a very natural famil}-. Superficially some of its members
resemble the Noctuidcf^., but there is not really any close relation-
ship. The two families may always be distinguished l)y the
origin of vein 5 of the forewings. On the other hand, the
Notodontidit' are closely allied to the more primitive forms of the
BY A. J. TUliXEU. 43"
Geoinetridic belonging to the subfamilies Monocteniance and
Selidosemince and to the Ewpterotidce. The characters usually
f'iven to separate it from these families are not wholly satisfactory'^
and the matter is one requiring further research. From the
Geometridce the Notodontidce may usually be distinguished by
the weakly-developed vein 5 of the hindwings in conjunction with
the approximation of vein 8 of the hindwings nearly to the end
of the cell, but this test is not an absolute one. In case of doubt
the frequency with which vein 1 1 of the forewing is connected
with veins 12 and 10 in the Geometridce will probably prove
valuable, as so far as I know these anastomoses do not occur in
the Notodontida'. For this reason I refer Xylina serrata, Wlk.y
(Brit. Mus. Cat. xi. p. 761) and X. obscura, Wlk., which in the
British Museum Collection are placed as belonging to an
undescribed genus of Xofodontidce, to the former family. The
genus Capusa, Wlk. (Brit Mus. Cat. xi. p. 626), has also been
placed among the yotodontidce in the British Museum Collection,,
but it differs from all members of the family, so far as I know,
in vein 10 of forewings being free and not connected with 9.
Mr. D. Goudie, of Birchip, Victoria, has bred the larv^te and
states that they are geometriform. I think, therefore, that this^
genus also should be referred to the Geometridce.
The Eupterotidce are distinguished in Hampson's tabulation by
the absence of the tongue, but this organ in the Notodontidce is
frequently very weak and sometimes appears to be absent. I
cannot assert positively that this is actually so, as my material
does not permit me to establish this point by dissection; but in
any case the distinction appears unsatisfactory. Usually the
divergence of vein 8 of hindwings from near base of cell in
the Eupterotidce is a satisfactory test, but it breaks down in the
genus Epicom.a, Hb., in which, however, as in other genera of
that family, vein 10 of the forewings is wanting. It is, of course,
evident that the investigation of family characters cannot be
satisfactoril}'" carried out on a local fauna.
The family, without being one of the largest, is yet of consider-
able extent, being especially well represented in South America,
44 HEVISIOX OF AUSTRALIAN LEPI DumOIJA,
and fairl}' so in North America, Europe and India. Sir George
Hampson, in his 'Moths of India,' enumerates 113 species
(excluding Ci/phanfd). In Australia it is but poorly represented,
only some 30 species being at present known. This number is
doubtless destined to be increased, as the moths are usually of very
retired habits, and onh' readily obtained hy rearing the larvae;
but the family will never be very prominent in our fauna.
The internal classification of the family is a matter of consider-
able difficulty owing to the variability of certain details of the
venation. For instance, in a series of seven specimens of De^toJnda
lineaUi, Wlk., vein 6 of the forewings arises in four specimens
from the areole, and in three specimens from the upper angle of
the cell. In a series of eight specimens of the European Fhahra
hitcephala, Linn., vein 10 of the forewings arises either from the
areole,* or from 8 + 9 beyond the areole, and veins 3 and 4 of the
hindwings may be either separate, connate, or stalked. Facts of
this kind deprive the tabulation given in the ' Moths of India '
(Vol. i., p. 124) of much of its value; and I have had in fact to
create several new genera which may ultimately jDrove to be
synonyms, when the Indian and Australian genera undergo
systematic revision.
Among the Australian genera, Hyleora, Neola, Sorama, GEno-
sanda, Danima and DiscojMehia appear to be endemic. Teleclita
(probably), SjKitnlia, Cenira, PhaJera and Gargetta are found in
India, some of them ranging also to Europe and even to America.
Of Pheressaces, Pheraspis, Themerastis. Gallaha, Osica and Co.scera
it would be premature, in the present state of our knowledge, to
make any statement.
* The areole may be, and is by diffeient authors, regarded as being formed
either by an independent bar developed between veins 10 and 8 + 9, or by
vein 9 arising from 10 and anastomosing with S. Which view may be correct
is a nice morphological problem. This discrepancy is apt to cause confusion
in the descriptions, and I think it is more convenient to write of the veins
as arising from or beyond the areole, as the case may be. This can give rise
to no misconception if it be borne in mind that, strictly speaking, the areole
is formed by the connection of the proximal portions of the veins.
r,Y A. J. tuhnp:u. 45
Wlien the larval stages are better known (as, for instance, in
North America as portrayed by Packard in the Memoirs of the
National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 1895), they may ])e
of help ill elucidating the relationship of the genera. Lar^al
characters are always to be viewed with caution, as they are so
liable to adaptive modification, but in the present family they
are more likely to be of use than elsewhere.
Tabueation of the Genera.
A. Forewings with no aveole, vein 10 stalked with 8 + 9... 5. TelecUta.
AA. Forewings with vein 10 connected with 8 + 9 to form
an areole.
B. Forewings with a well-marked dorsal tooth of
scales 4. Spatalia .
BB. Forewings without a dorsal tooth.
C. Palpi short, porrect.
D. Thorax with an anterior crest.
E. Hindwings with vein 8 connected by a bar
with cell 3. Sorama.
EE. Hindwings with vein 8 approximated but
not connected with cell.
F. Crown of head crested, ^ antennae
pectinated to apex.
G. Forewings with vein 10 from 8 + 9
beyond areole 1. Hyleora.
Forewings with vein 10 from areole. 2. Neola.
FF. Crown of head not crested, ^
antennas with apical half simple, 10, Destolntia,
DD. Thorax not crested, or with posterior crest
only.
E. Forewings with vein 6 from end of areole. 6. Cerura.
EE. Forewings vv'ith vein 6 from before end
of areole.
F. Face with a rounded prominence 8. (Enosanda.
F F. Face without a rounded prominence.
G. Antennae with basal f pectinated in
both sexes, apices simple 7. Phcresmccii,
GG. Antennae of ^ pectinated towards
base only, of $ simple 9. Daniiiui.
GGG. Antennae of J' pectinated to
apex or nearly so.
'46 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
H. Tongue weak or absent W. PlieraspU.
HH. Tongue well developed \2. 'Themerastis.
GGGG. Antennte of <^ not pectinated.
H. Palpi hairy.. 13. Phalera.
HH. Palpi not hairy \A. Jyiscophlehia.
CC. I'alpi long, second joint slightly ascending,
terminal joint porrect lo. Gallaha.
CCC. Palpi long, recurved, terminal joint ascend-
ing.
D. Thorax with an anterior crest. 16. Ecnomodes.
DD. Thorax not crested or with posterior crest
only.
E. Forewings with areole broadly lozenge-
shaped 17. Gnn/efta.
EE. Forewings with areole narrow.
F. Forewings with veins 7 and 10 arising
from 8-r9 beyond areole, which is
short 18. Osica.
FF. Forewings with veins 7 and 10 arising
from areole, which is long 19. Cascera.
Gen. 1. H Y L EO R A.
[vXricopus, a forest-ranger.]
HylcEora, Dbld., P.Z.S. 1848, p. 117.
Head clothed with dense hairs, including a pair of long tufts
from base of antennae which form a crest on crown. Eyes naked.
Tongue well developed. Palpi short, porrect, clothed with long
■dense hairs beneath ; terminal joint short, abruptly truncate.
AntennjB of ^ pectinated to apex or near!}'- so. Thorax densel}^
hairy above and beneath, with a high, erect, anterior crest, con-
tinuous with a lower, dense posterior crest. Abdomen hairy,
with long hairs on mid-dorsum and at sides. Legs with femora
<lensely hairy; posterior tibi?e with two pairs of spurs. Fore-
wings with vein 2 from i, 3 from before angle, 5 from above
middle of cell, 6 from upper angle of cell or from areole near
base, 7 from areole, 10 from 8 -f 9 beyond areole. Hindwings
with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near end
of cell.
BY A. J. TURNER. 47
Type //. eucalypti, Dbld.
This and the following two genera are closely allied.
1. Hindwings brownish or fuscous 2.
Hindwings whitish dilucida,
•2. Forewings with a very short, sharply defined basal longitudinal
streak eucalyj^ti.
Forewings with a long median whitish suffused streak inchjta.
1. Hyleora eucalypti.
Hi/J(fiora e>i.calypti, Dbld., P.Z S. 1848, p. 117, pi. v.
Uyleora sphinx, Feld., Reise Nov. pi. xcvi.. fig. 4.
(J9. 90-112 mm. Closely allied to //. iiidyfa, Wlk., but an-
terior part of thorax irrorated with whitish; costal and dorsal
portions of forewings irrorated with whitish, without suffused
median longitudinal whitish band; a very short distinctly out-
lined white basal streak; a circular white mark on dorsal portion
of base enclosing a dark fuscous centre, partly irrorated with
white, and outlined externally with dark fuscous; the posterior
dentate line outlined posteriorly by a whitish line; terminal por-
tion of disc suffused with whitish; hindwings brownish, towards
inner margin ochreous.
There has been some not unnatural confusion between this and
the following species. I am indebted to Mr. J. A. Kershaw for
the loan of specimens for examination. Though I consider them
distinct, some corioborative evidence as to their larvie and possible
range of variation would be acceptable.
N.S.W. — Vic. Melbourne.
2. Hyleora inclyta.
Sorama inclyta, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 79.
(J 9 85-110 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, mixed
with whitish and ochreous. Antenna? whitish, pectinations pale
ochreous. Abdomen deep ochreous, base of dorsum (sometimes),
tuft, and lower surface dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous mixed
with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly
48 REVISION OF Al'STKALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
straight in basal half, thence strongly arched, apex round-pointed,
termen markedly oblique, scarcely rounded; dark fuscous, with
sparsely scattered whitish scales; a broad white suffused streak from
base above fold, containing a few black scales, narrowing to a point
before middle; between this and dorsum is a dark grey suffusion;
a short outwardly oblique blackish mark across centre of white
streak, beneath which is an inwardly oblique streak towards
dorsum; a fine oblique dark fuscous acutely dentate posterior
line, edged with whitish posteriorly, more or less well marked,
followed b}" a whitish suffusion which extends to apex. Hind-
wings with apex round-pointed, termen rounded; dark fuscous-
brown, toward base suffused with ochreous; cilia dark fuscous-
brown.
Type in Oxford Museum.
N.S.W.— Yic. Melbourne— Tas.—S. A.
3. HVLEORA DILUCIDA.
[Dilucidus, clear; in allusion to the hind wings.]
Hyleora dilucida, Feld., Reise Nov, pi. xcvi., fig. 5.
(J 72-84 mm. Head dark fuscous; face and palpi brown.
Antennae whitish-ochreous. Thorax dark fuscous with a few
brown scales. Abdomen deep ochreous; tuft fuscous. Legs
fuscous-brown. Forewings elongate, costa straight in basal |^
strongly arched towards apex, apex rounded, termen straight,
crenate, with strong projections on veins; dark fuscous, posterior
part of disc suffused with pale fuscous; scales mostly slender and
hair-like, with the exception of an elongate patch of large broad
grey and black scales along fold; an obscure acutely dentate
blackish transverse line from costa at \\ an acutely dentate oblique
blackish line from | costa to | dorsum; a subterminal series of
elongate grey marks between veins, edged posteriorly wdth blackish;
cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly
wavy, white, on inner margin ochreous-tinged; a very small fus-
cous suffusion at apex; cilia white, bases fuscous, opposite veins
mostly fuscous.
Vic. Birchip,in April ((roudie) — 8. A. Adelaide, in May(Lower).
13Y A. J. TURNER. 49
Gen. 2. N e o l a.
Neola, Wlk., Brit. Miis. Cat. v. p. 1033.
Head densely rough-haired, a pair of longer tufts from base of
antennae sometimes uniting to form a crest on crown. Eyes
naked. Tongue well developed. Palpi short, porrect; second
joint with long dense hairs beneath; terminal joint short, abruptly
truncate. Antennae in $ bipectinated to apex or nearly so.
Thorax densely hairy above and beneath, with a high erect
anterior crest. Abdomen with long hairs on base of dorsum.
Femora densely hairy; posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with vein 2 from |, 3 from before angle, 6 from areole
near base, 7 from end of areole, 10 from areole. Hind wings
with 3 and 4 separate, G and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near
end of cell.
Type, Neola semiaurata, Wlk.
Dijffers from Hyleora only in vein 10 of fore wing, which is
connected by a bar with 8 + 9 opposite 7, whereas in Neola
10 anastomoses with S + 9 for some distance beyond 7. So far as
my limited material goes this difference seems, in this instance,
to be constant. Should it ultimately prove to be variable the
two genera would have to be united.
1 . Hinclwings goklen-ochreous , semicmrata.
Hindwings reddish-brown capucina.
4. Neola semiaurata.
Neola seiniaurata, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 1033 ; Hch.-Sch.,
Ausser. Schmet. f. 549.
(JQ. 54-76 mm. Head and palpi brown-fuscous, with a few
whitish scales. Antennae brown-whitish, in 9 darker. Thorax
dark fuscous mixed with brown, irrorated with whitish especially
on posterior surface of crest. Abdomen golden-ochreous; basal
hairs, apex and lower surface brown. Legs brown; tarsi annu-
lated with whitish. Forewings elongate-oval, costa slightly
arched in (J, more strongly in 9, apex rounded, termen obliquely
4
50 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
rounded; dcark fuscous mixed with brown and whitish; two
whitish spots arranged longitudinal!}^ above mid-disc, resting on
a median dark fuscous longitudinal streak; a white suffusion on
mid-termen, and another on tornus; sometimes a smaller white
suffusion on base of dorsum ; cilia dark fuscous mixed with
white. Hindwings with termen rounded; golden-ochreons; a
broad fuscous terminal band narrowing to a point at tornus;
ciUa fuscous, apices whitish.
Type in British Museum.
Q. Brisbane — N.S.W. Sydney (Walker). Also, according to
Walker, from Tasmania.
5. Neola capucina.
Hyleora capucina, Feld., Reise Nov. pi. 98, f. 1.
(J 60 mm. Head and palpi brown; side-crests on crown
white. Antennae whitish, pectinations brown. Thorax dark
brown; posterior surface of crest whitish. Abdomen pale ochreous-
brown, basal segment darker. Legs brownish. Forewings
elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen
rounded, oblique; dark brown; a broad whitish streak along costa
from base, narrowing towards apex; a similar broader streak along
dorsum, narrow near base; some whitish suffusion near termen;
cilia [abraded]. Hingwings with termen rounded ; reddish-
brown; cilia [abraded].
Vic. Melbourne (Felder); Gisborne, in January, one specimen
in poor condition in Coll. Lyell.
Gen. 3. S o r a m a.
Sorama, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 103-4.
Head rough-haired, side- crests moderate. Eyes naked.
Tongue well developed. Palpi short, porrect ; second joint
densely hairy beneath ; terminal joint very short, obtuse.
Antennae in $ bipectinated, apical third simple; in female simple.
Thorax densely hairy above and beneath, with a small median
and a separate posterior crest. Femora densely hairy beneath;
BY A. J. TURNER. 51
posterior tibi?e with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2
from §, 3 from well before angle, 6 from upper angle of cell or
from near base of areole, 7 from end of areole, 10 from areole.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated
to beyond middle of cell, and connected with cell by a bar before
middle.
Type, Sorama hicolor, Wlk.
Differs from Neola in the bar connecting vein 8 of hindwings
from cell, the less pronounced anterior thoracic crest, and the
pectinations of antenna? of ^ not extending to distal third.
6. Sorama bicolor.
Sorama hicolor, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 1034.
(J^. 52-74 mm. Head and palpi brown. Antennae whitish-
ochreous, Thorax dark fuscous mixed with brown, with lustrous
reflections. Abdomen pale reddish-brown. Legs reddish-brown.
Forewings elongate-oval, costa slightly arched in (J, moderately in
9, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded, very oblique,
crenulate; dark fuscous mixed with reddish-brown, with lustrous
reflections, in 9 mostly reddish-l)rown; a pale dentate line near
base, obsolete tow^ards dorsum; a similar line from \ costa to \
dorsum; an acutely dentate pale line from | costa to § dorsum;
cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, w^avy; pale
reddish-brown; cilia reddish-brown, apices paler.
Type in British Museum.
Q. Gympie (Illidgs) — Vic. Gisborne (Lyell). According to
Walker also from Tasmania.
Gen. 4. Spatalia.
[(TTTaToXos, riotous; probably from the restlessness of the imago
when confined in a small box.]
Spatalia, Hb., Verz. p. 145.
Head shortly rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue present.
Palpi short, porrect, rough-haired beneath; terminal joint very
short. Antennje with a large fan-like tuft of scales on anterior
52 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
aspect of basal joint in both sexes; in g pectinated [to apex ?],
in 9 with short pectinations (|) towards base, laminate towards
apex, with tufts of short cilia. Thorax with an acute anterior
crest behind collar. Posterior tibia? with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with dorsal margin incised, a tuft of scales at each
extremity of incision, anterior tuft larger; vein 2 from near angle,
3 from angle, 6 from upper angle, 7 from areole, 10 from 8 + 9
beyond areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, G and 7
stalked, 8 closely approximated to cell to |.
Type, S. argentina, Schiff., from Europe (Hampson).
7. Spatalia costalis.
Sljatalia costalis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 69.
9 54 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae fuscous brown. Thorax
fuscous brown, posterior surface of crest whitish. Abdomen
fuscous mixed with ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous, irrorated
and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate
triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen
slightly rounded, oblique, dorsum with a short concavity beyond
middle, on its anterior extremity a large squarish tuft of scales,
on its posterior a small triangular tuft, fuscous brown; a ver}^
broad whitish streak occupies costal half of wing, bounded beneath
l3y a line from mid-base to termen at J; this is irregularly suffused
with brownish and fuscous, its lower edge is straight with a short
projecting tooth in middle, before this it gives off a short bifur-
cating whitish streak along veins 2 and 3; dorsal portion of disc
shows an angulated whitish line bordered with dark fuscous from
costal streak to dorsum at |; a similar line to dorsum at |; a
row of whitish subterminal lunules edged posteriori}^ with dark
fuscous; cilia and dorsal tufts fuscous brown. Hindwings pale
fuscous, towards base ochreous-whitish; cilia pale fuscous, towards
tornus whitish.
N.Q. Townsville, in March; one specimen received from Mr. F,
F. Dodd. Also from India.
BY A. J. TURNER. 53
Gen. 5. T e l e c l I t a, gen.nov.
[Ti]\eKX€LT6s, far-famed.]
Head with loosely appressed scales; side-tufts moderate. Eyes
naked. Tongue weak. Palpi moderate, porrect, shortly hairy
beneath; terminal joint moderate, hairy. Antennae in both sexes
bipectinated, apical 4 simple. Thorax with a very small posterior
crest. Abdomen with a small crest on dorsum of first segment.
Femora and tibiae densely hairy; anterior tibise with a deep naked
groove on internal surface; posterior tibise with two pairs of short
spurs. Forewings with vein '2 from |, 3 from before angle, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10 stalked; no areole; 10 out of 8 -{- 9 before 7. Hind wings
with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near
end of cell.
Differs from Pheosia, Hb., in the origin of vein 10 of forewings
before 7. In neuration it agrees with Fentonia, Butl., as defined
by Hampson (' Moths of India', i. p. 147) but the palpi appear to
be different.
8. Teleclita cydista, n.sp.
[KvdisTOi, most glorious,]
(J^. 56-76 mm. Head whitish-grey with a black longitudinal
line; face and palpi dark fuscous irrorated with whitish. Antenna?
whitish-grey, pectinations fuscous. Thorax whitish-grey with a
central black stripe, at each side of which at posterior extremity
is a small white spot. Abdomen grey; tuft whitish-grey; basal
crest black. Legs grey; anterior and middle tarsi blackish
anteriorly. Forewings elongate, proportionately broader in 9,
costa gentl}^ arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, very
oblique; grey mixed with whitish and suffused especially towards
base and apex with pale brownish; markings dark fuscous; a very
short longitudinal streak from mid-base; a short broad transverse
streak from costa at 1-; a similar streak from costa at |; a short
outwardly-oblique grey streak from mid-costa; two short oblique
streaks from costa at J, the first grey, the second dark fuscous; a
longitudinal streak from just before apex towards or joining third
54 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
costal streak; a very fine almost obsolete line from fifth costal
streak nearly to termen, whence it is continued as a well-marked
dark fuscous line three times acutely dentate on veins to dorsum
at 4, and prolonged along dorsum towards base; cilia grey, inter-
rupted by whitish opposite veins. Hindwings with termen gently
rounded; white; a pale fuscous suffusion on costa to apex; a
blackish triangular or roundish blotch at tornus; cilia grey, on
tornal blotch blackish.
N.Q. Townsville, from March to June; five bred specimens
received from Mr. Dodd.
This species very closely resembles Pheosia striijata, Moore,
from India, which is doubtless congeneric. In the present species
the thorax is grey; in sfrigata the thoracic white dots do not
appear to be developed and the costal streaks on forewing are
less oblique.
The larva, I am informed, feeds on a species of Terminalia\
it is green with brown markings, and has four pairs of claspers
and a backwardly curved dorsal protuberance on the third thoracic
segment. The terminal abdominal segments are turned right
over the back, their under surface, wdiich is uppermost, is flattened
and shaped something like a leaf. The larva spins a hard nut-
like cocoon, and the head end of the pupa is provided with a
terminal spike. Mr. Dodd has sent me a specimen of this extra-
ordinary larva and one of the pupa preserved in spirit.
Gen. 6. C e r u R A.
[Apparently from Kr)p6s wax, and ovpa a tail; probably in allusion
to the pink protrusible filaments of the larva.]
Cerura^ Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. pt. ii. p. 155.
Head rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue weak. Palpi short;
porrect, clothed with long hairs; terminal Joint concealed.
Antennae with basal joint covered with long hairs, pectinated
to apex in both sexes. Posterior tibite without middle spurs.
Fore wings with retinaculum bar-shaped in male, vein 2 from 4,
3 from angle, 5 from near upper angle, 6 from end of areole, 10
BY A. J. TURNER. 55
from areole or from 8 + 9 before 7. Hindwings with 3 and 4
separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 connected by a bar with middle of
cell.
Type, Gerurafu7'cula, Schrank, from Europe (Hampson). A
very natural genus from which Dicranura, Boisd., is unnecessarily
separated by some authors.
9. Cerura australis.
Cerura aush^alis, Scott, Aust. Lepid. pi. v.
^ 66 mm. Head white. Palpi black. Antenna? blackish
irrorated, and towards base suffused, with white; pectinations
fuscous brown. Thorax white with nine lustrous peacock-blue
spots arranged in two transverse rows of four each, the lateral
spots being on bases and apices of patagia, the ninth spot is near
posterior end of thorax. Abdomen dark fuscous; extreme base,
a dorsal median line, and apical segment whitish; the last crossed
by a blackish line. Legs white; anterior surface of anterior tibise
and anterior and middle tarsi except at base black; middle and
posterior tibife spotted with black; posterior tarsi black with
white annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique; white with
black dots arranged in transverse lines; a dot at base; a broken
row of dots from J^ costa to J dorsum; a row of large dots with
pale centres from ~ costa to before mid-dorsum; four rows of dots
posterior to this, the dots on costa being larger than those on
disc; in the most posterior of these the dots are confluent towards
costa; a row of longitudinally elongate terminal dots between
veins; cilia short; white, on dots black. Hindwings with termen
rounded; white, thinly scaled; a series of blackish dots on termen,
the largest opposite tornus; a dark fuscous suffusion along inner
margin.
N.S.W. Ash Island, near Newcastle (Scott).
This species appears to be local for I am not aware that it has
been met with elsewhere. Scott's beautiful figure shows the larva
to be closely similar to the European C. vinula, Linn.
56 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Gen. 7. P ii e r e s s a c e s, gen. no v.
[(pepea-aaKTjs, a shield-bearer.]
Head with oppressed scales. Eyes naked. Tongue absent.
Palpi short, porrect. Antenna- with basal § pectinated in both
sexes, apical tliird simple. Posterior tibiie with two pairs of
spurs. Forewings with rectinaculum bar-shaped in ^ ; vein 2
from i, 3 from angle, 5 from above middle of cell, 10 from 8 + 9,
or from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, G and 7
stalked, 8 approximated to end of cell.
Type, P. cycnoptera, Low.
10. Piieressaces cycnoptera.
[kvkvos a swan, Trrepov a wing.]
Sotodonta cycnojjfera, Low., Trans. R. 8oc. S.A. 1894, p. 78.
$ 9 32-41 mm. Head, thorax, and antenna g^^ey. Palpi
clothed with long hairs beneath; dark fuscous, internal surface
whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-grey, tarsi annulated
with fuscous. Forewings elongate-oval, costa moderateh' arched,
apex round-pointed, termen rounded, ver}^ oblique; vein 10 from
8 + 9 beyond areole; grey irrorated with white; markings blackish:
a short outwardl}^ oblique line from costa near base, acutely
angulated beneath costa, and again nearer base; a whitish
basal suffusion bounded by a tine dentate line, sometimes
obsolete, from costa at j, forming a long narrow outward
loop beneath costa, and ending in dorsum at ^; a well marked
line from | costa, inwardly oblique, narrowing in disc, and
continued by short streaks on veins to dorsum beyond middle;
this is immediately followed by a whitish line; an obscure
dentate whitish subterminal line; an interrupted blackish ter-
minal line; cilia grey mixed with whitish. Hindwings with
termen rounded, slightly sigmoid towards tornus; white; a
fuscous blotch at apex continued as a l)and or line along
termen to tornus; cilia white.
Type in Coll. Lower.
I
I3Y A. J. TURNER. 57
N.Q. Towiisville, in February — Q. Duaringa.
Mr. F. P. Dodd has bred the larvae which are pale green,
smooth, cyUnch'ical, with two tails nearly an inch long, each
containing a protriisible filament.
11. PlIERESSACES SPIRUCHA, n.Sp.
\_(T7reLpovxos, containing a circle.]
^ 38 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi clothed with short
appressed hairs ; dark fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish.
Abdomen grey. Legs grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly
arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, very oblique; vein
10 from areole; grey, towards costa irrorated by dark fuscous;
veins nai'rowly blackish; a slightly waved transverse blackish
line near base; a second similar line from -> costa to mid-dorsum,
connected on costa with an outwardly curved line to dorsum
near tornus, the two forming an incomplete circle; cilia grey.
Hind wings with termen rounded; whitish, on costa suffused
with fuscous, cilia white.
This species differs slightly in the scaling of the palpi and
neuration from the preceding, and the posterior legs ai-e broken,
so its generic position is not quite assured.
Type in Coll. Agricultural Department, Queensland.
Q. Brisbane; one specimen.
Gen. 8. CE no s a n d a.
(Enosdrula, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. vii. p. 1713.
Head shortly rough-haired; face with a rounded honi}^ promi-
nence, naked in the centre. Eyes naked. Tongue obsolete.
Palpi very short, clothed with long hairs beneath; terminal joint
obsolete. Antennae in ^ bipectinated to apex, in ^ simple.
Abdomen in 9 with a dense hairy tuft at apex. Posterior tibiae
with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2 from J, 3 from
angle, 5 from middle of cell, G from about or beyond middle of
areole, 7 from areole or from 8 -f 9 shortly beyond areole, 10 from
areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5 obsolete,
58 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
6 and 7 long-stalked or 6 absent, 8 approximated to near end of
cell.
Contains only the following species.
Newman spelt the generic name Q^nosandra, referring it to
Walker and giving no description. In the British Museum Cata-
logue Walker describes it as (E)iosanda.
12. CEnosanda boisduvalii.
9. (Enosaiidra boisduvalii, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. n.s. iii. p. 286.
$. Teara{?) termincdis, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. vii. p. 1733.
(J. Pterygosoma squamipunctum, Feld., Reise Nov. pi. 98, f. 7.
(J 44-50 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennse fuscous,
basal joint with a terminal white ring, pectinations whitish-
ochreous. Thorax fuscous, in centre mixed with white. Abdomen
black, apices of segments on dorsum and tuft bright ochreous.
Legs fuscous, tarsi annulated with white. Fore wings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, very
oblique; grey, irrorated with dark fuscous along costa; scattered in
disc are very large black and ochreous scales; cilia grey. Hindwings
with termen rounded; whitish, towards base and inner margin
fuscous; a fuscous discal spot; a narrow grey terminal line; cilia
whitish, on tornus and inner margin fuscous.
^ 46-58 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi fuscous. An-
tennae dark fuscous, basal joint white. Abdomen as in ^ but
tuft much larger and paler. Legs fuscous brown; tibiae and tarsi
dark fuscous with white annulations. Forewings shaped as in
male; pure white; costa narrowly fuscous; a broad central black
streak prolonged at base to dorsum, containing a few white and
ochreous scales, and reaching almost to apex; cilia white. Hind-
wings and cilia white.
Vic. Gisborne, in ]March; received from Mr. S. Lyell.
Gen. 9. D a n i m a.
Dauima, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 1053.
Head shortly rough-haired. 'Eyes naked. Tongue well de-
veloped. Palpi short, porrect; second joint with long hairs
BY A. J. TURNER. 59
beneath; terminal joint minute, pointed. Antennae in ^ with
basal half pectinated, apical half simple; in ^ simple. Thorax
with loose hairs forming a slight posterior crest. Posterior tibiae
with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with 2 from f , 3 from shortly
before angle, 6 from upper angle of cell or from near base of
areole, 7 f rom end of areole or from 8 + 9 near areole, 10 from
areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base,
G and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near end of cell.
Type, Dmnina bariksice, Lew.
13. DaNIMA BANKSI^.
Bomhyx banksicE, Lew., Lepid. N.S.W. (1822) pl.ix.
(J9' SS-S'i nim. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae whitish-
ochreous, stalk towards apex dark fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous
with a few white and ochreous scales; patagia white with a few
ochreous scales. Abdomen bright ochreous; three terminal seg-
ments and under surface dark fuscous; apical hairs of ^ whitish.
Legs dark fuscous. Forewings in ^ elongate, in 2 elongate-tri-
angular, costa in ^ straight to near apex, in 9 moderately arched,
apex rounded, termen rounded, strongly oblique; grey with
sparsely scattered large triangular white scales; markings blackish
irrorated with ochreous; a small spot beneath costa near base; a
larger spot on costa at |; abroad streak from mid-costa obliquely
outwards, becoming longitudinal in disc, not reaching termen; a
small suffused spot on costa at |-; a fuscous suffusion on base of
dorsum; three spots on fold, sometimes suffiisedly connected with
dorsum; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen gently rounded; in
(J whitish, suffused with fuscous towards inner margin; in $
wholly fuscous; cilia in ^ whitish, in 9 fuscous with whitish apices,
on inner margin mixed with ochreous.
Q. Brisbane, in January — Vic. Melbourne (L3^ell).
Gen. 10. D E s T o L M I A.
Bestolmia, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 991.
Head shortly rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue well developed.
Palpi short, porrect; second joint densely scaled beneath; terminal
60 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
joint concealed. Antenna3 of $ bipectinatecl to about middle,
terminal half simple; of 9 simple. Thorax with a rounded an-
terior crest, and a small rounded sometimes bifid posterior crest.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2
from J, 3 from well before angle, 6 from upper angle of cell or
from areole near base. 7 from end of areole, 10 from end of areole
or from 8 + 9 beyond areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate,
6 and 7 stalked, S approximated to beyond middle of cell.
Type, D. liiieata, Wlk.
1, Forewings with transverse lines more or less obsolete, acutely
dentate \ llneata.
Forewings with three very distinct transverse lines, not dentate nigrolinea.
14. Destolmia lineata.
Destolmia Jineata, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 992.
Collyta lanceolata, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii. p. -152.
Notodonta cinerea, Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. 1891, p. 78.
(J 9 48-60 mm. Head and palpi whitish-grey. Antenna3 in
(J whitish, pectinations ochreous-tinged, in 9 fuscous. Thorax
whitish-grey, collar suffused Avith brownish. Abdomen grey.
Legs whitish-grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly
arched in ^, more strongly in 9, termen slightl}^ rounded, wav}-,
very oblique; whitish-grey; an indistinct, strongly dentate, dark
fuscous transverse line from \ costa to | dorsum ; a similar pos-
terior line from about mid-costa obliquely outwards, acutely
angled in disc and continued to mid-dorsum; a variably developed
series of fine black streaks between veins in posterior part of
disc; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded, wav}^;
pale grey; cilia grey, apices white.
T3^pe in British Museum.
Q. Brisbane. Walker gives also Sydney and Swan River as
localities, but the latter requires confirmation.
Somewhat variable ; D. lanceolata, AVlk., has a dark fuscous
suffusion from base of dorsum to mid-termen; other specimens
have a median dark fuscous suffusion.
BY A. J. TURNKIl. Gl
15. Df:stolmia nigrolinea.
Notodonta nufrolinea, Luc, Trans. Nat. Hist. 8oc. Qsld. 1894^
p. 107.
9 50 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi grey, finely irrorated with
white. Antenn?e ochreous-grey. Abdomen grey, apical segments
finely irrorated with whitish. Legs grey, tarsi dark fuscous,
irrorated with whitish. Forewings elongate, costa nearly straight
except near base and apex, termen bowed; grey finely irrorated
with whitish-grey; veins finely outlined with blackish; with three
blackish transverse lines; first from i costa to J dorsum, nearly
straight; second from f costa to |- dorsum, slightly sigmoid, third
from I costa to before tornus, slightly outwardly curved near
costa; a dark fuscous linear mark in disc above middle between
second and third lines; a dark grey subterminal suffusion, pos-
teriorly finely dentate, from costa two-thirds across disc ; cilia
grey. Hindw^ings with termen rounded; whitish, thickly covered
with grey hairs, especially towards inner margin; cilia dark gre}^
apices white.
Type in Coll. Lucas.
Q. Brisbane, in February; one specimen taken at light.
Gen. 11. Pheraspis, gen.nov.
[^e/jaoTTTis-, a shield bearer.]
Head rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue weak or absent.
Palpi short, or moderate, porrect or slightly ascending; terminal
joint short. Antennne in $ pectinated to apex, in ^ shortly
pectinated or simple. Thorax with a slight posterior crest.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with 2 from
4, 3 from angle; G from areole before or near middle, 7 from 8 -f 9
beyond areole, 10 from areole. Hind wings with 3 and 4 separate
or connate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell.
Type, P. ijolioxiitha^ Turn.
1. Hinclwings tawny 2.
Hindwings not tawny xpodea.
2. Forewings with a longitudinal blackish streak from base mesotypa.
Forewings without median streak poUoxutha,
62 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
16. Pheraspis polioxutha, n.sp.
[noXtos f^yey, and ^avdos tawny.]
(J 9 44-56 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey.
Antennae whitish, bipectinated in both sexes. Abdomen
deep ochreous; the three terminal segments dark grey. Legs
whitish-grey; anterior tarsi dark fuscous annulated with whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen rounded, oblique; whitish-grey, lines fuscous; a
short, sometimes dentate, line from i costa, slightly outwardly
curved, not reaching dorsum; an acutely dentate line from ^
costa to ^ dorsum; a small fuscous suffusion on mid-costa some-
times produced across disc as a faint sutiused line; a finel}'
dentate line from | costa, slightly sigmoid, to f dorsum; a sub-
terminal series of dots more or less developed, and an interrupted
terminal line; cilia whitish-grey. Hind wings with termen rounded;
whitish-ochreous, sometimes suffused with fuscous, towards inner
margin ochreous, terminal area sometimes suffused with greyish;
cilia whitish-ochreous.
Tj^pe in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. Townsville, in February; two bred specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd. There is an example from Cardwell in the
Queensland Museum, and another from Cooktown in Coll. Lyell.
17. Pheraspis mesotypa, n.sp.
[/xeVoj middle, rvnos a mark, impression.]
(J 9 48-50 mm. Head whitish, mixed with a few grey hairs
on crown. Palpi brown. Antennse ochreous-whitish; in 9 simple.
Thorax whitish mixed with grey. Abdomen orange-ochreous.
Legs whitish; anterior pair brown anteriorly'-. Forewings elongate-
oval, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique,
whitish irrorated with grey; a well marked dark fuscous streak
from base along fold to §, thence continued obliquely by a series
of short longitudinal streaks to apex; a faint interrupted grey
line close to termen; cilia whitish mixed with grey. Hindwings
BY A. J. TURNER. ^3
with termen rounded; grey; towards base and inner mar<^in
ochreous; cilia grey, on inner margin ochreous.
Type in Coll. Agricultural Department, Queensland.
N.Q. Townsville, in January and February; two specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Also from Thursday Island.
The palpi are rather longer than in P. polioxutha, and the
second joint with shorter hairs.
18. Pheraspis spodea, n.sp.
[a-TToSos ashes; ash-coloured.]
9. 50 mm. Head white; face white with a transverse brown
line near upper edge. Palpi white, external surface brown.
Antennae brown; in 9 simple. Thorax with a small posterior
crest ; whitish, with a brown transverse line across collar.
Abdomen whitish, dorsum of basal segments suffused with
brownish. Legs whitish; anterior pair brown anteriorly. Fore-
. wings elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex rounded,
termen rounded, oblique; whitish sparse^ irrorated with grey;
lines grey, suffused; first from costa at J obliquely outwards, an-
gulated inward near costa, to dorsum at ^; second from costa at
|-, first outwardly curved then slightly sigmoid to dorsum at |;
an indistinct subterminal line, edged posteriorly with white,
angulated three- times in disc; cilia grey, interrupted with whitish
on veins; apices whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey,
at apex and tornus whitish; cilia whitish-grey.
Type in Coll. Turner.
Q, Brisbane, in January; one perfect specimen taken at light.
Gen. 12. Themerastis, gen.nov.
[defiepos grave, serious.]
Head shortly rough-haired; face rounded, somewhat projecting.
Eyes smooth, partly overlapped by a tuft of long hairs from pos-
terior inferior quadrant. Tongue well developed. Anteniuv
in ^ bipectinated to apex. Palpi very short, porrect; terminal
joint minute. Thorax with a slight posterior crest. Posterior
64 RKVISIOX OF AUSTRALIAN LKPIDOPTERA,
tibite with two pairs of spurs. Forewings with vein 2 from near
angle, 6 from areole near end, 10 from end of areole. Hind wings
with 3 and 4 separate, G and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near
end of cell.
Distinguishable from Pheraspis by the well developed tongue,
rounded projecting face, and origin of vein 6 of forewings from
near end of areole.
19. Themerastis celaena, n.sp.
[kcXulvos dark, blackish.]
(J. 45 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous. Antenme
grey. Abdomen gre}^ mixed with dull ochreous. Legs grey.
Forewings elongate, costa strongl}'^ arched, apex rounded-rect-
angular, termen rounded, oblique; dark fuscous-grey, lines blackish;
two parallel, slightly wav}-, outwardly curved transverse lines
near base; a tine slightly wavy outwardly curved line from ^
costa to mid-dorsum; this is preceded near costa by a small
circular blackish ring, and followed at mid-disc by a larger oval
ring; a fine line from ^ costa several times angulated in disc to ^
dorsum; traces of a pale subterminal line; a fine dark terminal
line; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish,
towards termen suff'used with dark fuscous; cilia fuscous.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
Vic. INIelbourne; one specimen.
Gen 13. P h aler a.
[(fia\r]p6s with a pale or whitish head.]
Phalera, Hb., Verz. p. 14G.
Head shortly rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue present.
Palpi short, porrect, densel}' hairy beneath; terminal joint ver}'-
short. Antennjfi of rj laminate with fascicles of cilia; of 9
simple. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Anterior tibiae
with a naked groove on underside; posterior tibiae with two pairs
of spurs. Forewings with vein 2 from H, 3 from angle, 6 from
areole, 7 from end of areole or from beyond areole, 10 from 8 -i- 9
be3^ond areole or from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate.
BY A. J. TURNER. 65
connate, or stalked, G and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near end
of cell.
Type, P. hucephala, Linn., from Europe.
20. Phalera raya.
Fhalera raya, Moore, Lep. E. I. Co. p. 433; Butl., 111. Het. vi.,
pi. ciii., fig. 1.
Fhalera grotei, Moore, op. cit., p. 434.
Fhalera cossoides, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 80.
Acrosema amhoince, Feld., Reise Nov. pi. xcvi., fig. 2.
^. 65 mm. Head pale ochreous, lower half of face brown.
Palpi pale ochreous, external surface irrorated with brown.
Thorax reddish-brown mixed with white; collar and a squarish
anterior blotch brownish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs
fuscous mixed with whitish; anterior femora with anterior surface
pale ochreous edged externally with brown. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen
rounded, crenulate, strongly oblique; reddish-brown irrorated
with white, the white scales preponderating towards dorsum;
lines fuscous-brown; an outwardly curved transverse line near
base and another at l\ traces of a median line; a posterior line
from costa at |, at first inwardly curved, then angulated in disc
and slightly wavy to dorsum at |; a large sub triangular ochre-
ous-brown blotch between posterior line and apex; a white
suffusion at tornus; an indistinct subterminal line; cilia reddish-
brown mixed with white. Hind wings with termen rounded;
fuscous; a suffused paler posterior line; cilia fuscous mixed with
whitish.
jST.Q. Cape York, one specimen in the Queensland Museum ;
Cooktown, one specimen in Coll. Illidge. Also from Amboyna
(Felder) and India.
Gen. 14. Discophlebia.
[Sto-KOf, a plate, disc, (^Ae>/r, a vein; with veined disc]
Discophlebia, Feld.
Head smooth. Eyes smooth, overlapped by a tuft of long hairs
arising from posterior inferior qug,drant. Tongue well developed.
5
66 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Palpi short, porrect, with loosely appressed scales beneath, not
hairy; terminal joint very short. Antennae of (J laminate with
fascicles of cilia, of 9 simple. Thorax not crested. Anterior
tibiae with a naked groove on underside, overlapped by a proxi-
mal tuft of hairs; posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings with vein 2 from |^ to |, 3 from angle, 6 from middle
or beyond middle of areole, 7 from end of areole, 10 from areole.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 appi-oximated
to near end of cell.
In structure this resembles Phalera, Hb., but differs in the
smooth head and palpi, and in the origin of vein 2 of forewings
from nearer angle of cell.
Type, Discophlehia catocalina, Feld.
1. Hindwings with a broad white terminal band catocalina.
Hindwings without a broad white terminal band. 2.
2. Hindwings with termen narrowly white hloserodes.
Hindwings with termen not white lucasiL
21. DiSCOPHEBLIA CATOCALINA.
[Probably from a supposed resemblance to the genus Catocala.^
Discophlehia catocalina, Feld., Reise Nov. pi. 96, f. 8.
(J. 48 mm. Head grey, vertex whitish-grey. Palpi dark
fuscous mixed with grey. Antennae grey. Thorax grey, collar
dark grey. Abdomen dark fuscous; tuf t ochreous-whitish. Legs
dark grey mixed with whitish. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa
strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly oblique,
rounded towards tornus; grey, near base suffused with whitish;
lines blackish; an irregularly waved line from ^ costa to § dorsum;
a short outwardly-oblique streak from costa at |; a pale circular
discal spot succeeds first line, and a larger spot, faintly outlined
in fuscous, is situated at apex of the oblique streak; a posterior
line from before mid-costa very obliquely outwards, obtusely bent
in disc to become transverse, and ending in dorsum at |; veins
beyond this streaked with blackish; cilia whitish-grey, intersected
by continuations of streaks on veins. Hindwings with termen
rounded; dark fuscous; a broad white terminal band narrowing to
BY A. J. TURNER. 67
a point before tornus ; cilia white, on tornus and inner margin
dark fuscous.
Yic. Birchip, in May, one specimen in Coll. Lyell— S.A. Ade-
laide (Felder).
22. DiSCOPHLEBIA BLOSYRODES, n.Sp.
[(:i\ocrvp(o8r]s, of stern appearance.]
9. 43 mm. Head grey, with a blackish line across crown, and
a,nother across middle of face. Palpi and antennae grey. Thorax
grey; patagia tipped with dark fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous;
apical segments pale ochreous. Legs gre3^ Forewings elongate-
oval; costa very strongly arched, termen obliquely rounded; iron-
grey; veins partly finely ontlined with black; lines black, a short
basal line from costa, not reaching but produced parallel to dorsum
for a short distance; a thick nearly straight line from l costa to
I dorsum; a finer line from costa slightly beyond this, outwardly
curved to mid-dorsum; a third line from costa before middle to J
dorsum, obtusely angled in disc; cilia whitish-grey, narrowly
intersected with blackish opposite veins. Hindwings with termen
rounded; dark fuscous; termen narrowly white except at tornus;
cilia as forewings, but on tornus and inner margin dark fuscous.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. Townsville, in October; one specimen received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
23. DiSCOPHLEBIA LUCASII.
Discophlehia lucasii, Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. 1885, p. 421,
pi. xi., f. 4.
Type in British Museum.
I have before me a specimen from Victoria which I believe to
belong to this species, but as the identification is not quite certain
I forbear to describe it.
Gen. 15. Gall a b a.
Gallaha, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii. 457.
Head rough-haired; face with projecting cone of hairs. Eyes
naked. Tongue well developed. Palpi long (2J times breadth
68 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
of eye); second joint very long, somewhat ascending, rough-haired
above and beneath; terminal joint well developed, loose-haired,
porrect. Antennse in both sexes bipectinated to apex. Thorax
smooth; l3iit patagia long, dense-scaled, projecting upwards and
backwards as far as posterior edge of thorax. Abdomen with a
small basal crest on dorsum of first segment. Anterior tibise in
both sexes with a naked groove overlapped by a dense tuft of
hairs on posterior surface; posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings w^ith vein 2 from t or from near angle, 3 from angle,
5 from slightly below middle of cell, 6 from areole, 7 from areole
near apex, 10 from areole. Hind wings with 3 and 4 separate,
6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to near end of cell.
Type, GaUaha dujMcata, Wlk.
A very distinct genus easily recognised by the peculiar palpi
and patagia,
1. Forewings dark brown duplicata.
Forewings grey oclt ropepla .
24. GaLLABA DUPLICATA.
[Duplicatus, doubled; perhaps in allusion to the patagia.]
GaUaha duplicata., Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii. 458.
(J 9. 3740 mm. Head and palpi fuscous-brown mixed with
whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish, near base fuscous-brown
mixed with white ; bases of pectinations blackish. Thorax
fuscous-brown with a few whitish scales; apices of patagia darker.
Abdomen pale fuscous or whitish; basal crest dark fuscous-brown.
Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous, tarsi annulated with whitish.
Forewings oblong, costa strongly arched at base, thence nearly
straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded, slightly
oblique ; fuscous-brown mixed with whitish and a few reddish-
brown scales ; anterior and posterior lines faintly indicated; a
blackish dot margined with whitish in costal part of disc before
middle, with sometimes two or three similar smaller dots in a
transverse line between it and dorsum : an elongate transverse
black dot margined with whitish on mid-disc, sometimes obsolete;
BY A. J. TURNER. 69
sometimes a series of dark crescentic marks posteriorly edged with
whitish, forming a subterminal line; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
with termen sigmoid; fuscous sometimes inclining to whitish; cilia
concolorous.
Type in British Museum.
Q. Brisbane, in May; one specimen (^) in Queensland Museum
and one (9) in Coll. Illidge.
25. Gallaba ochropepla, n.sp.
[coxpoy, pale; nerrXos, a cloak.]
9. 38 mm. Head white mixed with grey on vertex. Palpi
white. Antennae grey, base of stalk white. Thorax grey mixed
with white. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair grey
mixed with white. Forewings elongate; costa moderately arched,
apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish-grey,
irrorated with grey, centre of disc suffused with white, a small
oblique fnscous streak close to mid-base, closely succeeded by a
similar streak in disc; two parallel grey lines, rather outwardly
curved, from J costa to J dorsum; two similar parallel lines,
interrupted in disc from |- costa to |- dorsum; a series of dark
grey streaks forming an interrupted subterminal line; cilia grey
mixed with whitish-grey. Hindwings with termen sigmoid; pale
grey; cilia pale gre}'.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
Vic. Ocean Grange, near Sale, in January; one specimen.
Gen. 16. E c n o m o d e s, gen. no v.
\eKvofM(odr]s of unusual appearance.]
Head rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue obsolete. Palpi
shortly rough-scaled, in ^ recurved and reaching to vertex; in 9
rather shorter, porrect; terminal joint moderate, bent forwards.
Antenna? pectinated to apex in both sexes. Thorax with an erect
anterior crest. Posterior tibise with two pairs of spurs; anterior
tibiae in (J with a long tuft of hairs beneath. Forewings with
vein 2 from ^, 3 from well before angle, 6 from near base of
70 REVISION OP AUSTRALIAN' LEPIDOPTERA,
areole, 7 from end of areole, 10 from areole. Hind wings with
3 and 4 widely separate at base, G and 7 stalked, 8 approximated
to cell to beyond middle.
Type, E. ticujittaria, Luc.
26. ECXOMODES SAGITTAKIA.
[Sagittarius, marked with arrows.]
Chlenias sagittaria, Luc, Proc. E. Soc. Qsld. 1899, p. 1-4:8.
(J^. 34-40 mm. Head brown ; face whitish with a brow-n
transverse line across forehead. Palpi brown, internal surface
\vhitish. Antennre whitish ; stalk in $ brownish. Thorax
whitish mixed with brown. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish;
anterior pair dark brow^n. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique ;
whitish with some brownish irroration, markings dark fuscous; a
subcostal streak more or less distinct from base to §, connected
with costa at Ir and beyond middle; a short streak from near
base along fold; a suffused median streak from J, interrupted
beyond middle, and continued to apex ; an acutely dentate line
from median streak beyond interruption to dorsum at | ; fine
streaks along veins near apex; cilia whitish mixed with brownish.
Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish, towards termen suffused
with pale fuscous ; cilia whitish mixed with fuscous excej^t on
inner margin.
Type in Coll. Lucas,
Q. Brisbane.
Gen. 17. G a r g e t t a.
Gargetta, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii. p. 455.
Head ^vith loosely appressed hairs. Eyes smooth, partly
covered (in G. acarodes) by a tuft of long hairs arising from
margin in lower posterior quadrant. Tongue well developed.
Palpi ascending, not quite reaching vertex; second joint with
loosely appressed scales; terminal joint short. Antennae bipecti-
nated to apex in both sexes. Thorax not crested. Posterior tibiae
BY A. J. TURNER. 71
with two pairs of long spurs; anterior tibiie in ^ with a naked groove
beneath, partly overlapped by a posterior crest of scales. Fore-
wing in (J with a long tuft of hairs from base of dorsum beneath;
vein 2 from |, 3 from well before angle, 6 from upper angle of
cell immediately below areole, 7 from 8 + 9 just below areole, 10
from areole, which is broadly lozenge-shaped, extending as much
before and beyond end of cell. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate,
6 and 7 stalked, 8 closely approximated to cell to beyond middle.
Type, G. costiyera, Wlk., from India.
27. Gargetta acarodes, n.sp.
[axapcoST/s, rather small.]
(^9. 28-30 mm. Head pale fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous.
Antennae whitish, pectinations ochreous-tinged. Thorax pale
fuscous mixed with whitish. Abdomen pale fuscous. Legs
fuscous; tarsi with obscure paler annulations. Forewings elon-
gate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen slightly
rounded, oblique ; pale fuscous irrorated with white, markings
dark fuscous; a narrow streak from base to mid-disc, nearer costa
than dorsum; a squarish spot on costa at J; a small spot beyond
this both on costa and dorsum; a strongly waved line situated in
a narrow white suffusion from costa at | to dorsum at |; beyond
this costa and veins are streaked with dark fuscous; two whitish
dots on apical \ of costa ; a faintly marked white subterminal
line interrupting streaks on veins; a series of dark fuscous ter-
minal dots; cilia white, bases barred with dark fuscous. Hind-
wings somewhat elongate, termen slightly sigmoid; grey, towards
termen darker; cilia whitish.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. Townsville, in March and May; two specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. 18. 0 s i c a.
Osica, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxiii. 7G6.
Head with loosely appressed scales. Eyes naked. Tongue
well developed. Palpi long, recurved, reaching or exceeding
72 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
vertex; second joint with a dense projecting anterior tuft at apex;
terminal joint moderate in (J, ratlier long in 9, smooth-scaled.
Antenm« simple, in g ciliated. Thorax with a slight posterior
crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on first segment.
Anterior tibiae with a groove beneath completely overlapped by a
posterior tuft of scales; posterior tibite with two pairs of large
scales. Forewings with vein 2 from |, 3 from well before angle,
6 from near end of areole, which is small, 7 from 8 + 9 well
beyond areole, 10 from 8 + 9 beyond 7. Hindwings with 3 and
4 connate, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 closely approximated to beyond
middle of cell.
Type, 0. glauca, Wlk.
Our knowledge of structure has advanced somewhat since
Walker described this genus among the Noct.uidcE^ with the
remark that it had some reseml^lance to the GaUeridct^.
28. OSICA GLAUCA.
[ykavKos, greenish.]
Osica glauca, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxiii. 767.
(J9. 46-60 mm. Head and antennae pale brownish. Palpi
fuscous-brown, terminal joint pale brownish. Thorax brown-
whitish, in O greenish-grey mixed with brown ; collar brown.
Abdomen grey. Legs brownish; anterior tarsi dark fuscous, ends
of joints narrowly white. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique ; brownish suffused with brown-whitish or grey; with
numerous darker brown indistinct transverse lines, mostly
represented b}^ dots on veins; a large pale squarish discal spot
margined anteriorly and posteriorly by dark brown; shortly beyond
this is a fine sigmoid dentate line from } costa to mid-dorsum; a
subterminal series of dark brown dots; a fine interrupted dark
fuscous terminal line; cilia brown-whitish mixed with dark brown.
Hindwings about twice breadth of forewings, termen rounded;
dark grey; cilia grey.
Type in British Museum.
Q. Brisbane, in August.
I
BY A. J. TURNER. 73
Gen. 19. Cascera.
Cascera, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii. p. 460.
Head rough-haired. Eyes naked. Tongue well developed.
Palpi recurved, ascending, reaching vertex; second joint very
long, anteriorly rough-scaled; terminal joint moderate. Antenna^
in $ bipectinated, apical | simple; in 9 simple. Thorax with a
small posterior crest. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs.
Forewings v/ith 2 from J, 3 from angle, 6 from areole before or
beyond middle, 7 from end of areole or from 8 + 9 beyond areole,
10 from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7
stalked, 8 approximated (sometimes anastomosing) to beyond
middle of cell.
Type, C. 7nuscosa, Wlk.
1. Forewings partly green muxcosa.
Forewings without green markings (uiu/dra.
29. Cascera muscosa.
[Muscosus, mossy.]
Cascera muscosa, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii., p. 461.
9. 54 mm. Head and palpi brown mixed with whitish; vertex
ochreous-tiiiged. Antennae brown. Thorax brown mixed with
pale green. Abdomen brownish-grey. Legs brown mixed with
whitish; anterior pair greenish-tinged. Forewings elongate-tri-
angular, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded, crenulate, brown mixed with grey, whitish,
and green forming very complex markings which are probabl}'
variable; costa barred with dark brown and greenish; an irregu-
lar green patch near base, and an irregular broad median green
band; a whitish spot on costa at |, and another in dorsal part of
disc at J; beyond median green band is a dark brown band, its
outer edge distinct and crenated; beyond this is a subterminal
series of green spots edged posteriorly first by whitish, then by
dark brown; cilia greenish. Hindwings with termen rounded,
wavy; brownish-grey; two or three whitish spots in a line parallel
74 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
to inner margin near tornus; cilia whitish with a greenish median
line.
Type in British Museum.
Q. Brisbane; one specimen in Coll. Illidge.
Walker gives " Swan River, from Mr. Diggles' Collection," as
the origin of this species, but this locality is certainly erroneous.
30. Cascera amydra, n.sp.
[^afjivdpos, dark.]
(J 9- 40-48 mm. Head whitish mixed with brownish-ochreous.
Palpi brown. Antennae brown, pectinations dark fuscous. Thorax
dark brownish-grey, collar light brownish-ochreous. Abdomen
grey. Legs brown mixed with whitish. Torewings elongate-
oblong, costa moderately, in 9 strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen rounded, slightly oblique; brown suffused and irrorated
with grey; a transverse dark brown line near base, and another
from ^ costa to f dorsum; a small brown discal spot above mid-
disc, in (J this is edged beneath by white, and preceded in disc by
a larger white spot, an indistinct posterior line from f costa to
f dorsum; a subterminal row of small circular blackish spots;.
cilia brownish. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia
grey.
The M'hite markings on forewing of ^ are probably inconstant
and variable.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. Townsville, in March and April; two specimens received
from Mr. Dodd, of which one (9) is in Coll. Lyell.
Species unrecognised or not rightly included in this
FAMILY.
31. Clathe arida, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. v. p. 994, belongs to the
Lasiocamjnda'.
32. Nadiasa 2}arvigutta,y^\\i., op. cU.,y. p. 1015, belongs to the
genus Pinara (Lasiocampidce).
33. Listoca lignaria, Wlk., O]). cit., v. p. 1021, is a synonym of
Clathe arida, Wlk.
BY A. J. TURNER.
75
J
op. cit., V. p. 1065, are also syn-
onyms of Clathe arida, Wlk.
op. cit., V. p. 1099, belongs to the
xxxii. p. 409. I have
34. Sorema nubila, Wlk.,
35. Soi'ema contracta, Wlk
36. Ptilomacra senex, Wlk.
Zetizeridce.
37. Destolmia (?) Uturata, Wlk., op. cit.
not seen the type of this species.
38. Eilia distinguenda, Wlk., op. cit., xxxii. p. 435, is a synonym
of Olene mendosa, Hb., (Lyrnantriadff).
39. Rigema facta, Wlk., op. cit., xxxii. p. 438, is a synonym of
Psalis securis, Hb., {Lymantriadcii) .
40. Yiinga delineata, Wlk., op. cit., xxxii. p. 453, is a synonym of
Sinyriodes aplectaria, Gn. {jTeoinetridai).
41. Asteroscopus nodosus, Swin., Cat. Lep. Oxf. Mus. i. p. 299, is
a synonym of Chlenias banksiaria. Le G. {Geoinelridce).
42. Lomatosticha nigrostr-iata, Moschl., 8tett. Ent. Zeit. I have
not been able to consult this description.
43. Teinocladia cucidloides, FelcL, is a synonym of Cupnsa senilis^
Wlk. ( G some tri dee).
INDEX TO NOTODONTIDJ^.
Cascijra, Wlk. ...
Cerura, Schrank.
Daxima, Wlk. ...
Destolmia, Wlk.
DiscoPHLEBiA, Feld.
ECNOMODES, n.g. ...
Gallaba, Wlk. ..
Garuetta, Wlk.
Hyleora, Dbld. ...
Neola, Wlk.
Genera.
No.
No.
19
(Enosanda, Wlk.
J^
6
OSICA, Wlk.
18
9
Phalera, Hb. ...
n
10
Pheraspis, n.g. ...
11
14
Pheressaces, n.g.
7
16
SORAMA, Wlk. ...
3
15
Spatalia, Hb. ... •
4
17
Teleclita, n.g. ..
5
1
Themerastis, n.g.
12
Species.
Synonyms and unrecognised Species in Italics.
acarodes, n.sp.
amhoimCjFeld.
amydra, n.sp.
arida, Wlk.
australis, Scott
banksiie, Lew.
bicolor, Wlk.
bloserodes, n.sp.
"^o.
No.
27
boisduvalii, Newm
. 12
20
capucina, Feld. .'
. 5
30
catocalina, Feld
. 21
31
celaena, n.sp
. 1»
9
cinerea, Luc.
. 14
13
contracta, Wlk. ...
. 35
6
cosiioide^, Wlk
. 20
22
costalis, Moore
7
76
REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
No.
No.
cuculloides, Feld
... 43
nigrolineata, Luc.
... 15
cycnoptera, Low.
.. 10
nigroiitriata, Moschl, ...
... 42
cydista, n.sp.
... 8
nodosus, Swin
... 41
delineata, Wlk
... 40
nubUa,\Y\k
... 34
dilucida, Feld
... 3
ochropepla, n.sp.
... 25
dhthuiuenda, Wlk.
... 38
ixirvigutta, Wlk. ...
... 32
duplicata, Wlk
... 24
polioxutha, n.sp
... 16
eucalypti, Dbld. ..
1
raya, Moore
... 20
glauca, Wlk
... 28
sagittaria, Luc
... 26
qrotei, Moore
... 20
semiaurata, Wlk.
... 4
inelyta, Wlk.
2
senex, Wlk.
... 36
lanceolata, Wlk
'.'.'. 14
>ipliinx, Feld.
... 1
Lignaria, Wlk
... 38
spirucha, n.sp
... 11
lineata, Wlk
... 14
spodea, n.sp
... 18
lititrata, Wlk
... 37
squiDnipunctum, Feld. ...
... 12
lueasii, Rosen
... 23
t acta, Wlk
... 39
mesotypa, n.sp
... 17
terminalis, Wlk
... 12
muscosa, Wlk
... 29
Fam. HYPONOMEUTID^.
Under this name it is convenient to describe a small group of
genera allied to Hyponomeuta, Latr., and Enstixxs, Hb. = Mieza,
Wlk., — Enaemia, Zel. 8ome of these forms approach in structure
to the Oecophoridce, from which they ma}^ be distinguished inter
alia by the smooth posterior tibite. They show, however, much
greater variation in the neuration than the latter family. To the
Glyphipterygidce they are allied, and Mr. Meyrick merges both
into the family PluteUidcn. As I am not at present competent
to express any opinion as to whether the Hyponomeiitidde are
to be regarded as a distinct family, I shall not attempt any
definition.
The Australian species, of which about twenty are at present
known, have hitherto been much confused, although they are all
fine and conspicuous insects. In their study I have derived
assistance from Walsingham and Durrant's contribution to
Swinhoe's 'Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Heterocera in the Oxford
Museum' (Vol.ii. p. 558): and I am indebted to Lord Walsingham
for permission to describe several species, the types of which
are in his Collection. Mr. Lower has kindly lent me for
examination the types of two species described by him.
BY A. J. TURNKR. 77
The genus mentioned above, commonly known as Enaemia^
Zel., which has all the veins separate in both wings, is not at
present known to occur in Australia.
Tabulation of Genera.
A. Hindwings with vehi 4 absent Hy^wnomeuta.
AA. Hindwings with veins 4 and 5 stalked or connate.
B. Forewings with veins 7 and 8 stalked Epidictica.
BB. Forewings with veins 7 and 8 separate Lactura.
AAA. Hindwings with veins 4 and 5 separate.
B. Forewings with veins 2 and 3 stalked _ Epopsia.
BB. Forewings with veins 2 and 3 separate,
C. Hindwings with 5 bent and approximated at base
to 4 , HulyclmrU.
CC. Hindwings with 5 widely separated at base from
4 Atteva.
Gen. 1. Hyponomeuta, Latr.
[vTTo, under, vofxevs, a shepherd ; probably from the gregarious
habits of the larvae.]
Head smooth. Antennae in ^ simple, very minutely ciliated.
Tongue well-developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Labial palpi
moderate, curved, ascending; second joint with appressed scales;
terminal joint about as long ^s second, stout, tolerably acute,
with appressed scales slightly roughened in front. Forewings
elongate; with twelve veins, all separate, vein 2 from near angle,
3, 4, 5 approximated at base. Hindwings with vein 4 absent, 5
widely separate from 3, 6 and 7 nearly parallel.
A genus of probabl}^ nearly world-wide distribution. The
larvae feed gregariously in a common web. Only two Australian
species are known.
1. Forewings whitish-grey, spots near termen confluent 7m.s<?</e/^««.
Forewings white, terminal spots discrete mi/rioseiniis.
1. Hyponomeuta pustulellus.
Hyponomeuta interneMus, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxviii. p. 533.
Hyponomeuta pzistulellus, Wlk., op. cit., xxviii. p. 533.
(J 9. 22-29 mm. Head white. Palpi black, apex of second
joint and more or less of terminal joint white. Thorax whitish-
78 REVISION OP^ AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
'^vo.y, }>ascs of patagia and a pair of median spots black.
Abdomen blackisli, apices of segments, tuft, and most of under-
side white. Legs white annulated willi l)lack. Forewings
narrow-elongate; wliitish-grey with numerous black spots; G or 7
spots on )>asal half of costa; a row of six spots al)ove dorsal
margin, the last two touching margin near tornus; a row of eight
spots above fold; several spots irregularly distributed l)etween
this row and apical half of costa; a number of confluent spots
near termen; cilia grey, bases l)Iackish. iiindwings considerably
])roader than forewings; grey; cilia grey, towards tornus white.
Walker described iidcrnellus on the same page but l)efore
puHtulelliix^ indicating, however, that the former might be a
vari(!ty of tlie latter; so that T pi-esume the second name should
be adopted for the species.
i.l. Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine and Warwick; in October and
November— N.S.W. Sydney (Walker).
2. lIvpoNo>ir:uTA myriosemus.
|/xi;/H'oi-, numerous, crr^^a, a mark; many-spotted.]
I fypo'nomeuta myrioHema, Turn., Trans. R. See. S.A. 1898, p. 200.
Tyf)e in Coll. Turner.
Q. Brisbane and Mt. Tambourine; in August and November.
Gen. 2. A tt e v a.
Atteva, Wlk., I^,rit. >Tus. Cat. ii. 52G.
Head smooth. Antennae in male simple. Tongue well developed.
Maxillary palj)i obsolete. Tjabial palpi moderate, curved, ascend-
ing, smootli-scaled; terminal joint about as long as second, stout,
t()l(!rably acute. Forewings elongate ; with twelve veins, all
s(!()arate, vein 2 from considerably })efore angle. Iiindwings with
eight veins, all separate, veins .'>, 4, and 5 widely separate, 5, G,
and 7 somciwhat approximated at base. Hindlegs of ^ very
sl(Mider and the tibi;e without spurs.
A genus of wide distribution, being represented in the tropics
of both liemispheres. For its synonymy refer to Swinhoe's
MY A. J. turnp:r, 79
'Catalogue of Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera' (Vol. ii. p.558),
Tineina, by Walsingham and Durrant.
Type, Atteva nivpigutta, Wlk., from India.
1 . Hindwings wholly orange niphocosma.
Hindwings with apical lialf grey 2.
2. Forewings with a dark I'uscous terminal band a/higuttata.
Forewings without a dark fuscous terminal band chw^opis.
3. Atteva NiPiiocosi\iA, n.sp.
[vLcfia, snow, KuaiJLs, an ornament; adorned with snow-white.]
^. 25 linn, Head snow-white; a dark fuscous spot on crown.
Palpi dark fuscous with some white scales; base of second joint
white. Antenme dark fuscous. Thorax golden-ochreous, with a
postmedian snow-white spot ; patagia and tegula; snow-white
except at base; a pair of white spots on underside. Abdomen
golden-ochreous; on underside with a median row of white spots.
Legs dark fuscous, femora and posterior til)ia?! golden-ochreous,
banded with white. Forewings elongate, costa arched near apex,
apex rounded, hindmai'gin slightly oblique, slightly rounded;
golden-ochreous, with numerous snow-white spots of unequal size;
a row of 9 or 10 small spots on or near costa ; two on dorsum
near base; two on dorsum before tornus, of these the first
is larger ; five unequally-sized spots in disc not regularly
arranged; an erect bar from anal angle to near last costal spot; a
spot on termen beneath apex; cilia pale ochreous. Hindwings
elongate, as broad as forewings; golden-ochreous of brighter shade
than forewings; cilia concolorous.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. Townsville; one specimen in February, received from Mr.
F, P. Dodd — Q. Brisbane; one specimen in March.
A. impariguUella, Zel., is an allied species from Ceylon. A.
fahricieUa, ^^wed.-- niviguttclla, Wlk., from India and China is
very similar but distinct. A. brucea, Moore, from Java is
another closely allied species. A. emissella, Wlk., from Borneo,
is similar but has grey hindwings. A. niveAgiitta, Wlk., from
Assam, has been naturally confounded with nwiguttella, but is
80 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
a very different species. I am indebted to Mr. Durrant for
this note.
4. Atteva albiguttata.
[Albus, white, gutta, a drop; with white spots].
Zeller (teste Durrant). I have not seen the reference.
Head and face golden-ochreous with white margins. Palpi
blackish, bases and apices of joints white. Thorax golden-
ochreous, with paired white dots on apices of tegulse, bases of
patagia, and posteriorly. Abdomen golden-ochreous; on under-
side a median row of white dots. Legs blackish annulated
with white. Forewings elongate; golden-ochreous with numerous
snow-white spots; ten small spots on costa; ten or eleven in a
line beneath costa; five on dorsal margin; and about a dozen
of unequal size between dorsum and the preceding row; an
erect white bar, sometimes interrupted, from tornus narrowing
to costa near apex; beyond this disc is dark fuscous; three
minute dots near apex; cilia white. Hindwings dark grey;
basal fourth golden-ochreous; cilia grey, on tornus and inner
margin golden-ochreous.
Q. Brisbane, in April.
6. Atteva charopis, n.sp.
[xapoTTty, bright, joyous.]
(J9. 26 mm. Head white; posterior edge and a line between
antennae dark fuscous. Palpi white; a band on second joint
and on terminal joint towards apex dark fuscous. Antenme dark
fuscous. Thorax golden-ochreous ; a double post-median spot
and apices of tegulse snow-white; three pairs of white spots on
underside. Abdomen golden-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous
banded with white; posterior pair in $ whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa arched near apex, apex rounded. Hind-
margin slightly oblique, slightly rounded; golden-ochreous with
numerous snow-white spots of unequal; size a minute basal
spot; seven to ten small spots on costa, the two penultimate
rather larger; a large spot above dorsum near base, and another
BY A. J. TURNER. 81
on dorsum beyond this; three spots on dorsum before tornus,
the middle one sometimes connected with a discal spot; four
rather large discal spots in longitudinal series; an erect bar from
tornus towards last costal spot, sometimes divided into two spots;
cilia fuscous, apices paler. Hind wings bright golden-ochreous;
apical half dark fuscous; cilia dark fuscous on apical half of
termen, thence bright golden-ochreous.
A series including the type in Coll. Walsingham.
JSr.Q. Cedar Bay, near Cooktown (Meek).
This species resembles though it does not accurately corres-
pond with A. puIcheUa, Moore, a species of doubtful locality.
An examination of the type is necessary to establish or con-
tradict its identity.
Gen. 3. E p i d i c t i c a, gen.nov.
[enideLKTiKos, fit for display, ostentatious.]
Ejndictica, Wlsm., MS.
Head smooth. Antennae of male slightly serrate, very minutely
ciliated. Tongue well developed. Maxillary palpi minute.
Labial palpi rather short, porrect, with appressed scales; terminal
joint as long as second, rather stout, tolerably pointed. Forewings
elongate-ovate; vein 2 from near angle, 7 and 8 stalked. Hind-
wings with veins 4 and 5 stalked or rarely connate, 6 and 7
tolerably parallel.
Type, E. calliphyUa^ Turn.
1. Head white cristata.
Head orange or reddish 2.
2. Hindwings reddish 3.
Hindwings with apical half dark purplish . pilcheri.
3. Forewings yellowish with numerous red lines calliphylla.
Forewings purple-reddish with yellow spots , . . . thiospila.
7. Epidictica calliphylla, n.sp.
\Ka\\i(\iv\\oSi with beautiful wings.]
(J 9. 20-24 mm. Head red, sides of crown and lower half of
face pale yellow. Palpi and antennse red. Thorax pale yellow;
6
82 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
two lateral spots and base of collar, a bar across tegulfe, and a
broad cruciform mark, red. Abdomen reddish. Legs pale
yellowish partly suffused with reddish ; anterior pair red, basal
half of tibite and first tarsal joint pale j^ellow on external surface.
Forewings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; pale yellow with red
lines on veins and on basal portions of costa and inner margin;
several longitudinal red lines in disc; an inwardly oblique line of
slightly darker colour across basal portion of cell; a similar short
inwardly oblique line from end of cell to dorsum ; a short
outwardly oblique line before apex commencing from vein 9,
crossing 7 and 8 at their bifurcation, bent inwards at vein
6 to end on vein 5; cilia red, apices ^^ellowish. Hinclwings with
termen slightly excavated before tornus; reddish; cilia reddish,
in excavation whitish.
This species has been mistaken for Lactura mactata, Feld., but
the venation should be a sufficient distinction. The oblique line
crossing the distal veins is characteristic.
Var. tenuilinea.
[Tenuis, slender, linea, a line; with slender lines.]
Differs from the type as follows : — All red markings except
cruciform mark on thorax, and oblique lines on forewings much
reduced or absent.
Though very different in superficial appearance the markings
where traceable agree accurately with type. Both forms were
taken together, and I have no doubt they represent the same
species.
Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. Brisbane and Mt. Tambourine; a series taken in ISTovember.
8. Epidictica cristata.
Cyptasia cristata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 383.
Enaeynia callianthes, Low., Trans. R. Soc. S.A. 1894, p. 111.
Enaemia mixoleuca, Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S.A. 1900, p. 14.
Type in British Museum.
N.Q. Mackay (Lower) — Q. Gympie.
BY A. J. TURNER. 83
9. Epidictica thiospila, n.sp.
[delov, sulphur; o-ttIXo?, a spot; with pale yellow spots.]
(J. 27 mm. Head orange; face and palpi yellowish. Antennt\3
yellowish; towards base orange. Thorax dull purple-reddish;
collar and apex of teguhe pale yellow. Abdomen reddish. Legs
reddish. Forewings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; dull purple-
reddish; edge of dorsum, of basal third of costa, and of apical
fourth of costa, orange; spots pale yellow; a large triangular spot
on costa near base; a smaller spot opposite this on dorsum; a
second costal spot at |; several small indistinct spots in posterior
part of disc ; a narrow pale yellow terminal band, its anterior
edge indented above middle; cilia pale yellow. Hindwings and
cilia reddish; veins 4 and 5 connate.
Type in Coll. Walsingham.
;N'.Q. Mackay; one specimen (Meek).
10. Epidictica pilcheri.
Calliyenia pilcheri. Luc, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1891, p. 279.
9. 20-22 mm. Head reddish-orange. Palpi reddish-orange.
Antennee blackish, near base reddish-orange. Thorax purple-
reddish; two spots on tegula? and a large posterior spot reddish-
orange; apices of patagia and a pair of lateral spots pale yellowish.
Abdomen reddish-orange. Legs blackish irrorated with reddish-
orange and whitish. Forewings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly
arched, apex rounded, termen obliquel}^ rounded; purple-reddish;
spots pale yellowish; those on costa and dorsum partly suffused
with reddish-orange; a large squarish spot on costa at \; a smaller
spot on costa at §; an elongate subtriangular spot on mid-dorsum,
preceded and followed by a small spot in disc; a small spot before
tornus, two termhial spots, and two or three dots in posterior
portion of disc; cilia reddish-orange, at tornus interrupted by
purple-reddish. Hindwings purple-reddish; basal \ and costa
reddish-orange; cilia purple-reddish, on tornus and inner margin
reddish-oranixe.
84 KEVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
Type ill Coll. Lucas.
Q. Rockliampton (Lucas), Bundaberg, and Brisbane; in
November and March.
No doubt this species is somewhat variable; I have not seen
the male.
Gen. 4. L a c t u r a.
Lactura, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. ii. 485.
Head smooth. Antennae in male slightly serrate, veiy minutely
ciliated. Tongue well developed. Maxillary palpi minute.
Labial palpi rather short, porrect, with appressed scales; terminal
joint as long or rather shorter than second, rather stout, tolerably
pointed. Forewings elongate-ovate; with 12 veins all separate,
2 from near angle. Hindwings with veins 4 and 5 stalked or
rarely connate, 6 and 7 tolerably parallel.
Type, L. dives, Wlk.
This genus includes and supersedes Dianasa, Wlk., Themiscyra,
Wlk., and Cyptasia, Wlk.
1. Forewings with numerous red Unes parallel to veins 2.
Forewings with veins not outHned with red 6.
2. Forewings marked with grey 3.
Forewings without grey markings 4.
3. Forewings with a large apical grey blotch egregkUa.
Forewings with apex yellowish laetifera.
4. Forewings with oblique purplish lines 5.
Forewings without purple lines erythractis.
5. Purplish lines suffused and connected in disc eupoecila.
Purplish lines narrow, separate mactata.
6. Forewings with yellow or white blotches on apex and tornus. mfasa.
Forewings without blotches on apex and tornus 7.
7. Forewings reddish caminata.
Forewings fuscous dives.
n. Lactora egregiella.
[Egregius, distinguished.]
Cyptasia egregiella, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxv. p. 1837.
g. 22 mm. Head and thorax whitish with reddish markings.
Palpi, antennae and abdomen reddish. Forewings elongate-ovate
BY A. J. TURNER. 8;j
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded;
whitish with reddish lines on veins ; a large triangular grey
blotch, its apex at mid-costa, its base along nearly the whole of
dorsum, containing several whitish spots near dorsum; a large
apical grey blotch; cilia whitish. Hindwings and cilia reddish.
My only example is in poor condition, but the above description
should be sufficient for recognition.
Type in British Museum.
N.Q.— Q. Wide Bay (Olliff).
Walker gives " Swan River, from Mr. Diggles' Collection," but
this is certainly an error. Probably Diggles' specimen was taken
near Moreton Bay, Queensland.
12. Lactura laetifera.
[Laetifer, joyful, pleasing.]
Themiscyra laetifera, Wlk., Brit. Mus, Cat. xxxi. p. 258.
Enaemia pyrochrysa, Low., Trans. R. Soc. S.A. 1894, p. 111.
(^9. 30-32 mm. Head pale yellow, upper margin of face and
middle of crown reddish-orange. Palpi pale yellow. Antennae
reddish-orange. Thorax pale yellow with a central grey stripe
bifurcating posteriorly; bases of tegulse, a spot behind tegulte,
and centres of patagia reddish-orange. Abdomen reddish-orange,
beneath pale yellow. Legs pale yellowish; anterior pair reddish-
orange; femora tinged with reddish-orange. Forewings elongate-
ovate, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded,
slightly oblique; pale yellow, veins outlined with reddish-orange;
with two grey fascise interrupting streaks on veins; first fascia
from mid-costa to near base of dorsum; second fascia confluent
with first on costa, outwardly curved, narrowing in disc, to dorsum
at |, connected by a dorsal streak with first fascia; from it are
given off a broad central streak to termen, a short oblique streak
to tornus, and a fine streak along dorsum to torn us; cilia pale
yellow. Hindwings and cilia reddish-orange.
Type in British Museum.
N.Q. Cairns (Lower) — Q. Bundaberg, Brisbane.
86 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
13. Lactuka ERYTHRACTIS.
ypvOpos, red.]
Enaemia erythractis, Me3'r., Trans. E. See. S.A. 1886, p. 1043.
^(^. 26-32 mm. Head reddish; sides of crown and face pale
yellow. PaljDi and antenna? reddish. Thorax pale j'ellow; an
anterior cruciform mark and a posterior spot red; posterior ex-
tremity pale 3^ellow: collar narrowly red at base; tegulce red, apex
and a spot near base pale yellow. Abdomen reddish. Legs
reddish; internal surfaces yellowish. Forewdngs elongate-oval,
costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; pale j^ellow with red lines; a narrow line along costa to
§; another along inner margin to 4, basal portion broad, median
portion sometimes obsolete; a short streak along basal part of
vein 12; a streak along vein 11 to costa; cell broadly outlined,
incompletely so along submedian, crossed towards base by an
oblique line which is prolonged to dorsum at \; bej^ond this it
is divided by a median line, each division containing a short
longitudinal streak; a strong line from end of cell to dorsum at 4;
veins 2 to 10 outlined; cilia red, apices pale yellowish. Hind-
wings and cilia reddish.
Type in Macleay Museum.
N.Q. Townsville, in January, a series received from Mr. F. P.
Dodd; Bowen {Me3^rick).
Distinguished by its large size and absence of oblique dark
lines.
14. Lactura eupoecila, n.sp.
[einroLKLkos, variegated.]
(J9. 23-26 mm. Head red; sides of crown and face pale
yellowish. Palpi red, terminal joint pale yellowish. Antennae
reddish. Thorax pale yellow; base of collar, two lateral spots on
collar, margins of patagia, and an anterior cruciform mark red;
a posterior dot purple-grey; posterior extremity pale yellow.
Abdomen red, lower surface, and in $ also apex, pale yellow.
BY A. J. TURNER. 87
Legs pale yellowish suffused with reddish; anterior pair reddish,
basal half of tibiae and first joint of tarsus pale yellow on external
surface. Forewings elongate-ovate, costa rather strongly arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; pale yellow with red
lines along veins; two strong oblique purple-grey lines; first from
costa at I to inner margin near base, narrowly interrupted near
costa; second from beneath costa near apex to inner margin at |,
dilated on inner margin and connected with first fascia in disc,
its costal half being represented by short streaks on veins; in
addition to red lines on veins there are a bisecting line and several
other lines in cell, and a line along inner margin, and at base of
costa; cilia red, apices pale yellowish. Hindwings and cilia pale
reddish; in 9 deep reddish; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked in ^J,
closely approximated in 5.
A series including the type in Coll. Walsingham.
N.Q. Cedar Bay, near Cook town (Meek).
There appears to be a constant sexual difference in the colour-
ation of the hindwings and abdomen.
15. Lactura mactata.
[Mactatus, honoured.]
Mieza mactata, F. and R., Reise Nov. pi. cxxxix. fig. 44.
(J^. 19-20 mm. Head pale yellow, centre of crown reddish;
face whitish. Palpi whitish; external surface of second joint
reddish. Antenno3 red. Thorax pale yellow, margins of tegulte
and patagia and a broad central stripe not reaching posterior
extremity red. Abdomen reddish, beneath whitish. Legs pale
yellow tinged with reddish; anterior pair mostly red. Forewings
elongate-ovate, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded, pale yellow with red streaks along
veins, and additional longitudinal red streaks in disc; two narrow
oblique purple-grey fasciie; first from dorsum at J- towards but
scarcely reaching costa at I; second from dorsum at J nearly to
apex, interrupted in disc, with two narrow processes anteriorl}-,
88 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,
one Oil and the other near dorsum, but not reaching first fascia;
a narrow red terminal line; cilia pale yellow, bases red. Hind-
wings and cilia reddish.
N.Q. Cape York (Felder), Kuranda, Geraldton (Johnstone
River); in October and November.
Smaller and narrower-winged than the preceding, the fasciae
•narrower, not connected, the second fasciae without processes to
termen. Felder's figure is coarse and inaccurate, but may fairly
be assumed to represent this species.
16. Lactura suffusa.
Dianasa sujf'usa, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. ii. p. 488.
Dianasa (?) obscura, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 346.
Hy2)oprepia haematopus, F. &l R., Reise Nov. pi. 139, f. 54, 55.
(J9. 40-46 mm. Head yellow, in 9 white. Palpi yellow, in
9 white, apices fuscous. Antenna? dark fuscous ; basal joint
yellow, in 9 white. Thorax red, anterior margin broadly yellow
in (J, white in 9; patagia except bases in $ gt'ey. Abdomen
red, beneath ochreous-whitish, sides in $ grey. Legs dark fuscous;
femora red. Forewings elongate-ovate, costa rather strongly
arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, oblique; grey, in
9 sometimes pale red; a red streak along fold, and another mid-
way between fold and costa, commencing at ^; a broad yellow
stripe along costa to J, terminating abruptly, in 9 white; costal
edge red; a dark red dot in costal stripe near base, and a second
elongate spot on lower edge near middle; two red dots above
dorsum at ^ and ^; a triangular blotch at apex and another at
tornus, margined in disc by red, 3^ellow in (J, white in 9; cilia
yellowish, in 9 whitish. Hind wings and cilia red, in ^ termen
and cilia sometimes suffused with dark grey.
Var. obscura, Butl. — (J. Forewings exactly as in type, but
ground colour darker. Hindwings and cilia blackish-fuscous.
Abdomen above blackish-fuscous, irrorated with red near base.
Q. Brisbane. Felder's locality, Assam, is probably erroneous.
BY A. J. TURNER. 89
17. Lactura caminaea.
[KUfxivos, a furnace; fiery red.]
Enaemia caminaea, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p. 1044.
Type in Australian Museum.
N.S.W. Newcastle (Meyrick).
18. Lactura dives.
Lactura dives, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. ii, p. 485.
^9. 28-32 mm. Head reddish; face pale yellow. Palpi and
antenme black. Thorax blackish; with a large posterior pale
yellow spot. Abdomen black; sides red; tuft yellowish. Legs
black. Forewings elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; purple-blackish, with
seven rather large roundish pale yellow spots; a spot at base; a
second beneath costa at J; third above dorsum at f ; fourth
in disc beyond middle; fifth beneath and internal to fourth;
sixth small just above inner margin before tornus ; seventh
small, somewhat suffused, partly bisected by a dark line on vein
in disc at f ; cilia dark fuscous, apical | from before apex to
middle of termen pale yellow. Hind wings fuscous ; basal
portion, except near inner margin, reddish; cilia fuscous, with a
darker basal line.
Type in British Museum.
N.Q. Townsville, in March; a series bred by Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. 5. E p o p s i a, gen. no v.
I eVo\//-ios-, conspicuous.]
Head loosely scaled. Tongue present. Palpi short, recurved,
smooth-scaled; second joint short; terminal joint J second, rather
short, tolerably acute, apex just reaching base of antenna?.
Antennae in male simple, with short even ciiiations (5). Thorax
smooth. Posterior tibit^ smooth-scaled. Forewings with veins
2 and 3 on a long stalk from angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to termen.
90 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTEKA,
Hind win o-s with disco-cellular sharpl}' angled, 3 and 4 from a
point, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 short-stalked.
Very distinct in the stalking of veins 2 and 3 of forewings, and
6 and 7 of hind wings.
19. Epopsia metreta, n.sp.
[iJLfTprjTos, measured.]
(J. 20 mm. Head yellow, back of crown red. Palpi red, ter-
minal joint mixed with pale yellow. Antennae red, towards apex
whitish. Thorax red; a central spot and basal J of tegulse
bright yellow. Abdomen reddish. Legs reddish; middle tibise
and tarsi, and posterior tarsi yellowish. Forewings elongate-
oblong, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen
obliquely rounded; dull red; markings bright yellow, an inwardly
oblique fascia from costa before middle to dorsum at ^; a tri-
angular spot on dorsum before tornus; apical part of termen
narrowly pale yellow; cilia red, towards apex pale yellow.
Hinclwings and cilia red.
Type in Coll. Walsingham.
jST.Q. Cedar Bay near Cooktown (INIeek).
Gen. 6. H e d y c h a r i s, gen.nov.
[i]8vxapr]s, sweetly joyous.]
Head smooth. Tongue present. Palpi short, recurved, with
appressed scales; terminal joint shorter than second, pointed.
Antennae of male simple, very minutely ciliated. Forewings
elongate-ovate; with twelve veins, 7 and 8 stalked. Hindwings
with eight veins, all separate, 5 approximated to 4 at base, 6 and
7 tolerably parallel.
20. Hedyciiaris piioenobapta, n.sp.
[(pnmk, dark red; [iaiTTos^ dyed.]
(J. IGmm. Head and palpi orange-reddish. Antennae blackish.
Thorax purplish-red; with a pair of postmedian lateral whitish
spots. Abdomen purplish-red; some basal hairs, lower and lateral
BY A. J. TURNER. 91
surfaces orange. Legs whitish mixed with dark fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded,
hindmargin obliquely rounded; purplish-red, markings whitish; a
longitudinal line in disc at -1-; three small spots in a line above
dorsum; a spot close to dorsum before tornus; a dot at end of
cell; a broadish line along termen, dilated at extremities, not
reaching tornus ; cilia purplish-red. Hind wings thinly scaled;
purplish-red; some orange hairs near inner margin; cilia purplish-
red.
Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. Brisbane; one specimen in March.
Species unrecognised or belonging to other families.
21. Mieza (j) picta, F. and R., Reise Nov. pi. 138, f. 49. " Aus-
tralia, Cape York."
22. Mieza (1) erythrocera, F. and R., oj'. cit., pi. 138, f. 53. "Aus-
tralia, Cape York."
23. Mieza {1) phomodes, F. and R., op. cit., pi. 139, f. 37. "Aus-
tralia, Cape York." These three species are unknown tome.
24. Polynesa maculosa, Turn., Trans. Pv. Soc. S.A. 1898, p. 201.
I am inclined to refer this genus to the GeiechiidcE. The
posterior tibise are hairy, not smooth-scaled as stated.
25. Callithauma basilica, Turn., op. cit., 1900, p. 15. I now refer
this genus to the (I'Jcophoyndce.
26. G eratophysetis sphaerosticha, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
188G, p. 1045. This genus should, I think, be referred to
the (Ecophoridm in the neighbourhood of Psecadia. The
posterior tibiae are certainly hairy.
27. Thyridectis psephonoma, Meyr., op. cit., 1886, p. 1046. I do
not know this species.
INDEX TO HYPOXOMEUTlD.li:.
Genera.
No.
No.
Atteva, Wlk
... 2
Hkdvchakis, n.g.
G
Epidictica, n.g
... 3
HvpoxoMKUTA, Latr. ...
... 1
Epopsia, n.g
... 5
Lactuka, Wlk
... 4
92 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
Species.
Synonyms and unrecognised Species in Italics.
albiguttata, Zel
... 4
maculosa, Turn
.. 24
baxilica, Turn. ...
... 24
metreta, n.sp
.. 19
calliantkcs, Low
8
mixoleuca. Turn.
.. 8
calliphylla, n.sp
... 7
myriosemus, Turn.
2
caminaea, Meyr
... 17
niphocosma, n.sp.
.. 3
charopis, n.sp
... 6
o^.scHm, Butl
.. 16
cristata, Butl
... 8
phoenobapta, n.sp.
.. 20
dives, Wlk
... 18
phoe nodes, F. & R.
. 23
egregiella, Wlk
... 11
^;/c^a, F. &R
.. 21
erythractis, Meyr.
... 13
pilcheri, Luc
.. 10
erytltrocera, F. & R.
... 22
pi^ephunonia, Meyr.
.. 27
eupoecila, n.sp
... 14
pustulellus, Wlk
1
haematopus, F. & R.
... 16
■pyrochrysa, Low.
.. 12
internellus, Wlk.
... 1
sphaerosticha, Meyr.
.. 26
laetifera, Wlk
.. 12
suffusa, Wlk
.. 16
mactata, Feld
... 15
thiospila, n.sp
.. 9
93
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Kesteven recorded the occurrence in Sydney Harbour of
Asaphis contraria, Desli. The species was originally described
from Bourbon, but has lately (in the Society's Proceedings for
1900, Vol. XXV., p. 731) been recorded from the mouth of the
Nambuccra River, N.S. W., b}^ Mr. C. Hedley. Early in January
of the present year Miss L. Parkes obtained a single small valve
from Balmoral Beach, Sydney Harbour.
WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29Tn, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, April 29th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
Messrs. H. I. Jensen, Sydney University; and Walter G.
WooLNOUGH, B.Sc, Adelaide University, were elected Ordinary
Members of the Society.
The President announced that, under the provisions of Rule xxv.,
the Council had elected Professor David, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.,
Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., &c., Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.,
and the Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., to be Vice-Presi-
dents; and Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A. (56 Elizabeth Street), to be
Hon. Treasurer, for the current year.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 9 Vols., 50 Parts or Nos., 2
Bulletins, 4 Reports, 10 Pamphlets, and 5 Miscellanea, received
from 48 Societies, &c., and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the
table.
94
AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, NEW OR UNRECORDED.
DECADES III.-IV.
By D. McAlpine, Corresponding Member.
Of the Fungi here recorded 15 ?.re new species and 14 genera
are represented. The Orchids, which are generally comparatively-
free from fungi, contribute two, one of the genera (Amerosporium)
being new to Australia. The imported Capeweed, although so
common and widespread, is usually particularly clean, but two
new species have been found upon it. The Kangaroo Grass has
likewise yielded two which are new. It is interesting to find
parasitic fungi upon such native parasitic flowering plants as
Cassytha and Lorantlius.
The Leaf-curl of the Peach is only too well known in Australia,
but the Pear-leaf Blister due to Exoascus hullacus is now recorded
for the first time, and care should be taken to prevent its spread.
21. Amerosporium rhodospermum, n.sp.
On large discoloured pale patches of still green leaves. Peri-
thecia densely gregarious, black, erumpent, ultimately superficial,
disciform or sometimes elongated, ruddy brown by transmitted
light, membranaceous and composed of poh'gonal cells, astomatous,
at first bald, soon surrounded at the margin and scattered all over
with stiff hairs, 120-160 /li diam.; bristles dark brown, paler at
apex and blunt, cylindrical, slightly swollen at base, curved
inwardly at margin, thick-walled, continuous or 1 -septate,
30-35 X 5-7 \x. Sporules very pale pink, crescent-shaped, acute at
both ends or occasionally blunt at one end, continuous, 18-21 x
4-4i,x.
BY D. McALPINE. 95
Killara, Yic; on living leaves of a flowering specimen of Diuris
pedunculata, R.Br.; Oct., 1902.
Although this orchid is rather a common one, only a single
diseased specimen was found. The lower linear leaves and one
of the three upper bract-like leaves were affected. The lower
leaves were densely crowded on both surfaces with the black soot-
like fungus in patches, while the upper leaf was mainly attacked
on the outer surface. The basal leaves ultimately shrivelled up
and withered, but the plant otherwise looked as healthy and
vigorous as the numerous unaffected specimens growing near.
22. ASCOCHYTA ANTHISTIRI.E, n.Sp.
Perithecia black, erumpent, scattered, elongated, lenticular,
depressed, dark brown by transmitted light, membranaceous, with
central round pore, 150-175 x 105-115 /x. Sporules numerous,
bright olive in mass, pale individually, elliptical, 1 -septate, not
constricted at septum, rounded at both ends but slightly tapering
towards one end, 10-11 x 4-4 J /j.
Leongatha, Vic. ; on dry, discoloured, shrivelled portions of
living leaves of Anfhistiria ausfralis, associated with Spharella
fmthistirice, n.sp., of which it is probably the pycnidial stage;
Nov., 1902.
This species differs from A. graininicola, Sacc, in the larger
perithecia and the elliptical, olivaceous spores.
23. ASCOCHYTA CRYPTOSTEMM.E, n.sp.
spots irregular, indefinite, dark-coloured, on upper surface of
leaves. Perithecia black, punctiform, erumpent, scattered or
loosely gregarious, golden-yellow by transmitted light, dej^ressed-
globose, membranaceous, fragile, with apical pore, 140-170 /x diam.
Sporules hyaline, cylindrical, rounded at both ends, straight, 1-
septate, not constricted at septum, 7-10 x 2|-3 /m.
Doncaster, Vic; on brown withered leaves of Cryptosteimna
calendidaceum, R.Br.; Oct., 1902.
It differs from A. microspora, Trail, in the much larger peri-
thecia which are not densely gregarious, and the slightly longer
9G AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
sporules which are always straight and never curved. This
species occurred on leaves with Sept oiHa peiifoi-auf^, McAlp., which
had evidently caused their withering.
24. AscocHYTA JiYACiNTHi, Tassi.
Killara, Vic; on languishing leaves of Agapanthus umhellatus,
L'Herit.; Oct., 1902.
This species evidently agrees with that described and figured
by Tassi (Rev. Myc. p. 169, 1896) on Hyacinthiis oripntalis, in
Itaty, but the brown perithecia are crowded and very erumpent,
not embedded as figured.
25. Cercospora loranthi, n.sp.
Tufts minute, black, gregarious, seated upon definite, orbicular,
raised dark brown spots, which may be confluent, 1-2 mm. in
diam., on both surfaces of leaf. Hyphae straight or slightly
flexuous, simple, dark olivaceous, 1- or few septate, 35-40 x 4J-5/x.
Conidia straight or curved, pale olivaceous, rounded at both ends,
generally with bulbous or slightly swollen base, o-8-septate, here
and there constricted at septa, variable in length, 60-105 x 4-4J/x,
average 60-80 /m long.
Dandenong Creek, Vie; on living leaves of Loranthus pjenduluSy
Sieber; Nov., 1902 (C. French, Jr.).
The swollen, often confluent, dark brown, raised spots, like
pimples on the leaf, are very striking and are crowded with the
dark minute tufts, often seemingly merged into one mass.
26. Coryneum acacle, n.sp.
Pustules minute, elevating and rupturing epidermis, on greyish
centre of dark brown, orbicular, definitely circumscribed spots,
with greenish margin, on both surfaces of phyllode, 1-2 mm. diam.
Conidia bright olive, cylindrical, rounded at both ends and some-
times slightly tapering, often towards attached end, usually 5-6-
septate, not constricted at septum, straight, or slightly flexuous
and curved, generally 49-52 x 5-6 /x, but may only reach a length
of 35 /I, on short, hyaline basidia, 3^-4 yn long.
BY D. McALPINE. 97
Australian Alps, Yic. (Walter); on pliyllodes of Acacia
peunincrvis, Sieber. : Werribee, Vic. (Robinson); on phyllodesof
Acacia pycnantha, Benth.
The characteristic spots with the raised and bursting pustules
the cylindrical septate conidia which may be bent or flexuous, and
the very short basidia distinguish this species.
27. Cylindrosporium eucalypti, n.sp.
Spots definite, grey, generally with distinct raised rudd}^ brown
margin, usually roundish but may be angular or irregular, isolated
or confluent, on both surfaces of leaf, ultimately thin, brittle and
cracking, very variable in size, from 2-3 mm. to 1 inch in diam.
Pustules amphigenous, but more numerous and crowded on upper
surface, at first covered by epidermis, then erumpent, globose,
dark-coloured. Conidia golden-yellowish in mass, hyaline indi-
vidually, straight or flexuous, but generally crescent-shaped, acute
and tapering at both ends, more gradual at outer end, 3-septate,
not constricted at septum, guttulate, 50-56 x 3|-4 ^u; basidia very
short, hyaline, slender, 8-10 /x long.
Dandenong Creek, Vic; on 3''oung green leaves of Eiicalyptms
mdliodora, A. Cunn.; Nov., 1902 (C. French, Jr.).
This is a very distinct species, with its large and definite grey
spots dotted with the numerous dark pustules, and the conidia
very constantly 3-septate. When the leaf is moistened the conidia
have a tendency to ooze out in dirty 3^ellow masses.
28. DiMERIUM ORBICULATUM, n.sp.
Spots numerous, orbicular, sooty black, on upper surface of
green leaves, sometimes confluent, 2-3 mm. diam. Mycelium of
spots crustaceous, forming a pavement of pale olivaceous, closely
adherent and appressed, thin-walled septate filaments, varying in
breadth but averaging about 7 /x, surmounted by dark brown,
flexuous, labyrinthine, thick-coated septate filaments, about the
same thickness but often swollen. Conidia lateral on branches of
the brown mycelium, similarly coloured, Puccinia-like and lower
7
98 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
cell somewhat tapering towards point of attachment, slightly
constricted at septum, 15-17 x 8-9 /m, but varying in size.
Asci clavate, sessile, rounded at free end, 8-spored, 95-105 x
24-28 fi ; paraphyses hyaline, slender, branching towards apex,
about length of ascus. Sporidia distichous and monostichous
towards base, olive, slipper-shaped, 1-septate, unequally celled,
upper smaller, rounded at apex, of equal thickness throughout,
lower larger, slightly bulging at centre and tapering towards free
end, 30-35 x 10-11;..
Australian Alps, Yic. (Walter); on living leaves of Grevillea
victorice, F.v.M.
D. orhiculare (B. & C), Ell. & Ev., on leaves of Ilex, has
orbicular crustaceous patches, but they are up to 1 em. diam.;
the perithecia are much smaller and amphigenons; and the sporidia
are considerably broader.
In Saccardo's ' Sylloge Fungorum ' (Yol. xvi.) the genus
Dimerosjwriiim is divided into two subgenera, according as the
sporidia are hyaline or coloured. There is a general convenience
in thus distinguishing genera, and while Dimerosporium, Fckl.,
will be reserved for those species with colourless sporidia,
Dimerinm, Sacc. & Syd., will include those with coloured sporidia.
Adopting this classification the seven known Australian species
will be arranged as follows : — Dimerosporium ludwigianum, Sacc;
D. parvulum, Cooke ; Dimerium secedens, Sacc. ; D. synapheoe,
Henn.; D. tasmanicum, Mass.; D. tarrietice, Cooke & Mass.; D.
orhiculatum, McAlp.
29. EXOASCUS BULLATUS, Fckl.
Killara, Yic; on living leaves of Pear-tree; Oct., 1902.
30. Glceosporium walteri, n.sp.
Pustules gregarious, minute, slightly elevated, becoming black,
at first covered by epidermis, finally ruptured, up to 200 fx diam.,
on both surfaces of leaf but mostly on under, discoloured portion
with distinct black margin edged with brown. Conidia hyaline,
cylindrical, rounded at both ends or somewhat acute, 21-23 x 4^:
basidia slender, usually shorter than conidia, about 14-17 /^ long.
BY D. McALPINE. 99
Buffalo Mountains, Vic. (Walter); on living leaves of Driniys
uromatica, F.v.M.
The diseased portion of the leaf is a light grey on the upper
surface and a pale fawn on the under, so that it is distinctly
marked off from the ordinary green portion. The conidia are
guttulate in the early stages, and there is a tendency to segrega-
tion of the protoplasm as if there was spurious septation. On
treatment with Schulze's solution they are stained yellowish and
sometimes a deep brown, with marked separation of the proto-
plasmic contents.
This species differs from G. magnolice, Passer., in which the
conidia are from 8-12 /x long; also from G. haynaldianiLin, Sacc.
& Roum., in which they are 12-15 /^ long.
I have named this species after Mr. C. Walter, of Melbourne,
who found it, and who has contributed a number of other species
to the fungus-flora of Australia in the course of his extensive
•botanical collecting trips.
31. Helminthosporium gramineum, Rabh.
Killara, Yic; on leaves and leaf-sheaths of Barley; Sept., 1902.
This fungus has only hitherto been observed in Germany and
Sweden. It attacks the lower leaves, causing them to wither and
become yellow, although it does not seem to produce great injury
otherwise. It does not attack cereals other than Barley.
32. Hendersonia grandispora, n.sp.
Perithecia densely gregarious, immersed, black, dark brown by
transmitted light, globose, membranaceous, 120-140 /x diam.,
forming black expanded indeterminate patches, more particularly
on upper surface of leaves. Sporules numerous, smoky-browDj
cylindrical, rounded at both ends, straight but generally slightly
curved, 3-5-septate, not constricted at septum, with finely granu-
lar contents, 50-60 x 5-6 /x.
Wangaratta, Vic; on leaves of young sapling of Eucalyptus
sp.; Sept., 1899.
100 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
It differs from //. eucalypti, Cooke k Hark., in which the peri-
thecia are collected in orbicular spots, and the 3-septate sporules
are only 20 ^ long,
.')3. Phoma romule.e, n.sp.
Perithecia minute, black, punctiform, gregarious, erumpent,
globose, dark brown by transmitted light, membranaceous, firm,
of parenchymatous texture, with distinct mouth, 100-112 /x
diam. Sporules hyaline, minute, ellipsoid, i\ x 2-3 /x.
Armadale, Yic: on leaves of Bomuha hnlhocodiiim, Sebast.;
Aug., 1902.
It differs from P. iridic, Cooke, in the perithecia being erum-
pent, and the sporules much shorter.
This fungus seemed to kill the plant, since the leaves were
quite withered except for a small green portion sometimes towards
the base, and the plants badly affected had generally lost their
hold of the soil. This introduced plant is widely spread around
Melbourne, but so far only occasional diseased plants have been
met with.
34. Phoma vittadinle, n.sp.
Perithecia minute, black, punctiform, erumpent, slightly
gregarious, globose, membranaceous, tough, with apical pore,
100-130 |x diam. Spores hyaline, elliptical to oval, minute, 1-
guttulate, stained yellowish-green by Schulze's solution, 4-4J ^
long; basidia slender, hyaline, about same length as spore.
Malvern, near Melbourne, Vic; on dead or dying branches of
Vittadinia australis, Rich.; Sept., 1902.
It differs from P. herharnm, West., in the smaller and shorter
spores, and in being only 1-guttulate.
35. Septoria bet^j West.
Port Fairy, Vic; on leaves of Beta vulgaris, L.; Aug., 1900.
36. Septoria perforans, n.sp.
Spots on upper surface, dull greyish-brown, orbicular, sometimes
confluent, slightly raised, definitely circumscribed, ultimately
BY D. McALPINE. 101
becoming holes, .5-10 mm. in diam. Perithecia minute, black,
punctiform, gregarious, slightly eruuipent, globose, membrana-
ceous, of parenchymatous texture, with papillate mouth (24 fi),
80-90 fx diam. tSporules generally slightly curved, sometimes
straight, hyaline (stained yellowish by >Schulze's solution), 3-
septate, acute at both ends, slender, average 28-31 x 2-2 J fi.
Doncaster, Vic; on living leaves of Cryptostemma calendu-
iaceicm, R.Br. (Capeweed); Oct., 1902.
This species differs from ,S'. martinii, Cooke, found in Victoria
on Bedfordia saliciua, DC. {== Senecio Bed/ordii, F.v.M.), in the
decided greyish-brown spots, and in the 3-septate sporules which
are very regularly 28 /x long. The Capeweed known also as "Cape
Dandelion," is a native of South Africa, and coming from a
climate somewhat similar' to our own, has spread rapidly and
extensively. But hitherto no fungus has been recorded on it,
either here or in its native home, and now this one has been
found associated with Ascochyta cryptostemnuc, McAlp. The
specific name has been given on account of the spots affected by
the fungus often becoming perforated.
37. Septoria thelymitr.e, n.sp.
Spots whitish, surrounded l^y dark margin, roughly oval, on
upper surface of leaf, 2-3 mm. long. Perithecia minute, black,
punctiform, erumpent, dark brown by transmitted light, depressed-
globose, membranaceous, with minute pore, up to 105 fx diam.
Sporules hyaline, rod-like, continuous, straight, very occasionally
slightly curved, 2-5-guttulate, 14-16 x 1-2 /x.
Ringvvood, Vic; on languishing, partially brown leaves of
Thelymitra arUfafa, Lindl.; Oct., 1902 (C. French, Jr.).
The perithecia and sporules generally agree with those of S.
posekensisj Sacc, which was found in Siberia on the languishing
leaves of an undetermined orchid; but the spots are olive-green
and on both surfaces, while in >S'. orchidearam, West.^the sporules
are 18-22 /n long and 6-8-guttulate.
102 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
38. Sph^rella antiiistiri^, n.sp.
Peritliecia minute, black, punctiform, erumpent, gregarious,,
generally running lengthwise in lines, globose, membranaceous,
with apical pore, on both surfaces of withered portion of leaf
but mainly on upper, 100-120 fx diam. Asci oblong to oblong-
cylindrical, slightly swollen, then narrowing at base, sessile, with-
out paraphyses, 35-45 x 17-21 /n. Sporidia distichous or conglo-
bate, hyaline, elongate-elliptical, and tapering slightly towards
lower end, 1-septate, not constricted at septum, 14-15 x 4-4 J /a
(stained yellowish-green by Schulze's solution).
Brighton (Sept., 1902), Leongatha, Vic. (Nov., 1902) ; on living
leaves of Anthistir^ia australis, K.Br.
This species differs from S. (jraminicola, Fckl., in which the
asci are larger (75 x 12ju) and the sporidia are longer (15-20 x
3.J-4J /Li). Also from S. crus-gcdli, E. ik, K., in which the peritliecia
are differentl}^ arranged; the asci are considerably longer and the
sporidia, although about the same size, are constricted at the
septum.
39. Sph.erella cassyth.e, n.sp.
Peritliecia minute, punctiform, scattered, black, dark olivaceous
by transmitted light, erumpent, membranaceous, depressed-globose,
70-90 fj. diam. Asci clavate to elongate-clavate, often tapering
into a more or less slender stalk, 8-spored, 32-37 x 9-12 fj.. Sporidia
biseriate, hyaline, cylindrical, slightly tapering towards one end,
1-septate, not constricted at septum, guttulate, 9 x 3 /x.
On filiform stems and branches of Cassytha glahella^ R.Br.
This fungus causes blackening and shrivelling of the parts
attacked, and is comparatively rare.
40. Urocystis colchici (Schlecht.), Rabenh.
Near Melbourne, Vic; on living leaves of Wurmhea dioica^
F.v.M.; Sept., 1902.
The plant was in flower when the fungus was obtained and it
affected the lower leaves badly, while the upper leaves only
showed indications of it.
BY D. McALPINE. 103
Note. — In my previous paper (these Proceedings, 1902, p.377),
Fhoma passifiorm was recorded as a new species on the fruit of
Passijiora edidis. I find that the name is preoccupied; but I\
passiflone, Penz. &l JSacc, occurring on the dry flower-stalks of P.
hyhrida, is quite distinct, the sporules only being 7-8 x 3-3J fx.
Owing to the size of the spores I, therefore, propose the name of
Macrophonia passijiorce, for this species.
In my "Descriptions of New Australian Fungi" (these Pro-
ceedings, 1896, p. 105), Phoma ste^iospo^^a wa^ recorded onNotelcea
longi/olia, but being on spots on the leaf, as shown in the draw-
ing, it ought, strictly speaking, to be a Phyllosticta, and therefore
it may be named Phyllosticta stenospora.
104
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF WEST
AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.
By W. V. Fitzgerald, F.S.Sc, Loxd., F.R.H.S., Exg.
( C ommiiuicated by J . II. Maiden, F,L.ii.)
EPACRIDE5:.
Leucopogox glaucifolius, sp.nov.
Erect or spreading, usually under 1 foot high, the branches
finely hairy. Leaves alternate, linear, rigid, pungent-pointed,
convex, with slightl}^ recurved margins or nearly flat, glabrous or
scantily tomentose above, finely striate and glaucous beneath, 4-6
lines long. Peduncles all axillar}'', extremely short, erect or
scarcely spreading, mostly 3-flowered and along with the bracts,
bt-acteoles and calyxes finely hairy. Pedicels ver}' short. Bracts
minute, mucronate. Bracteoles ovate, prominently mucronate,
about \ as long as the calyx. Sepals subulate, about \\ lines
long. Corolla white, about '1\ lines long, tube slightly ventricose,
much shorter than the calyx; segments slightly longer than the
tube, revolute with glabrous, acutely pointed tips. Anthers
attached above the middle, oblong, rounded at both ends, without
sterile tips. Hypogynous disk large, lobes ovate, obtuse, free to
the base, J the length of the ovary. Ovary glabrous, usually
5-celled, but often incompletely 6-8-celled. Style rather stout, of
moderate length, with a slightly hirsute capitate stigma. Fruit
almost globular, flat-topped, about If lines long, with 5 broad
bicarinate angles or ribs, epicarp j^ellow, mesocarp slightly pulpy,
eudocarp not very hard and rather thin.
Loc. — Midland Junction and vicinity; in sandy heathy spots.
Flowers and fruit (December, 1902; W. V. Fitzgerald and C. R.
P. Andrews).
BY W. V. FITZGKKALD. 105
This species differs from L. hre'vicH.^pis, Benth., in foliage, and
from that species and L. propiugii'Hs, R.Br., in smaller habit, in
the lobes of the hypogynous disk and most essentially in the fruit.
Without the fruit it would be readily mistaken for a small form
of the latter.
LILIACE^.
H E N s M A N I A, gen.nov.
Flowers hermaphrodite and neuter on the same axis. Perianth
shortly persistent, of 6 equal seiQ;ments, united below the middle
into a tubular base. Stamens 3, inserted at the base of the inner
segments and not protruding beyond them; filaments flattened;
anthers linear, bilobed at the apex, more or less connate, opening
along the inner face in longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-celled, with 2
ovules in each cell, on an 'axile placenta. Style filiform, entire,
with a minute stigma. Fruit capsular, 3-celled, dehiscing loculi-
cidally into 3 valves. Seeds 2 in each cell, uppermost erect,
lowest pendulous, funicle thickened into a prominent strophiole;
testa crustaceous, shining black.
A tufted perennial, with terete leaves and simple bracteate
scapes. Flowers in white woolly turbinate heads, the inflorescence
surrounded by an involucre of loosely imbricated bracts.
Technically the structure of the flower is similar to that of
Johnsonia, R.Br., but the. bracteate scapes, the white woolh^ tur-
binate heads, and the fact that only the outer flowers develop
fruit seem to afl'ord suflicient grounds for establishing this new
genus. It may be observed that it is established on perfect
flowering specimens of J^erotes furbinafa, Endl. Apparently
perfect flowers were not known to that botanist, yet, as he
evidently saw the fruit, it is strange that no comments were made
on its remarkable structural divergence from that of the true
Xerotes. Bentham did not see specimens in flower or fruit.
The abortive ovary referred to by that authority evidently
belonged to a neuter flower. Although I have numerous examples
before me I have failed to find any trace of the spreading stig-
matic lobes referred to by him.
106 NEW SPECIES OF WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS,
H. TURBINATA.
Xerotes furbinafa, EndL, PL Preiss. ii. 51; Benth., Fl. Aust. vii
107.
Forming tufts 6 inches or more across. Leaves rigid, striate,
terete, tapering into an almost pungent point, straight or slightly
twisted, 6-12 inches long, the outer ones reduced to numerous
sheathing scales with scarious woolly-ciliate margins, when old
splitting into numerous filaments. Scapes rather stout, bracteate
from above the middle, 1-2 J inches high, with a turbinate or
ovoid head of flowers attaining with the bracts a diameter of i-|
inch. Bracts loosely imbricated, ultimately forming an involucre
round the head, the lowest about 1 inch long, the others varying
to I inch, brown, lanceolate-acute, with scarious woolly-ciliate
margins. Flowers pale yellow, several within each head, on
filiform pedicels of |-| line long, the outer (hermaphrodite) ones
subtended by a small scarious bract, the whole surrounded by
white wooll}^ hairs almost concealing the flower, the inner (neuter)
ebracteate, the subtending hairs numerous. Perianth about 2 lines
long, divided J of its length into 6 subulate nerveless segments,
the inner broader than the outer ; tube narrow-turbinate.
Filaments extremely short. Capsule pale green, smooth or
slightly transversely streaked, trigonous-ovate, acute, 2 lines long,
readily dehiscent. Seeds ovate, about h line long.
Log. — Swan River District; in sandy or heathy spots, flower-
ing during December (Drummond, Preiss, and others).
AMARYLLIDE.a:.
CoxosTYLis Harperiana, sp.nov.
Stems short, densely tufted. Leaves not distichous, with short
sheathing bases, glabrous, striate, rigid, with entire or finely
serrulate margins, IJ lines broad, mostly under a foot in length.
Scapes, including the inflorescence, 12-1.5 inches long, slightly
tomentose, bearing 2-3 thin lanceolate-acuminate bracts of 1-H
inches long. Flowers golden yellow, numerous, in loosely branched
bifurcated cymes, with usually a single pedicellate flower or small
BY W. V. FITZGERALD. 107
cyme lower down. Pedicels ^ line long, subtended by linear
scarious bracts of 4-6 lines long. Perianth infundibuliform, 4-5 lines
long, plumose-tomentose outside, almost or quite glabrous within.
Segments lanceolate-linear, slightly longer than the free part of
tube. Anthers oblong, on equal, extremely short, flattened fila-
ments. Placentas shortly stipitate, covered all over with
numerous ovules; styles stout, conspicuously hooked at the end.
Ripe fruit not seen.
Loc. — Near the margin of a lagoon 6-7 miles iS^.E. of Bayswater
(W. V. Fitzgerald; November, 1902).
This pretty species usually forms tufts of one foot or more
across and bears a close relation to C. cymosa, F.v.M., differing in
the scapes always longer than the leaves, in scantiness of tomen-
tum, and in the proportion<ate length of the perianth-segments.
Not only has this species a peculiar inflorescence, but the hooked
style seems to be exceptional for the genus.
I have dedicated the species to Hon. C. Harper, M.L.C., of
Woodbridge, W. A., a gentleman who, in years gone by, did a
great deal towards elucidating our native flora.
CENTROLEPIDE^.
Centrolepis inconspicua, sp.nov.
Minute, slightly tufted and glabrous. Scapes almost none
within a few erect, linear, somewhat flaccid leaves of 1-1 J inches
long, with very broad, scarious, sheathing bases, the inner ones
not reduced. Floral bracts close together, ovate, glabrous, erect,
2 lines long, with membranous margins, terminating in leaf-like
awns of I-I4 inches long, the lowest the longest. Flowers in each
bract 2, intermixed with rather numerous, prominent, unequal,
broad-linear chaffy scales, obtuse, acute or occasionally the shorter
ones slightly jagged, one by the side of each ovary and one under
each stamen, with several others adjacent. Carpels of the ovary
apparently constantly 2.
Loc. — Pinjarrah; in wet spots (W.V.Fitzgerald; October, 1900).
108 NEW SPECIES OF WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS,
Differs from C. arisfata, Room, et 8chult., principall}'^ in tin-
leaves and fewer parts to the flower. In foliage and habit it
approximates to C. huminima, F.v.M.
RESTIACE^.
Restio stenostachyus, sp.nov.
Rhizome rather stout, creeping, enveloped in reddish wool.
Stems slender, erect or flexuose, simple or with few branches,
terete, sulcate, glabrous, 1-2 feet high. Sheathing scales closely
appressed, pale brown, mucronate, with tufts of reddish wool in
the axis. Floral bract similar, closely embracing the base of the
spikelet. Spikelets in both sexes of a reddish colour, solitary and
terminating the branches, or with 1-2 axillary lower down, from
narro\v-ovate and 2 lines to cylindrical and J inch or more in
length. Flowers numerous within each spikelet. Male spikelet
with 2 empty glumes, lanceolate-ovate, tapering into acute rigid
points, ciliate on the bracts and margins with woolly hairs; flower-
ing glumes similar. Perianth very flat, segments G, 2 outer ones
lanceolar, complicate, ciliate on the back with reddish wool, 4
inner ones flat and almost hyaline. Anthers red, much exserted.
Rudimentary ovary minute.
Female spikelets with glumes rather broader than in the males,
with white, scarious, ciliate margins, a little reddish wool on the
back, 3 outer empty ones. Perianth similar to the male.
Staminodia minute or none. Ovary flat, 2-celled; styles sliglitly
connate at the base, nearly as long as the ovar}' and much exserted,
stigmatic in the upper half. Ripe capsule not seen.
Log. — Burswood; in wet spots (9; in March, 1900); near
Causeway, Perth (^; April, 11)01; W. Y. Fitzgerald).
In habit and inflorescence approximates to E. de/ormis, R.Br.,
but differs materialh^ in the vestiture and the structure of the
spikelet.
HvpoL.ENA fasciculata, sp.nov.
Rhizome tufted, slightly woolly. Stems pubescent with wliite
spreading hairs, rarely glabrous, under 18 inches high; branches
BY W. V. FITZGERALD. 109
numerous, iiexuose, slender, in irregular fascicles. Sheathing
scales broad, appressed, produced into linear laminie of 3-G lines.
Male s'pikelets solitary, terminating numerous fascicled branch-
lets, the subulate bracts continuous, broadly ovoid, 2 lines long,
with numerous flowers. Glumes broad, brown with slightl}^
scarious margins, shortly aristate, a few outer ones short and
empty. Perianth-segments 6, narrow hyaline, obtuse, the 2 outer
ones slightly complicate and longer than the others. Anthers on
long filaments. Female spikelets not numerous, sessile, solitarj'-
and terminal, the subtending bract continuous or 2, the second
sessile lower down, narrow-acuminate, 3 lines long. Glumes 5,
the 2 outer ones foliaceous, short, terminating in linear points; 3
inner ones rather long, ovate-lanceolate, acute, brown and slightly
hairy on the backs. Perianth-segments 6, thin, hyaline, broad,
notched at the top, shorter than the ovary. Style long, divided
to the middle into 3 filiform l)ranches stigmatic almost to the
base. Nut pale-coloured, ovoid, very hard, nearly 1 line long, on
a thick receptacle.
Xor.— Canning Plains ((J9; 1st January, 1903; W. V. Fitz-
gerald).
Closely allied to but apparently distinct from H. fastigiata,
R.Br.
CYPERACE^.
CYATIIOCH.ETE TERETIFOLIA, sp.nOV.
Rhizome tufted. Stems very rigid, attaining a height of 4 feet,
terete below the inflorescence, striate, with a sheathing bract at
or above the middle, ending in a long leaf-like lamina. Leaves
terete or slightly compressed, not numerous, nearl}-- as wide as
the stems, quite erect, tapering into long slender points; sheaths
crow^ned at the summit with a small membranous margin.
Panicle very long and narrow, with numerous long, erect branches,
several together in each bract. Lower floral bracts with long
partially open sheaths, with a hyaline margin at the orifice and
ending in long, linear, flattened laminae, the upper ones becoming
graduall}'' abbreviated. Spikelets few on each peduncle, nearly 1
110 NEW SPECIES OF WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS,
inch long, pale-coloured, linear-Lanceolate, acuminate. Glumes 4,
not distichous, all aristate, the 2 outer empty ones shorter.
Hypogynous bristles in the hermaphrodite flower rather long,
ciliate at the end, absent from the lower barren flower. Stamens
2, and style with two slender branches^ much longer than the
glume. Ripe fruit not seen.
Loc. — Bayswater ; in swamps (December, 1901; W. V.
Fitzgerald).
Closely allied to C. arenacea, Benth., differing in larger habit
and inflorescence and in the terete foliage.
ScHCENUS aESPiTiTius, sp.nov.
Rhizome tufted. Stems 1-2 feet high, slender, erect, rush-like,
rigid, finely striate, leafless excepting the dark brown leaf-sheaths
at the base. Leaf-sheaths rather closely appressed, hastellate at
the orifice with spreading white hairs, the inner ones terminating
in semiterete, rigid, often flexuose laminae of 1-3 inches. Panicle
terminal, usually turned to one side, 1-2^ inches long. Lower
floral bracts similar to the inner basal sheaths, the upper gradually
shorter. Spikelets in clusters of 2-4, mostly 3, on nearly equal
pedicels, of 1-3 lines long, spreading, lanceolate-acuminate, dark
brown, slightly compressed, about 6 lines long, containing 3
flowers, the lowest abortive, the 2nd maturing fruit, the upper
usually diseased and forming a globular white-woolly mass.
Glumes lanceolate-ovate, strongl}^ keeled, margins ciliate with
white-woolly hairs, 6-8 outer empty ones gradually shorter, the
lower 2 minute. Hypogynous bristles unequal, acute, shorter
than the nut. Stamens 3. Nut brown, narrow-ovate, trigonous,
finely muricate, | line long.
Loc. — Serpentine (September, 1901), near Perth (October, 1902;
W. V. Fitzgerald); Torbay Inlet (December, 1902; H. Sheath).
The species bears some resemblance to S. fascicularis, Nees,
but differs in the larger habit and in the spiklets and nut. The
hastellate leaf-sheaths and presence of hypogynous bristles
removes it from S. hrevi/olius, R.Br. It has a close affinity to
BY W. V. FITZGERALD. HI
S. melanostachyus, R.Br., but differs in the more numerous empty
glumes, in the lowest flower not perfecting fruit, and in the nut.
SCHCENUS LyEVIGATUS, sp.nOV.
Rhizome shortly creeping. Stems glabrous, erect, straight or
slightly flexuose, faintly striate, rigid, 1-1 J feet high, leafless
excepting the numerous shining dark brown sheaths at the base
and often one at or above the middle. Inner basal and stem-
sheath with a membranous margin and terminating in a subulate
compressed lamina of 4-6 lines long. Panicle rather loose but
narrow, 1^-3 inches long, with sometimes a small cluster from the
stem-sheath. Lower floral bracts similar to the sheaths, the
upper gradually smaller, Spikelets in each bract in clusters of
2-5 (usually 4) on very unequal slender pedicels of 1-2 inches
long, erect, ovate-lanceolate, brown, 4-5 lines long, compressed,
containing 2 flowers, both fertile. Glumes acute, 3-5 empty outer
ones gradually shorter, all slightly woolly- ciliate near the apex.
Hypogynous bristles 6 or fewer, ciliate, unequal, 3 often much
longer than the nut. Stamens 3. Nut dark brown, ovate,
•obtusely trigonous, rugose, J line long.
Loc. — Bayswater (November, 1901; W. V. Fitzgerald).
Approximates to *S'. hrevifolius, R.Br., differing principally in
the bracteate stem, smaller spikelets with fewer flowers, and in
the presence of hypogynous bristles. It differs already from *S'.
pedicellatus, Benth., and S./ascic2iIaris,NeeH, in the membranous
margined and not bearded sheaths.
ScfiCENUs LAXus, sp.nov.
Rhizome tufted. Stems glabrous, erect, terete or slightly
compressed, slender, faintly striate, H-2 feet high. Leaves basal,
few, almost subulate, with dark-coloured hooked points, 1^-3
inches long; sheaths pale brown, slightly a^Dpressed, the inner-
most 2-2 J inches long, the orifices barbellate with long hairs.
Panicle very loose, the spikelets on slender pedicels of 2-2 J inches,
forming clusters in the axils of dark brown sheathing bracts
which often terminate in subulate hooked lamina? of 1 inch.
112 NKW SPECIKS OF WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS,
Spikelets lanceolate, acute, compressed, -^31 lines long, 2-flowered,
the upper maturing fruit. Glumes acute, with a prominent black
dark brown keel, the brown membranous margins scantil}'' ciliate,
4-5 outer empty ones graduall}^ shorter. Hypogynous bristles very
unequal, 2 about J as long as the nut, acuminate, slightly ciliate.
Stamens 3. Nut whitish, obovate, obtusely trigonous, almost
stipitate, minutely granular, ^ line long.
Zoc— Near Torbay Inlet (December, 1902; H. Sheath).
This species is allied to S. indutiLs, F.v.M., differing principally
in the stems being constantly glabrous, in the bearded orifices to
the leaf-sheaths, and in the upper flower alone developing fruit.
Externall}^ the spikelet bears a close resemblance to that of S.
Jiod way aims, W. Y. Fitzg., but the structure and nut are very
different.
ScHCENUs Andrewsii, sp.nov.
Rhizome tufted. Stems rigid, erect, terete, deeply striate,
resinous-scabrous, 1-Hfeet high, leafless except several loose sheath-
ing bracts at the base, 1 or 2 inner ones rather long, brown or almost
h3"aline and terminating in subulate, striate, slightl}^ resinous
lamin?e of 1-2 inches, lower sheaths dark brown and shining, the
orifice glabrous or slightly' ciliate. Panicle very narrow, H-2
inches long. Floral bracts shortly sheathing, the lower one end-
ing in a leaf-like lamina sometimes longer than the inflorescence.
Spikelets 1-2 in each bract, the second one alwa3^s shortly pedi-
cellate, pale brow^n, ovate-lanceolate, slightly resinous, 3J lines
long, with 2 flowers, the second maturing fruit. Glumes mucro-
nate, slightly ciliate, 2-3 outer empty ones. Hypogynous bristles
small, ciliate. Stamens 3. Style with 3 plumose stigmatic lobes.
Nut brown, narrow-ovate, trigonous, tuberculate, nearly 1 line
long, shortly stipitate and crowned by the hardened base of the
style.
Loc. — Cannington; in heathy or sandy spots (C. R. P. Andrews,
young flowers, November, 1902: W. V. Fitzgerald, flower and
fruit, January, 1903),
Apparently this species has no immediate ally. The nut is
quite that of Elynanthus. In the proximity of the flowers and
BY W. V. FITZGERALD. 113
in the upper flower only maturing fruit it agrees with Tricoshdaria.
All the other characters are those of true Schmnus. The resinous-
scabrous character of the species serves to distinguish it at a
oflance from all others.
Named after the original discoverer, Mr. C. R. P. Andrews,
Principal of the Training College, Claremont, W.A.
The following species have not hitherto been recorded from
Western Australia: —
CHENOPODIACE^.
AniSx\cantha (Bassia) longicuspis, F.v.M.
Kalgoorlie (W. V. Fitzgerald; August, 1898).
GRAMINE^.
Stipa Tuckeri, F.v.M.
Credo Mine, between Broad Arrow and Black Flag (W. V..
Fitzgerald; September, 1898).
114
THE BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF THE GUMS OF THE
ARABIN GROUP.
By R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
III. — The Acids produced during the Growth of Bact.
ACACiuE axd Bact. metarabi^^um in Saccharose Media.
The two bacteria are grouped together because it became evi-
dent as the research proceeded that they produce identical acids.
The preliminary tests, which w^ere made with the view of obtain-
ing a general idea of the nature of the acids so that a particular
scheme might be adopted or devised, were made upon material
which had been formed in chalk solutions of saccharose-potato
extract. These solutions contained 5 % of chalk and 5 % of
saccharose. Saccharose-potato extract had, in conjunction with
agar and tannin, proved an excellent medium for the formation
of gum, and on this account it was used pending the determina-
tion of the essential nutrients contained in it.
Flasks containing the media were infected with the bacteria
and incubated for a month at 30°. At the end of this time, the
cultures were evaporated, cooled, and treated with an excess of
dilute sulphuric acid. There were thus obtained solutions of the
bacterial acids and residues of calcium sulphate. The former
were extracted with ether in the apparatus of Schoorl,* and the
latter, after being dried in the air, were transferred to paper
cartridges and extracted by ether diffusion in the same appara-
tus. After treatment with ether the respective extracts were
* Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind. xix. , 567.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 115
distilled to eliminate the ether and the residual Huids were
examined.
The residue from the solution of the acid fluid was diluted
with water when there separated out a small quantity of fat.
This was not examined, partly on account of its small amount,
and partly because a former experience had shown that the
water insoluble fatty acids are found chiefly in the calcium
sulphate residue. The filtered solution was distilled with steam
until the distillate had but a faint acidity. The distillate,
which had a fruity odour, was boiled with an excess of barium
hydrate. What appeared to be common alcohol was detected
as it rose in the aerial condenser attached to the flask in
which the distillate was boiled. After boiling for two hours
the solution was cooled, a-cidified with sulphuric acid and dis-
tilled. The distillate, which gave a very faint precipitate with
mercuric chloride, was neutralised with baryta water and
evaporated to dryness. The analysis of the residue, dried at
140°, gave the following figures: —
0-1444 grm. gave 0-1313 grm. BaSOj, = 53-48 %Ba.
Barium acetate contains ... ... 53-73 % Ba.
During the analysis, the odour of acetic acid was given off
upon the addition of the sulphuric acid to the barium salt.
The non-volatile acids were evaporated nearly to dryness,
and allowed to crystallise overnight. Colourless prisms separ-
ated out. These could be sublimed and melted at 180°, thus
indicating succinic acid.
After removing the crystals the mother liquor was diluted
and a portion treated with calcium acetate. No precipitate
formed at once, but on warming crystals slowly separated.
When examined microscopically, after twenty-four hours, the
crystals were seen to consist of tufts of needles with a few
octahedra and lens-shaped forms. Both from the macroscopic
and the microscopic observations the precipitate appeared to be
calcium citrate with a trace of calcium oxalate. A solution
of citric acid was treated with calcium acetate and used to
IIG BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
coiifiriii the method of precipitation and microscopical exami-
nation.
The riltrate from the calcium citrate was treated with an
excess of milk of lime and filtered. The residue obtained on
evaporating the filtrate to dr3^ness was extracted with hot 70 %
alcohol and filtered. The filtrate, after standing overnight, had
deposited mammillated crusts of what appeared to be calcium
lactate. These were washed with cold alcohol and ether and
finally dried at 100°. In the dry crystals the calcium was
estimated : —
0-2740 grm. gave 0-1284 grm. CaCO. = 18-75 % Ca.
Calcium lactate contains ... ... 18-27 % Ca.
Another portion of the fixed acids, after separating the
crystals of succinic acid, was boiled with an excess of baryta,
water, and neutralised with sulphuric acid. The barium sulphate
was removed, and the clear filtrate treated with ammonia and
three volumes of alcohol. The precipitate, when dried at 140°,*
* The barium salt was dried at 100° until it ceased to lose weight. On
increasing the temperature to 140*^ a further loss of weight occurred. As the
drying temperature would influence the analysis of the salt, a small quantity
of succinic acid, which was one of the acids present in the solution, was
neutralised with baryta water, and precipitated with alcohol, filtered, and
dried at 100° and 140®. The following results were obtained : —
0-1 grm. succinic acid gave 0-2102 grm. barium succinate dried
at 100°, and 0-206 2grm. dried at 140°.
The barium sulphate therefrom weighed 0*1874 grm.
Ba % at 100° -= 52-43; at 140° = 53 '44.
Ba in BaC^H^O^ (theoretical) 54-16 %.
98*04 % of the succinic acid was recovered.
Citric acid was converted into the barium salt, and the following numbers
were obtained : —
0-1 grm. crystallised citric acid gave 0-1840 grm. barium citrate
at 100°, and 0-1740 grm. at 140°.
The barium sulphate therefrom weighed 0*1523 grm.
Ba % at 100° = 48-67; at 140° - 51*47.
Ba in BaalCeH.O^).^ = 52*11 %.
98*53 % ot the citric acid was recovered.
From these results it is evident that the barium salts must be dried at
a temperature over 100°.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 117
gave the following analysis : —
0-5962 grm. gave 0-5346 grm. BaSOj = 52-62 % Ba.
Barium citrate contains ... ... 52*11 % Ba.
Barium succinate contains ... ... 54-16 % Ba.
In view of my percentage figures being generally low, it would
appear that the salt is a mixture of barium citrate and
succinate.
The solution obtained after distilling the ethereal extract of
the calcium sulphate residue was diluted with water wlien a
brown insoluble fatty acid separated. This was collected, dried,
transferred to a small filter, treated with ether, and the ether
evaporated. The residual fatty acid, which was solid at the
ordinary temperature, melted at 40-43°, from which it appeared
to be lauric acid.
The mother liquor was boiled with an excess of baryta water,
neutralised with sulphuric acid, filtered, and evaporated down
to small volume. A salt separated out, and an anal3^sis showed
that it contained 51-94 % Ba, from which it appeared to be
barium citrate.
The filtrate from the barium citrate was treated w^ith an
excess of sulphuric acid and distilled in a current of steam.
No volatile acids passed over. The acid solution was extracted
with ether, and the residual acids allowed to crystallise.
Colourless prisms imbedded in lauric acid were obtained. The
prisms were partly purified by drying them on filter paper at
100^; the fatty acid being absorbed by the paper. The crystals
were sublimed and a determination of the melting point of
the sublimate was made. The sublimate had the same micro-
scopical appearance and melting point as sublimed succinic
acid. It softened at 175°, and melted completely at 180°.
From these preliminary results it appears that the acids
contained in cultures of the bacteria made in potato extract
in the presence of chalk and saccharose consist of acetic, lauric,
citric, lactic and succinic, with traces of formic and oxalic.
Since these acids were found in the potato extract cultures
it is probable that in other and more definite media there
118 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUiMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
would be a smaller number, because the acids normall}'- present
in the extract are undoubtedly included. As the chief nitro-
genous nutrient of the boiled potato extract is asparagine, I
determined to employ it in media for the confirmatory tests.
Accordingly, solutions containing saccharose, 50 grm.; aspara-
gine, 3 grm.; potassium phosphate, 2 grm.; potassium chloride,
5 grm.; chalk, 10 grm. and tap-water 1000 c.c. were, after sterili-
sation, infected with the bacteria and allowed to stand in a
cupboard at the ordinary room temperature for three weeks.
In the culture of Bad. acacicB the chalk granules, on shaking
the flask, floated about loosely in the fluid, while with Bad.
metarahimun the chalk and slime cohered together in one mass.
The culture of Bad. acacice was boiled under an inverted
condenser with 4 grm. of barium hydroxide for two hours-
The filtrate from the sediment was then distilled in a partial
vacuum until one-third had passed over. The distillate was
again distilled until one-third had distilled. The process was
continued until about 10 c.c. of distillate were obtained. This had
a smell of ammonia, which was removed by distilling with a
few drops of phosphoric acid. Ultimately one c.c. of a fluid
which showed the alcoholic tear-drops and boiled at 80° was
obtained. From this a few drops of a liquid which boiled at
78*^ were obtained by distilling M^ith anh3Tlrous sodium carbonate.
The liquid burned with a blue flame, and had the odour of
ordinary ethyl alcohol. The residues obtained during the dis-
tillation save the iodoform reaction with the characteristic
microscopical appearance of iodoform.
The culture of Bad. metarabinum was heated on the steam
bath with barium hydroxide as the viscous nature of the solution
negatived any suggestion of boiling. Otherwise the process was
a repetition of that to which the culture of Bad. acacioi had
been subjected, and as with Bad. acaciw the culture of Bad.
metarabinum yielded a few drops of ethyl alcohol.
The residual liquid from the first alcoholic distillation was
evaporated down nearly to dryness, and when cold added to
the barium-calcium carbonate sediment which had meanwhile
BV R. GREIG SMITH. 119
been treated with an excess of dilute sulphuric acid. After
standing over-night the supernatant liquid was filtered and the
residue washed with small quantities of water. Finally the
residue was dried in the air and reserved for ether diffusion.
The filtrate, which had the odour of vinegar, was distilled
in a current of steam, but as hydrochloric acid was found in
the distillate the latter was i-eturned to the original liquid and
the whole was extracted by percolation with ether for twelve
hours. Since hydrochloric acid had been found in the steam
distillate of Bact. acacice, the distillation was not attempted
with Bact. metarabinum. The ether was distilled off and the
residual fluid reserved.
The barium-calcium sulphate residue, after drying in the air,
was powdered and put into a filter paper cartridge and ex-
tracted by diffusion with ether. . The ether was distilled off' and
water added to the residual fluid when an oil separated out. This
was removed, dried, and the melting-point determined by the
capillary tube method. In the tube the solidified fatty acid,
which appeared microscopically as tufts of silky needles, rose at
43° and became clear at 45°. As the rising in the capillary tube
is taken as the melting point of fats, the identity of this acid
with lauric acid (m.p. 43-6°) may be assumed. The quantity was
too small to warrant testing it by other means.
The mother liquor from the lauric acid was added to the solu-
tion of the acids obtained by the ethereal percolation of the acid
solution, and the whole was distilled in a current of steam mitil
a faintly acid distillate was obtained. Half of the distillate was
neutrahsed with sodium hydrate, evaporated down to small bulk,
and treated with silver nitrate. The white precipitate was
quickly filtered and washed, then dried, first on porcelain, and
finally over sulphuric acid iw vacuo. When the salt ceased to
lose weight an estimation of the silver was made.
0-2044 grm. gave 0-1354 grm. Ag = 66-25 % Ag.
Silver acetate contains ... ... 67-08 % Ag.
The chief volatile acid was therefore acetic. The filtrate from
the silver acetate rapidly darkened, showing the presence of formic
120 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF tJUMS OF A RABIN GROUP,
acid. This was also shown by the decided formation of calomel
on boiling the distillate with mercuric chloride.
The remaining solution of the volatile acids was evaporated to
dryness after the addition of an excess of calcium carbonate.
The dry residue was extracted with strong alcohol, and a portion
of the solution tested with zinc nitrate; no precipitate of zinc
valerate was formed. The remainder of the alcoholic solution
was evaporated to dryness and the small residue was found to be
insoluble in strong alcohol, and on the addition of dilute sulphuric
acidj evolved the odour of acetic acid. Thus the only volatile
acids that are formed by the bacteria are acetic and formic.
The non-volatile acids which had been set aside to crystallise
produced colourless prisms that melted at 180°. They could be
sublimed and a neutral solution formed a pale buff precipitate
with ferric chloride. The cr3^stals, therefore, were succinic acid.
Calcium acetate was added to the mother liquor and a slight
precipitate was deposited in twenty-four hours. The precipitate
consisted of microscopic octahedra of calcium oxalate.
The filtered solution was warmed, then placed in the water-
bath, but no precipitate of calcium citrate could be obtained.
Half of the solution was neutralised with milk of lime and
returned to the remainder, but still no precipitation could be in-
duced. Evidently citric acid is not a b3^-product of the bacteria,
and in the preliminary experiments this acid must have been
derived from the potato extract.
The solution was treated with an excess of milk of lime and
filtered. The filtrate, after evaporation to dryness, was extracted
with hot 70 % alcohol. The slight residue, insoluble in the alcohol,
consisted of carbonate and succinate of calcium. Mammillated
crystals of calcium lactate separated out from the alcohol on cool-
ing, and the quantity showed that lactic acid"^ was the chief
constituent of the non -volatile acids. The lactate was re-
crystallised from alcohol (calcium succinate being found as an
impurity) and an analy^sis made of the salt.
0-4965 grm. gave 0-2245 grm. CaCO., = 18 09 % Ca.
Calcium lactate contains ... ... 18-35 % Ca.
BY R. GUEIG SMITH. 121
The purified siilt from Bad. nietarabiauin ^vas found to be
dextro-rotatory, indicating that the acid contained laevolactic
acid. The zinc salt of the acid produced by Bact. acacice was
prepared and re-crystallised. It contained 13-1 % of water of
crystallisation driven off at 140° C. As optically inactive lactate
of zinc contains 3 molecules of water of crystallisation, equal to
18-18 %, and the active salt 2 molecules, equal to 12-9 %; it is
evident that the acid consists chiefly of an active acid. The
specific rotation of the hyd rated zinc salt was found to be [a^] =-
+ 5-58°, and of the acid to be [au] = -3-69*^. According to
Schardinger the si3ecific rotation of laevolactic acid is — 43^, and
according to Purdie the pure hydrated zinc salt of laevolactic
acid has a rotation [00]= +6-81'. The lactic acid formed by
Bact. acacice therefore consists chiefly of laevolactic acid, and this
undoul)tedly also holds for Bact. metarahimmi.
The mother liquor from the calcium lactate was evaporated
almost to dryness and treated with strong alcohol. Crystals
separated from the alcohol. These gave no odour of acetic acid
on treatment with sulphuric acid. The analysis showed the
following figures : —
0-0912 grm. gave 0-0542 grm. CaCO. = 23-78 % Ca.
Calcium aspartate contains ... ... 23-13 % Ca.
The precipitate was probably the calcium salt of aspartic acid,
doubtless derived from the residual asparagine upon boiling the
culture medium with barium hydroxide.
The method which was employed in the separation of the non-
volatile acids is practically that of Schoorl; in the preliminary
experiments it had been found to be most satisfactory. Malic
acid could not be detected in the cultures.
The acids in the culture of Bacf. metarabluum were identical
with those obtained from Bad. acacice, with one exception. In
place of lauric acid a mixture of a solid acid and another, fluid
at the laboratory temperature, was obtained. This was peculiar
because in the preliminary test the insoluble fatty acid was lauric
and identical with that yielded by BacL acacioi. The (quantity
was, however, too small to separate the constituents.
122 BACTEKIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
During the feriiientatioii of saccharose, carbon dioxide is
evolved. This was proved by connecting flasks of baryta water
with small cultures of the organisms in saccharose-potato extract.
The usual precautions were adopted to seal the air inlet and trap
the air outlet with a tube containing soda-lime. Upon drawing
the air in the culture flask through the baryta water, barium
carbonate was formed.
To gain some idea as to the relative quantities of volatile and
non-volatile acids, a test was made with the acids obtained after
extracting the sulphuric acid solution and the calcium sulphate
residue of Bact. nietarahiniini with ether. These were added
together, after filtering ofi" the insoluble fatty acid, and distilled
in a current of steam until the distillate had but a faint acidity.
The non-volatile acids were maintained at 50 c.c. and the distillate
measured 600 c.c. The volatile acids required 19 c.c, and the
non-volatile acids required 59 c.c. of normal soda'for neutralisa"
tion. The proportion is therefore, roughly, three parts of non-
volatile to one of volatile acids.
In summarising these results it is seen that the acids formed
by the action of Bact. acacue, and Bact. met m- ah it mm upon
saccharose, with asparagine as a nitrogenous nutrient, consist of
about three parts of non-volatile and one part of volatile acids.
The former corisistof laevolactic, chiefly, with a smaller quantity
of succinic, of lauric and traces of oxalic. The volatile acids
consist of acetic, chiefly, with a smaller quantity of formic and
carbon dioxide. Ethyl alcohol is also formed during the fermen-
tation.
IV. — The Gum-flux of the Vine.
The disease of the vine which is known by the name of
" gummosis " or " mal nero," is characterised by the stems
becoming stunted, the young branches do not develop normally,
and the green leaves become deformed. Cross sections of the
stem show the wood speckled with black in the earlier stages of
the disease, and in the later stages the whole section is of a dark
brown colour. Tlie disease begins at the growing points^
BY H. GREIG SMITH. 123
generally at a wound, and spreads downwards. The microscopi-
cal examination of the wood shows the vessels, and especiall}^ the
wood parenchyma, filled with a brown gum imbedded in which
are mj^riads of bacteria."^
So far as I can learn, this disease is not found in Australia,
but a gum-tlux does occur. This is not a disease like gummosis,
as the health of the plant is not appreciably affected. The gum
exudes generally from the surfaces of the branches which have
been cut by the pruning knife, and the vines which produce the
gum are found in rather damp situations.
In response to ni}^ enquiries, Mr. Fred. Steward, of Adelaide,
S.A., forwarded several portions of vine stems with gum upon
the pruned ends. The plants from which the portions were taken
had been growing upon a low-lying, rather damp flat. The
plants were not unhealthy, and the vigneron could not distin-
guish the vines which bore the gum from those in the same
locality which yielded none. The sections of the branches had a
normal healthy appearance. I also received a small quantity of
dry gum which had been picked from the stems.
The gum consisted of small broken fragments, varying in colour
from white to black. They were very dry and brittle, and broke
with a glistening fracture. When covered with water the
fragments swelled greatly, and the black colour was replaced by
a brownish tinge. The gum softened and dissolved in water
with extreme slowness. In this connection it must be borne in
mind that the gum was collected in November and had been
taken from wounds made by the pruning knife in the previous
season. The gum had therefore been subjected to many months^
rain, which would probably have washed away any soluble gum
that might have been present originally. On boiling with 5 %
sulphuric acid the gum acids were hydrolysed and were found to
consist of arabinose and galactose, which showed that the gum
was of the arabinan-galactan kind.
* Cent, fur Bakt. 2te Abt. i. 800.
124 J5ACTEKIAL OHK^IN OF GUMS OF ARAIJIN GROUP,
On cutting across a portion of the brancli at the end of Avhich
gum was adliering, minute clear droplets issued from the cut ends
of the large vessels of the wood. The droplets were, however,
found to be sterile, and doubtless consisted of sap.
The transverse sections of the twigs and branches which had
been sterilised on the outside by flaming, were inserted into
nutrient glucose gelatine and incubated for from one to three
hours at oO^ The infected media were subsequently poured into
Petri-dishes and incubated at 22° for several days. Many
colonies of bacteria developed upon the plates, and among them
I identified Bad. acacice and Bac. levani/o7-mans, both of which,
as I have already shown, produce gum. The other bacteria could
not be induced to form gum by the methods which had been
successful in other cases, and it is probable that they were not
gum-producing bacteria. I always purify the bacteria from the
original colonies when they promise to be important, and in
purifying one or two races of Bact. acacice I found Bact. metara-
binum.
In the presence of Bact. acacue, Bact. inetarahinum is not eas}^
to separate. The deep colonies of both bacteria are very much
alike, and the sub-surface colonies of Bact. metarabinum, do not
break through to the surface to form a slime-drop colony like
Bact. acacice. It is only when the colon}' of Bact. ■/n.etarabvnum
is actually on the surface that it can be recognised with certainty,
and as there are comparative!}' few in original plate cultures, it
is not surprising that Bact. acacice can be readily isolated and
Bact. inetarabinuiii can be easily ignored. In the original separa-
tion of Bact. inctarabinum ivoiw Acacia peunitiervis, the bacterium
had been picked out of the plates as being a sub-surface colony
of Bact. acacue, and in the present instance its colonies had not
been observed upon the original plates. The occurrence of Bact.
tnetarablnum as an impurity in the original colonies of Bact.
acacue is a point to be remembered when the organism is not
found in the original plates.
With regard to the presence of Bac. levaiiiforiaans in the plant,
it is probable that it is not responsible for the production of any
BY U. GREIG SMITH. 125
constituent of the gum. The gum levan which it produces from
saccharose is readily h3^drolysed in acid fluids, and would bo
hydrolysed by the acid juices of the plant as soon as it was
formed. For this reason the presence of the organism may be
looked upon as accidental. The secretion of invertase by this
bacillus, however, must not be forgotten, and possibly the inver-
tase may assist the other bacteria to form the gum.
The races of Bad. acacur. and Bact. metarabhium were identical
with those already described. Quantities of the gum were pre-
pared by growing the bacteria upon saccharose-potato-tannin agar
and subsequentl}'- obtaining the gum from the slime.* From the
characters of the gum-acids as regards solubility and the forma-
tion of arabinose and galactose on hydrolysis, there was no doubt
of the identity of the bacteria.
Summary. — The investigation showed that the gum-flux of the
vine is caused by Bact. acacice and Bad. metarabinum.
V. — The Gum-flux of the Plum.
Among the Rosacea? the plum frequently exudes gum from
punctures and wounds on the stem and branches, and, like the
gum from the other members of the family, plum gum is recog-
nised as belonging to the arabin group.
I received specimens of wood and bark with adhering tears and
globules of a pale straw to reddish-coloured gum from Mr. Cheel,
who had obtained the specimens from the Crawford River
district, about six miles from Bullahdelah. Unfortunately, the
specimens as I received them were rather dr}^ a fortnight having
elapsed since they had been removed from the tree. The gum
masses, however, were large, and while the outer layers were
* The potato-extract used in the preparation of the agar was originally
made by adding an equal volume of water to the juice of old potatoes. With
new or early potatoes the juice may require to be much diluted. With certain
potatoes I obtained the best results by adding 1 part of juice to 9 parts of
water. This, however, will be discussed in a future paper upon the nutrition
of the bacteria.
126 HACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
leathery the inner portions in contact with the bark were soft
and probably contained living bacteria.
Accordingl}^, tubes of molten glucose-gelatine were infected
with fragments of the soft gum, and some of these were poured
into Petri-dishes at once, while others were poured after various
periods of incubation at 30°. The colonies that developed from
the plates were chiefl}^ those of Bad. acacice. A few other
bacteria were obtained, but as these could not be induced to pro-
duce gum upon saccharose-potato-agar, or the same with tannin,
they were probably adventitious.
Most of the races of £acf. acacice were similar to the type which
I have previously described, but another kind occurred which
diiFered from the type in growing as a brownish-yellow mass on
saccharose-potato-agar instead of the buff-yellow of the type.
The natural gum, from which the bacteria had been isolated,
when treated with water partly swelled and partly dissolved.
The portion which swelled showed rounded faces and corners;
most of it dissolved in the course of a month, and doubtless it
would all have dissolved in time. Upon hydrolysis with 5 %
sulphuric acid the gum acids yielded a solution of reducing sugars
which consisted of arabinose anc] galactose. These were identi-
fied by means of the osazones which were prepared and purified
in the manner already described in the first of this series of
papers.
In view of the slow solubility of the portion of the gum it
appeared probable that Bad. metarahinum would occur among
the bacteria, but although various methods were tried, and
various media were employed, this organism could not be
isolated. This failure to obtain the organism, however, does
not necessarily imply that it had no part in the production
of the natural gum. The separation is attended with difficulty
on account of the insoluble nature of the gum which it produces.
The slime masses of Bad. metarahinum, instead of dissolving and
liberating the bacteria like Bad. acacice, remain intact, and thus
a clump of bacteria grows as a single organism. Thus in plate
culture Bad. acacict might so outnumber Bad. metarahinum as
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 127
to prevent the isolation of the latter. Again, the age of the
specimens from which the bacteria were obtained might have
much to do in bringing about the practical suppression of Bad.
metarahinum.
One of the races of Bact. acacicb had, however, differed from
the normal type, and there was the possibility that this race
might produce an insoluble gum, so in order to test this point a
quantity of the slime was prepared. It was noted that the race
was very vigorous, and produced a good quantity of slime. The
pure gum acids, when taken from the alcoholic solution in which
they had been precipitated, dissolved readily in water. Drying
for several hours at 100° in the steam bath did not affect the
ready solubility, from which it is evident that the bacterium was
really a race of Bad. acacice.
The investigation showed that the gum-flux of the plum was
due in part at least to the action of Bad. acacice.
VI. — The Gum-flux of the Cedar.
The gum-flux of the cedar has been already noted by Maiden,"^
who thus describes the gum — "It is a very pale yellow gum . . .
swells largely in cold water, and in the course of 24 hours it
nearl}' wholly dissolves . . . leaving a small percentage of
metarabin."
A few twigs of the red cedar, Cedrela australis, F.v'.M., bearing
small amber-coloured tears of gum were forwarded to me by Mr.
H. W. Potts, Principal of the ITawkesbury Agricultural College,
and in the letter which accompanied the samples he said, " They
were found on trees growing in Richmond. The gum appears to
exude in all cases at points attacked by some grub, possibly that
of the Red Cedar Moth, Bpicrosis."
Portions of the twigs were passed rapidly through the bunsen-
flame to sterilise the outer surfaces, and were afterwards cut up
with a sterile knife and introduced into tubes of molten glucose
gelatine. Some of these tubes were poured into plates at once,
"' Maiden, These Proceedings (2), iv. 1047.
128 BACTERIAL OKIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GliOUP,
others were incubated at 30° for 1, 2, 3, 4 and o hours before
being poured into Petri-dishes. From all the plates colonies of
bacteria were readily obtained, and most of these were Bact.
acacias. The slime bacillus, Bact. persicce, n.sp., first isolated from
the peach, was also found, together with a few inert bacteria.
The latter could not be induced to produce gum, and must there-
fore be considered as being adventitious saproph^'tes.
The gum-flux of the cedar is thus shown to be caused by Bact.
acacice^ the metarabin portion probabl}^ being contributed by the
slime bacillus of the peach, Bctci. r>ersic(e, n.sp.
YII. — The Gum-flux of the Peach.
When the fruit of the peach-tree is alFected with gum-flux,
drops of an almost transparent, colourless and gelatinous gum
exude from insect punctures or wounds upon the surface. Speci-
mens of peaches diseased in this manner w^ere received from Mr.
tf. W. Potts, Principal of the Hawkesbury Agricultural College.
Some of the peaches contained the gum under considerable
pressure, for upon cutting across the lower ends of the chambers
containing the stones, large globules of gelatinous gum immedi-
ately protruded.
The microscopical examination of stained films of the gum
showed the presence of immense numbers of small badly staining
(and therefore probably dead) bacteria. In this respect, as well
as in the microscopical appearance, the gum from the peach fruit
was identical with gum from similarl}-- affected almonds. In con-
firmation of the deduction drawn from the microscopical
observations it was found that, although many portions of gum
and gum-saturated tissue were infected into gelatine and other
media, only a few colonies of bacteria were obtained. The few
colonies that developed from about a dozen plates were those of
Bac. levaniformans and another sporulating bacillus, Bact, jyersiccp,
n.sp., which will be described in a future paper. A few yeasts
were also obtained, but in view of the undoubted bacterial origin
of the gum, as shown at any rate by the microscopical appearance
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 129
of stained gyum films, they were considered as having notkin<->- to
do with the production of the gum.
The presence of dead bacteria in the gum found inside the fruit
points to the gum being formed in the stem, and being forced
into the rapidly growing fruit, where the bacteria aie killed by
the greater acidity of the fruit juices as compared with the stem
fluids. If this be the case the bacteria which produce the gum
should be found in the vessels of the twigs attached to the fruit.
To test the matter fresh specimens of gummed peaches were
obtained from Mr. Potts, and from these new cultures were made.
The colonies that grew upon plates which had been infected with
the twigs to which the fruits were attached consisted chiefly of
Bact. acacice. The others consisted of the slime bacillus (Bact.
persic(e, n.sp.), Bac. levamformans, and a dematium-yeast which
appeared capable of producing slime. From eight portions of
gum and fruit pulp of the new specimens of fruit there were
obtained an inert bacillus, an inert coccus, an inert sarcina, and
many colonies of a small 3^east and the dematium-yeast. In the
twigs the yeasts were in the small minority, while in the fruit
they predominated.
From this investigation it appears that the gum which exudes
from punctures and wounds upon peaches, and is found satu-
rating the soft tissues, has been formed in the stem and
branches. The bacteria which produce the gum are chiefly
Bact. acacicE, but other bacteria also contribute, and the chief of
these is the slime bacillus, Bact. per sicm, n.sp. Baci/his levani-
formans is practically inert, for the gum levan that it produces
would be immediately hydrolysed. This organism may, by
virtue of its inverting action, play a part in assisting the
other bacteria to produce gum, but this is doubtful.
The dematium-3'east grows as a tough skin upon saccharose-
potato-agar, and possibly consists of cells cemented together or
'embedded in a slime matrix. It will form the subject of a future
investigation. But even should it be proved to be capable of
producing slime, its practical absence in film preparations of the
fruit gum, and the overwhelming majority of bacterial remains,
9
130 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIX GROUP,
is sufficient to show that the gum is a bacterial and not a yeast
product. This is important because the gummosis (? gum-flux)
of the plum has been ascribed to a similar dematium-3'east by
Massee."^
The investigation showed that (1) the gum that exudes from
peaches is formed in the stem and branches; (2) it has a bacterial
origin, and (3) it is produced chiefly b}' Bad. acacice.
VIII. — The Gum-flux of the Almond.
The gum-flux of the almond showedf many points in common
with the gum-flux of the peach. 'J'he fresh gum that exuded
from punctures and cracks in the fruit was of the same colourless,
almost transparent appearance and gelatinous consistency, and
when examined microscopical 1}^ the same badly staining short
bacterial forms were observed. Moreover, when glucose-sjelatine
plates were prepared with media infected with portions of fresh
gum and gum-saturated fruit-tissue, bacterial colonies were con-
spicuous by their absence; colonies of yeast-like organisms Mere
obtained.
As in the case of the peach, many bacterial colonies and but
few yeast colonies developed upon plates which were prepared
with media infected with portions of twigs, the exterior of which
had been sterilised by passage through a flame. The bacteria
consisted chiefly of Bact. acaciw. The other colonies, which were
few in number, included Bac. levaniformans, the gum-levan
organism, and the slime-forming bacillus which had been first
isolated from the peach and which has been named Bact. persicce,
n.sp. The dematium-3"east also obtained from the peach was
isolated, but as it constituted about 1 % of the colonies, it pro-
bably had little effect in determining the composition or nature
of the gum.
The investigation showed that (1) the gum-flux of the almond
is identical with the gum-flux of the peach; (2) the gum is a
* Massee, Kew Bulletin, 1899.
t The specimens of aftected fruit were sent by Mr. Fred. Steward, Adelaide.
BY K. GREIG SMITH. 131
bacterial j^roduct; and (3) the chief active organism is Bad.
acacice.
IX. — The Gum-flux of an unknown Stock of the Japanp:se
Date-plum.
A twig"^ of a seedling tree used as a stock for the Japanese
date-plum, and apparently a species of Diospyros, showed small
tears of an amber-coloured gum exuding from wounds upon tlie
surface.
Two gum-producing bacteria were isolated by means of plate
culture from the woody tissue. One of these was Bac. levani-
formmis^ the other was Bad. acacice, which was undoubtedly
responsible for the production of the exudation.
* The specimen was sent by Mr. H. W. Potts, Principal of the Hawkes-
bury Agricultural College.
132
NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA :
L YC.EXID.E. Part III.- -Revisional.
By G. a. Wateiihouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S.
(Plates ii.-iii.)
This Part contains the descriptive portion of the remainder
of this famil}^; it also deals fully M'ith the nomenclature, which I
found in a state of great confusion. In ever}^ case I have stated
nay reasons for a change in either the generic or specific name.
I must here tender my thanks to Messrs. R. E. Turner, G. Lyell,
R. Illidire, and Dr. A. J. Turner, who have placed their collections
at my disposal and have given me examples of many rare species.
Without the advice and extensive collection recentl}^ made by
Mr. Pv. E. Turner, who re-discovered several rare species, this
paper would not have been nearly so complete. Messrs. O. Lower,
J. F. Haase, W. W. Froggatt, F. Brosvn, H. Tr3-on, and J. A.
Kershaw have also aided me with the loan or gift of specimens;
and I have been given ample opportunity of examining the col-
lections in the Macleay, Queensland, and Australian Museums,
receiving many valuable notes from our veteran entomologist,
Mr. G. Masters.
In dealing with measurements, I have given the lengths of the
costa of fore wing from base to apex, taken from my own cabinet
collection of fifteen hundred specimens, and seven hundred speci-
mens in the collection of Mr. G. Lyell, so that with few exceptions
the figures may be regarded as exceptionally accurate. To each
species is appended the number of specimens (not necessarih' all
in my own collection) upon which I have based m}^ remarks. In
future Parts I hope to present many unrecorded notes on life-
histories, to deal with the question of geographical and bathy-
metrical distribution, and to give some notes on the localities
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 13^
visited by earlier collectors and the present location of their
types.
I have availed myself very extensively of the writings of
Messrs. L. de JSTiceville and PI. H. Druce ; indeed, the bulk of
the generic alterations I have made in this paper, are taken from
letters received by Mr. R. E. Turner and myself from the former
gentleman, who, had he lived, would have undertaken the revision
of the Australian Rhopalocera, based on the extensive material
sent him by Mr. Turner and myself.
With reference to the limits for which I propose to use the
term Australian, I have adopted the present political boundaries
of the Australian States. This presents no difficulty, except with
regard to the islands in Torres Straits, where the political bound-
ary of Queensland extendi to within a few miles of the New
Guinea coast. But though the northern islands possess a fauna
allied to that of New Guinea rather than to that of Australia,
it is impossible to draw any but the political line, unless we
exclude Torres Straits entirely, which would l)e unwise, as the
group around Thursday Island belongs exclusively to Australia.
There is no deep sea strait between Australia and New Guinea,
and Profs. Haddon, Sollas and Cole"^ have shown that geologi-
cally these islands belong to Australia. For my present purpose,
however, this question does not apply to any great extent, for,
exclusive of Thursday Island, the only collection from Torres
Straits is that from Darnley Island in the Maclea}^ Museum, and
that is included in the present Part.
I have purposely refrained from describing any new genera,
though I have indicated one or two cases in which such are prob-
ably necessary. This is a work that can better be undertaken
by competent entomologists outside Australia, who have access
to general collections, rather than by one working on a restricted
area, for most of our genera are identical with Indian forms, and
some with African. The question of the description and
determination of Australian species can best be solved in Aus-
* Trans. Irish Acad. xxx. Pt. xi. 1894.
134 AVSTRAl.IAii JUIOPALOCERA: LVC.HX J D.E, III.,
tralia, where the collections are better and larger than elsewhere.
For the purposes of this paper I have examined ten lar^^e collec-
tions of Lycsenidse, aggregating about four thousand specimens,
and in addition I have seen the rarer species from three other
collections amounting to over another thousand.
An undertaking that would be of great benetit to Australian
entomologists would be the redescription and figuring of many
of the older species, the types of which are in London, such as
the Fabrician species from the Collection of Sir Joseph Banks :
and Hewitson's species, many of which are imperfectly described
and figured, and supplied with very vague localities.
Family LYC^XID^.
'^Forelegs slender and evidently smaller than the rest, but
nearly alike in the sexes, used for walking, scaly; tarsus of the
male long, exarticulate; that of the female jointed like in the
hindlegs, Foreivhig with the subcostal nervure emitting two,
three, or rarely four branches; the discoidal cell generally narrow
owing to the distance between the costal and subcostal nervures;
upper discocellular nervule wanting. All but one or two of small
size. Hindwing scarcely channelled to receive the abdomen,
often with one or more slender tails; prsecostal nervure apparently
wanting. Body rather slender except in Liphyra; antenna? short,
often ringed with white, with an elongate distinct club; palpi
usually elongate, terminal joint slender, horizontal, and nearly
naked " (de Niceville).
In addition to the above-mentioned sexual differences, the males
often have differently placed scales or long hairs, such as the large
almost circular patch on the forewing of H. phorbas, and the long
black hairs on inner margin of the underside of forewing in E.
simso7ii. Where any difference in the size of the palpi occurs,
those of the female are the longer.
The larvae are onisciform, mostly night feeders, and in a great
number of cases are attended by ants. The pupa is attached by
the tail with a girdle round the middle, and is found under pieces
BY G. A. WATERHOUSK. 135
of bai-k, ill ci'cicks, under stones, or even just under the surface
of the soil. I hope in a future Part to deal fully with the ova,
larva3 and pupje of this family, respecting which I have many
notes.
The only previous attempt to deal with the AustralianZ^/cfcmc/ft;
is included in Mr. W. H. Miskin's " Synonymical Catalogue of
the Rhopalocera of Australia.""^ This work supplied a longfelt
want, and must be used as a starting point for any revision of
the Australian butterflies; and I am much indebted for the
valuable synonymy contained in it. As Mr. Miskin clearly fore-
saw, a great many of the names have to be sunk. This I am
fortunately able to do, for with a far greater number of specimens
representing a larger number of species available for study, and
an acquaintance with literature that he had not seen, I am
enabled to recognise 114 species of AuntrsiUsin Lyamiche. Of
these 94 are in my own collection, and with six others from the
Macleay Museum areexhibited to-night; of eight additional species
I have seen specimens, and five others are known to me from
figures, leaving only one, M. euclides, unaccounted for. Zerites
thyra and Lijcaena hypoleuca I do not regard as Australian.
Miskin gives a list of 117 different names, 23 of which are marked
as representing species unknown to him, so that he was only able
to recognise 94 species, two or three of which I believe to be
doubtfully distinct. On a careful examination of his list, I find
97 distinct species included (excepting Z. thyra and L. hypoleiica)
to which I have added 14 new species described since 1891, two
new records, while one of his synonyms has been raised to specific
rank. The genern he uses I do not at all agree w^ith,. as they are
not in accord with those used for the Indo-Malayan Region,
whence so many of our species have been derived; nor does he
use them in the same sense as the authors he quotes for them.
For example, Miskin quotes de Niceville for Lycaena^ Fabr.,
listing eighteen species, not a single one of which would be placed
in that genus by de Kiceville. Again, Moore, Distant, and de
■" Annals of the Queensland Museum, No. i., 1891.
136 AUSTRALIAN liHOPA LOCK R A : L VC.'EXID.E III. ,
Niceville are quoted as authorities for Deudorir, Hew., yet all
tliese authors would place two of the four species mentioned
under that genus b}' Miskin in Rapala. This will show that the
genera as well as the species are sadly in need of revision. I do
not think Miskin possessed a large extra- Australian collec-
tion, which will account for his want of appreciation of generic
differences. His descriptions of species are invariabl}^ good,
though he has neglected comparative work; for instance, he
describes three species as allied to Hypochrysops iyniia, but
does not indicate what form of that very variable species
he refers to. This, however, is a small matter compared with the
bad descriptions and ver}' misleading figures of certain other
Australian authors; three writers in particular have described
nineteen Li/ccenidct as new, only one of which has claims to
specitic rank.
The sj^stem of classification I have used is based on the excellent
table of the late Mr. de Niceville, but an}' system can only be
held to apply directly to the limited area under considera-
tion, so that I have found it necessary to depart somewhat from
his table. The first separation that occurs is the placing on one
side of the genus Liphi/ra, which only just finds its true place
among the Lycctnidcti. I find that in Australian forms the
presence or absence of an anal lobe is a good character.
KEY TO AUSTRALIAN GENEEA OF LYC.ENID.E.
•I. Forewing never with four subcostal nervules in $ .
A. Hindwin" without anal lobe.
A. Upperside in both sexes black, or black and %Yhite.
«!. Forewing with first subcostal anastomosed with
costal for a very short distance and running
free to costa Eiqisycltellus.
/>!. Forewing with first subcostal far from costal ;
costa arched Neo2)it]t ecoj)^:.
C-. Forewing with first subcostal free from costal;
costa straight Mefiisha.
L. Upperside of J blue and white, of $ black and
white,
a^. Forewing with first subcostal free from costa Cyanirh.
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 137
6^. Forewing with first subcostal anastomosed with
costal and then running free to costa Daim.
c^. Forewing with first subcostal connected with costal
by a short spur Lavqnde^.
c. Upperside of cT blue, purple, or brown; of $
usually blue, sometimes a white patch on forewing.
a^ . Forewing with first subcostal entirely free from
costal.
a-. Underside with brilliant markings, usually
scarlet, sometimes greenish Miletua.
h'-. Hindwing tailless, underside white or brown,
with dark markings CdndaUdes.
c - . Underside white with few markings Fldlirh.
d". Hindwing with three blunt tails Pseudodipms.
e'^. Hindwing with three highly ciliated tails Lycaenesthes,
p. Hindwing with one filamentous tail Polyommatns.
g'-. Upperside in both sexes coppery Lvcia.
h^. Forewing with first subcostal very near to or
touching costal, but not anai:tomosed with it.
a^. Hindwing with one filamentous tail.
a'^. Underside with few markings Catochrysops,
b'^. Underside with a complicated system of
brown and white splashes Turiiciis,
h'-. Hindwing tailless.
a^. Hindwing with four black spots on outer
margin below Clillades.
h^. Underside with catenulated markings, never
more than two black spots at anal angle
below Zizera.
c^. Forewing with first subcostal connected with costal
by a very short spur Jamides.
d^. Forewing with first subcostal anastomosed with
costal for a variable distance and running free
to costa; usually a single tail.
a'-. Hindwing below base with black spots Everes.
h~. Hindwing below base without black spots, both
wings with catenulated bands, tailed and
tailless Nacaduha.
e'^. Forewing with first subcostal completely anasto-
mosed with costal, except short free basal
portion.
a-. Hindwing somewhat dentate; of small size... Vua.
h'^. Hindwing with a single tail Vtka.
138 AUSTRALIAN lUIOl'A LOC HllA -. lA'C.EM 1).K, III.,
B. Hindwing witli a iiulimentaiy anal lobe.
A. Sexes very dissimilar, ^ i^urple or silvery-blue, $
usually with pale patch on forewing (xji/ri-s.
B. Sexes very similar, purple or blue, hindwing with a
stout tail A rhopala.
C. Hindwing with anal lobe.
A. Hindwing usually with a long tail to lirst median.
a^. (^ with three or four subcostals, $ with three;
spots in cells on underside lalmenus.
61. Both sexes with three subcostals, no spots in cells
on underside Pscnddlmcnu-s.
r.. Hindwing with two equal filamentous tails, forewing
with two subcostals.
a^. Both sexes black and white Pseudonotis.
6^. c? with circular black patch on forewing IlypolijcAiena.
c. Hindwing with one tail and well developed anal lobe,
three subcostals in both sexes.
a^. (^ with no secondary sexual characters Dcudorix.
/>!. ^ with secondary sexual characters on both
wings llapala.
c^. ^ with secondary sexual characters, tail nearly 1
inch in length , Hindaharo.
II. Forewing with four subcostals in both sexes Lipliyra.
But for the presence of two tailless species of Nacadvba, the
classification might be much simplified by adopting a tailed and
tailless section among the group having no anal lobe.
EupSYCHELLUs, Rijber.
Tijdschr. v. Ent. xxxiv. p. 31G; Exot. Schmett. Theil ii. p. 273,
1892.
This genus stands midway between Pilhecojjs (first subcostal
and costal completely anastomosed) and Neojnthecops (these
nervules quite separate) in that the first subcostal only touches
the costal for a very sliort distance and then runs free to the
costa.
Tj^pe, E. dionsuifi, Boisrl.
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 139
EUPSYCHELLUS DiONisius, Boisduval (Plate ii., fig. 1).
Voy. Astr., Lep. p. 82, 1832: FifJiecopa dloniHus, Driiee, P.Z.8.
1891, p. 358, pi. xxxi. fig. 1.
IG mm. U p p e r s i d e. — Foreioing with costal margin brown,
apex broadly brown, outer margin brown decreasing in width to
angle, basal fourth brown, rest of wing pure white; this white
area almost circular, occupying -^ cell, extending above it and
also reaching inner margin Ilindwing brown, with a white
almost circular apical area, which beginning at about the middle
of costa extends downwards just into the end of cell and then
round towards apex.
U n d e r s i d e. — Foreiving white, with much more restricted
l)rown margins. Costa only narrowly brown, apex and outer
margin less broad than on upperside ; brown outer margin
marked with a faint series of dots between the nervules,
inside of which is another series of larger white dots. A black
spot in middle of cell towards costa, a second above the cell and
below subcostal nervule, and three irregularly between nervules
at about J length of costa; these three extend at intervals along-
inner edge of outer marginal band. Hhidwing white, with a
brown narrow outer margin extending from near middle of inner
margin nearly to apex; a fine marginal white line interrupted by
the nervules, above which is another series of white dashes on
the brown outer margin as on outer margin of forewing; towards
anal area and above brown outer marginal band, three brown
dashes running parallel to outer margin. The most striking
feature of the underside is a very large black spot situated between
costal and subcostal nervures, just above the end of cell. (In
the allied smaller species X. zalmora, Butl., this black spot is
situated at the apex).
The specimen {^ ?) from which this description is taken is in
the Macleay Museum from Daridey Island and is the only Aus-
tralian specimen I know of. Having been caught many vears ago,
the colour has probably faded, and freshly caught specimens
would in all likelihood be black and white.
140 AUSTRALIAN RUOPALOCKRA : LYCr^MD^E, III.,
This species is allied to the smaller form K. zalmora, also
recorded from Darnley Island, but differs from that species in
neuration and in the position of the large black spot on underside
of hindwing.
This constitutes a new record for both genus aud species for
Australia.
Neopithecops, Distant.
Rhop. Malay, p. 209, 1884: de Niceville, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 51,
1890 : Parapithecojys, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, liii. pt. 2,
p. 20, 1884.
^'Forewlng small, very broad, elliptical; [costa] much arched
from the base, exterior margin convex, posterior margin of equal
length with the anterior; costal nervure extending to less than
half length of margin; subcostal nervules very short, first sub-
costal emitted at one-half before end of discoidal cell, second at
one-third before its end, third at one-sixth before its end, dis-
coidal cell long, broad. Hindvnng small, ver}- broad, oval;
exterior margin very convex. Bod^/ slender; palpi porrect,
slender, clothed with short lax scales; legs slender; antenrtce with
a well-formed lengthened spatular club."
"This is a very remarkable little genus, which has a strong
superficial likeness to Pithecops, Horsf., and moreover similar
habits and flight in the perfect state. It has the costa of the
forewing more strongly arched than in any other genus of this
group, thus permitting of the wide separation of the costal nervure
and the first and second subcostal nervules. The males have no
secondary sexual charactei-s " (de Niceville, loc. cif.).
The type is JV. zahnora, Butl., and the genus probably contains
a single very variable species.
Neopithecops zalmora, Butler (Plate ii., fig. 2).
Plthecops zalmora, Butl., Cat. Fabr. Lep. B.M. p. 161, 18G9 :
iV. zalmora, de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 53, 1890: Pith, dharmay
Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 72, 1881: Parapithecops gaura, Moore,
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, liii. pt. 2, p. 20, 1884 : N. horsfieldi,
Dist., Rhop. Malay, p. 210, 1884.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE, 141
(J. 11 mm. Up per side. — Foreivimj brown, with a white
central elliptical area occupying a portion of cell, but not extend-
ing to base or inner margin. Iluidwhig wholly brown. Cilia
white.
Underside. — Forewitig white, with a brown apical area,
and a decreasing brown outer margin marked by two parallel
series of white lines (one marginal) interrupted by the nervules.
Cilia brown. Illndwing v/hite with a marginal series of brown
spots encircled with white; a large black oval spot present
between costal nervure and subcostal nervule at apex.
^.13 mm. U p p e r s i d e. — ForeA.ving with central white area
smaller than in ^. Hindwing with indications of a white marginal
line.
Underside. — i^o?'6i(;m^ with brown outer margin broader,
and the two white series of lines dividing up the brown margin
into a series of spots; a further series of brown spots some little
distance from the brown outer margin. Hindicing as in (J, but
with the addition of another series of submarginal brown lines.
The above descriptions are taken from what I believe to be the
only two known Australian specimens, in the Macleay Museum,
from Darnley Island; and these were caught a number of years
ago. The colour of the upperside in freshly caught specimens
will probably be black.
De Niceville considers that the four described forms belong to
one species. They vary from the wet-season form (A', horsfiddi,
Dist.), which has no white on the upperside, to the dry- season
form (iV, gaura, Moore), which has large white areas on upper-
side in both wings. Intermediate between these two forms come
typical N, zalmora, Butl., and N. dharma, Moore.
Almost the s^>me variation as this is shown in the somewhat
allied species Megisha mcdaya, Horsf.; but in Australia it is the
whitest form of that species that is present, while in N. zaiwora
it is one of the darkest forms that we have, though it is quite
possible that, w^hen more specimens of these two species are
obtained and at different times of the year, it will be found that
they exhibit as much variation as they do in India and the Malay
142 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCKllA : LYC.KSID.K, III.,
Peninsula; and a further searcli will no doubt bring to light
some form of P. lujJax on Darnley Island.
Megisua, Moore (Plate iii., fig. 28).
Lep. Cey. i. p. 71, 18S1; de Niceville, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 60, 1890:
Pathalla^ Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, liii. pt. 2, p. 21, 1884.
" In Megisha the costal nervure terminates about opposite to
apex of cell; first subcostal nervure is bent upwards not far from
its base towards costal nervure, the costal nervure having the
appearance of being bent down to meet it, but the two veins are
free, though they approach towards each other ver}^ closely in
the male, not quite so closely in the female" (de Niceville, /.c).
This genus, the type of which is M. malaya, Horsf., is dis-
tributed through India, Ceylon, Burma, Sumatra, Java, Borneo
and X. Queensland; and probably contains a single verj^ variable
species of which both tailed and tailless forms occur. In India
five forms have been descrilDed, all of which have been placed by
de Niceville under the type species.
Megisba nigra, Miskin (Plate ii., figs. 3-4).
Lycaena nigra^ (9) Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
36: J/, nigra, {$) Waterh., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902,
p. 331.
(J. 9-10 mm. (average 10). XJ p p e r s i d e. — Forevnng black,
with a white central area extending from median nervure to inner
margin. Cilia brownish-black. Ilindicing black, with a larger
white-centred area extending often from just below cell to costa,
leaving base and apical area black. Cilia brownish-black. In
no Australian specimen that I have seen, has a tail been present.
U n d e r s i d e. — Forewing silvery-white, a pale brownish
costal margin with four (sometimes five) almost black equi-
distant spots very close to costa about middle; apex pale brown,
outer margin marked by a faint white line external to which are
greyish cilia and internal to which is a pale brownish-grey margin,
through which runs a white lunular band; somewhat internal to
BY G. A. WATEKHOUSE. 143
this is an irregulai- band of elongated brownish spots; end of cell
faintly marked with pale brown. Hindwiny silvery-white, three
black subbasal spots, the middle one of them in cell; a round
larger apical spot, a small one on inner margin about middle;
outer margin as in forewing but a little wider; white lunules and
marginal line almost breaking up the brownish-grey margin into
a series of spots, that just at anal angle being darker and more
conspicuous, spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules better
defined than others. Cilia greyish.
9. 10-12 mm. (11). Up per side differs from ^ in the
more convex costa and outer margins, rounded apex to forewing,
and the very circular outer margin of hindwing. In some speci-
mens the white areas are somewhat larger than those of (^, and
in very fresh specimens the cilia of hindwing are seen to be
slightly spotted.
Underside as in (J, but markings better defined and cilia
decidedly spotted and lighter.
Log. — Cardwell, Cairns, Q. {$ 3, 9 2).
I am still inclined to regard this as only the Australian form of
M. malaya, from which it differs onl}^ in the relative proportions
of black and white on the upperside, and in the intensity of the
markings below.
Cyaniris, Dalman (Plate iii., fig. 1).
Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. xxxvii. pp. 63, 94, 1816; Moore,
Lep. Cey. i. p. 74, 1881; de Niceville, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 92, 1890:
LyccBuopsis, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 257, 1865.
^'- Foi'etuing elongated, triangular; costa very nearly straight;
outer margin oblique and convex; costal nervure extending to
half length of costa; first subcostal nervule free from costal
nervure ; third subcostal nervule emitted at about half way
between apex and end of cell; subcostal nervure ending at
apex. Rindimng oval, without a tail, anal lobe or any anal pro-
longation. . . . Type, C. argiolus, Linn., the ' Holly-blue
of England.'"
14^4 AUSTRALIAN IHIOPA LOCERA : LVC.KX ID.E, III.,
This genus, as regards neuration, is very nearly allied to
Lycceoia, Fabr., a genus that is not at present represented in
Australia, though many writers have used that name when
describing Australian species of Lyccnnidce.
The genus Ci/aniris has a facies that distinguishes it imme-
diately from any allied genus, the type of the genus M'ell illus-
trating this facies, which is most marked on the underside, the
spots hardly ever becoming ocellular; while in Ltjccena they are
composed of a dark centre and an outer pale portion. The genus
occurs chiefly in the Neartic, Pal:«artic and Oriental regions, and
in Australia so far contains the solitary species described below.
Cyaniris texella, Miskin (Plate ii., fig. 11).
Lyccena tenella (9), :Misk., Syn. Cat. rlhop. Aust. p. 63, 1S91.
(J . 12-14 mm . ( 1 4 ) . U p p e r s i d e. — Fo rewmg ' silvery-bl ue
with a black outer margin and an almost central suboval white
spot; costal margin broadly black at base, then a black linear
margin to apex, where the broad black outer margin begins and
extends to angle; a suboval white spot principally below cell (only
a small lower portion of cell being white) and just reaching inner
margin; rest of wing, surrounding the white spot except on its
lower margin, pale silvery-blue. Cilia white. Hindwing white,
with a black marginal line internal to which is a submarginal
series of black spots surrounded with white between the nervules;
internal to these spots is a continuous blackish suffusion from
near apex to angle; fibdominal fold white, internal to which is a
suffusion of pale silvery -blue scales; base of wing brown suffused
with blue scales, which are sparsely scattered over the submar-
ginal black suffusion. Cilia white, terminations of nervules
black.
XT n d e r s i d e. — Forewing silkj'-white, with brown spots as
follows, one faint in upper angle at end of cell, another larger
between subcostal nervure and upper discoidal nervule, beyond
this a band of brown spots running from below upper discoidal
nervule to near angle parallel to outer margin, which is marked
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 145
with a faint brown line, internal to which is a series of brown
dots. Cilia white. Hindtving silky-white, with brown spots; a
subbasal series of four spots, first between subcostal and costal
nervures, second in middle of cellj third just below cell and
nearer base than others, fourth near abdominal margin, a very
conspicuous darker brown spot near costa at about middle, below
which maij l)e another spot smaller and paler, end of cell marked
with a very faint brown line; beyond cell a crooked row of five
spots from subcostal to median nervure, the second of which is
larger and has its longer axis placed at right angles to the direc-
tion of the row; outer margin marked Avith a brown line internal
to which is a series of brown spots between the nervules, above
which again is a series of faint arches. Cilia white.
9. 13-14 mm. (14). Antennse, thorax and abdomen as in (J;
palpi longer than in (J; forewing with costa slightly more arched,
apex blunter, outer margin more convex.
Upper side. — Forewing white, with black costal and outer
margins; central white suboval area larger than in (^, otherwise
the silvery-blue area of $ is replaced by black in 9; base black,
internal to which is a bluish suffusion, which faintly extends over
a portion of white area. Cilia black, towards angle white.
Hindwing as in (J, but with slightly less blue.
Underside exactly as in ^ and showing the same variation.
Miskin described the female only, and from a not too fresh
specimen. A female of this species was submitted to the late
Mr. L. de Niceville, who thought his C, ceyx^' from Java might
be identical with it. I have examined both his descriptions and
figures (I think he figures 2 ^J's and not (J 9), and am of opinion
that though closely allied they are two distinct species. H. H.
Druce has described a species, C . dilectissima,\ from Kina Balu,
Borneo, wdiich is allied to, if not identical with, the species under
consideration, but I have not seen a specimen.
Joui-n. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. p. 328, pi. H, figs. 6 and 7, 1892.
+ P.Z.S. 1892, p. 571.
10
146 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYC.EyjD.K, III.,
This beautiful little, rare and somewhat variable species is only
recorded from the Cairns District, but no doubt it will in time
be found to have a much more extended range.
Type specimen (9) in Queensland Museum {$ 2, 9 3).
Danis, Fabricius.
111. Mag. vi. p. 286, 1807; Westw., Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 497,
1852: Damis, Boisd., Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 67, 1832: Thysonotis,
Hiibn., Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 20, 1816; Druce & Baker, P.Z.S.
1893, pp. 536-553; Druce, P.Z.S. 1895, p. 585 (note).
The insects that are placed in this genus have a distinct facies
that separates them from their allies. The males are of some
shade of blue on the upperside, very often with white central areas;
the females are black, with white central areas. On the underside
of both sexes the marc'ins and bases are black, but marked with
blue scales, while the central areas are white; the outer margin
of hindwinghas a series of black oval spots surrounded by shades
of blue. The neuration may be described as follows — subcostal
nervtire w^th three branches ; first anastomosing with costal
nervure and then running free to costa; second given off at or
some distance beyond the point of emission of the first; third
given off rather nearer apex than end of cell, while the subcostal
nervure ends at or above the apex. A tail is present in one
group at the extremity of first median nervule.
In Druce and Baker's Monograph they discard the name
Danis, as they say the use of that name would aficct the name of
the type of the genus (Danis danis, Cram.); but as that appears
to be their only reason, it is certainly one that I cannot agree
with. It should be noted (as p9inted out by Mr. Druce in 1895)
that the figure of the neuration in their Monograph is faulty, the
first subcostal being omitted at its proximal end, and the costal
nervure at its distal end.
Druce and Baker go very fully into the history of this genus
in their Monograph.
t
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 147
The Australian species may be recognised by the following
table : —
A. Upperside in both sexes with a white patch on both wingg;
cilia dark, spotted with white.
a. White area on forewing in ^ small; no metallic scales on
upperside in $ apoUonius.
h. White area on forewing in ^ large; metallic scales on both
wings on upperside in $ sempis.
c. Of large size; colour grey-blue and no metallic sheen on
upperside syrius.
B. No white area' on forewing in J^ ; white areas on both wings
in $ ; of small size.
a. Cilia unspotted , taygetus.
b. Cilia spotted macleayi.
>C. Very small (if any) white area on forewing in J- ; white areas
on both wings in $ ; of moderate size; a single tail to
the hindwing in both sexes arinia.
On the underside the separation into three sections may be made as
follows : —
A. danis section with black costal and outer margins of forewing continuous,
a subcostal metallic band.
B. taygetus section with black costal and outer margins nearly divided by
white subapical projection, a subcostal metallic band.
C. cyanea section with black costal and outer margins continuous, no sub-
costal metallic band.
Danis apollonius, Felder (Plate ii., fig. 8).
Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 265, t. 33, f.3, 1865: Thysonotls apollonius,
Druce, P.Z.S. 1893, pi. xlv. figs. 5, 6 : D. danis, Senip., Mus. Godf.
Lep. xiv. p. 154, 1878 (nee Cram.): D. sebce, Misk., Syn. Cat.
Rhop. Aust. p. 49, 1891 (nee Boisd.).
(J. 22 mm. Forewing with costa very uniformly arched, apex
fairly acute, outer margin nearly straight, inner margin straight.
Hindtuing with costa arched, particularly at base, outer margin
rounded, without a tail or any anal prolongation.
U p p e r s i d e. — Fo7'ewing blue, with black costa and outer
margin and a white disc, rest of wing pale blue. Black costal
margin extending to costal nervure and along apex and then more
broadly along outer margin to angle; the white area wholly
148 AUSTRALIAN JlllOrALOCKRA : LYC .ES I D.K, III.,
external to and below cell, extending from third median nervule
sometimes up to inner margin and situated centrally, in width
about ^ widtli of wing, ovoid in shape, with ill-defined borders;
rest of wing pale blue, dull when viewed directly, but when
viewed obliquel}-- has a metallic sheen; nervules marked with
black, base of wing covered with metallic green scales. Cilia
black with a faint edging of white, llindwing with outer half
black, covered with dull blue scales, more particularly towards
apical area; apical and anal portions of this black band without
blue scales, base of wing bluish covered with a few metallic scales,
extending about \ into cell; rest of wing a broad white very well
defined band extending from inner to costal margin and not con-
tinuous with white of forewing. Cilia black, spotted with white.
Area between first median nervule and submedian nervure covered
with long white hairs.
Underside. — Forewing \v\\X\ broad black costal and outer
margins, with a metallic band running through its middle, rest
of wing white; the black margin begins from base, occupies the
whole of cell, and on costal portion does not extend below lower
discoidal nervule and then broadly along outer margin to angle;
the metallic blue band runs along middle of this black band,
beginning at base, occupying part of cell, bent round at apex
where it is widest and extending sometimes as far as first median
nervule, but may end before this; nervules where they cross
metallic band black, anal portion of black band duller than
remainder; white area occupying nearly \ area of wing. Cilia
black, faintly spotted with white. Hindwing with outer half
black, of same width as on upperside, the major portion of which
is occupied by a series of metallic blue blocks, leaving a black
outer margin and a wider black inner edge; metallic blocks, each
of which contains a large ovoid black spot, separated from one
another b}'' black nervules; white of same size as on upperside,
base black, with a large costal splash of metallic blue. Cilia
spotted with white.
5. 20 mm. Upperside. — Forewing black inclining to
brown, with white central area, occupying J width of wing, not
BY G. A. WATKRIIOUSE. 149
reacliiiig cell, bub extending from slightly be^^ond lower discoidal
nervule to inner margin, better defined and of larger extent than
that of (J, and in parts sometimes sprinkled with brown scales.
Cilia spotted. I can find not the slightest trace of metallic
scales. Ilindwing black and white, base black, broad black outei-
margin extending up to about end of cell; rest of wing white.
Cilia between terminations of nervules white.
Underside as in ^J except that the white areas are slightly
purer in colour and the outer margins rather broader. As in (J,
the metallic scales of underside of forewing vary somewhat in
extent on outer margin; white of cilia more developed than in $.
7:0c.— Cape York (Macleay Mus.; $ '2, <^ 2).
This species is nearest to D. danis, Cram. (D. sebce, Boisd., of
many writers), but in that species the female has metallic scales
on the upperside. Druce and Baker in their Monograph refer
the Australian species to D. danis, but then they had only males
for examination. They remark, however, that the females would
probably be without metallic scales on the upper side (as is the
case) and that then the Australian species would agree with the
New Guinea form which is D. apollonius.
The nearest Australian ally of this species is the somewhat
smaller D. serapis; on the upperside both sexes are sufficiently
distinct; on the underside the metallic scales in D. serapis are
green, and in D. ajyoUonius greenish-blue.
Danis syrius, Miskin.
Proc. Linn. Soc. K S. Wales, 1890, p. 34.
I have lately seen the types in the Queensland Museum, which
are, I believe, the only two specimens known. They are very
closely allied to D. apollonius; in fact they may only be a variet}'
of that species. The specimens dijffer in that they are very much
larger, and are of a more dingy colour, wanting the metallic sheen.
The male is somewhat like a very old specimen of D. ajiollonius
in my own collection.
Loc. — Cape York.
150 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPALOCEIlA : LYCEMDJl, III.,
Danis SEKAPI8, Miskin (Plate iii., fig. 20).
Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 49, l.sOl: Thysonotis serapis, Druce
& Baker, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 539, pi. xlv. f. 1, 2.
(J. 13-23 mm. (21); 9. 16-23 mm. (21).
Druce gives excellent figures of this species; and Miskin's
description is full.
Xoc — Cairns, Cardwell {$ 20, 9 20).
This species is easily recognised, the female having metallic
scales on the upperside of both wings. It is allied to the preceding
but is smaller.
Danis taygetus, Felder (Plate iii., fig. 25).
Lye. taygetus, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 266, t. 33, f. 19-21,
1865; B. taygetus, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 155, 1878; D.
salamandri, Mac!., Proc. Ent. Soc. N.S. AVales, i. p. liv., 1866.
(J. 13-17 mm. (16). U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing uniform shining
purplish-blue, with a very narrow black costal margin and a much
broader black outer margin, nervules just before entering black
margin defined in black. Cilia black, often tipped with white
towards apex. Hinchving with outer margin black, of same
width as forewing, nervules entering it black. Abdominal fold
white, base purplish-blue, a broad white band with irregular
edges from costa, where it is widest, right across wing; remainder
of wing uniform shining purplish-blue. Cilia black.
Underside. — Foreioing with outer margin black, broad at
apex, decreasing in size to second median nervule where it some-
times suddenly becomes wide, continuing so to angle; this band
often contains a faint submarginal white line. Costal margin
evenly black, just internal to which is a band of metallic green
scales, beginning from Ijase, occup3'ing upper half of cell and
extending a little more than J along vving; below this a band of
black, occup3ang remaining portion of base, then decreasing in
width (not filling whole of remaining part of cell) as it runs along
the metallic band and joining black outer margin only by the
narrow black costal strip. Rest of wing white, widest at inner
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 151
margin, entering into lower corner of cell and with a narrow sub-
apical projection from lower discoidal nervule to subcostal nervure.
Cilia black. Hindwing with a broad basal splash of metallic
green, bordered with black, which forms a continuation of the
lower black band of forewing; followed by a cream band, widest
at costa and very narrow at inner margin, inner edge of marginal
black beginning from apex and running nearly straight to middle
of inner margin; in this black outer margin are a series of large
subquadrate metallic green spots each with a large ovoid black
spot; these are interneural, extending from angle to subcostal
nervure, above which is often a patch of green scales; outer
margin black, internal to which is a more or less distinct white
line interrupted by black nervules. Cilia black.
Var. — The whole hindwing on upperside, except black outer
margin and an elongated white streak above subcostal nervule
from apex to just beyond middle of costa, uniform shining
purplish-blue. The male is very variable; on forewing the white
edging to cilia in apical region is sometimes very marked, and
sometimes absent; in hindwino- the black outer marofin varies in
width. The white of hindwing varies from that of the variety
described to the typical form, every intermediate stage being
observed. On the underside the white submarginal line and the
inner edge of black margin of forewing vary; in the hindwing the
shape of the green spots and the enclosed black spots is variable;
also, in continuation of the metallic green series, green scales may
or may not be present above the subcostal nervure.
^. 14-17 mm. (16). U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing black and white,
with base covered with metallic green scales which occupy nearly
h cell; costal margin basally green, then narrowl}^ black, broaden-
ing out about middle of cell and extending half-way into cell and
continuing of about uniform width to apex and to angle; rest of
wing white. Cilia black. Hindwing white, with a very broad black
outer margin, its inner edge running from apex irregularl}^ to anal
angle. On the inner anal area of this band is a large patch of
metallic green scales, base also coloured with metallic green.
Abdominal fold white. Cilia black.
152 AUSTRALIAN lUlOPA IJ)C EllA : LYCKM D.K, III.,
Underside as in ^ l^ut the light area of hindwing cream
rather than white. The 9 is also \ ariai^le; on the npperside the
metallic scales are often blue rather than green, and often a sprink-
ling of these scales is present on the inner edge of the black outer
margin of forewing. On the hindwing the metallic patch near
the anal angle is often wanting, or it may be very large and
completely joined to the basal patch by a metallic line running
between the median and submedian nervures.
The first subcostal is only united with the costal nervure for a
very short distance. The male is somewhat like that of D. arinia,
but is smaller and lacks the tail of that species.
The type of D. salamandri is in -the Macleay Museum, and is
certainly identical with this species.
This species ranges from the Richmond River to Cape York;
and is very plentiful in certain localities, as the Richmond River
and in the Cairns District where Mr, R. E. Turner informs me
the variety of the male with little white on the upperside of the
hindwing is as common as the typical form. I am sure the
locality of Sydney must be an error, as after collecting for over
twelve years in the district I have never seen it. Semper is
the authority for this locality. (^J 30, $ 20).
Daxis macleayi. Semper.
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 155, 1878: Thy sonotis macleayi^ Druce
it Baker, P.ZS. 1893, pp. 546, 547; Druce, op. cit. 1902. ii. p. 119.
(J9. Length of costa of forewing 14 mm. This species is very
close to the preceding (Z>. taygetus), but differs very slightly in
the spotted fringes, also in the female having a black tooth pro-
jecting from the black costal border into the central white area
and very indistinct blue scales on the base of the wings. The
male is of a much less intense blue than D. tayyetus. Loc. Cape
York. (Translated from Samper's description).
In 1893 Mr. Druce doubted if it was distinct from D. taygetus.^
and referred to a specimen in the Godman and Salvin collection.
In 1902 he had the types in his own collection and writes "easily
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 153
distinguished from D. taygetus by the paler l^lue in the male and
by the chequered cilia in both sexes."
I have lately seen a specimen (9) from Cooktown lent me l^y
Mr. Lower; it certainly has white, slightly chequered cilia, and
though not altogether agreeing with the above description, does
so in some respects. It further causes me to doubt the specific
distinctness of this species but, in deference to Mr. Druce's
opinion, I keep them separate.
Danis arinia, Oberthiir.
Cwpido arinia, Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xii. p. 465, 1878;
I.e. XV. p. 523, 1880 : Thysonotis arinia, Druce & Baker, P.Z.S.
1893, p. 550, pi. xlvi., figs. 6, 7 : D. cyanea, Hemp, (nee Cram.),
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 155, 1878; Misk. (nee Cram.), Syn. Cat,
Rhop. Aust. p. 50, 1891 : D. albastola, Lucas, Proc. R. Soe. Qsld.
vi. p. 156, figs. 3, 4, 1889.
$. 16-19 mm. (18). Shape of wings as in Z>. taygetus g rather
than D. seraj^is ^, with a long thin tail at the extremity of the
first median nervule of the hindwing.
U ppers ide. — Forewing uniform shining purplish-blue (darker
than in D. taygetas) with a very narrow black costal margin and
a broader uniform black outer margin; end of cell marked by
a whitish suffusion more or less developed. Cilia black, more or
less edged with white. Hindwing uniform shining purj)lish-blue,
with a fairly broad outer black margin, between costa and sub-
costal nervule white. Tail long, black, tipped with white. Cilia
black edged with white.
Underside. — Forewing white, with black costal and outer
margins, costa at base narrowly white, black costal margin
beginning at base runs uniformly in width to apex and round to
median nervure when it increases in size by three steps to inner
margin; outer margin faintly marked with white, a submarginal
white band beginning from below apex and increasing in size to
inner margin. Cilia black. There are no metallic scales. Hind-
wing with costa white, basally sprinkled with metallic scales; a
subbasal broad black bar; a broad white bar from costa to inner
154 AUSTRALIAN IIIIOPALOCKRA : LYCjES 1 D.E, III.,
margin; rest of wing black, with a submarginal series of inter-
neural metallic green subquadrate spots each containing a large
ovoid Mack spot. Outer margin marked with a definite white
line, interrupted b}^ the black nervules. Tail black, tipped with
white. Cilia black, tipped with white.
9. 15-17 mm. (16). Shape of wings as in D. tavf/et^s 9.
Hind wing tailed.
U p p e r s i d e. — Foreunny white, central area with broad costal
and broader outer black margins; base covered with metallic green
scales, costal margin extending half-way into cell and increasing
in size to apex; thence continuing, still increasing, to inner
margin, inner edge irregular, a faint trace of a submarginal
metallic band most noticeable near angle. Onl}^ a little more
than \ of wing white. Cilia black. Hivdwiny with base black,
sprinkled with metallic scales ; next a narrow white band,
remainder of wing black; a faint white marginal line interrupted
by black nervules, above which is an interneural series of very
black ovoid spots each of which is crowned with a large patch of
metallic scales. Tail long, black, tipped with white. Cilia
black, edged with white.
Underside as in ^J.
I have unfortunatelyonly half-a-dozen specimens of this species
which are not in the best condition, especially in the case of the
females. They show very little variation except in the size of the
white patch at end of cell in ^. The recognition marks are the
tail and the absence of any metallic scales on the underside of the
forewing.
The species is intermediate in size between D. aerajyis and D.
taygetus.
Loc. — Macka}' to Cape York (^ G, 9 2.)
Lampides, Hiibner.
Verz. bek. Schmett. p, 70, I^^IG; de Niceville, Butt. Ind. iii.
p. 159, 1890.
"In the forewing the costal nervure is very short, terminating
on the margin before the apex of the discoidal cell; the short spur
BY' G. A. WATERHOUSE. 155
joining the first subcostal nervule to the costal nervure is
a feature present in Jainides, Hilbner. Structurally this genus
liai-dly differs from JamicJes, and what differences there are are
so slight that they can hardly be expressed; but the style of
colouration and markings will easily distinguish them. Type L.
(vJ'ianus, Fabr." (de Niceville).
It will be noticed that Miskin* gives a list of seventeen species
referred to Lamjndes, Hiibn., not one of which can correctly be
placed in that genus, as defined by the authors he quotes; while
the two species that can structurally be referred to that genus he
has placed under Danis, Fabr. It appears from Miskin's 'Cata-
logue' that the main distinction he adopts between Lyctmia and
Lampides is the al^sence of a tail in the former case, and its
presence in the latter; but it may here be remarked that the same
species is often found tailed and tailless. The species given by
Miskin under Lanipida^ are referable to Nacaduha, Tdrucits,
./amides, Everes, Wtica, Polyo7nmatus and Catochrysops.
The two Australian species which structurally belong to this
genus are very different in pattern from the Indian forms, as
typified by L. celianus. In our species there are no strigte on the
underside, and they are much more allied to Danis (ThysonotiSy
Hiibn.}.
The two species may be distinguished as follows : —
A. Male above silyeiy-blue; beneath, in both sexes, with white
spots on outer marginal borders of both wings; no bands.... cadesds.
B. Male above pale blue; beneath, in both sexes, with hindwing
showing a series of conical black spots; bands on forewing,
and a costal white line cdeuas.
A tail is present in both species.
Lampides ccelestis, Miskin.
Danis cctlestis, Misk., Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 50, 1891.
$. 15-17 mm. (IG); 9. IMG mm. (15).
This species is recognised by the light silvery-blue of the male,
and the black of the female, in both sexes with white central
* Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. pp. 51-58, 1891.
lOG AUSTRALIAN JUIOPA UJCKIiA : LVCHSJ D.E, III.,
areas. Miskiii's desci-iption is full. It is probaljly the species
determined by Semper as D. alenas from Cooktowii. The only
locality for it kiK^wn to me is Cairns ((J 2, 9 2).
Lampides aleuas, Felder.
Lijc. alenas {^), Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 268, t. 33, f. 15, 16,
1865: Danis aleuas, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 155, 1878 :
Lijc. alcas (9), Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 268, t. 33, f. 27, 28,
1865.
,^. 18 mm. Foi-'iinuig with costa arched, apex very blunt,
almost rounded; outer margin nearly straight, inner margin
straight. Hindwlny with outer margin semicircular; a tail is
present at extremity of first median nervule.
Upper sid e. — Foreiviny pale blue, with white discal patch
which is ]t of width of wing, wholly external to cell, and wholly
below median nervure, occupying a central position; apex and
outer margin bordered with brown, rest of wing pale metallic
blue (not so shining or silvery as in L. c(desfis), with costa and
costal area plentifully sprinkled with white scales. Cilia very
.short, brown. Hindwiny with outer half pale blue; base of wing
pale blue; rest of wing white; outer margin brown, internal to
which is a white line interrupted by blue at nervules, a brown
patch on the inner side of each of this series of white lines.
Cilia brown. Tail broNvn, tipped with white.
U nd e r s i d e. — Forewiny brown and white, the brown occu-
pying the same position as does the blue on upperside, basal
third of costa marked by a white line, outer margin also marked
by a white line external to which are the brown cilia; end of cell
marked by a darker brown bar bounded by a white line on both
,sides and below; a short band is present near apex consisting of
three darker brown spots bordered on their sides with white,
placed one over the other, these spots are situated between 3rd
subcostal nervule and subcostal nervure, subcostal and upper
discoidal, and upper and lower discoidal nervules; a submarginal
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSK. 157
wavy wliite line, which is closest to outer margin at the nervules,
double near apex. Hindwing witli brown areas in a correspond-
ing position to blue on upperside, white corresponding to white
on upperside; a white marginal line interrupted by the nervules,
between the nervules large conical dark sj^ots bounded internally
with white and externally with white suffused with blue scales,
excepting the spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules wliich
extends to the white marginal line, and has blue splashes on
either side; internal to this, but still on the brown area, an
irregular band d£ darker brown spots bordered with Avhite, these
spots occurring between each pair of nervules except above sub-
costal nervule and between subcostal nervule and subcostal
nervure, where it is only a half spot. Cilia brown.
$.19 mm. Forewiyig with costa more arched, apex more
rounded and outer margin more convex than in ^.
Upperside. — Forewiyig with costal area and all above
median nervure excepting the cell black, outer margin black, in
width about J of wing, cell and basal area suffused with blue
scales, rest of wing white; black of 9 corresponding to blue of g.
Hindvnng with outer half black .(corresponding to blue of (J),
rest of wing white except basal portion, which is suffused with
pale blue; on inner edge of black area a blue suffusion in the
region of median nervules; a very faint white marginal line
in region of tail, which is black, tipped with white.
U n d e r s i d e. — Exactly as in ^ except that the blue metallic
scales are more plentiful on the white borders to the black
spots of hindwing.
The above description is taken from a pair in the Macleay
Museum caught at Darnley Island several years ago. I am not
quite sure that our form is typical L. alexias ; but it is certainly
very closely related to it, and without seeing a specimen from the
type locality, I do not feel justified in altering the above name.
I have some doubts as to whether Semper's specimen from Cook-
town is really this species, as I do not think it occurs on the
mainland (cJ 3, 9 1).
158 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYCEXID.E, III.,
Miletus, Hiibner.
(Part) Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 71, 1816; (part) Westw., Gen.
Diuni. Lep. p. 502, 1852: Theda, sect. Hypochri/sops, Feld., Wieii.
Ent. Mon. iv. p. 213, I860; Hijpochrysops, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep.
ii. p. 251, 1865; Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 179.
In this genus the subcostal nervule is three-branched, the first
branch being quite free from the costal nervure as in Lyccenesthes,
PsPAidodijysas, Philiris and Candalides. In fact Miletus bears a
close relationship to these genera structurally, but maybe at once
recognised by the brilliant colouring of the underside. In his
excellent Monograph of the genus, Druce remarks as follows :
"Although by following certain lepidopterists, Hiibner's name
MUetus should take priorit}^, as the first species mentioned by
him is the P. polycletus, Linn., yet I prefer, seeing that these
insects have become so well known under Felder's name, to use
his name Hypochrysops. Again, Felder has definitely character-
ised the genus, whereas Hiibner placed together under his name
forms that are abundantly distinct, without any remark as to
which should be the type of his genus." Following this rule
then we must discard many of Hiibner's genera, which Druce has
not done, for he accepts Caiidalides, taking as the type the first
mentioned species, C. xaiithoi^pilos, which seems very reasonable.
Adopting tlien P. polycletus as the type of Hiibner's genus, Hypo-
chrysops must sink. With certain specific modifications, the
species have the following pattern of marking on the underside.
Foreiving with cell usually yellow, a metallic line from base along
subcostal nervure to end of cell where it is often broken, thence
bending and following the discocellular nervules; a similar line
running along middle of cell to near its end, but stopped by the
discocellular spot, a discal band of variable length, usually mar-
gined with metallic; a submarginal band often represented by
black spots sprinkled with metallic. Hindwing crossed by seven
bands often composed of spots; first a basal streak on costa;
second subbasal from subcostal to abdominal margin ; third
usually consisting of a spot above, another in cell, often coalesc-
BY G. A. WATERJIOUSE. 159
ing; fourth usually consisting of four spots, one above, two below,
one in middle of cell, crossing cell, all more or less coalescent;
fifth marking end of cell, often with a small spot below it; sixth
discal, much curved from near costa to abdominal margin, some-
times appearing as if its beginning and end belonged to the fifth
series; seventh marginal, often much reduced in size. These
spots which are usually some shade of i-ich orange-red, more or
less bordered with metallic blue or green, sometimes with black,
reach their maximum development in J/, ignita and its allies.
The species may be thus discriminated : —
A. Hindwing produced into two blunt tails, ^ above blue, $
with white patch on forewing.
a. Of large size, $ green above rex.
6. Of smaller size, $ blue above rovena.
B. Hindwing more produced at anal angle than apex, without
tail-like projections.
a. Upperside copper-colour.
ai. Hindwing below with white apical patch afiollo.
fti. Hindwing below without white apical patch apelles.
h. Upperside, ^ purple, $ coppery Jipcalius.
c. Upperside, ^ purple, $ blue.
«!. Underside with broad orange-red bands i<jnita.
61. Underside with reddish-orange bands endides.
c^. Underside with narrow orange bands chrysonotus.
f/i. Hindwing below with a very distinct discocellular spot mishini.
d. Upperside shining brown , epicnrus.
e. Upperside with centrobasal areas metallic delkia.
f. Upperside in both sexes blue.
a^. Hindwing below very dark , narcissus.
h^. Hindwing below yellowish eitdetus.
c^. Underside with bands of golden green halyMus.
I have found it a difficult matter to draw up a satisfactory
table of these species, for several of them are very closely allied
and others are known to me only by figures.
Miletus rex, Boisduval.
SiimHthiis rex, Boisd., Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 72, 1832: Ilypochry-
sops rex, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 183; P.Z.S. 1902,
ii. p. 113: T. epidetu>^, Felder,Wien. Ent. Mon. iii. p. 324, t. G, f. 3,
3859.
160 AUSTRALIAN llIlorALOC HllA -. LYC.K.\lf).K, III..
Til is species is very closely allied to J/, rovena, which is much
commoner in Australia, Ijut is larger. In the male the dark
margins are much narrower, and on the underside the ground-
colour is darker, and the Avhitish patch below apex of hindwing
is wanting. In the female the basal areas are suffused with green
instead of blue.
My authority for including this species is a specimen (^) in the
Macleay Museum from Darnley Island. I think it may definitely
be assumed that it does not occur on the Australian mainland,
where its place is taken by the form M. rovena. Druce was not
certain of the distinctness of J/, epidetus, Feld., (not the insect
recorded under that name by Miskin). It is a well known ISew
Guinea form.
Loc. — Darnle}^ Island.
Miletus rovena, Druce (Plate ii., fig. 16).
Hjjpochrjjsops rovena, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891,
p. 184; P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 113: //. epidetus, Misk. (nee Feld.), Syn.
Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 66, 1891.
(J. 16-17 mm. (17). Costa of fore wing gently arched, apex
acute, outer margin straight. Hindwing with, outer margin
slightly concave in centre, and two blunt tail-like projections to
1st and 2nd medians.
Up per side rich blue, with narrow black costal and outer
margins, that of costa of hindwing being widest, usually extend-
ing to subcostal nervure. anal angle also more broadly black.
Cilia brownish.
Underside. — Forewing light brown, paler towards inner
margin, spots distinct, reddish margined with metallic green; an
additional red spot in centre of cell, which is of the same colour
as rest of wing except the reddish upper portion; discal band
irregular, not extending below first median, marginal band indis-
tinct. Cilia brown. Ilindiuiny light brown with a lighter suffu-
sion on outer margin below apex; spots red, usually black-bordered,
then with metallic green, situated as indicated in general descrip-
tion except the curved discal series, which just below the sub-
BY G. A. WATEIIIIOUSE. 161
costal is situated almost on the outer margin, and then increasing
in size, gradually leaves the margin towards anal angle; marginal
band represented by a red line, which at anal angle is internally
bordered with black and externally by metallic green, light brown
and then black on margin. Cilia brown at tips of nervules, at
anal angle black.
9. 17-lS mm. (17). Shape much as in ^, but apex less acute
and projections of hindwing longer.
U p p e r s i d e. — Foreioijig black, with costa at base dark grey,
basal third of wing light blue, more extended along inner margin,
outer half of cell white, which extends downwards and outwards,
sometimes reaching below 1st median; end of cell usually marked
with bright blue which sometimes extends quite round the white
patch. Cilia brown. Hindwing greyish-black, with a variable
blue suffusion extending over cell, sometimes beyond. Cilia
brown, lighter at anal angle.
Underside as in ^, usually lighter, with wdiite patch of
forewing showing through.
This species has usually been known in Australia as //. ej)i-
cletus, but Druce considers it distinct. However, this and the
preceding species, together with M. hy}-)odetus^ Oberth., are pro-
bably only geographical forms of M. j)olycletu8, Linn.
Loc. — Ivockhampton to Cooktown (^ 4, 9 3).
Druce records this species from Port Macquarie and Richmond
River, N.S.W., erroneousl}^ I think, since it appears to be essen-
tially a tropical species; and my own collections from the Rich-
mond River were made at all times of the year and do not
include it.
Miletus apollo, Miskin.
IlypocJirysops ajmllo, Misk., Syn. Cat. Pvhop. Aust. Suppt. 1891.
Miskin's description was made from a single specimen (9) in
very poor condition. The type is now in the Queensland Museum,
but in much worse condition and is hardly recognisable. It is to
be hoped, therefore, that some northern entomologist will succeed
II
162 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCKRA -. LYC.EN ID.F., III.,
in rediscovering this beautiful species. Its nearest Australian
ally is M. apelles.
Log. — Herbert River, Q.
Miletus apelles, Fabricius.
Fa]j. apelles, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 524, 1775; Don., Ins. New
Holl. t. 30, f. 2, 1805 : Hypochrysojja apelles, Mathew, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.Wales, p. 265, 1885; Staud., Exot. Schmett. t. 94, 1888;
Druce, Trans. Eat. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 186.
(J. 14-17 mm. (15). U p p e r s i d e. — Foreiving rich orange-red,
apical half of costa, apex and outer margin black, much wider at
apex. Cilia inconspicuous, brownish. Hindwing rich orange-red,
with costa broadly black and outer margin narrowly black,
nervules marked with black. Cilia brownish.
Undersid e. — Forewing with apical area, angle and base
below median nervule slaty to reddish-brown, rest of wing
yellow; discal band nearly obsolete, represented by a few sub-
apical yellow spots which run into the marginal band about
middle; outer margin yellow, with a series of black spots well
marked with metallic green; cell yellow, with two metallic lines;
several metallic spots between end of cell and apex. Cilia brown.
Hindwing brown, with broad red bands as indicated in general
description, bordered with metallic green; discal band irregular,
nearer to outer margin below subcostal, and giving off a spur
above anal angle; marginal band confined to anal angle, bordered
inwardly with black and outwardly with metallic green, which
extends along margin; a yellow marginal line, a black spot at
termination of first median. Cilia brown.
9. 13-15 mm. (14). Outer margins of both wings more rounded
than in ^.
TJ p p er s i d e much paler and more restricted orange than in
^, not extending to inner margin of forewing, nervules of hind-
wing markedly defined with black.
Underside as in ^, with marginal band of forewing better
defined.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 163
Besides the colour of the upperside, this species may l)e recog-
nised by the absence of a definite discal band on the forewing
below. The locality of " West Australia " given by Druce must
no doubt refer to the most northern portion of that State.
Loc. — Rockhampton to Cape York ((J 8, 9 6).
Miletus haly.etus, Hewitson.
Hy2:>ochr!jsops Italijoitus, Hew., Trans. Ent Soc, 1874, p. 350;
Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 185, pi. x. figs. 4, 5 : Poly, ura-
nites, Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1887, p. 827.
" (J. Wings above ca?rulean blue, with apical thirds brownish-
black; hindwing with a subraarginal orange band. Underside
orange-yellow, with large metallic green spots along costa and at
apex of forewing. Hindwing with three distinct wide bands of
meiallic green, the outer being composed of large oblong spots.
Female as in male, but lilac-blue, with a linear orange outer
margin to both wings. Exp. l^^in." (Druce).
Hewitson gives the male as brilliant morpho-blue; and the
female lilac-blue above, with four bands of hrilliant gold-green oh
the underside of hindwing.
Meyrick gives the male as of a brilliant light brassy-blue and
the female purple-blue, the hindwings beneath bright yellow-
ochreous, with three strongly curved series of moderate irregular
trapezoidal more or less confluent hluish-yolden spots.
Mr. O. B. Lower, who has seen a specimen of Mr. Mey rick's
species, writes to me that "it resembled M. ignila, but all the
scarlet of the underside was wholly replaced by metallic blue-
yreen scales."
A very careful consideration of the descriptions, together with
Mr. Lower's note, convinces me that J/, halycetus and M. uranites
are identical. I have long suspected this, but could not reconcile
the colour given to the bands on the underside by Hewitson and
Meyrick; still both Druce and Lower differ slightly from the
earlier descriptions.
Zoc. —Swan River, W.A. (Hew.), Geraldton, W.A. (Meyr.).
1 64 AUSTEALIAN IIIIOPA LOCh'IlA : L YCJISID.K, IT!.,
Miletus miskixi, n.sp. (Plate iii., figs. 30-31).
(J. 15 mm. Upp e r s i d e. — Forewimj dall lustrous purple, with
black outer margin, broadest at apex, decreasing to angle. Cilia
short brown. Hind wing dull lustrous purple, with a very narrow
black outer margin. Costal margin from base to apex broadly
Ijrown. Abdominal fold grey. Cilia brown.
Underside. — Foretving stone-grey. Cell yellow, with a
central metallic green waved line; subcostal nervure to end of
cell marked with green, a basal green costal line; end of cell
marked with an orange bar bounded internally with metallic
green and externally with black, then metallic green ; below
middle and end of cell faint yellow spots; disc marked by a yellow
transverse bar more or less sprinkled internally with metallic
green reaching to first median nervule; margin marked with a
broad decreasing band of orange, within which are five inter-
neural black spots more or less obliterated with metallic green
scales; on costa between discal band and end of cell are placed a
few small spots of metallic green. Cilia brown. Ilindtcing stone-
grey, with six orange-red bands; first along costa at base, inter-
nall}'- bordered with metallic green; second basal along the com-
mencement of costal nervure and continued across base of cell,
bordered externally with metallic green; third subbasal, consist-
ing of two elongate spots bordered on both sides wdth green, one
above and one in cell; fourth extending right across wing a little
beyond middle of cell, bordered on both sides with metallic green
except the large spot near costa; fifth short, consisting of a ver}'
large conspicuous spot marking end of cell, bordered on either
side first with black then with green, also below this a small spot;
sixth discal, curved, internally bordered with green except towards
abdominal margin where the large spot is bordered on both sides
first with black and then with green ; outer margin broadly
orange, along which runs a submarginal interneural band of
green, in region of anal angle this orange margin internally
bordered first with black, then with green. Cilia brown.
BY G. A. WATEKIIOUSE. 105
9. 14-18 mm. (17). Upper side. — Forewing with central
metallic blue area and black costal and outer margins, Ijlack
costal ])and extending half way into cell, very ]:)road at apex
and angle but narrower at middle of outer margin. Cilia gre}'.
HindtniiKj purple, more or less suffused with blue at base, costal
margin broadly brown, outer margin brown. Cilia grey. The
relative amounts of blue and purple present vary according to
the position of the insect.
U n d e r s i d e. — Foreiving creamy-white; cell and adjoining
costal area yellow, traversed by three metallic green lines from
base, first close to costa, second marking subcostal nervule, third
through middle of cell; end of cell marked by a yellow spot,
bordered on either side by metallic green, above this towards
■costa a suffusion of metallic green; disc marked by a straight
band of pale yellow internally bordered with green, especially
towards costa; outer margin markedly yellow except at angle,
with an interneural series of five black spots almost obscured with
metallic green scales. Cilia grey. Hindwing creamy-white, with
l)ands as in ^J, but the ])asal ones are rich orange-red and the
discal band and outer margin are yellow. The large spot mark-
ing end of cell is very conspicuous, more so than in (J. Cilia
grey.
This species is named from a male in collection of Mr. R. Illidge,
Brisbane, who has kindly lent it to me, and from several females
in my own collection, received from Messrs. R. E. Turner, Tryon
and Lucas. It is curious that out of fifty specimens examined
only three have been males, whereas in this genus the males
usually predominate. There seems to be very little variation
except that the colour of the bands of the underside undergoes
some change and the metallic scales often appear blue. The
difference in the groundcolour of the sexes is very evident, and
an important mark is the large spot at end of cell on underside
of hindwing.
I have named this species after Mr. W. H. Miskin, in whose
collection, now in the Queensland Museum, it appears under the
name of //. narcissus^ Fabr. Dr. Lucas has sent it to me as //.
1 QQ AUSTRALIAN lUlOPA LOCIUIA : /. YC.KMD.i:, III.,
eucIeUis, Feld. These two species, however, are blue on the
upperside in both sexes, and are of a very different shape. A
specimen sent to the late Mr. L. de Niceville was returned
labelled J/, protoyeiies, Feld. (?), to which this insect appears from
Druce's figure* to be somewhat allied. I have very carefully
compared my specimens with the tigures of //. thesaiirusij this
species is the nearest I have seen to the Australian form, but the
male has purple forewings, and hhte hindwings; on the underside
the colour is different and the discocellular of hindwing, which is
an important mark of my species, is not prominent. The figure
of the female on upperside is very close to my species, but the
description of the underside says it is like the male but paler;
whereas in my specimens the females are conspicuously lighter.
A note on M. protogene'i confirms my opinion that my sjDecies is
distinct from that.
Log. — Brisbane to Cairns.
Miletus delicia, Hewitson.
Hypochry^ops delicia, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. j). 38, 1875;
Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 186, t. 10, figs. 6, 7; And.
& Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 94, 1894.
(J. 15-20 mm. (18). Shape as in M. iynita ^.
XJ p JD e r s i d e. — Forewing velvet}^ black, with costa grey at
base, centrobasal area silvery metallic green, extending to inner
margin and occupying J to whole of cell. Cilia greyish. Hind-
wing as in forewing, with nervules marked in black in metallic
area and two orange-red spots near anal angle.
Underside light brown, cell yellowish, bands of red,
bordered with metallic as in general description, submarginal
band of red without black spots, three black spots in and below
cell of forewing as in J/, ignita. Cilia brownish.
^. lG-21 mm. (18). Shape as in M. iynita $.
Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, pt. ii. pi. x. figs. 14, 15.
t Ct. Smith & Kirby, lihop. Exot. pt. 30, 1894.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. . 167
Upper side velvety black with variable centrobasal area
metallic blue or green, occupying sometimes basal I, sometimes ^
area of wings; orange spots on hind wing, two to four, sometimes
coalescing. Cilia brown.
Underside as in ^, with the central area of forewing
broadly suffused with yellow in which the three black spots are
very conspicuous.
Var. duai'ingcf, var.nov. (^.14 mm.
This specimen is much smaller than average males of J/, delicia
from Victoria, and New South Wales, and differs in having the
metallic areas ^j>«/e blue, occupying f of both wings, leaving only
a grey costa at base, and a broad black outer margin to the fore-
wing; and narrower black costal and outer margins and two
orange anal spots to hind wing.
Underside with spots and bands orange-red rather than
red, discal bands more prominent than in southern forms, metallic
borders blue rather than green, only two black spots on fore-
wing.
The type of this remarkable variety, from Duaringa, Q., is in
the collection of Mr. G. Lyell.
This beautiful species is somewhat allied to M. iyiiita, but is
much larger and is the only Australian species with metallic
scales on the upperside. Northern specimens are usually much
larger and tiner than southern. The species shows a certain
amount of variation, especially with regard to the metallic scales
of the upperside. Grose Smith k Kirby describe a species, //.
regiiia,"^ from the Moluccas allied to, if not identical with, this.
They state their specimen to be a male, but from the shape of the
figure I should certainly say it was a female; in fact I have an
almost identical female of M. delicia from New South Wales.
Loc. — Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane (^J 25, ^ 12).
* Rhop. Exot, pt. 32, 1S95.
168 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPAWCKRA : LVC.KS I D.E, III.,
[Miletus ignita, Leach (Plate iii., figs. 13, 32, 33).
Lye. ignita^ Leach, Zool. Misc. i. p. 136, t. GO, tigs. 1-3, 1814:
Hypochrysojys ignita, Druce, Trans. Ent. 8oc. Loud. 1891, p. 185;
And. ct Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 97, 1894; //. oniffi^ :\Iisk., Proc.
Linn. Soc. [N.S.W. 1888, p. 1518.
$. 10-16 mm. (14). Upper side. — Foretciug brown, with
much darker costal and outer margins, and often a dark discocel-
lular bar; wing usually suffused with purplish-brown often shining,
sometimes with a very distinct bluish tint; costa often brilliant
orange, sometimes black; often a subapical orange patch, in one
extreme case the whole of disc extending into cell and nearly to
inner margin suffused with orange, though this is more often only
represented by orange nervailes; other extreme represented b}^
broader dark margins and a total absence of orange. Cilia greyish -
white. Hindfcing brown, with darker costal margin extending to
subcostal nerv^ure, usually a very narrow black outer margin; wing
similarly suffused with purplish-brown to the forewing, lower
nervules often well marked with orange; in one extreme instance
outer margin orange, with a thin black marginal line; some
specimens have an orange suffusion in centre of wing, usually a
darker discocellular spot. Cilia greyish-white, darker at termi-
nations of nervules.
U n d e r s i d e. — ForeK-'ing light brown, cell and costa yellow,
outer margin orange-red, rarely extending below first median;
submarginal black and metallic spots the length of outer marginal
orange band; discal band scarlet, usuall}' bordered with black,
sometimes with metallic, sometimes ending at first median, some-
times at submedian; last spot often a dark blotch, discocellular
spot darker than cell, sometimes distinctly bordered outwardl}^
Avith black; below this usually a black round spot, another often
below middle of cell, often with a third in cell just above it; one
specimen shows a faint subbasal black spot in cell. Cilia light
brown. Ilindiving light brown, crossed by scarlet bands bor-
dered with metallic green or blue as indicated in general descrip-
tion; outer margin scarlet, with a thin black line, discal band
I
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. IGO
often inwardly bordered with black, often with a large black spot
between first median and siibmedian. Cilia light brown, darker
at terminations of nervules.
9. 13-1 6 mm. ( 1 4). U p p e r s i d e. — Fori'ivlng brownish-ljjack,
with a very variable centrobasal area of purplish-blue of varj^ing
shades, usually extending to inner margin, usually occupying only
\ cell; costa rarely bordered with orange. Cilia white. JJindiuiny
brownish-black, with centrobasal area purplish-blue, sometimes
having a broad black outer margin, sometimes a linear outer
margin inwardly bordered by orange; nervules sometimes marked
with orange, especially near outer margin. Cilia gre^'ish-white,
darker at terminations of nervules, thus giving a dentate appear-
ance to wing.
U n d e r s i d e as in (J.
This is perhaps the most variable Lycamid in Australia; and
though it would be possible to pick out from my cabinet six
specimens which some entomologists would consider distinct,
yet all intermediate stages occur, showing their specific identit}'.
My description shows a vv^onderful variation in the males, of
which I have caught at least 150 specimens; and I have had
the opportunity of examining man}^ others from W. Australia
and Brisbane. There is very little difference in shape, except
in one specimen which is much drawn out towards the apex
of fore wing, and the hind wing is more lobate. With fewer
specimens available, I have not been able to note so great a
variation in the females. In the Macleay Museum there is a
specimen which has the scarlet spots of uiiderside xevy wide,
and only faintly bordered with metallic.
J/, ollijfi, from an examination of the types, I should certainly
say was only the variety with little or no orange on the
upperside. J/, dirysouotus appears to be only the northern
form of this.
Log. — S.W. Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane
((J 35, 2 15).
170 AUSTRALIAN hllOPALOCEnA: LYCJ^.S ID^E, III.,
Miletus euclidks, Miskin.
JlupocJirysops euciides, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1888,
p. ].j17.
(J. Upperside. — Both wings dense purple, outer margins
narrowly bordered with black.
U n d e r s i d e. — Pale stone-colour, adorned with reddish-orange
bands and spots, all surrounded with margin of light metallic
green. From Mr. Miskin's description the spots appear to be
arranged as in J/, ignita.
9. Upperside. — Shining blue with a violet hue; borders
of dark brown. Cilia of forewing black, of hindwing white.
Termination of first median nervule developed into a decided
tail. Exp. $ \^.f, 9 Ifo in.
The above is taken from the original description of specimens
from Gippsland, Vic, but though Miskin says it approaches
nearest, in appearance of underside, to J/, ignita, he does not
point out how it differs; personally, I believe it to be the
Victorian form of that very variable species, but I have not
been able to procure a specimen thereof from Victoria. Dr.
Lucas, in whose possession the types were, informed me some
few years ago that they had been unfortunately destroyed.
Miletus ciirysonotus, G. Smith k Kirby.
Hyjyochrysops chrysonotus, G. Smith & Kirby, Rhoj). Exot. pt.
48, lb99.
9. 18 mm. Shape as in H. ignita 9.
U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing brown, with centrobasal area
slightly metallic purplish-blue, darker towards base. Cilia white.
Hiiidwiitg brown, with centrobasal area purplish-blue. Cilia
white.
U ndersid e. — Forewing light brown, with bands and spots
as in J/, ignita, but pale orange; submarginal band orange-red,
bordered outwardly with metallic blue and inwardly with black,
which is well defined towards angle. Cilia brown. Hindwing
light brown, bands and spots as in At. ignita, but much narrower
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSK. 171
and duller; outer margin pale yellow, black spot near anal angle
ver}^ distinct. Cilia light brown.
This species, of which I unfortunately possess only a single
specimen agreeing very well with the figure, is much larger and
has lighter margins than the corresponding sex of M. ignita; on
the underside the bands are much smaller, and the submarginal
band of forewinf? is oransfe bordered with metallic and black as
in M. epicarus, and not composed of black spots with metallic as
in M. ignita. The male of this species is unknown, though it is
more than likely that it may be contained in collections under
the name M. if/7iifa.
Loc. — Kockhampton to Cooktown.
Miletus epicurus, Miskin.
Hy2K)chrysops epicurus, Misk., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1870, p.
455; G. Smith t Kirby, Rhop. Exot. pt. 32, 1895.
(J. 15 mm. Shape as in M. ignita $, with hind wing rather
more produced.
Up per side uniform shining brown with violet reflections,
not extending to costal and outer margins; base of costa of fore-
wing orange, which also shows on nervules of hind wing; two very
short projections to first median and submedian. Cilia white, at
terminations of nervules of hindwing brown.
Underside pale yellowish-brown, cell yellow, marked as in
M. ignita, with submarginal band of forewing as in M. chrysono-
tus; bands very narrow, yellowish in forewing, reddish in
hindwing; metallic borders very distinct, black subanal spot very
distinct. Cilia brown.
9. 15 mm. Hindwing not produced as in (J.
U p p e r s i d e uniform shining brown, violet-blue at base;
hindwings with lower nervules well marked with orange, partic-
ularly near outer margin. Cilia white.
Underside as in (J.
Of all the direct allies of M. ignita, this species is furthest
removed from it. Miskin considered the markings of the
underside to be " green, generally double, filled in with rich
172 AUSTRALIAN JUlOPA LOClJJiA : LVCKX / D.H, III.,
orange "; but an examination of his specimens, one of which is
before me, shows it best to consider the markings as similar
to those of M. i(/)iif((, but reduced in size, witli the metallic
borders much increased. A specimen in excellent condition in
the Macleay Museum, from Sydney, has tlie hindwing much
produced.
Log. — Sydney, Brisbane (^ 4, 9 1).
Miletus hecalius, A[iskin (Plate iii., fig. 35).
HypocJirijsops hucal'ms. Misk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, p.
94, 9; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1888, p. 1516, $'> -"^^i^^- ^^W}\
Vict. Butt. ii. p. 96, 1894.
5. 13-15 mm. (13). Shape as in J/, igaita ^.
Upper side lustrous purple margined with black except
inner margin of forewing, black margin widest at apex; hindwing
with terminations of nervules orange-red, especially marked at
anal angle. Cilia whitish.
U n d e r s i d-e 3'ellow merging into brown on inner margin of
forewing, hindwing brown, both Avings crossed b}' scarlet bands
as in M. ignitd, but not so clearly defined nor metallic borders as
prominent; an additional scarlet bar in cell of forewing; sub-
marginal bands extending to margins, and without black spots as
in J A ignita. Cilia brownish.
9. 14-16 nnn. (15). Shape much as in ^ but broader.
U p p e r s i d e dark brown, with a central orange ovoid patch
in each wing principally external to cell, that of forewing extend-
ing along median nervure decreasingly to base; outer margin of
hindwing orange-red, with nervules entering it orange. Cilia
brownish.
Underside yellow excepting inner margin of forewing,
which is slightly brownish; markings as in ^, but sometimes
larger, usually much paler in colour, being very little different
from the ground colour; coalescent marginal and submarginal
bands sometimes nearly obsolete. Cilia brownish.
This appears to be a rare species, and is to be found in few
collections. The undersides are variable, especially in the female,
BV G. A. WATERIIOL'SP:. 173
of which I have seen a specimen most brilliantly marked on
the hindwing, and another in which the markings are hardly
discernible. The female is unlike that of any other Australian
species, but may be said to bear a superficial resemblance to
C. xanthospilos 9. The male is somewhat akin to M. ir/nita ^.
Loc. — Victoria, Illawarra, N.S.W.
Miletus narcissus, Fabricius (Plate iii., fig. 34).
Pap. narcissus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 524, 1775; Don., Ins. New
Holl. t. 30, f. 3, 1805: Hypochrysops narcissus, Druce, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 189.
(J. 13-16 mm. (15). Apex of forewing acute, outer margin
straiglit, slightly concave just below middle. Hindwing much
drawn out towards anal angle, somewhat dentate.
Upper side rich velvety black with centrobasal areas
brilliant blue, which in forewing never enters cell, nor extends
much beyond it, usually reaching inner margin; in hindwing
usually reaching subcostal and submedian, and extending very
nearly to outer margins. Cilia white, marked with black at ter-
mination of nervules, especially near anal angle.
Underside. — Forewing with costa and upper half of cell
3^ellow, with two longitudinal metallic streaks, subapical area
whitish, rest of wing blackish, discocellular spot reddish; discal
band broad, short, red, bordered with metallic, bent towards
middle of outer margin, which is orange marked with a series of
black spots with metallic. Cilia whitish. Hindiving with
ground colour blackish except along costa and middle of abdomi-
nal margin which are cream; bands as indicated in general
description, confluent and less extensive, dark red bordered with
silvery blue; discocellular almost obsolete, blackish; submarginal
red, separated from the lighter marginal band by a silvery blue
line. Cilia as above.
9. 13-lG mm. (15). Apex of forewing less acute than in ^^
hindwing less drawn out, more dentate.
174 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA: LYC.flS ID.K, III.,
Upperside brownish-black, with ceiitrobasal areas pale
blue, more extensive on forewing, entering cell; less extensive on
hindwing than in ^. Cilia white marked with black.
Underside as in (J, but the blackish gi'ound colour always
much lighter, usually cream except lower basal half of forewing.
Outside Australia this species appears to be represented only b}^
the type ((J) in the British Museum; this is unfortunate, as it was
the first of the section described. The species referred to b3'Miskin,
and appearing in his collection at Brisbane under this name, has a
purple male, and is more nearly allied to J/, protogeniis than this
species. Specimens of true M. tiarcissus, however, appear in Mis-
kin's collection, and in many others, under the name of J/, eucletus,
which I doubt to be Australian. ILplotinus (1894) and J/, dryope
(1895) figured in the ' Rhopalocera Exotica' belong to the same
section as this species, which is also very close to the next.
Loc. — Cooktown, Thursday Island.
Miletus eucletus, Felder.
Hypochrysops PAidetus, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 253. 1865;
Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 188, pi. 10, figs. 12, 13.
I know this species onl}^ from descriptions and from Druce's
figures, upon which my remarks are based.
(J. 17 mm. (from fig.). Upperside as in J/, narcissus, but
with the blue somewhat paler.
Underside as in M. narcissus, with the yellow of forewing
much more extensive along costa, the lower portion of forewing
being less suffused with blackish, which appears from the figure
to be totally absent from the groundcolour of hindwing. The
female is said to differ from g in having the blue of upperside
paler and more extensive than in q; and the j^ellow groundcolour
of hindwing below, being more or less suffused with dark purplish-
brown.
The type (9) is from Gilolo, and my only reason for including
it in the Australian fauna is Druce's reference to Thursday Island
(Mathew). I have specimens of M. narcissus ((J9) from both
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 175
Cooktown and Thursday Island which are identical; and I am of
opinion that Mathew's Thursday Island specimens were that
species; but as M. eucletus is recorded from Southern New Guinea
it is just possible that both forms may occur on Thursday Island,
though I should rather be inclined to doubt it,
Candalides, Hubner.
Yerz. bek. Schmett. n. 73. 1816 : Erina (part), Swains., Zool.
111. ii. t. 134, 1832 : Holochila (nom. prc^occ), Feld., Verb. Zool.
Bot. Gesell. Wien, xii. 1862.
Foreioing with costa nearly straight in ^, somewhat arched in
9, apex slightly acute, outer margin nearly straight in ^, more
convex in 9, inner margin straight. Subcostal nervure with
three branches, tirst quite free from costal nervure, upper dis-
eoidal and middle discocellular meeting on or very close to sub-
costal. Ilindzving with costa nearly straight, apex round,
outer margin rounded uniformly, without any trace of a tail and
no anal lobe, inner margin straight. Antennae about J length of
costa. Type C. xanthospilos, Hiibn.
Swainson places in his genus Erina three Australian species,
j^ulchella, Swains., erinus, Fabr,, and ignita, Leach. The first is
without any doubt a synonym of the type of Hiibner's genus; the
second would also be included in that genus, as it has a similar
neuration; while the last belongs to a totally different type of
insects. Holochila, type H. ahsivnlis, was already used two years
previously, so it must give way.
There are several Australian genera that, as regards neuration,
are very close to Candalides, viz., Lycfenesthes which may at once
be distinguished by the three short highly ciliated tails; Miletus
{Hypochrysops) by the brilliant markings on the underside; Pseic-
dodlpsas, which connects Caiidalides with LyccEuesthes, has three
blunt tail-like projections : Fhiliris has a similar neuration to
Cayidalides, and it is only the shape that separates it from that
genus; it moreover appears very difficult to separate it from
Pseudodipsas, a view de Niceville took, though Druce* does not
* P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 115.
176 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPAIJiCKnA-.LYC.EyiD.K, III.,
C011CIU-; personally I think there is very little to warrant generic
distinction between Candnlides, Psetidodipsas and Philiris; but
as they have been characterised with definite types, I prefer to
let them stand, though T think that three (at least) of the divi-
sions of Candalidps are as worthy of generic rank. Lycccnesthes
and Jflletifs are of course abundantly distinct.
The Australian species may be recognised primarily by their
underside, as follows : —
A. Underside in both sexes silky white, more or less marked
with dark spots and lines.
a. Upperside, forewing with a yellow patch ; underside
with marginal row of spots, three spots in centre of
hindwing xanthospilos,
h. Upperside purplish-brown ; underside with marginal
row of spots only lieathi.
c. Upperside of J uniform blue or greenish-blue, with nar-
row linear margins; of $ black, with a central white
area to each wing.
a'^. Upperside of (^ blue, with no secondary sexual char-
acters; of 2 basal areas blue, white patch of hind-
wing not reaching costa, markings below plentiful. ahsimUh.
h'^. Upperside of (^ blue, with secondary sexual charac-
ters; of 2 basal areas blue, white patch of hind-
wing reaching costa, markings below less than in
absimilis margarita,
c-i. Upperside of ^ bluish-green, with secondary sexual
characters; of $ without blue on basal areas, white
patch of hindwing reaching costa. markings below
very few helenita.
d'^. Upperside of ^ pale bluish, with secondary sexual
characters; of $ bluish, with white areas much
reduced, markings below very distinct fjilberti.
B. Underside in both sexes greyish to dark brown.
(/. Two spots near hinder angle of forewing on underside.
(iT^. Underside greyish, fringes white erhni.^.
h^. Underside very light brown, spots distinct; upperside
purple Injacinthina
c-i. Underside darker brown, spots very indistinct; upper-
side purple acdi^ta.
Ji. Underside yet darker brown; upperside blue cyanitef.
I
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 177
h. Underside brown, with unconspicuous markings; upper-
side coppery cyjn-otm^.
C. Underside uniform brown, without markings; upperside
silvery white olbosericea.
These are at once marked off into the absirailis group, in
which the palpi are only clothed with very short hairs, and the
terminal joint is very long, especially so in 9; this group is very
close to Pseudodipsas. The erinus group has much shorter and
much more hairy palpi, and is related to the absimilis group by
the whitish underside of C. erlnns. The typical C. xantJiosjnJos,
by reason of the orange patch of the forewing, stands alone in
the genus, which by its white underside it connects with Philiris.
C. heathi connects the erinus group with C. xanthospilos and the
genus Philiris. C. cyprotivs is nearest to the erinus group, while
C. albosericea stands alone in the genus and is very distinct from
every other Australian Lycienid.
Candalides xanthospilos, Hiibner (Plate iii., fig. 5).
Rusticus adolescens xanthospilos, Hiibn., Samml. Exot. Schmett.
1806-16 : Hoi. xanthospilos, >Staud., Exot. Schmett. pi. xciv. 1888;
And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 89, 1894: Polyommatus hilbneri,
Godt., Enc. Meth. ix. p. 677, 1819: Erina pidchella, Swains.,
Zool. 111. ii. t. 134, 1832 : Lye. hyzos, Boisd., Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 81,
1832.
(J. 12-15 mm. (14). Upperside. — Foreumiy black, with
centrobasal area suffused with shining purple, a large ovoid yellow
spot below lower end of cell. Cilia whitish. Hindwiny black,
with central area slightly sufiused with purple. Cilia white.
Underside silky white, with outer marginal interneural
series of black dots better defined on hind wing, two black dots
just at end of cell and one below middle of cell of hindwing.
Cilia white.
9. 13-16 mm. (15). Upperside as in (J, but wanting the
purplish suffusions, orange spot larger. Cilia white .-^ ^ -s
TT 1 . 1 ■ ^ " '■ '^n -^ • /^ f
U n d e r s 1 d e as in (J.
1-
. ' ! t
178 AUSTRALIAN RIIOP ALOCKRA : LYC.EXJD .E, III.,
l^oc. — Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane to Rockhampton
(^15,9 14).
This species is at once recognised by the orange spot of fore
winf'; it is allied to the Australian species of Philiris, except-
ing in shape.
Candalides heathi. Cox (Plate iii., fig. 6).
Lye. heathi, Cox, Ent. iv. p. 402, 1873; Hoi. heathi, And. &
Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 93, 1894; Lye. paradoxa, Guest, Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. A. 1882, p. 36.
(J. 12-16 ram. (14). Up per side uniform shining slightly
purplish-brown, with nervules paler brown and outer marginal
borders darker. Cilia pale brown.
Underside pale greyish-white, with interneural outer
marginal black dots variable in size and number, very fresh
specimens showing bluish bases. Cilia white.
g. 13-18 mm. (15). Upper side light brown with centro-
basal areas blue. Cilia white.
U n d e r s i d e as in (J.
T^oc. South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane
(^15,913).
Candalides absimilis, Felder (Plate iii., figs. 8-9).
Hoi. absimilis, Feld., Verb. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien, xii. p. 490,
1862; Reise, Nov. Lep. ii. p. 261, t. 32, fig. 14-16, 1865; Olliff.
Aust. Butt. p. 23, 1889; And. & Spr}^ Vict Butt. ii. p. 90, 1894.
(J. 15-17 mm. (16). Upperside uniform violet-blue, with
very faint black costal and outer margins. Cilia white.
Underside. — Foreiving silky white, with dark brown spots;
one elongate, marking end of cell; two transverse interneural
series, one submarginal faint, the other discal more conspicuous,
sometimes an obscure series of brownish marginal blotches.
Cilia white. Hindicing silky white, with dark brown spots
situated in similar positions to those of fore wing, but the spots
of discal and submarginal series lunular in shape; a subbasal
row of four small round black spots, one above, one in, and
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 179
two below cell; also a row of three crossing middle of cell,
one above and one below, and a spot below lower end of cell,
a black marginal line. Cilia white.
$. 15-18 mm. (16). Up per side. — Foreioing black, with a
central ovoid white spot extending to cell but not to inner margin;
between base and this spot and below it bluish. Cilia white.
Hindwing black, with brown costal margin and subapical white spot
situated between subcostal and second median nervules and
extending somewhat into cell, which is bluish. Cilia white.
Underside as in ^.
I can recognise among very perfect specimens {$) three shades
of blue, one of which shows a trace of purple. I also find in
three inland specimens curious dark patches of scales in the
€entre of forewing quite different from that of the three
following species, while in a dozen other specimens this is
absent. In the female the size of the white spots is very-
variable, and, when very small, they are usually wholly suffused
with blue scales.
It is quite possible that I may have two species in my
cabinet under this name as represented by males with and with-
out a darker patch on the forewing on upperside; but I must
certainly hesitate to separate them, especially as there are three
other species very closely allied. This species is by far the
commonest and has the widest range of the four allied forms.
Log. — Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane to Cairns ((J 14,
2 12).
Candalides MARGARITA, Semper.
Holochila mai^gariia, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 161, 1878;
Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 119.
^. 16-18 mm. Shape as in C. absimilis $.
Upperside blue, with uniform jet black outer margins
wider and more distinct than in G. ahsbnilis; curious, somewdiat
raised, scales (Semper's arrow-shaped shadow) on median nervules
near lower end of cell. Cilia white.
Underside silky white, with the scheme of markings as in
C. absimilis, but with many spots wanting; discocellular spots and
180 AUSTRALIAN lillOPALOCEnA : lAC.KMD.K, III.,
discal series in both wings often absent, and generally the mark-
ings are less well defined than in C. ahsimilis; three interneural
distinct jet black spots on outer margin near anal angle. Cilia
white.
9- 14-18 nnii. (17). Shape as in C. ahsimilis 9-
U p p e r s i d e as in C. absimilis 9, but with the white spot
of hindwing extending to costa.
Underside as in (J, but the interneural series of black
spots extending all along outer margin of hindwing.
This species is intermediate between C. ahsimilis and C.helenita
in respect of the underside; while on the upperside it shows some
characters of both species. The colour of the male is near that
of C. ahsimilis, but it has broader margins and also shows the
arrow-shaped shadow as in C. helenita; the female has the blue
bases of C. ahsimilis, and the white patch extending to costa on
hindwing. Semper's description and Druce's figure of the type
female of C. helenita clearly show that that specimen is really the
female of this species and not C. hdenita 9, which has no blue on
the upperside, and is almost without markings below.
Log. — Cairns, Gayndah, Cape York (^ 2, 9 6).
Candalides helenita. Semper (Plate ii., fig. 34).
Holochila helenita, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 162, 1878;
Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 119; Waterhouse, Proc. Linn. Soc. X.
S.Wales, 1902, p. 333: H. androdus, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, 1890, p. 41 : //. suharcientea, G. Smith ct Kirby, Rhop.
Exot. pt. 38, figs. 9, 10, 189G.
(J. 15-17 mm. (16). Shape as in C. ahsimilis $.
Upperside greenish-blue, with very narrow dark outer
margins and the arrow-shaped shadow made by the raised scales
on median nervules in forewing. Cilia brownish.
Underside silky white, with an interneural series of black
spots on outer margin of hindwing, rest of wings usually without
markings, though a careful examination will sometimes reveal
faint traces of discal and submarginal series. Cilia white.
9. 12-18 mm. (16). Shape as in C. ahsimilis 9.
BY a. A. WATEKIIOUSE. 181
Up per side black, with a large central white spot on fore-
wing, reaching nearly to inner margin; a large spot on hindwing
reaching costa, no blue scales near bases. Cilia white.
Underside as in ^.
This species may be recognised by the greenish colour of the
male, and the absence of blue in the female on upperside; and the
want of markings on the underside.
Semper's description and Druce's figure of the female refer to
C. margarita 9. It may be argued that these species are not
distinct, but no one will assert that C. absimilis and C. helenita
are the same; then comes the difficulty to which species we
must assign C. via7'gari6a a^s it possesses some of the characters of
both, rendering such a' course impossible. Twenty-five years ago
Semper was able to discriminate between the three males, and
his remarks are clearly borne out by the large series Mr, R. E.
Turner has collected in N. Queensland. Semper unfortunately
only possessed females of two species, and as a result assigned the
wrong female to C. helenita.
Log. — Cairns to Cape York (^ 3, 9 7).
Candalides gilberti, n.sp.
(J. 15 mm. Foretving with apex more acute and outer margin
straighter than in the three allied species. Hindwing with outer
margin rounded.
Upperside pale violet-blue with linear dark outer margins.
Oilia white.
Underside. — Forewiag white, with an elongate black spot
at end of cell, a discal row of six black interneural spots, a dark
submarginal line, and a faint indication of dark marginal dots.
Cilia white. Hindwing white, with four round jet black subbasal
spots, the second in cell; four transverse spots crossing middle of
cell; first above cell, elongate; second in cell, a black discocellu-
lar streak, a curved discal series of seven black spots, the second
being much nearer base than the rest, a submarginal wavy
black line, a marginal interneural series of black spots. Cilia
white.
182 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYC.KNID.K, III.,
9. 17 mm. Shaped as in $ rather than like C. ahsimiHs Q;
terminal joint of palpi very long.
U p p e r s i d e. — Foreicing pale blue, with costal margin black
except towards base, apex broadly and outer margin black, a
white streak from end of cell to near outer margin. Cilia white.
Hindwbiy blue, with a brownish costal margin and a black
narrow outer margin widest at apex, a whitish patch between sub-
costal nervure and nervule. Cilia white.
Under sid e. — Foreioing with discocellular spot almost obso-
lete, a black outer marginal line, submarginal line broken, other-
wise as in (J. Hindtving as in (J, with subbasal spots smaller,
and outer marginal spots very distinct, that near anal angle large
and jet black.
I have described this species from a single pair taken at Port
Darwin by Mr. Gilbert Turner during last November; neither
specimen unfortunately is quite perfect, but they are sufficiently
free from rubbing to show that they are quite distinct from any-
thing yet known from Australia.
The undersides are much more distinctly marked, especially
with regard to the discal series, than C. ahsimilis; and it should
be noted that the second spot of the discal series of hindwing is
much nearer base than first.
On the upperside the male is nearest C. ahsimilis, but much
paler; as to whether the arrow-shaped sexual mark is present it
is difficult to say, as the male is rubbed at that point, but it
apparently is there; the female is markedly distinct from the
females of the thi^ee allied species, and seems to occupy a position
intermediate between C. absimilis (^ 9) with white areas much
reduced. This species tends to show further that the group, as
typified by C. absimilis, is very varied; and that we have here
four variations of a much older species. A similar state of things
centres around Miletus ignita, though there the different forms
cannot be so clearly picked out as in the C. absimilis group
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 183
Candalides albosericea, Miskin (Plate ii , figs. 24-25).
Holochila albosericea, Misk., Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 65, 1891.
(J. 15-1 G mm. Upperside shining white, with a .slight
greyish-blue basal suffusion, and a black tip to apex of forewing.
Cilia brown.
Underside uniformly brown without markings.
9. 15-16 mm. Upperside bluish-white, slightly darker at
base, apical \ of forewing black, decreasing along outer margin
to near angle, outer margin of hindwing cloudy. Cilia brown.
Underside uniformly brown without markings.
This is one of the most remarkable of Australian Lycaenidce
being quite destitute of markings below, and on the upperside
reminding one of the Pierid genus Elodina. I think that
in the future this species will have to be separated from Can-
dalides-, though it has a similar neuration, the antennae are
extremely short, being about \ length of costa. Holochila ecu-
Tuleolactea, described by Dr. Lucas in a newspaper in Brisbane
during 1891, is probably this species, but newspaper descrip-
tions cannot be allowed to stand. Miskin gives Expedition
Range near Rockhampton as the locality for this species, but
all the other specimens have come from Stradbroke Island, More-
ton Bay {$ 3, 9 2).
Candalides erinus, Fabricius (Plate ii., figs. 17-18).
Pap. erinus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 525, 1775; Don., Ins. New
Holl. t. 31, f. 3, 1805; Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 162, 1878:
Polyommatus snhpallidus, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. vi. p. 117,
t. 6, f. 1-2, 1889.
(J. 11-14 mm. (12). Upperside shining brown, with a
slight purplish reflection, black outer margins much broader at
apex of forewing. Cilia white.
Underside. — Forewing greyish-white, discocellular bar if
present very faint; discal band of interneural brown spots almost
straight, beyond which the wing is much whiter; submarginal
series of indistinct dark spots, of which the two towards angle
1 84 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPA LOCERA -. L YC.ESID.K, III. ,
are very large, I'oiind, and black, a black marginal line. Cilia
white. Huidtviiui greyish-white, four subbasal small dark dots,
second in cell; four crossing middle of cell, second in cell; a dis-
cocellular streak, below which is another spot, a curved discal
interneural series of wedge-shaped brown spots; submarginal series
of indistinct wavy spots, often with a marginal series of blotches;
a dark marginal line. Cilia white.
9. ll-lt mm. (13). Upper side uniform dull blackish-
brown, sometimes, though rarely, showing a basal bluish tint.
Cilia white.
Underside as in (J.
I have experienced great difficulty with this and the three
following species which Miskin considered to be all the same.
Druce* says that this is the small form, and the next species the
large form of C. erinus, a statement which I hope to show is in-
correct. The difficulty begins with the doubt as to which was
the type of Fabricius, who described the wings as " supra fuscse,
subtus cinereae." Butler in his paper on the Fabrician types
states that the type is a female; this then must refer to the
northern form (subpallidus) and not to the southern (Jiyacinthina).
This view is further borne out by Donovan's figure which, if it is
taken from the type, leaves no doubt that the type of C. ermus
is the same species Dr. Lucas subsequently described as P. siib-
jjallidus.
I have tabulated the differences of this and the next species.
C. erhins. C. hyacinthina.
Average size . . ... $\'2 mm. 9 1 3 mm. (J 1 4 mm. 9 1 5mm.
Costa of forewing ... arched ... ... nearly straight.
Apex ... ... ... blunt ... ... acute.
()utermarginofforewing((^) convex ... ... straight.
Cilia ... ... ... white ... ... greyish.
Upperside (9) ... ... dull brown ... purple.
Underside ... ... greyish- white ... grey.
* P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 120.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 185
If the next species is the true C. erinus then Donovan and
Semper are wrong, and suhpallidus must be the name for tliis
insect, which ranges through North West and North Australia
and Queensland, ])ut not into New South Wales (J 6, 9 3).
Gandalides hyacinth ina, Semper (Plates ii., 20: iii., fig. ."3).
Holochila hyacintMna, Semper, Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 1G2,
1878 : H. eriniis, Herr.-Schff. (nee Fabr.), Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1869,
p. 75, t. 4, % 19; And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. p. 91, 1894:
Cupiclo simplex, Tepp., Trans. Koy. Soc. S.A. p. 30, t. 2, fig. 10,
1882.
(J. 13-15 mm. (14) Upperside uniform purplish, slightly
shining, with brown outer margins. Cilia grey.
Underside grey, discocellular streak of fore wing always
present; markings as in C. erinus, somewhat larger and not differ-
ing so much from groundcolour, two black spots of forewing not
so clearly defined as in C. eri^ius. Cilia grey.
9. 13-16 mm. (15). Upperside. — Foreioing dark brown,
with centrobasal area rich purple, of very variable extent, some-
times occupying base and more than \ wing, extending to inner
margin, sometimes reduced to a splash of purple between median
and submedian nervures. Cilia grey. Hindiviiiy blackish-brown,
with a variable purple area sometimes occup3dng the space
between subcostal and submedian except outer margin, sometimes
reduced to a basal splash. Cilia grey.
U n d e r s i d e as in ^.
This is the so-called large form of C. erinus, and is figured
under that name by Herrich-Schafter, and Anderson and Spry.
But Semper has shown that it is different from C. erinus, which
has white cilia and less colour on the upperside.
Loc. — West and South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales,
Brisbane to Mackay. In Southern Queensland it is taken with
C. erinus {$'20, 9 14).
186 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA: LYCflS ID.E, III.,
Candalides cyanites, Meyrick.
Polyommatus cyanites, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
1887, p. 828 : Hoi. cyanites, Misk., Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 64,
1891.
(J. 13-16 mm. (15). Upperside brilliant deep blue, -with
costal and outer margins black. Cilia black, tipped with white.
Underside as in C. hyacinthina, but with markings much
obscured, and groundcolour darker; two black spots in angle
of forewing prominent. Cilia dark grey.
^. 15mm. Upperside with outer margins rounder, the
colour more restricted than in ^.
Underside as in (J.
This is closely allied to C. hyacinthina, but the margins are
black and broader, the colour blue and brilliant, and not purple,
the underside much darker. It appears to be a very rare species,
and most of the known specimens are rather worn, showing much
paler colouring. This species is the finest of the four allied
forms.
j^oc. — West Australia (Meyrick), South Australia (JNIacleay
Coll.), Victoria (Lyell) {$ 3, 9 1).
Candalides acasta, Cox (Plates ii., fig. 19; iii., fig. 7).
Lye. acasta, Cox, Entom. iv. p. 402, 1873 : Hoi. anita, Semjj.,
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 163, 1878 : C. anita, Druce, P.Z.S. 1902,
ii. p. 120: Lye. mcerens, Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi.
p. 377, 1885: Hoi mcerens. And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. p. 92, 1894:
Lye. canescens, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Whales, 1890, p. 35.
(J. 11-13 mm. (12). Upperside purplish, with brown outer
margins. Cilia in very fresh specimens brown, spotted with
white.
Underside dark grey, sometimes sprinkled with white,
markings as in G. hyacinthina, but reduced to mere dark specks,
indistinct, the dark spots at hinder angle of forewing never con-
spicuous, usually represented by a blotch. A dark sufiusion on
outer margin of hind wing near middle. Cilia dark grey.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 187
9. 10-13 mm. (12). Shape as in C. erinus Q.
Uppers ide dark brown, with centrobasal areas rich purple,
of very variable extent. Cilia white, spotted with brown.
U n d e r s i d e as in ^, but sometimes with the addition of two
black spots in cell of forewing.
This species is of the size and shape of C. erinus: and of the
colouration of C. hyacinthina on the ujDperside, but is quite dis-
tinct from both on the underside, being darker, the wedge-shaped
spots being replaced by black dots, and the two black spots of
forewing being represented only by dark suffusions.
It is found in the same localities and at the same time of the
3^ear as C. hyacinthina, otherwise it might easily be supposed to
be a seasonal form of that species. Druce has shown that C.
maerens must sink under G. aniUi : and an examination of
Miskin's type of C. canescens from Tasmania, which is in rather
poor condition, leaves no doubt as to this name having to sink.
Cox thus describes his species : " Expanse 10 lines. Dark inky
purple shot with copper colour. Underside grey, with several
rows of indistinct brown spots. A large indistinct brown blotch
near anal angle of both wings. Fringe unspotted." This, though
a very poor description, can, I think, only refer to the species
under consideration, which I know is taken in S. Australia, where
Cox's type came from. The size he gives is considerably less
than what he gives for C. heathi, so that it is scarcely likely he
refers to C. hyacinihina, which is nearly as large as 0. heathi. I
rather doubt Semper's locality' of Cape York.
Log. — Tasmania, South West and South Australia, Victoria,
New South Wales ((J 18, 9 8).
Candalides cyprotus, Olliff (Plate iii., fig. 4).
Chrysophanus cyj^rotus, OIL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1885,
p. 716 : Hoi. cyjorotus, Waterh., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902,
p. 333: Hoi. purpurea, Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop.Exot. pt. 39,
pl.x. figs. 11, 12 (J, 1896.
$. 13-18 mm. (15). U p p e r s i d e. —Forewing reddish-brown,
with a coppery reflection except on costa, outer margin and
188 AUSTRALIAN JlUOPA LOCh'JlA .- LyCJ:MJ)J:, III.,
nei'vules; a central purplish-ljlack discal sexual mark. Cilia
black, interiieurally tipped with grey. Himbving reddish-brown,
witli a coppery reflection except on costa, outer and abdominal
margins; base suffused with purplish-black. Cilia as in fore-
wing.
U n d e r s i d e. — Forewuu/ light brown, a discocellular dark
streak, discal and submarginal series of interneural l^lackish spots-
Cilia greyish. Hindwiiig light brown, dark spot in cell, central,
discal and submarginal curved series of spots, innermost being
less extensive. Cilia greyish, spotted with brown.
9. 14-20 mm. (16). U p p e r s i d e bright purple, with orange-
brown costal and outer margins. Cilia as in jj.
U n d e r s i d e as in (J.
In some specimens the spots of the underside are as many as
in C htjacinthina; in others the underside is almost without spots.
I have already shown that H. purpurea is a synonym of this
species, which is very distinct from all others of the genus.
Specimens bred by Mr. Illidge, near Brisbane, are much larger
than Sj'-dney specimens.
Loc. — Sydney, Katoomba, Brisbane to Rockhampton (q 18, 9 7).
Philiris, Bober.
Tijdschr. Ent. xxxiv. p. 317; Exot. Schmett. Theil ii p. 273,
1892; Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 14, 1897.
This genus, the type of which is P. ilias from Amboina, has a
three-branched subcostal to the forewing, and the costal nervure
is entirely free from the first subcostal, but is bent towards it.
It is closely allied to C. xanthospilos^ but has an acute apex and
a straight outer margin to the forewing, and the outer margin of
hindwing is not nearly so evenly rounded. There is also a great
resemblance to Pseitdodipsas.
The Australian species may be recognised thus : —
A. Underside white, with black spot on abdominal margin of
hindwing.
«. Upperside without white areas innotdtus.
h. Upperside with white areas in both sexes Uamcrnn(jit\
BY G. A. VVATERIIOUSK. 189
B. Underside white, without black spot on abdominal margin
of hindwing.
a. Upperside in J with forewing purple, hindwing blue;
in $ both wings blue hirandce.
?j. Upperside pale silvery blue nitens.
Philiris innotatus, Miskin (Plate iii., %. 2).
Pseudodipsas innotatus, Misk., Ent. Mo. Mag. 1874, jd. 165 :
P. in^iotattis, Druce, P.Z.S. 19C2, ii. p. 115 : Pseud, ilias, Misk.,
(nee Feld.), Syn. Cat. Pvhop. Aust. p. 67, 1891 : P. ilias, Waterh.,
(nee Feld.), Proc. Linn. 8oe. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 652.
^.12-15 mm. (13); $. 12-15 mm. (13V
This species may be recognised by the purple upperside in the
male, and the brown upperside with pale blue eentrobasal area to
forewing in female; on tlie underside both sexes are silky white,
with a small black spot on abdominal margin. My males from
Cape York have the dark borders on the upperside more developed
and consequently the purple areas more restricted. In my former
note I expressed a little doubt as to whether our species was
synonymous with P. ilias, Felder, from Amboina; Druce has
since shown that our insect is distinct.
Zoc— Richmond River to Cape York (g 9, 9 10).
Philiris kamerung^, VVaterhouse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 650.
g. 12 mm.; $. 12-13 mm.
This species may be recognised by the white areas in both
sexes on both wings; on the upperside these areas are very vari-
able but always smaller in ^ than in 5.
Zoc— Cairns, Q. (g 1, 9 3).
Philiris kurand^, Waterhouse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 651.
(J. 14-15 mm.; Q. 14-16 mm.
This species is recognised by the purple forewing and the blue
hindwing in ^; the pale blue wings with wide borders in 9; the
190 AUSTRALIAN RUOPALOCERA : LYCEMD.E, III.,
underside of both sexes being silky white without markings.
Holocliila fulgens, figured by Grose Smith k Kirby,* is an allied
species.
Zoc— Cairns, Q. {$ 3, 9 3).
Philiris nitens, Grose Smith.
Hoi. 7ute7is, G. Smith, Nov. Zool. v. p. 107, 1898; G. Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. pt. 49, 1899.
"(?• XJpperside. — Foreicing dull brown, with a basal pale
silvery blue area extending along inner margin to three-quarters
its length, extending obliquely upwards to the lower part of the
cell and over the base of the two median nervules. Hindwing
with the basal four-fifths pale silvery blue, the outer one-fifth
being dull brown.
Underside white. The apex of forewing and angle of
hindwing acuminate, as in H. fulgens. •
Hah. — N. Queensland. Exp. \\ in."
The above is the description from the ' Rhopalocera Exotica ';
the figure is rather purple than silvery-blue and less extensive
than in P. innotatus, but I still doubt if it is quite distinct from
that species; the figure is slightly smaller than in average P.
innotatus ^ in my collection.
PsEUDODiPSAS, Felder.
Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 243, 1860; (part) Hew., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 343.
Forewing with a three-branched subcostal, first branch quite
free from costal. Costa, outer and inner margins straight in .J,
outer margin convex in 9, apex very acute in g. Hindvnng
rather produced at anal angle, with three very short tail-like pro-
jections, quite different from those of Lyccnesthes. Tj-pe, P.
eone, Felder.
This genus is allied to the C. absimilis group of Candalides,
the main points of difference being the straighter costal and
* Rhop. Exot. pt. 39, 1S97.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 191
outer margins, the more acute apex of forewing in .-J, and the
produced, slightly tailled hindwing; the palpi are shorter in both
sexes.
I can recognise three Australian species as clearly belongin,"'
to this genus, and liave included a fourth which appears to be
best placed here, though it has a slightly different neuration and
shape.
The species may be thus distinguished : —
A. Upperside of both sexes above blue, below grey cUgrjlesi.
B. Upperside of ^ black; of $ brown, with outer ^ of hind-
wing yellow, underside whitish eo)ie.
C. Upperside of both sexes black, with centrobasal blue areas
usually on forewing only, underside white fumiclus.
D. Upperside brown, with basal blue areas in $ , underside
brown hrishanensis.
PsEUDODiPSAS EONE, Felder (Plate ii., figs. 14-15).
Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 243, 1860; Reise, Nov. Lep. ii. p. 258,
t. 32, f. 8, 9, 1865; Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 164, 1878.
t^. 12mm, Upperside. — Foreimng black, with a faint
purplish sheen. Hindwing black, with a faint purplish sheen,
three white submarginal spots between submedian nervure and
first, second and median nervules; an interrupted marginal white
line. Cilia white. Long white hairs on abdominal fold.
Underside. — Foretving silvery white, with pale brown
markings; one dark subbasal brown spot in cell, below which ex-
ternal to cell is another dark spot; a light brown oblong spot in
middle of cell, and a similar one at end of cell; a faint short sub-
apical band and a submarginal band of pale brown spots; margin
marked with brown, internal to which are brown suffusions.
Cilia brown. Hindwing silvery white, with pale brown markings;
a subbasal row of four brown spots darker than the rest, first
above cell, second in cell, third below cell, fourth very close to
inner margin; a pale brown spot in middle of cell above and below
which are other spots, and one at end of cell; margin defined by
a dark brown line, internal to which is a marginal series of
19-2 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPA LOCKllA : lA'C.KNlD.K, III.,
lunules, internal to which again is an irreguhir series of brown
lines; between first and second median nervules a black spot, and
at anal angle a similar smaller spot, both crowned with orange.
Cilia brown.
^. 13 mm. U p p e r s i d e. — Foreiving brown, with faint
white cilia. Ilindvnny brown, except for anal portion of outer
margin, which is yellow; this yellow patch extending from a
little beyond middle of outer margin nearly to anal angle, and
inwards for about \ length of wiug; within the yellow patch two
brown triangular spots, between submedian nervure and first and
second median nervules; margin marked by a brown line, internal
to which is an interrupted white line showing more conspicuously
at the triangular brown spots. Cilia white.
U n d e r s i d e as in ^ except for the difference in shape, and
that the subbasal spots are the same colour as the remaining
spots.
Felder's figures of both sexes are very good.
Log. — Cairns to Cape York {$ 1, 9, 1).
PSEUDODIPSAS DIGGLESI, Hew.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 344; 111. Diurn. Lep. pp. 218,
219, pi. xxxix. f. 1-4, 1878.
(J. 14-17 mm. (16). Outer margin of forewing very straight,
tail-like projections of hindwing almost obsolete, but hindwing
drawn out at anal angle.
Upper sid e. — FovPAmng brilliant metallic blue, with brown
costal and outer margins, widest at apex; nervules marked with
brown. Cilia white. Rindiving brilliant blue, with broad brown
costal, narrower outer, and pale brown abdominal, margins; sub-
costal nervure marked with brown. Cilia white.
U n d e r s i d e. — Forewing grey, with an elongate brown spot
at end of cell, an interneural discal series of brownish spots, a
submarginal series of small dark brown spots, the lowest much
the largest. Cilia white. Hindiving grey, crossed by transverse
series of spots; fi\'e round, subbasal; one above, tivo in, two below
cell; a series of four crossing middle of cell, first narrow above,
IJV G. A. WATEHIIOrSE. 193
second and third round, in cell; fourth round, below cell; an
elongate spot at end of cell, below which is a round spot; a discal
curved series of narrow spots, a submarginal interneural series of
orange spots; more or less outwardl}' bordered with metallic
green, a large black spot at termination of first median, a smaller
spot at termination of submedian. Cilia white.
9. 14-18 mm. (17). Outer margin of forewing not nearly so-
straight as in 9. Outer margin of hindwing much rounder.
U p p e r s i d e pale blue, centrobasal areas with very l)road
brown costal and outer margins, pale brown abdominal margin,
nervules of both wings marked in brown. Cilia white.
Under sid e. — Foreiving grey, spots as in $ with the addi-
tion of a small brown spot in cell towards its end; submarginal
series sometimes orange, sometimes faintly bordered outwardly
with metallic green. Cilia white. Hindtving as in ^J, with sub-
marginal orange series better developed, also more metallic scales,,
dark terminations to all the median nervules.
This magnificent insect nearly equals the metallic blue Ogyri,^
in splendour. It appears to vary very much in size but very little
in colour; and I have seen some splendid specimens bred by Mr.
F. P. Dodd at Townsville.
Xoc— Brisbane to Cape York (^ 4, g 3)).
PsEUDODiPSAS FUMiDUS, Miskin (Plate ii., figs. 12:13).
Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. vi. 1889, p. 264.
(J. 11-13 mm. (12). Upper sid e. — Foretvlng glossy black,
with a metallic blue patch on basal half of inner margin extend-
ing up to but not into cell, often much reduced in size so as to be
nearly obsolete. Cilia short, brownish. Hindwing glossy black,.
with a narrow interneural whitish line on outer margin and two-
large jet black spots crowned with bluish. Cilia white.
Underside. — Forewing silvery grey, marked with darker
brown spots, first in cell subbasal, another below this external to
cell, one elongate in middle of cell, an elongated spot outside
cell below this, one large marking end of cell, below which is
another; a rather broad discal series from costa to submedian, a
13
194 AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA : LYC .ES ID.E, III.,
submarginal linear band. Cilia brown. Hindwing silvery gre}^
with brown spots, four subbasal, of which 2nd and 3rd are in cell,
a fifth spot on abdominal margin, an elongate spot in middle of
cell above and below which external to cell is another spot, a spot
near costa at middle, a broad curved costal series, a submarginal
lunular series, a small black spot near anal angle nearly surrounded
with orange, another on margin between first and second medians,
a brown marginal line internal to which is a white line and then
a series of brownish blotches. Cilia brown.
9. 11-14 mm. (13). TJ ^^ qv ^ide, —Forewing black, with
pale blue scales very variable in extent, sometimes only occupy-
ing a small basal area between median and submedian nervures,
at others occupying | of wing, leaving only a black costal and
outer margin and a dark spot at end of cell. Cilia brown.
Hindwing brownish-black, with a white interneural almost mar-
ginal line, a submarginal series of bluish lunules which with the
white line enclose darker spot-like areas, cell often with a very
small splash of metallic scales, rarely a blue suffusion over most
of wing. Cilia white.
Underside as in ^J, except that the spots are more distinct
and the subbasal spot in cell of forewing is often split up into two.
This is a very variable species, the type male apparently having
more blue than any male I have seen; but this is not surprising,
as the three males in my collection all vary in that direction, but
usually the female has more blue than the male. As in several
other of our Lyccp.nidce, the male is much the rarer.
Zoc. —Richmond River, N.S.W., to Cairns, Q. {$ 3, 9 6).
PSEUDODIPSAS BRISBANENSIS, Miskin.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 18S4, p. 95 : Lyc.cyHliLs, And. k Spry,
Vict. Nat. 1897, pp. 5-7.
J. 12 mm. Forewing with, costa and outer margin straight,
apex acute; three subcostal nervules, 1st entirely free from
costal, upper discoidal given off from subcostal well after and
not at end of cell as in the other three species. Hindioing
\
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 195
somewhat produced but not so distinctly tailled as in the other
species.
Upper side uniform shining brown, with dark outer mar-
ginal lines; hind wing with two black spots near anal aiif^le
separated from black marginal line by a pale blue line. Cilia
brown.
U n d e r s i d e. — Forewing brown, with slightly darker spots
and bands faintly margined with white, 1st in cell subbasal, I'nd
in middle of cell long, below which external to cell is another, an
elongated spot at end of cell, a spot below lower angle of cell, a
transverse discal series and a subraarginal series of dots. Cilia
brown. Hindwing brown, crossed by darker bands and spots, a
subbasal row of three, above, in middle of, and below cell,
a row of four crossing m'iddle of cell, two above, one elongate in
middle, one below cell, an elongate spot at end of cell, below
which is another; a curved discal series, and a submarginal row
of dark lunules; two black spots near anal angle crowned with
orange and separated from outer margin by a white line. Cilia
brown.
9. 11-15 mm. (13). Outer margin of forewing convex. Hind-
wing somewhat quadrate.
Upper side. — Foreiuing smoky black, with a dark spot at
end of cell, centrobasal area between subcostal and inner margin
blue, in some specimens much restricted. Cilia brown. Hind-
wing smoky black, with centrobasal area between subcostal and
submedian usually but not always suffused with blue scales, two
(sometimes three or four) black spots on outer margin near anal
angle, often crowned above with blue and separated from outer
margin by a blue line which extends along outer margin. Cilia
brown.
Underside as in (J, but often with an outer marginal band
of rather obscure orange spots on the hindwing.
Log. — Victoria, Sydne}^, Brisbane.
I have a female in which the outer margin of hindwing comes
down straight from apex to 1st median, and then, turning nearly
1 90 AUSTK ALIAN nilOPA U)CKi:A : L yCJ:.\ I D.K, III.,
at right angles, runs to the anal angle; in another female the
outer margin is rounded.
Miskin's type is a ver}' large female, and is rather more highly
coloured than southern specimens; but from an examination of
it, I am certainly of opinion that the Victorian species is the
same. Mr. Illidge has compared my specimens with the type,
and they are almost identical on the underside ((J 1, 9 ^)-
Lyc.enestiies, ]\Ioore.
P.Z.S. 1865, p. 773; Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 93, 1887;
de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 127, 1890.
In this genus, the type of which is L. emolus, Godt., (Z. ben-
yalensis, Moore) there are three subcostal nervules, the first being
entirely free from the costal nervure. On the hindwing there
are three highly ciliated short tail-like appendages from the sub-
median nervure and the 1st and 2nd median nervules: these ciHa
are very often broken off in cabinet specimens.
The genus is somewhat allied to JS'acaduha, and has a some-
what similar scheme of markings on the underside. Miskin lists
five species in his Catalogue, of which L. turneri must sink under
L. ijode(f'roi/i, and L. phaseli (as determined by Miskin, not of
Mathew) is possibly the same insect as Semper records under L.
baUiston. L. hypolenca, Prittw., I have placed among reputed
Australian species, for reasons I will discuss later; it most cer-
tainly would not come into this genus. L. tasmanicns, Misk., is
the male of the insect recorded by Semper as Lam. palmyra, Feld.,
which is certainly very distinct from I^. lineata, Murray, and
should be placed under Xacaduba.
The species may be recognised as follows :—
A. S • Apex of f orewing and outer margin of hindwing rounded;
upperside dull purplish-bkie emobis.
B. (^ . Apex of forewing acute, outer margin of hindwing nearly
straight.
a. ^. Bright purplish-bUie modestns.
h. cT . Lilac-bkic goiletfroyi.
}5Y <;. A. WATERHOUSE. 1<)7
The general pattern of the underside is as foUowH : —
Underside. — Forewiny brown or grey, with a sliglitly
darker spot boi-dered with white at end of cell, a discal series of
similar spots from near costa to siibmedian; an outer marginal
lunular l^and, internal to which is a brownish band of suffusions;
a dark marginal line. Ilindwiiig concolorous with forewing,
crossed by similar spots; a subbasal row of three crossing middle
of cell, one elongate marking end of cell, a curved discal row from
costal nervure to inner margin; outer marginal lunular band as
in forewing; a jet black spot on margin between first and second
medians, crowned with orange; a dark marginal line, three short
tails to first and second medians and submedian composed of a
few lengthened cilia.
Lyc.enestiies emolus, Godart.
Poly, emolus, Godt., Enc. Meth. ix. ^. 656, n. 133, 1823: Lyccen.
emolus, de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 128, 1890: Lam. halliston,
Hiibn.,Zutr. Exot. Schmett. figs. 229, 230, 1823: {%)Lam. haUiston,
Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 165, 1878: L. hengalensis, Moore,
P.Z.S. 1865, p. 773, pi. xli. fig. 9.
(J. 15 mm. Forewiny with costa gently arched, apex rounded,
outer margin slightly convex, inner margin straight.
U p p e r s i d e dull purplish-blue, with a dark marginal line;
costal and abdominal margins of hindwing brown, an indistinct
black spot at anal angle, three finely ciliated white tails. Cilia
brown.
Underside brown, spots slightly darker brown bordered
with white, situated as in general description, a splash of orange
between jet black marginal spot and anal angle; a small black
sp)t on abdominal margin towards base. Cilia brown.
9. Upper side pale purplish-brown, with a suffused bluish
patch at base; outer margins suffused with darker brown. Hind-
winy with an inner narrow white outer marginal line.
U n d e r s i d e. — Both wings as in ^.
198 AUSTRALIAN lUlOPALOCERA -. LYC.flNIDJ:, III.,
This species may be recognised by the rounded apex of fore-
wing, and outer margin of hind wing. In spite of the Australian
records of de Niceville and Druce* for this species, I always
supposed they referred to the next species, until I received a
single male from Mr. Lower, which agrees exactly with the
various descriptions of L. emolus, and also with an Indian speci-
men (^) in the Macleay Museum.
Lycenesthes modestus, n.sp. (Plate iii., fig. 38).
L. phaseli, Misk., (nee Math.), Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 59,
1S91.
(J. 12-15 mm. (H). Forewlng withcosta nearly straight, apex
acute, outer margin straight.
Upperside shining purplish-blue, with dark marginal lines;
costal and abdominal margins brown; iwo jet black interneural
spots near anal angle, three short white ciliated tails. Cilia
brown, white near anal angle of hindwing.
Underside greyish-brown, with slightly darker spots as in
general description. A brown spot on abdominal margin near
base. Cilia brown.
Q. 12-15 mm. (li). Shape somewhat as in (J, but outer margin
of forewing more convex and outer margin of hindwing rounded.
Upperside brown, slightly darker towards margins, with
centrobasal areas suffused with blue. Anal angle wiih two
interneural black spots, crowned with white which sometimes
extends further along outer margin; an outer marginal black line
to hindwing. Cilia brown.
Underside as in g.
This, the commonest of the genus in Australia, has been known
as Li/ccenesthes phaseli, but Mr. Druce has clearly shown f that
Mathew's Lampides phaseli belongs to the genus Jamides and so
has one moderate filamentous tail. Mathew, however, makes no
mention of a tail or tails, and his description might well answer
*P.Z.S. 1891, p. 358.
tP.Z.S. 1892, p. 443.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSK. 199
for several of the Australian LycoenidcB. With reference to Lye.
lyccvnoides, Feld., of which the underside of the male is figured
by Felder, and the female by Hewitson, I should certainly say it
is not Lye. eniolus, Godt., but rather approaches, if it is not
identical with, the species herein described.
Z(>c'.— Mackay to Cape York, Thursday Island (^ 10, 9 G).
Lyc^nesthes godeffroyi, Semper.
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 165, 1878 : L. tumeri, Miskin, Proc.
Linn. 80c. N.S. Wales, (2) v. p, 39, 1890; de Nicev., Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. xiii. p. 146, pi. Z, figs. 23, 24, 1898.
^. 13-1 4 mm. (14). Shape as in L. modestus, but rather more
produced at anal angle.
Upper side uniform lilac-purple, with narrow dark outer
margins, three short white ciliated tails. Cilia brown.
Underside greyish, with spots and bands as in general
description, well bordered with white; colour of spots not
markedly different from groundcolour; outer marginal lunular
bands well developed. Cilia brown.
9. 15-16 mm. (15). Shape as in L. modestus 9.
Uppersid e. — Forewing black, with centrobasal area broadly
blue, a large white blotch just beyond lower end of cell. Hindwbuj
light whitish-violet, the nervules well marked in brown; outer
marginal line black, internal to which is an interneural white
line, then an interneural series of whitish-violet lunules situated
in a broad black outer margin. Cilia white.
Underside as in (J, but disc much whiter, the white spot
of forewing showing on underside.
This species lacks the dark spot on the abdominal margin on
underside usually found in L. eniolus and L. modestus, in this
particular agreeing with the Indian L. lyccanina, Feld., to which
in several respects the male is allied.
Dr. Staudinger"^ figures under the name Psendodipsas lycce-
noides, Feld., a male somewhat allied to this species; and he
* Exot. Schmett. p. 273, t. 94, 1888.
200 AUSTRALIAN J'J/OPA LOCHIIA : lA'C .KS I D .K, III.,
remarks that he has specimens from Australia whicli he considers
to be varieties of L. lycamoides; but whetlier lie refers to this or
the preceding species I am unable to sa}'.
Loc. — Mackay to Cape York, Port Darwin {$ 4, 9 2).
PoLYOMMATUS, Latreille.
Gen. Crust, et Ins. iv. p. 206, 1809; Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 93,
1881; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 203, 1890.
As restricted by Moore and de Niceville, this genus has the
forewing triangular, the subcostal with three branches, the first
of which is quite free from the costal nervure; and the hind wing
has a long filamentous tail to the first median nervule.
Type P. hiEticus, Linn.
The genus now comprises one, almost world-wide species, though
there seems little to separate it from such a species as Catochry-
^oj^s strabo, Fabr.
PoLYOMMATUS BcETicus, Linn. (Plate iii., fig. 11).
Pap. bceticus, Linn., 8yst. Nat. ed. xii. i, p. 789, 1767 : Poly,
hfjeticus, de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 204, t. 27, tig. 190, 1890:
Lampides bmtiais, And. tt Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 84, 1894: : Pa2}.
damoetes, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 526, 1775; Don., Ins. New Holl.
pi. xxxi. fig. 2, 1805.
(J. 12-17 mm. (15). U p p e r s i d e violaceous, blue at base,
with a covering of long bluish hair-like scales, costal and outer
margin brown, a round black caudal spot, another at anal angle;
tail black, tipped with white. Cilia w^hite.
Underside. — Forewiny light brown, crossed by linear
brown fasciae margined with white; a straight .submarginal white
fascia from near apex to submedian. Cilia whitish, lliiidioing
light brown, basal § crossed b}' narrow^ irregular white lines, a
broad white straight discal band, caudal and anal spots jet black,
sprinkled with metallic green scales, and crowned with orange.
Cilia whitish.
9. 12-17 mm. (15). Up per side light brown with centro-
basal areas bluish, of very variable extent, hindwing often with
BY G. A. WATEHHOUSE. 201
two iiKlistiiict submargiiia] whitish bands, caudal and anal l)lack
.spots circled witli white. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia
white.
U n d e r side as in ^, but often a spot below cell of forewing.
Papilio coluf.heffi, Fuess., F. arch las, Cram., and P. pisontyn are
synonyms.
This is a variable and widespread species, but can be easih'
recognised by the straight white discal fasciae of the underside.
It occurs throughout Australia, and is one of the few Lycwnidcf'
that is found up to 500 miles from the coast [^ 30, 9 -^OY
Catociirysops, Boisduval.
Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 87, 1832; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 175,
1890 : Eitchrysops, Butl., Entom. xxxiii. p. 1, 1900.
In this genus the subcostal has three branches, the costal
nervure is bent down so as almost to touch the first subcostal but
is not anastomosed with it, the hind wing is provided with a
filamentous tail to the first median.
Type C. straho, Fabr.
Butler has separated C. cn^jus and C pandara, placing them
in a new genus Euchri/sops.
A. Hindwing with outer margin nearly straight platissn.
B. Hindwing with outer margin round cnejiis.
Catochrysops platissa, Herrich-SchafFe
Lf/caeaa platissa, Herr.-Schff , Stett. Ent. Zeit, xxx. p. 74,
pL iv. fig. 20, 1869 : C. platism, Druce, P.Z.S. 1891, p. 369 :
Lampides kandarpa, Semper (nee Horsf.), Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv.
p. 158, 1878 : Lam. litharyyria, Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xx.
p. 3-1-0, 1877: C. lifhanjyria, de Xicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 178,
1890 : C. straho, auctorum nee Fabr.
(J. 11-15 mm. (13). Shape and neuration nearly as in 1'.
boeticus.
Upper side greyish-whitish-blue, with narrow black outer
margins, a round jet black caudal spot, a black mark at anal
angle; tail filamentous, black, tipped with white.
202 AUSTRALIAN RllOPALOCERA ■.LYC.KyiDJ:, III.,
Underside greyish-white crossed by sHghtly darker bands
well bordered with white. Fovdwing with a short discocellular
band, a long curved discal band, often an indistinct spot on costa
between these bands, outer marginal lunular bands indistinct.
Cilia whitish. Hindtving with three subbasal spots, middle one
in cell, a short discocellular, a long curved discal band with 1st
spot nearer base than 2nd, outer marginal bands indistinct, caudal
spot black, crowned with orange, anal spot black. Cilia whitish.
9. 11-15 mm. (14). Shape as in ^.
TJpperside brown, centrobasal areas blue, variable in
extent; outer margin of hindwing with two whitish interneural
lunular bands, caudal spot black, crowned with yellow. Cilia
whitish. Tail black, tipped with white.
Underside as in ^J.
This species is allied to C. strabo, Fabr., indeed the females of
the two are said to be identical; the typical lilac-blue male of
that species, however, has not yet been recorded from Australia.
On the upperside the female very closely resembles Nacaduha
ancyra 9-
De Niceville determined Australian specimens as C. Jithargyria
but that name must give way to C. platissa; for Herrich-KSchaffer's
type (9) came from Australia, where C. straho does not occur; so
that C. platissa cannot be a synonym of that species.
Log. — Brisbane to Cape York, North and North-West Austra-
lia {$ 10, 9 3).
Catochrysops cnejus, Fabricius (Plate iii., fig. 10).
Ilesperia cnejus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 430, 1798 : 6'.
cnejus, de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 178, 1890: Lye. samoa, Herr.-
Scbff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. pi. iv. f. 18, p. 37, and p. 138, 1869.
(J. 11-16 mm. (14). Upperside uniform pinkish-blue, with
greyish-brown outer margins, two black spots at anal angle of
hindwing. Tail brown, tipped with white. Cilia white.
Underside. — Foreiving grey, with a darker discocellular
spot bordered with white, a discal band of five or six similar
spots, outer margin with a double indistinct brownish band.
BY G. A. WATEKHOUSE. 203
Cilia white. Hindiviiuj grey, with discocellular spot and curved
discal band as in forewing, a small black subbasal spot in cell,
above which near costa is another; a third near costa at middle,
two black spots near anal angle, sprinkled with metallic green
and crowned with orange, outer marginal double band as in fore-
wing. Cilia white.
9. 13-16 mm. (15). Upperside. — Forewing light brown,
with darker discocellular spot, centrobasal area pale blue, extend-
ing half into and beyond cell, and to inner margin; near angle
sometimes a faint trace of a light submarginal band. Cilia white,
Hindwimj light brown, with centrobasal area of variable pale
blue, outer margin with five white circles enclosing darker colour,
the two nearest anal angle being black crowned with orange,
sometimes a discal seriespf interneural white wedge-shaped spots.
Cilia white.
Underside as in ^.
Loc. — Richmond River to Cape York ((3 13, 5 ^)-
Lucia, S
wainson.
Zool. 111. Ins. ii. p. 135, 1832 ; (part) Westw., Gen. Diurn. Lep.
p. 501, 1850-2.
Foreiving with costa, outer and inner margins nearly straight,
apex acute in $, outer margin convex, apex blunt in 9. Costal
nervure ending on costa about end of cell, entirely free from 1st
subcostal; subcostal nervure three-branched, upper discoidal
emitted from subcostal some distance after end of cell. Birid-
ruing in type species rounded in both sexes, in the others drawn out
to a blunt tail in ^ only. Type L. lucanus, Fabr.
8wainson described this originally as a subgenus to include L.
limbaria (■= L. lucanus) only. Westwood extended the genus,
including L. epius, Westw., since made the type of Spalgis by
Moore, a genus which Miskin sinks under Lucia; but from an
examination of the type species, -S*. epiiis from Ceylon, I can trace
no generic reseml^lance to Lucia. Of the species I i-efer here,
L. pyrodiscus was so placed by Rosenstock; but L. aurifer was
204 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPA IJH'KIIA : LVC.KM D.K, 111.,
referred to CJLnjsophamts hy Semper, and Miskin who also
included his C. aenea { = L. piji-odiscics) there. After a very
careful study of de Niceville's remarks on Chry soph anus, and also
many species, including tlie type C. phleas from Europe and N.
America, I cannot place our other two species in that genus, for
in Chrijsophanus the upper discoidal is given off from or very
near to end of cell, while in L. aurifer and especially in L. pyro-
discus, the upper discoidal is given oft' well beyond the end of cell
as in L. hccamis. This genus contains the Australian repre-
sentatives of the "Coppers," which may be thus distinguished: —
A. Upperside with copper area on forewing only, hindwing
rounded in both sexes ... luc(nius.
B. Upperside with copper area on both wings; hindwing in J^
prolonged into a blunt tail, in $ rounded.
(I. Copper area on hindwing definite; size small aurifer.
b. Copper area on hindwing suffused, ill-defined, often want-
ing; size much larger pyrodiscns.
Lucia lucanus, Fabricius (Plate iii., fig. 21).
llesperla lucanus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. p. 322, 1793 : Pap. lu-
canus, Don., Ins. Ind. t. 43, f. 4, 1800 : L. lucanus, And. & Spry,
Vict. Butt. p. 81, 1894 : L. limbaria, Swains., Zool. 111. Ins. ii. t.
135, 1832 : Ghrysophanus disclfer, Herr.-Schfi'., Stett. Ent. Zeit.
p. 72, t. 4, f. 21, 1869; Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. p. 29, t. 11,
f. 14,15, 1882.
$. 9-13 mm. (11); 9. 10-15 mm. (13). Antennfe about ^
length of costa.
This is an easily recognised species, with a well defined coppery
area on forewing in ^, and a variable coppery suft'usion in 9.
The underside is marked with Ijrown spots and white blotches.
Cilia well spotted.
Loc. — South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane
to Mackay.
Lucia aurifer, Blanchard.
ryda aurifer, Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud, t. 3, f. 13, 14, 1853 :
Chrysophauus aurifer. And. k Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 82, 1894 .
LJV (i. A. WATERIIOUSE. 20.")
Thecla limharla, Blanch., (nee Swainson), A^oy. Pole 8u(l, p. 400,
1853.
(J. 10-13 mm. (12). Foreivluf/ with apex pointed, outer mari^nn
straight. Hiiidwimj witli anal angle prolonged into a ])lunt
tooth. Antennae more than h length of costa.
Up per side. — Foreiving black; with a central triangular
copper patch wholly below cell, extending to inner margin, base
black. Cilia whitish, faintly chequered, Hindvnny black, with
a discal triangular coppery patch rarely entering cell, an almost
marginal interneural series of metallic Ijlue lines, sometimes
wanting. Cilia brown.
Underside. — Forewing pale brown, with darker brown
spots arranged as in L. lucanus with the addition of a subbasal
spot below cell, not mottled with white. Cilia brown. Hindwing
pale brown, with a complicated system of purplish-brown spots of
which the curved discal series is very broad and purple; tooth-
like tail often showing a ferruginous tint. Cilia brown.
9. 10-16 mm. (13V Forewing with outer margin convex, apex
blunt. Hindwing without projecting tooth, outer margin rounded
and slightly waved.
Upper sid e. — Foreiving dark brown, with a ver}' variable
coppery patch rarely entering cell, sometimes reaching inner
margin. Cilia brown. Hindvnng dark brown, with a verv
variable coppery patch never reaching cell or outer margin, a
marginal interneural series of l)luish- white spots. Cilia brown.
Underside yellowish-brown, with dark faintl}' purpli.'-h-
brown spots as in (J, but with discal band of hindwing not so
prominent. Cilia brown.
This species is distinguished from L. pi/rodiscus hy its smaller
size, and better defined and more restricted darker copper}' areas
which rarely reach either into cell or to outer margin, and by the
outer marginal bluish-white series of lines.
Log. — South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, New South AVales
to Newcastle ((J 16, 9 11).
206 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPALOCERA : LYC .F.S ID.E, III.,
Lucia pyrodiscus, Rosenstock (Plates ii., tigs. '22, 23; iii., h"g. 27).
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi. p. 377, 1885 : Chrysophanus mnea,
Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 33; And. Sl Spry,
Vict. Butt. ii. p. 83, 1894.
(^. 13-15 mm. (14). Shape as in L. auri/er ^.
Up per side. — Fore iviiig d-Avk brown, with a large triangular
<:;entrobasal golden spot occupying at least J cell and reaching
inner margin, a dark spot marking end of cell, base in some
directions brown. Cilia brownish. Hindvnng with upper half
brown, lower half golden with dark brown margin, tooth-like tail
brown, abdominal fold paler brown. Cilia brown.
Underside pale brown, with a purplish sheen, and a com-
plicated series of indistinct spots and bands much as in L. aurifer,
but the discal series are very indistinct, outer margins without
purplish sheen. Cilia brown.
9. 11-17 mm. (15). Shape as in L. OAtrifer 9.
U p p e r s i d e. —Foreioing brown, with a large centi-al dull
golden spot, \'ery variable, sometimes reaching to base and inner
margin, usually extending into cell. Cilia brown. Hindwing
with upper half brown, lower half irregularly dull golden, a dark
outer marginal line, and three dark irregular interneural spots
towards anal angle, golden area sometimes restricted to a faint
suffusion, more noticeable on the nervules. Cilia brown.
Underside yellowish to purplish-brown, richer at outer
margins, with spots and bands reduced to double wavy lines.
Cilia brown.
This is a variable species, especially the female. It may be
distinguished from L. aurifer by its larger size, paler coppery
colour, usually extending into cell, and the more uniform under-
side.
I have for some time been of opinion that Miskin redescribed
Rosenstock's species: and Dr. Lucas, from whom Rosenstock
received his species, assures me that this is the case. Rosenstock
unfortunately mentions neither sex, size nor shape; but I do not
think his description can stand for L. aurifer as Miskin supposed,
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 207
for Rosenstock must have been acquainted with the figure of L.
aurifer if not with specimens; he notes his species (which I should
say was a male as he gives the name as an MS. name of Newman's
in British Museum with the male sign) as deep firy golden
metallic, but neither mentions the bluish outer marginal marks
on the upperside nor the distinct discal band of the underside of
hind wing which are characteristics of L. aurifer, The clubs of
antennae are given as black, brownish-red at tips and underneath,
which is a character of C. cemea but not of L. aurifef.
Loc. — -Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane to Bowen (^J 14,
9 !*)•
Tarucus, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p. 81, 1881 ; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 186, 1890.
Costal nervure short, taking a sudden bend downwards towards
1st subcostal nervule which, however, in the single Australian
species, it does not touch; subcostal nervure 3-branched. Eyes
smooth in the type, T. theophrastus, Fabr. ; hairy in 2\ felicanus.
The species of this genus are easily recognised by the mark-
ings of the underside, w^hich in the Australian species are
arranged in alternate broad and narrow bands at right angles
to the costa. In Australia, in my opinion, there is only a
single variable species, which has passed under many names,
causing some confusion, so I have tried to give as full and
detailed a description as possible.
Tarucus telicanus, Lang.
Pap. telicanus, Lang, Verz. sein. Schmett. ii. p. 47, 387-389,
1789 : Lye. tdicanus, Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. ii. p. 69, 1887 [where
many references may be found] : Hesj)eria plinius, Fabr., Ent.
Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 284, 1793 : Tarucus plinius, de Nicev., Butt.
Ind. iii. p. 194, 1890 [where many references may be found] :
Li/c. pseudocassius, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 108, 126, 1873:
Lye. pulchra. Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 524, pi. x.
f. 7, 8 : Lampides hyrcanus, Semp. (nee Feld.), Mus. Godf. Lep.
xiv. p. 157, 1878.
208 AUSTRALIAN liUOrALOCKllA: LYCJ'.S I D.I': III.,
(J. ll-l-t 11)111. {^'^)- Forewiiig with costa very gently arched,
outer margin convex. Hlndwing with outer margin rounded, a
short tail to the extremity of 1st median nervule.
Upperside. — Forewlag pale purplish, with a veiy narrow
brown costal margin, a somewhat broader brown outer margin;
base of wing dark blue. Cilia pale. Hiyidvnng pale purplish,
with a broad pale brown costal margin, a somewhat narrower
darker brown outer margin, the dark spots of underside sometimes
showing through ; base dark blue. Tail short, brown, tipped
with white. Cilia pale brown.
Underside. — Forevnag whitish, with a numVjer of dark
brown bands, mostly transverse, irregularl}^ sinuated, variable in
size. Costa whitish, especially at base, below this a dark brown
bar from base to middle of costa, below this a triangular brown
spot; of the six transverse bands 1, 3 and 5 are usually broader
and darker than 2, 4 and 6; a submarginal wavy brown line within
which is a series of brown spots. Outer margin marked with a
dark line. Cilia pale brown, faintl}'" spotted. Hindtving with
pattern as in forewing but not so defined into bands; they may
be described as three broad dark brown bands surrounded
markedly with white, the intervening spaces more or less filled
with paler brown; base of costa white; a dark brown blotch at
apex, marginal series of interneural brown spots crowned with
brown, those on either side of base of tail jet black crowned with
pale orange and sprinkled with metallic green, a narrow marginal
brown line. Cilia brownish. Tail brown, tipped with white.
9. 11-14 mm. (13). Shape as in $ except that the outer
margin is more convex.
U p p e r s i d e. — Foreiving with broad brown costal and outer
margins, basal area of wing shining blue extending more or less
across wing, inner margin brown; central area marked with sub-
quadrate white spots, sometimes suff'used with bluish, first situated
in lower outer corner of cell; below it another; a third well
beyond cell largest; there is also a discal series of five or six,
all small. In worn specimens the appearance is of four (or five)
large brown spots standing in a whitish suffusion. Cilia pale.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 209
Iliudwing blackish-brown, with blue basal area extending more
or less across wing, a discal series of five (or six) small white
spots; a marginal series of interneural dark spots faintly sur-
rounded with white, those near anal angle being the largest; tail
short, black, tipped with white. Cilia whitish.
Underside as in (J.
T have before me a large series of specimens from Southern
Queensland, which I find to be variable, especially on the under-
side. I have also specimens from South Africa and Ceylon {T.
plinius), which are identical with some of the Australian speci-
mens. The late Mr. de Niceville was of opinion that all these
belonged to one species. Druce remarks (P.Z.S 1892, p. 445)
" Mr. Miskin considers the Australian insect should stand under
the name pseudocassiics, Murray; such being the case, he must
admit that 1\ pU}iius and T. pseitdocassius occur together, as we
possess specimens from India and Africa agreeing exactly with
others from Australia." There is no doubt to my mind that there
is only a single Australian species, which ranges from Sydney to
Bowen {$ 17, $12).
Chilades, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p. 76, 1881; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 88, 1890.
" Fore wing, costal nervure terminating just before apex of
discoidal cell, slightly bent downwards or bowed just before its
termination; first subcostal nervule bent upwards to meet that
portion of costal nervure which is bent downwards. . . . Type
C. laiuSj Cram.
" The genus is a very poor one, and can only be maintained for
convenience, as, as far as I can discover, it does not differ struc-
turally in the slightest degree from Lyccena, Fabr." (de Niceville).
The genus Lyccena as restricted by de Niceville has so far not
been found in Australia.
Chilades trochilus, Freyer.
Lye. trochilus, Frey., Neu. Beit. Schmett. v. p. 98, pi. ccccxl.
f. 1, 1844; Herr.-Schft-., Schmett. Eur. i. p. 128, pi. xlviii. f. 224,
14
210 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPALOCERA : LYC.r.yiD.f:, III.,
225 (J, pi. xlix. f. 226 9, 1844: C. trochilus, de Nicev., Butt. Ind.
iii. p. 91, 1890: Lye. puili, Koll, Hiigel's Kaschmir, iv. pt. 2,
p. 422, 1848 : Semp., Journ. Mus. Godf. xiv. p. 160, 1878 : Lye.
isophthalma, Herr.-Schff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 73, 1869 :
Lye. parva, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 526, pi. x.
f. 1 : Lye. ynoma, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xix. p. 159, pi. vii. f. 1,
1876.
(J. 8-9 mm. (9), 9. 9 mm. This species is immediately recog-
nised by its small size and brown colour on the upperside. The
outer margin of the hindwing on the underside is marked by six
large black spots, the first and last often quite obscured with
metallic green scales.
The Australian form appears to be identical with that of the
Old World, but if future entomologists wish to consider it different,
the name C. isophthalma, Herr.-Schff., from Rockhampton, must
be used.
Loe. — Rockhampton to Cairns ((J 8, 9 1).
ZizERA, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p. 78, 1881; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 110, 1890.
Forewing small, costa gently arched, apex blunt, outer margin
slightly convex, inner margin straight; subcostal with three
branches, 1st strongly bent upwards to touch costal nervure but
not connected therewith. Hindwing with outer margin rounded,
2nd median given off at lower end of cell. No tail. Type Z.
minima {--^ Z. alsus).
The neuration in this genus does not markedly differ from that
of Lyccena, Chilades, and Cyaniris, except perhaps that the second
median of hindwing is given off at the end of cell, instead of before
it as in those genera; but by their small size and inconspicuous
markings the species can be easily recognised. The males are
usually a dull blue, with brown margins; and the females greyish-
brown, with blue suffusions on the upperside, but they are variable
and are best distinguished by the underside.
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE, 2 1 1
A. Two spots in cell of fore wing on underside delosijila.
B. One spot in cell of forewing on underside lysimon.
€. No spot in cell of forewing on underside.
a. Almost without markings; no, one or two black spots at anal
angle aUulu^.
b. Markings on underside pale brown lahradus.
c. Markings on underside blackish gaiha.
The markings of the underside consist of a curved discal inter-
neural series, and an elongate spot at end of cell in each wing;
and a subbasal row of three or four spots on hind wing.
ZiZERA DELOSPILA, n.sp. (Plate ii., fig. 5).
Antenna? brown, ringed with white. Thorax and abdomen
above brown, below white. Forewiny with costa much arched,
apex blunt, outer margin convex. Hindwing with outer margin
round.
Upper side. — Both wings uniformly brown, with brown
cilia, markedly spotted with white.
Underside. — Forewing white, with very conspicuous dark
brown spots, two placed in cell, one towards base, the other a
little beyond middle; below this spot external to cell another
spot; an elongate spot marking end of cell, and a discal series of
five interneural spots; a small brown spot on costa above this
series towards base. A submarginal interneural series of six
white splashes, internal to which is a brown suffusion widest near
angle; margin marked by a brown line. Cilia white, spotted
with brown. Hindwimg white, marked by dark brown spots;
three basal, middle one in cell; four subbasal, 1st above, 2nd in
middle of, 3rd and 4th below cell; an elongate spot marking end
of cell, and a discal series of seven interneural irregular spots; a
submarginal series of interneural lighter brown less distinct
spots; the nervules for some distance marked with brown; a
brown marginal line. Cilia white, spotted with brown.
Type in Macleay Museum from N.W. Australia ; length of
costa of forewing about 1 2 mm.
This very distinct species is represented by a single specimen
($ ?) in the Macleay Museum, and with some little doubt ma}'- be
2 1 2 AUSTEALIAN JillOPA LOCKUA : /> YC.i:y I D.r,. III.,
referred to this genus, a unique specimen, however, not admitting
of a very careful structural examination. It approaches more
nearly to the genus Lycfena than to any other AustraHan species
of Zizfva. It ma}" easily be recognised by the spotted fringes,
and the white underside with the very conspicuous brown spots,
two of which are placed in the cell of forewing. It is quite dis-
tinct from any described Australian species, nor have I seen any
other form at all apj^roaching it.
ZiZEKA LYSIMOX, Hiibuer.
Flip, li/aimon, Hiibn., Eur. Schmett. i. pi. cv, figs. 534, 535,
1798-1803; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 116, pi. xxvi. fig. 173, 1890:
Lye. knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 282.
(J. 10-11 mm. .Shape and nenration as in Z. lahradns.
Upper side purple-brown, with a silky gloss, outer margins
and costal margin of hind wing rather broadl}" dark brown. Cilia
brown.
U n d e r s i d e. — Forewing greyish- white, spots black margined
with white, one in cell, one at end of cell; discal row of six
larger, one on costa nearer base than discal row; two rows of
marginal brown lunules. Cilia greyish. Hiruhving greyish-
white, spots as in forewing, subbasal row of four, one at end of
cell, a curved discal series of seven, outer marginal hmules as in
forewing. Cilia grej^ish.
Q. 12 mm. Shape and neuration as in $.
IT p p e r s i d e as in (^, with broader margins, coloured areas
with a blue tint.
Underside as in $ .
This species is closely allied to Z. gaika, from which it may be
distinguished by its larger size and the presence of the cell spot
on underside of forewing.
Lor. — Pvichmond River to Cape York; Port Darwin (^J 12, 9 2).
ZiZERA ALSULUS, Herricli-Schaffer (Plate ii., fig. 10).
Lye. alsidiis, Herr.-Schff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 75; Semper,
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 160, 1878 : Lye. hdu, Math., Trans. Ent.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 213
Soc. 1889, p. 312 : Z. hdu, Druce, RZ.S., 1892, p. 43G, pl.xxvii.
fig. 2 [non Lye. lulu, Misk., Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 59, 1891] :
L}jG. exills, (nom.prseocc.) Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld.,1889, p. 159,
figs. 13-15: Lye. gracilis, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
p. 37 : Lye. exiloides, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. 1894, p. 47.
^. 8-11 mm. (10). Neuration as in Z. lahradus, shape some-
wliat similar but apex blunter.
Upperside dull purplish, with a broad brown outer margin
to forewing, widest at apex; a narrower uniform brown outer
margin to hindwing. Cilia grey.
Underside silvery grey, with faint outer marginal bands
on outer margins, one jet black spot on outer margin near anal
angle (sometimes none, sometimes two). Tilia grey.
9. 7-11 mm. (10). Neuration and shape as in ^.
Upperside greyish-brown, with a very variable metallic
bluish reflection on centrobasal areas of both wings. Cilia white.
Underside as in (J, but outer marginal bands better defined.
This little species may be instantly recognised by the almost
total absence of markings on the underside.
The synonymy of this species is very complicated, almost with-
out reason, for both Herrich-SchafFer and Semper distinctly state
that the underside is without markings except for the black
marginal spot of hindwing. The difficulty Butler and Druce
experienced was, that the British Museum contained a single
female received from the Godeffroy Museum labelled L. alsulus,
which was in reality Z. labradus; but it is impossible to make
Herrich-Schaffer's original description agree with any sj^ecimen
of Z. labradus I have seen, and many hundreds have passed
through my hands. Then again if Z. alsulus^ Z. labradus,
Herrich-Schaffer mentioned Z. labradus under two different
names, in the same paper, from the same localit}', which an
eminent entomologist like Herrich-SchafFer is not likely to have
done, for Z. conmiunis is undoubtedl}^ a synonym of Z. labradus.
Again, the British Museum specimen was presumably not the
type; in fact Herrich-SchafFer may never have seen that speci-
men, so it cannot be held to have superior merit to a description
214 AUSTRALIAN lUlOrALOCERA: LYC.KXID.E, III.,
which states characters not found in the British Museum speci-
men, L. lulu, Math., L. e.vAlis, Lucas (afterwards altered by him
to L. exiloides), L. yracllis, Misk., are all undoubtedly the same
species.
Loc. — Brisbane to Cape York, Port Darwin (r^ 7, 9 ^)-
ZizERA LABRADUS, Godart (Plate iii., fig. 29).
Polyommatus labradus, Godt., Enc. Meth. ix. p. 680, 1819;
Druce, P.Z.S 1802, p. 435 : Lye. communis, Koch, MS.; Herr.-
Schff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 72, 1869 : Lye. pJmbe, Murray, Ent.
Mo. Mag. X. p. 107, 1873: Cupido delicata, Tepper, Proc. Roy.
Soc. S.A. 1882, p. 30: Lye. jiervidgatus, Guest, Proc. Roy. Soc.
S.A. 1882, p. 36.
^. 10-15 mm. (13). Neuration and shape as in figure.
Upper sid e. — Both wings dull blue, with narrow costal and
broader dark grey outer margins, baseof wings darker blue; base
of costa of forewing suffused with whitish scales. Cilia white.
Underside gre3ash-white to brownish-white, with dark
grey spots as in general description; no spot in cell of forewing,
subbasal series of hind wing with 1, 2 or 3 spots, 2nd spot of
discal series in hind wing always placed much nearer base than
1st. Cilia white.
9. 8-15 mm. (13). Shape as in $.
Upper side dark grey, lighter on costa of forewing; very
variable centrobasal blue areas, sometimes occupj'ing nearly -^
wing, sometimes all but absent; a submarginal lunular whitish
band on hind wing, sometimes absent, sometimes ver}' distinct.
Cilia white.
Underside as in ^.
This is the commonest, most extended in range, and one of the
variable Australian Lyccenidce; and it is one of the very few that
are caught at such places as Bourke and Broken Hill. In some
cases the dark grey outer margins are only linear, and the colour
of the blue varies. The female is most variable; two specimens
in the Macleay Museum from Cape York show no blue on the
upperside, but the sulmiarginal band of hindwing is represented.
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 215
I have Sydney specimens showing only a trace of bkie; another
with the submarginal band of hind wing consisting of three blue
spots. There can be no doubt whatever that Herrich-Schiiffer's
description of L. alsuhis cannot apply to this species. L. lohwhe^
L. delicata and L. pe)-inilgatus are certainly synonyms ; and
Druce adds L. communis, L. caduca, Butl., L, mangoensis, Butl.
Zoc— Throughout Australia ((J 32, 9 25).
ZiZERA GAIKA, Trimen.
Lye. fjaika, Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1862,jp.403: Z.gaika,
de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 118, pi. xxvi. fig. 174, 1890: Lye.
'pygmcp.a, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xix. p. 1G3, pi. vii. tig. 3, 187G: L.
conformis, Butl., P.Z.S.-1877, p. 467 : X. attenuata, Lucas, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1889, p. 1066.
Q . 7-9 mm. (8). jSTeuration and shape much as in Z. labradus,
much smaller, with very blunt apices.
Upper side. — Both rvings pale blue, with brownish-grey
outer margins, broadest at apex of forewing, brownish costal
maro-in on hindwinfj. Cilia whitish.
Underside whitish-grey, markings blackish surrounded
with white, situated as indicated in general description; no spot
in cell, two spots on costa of forewing, one on either side of dis-
cocellular sj^ot. Cilia whitish.
O. 7-10 mm. (8). Shape as in ^.
Upper side smok}^ black, with a slight gloss, never any blue
colouration towards base. Cilia whitish.
U n d e r s i d e as in ^.
This is the smallest Australian butterfly, and is allied to Z.
lysimon, especially on the underside; but it differs from that
species in size, and the absence of the spot in cell of forewing.
With reference to L. con/ormis from Cape York, I cannot see
any difference from Brisbane species of Z. gaika.
Log. — Brisbane to Cape York ((J 11, 9 4).
216 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCKRA : LYC.ES ID.E, III.,
Jamides, Hiibner.
Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 71, 1816; Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 86, 1881;
de Nicev., Butt. Iiid. iii. p. 156, 1890.
Costal nervure very sliort, ending on costa before end of cell;
costal nervure in the type species, ./. bochus. Cram., connected
with 1st subcostal by a short spur in the same way as in the
genus Lamjndeti. In J. phaseli, the commoner Australian species,
this spur is very short, if present at all, the costal nervure
approaching and touching 1st subcostal nervure but not being
anastomosed with it. This genus on the underside is very allied
to that group of Nacaduba represented by N. atrata, Horsf., and
X. berenice, Herr.-SchfF,; it has a very wide distribution through
the Indo-Malayan and Austro-Malayan regions. I can recognise
only two species from Australia, one of which is common, the
other rare. The undersides of both species are very much allied,
])ut J. i^haseU is purple on the upperside, and J. aiwirauye is light
silvery blue.
Jamides amarauge, Druce.
P.Z.S. 1891, p. 366, pl.xxxi. figs. 20, 21.
^. 15mm. Upperside. — Foreiviug pale almost metallic
silky blue, with brown costal area, widest at apex, and
outer margin. Hindiving pale almost metallic silky blue, with
brown costal and outer margins, the latter marked externally by
a white line and internall}^ by a series of pale bluish crescents
almost dividing the margin into spots, the caudal spot being
darkest. Tail long, filamentous, tipped with white.
Underside brown, with markings as in ./. phaseli, but the
white borders much more prominent.
9. 16mm. Upperside very similar to ,J, but the blue
much deeper and less silky.
Underside as in (J.
Loc. — Darnley Island (Macleay Museum).
It is with some doubt that I refer the Darnley Island specimens
to Druce's species. The male differs from the figure in having a
brown costa, and the markings of the underside more prominent;
I
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 217
it is also larger than the figure. This may be the species Semper
records from Bowen and Cape York as L. astraptes, Felder, witli
L. candrena, Herr.-Schff., and L. argentina, Prittw., as synonyms;
but his remarks point to a form much nearer ./. phasdi. J.
astra2)tefi is from the Pliilippines and ./. candrena from Fiji.
Jamides phaseli, Mathew (Plate iii., fig. 22).
Lampldes phaseli, Math., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 311:
J. phaseli, Druce, P.Z.S. 1892, p. 443; 1902, ii. p. 1 1 4; (nouLijca-
nesthes phaseli, Miskin, Syn. Cat. Rhbp. Aust. p. 59, 1891}: Lye.
oranigra, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. vi. p. 118, t. 6, figs. 3, 4, 5,
1889 : Lam. hochits, Miskin (nee Cram.), Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust.
p. 54, 1891.
(-f. 12-15 mm. (13). Forewing with costa arched, outer margin
straight. Hind wing with a filamentous tail to 1st median.
Upper side silky purple, with even black borders to outer
margins and costa of hindwing, much narrower dark costal border
to forewing, dark subcaudal spot, with ver}'- faint traces of a
marginal and submarginal series of lunules; tail black, tipped
with white. Cilia brown.
U n d e r s id e. — Foreiving light brown, spots hardly darker,
represented by their double v/hite borders, none in cell, first dis-
cocellular, discal band from near costa to submedian, marginal
bands obscure. Cilia brown. Hindwing light brown, spots as
in forewing, a row of three crossing middle of cell, one disco-
cellular, a much curved discal series, marginal series more promi-
nent than in forewing, caudal spot black, crowned with orange;
anal spot smaller, similar.
9. 12-lGmm. (14). Shape much as in ^.
Upper side with broad brown costal and outer margins,
centrobasal areas purplish-blue, an obscure interneural row of
marginal spots to hindwing faintly margined with white above
and below^; tail black, tipped with white. Cilia brown.
Underside as in ^, but outer marginal bands more pro-
minent.
218 AUSTRALIAN lUlOrALOCERA : LYCJiXID.E, III.,
This species belongs to the section of the genus in which the
male and female are allied to the corresponding sexes oiJ. hochus.
In this species the markings are usually less prominent than in
the foregoing. This species is most unfortunate in the names
that have been applied to it. Miskin considered it identical with
-/. bochiis, the magnificent blue Ceylon species. Semper recorded
it as L. plato, usually considered as a synonym of J. hochus.
Mathew named it Z. phaseli, which name was applied by Miskin
to a species of Lyccp.nesthes. Lucas named it L. oranigra, which
Miskin sank under J. hochus. Mathew's description, published
in June, 1889, is very poor, and no mention is made of a tail or
tails; so it is not to be wondered that Miskin misdetermined it.
I had always thought that Miskin had received specimens from
Mathew, so did not trouble to investigate; but from Mathew's
description no generic information can be gathered whatever.
Druce, who has seen Mathew's types in the Godman collection,
distinctly states it is a Jamides, and the remarks he makes point
conclusively to this species. With regard to the priority of
Mathew's or Lucas' name, I find that Mathew read his paper on
6th March, 1889, and the Part containing it was published in
June, 1889; Lucas read his paper on 12th April, 1889, and the
Part containing it was also published in June, 1889. But there
is absolutel}" nothing on the publications to show which has
priorit}^ a matter which shows how desirable it is that the exact
date of publication should be given. I have chosen Mathew'.s
name for this species only because he read his paper first; his
description is really poor, but that of Lucas is very little better
and his figures are of little value.
Loc. — Brisbane to Cape York {$ 10, 2 8).
EvERES, Hiibner.
Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 69, 1816; Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 85, 1881;
Scudder, Butt. East U.S. and Canada, p. 905, 1889; de Nicev.,
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 136, 1890.
Forewing with costal margin slightly arched, apex rounded,
outer margin convex, inner margin long; costal nervure short.
BY G. A. WATEKHOUSE. 210
anastomosing with 1st subcostal nervure for a short distance;
hindwing oval, outer margin rounded, a thin tail to 1st median
nervnle. Type E. argicfhs, Pallas.
As regards neuration, this genus is closely allied to Kacaduhay
Moore, but the wings are more elongated than in that genus.
The common species included in this genus has almost a world-
wide range.
EVEKES ARCJIADES, Pallas.
Pap. argiades, Pallas, Reise, i. App. p. 472, 1771; de Nice v.,
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 137, pi. xxvi. f. 180, 1890 : Hesperia parrhasius,
Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. p. 289, 1793: Lam. parrhasius, Semp., Mus.
Godf. Lep. xiv, p. 155, 1878.
I have contented mys'elf with giving a few of the Australian
references to this widely distributed species; a much longer list
is given by de Niceville, with a number of synonyms.
(J. 10-15 mm. (13). Upper side blue, with black borders;
a marginal series of more or less distinct black spots on hindwing;
those between median nervules being most prominent. Tail
black and white, tipped with white, long. Cilia white.
JJ nder side.— ForeiviiKj whitish, a dark line at end of cell
bordered with white; a discal band of six dark elongated spots
bordered with white, from near costa to submedian nervure.
Cilia whitish. Hhidwin.g whitish, with four jet black spots sur-
rounded with white, 1st on costa near apex, 2nd on costa near
middle, 3rd below it; 4th on abdominal margin. A dark bar
marking end of cell, and a curved discal band of spots; sub-
marginal area, except just at anal angle, consisting of a large
orange blotch with two jet black oval spots sprinkled with
metallic green on its outer edge V>etween median nervules. Cilia
white; tail black and white.
9. 9-15 mm. (13). U p p e r s i d e uniform brown or sooty
black; marginal spots of hindwing more prominent than in ^J;
orange crowns also more distinct. Tailed. Cilia white. Ilarely
any blue on Australian specimens.
Underside as in (^.
220 AUSTRALIAN RIlorALOCERA : LYC.KMD.E, III.,
Unfortunately I have not been al)le to secure a large series of
undamaged specimens, though what I have show a certain
amount of variation. This species is easily recognised by the
four black spots, and the orange blotch near anal angle on under-
side of hindwing. In Australia its range is from the Richmond
Eiver to Cairns {$ 7, 9 10).
Nacaduba, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p. 88, 1881; de Xicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 141, 1890.
Fore wing triangular; costa arched, apex sometimes rounded,
sometimes acute; outer margin sometimes slightly convex, some-
times straight; costal nervure anastomosing with 1st subcostal
nervule for a distance var3'ing in the species and then running
free to costa. Type N. promiuens, Moore.
This irenus contains species that are tailed and also some that
are tailless; in fact ^Y. noreia (2^. ardates) is said to have both
tailed and tailless forms. The distance for which the costal
nervure and the first subcostal nervule are joined is not constant;
and the terminal portion of the costal nervure is sometimes very
dithcult to see, giving almost the neuration of Utica, Hew., a
closely allied genus. The outer margin of the hindwing in most
species is rounded, but in some it is nearly straight.
Most of the Australian species are very common and occur in
most collections, l)ut under a great diversity of names. They do
not seem to vary greatly within Australian limits, but species
passing under different names with onh' minor differences occur
in many of the Polynesian Islands.
Miskin in his Catalogue (1891) places these insects, with two
exceptions, in the genus Lauipides; but in the modern acceptance
of that genus, this is wrong. He seems to have only discrimin-
ated between Lycrmia and Lampides by placing in the former
tailless and in the latter tailed forms. I place one species, N.
mackayeusis, in this genus only provisionally.
The males may be recognised as follows : —
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 221
A. Tailed; a spot or bar marked on either side Nvith white in
middle of cell of forewing on underside.
a. Outer margin of hindwing rounded, black spot (or
spots) near anal angle of hindwing on upperside
scarcely, if at all, visible.
a 1. Upperside pale bluish-purple; large dion.
?>i. Upperside violet-purple; moderate hcrenice.
c^. Upperside brownish-purple; small fclderi.
h. Middle of outer margin of hindwing straight.
fli. Upperside violet-purple ; moderate ; anal spots of
hindwing on upperside very well developed tnicyra.
h'^. Upperside pale lilac, covered with long hairs; anal
spots not well developed; moderate lineata.
ci. Upperside lilac, anal spots present palniyro.
B. Tailless; small; outer margin of hindwing rounded.
a. Middle of cell of forewing on underside marked with a
spot or two white lines,
fli. Brownish-purple didjiofta.
&i. Lilac-purple; very small maclayensis.
h. No spot in middle of cell; very small; shining pinkish-
purple hiocdlata.
The females may be distinguished as follows : —
A. Tailed; spot in middle of cell on forewing on underside.
a. Hindwing rounded.
rti. White central area on both wings, base pale blue dion.
b^. Pale almost metallic blue central areas to both
wings; moderate herenice.
c^. Pale metallic blue areas to both wings; of small size felderi.
h. Middle portion of hindwing straight.
«!. Central areas pale blue; black caudal spot crowned
with orange ancyra.
b^. Forewing only with white area; base blue.
«•-. Cilia unspotted lineata.
&-2. Cilia spotted palmyra.
B. Tailless; outer margin rounded; small.
a. Spot in middle of cell of forewing on underside; like a
small herenice duhio'^a.
h. No spot in middle of cell of forewing; very small, light
brown hiocellaia.
Species of the genus Ffica are liable to be confused with it,
and it is only by an examination of the neuration that this can
be settled. The following general description will answer for all
*222 AVSTBAhlA'S RHOP A L0CEnA:LyC.1-:MD.f: III.,
the species, details of whicli will "he found under the proper
headings.
^^. U p p e r s i d e. — Both ?vuigs some uniform shade of blue or
purplish-brown, with narrow darker outer margins, often with
darker blue bases; sometimes a black anal and caudal spot, a long
filamentous tail to 1st median nervule of hind wing in most species,
in some short, in others absent.
Underside. — Forewing some shade of brown or greyish-
brown, marked with darker brown spots and bands usually
bordered with white, sometimes appearing as two parallel rows
of white lines when the spots are the same as the groundcolour;
1st in middle of cell (absent in one species) with a spot l)elow it
external to cell, a spot marking end of cell, adiscal curved series,
last two often nearer base than remainder, a submarginal lunular
band, and sometimes a marginal row of spots. Hind wing con-
colorous with forewing, with three transverse series of darker spots,
often reduced to double white lines; first, of three spots crossing
middle of cell; second, single marking end of cell; third, numerous
much curved, discal; submarginal and marginal series as in
forewing; jet black caudal spot prominent, often sprinkled with
metallic scales, black anal spot small, often \vanting.
9. Up per side. — Forewing with broad brown costal and
outer margins, centrobasal areas blue, often a large white discal
patch. Hiiidwing with outer margin broadly brown, centrobasal
area more or less blue, often a double marginal lunular band,
enclosing darker spots, caudal and anal spots often conspicuous.
Tail as in $.
Underside as in ^ except in the species with a white
patch which is also present on the underside. In shape X. ancyra^
N. pahnyra^ and N. lineata are of the form of C. sfrabo; while
the remaining Australian species are of the form of C. cnejus.
Nacaduba DION, Godart (Plate iii., figs, 12, 37).
Poly, ifion, Godt., Enc. Meth. ix. p. 679, n. 191, 1819; Boisd.,
Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 83, n.l2, 1832: N. diou, Druce, P.Z.S. 1892,
BY G. A. WATERHOUSK. 223
p. 439: Lam. perusia (nee Feld.), Herr.-Scliff., Stett. Ent. Zeit.
XXV. p. 73, 1869; Misk., Syn. Cat. llliop. Au.st. p. 51, 1891.
(J. 13-17 iiiiii. (15). Up per side uniform bluisli, slightly
white on costa of hindwing, caudal spot only faintly visible.
Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia brown.
Underside grey, with discal areas white, often entirely
blotting out discal and discocellular spots, spots and bands repre-
sented by two parallel white lines, marginal and submarginal
series well developed, caudal spot black, crowned with yellow, a
small black anal spot. Cilia brown.
9. 12-16 mm. (15). Upper side black, with central areas
white, often suffused with pale silvery blue, base darker silvery
blue, caudal spot faint. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia
brown.
Underside greyish-brown, with discal and discocellular
bands entirely effaced by white, outer marginal waved line very
prominent. Cilia greyish-brown.
This species is recognised by the white discal suffusion below,
so prominent in female; it has usually been known as ]\\ perusia,
but Druce has pointed out that Jf. dion is close to iV. pencsia, so
as it is an older name and the type came from Australia it must
be used.
Log. — Richmond River to Cape York (g 13, 9 13).
Nacaduba berenicp:, Herrich-Schaffer,
Lye. berenice, Herr.-Schff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv. 1869, p. 74 :
Lam. berenice, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 156, 1878: Lam.
pavana, Misk., (nee. Horsf.), Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 55, 1891.
(J. 12-15 mm. (14). Upper side with both wings violet-
purple, with black linear outer margins and brown cilia, a long
thin black tail tipped with white, with one or both anal dark
spots rarely showing on upperside.
Underside brown, with slightly darker spots and bands as
in general description, lightly margined with white, caudal spot
prominent, crowned with yellow. Cilia brown.
224 AUSTRALIAN RUOrAJ.OCKRA : LYC.KM D.K, III.,
9. 1:2-15 mm. (14). Up per side. — Forewiny with broad
brown costal and outer margins, rest of wing pale blue, with
dai-ker base, variable in extent but usually occupying more than
i area of wing. In one specimen it only occupies I, and the
inner margin is brown. Cilia brown. Ifindfcing Ijrown, with a
suffusion of blue, deepest at base, over greater part of Ming; a
submarginal interneural series of black spots crowned with white,
the two between median nervules largest; a series of interneural
lunules marking outmost limit of blue suffusion; nervules marked
with brown. In some specimens an elongated spot beyond cell.
Cilia brown. Tail black, tipped with white.
Underside usually lighter in colour than in $ and with the
white borders to bands better defined.
This species varies in the colour of the underside, which is
brown showing sometimes a tint of chocolate, lilac or gvey.
What is probably a seasonal form occurs at the Richmond River
in May, in which the jet black spots with their metallic scales
have disappeared from the underside of the hindwing, their place
being taken by an orange suffusion; intermediate forms occur as
well. The free terminal portion of the costal nervure is well
developed. Herrich-Schaffer in his description compares this
species to Li/c. ( = iV.) heroe, Feld., which is again compared to
X. atraia, Horsf., by Druce. Mr. de Niceville informed me that
our species was .V. atrata; but from Ceylon specimens and a note
from my friend Mr. R. E. Turner, I am inclined to doubt this,
and prefer to call it N. berenice. Miskin, to whom N. herenice
was unknown, determined this species as Lam. { = K.) ]javana,
Horsf., a species which has no central spot in cell of fore wing
below. The nearest Australian species is the much smaller
tailless form, X duhiosa, but the colour of the upperside in the
males is totally different, and in the females N. herenice has a
much greater extent of blue on the upperside, and the marginal
markings of the hindwing are very conspicuous. The range of
this species is from Richmond River to Cairns {$ 16, 9 16).
}JY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 225
NaCADUBA FELDEIil, Muiiciy.
Lyc.feJderi, Murray, Trcans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 527, 1. 10,
f.4, 6: N. /elder i, Druce, P.Z.S. 1891, p. 359 : Lam. nova (nee
Feld.), HeiT.-Schff., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv. p 72, 1869; Misk., Syn.
Cat. Khop. Aust. p. 53, 1891.
(J. 9-13 mm. (11). Upperside uniform purplish-brown,
slightly darker at base. Tail to hindwing short, brown, some-
times a dark caudal spot. Cilia brownish.
Underside chocolate-brown, with dark bands as in general
description ; caudal spot l)lack, crowned with orange. Cilia
brown.
9. 9-13 mm. (11). Upperside with broad rich brown costal
and outer margins, remainder of wing suffused with shining
blue, often, however, on hindwing only base of wing blue, a more
or less distinct marginal series of dark spots crowned with white;
outer margin marked with black. Cilia brown, darker at termi-
nations of nervules.
Underside light brown, otherwise as in $. Druce states
that in N. felderi the subcostal is anastomosed with the costal for
four times the length it is in N. nora (from 8ikhim), under which
name our insect has usually been known.
Zoc— Sydney to Cape York {$ 20, 9 18).
Nacaduba ancyra, Felder (Plate iii., fig. 16).
Lye. ancyra, Feld., Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. CI. xl.
p. 457, 1860; Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 276, t. 34, f. 5, 1865: A\
ancyra, Druce, P.Z.8. 1895, p. 579: I^am. jiorinda, Butl., Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 354, 1877 : N. florinda, Druce, P.Z.S.
1892, p. 438, pi. xxvii. fig. 12.
(J. 12-14 mm. (13). Upperside. — Forewimj violet-purple,
with narrow uniform brown outer margin and navy blue base; basal
portion of costa suffused with whitish scales. Cilia brownish.
Hindwing violet-purple, with a narrow uniform outer margin, a
wide brown costal margin, a navy blue basal suffusion.
15 ' A.^-~',/
LI B R A R Yi^
« ^-
226 AUSTRALIAN lUIOPALOCEllA : LYC.KMD.K, III.,
black and white, tipped witli white; anal and caudal spots black,
usually crowned with red. Cilia brownish.
Underside white, with brown bands as in general descrip-
tion, well marked off from rest of wing. Caudal and anal spots
black, crowned with orange. Cilia whitish, at terminations of
iiervules brown. The discocellular and discal bands of hind wing
often join one another, and in one specimen the spot in centre of
cell of forewing is joined to the discocellular and discal bands b}^
a broad brown band.
9. 1 1-14 mm. (13) U p p e r s i cl e. — Forewing broad, blackish-
brown, costal and outer margins with a very variable centrobasal
blue area. Cilia brownish. HindiuviKj blackish-brown, with a
dark marginal line. Cilia white, at terminations of nervules
brown; a submarginal interneural series of five dark spots more
or less developed, the outer three and anal spot crowned with
white, the spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules always
largest and crowned with orange-red. Tail black and white,
tipped with white. The blue centrobasal area varies in both
wings from a slight basal area to one occupying nearly the whole
of wing, with base navy blue and discal band of underside
as represented above.
Underside as in (^, with its variations.
In shape and somewhat in colour on the upperside, this species
is allied to the larger Catochrysops straho, Fabr. Of N. f^orinda,
Druce says: "The type [Lo3^alty Islands] in the British Museum,
and a single specimen in our own collection, which agrees exactly
with it, are the only two I have seen. Mr. Miskin does not refer
to it, so that probably it is known under another name in Aus-
tralia." The figure (9) represents the form in which the discal
bands are reproduced above. Though I have not seen a specimen
from Amboina yet, relying on Felder's figure, and Semper and de
Niceville's determinations, I think that N. ancyra should be used
for the Australian species, and N. Jlorhida sunk as one of the
many forms. Cupido almora and N. pseustis are given as S3mo-
nyms by Mr. H. H. Druce.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 227
This species is found very commonly on the Richmond River,
and thence rani^es to Cape York. I have also specimens from
North West Australia. I find that the terminal free portion of
the costal nervure in this species is well developed and easily seen
<^ 30, 915).
Nacaduba lineata, Murray (Plates ii., fig. 31; iii., fig. 17).
Lye. lineata, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, t. 10, f. 9;
Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 35 : N. lineata,
Druce, P.Z.S. 1891, pp. 363, 364.
(J. 10-13 mm. (12). U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing pale slaty blue
or lilac, covered with long whitish hairs, with narrow brown costal
and outer margins. Cilia brownish. Hindwing as in forewing,
often with dark caudal and anal spots; tail long, black, tijDped
with white. Cilia whitish.
Underside. — Forewing dark brown, with darker brown
transverse bands faintly bordered with white, as in general
description; submarginal band present, margin marked with a
dark line. Cilia brownish. Hindwing dark brown, with darker
transverse bands a little more prominently margined than in fore-
wing; submarginal lunular bands more prominent than on fore-
v/ing, outer margin marked by a dark line. Cilia whitish. Tail
long, dark brown, tipped with white. Anal spot variable, black
surrounded with orange; caudal spot large, oval, crowned with
bright orange.
9. 12-14 mm. (13). U p p e r s i d e. — Foreioing is divided
into three distinct areas, 1st smallest, basal, brownish, and
well covered with pale metallic blue scales; outer largest, en tirel}^
black; middle area pure white; inner margin below white area
suffused with blue scales. Costa to subcostal nervure greyish-
black, sometimes reaching half way into cell. Cilia brownish.
Ilindiuing blackish, with a blue basal suffusion which in some
specimens extends over the whole of wing except apical area;
nervules more or less marked with black; a more or less indistinct
interneural band of dark spots; outer margin marked with black.
Cilia brownish. Tail black, tipped with white.
228 Al'STRAIJAN lUIDIWI.OCF.UA -.lACKS I D.K, II[.,
ir 11 (J (M- s i (1 (' hruwii, witli iiicirkings as in (J, l)ut wliite l)or(lers
morecoiispicuous, white spot on forewin*^ sliowint? througli tlH)Ui,'li
soiiiewliat restricted, especially towards costa; otherwise as in ^.
This species is allied to N. palmyra, and N. rincu/a, Druce. The
female is much more plentiful than the male; I have seen females
by tlie hundred on the Richmond Uiver in May.
/.or.— Sydney to Cape York (g 14, 9 25).
Nacaduba palmyra, Ft'lder.
Sit/b. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 4r).s, 18G0 ; Reise
Nov. Lep. ii. p. 276, t. 34, f. 2S, 29, 1805; Herr.-Schff., Stett. Ent.
Zeit. XXV. p. 73, ISGO; Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 159, 1S78:
Li/('ce)iesthes tasimmvuis, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
lcS90, p. 40: Lycaena elahorata^ Lucas, Proc. R. Soc. Qsld. 1899,
p. 137.
(J. 12 mm. Shape as in N. Jinoata ^.
U p i)(^ r s id (' uniform lilac-blue, ai)ex of forewiiio- margined
with black, hindwing with two small l)lack spots near anal angle.
Cilia white, markedly spotted with brown.
Underside light sienna-brown, with reddish-brown bands
edged with white as in general description, base of wings dark
brown; two })lack spots sprinkled with metallic-green near anal
angle. Tail ])lack, tipped with white. Cilia as above.
9. 1") mm. Shape as in X. lineafa 9.
U p p e r s i d e. — Forewimj with basal third pale silvery blue, a
broad white bar as in N. lineata 9 from near costa to inner
margin, rest of wing black. Cilia white, at termination of
nervules brown, llindwimi black, suffused with pale sihery blue
except towards outer margin which is marked by an interneural
series of white circles, those near anal angle enclosing dark spots.
Tail l)lack, tipped with white. Cilia as in forewing.
Underside reddish-brown, with darker spots as in general
description, the white patch of forewing blotting out discal and
discocellular band, outer margins of both wings blotched with
white, with a waved brown and white line. Caudal and anal
I
J]Y (;. A. WATHIIIIOUSE. 229
spots black, cr(jvvii(3<l witli <)raii^(i and s})riiiklf3(l witli mciallic
green. Cilia as above.
Wlieri in Jjris})ane, last year, 1 examined tiie type (^) uf L.
tamnanicnx, and was able afterwards to identify two females in
the collections of Mr. Tllidgc; and the (.Queensland Museum a>i the
other sex of Miskin's species, undei- which there is no doubt that
Lucas' species must sink. T have compared Mr. Tllidge's speci-
men with Felder's figure, and can detect no difference, and so
conclude they are the same, though Felder's type was from
Amboina. Semper records a male, saying that but for the
spotted cilia, he would have called it lineMa^ Murray ; Miskin
places this reference under llneaf.a. Then; is no doubt in my
mind that Semper had a male specimen of the species Miskin
afterwards called L. tasjnauicus, which is allied to JV. li/neaia, but
has che<iuered cilia, and the underside is marbled somewhat after
the pattern of U. scintUlatd; until I was enablec] to examine Mr.
Illidge's female I thought it would belong to Utlca, as the
resemblance is close, but both N. palmyra and N. Unmla have
the costal nervure anastomosed with the first subcostal for a
sliort distance and then running free to costa, though in Ijoth
these species this terminal portion is faint and difficult to detect,
showing a relationship to Utica.
The species under consideration is rare, only about ten speci-
mens being known from Brisl)ane and Cairns. iMiskin's locality
of Tasmania is of course an ei'ror, as pointed out by him.
Nacaduha DuinosA, Semper.
Lam. dubiosa, Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 159, 1878 : iV.
dubiosa, Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 119 :,X//6'. canjunyens, Lucas,
Proc. 11. Soc. (,)sld. 1889, p. 100, f. 11, 12 : Lye. hdu, Misk., (nee
Math.), Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. o9, 1891.
$. 10-12 mm. (11). Forewing with costa gently arched, apex
blunt, outer margin convex; hind wing with outer margin rounded,
without a tail.
Up per side. — For^'jolwj bnjwnish-purple, slightly blue at
base, a uniform dark ])rown outer margin. Cilia paler brown.
230 AUSTRALIAN lUloPA I.OCKRA -. I. Yi\t:MD.r.. III.,
Hhidfring brownish-purple, slightly blue at base, a uniform dark
brown outer margin. Cilia paler brown. Sometimes one or lK»th
of the dark anal spots appear on the upperside.
U n d e r s i d e uniform pale brown, with darker bands margined
with white as in general description; diseal band of fore wing
below "Jnd metiian often placed much nearer base. Caudal spot
large, nearly surrounded with bright orange and sprinkled with
metallic green. Cilia brown.
9. 10-11 mm. Shape as in ^, with outer margin of forewing
slightly more convex.
Upperside. — Fiorwiw/ brown, with central area blue,
extending from base J across wing and from lower ?, of cell to
inner margin; a fine marginal darker line. Cilia paler brown.
Hindfcing brown, sometimes pale blue at base; a submarginal
row of indistinct interneural black spots, that corresponding to
large oval spot of underside most developed. A dark marginal
line, internal to which is a white line interrupted by the nervules.
Cilia pale brown, darker at terminations of nervules.
Underside as in ^C-
In shape this species is similar in both sexes to X. ben nice,
which, however, is much larger and is tailed, and also has the
markings of underside better detined with white. The colour of
the males is different, but the females differ only in the less extent
of blue on the upperside. It differs in shape from X.filderi,
having a more convex outer margin to the forewing: but in colour
is somewhat similar to that species, which, however, is t^viled.
The difference in shade between the groundcolour and the bands
of the underside is more marked, and the white borders to these
bands are less marked in X./elderi than in this species. Semper
remarks that this species differs from the allied form, X. herenice,
in its smaller size and the absence of a tail.
Druce, in whose collection the type now is, savs '"it can at
once be distinguished from X. herenice by the ultramedian band
on the forewing l)elow l>eing more continuous, ?'.»».. the loNver half
not being placed further inwards than the upper half. " But
this is a most unstable character in this group, so little reliance
BY G. A. WATEKHOUSE. 231
sh'juld be placed on it. The late Mr. de Xiceville, to %vliom
specimens had been sent, doubtfully determined it as K. noreia.
Lyi. conjuufjens is certainly the same species as this; so also is
the species ticketed Lye. lulu in the Miskin collection, which is
not the Lye. ( = Zi\era) lulu of Mathew.
Loc. — Richmond River, Brisbane, Mackay, Bowen, Cooktown,
Cape York (^J -i, 9 '6).
Xacaduba (?) MACKAYENSis, .Miskin.
Lye. mackayensis, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
p. 35.
I think there are only three specimens of this species known.
I have seen the type in the Queensland Museum, but have
nut been able to examine it structurally. It is certainly very
distinct, and I should say rather more like X. dahiosa than
X. hiocellata. It differs from the latter in having a spot in cell
of forewing on underside. As to its correct generic position,
I have placed it here because that was the genus assigned to
the specimen sent to Mr. de Xiceville. However, my opinion
is that Una, de Xicev., will be its correct position. I should
not be at all surprised to find that F. caJiginosa, Druce, the
type of Frosoto^s is synonymous witli the species under con-
sideration.
I^oc. — Mackay. Q. *
Xacaduba biocellata, Felder.
Lye. hiocellata, Feld., Reise Xov. Lep. ii. p. 280, t. 35, f. 14,
1865; And. A: Spry, Vict. Butt. p. 86. 189-1: Cupido adama-
puneta, Tepp., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. l^^'l, p. 31, t. 2, f. 16 : Lam.
arniillata, Butl., P.Z.S. p. 6U, lf<75,
^. 9-11 mm. (10). Forewing slightly bowed, apex acute, outer
margin slightly convex. Hind wing with outer margin rounded,
no tail.
U p p e r s i d e. — Forficiny pinkish-purple, base of wing nav}'
Ijlue of variable extent; outer margin brown. Cilia pale brown.
Hindvnny pinkish-purple, with a uniform brown outer margin,
base navy blue; on outer margin on either side of 1st median
232 AUSTRALIAN JIHOPALOCERA : LVC.ENJD.E, III.,
nervule are two dark spots sometimes surrounded with pale
orange, rarely are the spots absent. Cilia brown.
Underside. — Forewing pade orange-brown, with greyish-
brown base and outer margin widest at apex; no spot in middle
of cell, otherwise as in general description; outer margin
marked with dark Ijrown. Cilia pale brown. Hindwiny
greyish-brown in some specimens, pale yellowish-brown in others,
base greyish sprinkled with shining yellowish scales; bands as
in general description; a double lunular submarginal band; on
either side of 1st median nervule a jefc black large oval marginal
spot sprinkled with metallic yellow and crowned with orange;
a marginal line of dark grey. Cilia pale brown.
9. 9-11 mm. (10). Upper side light brown, a darker
outer marginal line and white cilia, two marginal jet black
oval spots, one on either side of 1st median nervule of hind-
wing (January form). Forewing light brown, with a pale purple
area extending from base | across wing, occup3'ing lower half
of cell to inner margin, base navy blue. Cilia whitish. Hiiid-
winy brown, base and most of inner marginal area navj- blue,
beyond which is a more or less extended purplish suffusion.
Anal spots smaller than in Januaiy^ form, and crowned with
orange. Cilia whitish (October form). Intermediate forms
between these two are numerous.
Underside pale yellowish-brown, with markings as in ^
but more distinct, especially the submarginal lunular bands.
Greyish bases occur only in those specimens which are markedly
navy blue on upperside.
I think I have fully indicated the direction of variation in
the descriptions; the male appears to be fairly constant over
its extended range, while the female is most variable on the
upperside. I have described the two extreme forms for Jan-
uary and October in Sydney. This pretty little species may
be known by the absence of any mark in the cell of the
forewing below, and also the absence of a tail. Cnpido ada-
mapuncta is a female. The costal nervure and first subcostal
nervule are anastomosed for a considerable distance, and the
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSK. 2.33
terminal free portion of the costal is often very dilHcult to
see.
Loc — South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Queens-
land to Mackay and North West Australia {$ 40, 9 40).
Una, de Niceville.
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 51, 1890.
Subcostal three-branched, 1st branch entii'ely anastomosed
with costal except a very short free basal portion. Type
U. usta, Distant. The genus, as regards neuration, is allied to
Utica. The Australian species I place in this genus are only
doubtfully referable there; though structurally they are identical,
yet the shape of the wings is different. Mr. de Niceville, who
knew three of the species, noted them as Zizera (1), but then
he had not examined them structurally. I have little doubt
that these species will eventually be placed in one or two other
genera (perhaps as yet undescribed), but for the present I
hesitate to undertake that task myself, as I know there are
allied South African forms which as yet I have had very little
opportunity of studying. Prosotas, Druce, is close to, if not
identical with. Una, but my acquaintance with these genera
is only from figures. They appear to be quite tropical forms,
whereas all the Australian species are southern forms, one
section being entirely confined to Spencer's Bassian Region.
Our present knowledge of these species is very meagre, which
is remarkable considering their number if looked for at the right
season. This, I think, is due to their being looked upon as too
common to be worth catching, a mistake too often made in Aus-
tralia. All the species appear to have only a single brood during
the year, though if this is the case with those species that extend
into Queensland I am unable to say. For the three S3''dney
species my dates are: — agricola, 8th Sept. to 6th Nov.; inathewi,
22nd Sept. to lOtli Nov.; serperitata, 20th March to loth April.
I am able to recognise five distinct species, though subsequent
investigation may show I am including one or two others wliicli
are really specifically distinct, but want of sufficient material with
234 AUSTRALIAN RUOPA IJ)CKRA : lA'C.KS I D.K III.,
accurate dates and locaJllies prevents my recognising more, which
may thus be distinguished : —
A. Upperside dark brownish-blaek, with conspicuously spotted
ciHa agricola.
B. Upperside brown.
a. Dark brown, cilia conspicuously spotted liohartensis.
h. Light brown, cilia faintly spotted matheioi.
C. Hindwing with a tail-like projection to first median of hind-
wing.
a. Upperside with basal areas broadly blue serpentata.
h. Upperside brown, blue almost obsolete snlpitius.
The markings of the underside are of the following type though
often coalescing, suffused with white, or otherwise obscured.
Foreivinrj with a dark spot in cell, a discocellular spot, a discal
band from near costa to 1st median or submedian; these spots
all more or less strongly bordered with white, sometimes spots
concolorous with groundcolour, the spots then represented by
double white lines; a submarginal lunular suffusion present,
sometimes light, sometimes dark. Nindivinr/ with spots of type
of forewing, one basal usually ohscured; a row of three crossing
middle of cell, centre one in cell; one discocellular, often united
with the curved discal series, which is usuall}' very prominent,
beyond discal series especiall}' in 9 a broad white suffusion, sub-
marginal suffusions as in forewing, between median nervules near
margins two v-shaped spots pointing inwards.
Palpi of all the species ver}' hairy; antennae in ^ slight]}^
longer than ^ costa; in 9 slightly shorter, ending in a spatulate
club.
Una aghicola, Westwoovl (Plate iii., fig. 2G).
Lucia ar/ricola, Westw., Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 49G, t. 7G, f. 4,
1850-2 : Lye. agricola, And. k Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 88, 1894:
CLqndo aijricola, Tepp., Proc. Koy. 80c. 8. A. 1882j p. 29, t. 2, f. 8.
^, 9-12 mm. (11) Forev-'ing with costa straight, apex acute^
outer margin nearly straight. Hiyidivincj with outer margin
slightly dentate, not tailed.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 235
Up per side glossy brownish-black, a white costal line on
forewing. Cilia white, black at terminations of nervules giving
a dentate appearance to hind wing.
Underside with inner areas light brown, outer areas
suffused with white, spots darker, as in general description; borders
white, lined with black; basal area of hindwing indistinct, a marked
white discal patch on hindwing, v-shaped marks black. Cilia as
above.
9. 10-14 mm. (ll^). Shape as in ^, with outer margin of fore-
wing more convex.
Up per side brown, paler than in ^. Cilia as in ^.
Underside as in (^, markings and borders more decided.
This marked little species apparently has only a single brood
early in the season, though Anderson and Spry record it from
Victoria in March; I must, however, doubt this, for during the
last twelve years I have caught many hundreds near Sydney, but
none later than November. It appears to be a coastal species,
though I have taken it up to fifty miles inland from Sydney.
Olliff^'* records it from Mt. Kosciusko, but if the specimen in tlie
Australian Museum with that locality attached is the one in
question, I believe it to be referable to U. hohartensis rather than
to this species.
Loc. — South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wale8^
Brisbane (Illidge) {$ 50, 9 30).
Una hobartexsis, Miskin.
Lijc. hobartensis, Misk., Proc. Liim. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1890, p. 38.
(J. 9 mm. Shape as in U. agricola ^.
U p p e r s i d e brown, with chequered cilia.
Underside light brown, with darker spots as in general
description, but the white borders almost obsolete; spots and
bands of hindwing well defined, not obscured as they usually are
in U. agricola: white discal patch not so prominent as in U.
9.
* Froc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1889, p. G23.
236 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYCKMD.E, III.,
agricola; a submai'giiial row of spots present without v-sliaped
marks. Cilia as on upperside.
The type in the Miskin collection is a female, which only differs
from the male in having the markings better defined on the under-
side, and with white borders. This species is, I think, without
doubt the mountain form of U. agricola. Mr. G. Lyell has a
female, no doubt referable to this species, from Mt. Erica, Vic,
(4,500 ft.), caught in February; it is rather darker on the upper-
side, but the groundcolour of the hindwing below is white, with
the markings almost black. The specimen recorded as U. agricola
from Mt, Kosciusko (5,500 ft.) is, I am sure, this species; it is
rather devoid of markings below. Dr. A. J. Turner took two
specimens on the summit of Mt. Wellington, Tas., during March,
one of which is in my collection. This must be considered a rare
species, as I have seen only six specimens {$ 4, ^ 2), but it may
have been passed over in the field as U. agricola.
Una mathewi, Miskin (Plate ii., fig. 9).
Lye. nvxthewl, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. X.8. Wales, 1890, p. 38
(J. 9-12 mm. (10). Upperside light brown, with darker
outer margins, slightly raised scales on nervules crossing disc of
fore wing. Cilia greyish, only slightly spotted.
U n d e r s i d e with lighter brown spots and bands as in general
description, but sometimes almost obsolete, v-shaped marks black,
crowned with yellowish, orange or wanting. Cilia light brown.
9. 9-12 mm. (10). Shape much as in ^.
Upperside light brown. Cilia rather more marked than
in $.
Underside as in ^ but paler, with the areas external to
discal bands usually suffused with whitish, especially in hindwing.
I have little doubt from the position assigned by Semper to L.
sglvicola, Leach, MS., between agricola and labradus, and the
locality Sydney, that this species is intended, but sylvicola is a
nomen yiudruii as far as I can ascertain. This little species has
only been taken in the neighbourhood of Sydney {^ 35, $24).
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 237
Una sulpitius, Miskin (Plate ii., %. 21).
Lye. sulpifhis, Misk., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 37 :
Lye. serpentata, Semp., (nee Herr.-Sehff.), Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv.
p. 159, 1878.
(J. 8-10 mm. (0). Upper side l)lackish-brown, darker at
bases where there is a bluish reflection. Anal angle with two
obscure dark spots, outer often crowned with white. Cilia brown,
in hind wing slightl}^ chequered.
Underside brown, with slight yellowish tint; spots and
bands, as in general description, represented by double parallel
white lines, often in forewing with two small white spots on costa
and a spot below middle of cell, two conspicuous l)lack spots near
anal angle. Cilia brown.
$. 10 mm. U p p e r s i d e as in (J, with basal area slightly
blue, three whitish lunular spots near anal angle. Cilia more
chequered than in (J.
U n d e r s i d e as in (J, the white markings broader.
The above description is taken from specimens caught near
Brisbane, in May, by Mr. lUidge. It will be noticed that in these
the area beyond discal band of hindwing below is not suffused
with white. Mr. R. E. Turner has sent me four specimens from
Cooktown caught in November; the}' are smaller, and have the
outer margin of forewing more convex; on the underside the white
markings are broader, and enclose areas darker than the ground-
colour, the areas beyond discal bands being slightly suffused with
white.
This species has been often confounded with U. mrperdata,
which Herrich-Schaffer states is blue above and allied to N.
perusia ( = iV. dion) below, which is clearly not this form.
Semper says serpentata has no blue above, showing that he wa.s
referring to sulpitius and not true serpentata: the types of both
of these species came from Rockhampton. This cannot be a local
form of U. serpentata., as typical forms are caught in the same
locality; nor do I think it can be a seasonal form of U. serpentata.
Loc. — Brisbane to Cooktown [g 7, 9 2).
•238 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYC.r.S ID.K, III.,
Una serpentata, Herrich-Schaffer.
Lye. serpentata^ Herr.-Schff., Stett. Eiit. Zeit. p. 74, n. 32, 18G9;
And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. p. 88, 1894 : Ciipido mohjhdena, Guest,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. iv. p. 36, 1882 : C. fasciola, Tepper, Trans.
Roy. Soc. S.A. iv. p. 30, t. 2, f. 13, 1882.
(J. 9-11 mm. (10). Forewinfj with costa nearly straight, apex
blunt, outer margin somewhat convex. Hindwimj rounded, with
a small tail-like prolongation to 1st median.
Upper side slaty brown, with pale purplish-blue centrobasal
areas of variable extent always occupying ^ wing, two anal spots
usually indistinct, with one to three subanal whitish lunules.
Cilia white, markedly spotted.
Underside slaty brown, with spots very little darker,
markedly bordered with white, discal area of hindwing suffused
with white, anal spots often obsolete. Cilia as above.
5. 9-12 mm. (11). U p p e r s i d e as in |J, but coloured areas
paler blue and less extensive.
Underside as in (J, with white suffusions more extensive.
Herrich-Schaffer says his species has blue above, and is allied
to N. perusia below; yet Semper corrects him by saying that it
has no blue above, thus showing Semper was referring to U. sul-
pitius and not to this species. C . fasciola and C. molyhdena are
undoubtedly synonyms. L. palemon, Cram., a South African
species, has been recorded from Melbourne by Butler;* the speci-
men is without doubt this species, which is close to the South
African species; Trimen,t however, made enquiries, and in a
letter from Butler to Trimsn it is pointed out that the specimen
was distinct from the South African form.
Loc. — Every part of Australia except the extreme north, my
localities being North West Australia, South Australia, Victoria,
Sydney, Richmond R,iver and Brisbane ((J 40, 9 15).
* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, p. 85.
t South African Butt. ii. p. 68, 1887.
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 239
Utica, Hewitson.
111. Diuni. Lep. p. 56, 1865.
Foretving with costa nearly straight in (J, slightly arched in 9»
iipex acute, less so in ^, outer margin straight in (J, slightly
convex in (J, inner margin straight. Subcostal nervure with
three branches, 1st anastomosed with costal nervure except for a
very short basal portion; 2nd given off close to 1st, 3rd nearer
apex than end of cell, subcostal ending just above apex, costal
•ending on costa well beyond end of cell; upper discoidal given off
before end of cell, running straight to outer margin, lower dis-
coidal from end of cell; discocellulars in a straight line; 2nd
median given off much nearer end of cell than to 1st, 1st and 2nd
running straight to outer margin; submedian nearly straight.
H'lnclwing with costa much arched basally, then straight, apex
round, outer margin nearly straight, with a short tail to 1st
median nervule, inner margin slightly convex. Costal nervure
much arched at base, ending close to apex; 1st subcostal emitted
at \ before end of cell; discoidal nearly straight; upper disco-
cellular very oblique, straight ; lower discocellular upright,
straight; 1st median emitted at \ before end of cell, 2nd median
almost at end of cell; submedian straight; internal slightly bent,
long. A^itenmti J length of costa, distinctly ringed with white,
ending in a spatulate club. Paljn longer in 9, 2nd joint long,
hairy, 3rd joint short. Eyes small, hairy. Type U. onycha, Hew.,
{ = L.miskini, Luc). Hewitson only described this genus from
a female specimen in a line or two.
The genus is closely allied to Nacad-itha, but in that genus the
1st subcostal and costal separate again before reaching costa.
The single tail to the hindwing is very different from the
filamentous tail as in Lampides, Nacaduba, etc., being shorter, and
highly ciliated at base and along both sides, giving a blunt
appearance to it.
I am able to recognise two distinct species that should be
placed in this genus.
240 AUSTRALIAN JUIOPALOCK/iA : LYCJISID.E, III ,
A. J" . Upperside brown, with a bluish sul^'usion.
a. Two black anal spots, basal half of hindwinj?
on underside light brown onycha.
h. No anal spots, basal half of hindwing on
underside dark brown onyclia \a,i\ atrosujf'usa,
B. J . Upperside purplish-brown; $ with a white
spot in centre of forewing scintillata.
Utica onycha, Hevvitson (Plate iii., figs. 14, 39).
111. Diurn. Lep. p. 53, t. 24, f. 11, 12, 1865; Herr.-Schff., Stett.
Ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 72; Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 166, 1878;
Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 116 : Zt/c. miskini, Lucas, Proc. R. Soc.
Qsld. 1889, p. 158, f. 5, 6, 7 : Theclinesthes eremicola, Pagenst.,
Zoologica, xxvii. p. 123, pi. ii. tig. 9, 1900.
(J. 1 1-16 mm. (14). Upperside brown, covered ^yith lilac-
bluish scales except on outer margins and costal margin of hind-
wing; dark blue basally; a dark round caudal spot to hindwing
more or less bordered with white, and sometimes on either side
often extending well along outer margin, further interneural dark
spots more or less bordered with white. Tail short, highly ciliated,
black, tipped with white. Norvules more or less marked with
brown. Cilia whitish.
Underside. — Forejviiuj some shade of brown, usually pale,
with spots often of same shade as groundcolour, often darker
brown, bordered on both sides more or less prominently with
white; 1st in middle of cell often represented b}' two parallel white
lines, or sometimes a spot extending below cell, a small spot
sometimes above it on costa; 2nd at end of cell, often with a spot
above it on costa; discal band from costa sometimes to 1st median,
sometimes to submedian ; a submarginal whitish lunular inter-
neural band often obscure, a dark marginal line; base of wing
sometimes showing greyish scales. Cilia whitish. Hindn-ing
concolorous with forewing; spots similar to forewing consisting
of a subbasal band of three crossing middle of cell, one elongated
at end of cell, a discal curved band, bent at anal angle; a sub-
marginal lunular band, a whitish suffusion very often between
middle of discal band and outer margin; a jet black anal spot
BY (3. A. AVATERHOUSE. 241
crowned with white, a jet black caudal spot crowned with yellow,
orange or orange-red; a dark marginal line. Cilia whitisli.
9. 12-15 mm. (14). Upperside with costal and outer
margins broadly brown, centrobasal areas blue, in which the
nervules are usually marked with brown. On hindwing a sub-
marginal interneural series of white lunules, sometimes only con-
fined to anal angle. A dark caudal spot. Cilia white, slightly
brown at terminations of nervules. Tail as in ^.
Underside brown, usually darker than in ^, with spots and
bands as in ^, but much better defined and usually with much
wider white borders. Caudal and anal spots as in ^, but larger.
In some specimens white suffusions present beyond discal bands
in both wings; and in one specimen, with the exception of band
and spots, nearly the whole of hindwing suffused with white.
This species was described and figured by Hewitson from a
female specimen; his figure represents a form which is rather the
exception than the rule. Semper was the first to describe the
male, and the remarks of these early entomologists leave no doubt
in my mind that Lucas' species is the same. Druce has pointed
out that T. eremicola is a synonym.
This species, which bears a superficial resemblance to Foly.
boeticus, is one of the most variable of our Australian Lyccenidcv,
it being very difficult to get two specimens exactly alike. S3dney
specimens are much paler and more suffused on the underside
than those from Mackay, while those from N.W. Australia are
also paler, but they are not much suffused. Amongst over one
hundred specimens from five or six different localities I have
examined, I find it very difficult to say exactly which is the
typical form.
Loc. — Sydney to Cape York, Port Darwin, North West Aus-
tralia {$ 40, 9 15).
Utica onycha var. atrosuffusa, var.nov.
(J. 10-11 mm. Neuration and shape as in U. onycha {$) but
much smaller; tail shorter and more highly ciliated.
16
242 AUSTRALIAN IIUOPALQCKRA : LVC.I-LMD.E, III.,
Upper side lilac-blue, mucli dai-ker basally, with linear
brown outer margins; costal margin of hindw-ing brown; a trace
of caudal spot to hindwing; tail black, tipped with white. Cilia
white, at terminations of nervules well marked with brown.
Underside. — Foreiving brown, with markings as in U.
oui/chahut darker; apical area whitish-grey^ which extends some-
what along outer margin. Outer marginal line black. Cilia
white. Hindivinq with basal half dark brown, outer lialf whitish-
grey, obscuring any markings that may be present; a black outer
marginal line, in two specimens no anal or caudal spots, in another
slight traces of these spots. Cilia white.
The first specimen of this variety was caught in Sept., 1900,
and I at once saw that it was either a marked variety of U.
oni/cha or else a new species; but the want of further material
deterred me from describing it; since then, however, two other
specimens have been caught, tending to show that my original
specimen was not an accidental variation. This variety may be
distinguished from U. oiDjchi by its much smaller size, the deeper
shade of blue on upperside, the white outer marginal suffusions,
and the very dark basal half of hindwing on underside. Type in
the author's collection.
Xoc. — Como near Sydney (L. V. Waterhouse and F. Brown).
Utica onycha var. albocincta, var.nov.
This form differs from U. onycha in having the upperside
suffused wuth bluish, and the outer margins of both wings marked
with whitish bands, which are better defined on hindwing. Two
males received from Dr. A. J. Turner, caught at Peak Downs, Q.,
in July. Though not in the best of preservation, these two
specimens show that a most marked variety, if not a distinct
species, has hitherto been overlooked.
Utica scintillata, Lucas (Plate iii., figs. 15, 36).
Lye. scintillata, Lucas, Proc. R. Soc. Qsld. 1889, p. 157, f. 8-10.
$. 12mm. Upperside bronze-brown, with a shining
purplish reflection, outer margins narrowly brown, costal margin
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 243
of hind wing brown; base of wings dark blue; dark round caudal
and anal spots. Tail black, bordered with white. Cilia brown.
Underside. — Forevnng brown, with darker brown spots
and bands as in U. oiti/cha, a broad band of white on either
side of discal brown band, a brown submarginal lunular band.
Cilia brown. Hindwivg brown, with darker brown spots and
band as in U. 07iycha, upper half of discal band disjointed,
very dark brown, bordered on either side with broad white
bands; caudal spot round, jet black, crowned with orange. Cilia
whitish.
^. 10-13 mm. U p p e r s i d e. — Forewimj blackish-brown, with
the cell and inner margin from base to near angle covered
with pale metallic-blue scales ; a variable white spot just
beyond end of cell, situated between subcostal and 1st median.
Cilia white. Hindivhiy blackish-brown, with a very variable
suffusion of pale blue metallic scales between subcostal and
submedian, apical angle whitish, outer marginal interneural
series of white lunules; caudal spot black, crowned with white.
Cilia whitish. Tail black, tipped with white.
Underside as in $ but spots and bands much better
defined and darker, white patches more extensive.
This beautiful little species appears to be rare, and I have been
able to obtain only rather worn specimens for examination; its
nearest ally is JSfac. palmyra, especially on the underside, but the
purplish-brown of the male and the pale blue metallic scales of
the female easily distinguish it. The female may be distinguished
from the females of the allied forms N. lineata and ^Y. palmyra
by the much less extensive white patch of the forewing.
Loc. — Hichmond River, N.S.W., to Cairns, Q: (^ 2, 9 8).
Ogyris, Westwood.
Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 47*2, 1850; Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc.
K S.Wales, 1890 pp. 23-28.
Forewing with costa gently arched, apex somewhat acute, outer
margin sometimes convex or sometimes straight, inner margin
straight. Himhving rounded, often dentate or drawn out at anal
244 AUSTRALIAN RHOPA LOCKllA : /. YC.KSJD.E III.,
angle into a blunt tail, sometimes with three blunt tails. Sub-
costal nervure of fore wing three-branched, the 1st brancli being
entirely free from costal nervure; anal lobe imperfectly developed.
This remarkable group, with the exception of 0. ineekii, Roths.,
from New Guinea, i.s confined to the Australian Continent and
Kangaroo Island, and is noted for the brilliancy of the colour of
the upperside, and the marked dissimilarit}' between the sexes.
On account of the marked differences between the sexes, I have
found it necessar}^ to give a table of each.
A. (^ . Upperside metallic blue.
a. Almost linear black outer margins on upperside.
a^. Underside with discal band of forewing straight oro'tes.
b^. Underside with discal band of forewing irregular Jieu-itsonL
h. Broad black outer margin to forewing.
ai. Blue costal margin cunaryUis.
/>^. Black costal margin ianthis.
c. Hindwing produced at anal angle to a blunt tail, a conspi-
cuous apical white splash to forewing a none.
B. Upperside purple, with dark margins.
a. Kich velvet purple, produced at anal angle to a blunt tail,
of large size (jenoveva.
/>. Rich velvet purple, outer margin of hindwing rounded, of
moderate size ahrota.
r. Dark purple, narrow outer margins, that of hindwing
rounded, of moderate size hamardi.
d. Dull purple, very broad outer margins, that of hindwing
rounded, of moderate size olane.
t. Violet -brown, outer margin of hindwing rounded, of large
size , idmo.
f. Purplish-brown, slightly produced at anal angle, of mode-
rate size otanes.
A. 2 ' Upperside metallic blue.
a. Cell of underside of forewing scarlet.
a^. Very broad black margins to forewing amaryUis.
h'^. Broad black margins to forewing, black spot at end of
cell hewitsoni.
c^. Anal angle produced to a blunt tail anionc.
h. Underside with discal band of forewing straight ,.. oroctes.
BY G. A. WATERnOUSE. 245
B. Forewing with a large coloured spot extending into cell.
a. Spot pale lemon, nearly circular ahrota.
b. Spot rich orange, extending to base iantJiin.
C. Forewing with a pale lemon spot external to end of cell of
forewing.
a. Basal colour green, blue, light or dark purple, two or three
blunt tails to hnidwnig and vars.
h. Central areas violet, hindwing rounded, fringes white, of
large size idiiio.
c. Central areas purple, hindwing rounded, of moderate size., otanes.
D. Without any light spot to forewing.
a. Hindwing on underside with large white blotches on eosta ohnie.
h. Hindwing on underside without white blotches harnardi.
Ogyris gexoveva, Hewitson.
Exot. Butfc. i. t. 1, figs. i3, 6, 9, 1853 ; Misk., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lorid. 1883, p. 343, pi. 15; Stand., Exot. Schmett. t. 96, 1888:
0. zosine, Hew., Exot. Butt., i. t. 1, figs. 3, 4, ^, 1853; Cat. Lye.
B.M. t. 1, f. 7, cJ, 1862.
The male of this species is dark velvety purple on upperside in
southern forms, and dull light purple in northern forms The
underside of southern specimens is also much richer and darker.
It is difficult to say which is the typical form of the female, my
series showing basal coloured areas of green from near Sydney
and Brisbane, dark purple from the Richmond River, pale blue
from Brisbane, and purplish-blue and dull purple from Townsville.
The female has three tail-like projections to the median nervules,
the middle one being smallest.
Hewitson described and figured both male and female in the
same work and on the same page, so that strictly 0. zosiitf' should
stand for this species, but as it has always been known as 0.
genoveva it is best that that name should be retained. Hewitson
figures (Cat. Lye. B.M.) the underside of 0. zosine 9, but this is
clearly an error for the male, since no pale-coloured subapical
blotch is shown. The New Guinea species, .0. meekii, Roths., is
close to this species, but has a much better developed tail.
Exp. (J 20-28 mm. (25), 9 20-31 mm (27) (S ''^), 9 ^0).
246 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCKRA : LYC.'h:y 1 DJl, III.,
Ogykis iENONE, Watei'liouse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 339, pi. xiv. fig. 9 $.
Since the description was published last year, Mr. G, Turner has
procured three specimens (^J 1, 9 2) from Cooktown, so that I
am now able to describe the female.
9. Shape very much as in $.
Upperside. — Forewing paler blue, with much broader
costal and slightly broader outer margins, a black bar at end of cell,
a large white splash on costa very near apex. Hindwmg paler
blue, with broader costal margin, otherwise as in $.
Underside. — Foreivirvj as in $ except that the cell is
orange-red between the black spots instead of grey, and that the
basal portion between median and submedian nervures is black.
Hindwing rather darker than in ^.
Exp. 5922 mm. ((Jl, 9I).
Ogyris ORa:TES, Hewitson.
Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 3, t. i. tigs. 12, 13 9, 1862 ; Waterh., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 335, pi. xiv. figs. 1, 2.
This species may be recognised by the acute apex, the straight
outer margin and the straight discal band of underside of fore-
wing. Except in shape and shade of blue, this species is identical
with 0. heivitsoni on the upperside.
Loc. — Brisbane to Townsville.
Exp. $ 18-20 mm. (19), 9 19-22 mm. (21) (^ 7, 9 7).
Ogyris iiewitsoni, Waterhouse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 338, pi. xiv. figs. 5-8 : 0.
amaryUis, And. & Spry (nee Hew.), Vict. Butt. p. 103, 1894.
This species closely resembles 0. orietei< on upperside and 0.
amaryllis on underside. Mr. H. Brown has lately caught speci-
mens at Cairns, thus extending its range north from Townsville.
Exp. S 15-22 mm. (19), 9 17-23 mm. (21) {$ 20, 9 7).
BY G. A. WATEKHOUSE. 247
OgYRIS AMARYLLIS, HewitsOll.
Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 3, t. 1, figs. 5-6 (9), 18G2; Waterh., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N'.S. Wales, 1902, p. 336, pi. xiv. figs. 3-4.
This ma}' be recognised by the much darker blue, and the
broader margins to the wings on the upperside. The female, as
in 0. hewitsoni 9, has scarlet in cell of forevving on underside.
JjOG. — Northern New South Wales and S. Queensland.
Exp. (J 16-20 mm. (18), 9 17-22 mm. (19) (^J 15, 9 15).
Ogyris iantiiis, Waterhouse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1900, 52-54, pi. i. figs. 1-4; /.c.
1902, 341.
This may be recognised by the metallic blue colour, the very
broad margins on upperside of forewing in (J, the orange central
blotch in 9, and the few and indistinct markings of underside of
hindwing. Mr. O. Lower informs me that he has lately received
a specimen (^^) from Chillagoe, N.Q., the only other authentic
record being Sydney.
Exp. g 15-19 mm. (17), 9 15-20 mm. (19) (^ 20, 9 19).
Ogyris abrota, Doubleday & Hewitson.
Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 75, f. 8 (9), 1850; Hew., Exot. Butt, i, t. 1,
f. 1, 2(^), 1853; And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. p. 109, 1894: 0.
cathariua, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 218, 1865.
The male is a rich velvety purple with black margins; and the
female may be recognised by the large lemon spot on the fore-
wing. In this species, as opposed to 0. barnardi, the forewing
appears to be rather lengthened, though otherwise they are very
close on the upperside. I cannot agree with Mr. Miskin's
remark that Hewitson's description does not agree with his
figure; in my opinion both figure and description refer to this
species. It seems that the name 0. darno was given to this
species in a British Museum List without description.
Log. — Victoria, New South Wales, S. Queensland.
Exp. (J 19-23 mm. (21), 9 19-24 mm. (22) {g 25, 9 15).
248 AUSTRALIAN RIWPALOCERA : LYC.KS I D.E, III.,
OgYRIS 13ARNARDI, Miskill.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 27.
I liave seen only four specimens of this species, apparently all
males, in the Queensland and Australian Museums. Above they
are dark purple, with dark outer margins. The upperside may
be described as having the colouration of 0. ahrotawith. the shape
of 0. olane. On the underside the markings approach 0. olaite^
but the hind wing is without the white suftusions of that species.
I consider it quite a distinct species. According to Miskin the
female is allied to 0. olane an^l not to 0. ahrota.
Log. — Dawson River, Q.
OfiYRis OLANE, Hewitson.
Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 2, t. 1, figs. 10, 11, 1862; And. k Spry, Vict.
Butt. ii. p, 105, 1894.
This species is recognised by the very broad dark margins,
leaving the centrobasal areas only purple in ^J, bluish-purple in
9- On the underside there is usually a whitish suffusion near
apex of both wings.
Loc. — South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, and pro-
bably S. Queensland.
Exp. (J 18-19 mm. (18), 9 17-22 mm. (19) {$ 5, 9 1:3).
Ogyris idmo, Hewitson.
Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 2, t. 1, figs. 3, 4, 18(32; 111. Diurn. Lep. Lye.
p. 2, 1863; And. k Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. p. 104, 1894: 0. oroutas,
Hew., Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 2, t. 1, figs. 8, 9, 1862.
This species may be recognised by its large size, and not being
drawn out towards anal angle; above the male is purplish-brown,
the female brown with centrobasal areas purplish, and a yellowish
spot just beyond cell of forewing.
In 1862 Hewitson made both his 0. idmo and 0. orontas
females, but in 1863 he corrected himself, making his 0. orontas
the male and using 0. idmo for the specific name, as it evidently
I
BY G. A. WATERIIOUSE. 249
had been thus given some years before by E. Doubleday in an
unpublished British Museum List. O. idmo appears as a noraen
nudum in ' The Genera.' Mr. Miskin does not appear to have
noticed this, for in this Society's Proceedings (1890, p. 24) he says
that specimens of both sexes of 0. orontas are in the Australian
Museum. I have very carefully examined the specimens in the
Australian Museum without finding any but females of 0. idmo,
and a male identical with Hewitson's figure of 0. orontas. Mr.
J. J. Walker has caught this species in West Australia, other-
wise it is known from South Australia and Victoria.
Exp. $ 26 mm., 9 27 mm. ($ 2, 9 1).
Ogyris otanes, Felder.
Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 217, t.28, f. 1-3, 1865; Misk., Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 23 : 0. halmatitria, Tepper, Common
Lisects S. Aust. ii. p. 12, 1890.
In shape the male is like a small male of 0. (jenoveva, with
scarcely so long an anal projection; colour above brown, with a
very faint purplish reflection; the female has the yellowish patch
just beyond cell on f orewing, and centrobasal areas purplish. On
the underside the markings are obscure except those of cell of
forewing. My specimens are in very poor condition, but Felder's
figures are excellent. Miskin was quite wrong in supposing that
this was a southern form of (>. (jeiioveva. I most certainly agree
with Lower who says that Tepper's 0. halmaturia comprises 0.
otanes $ and 0. idmo ^.
Loc. — South Australia and Kangaroo Island.
Exp. $ 21-22 mm. (21), 9 22-23 mm. (22) {$ I, 9 1),
Arhopala, Boisduval.
Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 75, 1832; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 226,
1890 : Amhlypodia auctorum (nee Horsf.).
Forewing with three subcostal nervules, costa gently arched,
apex acute, outer margin straight, llindtviny furnished with a
single tail (in Australian species); anal lobe not very distinct.
250 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYCJiMD.E, III ,
The species that this genus was erected for are A. phry.rus,
Boisd., and A. meander, Boisd. In Australia the genus is repre-
sented by three, somewhat similar, large, brilliantly coloured
species, and a smaller, duller-coloured species for which in the
future it may be necessary to erect a new genus. The three large
species will be included in the following general description;
specific details will be found under the various species.
(J. XJ p p e r s i d e. — Fore?ving brilliant metallic blue or purple,
with narrow brown or black costal and outer margins. Hindwing
brilliant metallic blue or purple, broad costal, narrow outer
brown or black margins. Abdominal fold pale brown.
XJ n d e r s i d e. — Foreii'ing brown, marked by a series of darker
brown spots and bands bordered with white. Three spots in cell,
one subbasal, second in middle, third marking end of cell, an
irregular blotch below second external to cell; a dark spot out-
wardly bordered with white adjoining cell between 1st and 2nd
medians; a straight broad transverse discal band from costa to
beyond 1st median. Hindwing brown, with darker brown spots
and band. A dark spot on costa at base, a series of four sub-
basal, one above, one in middle of, another below cell, fourth on
abdominal margin ; a second series beyond these, similarly
situated, the last forming on abdominal margin the termination
of discal band; end of cell marked by an elongated spot; discal
band broad, bent near anal angle, often joined near middle to
spot at end of cell. Anal lobe marked with a round black spot,
crowned with metallic blue or green scales often extending along
margin to 2nd median nervnie. Thorax above with metallic
scales.
The species may be distinguished : —
A. Of large size; J' with narrow, $ with broad marghis on upper-
side; brown below.
a. Underside light brown, often with whitish patches eupolis.
h. Underside dark brown.
a^. Upperside in both sexes dark purple aniytis.
61. Upperside in both sexes blue meander,
B. Of moderate size_, groundcolour of underside white iciUlei.
BY G. A. WATKRHOUSE. 251
In Ills 'Butterflies of India,' etc., de Niceville assigns over
fifty species to this genus from that region.
Akhopala meander, Boisduval.
Voy. Astr. Lep. p. 76, 1832; Amhlypodia meander, Hew., Cat.
Lye. B.M. t. 2, figs. 4-G, 1862.
(J. 22-27 mm. (24). Upper side brilliant shining blue, with
a faint greenish suffusion basally, margins narrow, black. Tail
black, tipped with white.
Under sid e. — Botli ivings dark brown, with the spots and
bands often hardly discernible, that portion of forewing covered
by hindwing pale brown; spots in cell of forewing usually onty
indicated by their whitish borders ; discal area of forewing
slightly paler; greenish metallic scales at anal angle.
9. 22-26 mm. (24). Upperside. — Foi'eunng shining l)lue
without a trace of purple; black margin narrow on costa at base,
then increasing very much to apex, outer margin very broad-
Hindvnng shining blue, with broad costal and outer margins.
Underside as in (J, but usually more indefinite; metallic
scales at anal angle often wanting.
This species is distinguishable from the two allied forms by the
blue colour and the broader black margins of the upperside in
both sexes^ and by the dark underside, with the markings very
often obscured, though I have seen specimens in which the mark-
ings are well defined, the spots in the cell often in the ^ being-
bordered by metallic scales, and also sometimes in $ there is a
large whitish patch on costa near apex. Very often the under-
side has a purplish sheen.
Log. — Rockhampton to Cape York {^ 5, 9 11).
Ariiopala amytis, Hewitson.
Amhlypodia amytis, Hew., Cat. Lye. B.M. p. 4, t. 2, figs. 7-9,
1862; Semp., Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 168, 1878 : A. cyronthey
Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, p. 43.
Q. 22-25 mm. (23). Upperside purple, with narrow black
margins. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia brown.
25 2 AUSTRALIAN JUIOPA LOCEllA -. L YC. KMD.E, III. ,
U 11 d e i- s i (1 e dark brown, with a purplish suffusion, spots and
bands darker brown, those in cell of forewing often bordered with
metallic blue. Anal angle marked with green scales.
9. 21-26 mm. (24). U p p e r s i d e. — Both wings purple inclin-
ing to blue basally; costal margin black, narrower towards base
than at apex where it is widest; outer margin l)roadly black.
Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia white. The black outer
margin of hindwing much narrower than that of forewing.
Underside as in ^ but usually much paler brown, spots in
cell of forewing rarely bordered with greenish.
In this species the colour of the sexes on the upperside is more
nearly alike than in the other two species; the margins are
narrower than in A. meander; on the underside it occupies a
position intermediate between yl. meander and A. eupolis. With
regard to ^4. cyrouthe, described by Miskin from two males, which
I have seen in the Queensland Museum, I do not think it suffi-
ciently distinct to rank as a separate species.
loQ^ — Mackay to Cape York, Port Darwin (^J 5, 9 3).
Arhopala eupolis, Miskin (Plate ii., fig. 32).
Amblypodia eupolis, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
p. 42.
(J. 20-26 mm. (22). Upperside dull purple, with narrow
brown costal and outer margins, base of wings with metallic blue
scales. Tail brown, tipped with white. Cilia brown.
Under sid e. — Forewing pale brown, with dark brown mark-
ings usually distinctly bordered with white. From apex ^ along
costa usually a large whitish suffusion. Cilia brown. Ilindujing
pale brown, basal \ with purplish suffusion, l)ands and spots
dark brown bordered with white; often a large whitish suffusion
on either side of discal band. Anal metallic scales blue.
g. 18-26 mm. (23). Upperside purple inclining to blue
towards base, with broad dark brown costal and outer margins.
Tail dark brown, tipped with white. Cilia brown.
Underside light Ijrown, with darker spots and bands with-
out any patches of whitish as in (J. Anal metallic scales blue.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 253
Tlie female of this species very closely resembles A. amytis 9
on the upperside, but the underside is very different. The species
has a closer resemblance to A. aitiytis than to A. meander^ and of
the three species is the least brilliant.
Loc. — Mackay to Cape York, Port Darwin {$ 7, 9 7).
Arhopala wildei, Miskin (Plate ii., figs. G-7).
Syn. Cat. Rhop. Aust. p. 71, 1891.
(J. 20mm. Upperside dull light blue, with black outer
margins. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia white.
Underside. — Forewing white, with a pale brown even
costal and outer margin; three darker brown spots in cell, a sub-
apical diagonal row of fOur spots below which on disc are two
others smaller. Cilia at angle white. Hindiving white, with
brown spots arranged much as in the general description; discal
brown band rather broken, beginning on costa with a large
oblong blotch. Outer brown margin narrower than in forewing,
ill defined. Anal lobe not well developed, marked with black.
Cilia white.
9. 22 mm. U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing with base, costa, apex
and outer margin broadly black, inner margin less broadly black;
rest of wing white, slightly sprinkled with blue scales on base.
Cilia white. Hindwing with base, costa and outer margin
broadly black; cell black basally, then Avhite slightly suffused with
blue scales; central white area not so clearly marked off as in
forewing. Tail black. Cilia white.
U n d e r s i d e as in ^.
This rare and distinct species was for long only known from
the types in the Queensland Museum which are not in the best
of condition; Miskin's description is good, so that I have only to
add to it a few minor details as the result of the two much better
specimens I have been able to examine. I know of only five
specimens of this rare species, all from Cairns {$ I, 9 1).
254 AUSTRALIAN RllOPALOCERA : LVC.KS ID.E, III.,
Ialmenus, Hiibner.
Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 75, 1816 ; (part) Hew., 111. Diurn. Lep.
p. 52, 1865.
Forewing with costa gently arched, apex blunt, outer margin
nearly straight in g, slightly convex in 9, inner margin straight;
subcostal nervure with 3 or 4 branches in $, 3 in 9. Hindivivg
with costa arched, apex round, outer margin straight towards
apex, then prolonged into 3 or 4 tail-like projections, which help
to discriminate between species, that to 1st median nervule always
longest, and usually developed into a long tail. Anal lohe well
defined. Scheme of marking almost the same for every species,
the variation being mainly in colouration.
Upper side. — Forewing black or brown, with a metallic
patch occupying about ^ wing; beginning basally it occupies J to
whole of cell, extending slightly beyond it, thence sweeping round
almost in a circle to inner margin. Nervules in this metallic area
well defined. End of cell marked by a conspicuous dark elongate
spot. Dark margin paler basally, very wide at apex, decreasing
to angle where it ends. Hiiidioing black or brown, with a
metallic patch occupying h wing, beginning basally and bounded
by subcostal and submedian nervures, of greater extent towards
anal angle, nervules in this patch well defined. Anal lobe black
or orange; a round large jet black caudal spot crowned with red
or orange; between 1st median nervule and submedian nervure
near margin black or brown, crowned with white or bluish, never
oran^'e; a submarginal interneural white line usually more exten-
sive in 9. The projections always longer in 9. Abdominal fold
paler.
Underside. — Forewing some shade of stone-grey or pale
brown, with darker spots and bands usually bordered with paler
colour ; three spots in cell, 1st subbasal, 2nd in middle, 3rd
elongate, marking end of cell; below 2nd, outside cell rarely in g
but usually in 9, a very variable spot, sometimes very large, some-
times only a dot; a macular interneural discal band beginning
almost from costa, extending to submedian nervure; costal spots
BY G. A. VVATEKHOUSK. 255
smaller, nearly round, others elongate, lowest often inconspicuous,
placed usually somewhat nearer base. Outer margin marked
with black or brown, just internal to which is a pale orange or
brown marginal band, internal to which again is often a darker
almost macular submarginal band. Hindivmg concolorous with
forewing. Four subbasal spots, 1st above, 2nd in, 3rd below cell,
4th on margin, 3rd and 4th usually wanting in (J, rarely in 9.
A band of three spots crossing middle of cell, one above and one
below cell, an elongated spot marking end of cell; an interneural
macular discal band beginning from costa at about ^, bent near
anal angle and then double to middle of inner margin. Caudal
and anal lobe spots jet black, conspicuous, crowned with some
shade of orange, often with a connecting splash of orange. Outer
margin marked with black or brown, just internal to which is a
white line; marginal and submarginal bands as in forewing.
The above will include all the species placed in this genus; the
varying divergences of colour will be noted under each species.
The most marked differences occur in the shape and neuration.
The type of the genus is /. evagoras, Don., which has three
subcostal branches in both sexes. All the others are similar,
except /. ictinus, Hew., and /. lithochroa, mihi, which have four
in (J; perhaps these two should be placed in Zesius, Hiibn.,* (type
Z chrysomallus^ Hiibn., from India), but I cannot see any reason
for separating, two such closely allied species as /. ictinus and /.
ddnieli, which were regarded by Miskin as conspecific.
The species may be discriminated by means of the following
table : —
A. Tail to 1st median nervule of hindwing nearly 5 inch.
a. Outer margins black; markings of underside black.
cji. Metallic areas silvery blue evagoras.
&i. Metallic areas opalescent white euhulus,
c^. Metallic areas blue (c^ $ ), submarginal bands on under-
side black , eichhorni.
h. Outer margins brown; metallic areas green J^, or blue $ .
«!. Underside with markings black ictinus.
&^. Underside with markings pale brown ddmeli.
* Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 77, 1816.
256 AUSTR ALT AN Jill OP A LOCK HA : L VCJLy I DAI. III.,
B. Tail to 1st median about i inch; metallic areas green J, or
blue $ litlwchroa.
C. Tail very short, inconspicuous.
a. Metallic areas green cf, or blue $ inom.
h. Metallic areas brassy; of small size dementi.
Ialmenus evagoras, Donov'an (PLatesii., fig. 33; iii., fig. 18).
Fap. evaf/oras, Don., Ins. New HolL t. 30, f. 1, 1805; Staud.^
Exot. Schmebt. t.95, 1888; And. & Spry, Vict. Butt. ii. pp.97, 98,
1894 : Foly. ccalestis, Drap., Ann. Sc. Ph3^sc. Brux. ii, p. 354, t. 30,
f. 3, 1819.
g. 17-21 mm. (19); 9. 16-24 mm. (21). The largest and com-
monest species of the genus. It is recognised by the very black
outer margins, the light silvery blue central areas, and the caudal
and anal orange-red blotches. Colour on underside buff, with
markings black; (in two specimens light brown). Three subcostal
nervules in both sexes.
Zoc— South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane
((?14, 9 14).
Ialmenus eubulus, Miskin.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 457.
(J. 17-19 mm. (18); 9.21mm. Immediately recognised by the
large opalescent white central areas and the narrow black margins.
Colour on underside buff, with narrow black markings. It is the
lightest in the genus, has the shape and neuration of /. PvagoraSy
and takes the place of that species in N. Queensland.
Loc. — Rockhampton, Duaringa, Q. {$ 2, 9 !)•
Ialmenus eichhorni, Staudinger.
Exot. Schmett. p. 275, 1888; Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 120,
pi. xi. f. 11 : /. itonns, Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890,
p. 41.
^. 15-17 mm. (16), 9. 21mm. At once recognised by the
black submarginal bands of underside which in all the other
species are some shade of brown or orange. Central areas pale
bluish-green, the markings from below better reproduced above
HV G. A. WATERHOUSE. 257
than ill the other species. KShape and neuration as in /. rvagoras.
Why Dr. Staudinger did not figure this species when he descriV)ed
it, instead of his figure of the well known /. evagoras, I cannot
understand. Druce's figure confirmed my opinion that /. itoitihs
was identical with this species.
Loc. — Cape York, Cooktown (Macleay Mus.), Mackay (Lower)
(<?2, 2 1).
Ialmenus ictinus, Hewits^on (Plate iii., fig. 19).
111. Diurii. Lep. p. 54, t. 24, f. 6-8, 1865; And. & Spry, Vict.
Butt. ii. pp. 98, 99, 1894 : Austromyrina schraderi, Feld., Reise
I^ov. Lep. ii. p. 260, t. 32, f. 12, 13, 1865.
(J. 16-19 mm. (17); $. 17-21 mm. (19). Outer margins brown,
with central areas green in (J, blue in 9. Underside varying
from gre}^ to light brown, black markings varying very much in
width in different specimens. Shape much as in /. evagoras, but
(J with four and ^ with three subcostals. Miskin places /.
illidgei, Lucas, as a synonym of this species, but as it has three
subcostals in ^ that is clearl}^ wrong; it is really a synonym of
/. dameli.
Loc. — Victoria, New South Wales, Brisbane to Card well,
Q. (^11, 9 11).
Ialmenus d^.meli, Semper.
Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv.p.l66, 1878; Druce, P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p.l20,
1^1. xi. f. 10, 12 : /. illidgei, Lucas, Proc. R. Soc. Qsld. 1889, p. 156,
f. 1, 2.
$. 14-18 mm. (17); 9. 15-19 mm. (17). Differs from /. ictimis^
chiefly in the light brown instead of black markings of underside,
and ^ with three subcostals instead of four, though in one speci-
men the terminal portion of the subcostal bifurcates, giving an
extra nervule but this is given off below rather than above the
main subcostal nervure. Miskin considered this species (as /.
illidgei) to be only a variety of /. ictifius, but the difference in
neuration precludes this view. There is no doubt that these two
species are very closely allied, too closely to admit of their being
17
258 AUSTRALIAN RflOPALOCERA : fAT.HM D .E, 111.,
placed in different genera as their structural differences would
suggest. The specimen of /. <hhneli with four subcostals shows
that it is not alwaj^s' possible to base generic distinction entirely
on neuration. I have no doubt that these two species have
developed from a common species.
Loc. — Brisbane to Rockhampton (^ 4, 96).
Ialmenus litiiociiroa, n.sp. (Plate ii., fig. 29).
(J. 16-18 mm. (17). Forewing with costa straight, apex acute,
outer margin straight; subcostal nervure with four branches.
Hindwing with outer margin dentate, projections from 2nd
median and submedian, and a decided tail from 1st median.
Upper side. — Forewing brown, slightly darker on outer
margin; a metallic greenish area occupying J wing and extending
from lower half of cell to in^er margin; a dark spot at end of cell.
Cilia white. Hindwing brown, with central area metallic
greenish, a prominent round black caudal spot crowned with
orange; impei-fect anal lobe yellowish; an interneural marginal
white line near anal angle. Tail brown, tipped with white.
Abdominal fold brown. Cilia white.
Underside. — Forewing light brown, with slightly darker
spots margined with white; two in cell, one marking end of cell,
another spot below middle of cell; a similar discal band; marginal
area marked by three bands of interneural white spots, the inner-
most broad and ill defined, the others often very prominent.
Cilia white. Hindwing light brown, with spots similar to fore-
wing, a subbasal row of three, a transverse row of three larger
.spots crossing cell beyond middle, an elongate spot at end of cell
below an indistinct spot; discal band broader and more macular
towards costa, narrowing about middle and bent at anal angle;
marginal area much as in forewing, with inner white band usually
very conspicuous; on anal lobe a small black spot crowned with
yellow; caudal spot large, round, black crowned with orange.
Cilia white.
9. 17-19 mm. (18). Shape much as in $; subcostal three-
branched.
BY G. A. WATBRHOUSE. 259
Upper side yellowish-brown, with metallic areas bluish,
larger than in g; caudal spot larger, orange area on hind wing
more extensive. Cilia white.
Underside as in g, with spots larger, inner white sub-
marginal band well developed.
Loc. — Parkside, South Australia ((J 8, Q 4).
This species ma}^ be distinguished from all allied forms b}' the
very pronounced white borders to the spots on underside, the
inner white submarginal band, and the tail which is intermediate
between that , of /. inous and /. ictlnus. In shape it is more
nearly allied to the much smaller /. inous, but the male has an
extra branch to subcostal. It is important to note that in the
very closel}^ related forms placed in this genus, we have two
types of neuration in the males, but only one in the females.
I am indebted to Mr. O. B. Lower for this species, which
.appears under his MS. name of lithochroa in several collections.
Ialmenus inous, Hewitson (Plate ii., tig. 30).
111. Diurn. Lep. p. 54, t. 24, f. 1, 2, 1865; And. & Spry, Vict.
Butt. ii. p. 99, 1894 : /. icilius, Hew., I.e. t.24, f. 3, 1865: Cujndo
ceneus, Tepp., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. iv. p. 29, t. 2, f. 9, 1882.
^. 10-16 mm. (14). Upperside brown, with greenish
metallic areas; anal lobe yellow; caudal spot black crowned with
yellow; very short tail-like projection to 1st median. Cilia
brown.
Underside brown, bands and spot brown, sometimes yellow;
marginal bands faint, brown or yellow; submarginal bands
absent; anal and caudal spots black crowned with yellow. Cilia
pale brown.
9. 14-17 mm. (15 \ Upp e r s i d e as in ^J, with metallic areas
blue.
Underside as in (J, with distinction between groundcolour
and spots better defined.
Loc. — Victoria, South Australia, Swan River (Hew.).
260 AUSTRALIAN llllOPA I.OCKRA : /.; VCEX I D.i:, III.,
I have a specimen without any markings on the underside
except the two black spots near anal angle. From a careful
examination of Hewitson's figures, my opinion is that /. i7i02is is-
the female and /. icilius the male of the same species, though he
only figures the underside of the latter and states both to be
males. Druce when writing on the following species makes no
remark as to Miskin sinking icilius^ so I conclude that he was
correct in doing so {$^~'^, 9 10 \
Ialmenus clementi, Druce.
P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 120, pi. xi. f. 9.
Described as allied to /. inous but smaller, metallic area less
extensive and more brassy, and anal margin less dentate. From
the figure the underside appears much more conspicuously marked.
Loc. — Touranna Plains, W.A.
Considering the variability of /. inous, I should scarcel}' be
inclined to separate this as a distinct species.
PsEUDALMEXUs, Druce.
P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. IIG.
"Allied to Ialmenus, from which it differs by the costal margin
being depressed about the middle, not arched as in that genus, by
the subcostal nervule reaching the margin below apex of fore-
wing; cell is shorter and broader, in hindwing median nervure is
longer, with its branches more nearl}' equal in length, being
caused b}' the upper nervule being bent upwards more than in
Ialmenus. Palpi more robust, hairy, with terminal joint shorter.
Eyes smooth. Type Thecla myrsilus, Doubl."
PsEUDALMEXUs MYRSILUS, Doublcday (Plate iii., fig. 23).
Thecla myrsilvs, D. H. and W., Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 487, t, 75,
f. 3, 1852; And. & Sprj^, Vict. Butt. p. 100, 1894 : T. cMorinda,
Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud, p. 401, t. 3. f. 15-18, 1853.
(J. 13-16 mm. (15). Uppers id e. — Forewing black, with a
central transverse band of orange divided l)y dark veins, a large
black spot marking end of cell. Cilia brown. Hindumig blacky
BY G. A. WATERIIOU.SE. 261
witli ati orange l)lotcli jusfc beyond end of cell, a marginal band of
red widest at anal angle, narrowing and receding from margin
towards apex; in this l^and three black spots, that on anal lobe
often wanting. Tail nearly j in. long, black. Cilia brown.
Underside. — ■Foren)lng grey, a l>lack spot at end of cell, a
black discal Wand, a yellowish suffusion corresponding to spot of
upperside, outer margin brown. Cilia pale brown. Hindwing
grey, a black spot bordered with white at end of cell, above
which is an elongate spot; marginal red band bounded internally
by white, externally by black; round black caudal and anal spots,
an ovoid black spot aV>ove anal angle. Cilia black towards anal
angle, pale brown towards apex.
9. 14-17 mm. (16). Shape as in ^J, with forewing broader.
Upperside as in. (J, orange spot of forewing larger, not
divided by dark nervules, spot and band of hindwing larger.
U n d e r s i d e as in rj, with spots and bands larger, sometimes
a broken discal black band to hindwing, usually represented by
a single spot near anal angle in ^.
Mr. F. Brown has bred specimens from Katoomba, N.S.W.,
with white cilia and groundcolour of underside pure white.
Loc. — Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales (^10, 9 7).
PsEUDONOTis, Druce.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 252, 1894.
Druce describes his genus as allied to lliysonotls, Hiibn.,
( = Diinis, Fabr.), but differing in having costal nervure free from
1st subcostal, and one subcostal nervule deficient. The species
he includes have all, I believe, a single tail, and are shaped and
coloured rather as in Daiiis than as in the group represented by
Sithon danis, Feld. No doubt a new genus will yet be erected to
contain this spscies, which will also include the Australian form.
PsEUDONOTis TUR>JEHi, Waterhouse (Plate ii., fig. 28).
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 648.
(J. 15-17 mm.; 9. 12-15 mm. Subcostal only two-branched, 1st
branch free from though close to costal nervure.
Zoc. —Cairns, Q. ((J 1, 9 2).
262 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA : LYC.F.M D.K, 111.,
Hypolyc^.na, Felder.
Wieii. Eiit. IMonat. .vi. p. 293, 1862; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii.
p. 389, 1890.
Both sexes with a two-branched subcostal in forewing; costa
of forewing straighter in ^; anal lobe moderately well developed,
two tails each about ^^ inch to 1st median and submedian of hind-
wing. With the exception of Fseiidonotis turneri, the two
insects placed in this genus are the only recorded Australian
species having two long filamentous tails to the hindwing of
approximately equal length; in addition the males both have a
large circular discoidal black spot on forewing which at once
marks them off. Type H. fmoias, Feld., from the Philippines.
If the two recorded species can be considered distinct, they
may be separated by the males as follows : —
A. Uppei'side with central areas shining blue, almost disappearing
in some lights » , pliorhas.
B. Upperside dark grey somewhat suffused with bluish .. noctula.
Hypolyc.ena phorbas, Fabricius (Plate ii., fig. 27).
Nesperla phorba.^, Fabr., Syst. Ent. iii. p. 277, 1793, Don., Ins.
Ind. t. 41, f. 5, 1800; Hew., 111. Diurn. Lep. t.21, f. 5, 7, 8, 1866:
H. dictcm (9), Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 242, t. 30, f. 19, 20,
1865.
(J. 14-19 nun. (16). Upperside. — Foreiving blue with
black outer margin, widest at apex, decreasing to angle; a large
round black discocellular spot below which is often a whitish
suffusion. Cilia white. Hindwing blue inclining to purple, a
white marginal line above which is a series of white lunules
which together enclose dark spots. Anal angle faintly yellowish.
Two equal filamentous tails. Cilia white.
Underside. — Forewing greyish-white, a darker bar at end
of cell and a straight discal band. Hindwing greyish-white, a
dark subbasal spot between costal and subcostal nervures, a dark
bar at end of cell, a dark straight discal band to anal angle where
it is bent, running to inner margin; a dark marginal line, above
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 263
which is a greyish band. Anal lobe black; caudal spot black,
crowned with orange. Cilia white.
2- l-i)-19 mm. (17). Shape somewhat as in ^ but broader.
U p p e r s i d e. — Forewing greyish-black, a central whitish spot
which may extend to inner margin or is often nearly efiaced.
Cilia white, Hindtoinj greyish-black, a marginal white line
above which is a lunular band, together enclosing dark spots;
sometimes above this again a band of interneural whitish suffu-
sions. Anal lobe yellowish. Tails black lined with white. Cilia
white.
Underside as in ^.
This is a variable species, particularly the female, which is
often almost without any white on upperside. In the Macleay
Museum there is a female which has a much more convex
outer margin to the forewing, and is a much broader insect, but
I am inclined to think it is the same species as this.
Log. — Mackay to Cape York, Thursday Island, Port Darwin
(S 7, 2 6).
Hypolycena noctula, Staudinger.
Exot. Schmett. p. 283, t. 96, 1888.
The figure does not appear to be very good, and is much smaller
than the average //. phorbas ^. Both tigure and description point
to a species very close to H. phorbas q. The upperside is given
as a dark grey shot with bluish, and the underside greyish-black
with markings evidently much as in //. phorbas. It has the two
tails and circular patch on forewing as in //. ^^horbas ^, of which
the two known specimens are probably only varieties.
Loc. — Cooktown.
Deudorix, Hewitson.
(Part) 111. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, 1863; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii.
p. 448, 1890.
Forewing triangular; apex acute, outer margin straight in ^,
slightly convex in 9; subcostal three-branched. Hhidiving much
produced at anal angle, outer margin nearly straight, a single
264 AUSTRALIAN JUiOPA LOCHRA : lA'C.ESID.K, III.,
filamentous tail to 1st median ; anal l(jbe remarkal)ly well
developed. Type D. epijarba.^, Moore.
The two species may be divided —
A. Uppeiside in ^ with red central areas, in $, grey diocis,
B. Upperside in both sexes with central areas blue cpirus.
Deudorix diovis, Hewitson (Plate iii., hg. 24).
111. Diuni. Lep. p. -31, t. 7, f. 10-12, 186:3.
(J. 1-1-19 mm. (IG). U p p e r s i d e. — Foreiuimj glossy black, a
deep red patch between median and submedian nervures extending
I across wing. Hindiolng deep red, with dark brown nervules and
a broad costal black margin narrowest at apex, abdominal margin
pale brown, anal lobe perfect, red centred with l)lack. Tail \ in.
long, black, tipped with w^hite. Cilia black.
Underside. — Forewiny brownish, with a purple sheen, a
darker broad spot at end of cell, a broad discal band, Cilia
brown, llindtning brownish with a purple sheen, a broad spot
at end of cell, a very broad discal band, bent near anal angle;
anal lobe wholly black, above which are a few metallic scales;
caudal spot some distance from margin, black nearly surrounded
with yellow. Cilia Ijrown.
9. 1-1-18 mm. (17). U p p e r s i d e. — Both icinys slate-grey,
cilia orange, near anal angle of hindwing white. Cell of forewing
black, apex blackish. Anal lobe red, with a black spot covered
with metallic scales. Tail long, black, tipped with wdiite.
Underside. — Both tvings grey, cilia orange, otherwise as
This species is the Australian form of the type of the genus,
which it very closely resembles in the male, but the female of
that species is brown rather than slate-grey. It is a species
that fades considerably if exposed to sunlight, many males being
light brown on the underside.
Xoc— Richmond lliver, N.S.W., to Cairns, Q. {^ 5, 9 4).
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 265
Deudorix EPmus, Folder.
Myrina epirns, Feld., Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. CI.
xl. p. 4.52, 1860 : D. despoena, Hew., 111. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, t. 6,
f. 1, 3, 1863.
(J. Upper side. — Forufving black, a large spot of cperuleaii
blue touching inner margin from base to beyond middle, llind-
icing with one tail; base of costal margin, apex, and border of
abdominal fold pale brown; spot at end of cell, nervules and outer
margin black.
U n d e r s i d e — Foreinlng cream, outer margin and submarginal
band brown; a large dark brown triangular spot at middle of
costa. Hindwinij cream, crossed at middle by a narrow band, dark
brown at first, rufous below, a broad brown band (which nearly
meets the last described) near abdominal margin, outer margin
near base of tail orange-yellow, bordered above and divided in
middle by dark brown dotted with ])lue; a submarginal pale
brown band from middle to near apex.
9. Upper side — Forewlny with costal and outer margins
broadly black, a minute black spot at end of cell, base and inner
margin blue, centre white. Hindtving light blue, a large white
spot below middle of costal margin, outer margin broadly brown
(narrow where the blue meets it) with submarginal line white;
anal lobe black.
Underside as in ^J except that the large spot on forewing
is less triangular and the marginal l^ands broader. Exp. l'8in.
Hewitson {J,.c.).
This species is represented in Australia by a single pair in the
Miskin collection from Cape York. They agree with Hewitson's
figures, which Kirby sinks under D. epi'ni.>>. The male from Cape
York has no secondary sexual characters, but I have not been
able to give it a critical examination to absolutely decide its
presence in this genus. The shape is as in D. diovis.
266 AUSTRALIAN RIlOPALOCh'RA : fA'C.l^y / DJ:, III.,
Rapala, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p. 105, hS81; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 454, 1890.
Forewing triangular, costa straight, apex acute, outer margin
slightly convex, inner margin in ^ with a broad tuft of hair
beneath; subcostal three-branched. HindwiiKj produced towards
anal angle, outer margin somewhat straight, a glandular patch of
scales between costal and subcostal nervures, a single tail to 1st
median, anal lobe well developed. Tj^pe DevAorix varunay
Horsf.
This genus is closely allied to Deudorix, but differs from it in
having the hindwing less produced, and by the presence of
secondary sexual characters which are absent in Deudorix. Of
the two Australian species I place in this genus as having
secondary sexual characters in the male, R. democles after
thorough structural examination may have to be removed.
A. Upperside glossy indigo-blue simsoni.
B. Upperside pale blue ., democle>i.
Hapala simsoxi, Miskin (Plate ii., fig. 2G).
Deudorix simsoni, Misk., Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 165, 1874: D.
vanuia, Semp., (nee Horsf.) Mus. Godf. Lep. xiv. p. 167, 1878.
^. 13-17 mm. (15). Shape much as in D. diovis.
Upperside deep indigo-blue, much darker on costal margins,
outer margins well defined, narrow on hindwing, a white marginal
line at anal angle; anal lobe well developed, black, crowned with
orange; tail long, filamentous, black, tipped with white. Second-
ar}^ sexual characters represented b}' a tuft of black hairs on
middle of inner margin of forewing on underside, and a glandular
patch of scales on costal margin of hindwing on upperside.
Cijia brown.
Underside brown with a purplish reflection, elongate spots
marking end of cells, close to which are the broad dark discal
bands, near anal angle Ijordered with white. Anal lobe marked
b}- a large black spot; caudal spot round, black, crowned with
white; a sutiusion of metallic scales near anal an2fle. Cilia white.
HY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 2 G7
9. 15-17 mm. (15). Somewhat broader than in ^.
U p p e r s i d e as in (J but much paler.
U n d e r s i d e as in (J but without the purplish reflection.
Semper records this species under D. varuna, Horsf., which,
from descriptions, it appears to approach. I am inclined to
regard it as the Australian form of B. orsei.^, Hew., as our species^
exactly agrees with de Niceville's* remarks on that species.
Loc. — Brisbane to Cape York (^ 8, Q 5).
Rapala democles, Miskin.
Deiidorix democles, Misk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, p. 95.
The only two known specimens, I believe, are two males in the
Miskin collection, both with secondary sexual characters, which
prevents their being placed in Dendorix. Failing a detailed
structural examination, I think it best to place the species in
Rapala. It is shaped much as in the previous species, with the
upperside violet-blue margined with black; and the underside
very light brown, with darker transverse bands much as in the
previous species. Their size is about 17 mm.
Log. — Johnston River, Q.
BiNDAiiARA, Moore.
Lep. Cey. i. p.lll, 1881; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii. p. 471, 189 0.
Foreiving with costa and outer margin nearly straight; sub-
costal three-branched. HiiuhuiiKj with distinct anal lobe, a
single tail to 1st median, over \ inch long.
This genus, which contains only one representative in Australia,
differs from all Australian Lycsenidre in the possession of a very
long tail.
BiNDAHAKA suGKiVA, Horsfield (Plate ii., figs. 35-3G).
Amhlypodia sugrira, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E.I.C. p. 105 (Thecla
sugriva on pi. i. fig. 10), 1829 : Jjindahara svgriva, de Nicev.,
Butt. Ind. p. 475, 1890: />'. phocUes, Moore (nee Fabr.), Lep.
Cey. i. p. 112, pi. xlii, figs. 3, ?>a, 1881.
•Butt. Ind. iii. p. 461, 1890.
2()8 AUSTRALIAN lUlOPA LOCEIIA : LYCJIM D.i:, III.,
rj, 14-17 uiin. (16). U ppe I'si (] e. — Forewing velvety black.
Hindtoiny velvety black, a variable l)lue patch on apical portion
of outer margin.
Underside. — Fortwinxj brown, a dark l)rown spot in cell
at base, a l)road dark brown band near end of cell, a broad dark
brown discal band. IJindwimj with costal portion brown as on
forewing, i-emainder of wing yellowish, spots and bands not well
defined. Anal lobe black; on either side of tail at base a black
spot covered with metallic blue scales.
9. 1 6-19 mm. (17). IJ p p e r s i d e. — Foren^lng greyish-black.
Hindwing with costa and base greyish-black, rest of wing white.
Cilia and borders of tail white.
Underside as in g, but the groundcolour white instead of
brown; brown marginal bands to forewing and most of markings
of hindwing obsolete.
Mr. de Niceville remarked that the female of this species could
not be distinguished from that of B. phocides, Fabr. Semper
records this species from Australia as Sithon isahella, Feld., an
Amboina species. Mr. R. E. Turner writes from Ceylon sa3'ing
lie does not think B. sugriva can be retained for our 6w6species,
though it is very variable. I am, however, inclined to agree with
Miskin, and regard all the forms of this genus as one ver}^ vari-
able species.
£oG. — Townsville to Gape York, [Ceylon (typical)] {^ 2, Q 1).
LiPHYRA, Westwood.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 31; de Nicev., Butt. Ind. iii.
p. 489, 1890 : Sterosis, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 219, 1865.
Head rather large; body short, thick; palpi nnnute; antennae
thick, short, gradually thickened. Forevnng with subcostal
nervure four-bi-anched. Hindunng rounded,
LlPHYKA 15RASS0LIS, WestWOod.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 31; Dist., Khop. Malay, p. 204,
pi. xxii. fig. 18 9, 1884; Stand., Exot. Schmett. p. 269, pl.xciv.^J,
1888; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld. vi. p. 264, 1889; de Nicev.,
15Y G. A. WATERIIOUSK. 269
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 491, figs. 2, 3 1890; Dodd, Entoiii. 1902, pp. 15G,
184 : Sterosis robnxfa, Feld., lleise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 219, pi. xxvii.
figs. 10,11 9, 1865.
,^. 35-40 mm. (37); 9. 3G-41 mm. (39). The large size and the
orange colour readily distinguish this species. The sexes are
somewhat dissimilar in shape and pattern of marking. The
Australian form does not appear to diff'er in an}^ marked degree
from specimens from the East Indies.
Loc. — Townsville to Thursday Island, Port Darwin (^ 2, 9 3).
Lyc^na (?) HYPOLEUCA, Prittwitz.
(nee KolL), Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, ^. 27 ?): Flebius amazara,
Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 376, 1871.
This species was described from two male specimens, supposed
to have come from Botany Bay, having some resemblance to
Gandalides erinus, Fabr., as figured by Donovan.
What the species is I cannot sa}^ The description is not good,
nor does there appear to be any definite character given. It is
the only species of LyccHuidcH for which I can find an Australian
record, that I am unable to place: and I can only say I doubt
very much if the specimens came from Australia. Kirby's name
was evidently given without seeing a specimen, on his finding-
that Kollar had described a species as L. JiypohAica some few
3^ears before.
Zeritis thyra, Linn.
Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1888, p. 1520.
Mr. Olliff caught two specimens of this species at Newcastle,
which, there seems to be no doubt, were imported specimens from
South Africa.
In an appendix to his Catalogue, Mr. Miskin gives seven
reputed Australian species, but most unfortunately does not
mention the Australian references. Taruciis telicanus, Lang,
is the well known species he gives as L. ji^eudocassius, and is the
name that should be used. L. falemon, Cram., has been used in
error for Una serpent afa, Herr.-Schff*. Cyaniris p.uspa, Horsf.,
270 AUSTRALIAN RIIOPALOCERA -. LYC.Ey ID.K, III.,
is well known in India and Ceylon, and occurs also in Java, but
it is extremely improbable if it was ever caught in Australia. I
am unable to find the Australian reference. Lampides macroph-
tkalnia, Feld., is probably meant for iV. berenice; it is recorded
as Australian by Butler.* Lampides hermu,^, Feld., is identical
with JVac. viola, Moore. Lyccena micylus, Cram., is an African
species, and Darris philostratns, Felder, is from the Moluccas.
Postscript (added July 9th, 1933). While this paper has been
passing through the press, Mr. J. A. Kershaw, of Melbourne, sent
me for examination a fine insect for which I propose
Miletus meleagris, n.sp.
(J. 16 mm. Fore wing shaped as in AI. ignita. Hind wing
shaped much as in M. narcissus, with a projection to 1st median.
Upperside rich shining purple with very narrow black
margins; abdominal fold blackish. Cilia white interneurally.
Underside brown, with markings as indicated in general
description (p. 158), red, bordered narrowly with black, then
broadly with metallic green. Costa of forewing with a broad
metallic green splash; upper h of cell orange, two black spots in
lower \ of cell, and one below. Outer margins orange, with an
interneural series of metallic green spots, wanting at angle of
forewing, but at anal angle of hindwing developed into a metallic
green band extending nearly half way along abdominal margin.
Cilia whitish, faintly spotted, with two jet black spots at termina-
tions of submedian and 1st median of hindwing.
Loc. — Card well, Q. Type ($) in Coll. Kershaw (^1).
This species belongs to the ignita section of the genus, being
*ihaped much as in J/, epicuru^. It is immediately distinguished
by the rich colour and very narrow black apex of upperside, and
the remarkable development of metallic green on the underside.
Mr. J. A. Kershaw has allowed me to describe this magnificent
species, which brings the number of Lyccenidce up to 115 species.
* Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. j). 566, 1877.
BY G. A. WATERHOUSE. 271
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate ii.
Fig. I. — Eupyschellus dionislm, Boisd.
Fig. 2. — Neojnthecops zalmora, Butl.
Fig. 3.—Megisba nifira,M.isk. ^.
Fig. 4.— ,, ,, „ $.
Fig. 5. — Zizera delosj/da, n.sp.
Fig, 6. — Arhojxila wildei, Misk. S" ■
Fig. 7.— „ ,, ,, ?•
Fig, S.— Da nis (rpollonius, Felder $.
Fig. 9.-^Una matJiewi, Misk. <^.
Fig. 10.— Zizera alxulus, Herr.-Schff. 3" .
Fig. IL — Cyaniris tenella, Misk. J".
Fig. 12.— Pseudodipi^as fumidus, Misk. <^.
Fig. 1.3.— „ ,, ,, $•
Fig. 14. — ,, eone, F elder S'.
Fig. 15.— „ „ ,> ?•
Fig. 16.— MZ^fn.s rovena, Druce $.
Fig. 17, — Candalidefi erinuH, Fabr. J^.
Fig. 18.— „ ,, ,, ?•
Fig. 19. — ,, a casta, Cox 3.
Fig. 20.— ,, Injaciathlna, Serm^er 3.
Fig. 21. — Una sulpitius, Misk. J^.
Fig. 22. ~ Lucia pyrodiscus, Eosen. (^.
Fig. 23.— ,, „ ,, 2'
Fig.2i.—Candalides alhosericea,Wi&k. 3"-
Fig. 25.- „ ,, „ 2.
Fig. 26. — Rapala simsoni, Misk. 3-
Fig. 27.— Hy poly ccena phorbas, Fabr. J'.
Fig. 28.— Pseuclo7iotis timieri, Waterhouse $ . .
Fig. 29.—I<ilmenus lithochroa, n.sp. J".
Fig. 30.— ,, inoH.^Uew. 3.
Fig. Sl.—Nacaduba lineata, Murray $ .
Fig. 32. — Arhopala eupolis, Misk. 3-
Fig. 33. — lalmenus evagoras, Don. J^.
Fig. M.—Candalides helenita, Semper $,
Fig. 35. —Bindahara Hiigriva, Horsf. 3-
Fig. 36.— „ „ ,, ?•
NOTE-The No. of the top left-hand figure should be 1, not 11. In fig. 29
the spot above the dotted line is accidental, and should not have appeared.
Fig.
1.— (
Fig.
2.—
Fig.
3.— (
Fig.
4.—
Fig.
5.—
Fig.
6.-
Fig.
7.—
Fig.
8.—
Fig.
9.—
272 AUSTRALIAN lUlOlWLOC KRA : LYC/KMD^K, III.
Plate ill. (Neurations).
-Cyanirix sp, ?
2. — Pliihrisinnotatus, Misk. ^.
3. — Candalides hyacinthina, Semper J.
,, cyprotus, Ollitt' J .
,, xanfhospilos, Hiibn. J".
,, hmthi. Cox J.
,, aca^fa. Cox J" .
almmiUs, Feld. J".
„ $•
Fig. 10. — Catochri/sops cnejns, Fabr. cf.
Fig. 11. — Poli/ommahLS ha^ticiis, Linn. J" .
Fig. 12. — Nacaduha dion, Godt. J .
Fig. 13. — Miletus iij nit a, Leach J.
Fig. \4. — Uticaonycha, Hew. g.
Fig. lo.— ,, scinfillata, Lucas <^.
Fig. 16. — Naccuhiha ancyra, Feld. J^.
Fig. 17.— ,, /mea^a, Murray 2 .
Fig. IS.— /a/??iew«s era^oras, Don. J".
Fig. 19.— ,, ictinns, Hew. J.
Fig. 20.— Danis serapis, Misk. ,^ .
Fig. 21. — Lucia lucanus, Fabr. ^.
Fig. 22. — Jamides phaseli, M athew J^ .
Fig. 23. — Pseudalmenus myrsiJns, Doubl. $ .
Fig. 24. — Deudorix dioris, Hew. J.
Fig. 25. — Danis taygetus, Feld. J .
Fig. 26. — r?«a arjricola, D. W. H. J .
Fig. 27. — Lucia pyrodiscus, Eosen. ^.
Fig. 28. — Megisha malaya, Horsf. J" .
Fig. 29. — Zizera lahradus, Godt. J.
Fig.?30.— Miletus miskini, n.sp. J.
Fig. 31.- „ „ „ $.
Fig. 32. — ,, ignita, Leach J.
Fig. 3.3.- „ „ „ $.
Fig. 34. — ,, narcissus, Fiihv. c?.
Fig. 35. — ,, hecalius, Misk. $.
Fig. 36. — Utica scintiUata, Lucas ^.
Fig. 37. — Nacaduha dion, Godt. ^.
Fig. 38. — Lyccnesthes tnodestus, n.sp. ^.
Fig. 39. — Utica onycha, Hew. J".
PI .5, M.S. W. 1903
Pl.l.
McManACiDAB or Aue-rnAuiA.
P.L.S.N.5.W. 1903
PI. 11,
AUSTRALIAN LVC/EMID/E
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1903
PI. 111.
G.A.W.Uf^l.
AUSTRALIAN LYC/ENID/E
fOo ^^'
•^VO^ > <-^^»
kjj t \
3 R A R Y ■r;r .
\^
■«fvC^-r.> •^«./
IJY C;. A. WATKRFIOUaE.
INDEX TO LYC-ENID.i:.
Synonyms and Extra-Australian Genera and Species in Italics.
Gexkua.
PAGE
1
PAGK
Amhlypoil'm
249
Meg IS p. A
136, 142
Akhopala
138, 249
Miletus
137, 158
Austromyrina ...
257
Nacaduba
137, 220
BllSDAHARA
138, 267
Neopithecops ..
136, 140
Candalidf.s
137, 175
Ogyris
138, 193, 243
Catochrysops .
137, 201
Parapit h ecops . . .
140
Chilades
137, 209
PathMla
142
ChryyiO])han7('^ ... .
204
Philiris
137, 188
Cupido ..
153
Pithecops
138
CVAXTKIS
136, 143
POLYOMMATCS ...
137, 200
Dam is
146
Prosotas
231,233
Danis
137, 146
Pseudalmenus...
138, 260
Deudorix
... 138, 263
PSEUDOD' SAS ...
137, 190
En'na
175
PSEUDols IS . .
138, 261
Euchrysopi<
201
Rapala
138. 266
EUPSYCHELLUS ...
136, 138
Sim(Hhus
159
E VERES
137, 218
Spalgis
203
Holochila
175
Sferosin
. 268
Hypochrysops . . .
158
Tarucus
137, 207
Hypolyc-i:xa ..
138, 262
Thysonotis
146
Ialmexus
138, 254
Thecia
158
Jamides
137,216
Theclinesthes
217, 240
Lampides
137, 154
Una
137, 233
LiPlIYRA...
138, 268
Utica
... 137,239
Lucia
137,203
Zeritis
269
Lycana ...
135, 144, 209
Zesius
.. 255
Lyc.*:nesthes ...
137, 196
Zizera
137, 210
Lyccmopsis
143
Species.
abrota
244, 245, 247
aUuf<
210
absimilis
176, 178
amarauge
216
acasta
176, 186
amaryllis . .
244, 246, 247
adamapnncta
231
atnazara ...
269
celianns
155
amy tis
250, 251
<vnea
206
ancyra
221, 225
aniens
.. 259
androdits...
180
aenone
244, 246
anita
186
agricola
234
apelles
159, 162
albaMola...
153
apollo
159, 161
albocincta, var. nov.
242
apollonius
147, 149
albosericea
177, 183
or dates
220
alcas
156
arrjentina
217
aleuas
155, 156
argiades
219
alsulus
211,212 1
arinia
147, 153
*27-i
AUSTRALIAN RIlOP ALQrERA . LYC^KMD.E, III.
PAGE
PAGE
armillata
2:n
duaringas, var.nov 167
astraptes...
217
dubiosa ...
221, 229
atrata
224
eichhorni
255, 256
atrosuffusa, vav.nov.
240, 241
elahorata
228
attenuata
.. 215
emolus ...
196,197
aurifer ...
204
eone
191
halliston
197
epidetus ...
159, 160
barnardi
244, 245, 248
epicurus...
159, 171
benyalensis
197
epirus
264, 265
berenice
221, 223
eremicola
240
beroe
.. 224
erinus
176, 183
biocellata
221, 231
eubulus ...
255, 256
hochus
217
eucletus ...
159, 174
boeticus
200
euelides ...
159, 170
brassolis
268
eupolis ..,
250, 252
brisbanensis
191, 194
evagoras...
255, 256
byzos
177
exilis
213
cceruleolactea
183
exiloide.^ ...
213
caliginosa
231
fasciola ...
238
candrena
... 217
feldeii ...
221, 225
canescens
186
florinda ...
225,226
<:atharina
247
fumidus ...
191, 193
chlorinda
260
gaika
211,215
ahrysomallus
255
gaura
140, 141
chrysonotus
159, 170
genoveva
. ... 244, 245
dementi
256,259
gilberti, n.sp. .
176. 181
cnejus
201,202
gnoma
210
ccelestis
.. 155
godeffroyi
196, 199
ccelestis ..
256
gracilis ...
213
communis
214
haimaturia
249
conformis
215
halyaetus...
159, 163
covjungens
229
heathi
176,178
cyanea ...
153
hecalius ...
159, 172
cyanites
176, 186
helenita ...
176, 180
cyprotus
177, 187
hermus ...
270
cyrilus
194
hewitsoni
244,246
cyronthe
251
hobartensis
234, 235
dameli
255, 257
horsfieldi...
140, 141
damo
247
haherni ...
177
damoetes
200
hyacinthina
176, 185
danis
146, 149
hyjioleuca
269
delicata
214
hyrcanus...
... 207
delicia
159, 166
ianthis ...
244, 245, 247
delospila, n.sp. ...
211
icilius
259
democles
266, 267
ictinus ...
255, 257
despcena ...
265
idmo
244, 245, 248
dharma
. 140
ignita
159, 168
dictcea
262
iltas
188, 189
digglesi
191, 192
illidgei ...
2.57
dion
221 222
innotatus
188, 180
dionisius
"^r. ' 139
inous
256, 259
diovis
264
isophthalmn
210
discifer . .
204
itonus
256
BY <r. A. W.\TERIIOUSE.
275
PAGE
PAGE
■kamerungae
188, 189
phaseli
198,217
kandarpa
201
philostratus
270
hii/s7ia ...
212
phocides
267
kurandae
189
pluehe
214
labradus
211,214
phorbas
134, 262
laius
209
platissa
201
limharia
204, 205
plato
218
lineata ...
221,227
plinius
207
lithargyria
201
pseudocassius . . .
207
lithoc'hi-oa, n.sp.
... 256, 258
pidchella
177
lucanus
204
2mlchra
207
lulu
212, 213, 229
jmrpvrea
187
lycamoides
199, 200
puspa
269
lysimon
211,212
putli
210
mackayensis
221,281
pygmaa ..
215
macleayi ..
147, 152
pyrodiscus
204, 206
macro phthalma . . .
270
rex
159
malay a
141, 142, 148
rohusta
269
margarita
176, 179
rovena
159, 160
mathewi
... -284,236
salamandri
150
meander
250, 251
Samoa
202
meekii
244, 245
schraderi
257
meleagris, n.sp....
270
scintillata
240, 242
micylus ...
270
seh.r
147, 149
min'mia ...
210
serapis
147, 150
miskini, n.sp. ...
159, 164
serpentata
234, 287, 238
miskini
240
simplex ...
185
modestus, n.sp....
196, 198
simsoni
134,266
rtuEren.'i
186
straho
201
molyhdena
238
suhargentea
180
myrsilus
260
suhpallidus
183
narcissus
... 159, 178
sugriva
267
nigra
142
sulpitius
... 234, 237
nitens
189, 190
sylvicola
236
noctula
262, 263
syrius
147,149
nora
225
tasmanicus
228
noreia
220
taygetus ..
147, 150
olane
244, 245, 248
telicanus
207
olliffi.
168, 169
tenella
144
onycha ...
240, 241, 242
theophrastus
207
oranigra
217
fhyra
269
oroetes
244, 246
trochilus
209, 210
orontas
248
turner!
261
orseis
267
turneri ...
199
otanes
244, 245, 249
uranites
... 163
jmlemon
238, 2()9
usta
233
palmyra
221, 228
varuna ...
266
jmradoxa
178
rincnla
228
2mrrhasim
219
viola
270
parva
210
wildei
250, 253
pavana
223
xantho^pilos ...
... 176, 177
perusia
223
zalmora
140
2)ervulgatus
214
zodne
245
276
THE VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, NEW SOUTH
WALES.
By Fred. Turner, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., etc.
Introduction.
Between the parallels 29° and 3F South and the meridians
151° 20' and 152^' 20' East lies that portion of New South Wales
called New England. Its exact geographical limits have, at one
time and another, been the cause of considerable controversy,
but as far as this paper is concerned it comprises that portion of
the State which extends northwards along the Dividing Ean^e
from a little south of Armidale to the Queensland border. It is
about 140 miles long by about 60 broad, and has an area of about
5,376,000 acres. The configuration of this area consists of a
series of plateaux and a considerable extent of both steeply and
gently undulating country. There are also many rugged hills
and deep gorges. It rises from an altitude of 3,265 feet at Armi-
dale to 5,000 at Ben Lomond, falling again to 2,831 feet at
Tenterfield. The average elevation is about 3,500 feet. Although
this portion of New South Wales is only about 80 or 90 miles
distant in a straight line from the South Pacific Ocean, still its
comparatively high altitude makes it one of the coldest districts
in Eastern Australia. The geological formation consists of granitic
and metamorphic rocks, which may be said to form the back-
bone of the Dividing Range. In some places extensive areas
of these rocks are covered with trap and basalt, which
have resulted from great volcanic disturbances at some
period of the earth's history. Excepting on the bare, granitic
hills, the soil varies in different localities. About one-third is
HY FHKU. TURNKR. 277
composed of deep, rich, red soil wliich has been formed by the
disintegration of the basaltic rocks. A large area of the flat
country is composed of a stiff, retentive black soil which appears
in the form of a deposit, and has most probably been washed
down from the surrounding high lands. There is also a large
area composed of light, friable loam which is the result of wash
from the granitic hills. Over a great part of New England the
land is rich and produces excellent cereals and other agricultural
crops suitable to temperate climates.
Climate.
Temperature at Armidale.
Mean temperature ...
Mean summer tem perature ...
Mean winter temperature ...
Highest temperature (shade)
Lowest temperature (shade)
Temperature at Tenterjield.
Mean temperature ... ... ... 59 1°F.
Mean summer temperature...
Mean winter temperature ...
Highest temperature (shade)
Lowest temperature (shade)
These temperatures will give a good idea of the climate of New
England. In the vicinity of Ben Lomond it will, of course,
average a few degrees lower on account of the greater altitude.
Rainfall.
The mean annual rainfall is 3:3-1 inches at Armidale, and 34-9
inches at Tenter field, and may be considered a fairly good one.
Water.
New England is fairly well watered by several perennial
streams, which form tributaries both to the eastern and western
r^^T)
G7-7
44--1:
105-2
13-9^
59r
69-6
47-2
107-1
12-0=
'2lS VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
rivers. In many localities there are springs of good water, and
on some of the low, flat lands water is easily obtained by sinking
a few feet into the earth. At Guyra, which lies at an altitude of
4,330 feet, there is a very large lake which, in ordinary seasons, con-
tains a good supply of excellent water which is as clear as crystal.
The only thing that detracts from this fine sheet of water, from
an aesthetic point of view, is the quantity of so-called rushes
(/leleocharis sphacelata, R.Br.) which grow over a greater part of
it.
Vegetation.
Since 1890 I have made many botanical excursions to New
England and have written special reports on the economic flora
growing there, and several of these, together with figures of some
of the useful plants, have been published by the Government of
New South Wales for the information of pastoralists and others.
From time to time I have exhibited before the Members of this
Society many botanical specimens I have collected in that part of
the State. The vegetation of New England is, in many respects,
of an unique character and differs very materially from that
growing between its eastern boundary and the sea and from that
found outside its western limits. On the east the vegetation is-
of a purely subtropical nature, and in many places very dense and
luxuriant. That growing on the plains to the west consists of
trees and shrubs of a more dwarf habit and generally of less^
luxuriant foliage, except near the watercourses. The vegetation
of New England may be described as intermediate between these,
two. The chief arboreal vegetation is the Eucalyptus^ of which
there are sixteen known species. These are found in varying
proportions, and in certain places forests of these valuable trees
occur. Several species yield timber of great economic value
which is used locally for a variety of purposes. In addition to these
there are several fine Myrtaceous trees and shrubs, including the
beautiful flowering " bottle brush," Callistemon lanceolatus, DC^
the graceful "tea" tree, LejUospermwm ^fiavescens, Sm., and the
"lily pily," Ewjenia smithii, Poir., which is always an interesting
sight when in fruit. Under Violariecc. is the curious shrubby
BY FRED. TURNER. L>79'
violet, Ilymenanthera dentata, R.Br., with small, frequently poly-
gamous flowers, and berries of a deep purple colour. CheiraiUliera
linearis^ A. Cunn., of the Piffosporece, is one of the most charming,
flowering species of that interesting order, and is well worth
garden culture for the sake of its large blue flowers. There are
three species of Vitis and one, Vitis hypoglmica, F.v.M., produces
bunches of fair-sized fruit locally known as " native grapes,"
which make good preserves. Lec/uminosce are represented by
numerous species and are well distributed. On some of the
slopes the shrubby-growing kinds of Oxylobium, Mirbelia, Gom-
pholohium, Jacksonia, Daviesia, PuUencea^ &c., display a wealth
of bloom during the early summer months. Amongst the most
beautiful flowering members of this family is Swainsona galegi-
folia, R.Br., but it is a suspected poison plant. Fifteen species
are included under the genus Acacia, several of which attain large
proportions, and certain of them furnish timber for industrial
purposes and bark for tanning. Many exotic Leguminous plants,
both perennial and annual, have become acclimatised and are now
apparently wild. The "white clover," Trifoliuia repeiis, Linn.,
is very common and when in bloom gives quite an European
appearance to many of the pastures. Two very interesting
flowering plants, Callicoma serratifolia, Andr., and Bauera rubi-
oides, Andr., are found in many moist places, and chiefly by the
side of watercourses. Ly thrum salicaria, Linn., grows taller and
is more floriferous than I have seen it in any other part of Aus-
tralia. Darwin gives some very interesting particulars regarding
the fertilisation of this widely-distributed plant. Several species
of Paisi^flora are found in Australia, but only one, Passifiora
herbertlana, Lindl., occurs in New England, and although its
flowers are not so showy as the tropical American kinds, still the
plant is interesting to the botanist. The flannel flower, or Aus-
tralian "edelweiss," Actinotus helianthi, Labill., is fairly abundant
in many places, particularly on the hill sides. Three native
mistletoes are widely distributed and grow on various species of
trees and shrubs. Loranthus pendulus, 8ieb., is the most common
of the three.
2S0 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
Composite^ are a conspicuous feature, and in spring time a
large area of both the flat and hilly country is studded with the
showy flowers of many species which have a charming effect.
Olearia, Brachycome and Helichrysum are more largely represented
by species than any other three genera of this order. Many
exotic species, some of an undesirable character, of this family
have established themselves almost all over this area. Several
species of Stylidium and Goodenia form a fair percentage of the
vegetation in some districts, and are interesting when in bloom.
The fertilisation of these plants would repay special study.
Growing on some of the granite hills, and particularly in the
fissures of the rocks, is ci beautiful white-flowering variety of
Isotoma axillaris, Lindl. Of Epacridece there are eight genera
and fourteen species. The pretty flow^ering species of Leucopogon
are fairly plentiful in places, and so are the two species of ^pac?-/^
enumerated in this paper. Climbing plants are not abundant,
but occasionally one meets with representatives of the following-
genera : — Clematis^ Vitis, Passifiora, Rhipogonum, Parsonsia,
Marsdenia and Tecoma. Several species of Solamwi occur here
and there and are suspected poison plants. Two allied introduced
plants. Datura stramonium, Linn., and D. tatida, Linn., which
usually grow about waste places, are regarded by pastoralists as
stock-poisoners. Included under ScrophularvnecH are several
interesting flowering plants, especiall}' those of the genera
Veronica and Euphrasia. LahiaUe are frequently met with,
especially species of Prostanthera, and one of the native "mints"
occasionally makes its presence known by the pleasant perfume
its leaves and stems emit when trod upon. Polygonaceoe. are well
represented, and several species are widely diffused. Several
genera of Proteacece are conspicuous in many places, but singular
to say, of the forty-three species of Grevillea recorded for New
South Wales I have found only one in New England. Of the
six species of Pimelea recorded in this paper some are regarded
with suspicion by stockowners. Wikst7'oe7nia indica, C. A. Mey.,
a closely allied plant, is a most ornamental shrub when in fruit.
Its red drupes make it a conspicuous object amongst the surround-
UY FREIJ. TURNER. 281
ing vegetation. It has long had, however, an unenviable reputa-
tion as a poisonous plant. EuphorbiacecH comprise a larger pro-
portion of the indigenous flora of this region than one would
expect to find in such a climate. Most species that I collected,
however, were growing in comparatively sheltered situations.
The genera Euphorbia and Phyllanthus are more largely repre-
sented by species than any other two genera of this order. That
most interesting, closely allied, dioecious plant, Adriana acerifolia,
Hook., is fairly plentiful in some of the sheltered ravines. A few
species of Ficus, Casuarina and Frenela are scattered over this
region.
Amongst the Monocotyledoyiecfi the i^eneva Deudrobiiun, Diuris,
Prasophyllum, Pterostylis and Caladenia of the Orchidece are well
represented, particularly the terrestrial species. Although none
of the flowers of these species can compare with those indigenous
to India and South America, and which are so popular with
horticulturists in Australia, Europe and North America, still
they are of great interest to the botanist. Under Liliacece are
arranged many genera, and several beautiful flowering species are
found both on the mountains and in the valleys. A few species
of Siuilax, Ehipogoiium and Geitoiioplesium are stout climbing
plants, but by far the greater number are dwarf in habit. In
some of the moist places the large flowering " Christmas Bells,"
Blandfordia Jiammea, Hook., occur in greater or less abundance.
And one of the so-called " fringed violets," Thysanotus tuberosus,
R.Br., is found generally on the higher and drier areas. Several
species of Xerotes and the allied Juncits are scattered over this
area, the former usually growing on the higher land and some-
times on the stony hill sides, and the latter generally in wet
places and by the side of streams. T have found only one palm,
Kentia moiiostacJiya, F.v.M., in New England, and this occurs in
the eastern portion. Cyperacece are fairly numerous almost all
over this region, the genera Cyperus, Fimbristyiis, Scirpiis,
Cladium and Carex being well represented by species. CrVa?;n?m-
cco«6' plants which are particulaily abundant, are of a rich and varied
character, and have a high reputation for fattening stock, Pani-
282 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
ciun, Andropogon, Deyeu.cin, Dantltonia and Ercujrostis are more
largely represented by species than an equal number of genera of
this order. There are thirty-nine genera and seventy-four species
of grasses indigenous to New England. Of this number I have
figured and described, as to their economic value, forty-nine under
the authority of the Government of New South Wales. Several
exotic species have become acclimatised and are to be seen grow-
ing in varying proportions on most of the grazing areas.
Acotyledonece are well represented in New England, more par-
ticularly in the eastern portion. In many of the shady ravines
and in thickly timbered districts the stately arborescent ferns
grov/ to perfection, whilst the more dwarf species carpet the
o-round with their beautiful fronds. Some species, as Aspidium
ramosum, Palis., and Polypodiuni scandens, Forst., creep up the
stems of trees and completely envelop the trunks with their
graceful fronds, and others, such as Folypodium serpens, Forst.,
and Polyjjodium aaslrale, Mett., may often he seen covering rocks
with their curious growth. Four species of filmy ferns of the
genera Trickomanes and Hyinenophyllum grow fairly plentifully
in the deep and shady gullies, usually near running streams.
And in similar situations may be found the curious "club moss,"
sometimes called " notch fern," Tniesipteris tannensis, Bernh.
Several epiphytal ferns occur here and there, and there is a robust
f*-rowing form of I^latyceriuin alcicorne, Desv. The genera most
largely represented by species are Pteris, Aspidium, AsjyleniuDi
and Polypodium.
This Census of the vegetation of New England includes many
plants not hitherto recorded from that portion of New South
Wales, and there is little doubt that when many of the deep and
sheltered gorges and other places that are difficult of access are
botanically explored more species will be recorded, and probably
others that are new to science will be found. In the following-
pages are included all the known Phaneroyamia and the vascular
but not cellular CryjUoyamia. There is an excellent and an
almost unexplored field for the cryptogamic botanist in New
England. The Musci and Fungi are numerous, and the Lichens
BY FRKO. TUHNEK. 283
include such genera as CoUema, Cladonia, Usnea, Farmelia,
Fhyscia, Lecidea, &c.
As this is the first census of tlie vegetation of New England, I
hope it will be found useful to Australian botanists and botanical
students, and that it will stimulate others to attempt similar
productions in different portions of this Continent where the
indigenous vegetation shows a character distinct from that of the
surrounding districts. So far back as 1891 I suggested to the
Government of New South Wales the advisabilit}^ of mapping
out the State into sections and publishing the indigenous and
acclimatised flora of each section for general information. I
instanced what the Rev. Dr. W. Woolls, F.L.S., had done with
regard to the Parramatta and Sydney floras, and pointed out
their value to botanists and botanical students.
All the indigenous plants included in this census that I did
not know at sight I have worked out by the diagnosis given in
Bentham's ' Flora Australiensis,' and I have followed the same
classification and nomenclature as have been adopted in that
incomparable work.
The plants marked with an asterisk are exotic, but many of
them have become thoroughly acclimatised in New England.
The plants marked with a dagger have been figured and
described, as to their economic value, by me.
The localities of the rarer species are given in the accompany-
ing census.
Several persons have, at one time and another, botanised in New
England, but those who appear to have made the largest collec-
tions of plants prior to 1890 were Mr. C. Stuart and Dr. H.
Beckler.
My thanks are due to a number of pastoralists, especially the
late Mr. W. H. Walker, of Tenterfield Station, and settlers in
New England for forwarding me botanical specimens for identi-
fication during the last fifteen years.
An exceptionally busy life has hitherto prevented me from
doing full justice to my collections and memoranda, but, as time
permits, I purpose publishing accounts of my botanical excur-
284
VEfiETA'l'ION (3F NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W,
sions ill Qucenslaiid, New Soutli Wales, Victoria, South Australia,
West Australia and Tasmania during the last thirty years. I
might add tliat I have often been urged to do this by those who,
in this country and Europe, take a great interest in the Austra-
lian flora.
The accompanying table shows the percentage of the indigenous
Phanerogamia and the Vascular Cryptogamia of New England
compared with the similar flora of New South Wales.
New South Wales.
Dicotijledoiiem.
Genera ... 662
Species ... 2393
Monocofjjledoue(e.
Genera ... 212
Species ... 668
Acotyiedonecv..
Genera ... 40
Species ... 145
New England.
DicMyledonf.cH.
Genera ... 234
Species 418
Mo yiocotyledonecH.
Genera ... 109
Species ... 231
Pek Centage.
Total Genera
Total Species
914
3206
Acotyiedo}ie(e.
Genera ... 26
Species . 59
Total Genera
Total Species
369
708
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
35-34
17-46
51-41
34-58
65-00
40-68
40-37
22-08
Class I. DICOTYLEDONS, Kay.
Subclass I. POLYPETAL^.
Series I. T ii a l a m i f l o r je.
PiANUNCULACE.K, B. dc JuSS.
Clematis microphylla, DC. Loc. — Mole Kive
Ranunculus lappaceus, Sm.
rivularis, Bks. et Sol.
DiLLENIACE.E, Salis.
Hihherlia stricta, R.Br. var. hirtiflora.
acicular'lSy F.v.M. Nine Mile.
linearis, R.Br.
Papaverace^, Juss.
Aryemone niexicana^ Linn.f*
IJV I'HEl). TtTliXEli. 285
Ckucifer^, B. de Juss.
Nasturtium officinale^ R.Br.*
Arahis (jlahra, Crantz. Black Mountain.
Cardamiiie dicti/osperma, Hook.
taciniata, F.v.M.
Blennodia trisecta^ Bentli.f Sand}^ Flat.
Capsella bui'sa-pastoris, Mfpnch.f*
Lepidium ruderale, Linn.
sativum, Linn.*
Rajyhanus raphanistrum, Linn.*
Sincbjns arvensis, Linn.*
nic/7'a, Boiss.*
Sisymbrium officinale, Scop.*"
Senehiera didyma, Pers.*
FuMARiACE^, De Cand.
Ftmiaria officinalis, Linn.*
parvi/lora, Lam.*
VioLARiE^, De Cand.
Viola hetoniccEfolia, Sm.
lonidUmn jiliform.e, F.v.M. Oban.
Hymenanthera dentata, R.Br. Armidale Clully.
PlTTOSPORE^, R.Br.
Bursaria spinosa, Cav.
Billardiera scandens, Sm. Melrose.
Cheiranthera linearis, A. Cunn. Dumaresq.
POLYGALE^, Juss.
Polygala japonicn, Houtt.
Comesperma retusum, Labill.
CARYOPHYLLEiE, JuSS.
Silene gallica, Linn."*
Cerastium vidyatum, Linn."^
Stellaria pungens, Brong.
glauca, With.
media, Linn."*^
Spergvlaria rubra, Pers.
^86 vegetation of new england, n.s.w.
Oaryophylle.?::.
Polycarpon tetraphylluia, Linn.
Lychnis cjithago^ Lam,*
SperguJa arveiisis, Linn.*
Dianthui prolifer, Linn.*
PORTULACE.li, JUSS.
Portulaca oleracea, Linn.f
Hypericine.e, St. Hil.
Hypericum japoniciun, Thunb
Malvaceae, Juss.
Malvastrum spicatum, A. Gray.f
Hibiscus sturtii, Hook. N. of Tenterfield.
Malva rotundi/olia, Linn."^'
parvifiora, Linn.*
sylvestris, Linn.*
verticillata, Linn.*
^terculiace^, Vent.
Sterculia diversi/olia, G. Don.f Beaufort.
Rulingia panjiosa, H.Br.
rugosa, Steetz.
Series II. D i s c i f l o r .e.
LiNE.E, De Cand.
Limun inarginale, A. Cunn.
gallicum, Linn.*
Oeraniace.e, Juss.
Geranium dissectum, Linn.f
Erodium cygnoram, Nees.f
cicutarium, Willd.*
moschatum, Willd.* Kentucky.
Pelargonium australe, Willd.
Oxalis corniculata^ Linn.
Rutace^, Juss.
Boronia polygalifolia, Sm. Steinbrook.
Eriostemon niyoporoides, DC. Bolivia.
Phehalium elatius, Benth.
Evodla micrococca, F.v.^L Bryan's Gap.
BY FKED. TURNER. 287
SiMARUBEiE, De Cand.
Cadellia pentastylis, F.v.M.
CelastrIxVe.e, R.Br.
Celafitrus australis, Harv. N.E. of Bolivia.
cunrmighatnii, F.v.M.
STACKHOUSIE.E, R.Br.
Stackhousia monogi/na, Labill.
vwiinea, Srn.
RHAMNE.E, JUSS.
Pomaderris lanlgera, Sm. Wollomombi
elliptica, Labill.
phiUijy'ceoides, Sieb., var. nitidida.
Gryptandra a^mara. Sm.
lanosiflora^ F.v.M.
prophiqua^ A. Cunn.
longistaminea, F.v.M. Near Bear Hill.
Discaria aiistralis, Hook.
Ampelide^, Kunth.
Vitis antarctica, Benth.
ckmatidea, F.v.M. Red Range.
hypoglauca. F.v.M.
Sapindace^, Juss.
JSfephelium subdentatum, F.v.M. Kookabookra.
Dodonma triquetra, Andr.
viscosa, Linn.
attenuata, A. Cunn., var. Ii7iea7'is.f
Series III. Calyciflor^.
Leguminos^, Juss.
Suborder I. PAPILIONACE^.
Oxylohium trilohatum, Benth. N. of Tenterfield.
Mirhelia p^ingens, A. Cunn.
speciosa, Sieb.
288 VKGETATIOX OF NKW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
PAPILIONACE.E.
Gompholohium Inipgelii, Benth.
uncinatum., A. Cunn.
Jacksonia scoparia, R.Br.
Daviesia latifolia, K.Br. Bryan's Gap.
corymbosa, Sm.
uticina, Sm.
genistifoUn. A. Cunn.
Aotus mollis, Benth. Near Bald Nob.
Pultencea j)ycnocephaln, F.v.IM.
paleacea, Wilkl.
microphylla, Sieh. Tinil)arra.
Dilhoynia jnniperina, 8ieb.
Jjossicpa prost'rata, R.Br. Lode Hill.
Templetonia muelJeri, Benth.
Tlovea lomiifoHa, R.Br. Shannon's Vale.
Lotus corniculatiis, Linn.
australis, Andr.
Psoralca tenax, Lindl.
Indigofera australis, AVilld.
Swainsona galegifolia, R.Br.f
hrachycarpa, Benth.
prucihmhens, F.v.M.f
orohoides, F.^'.M.t Near Mole River.
lessertii/olia, DC. Jump Up.
Zornia dij)hijlla, Pers. Argenton.
Desmodium brach7jpodin.m, A. Gray.
variaris, Endl.
Lesj)edeza cuneata, G. Don.
Glycine clandestina, Wendl.
tahacina, Benth.
Vigna vexillata, Benth.
Medicago satira, Linn."^
denticidata, "Willd.*
minima, Willd."^
hipulina, Linn.*
MfiHlotiis parvifhra, Desf . *
\
BY FRED. TURNER. 28^
Papilionace^.
Trifolium jjrctteiise, Linn.*
repens, Linn."^
ayra^'ium, Linn.*
procumhenSy Linn.*
Vicia satwa, Linn.*
inllosa, Willd.*
Ervum hirsuticm, Linn.*
Ulex europceus, Linn.*
Suborder II. C-ESALPINIE^.
Cassia sophera, Linn., var. schinifolia.
australis, Sims.
eremophila, A. Cunn.f Sunnyside.
Suborder III. MIMOSEiE.
Acacia J2iniperina, Willd.
armata, R.Br.
vomeriformis, A. Cunn. Clive.
stricta, Willd.
neriifolia, A. Cunn.
Tuhida, A. Cunn.
decor a y Reichb. Mole River.
huxifolia, A. Cunn.
vennlosa, Benth. E. of Elsmore.
pycnostachya^ F.v.M.
longi folia, Willd.
prninosa, A. Cunn,
spectahilis, A. Cunn. Emmaville.
polyhotrya, Benth.
decurrens, Willd. f
Rosacea, Juss.
Ruhus parvlfloTus, Linn.
roscpfoliiis, Sm.
/rnticosuti, Linn.*
Ac(ena ovina, A. Cunn.f
sangiiisorba', Valil.
19
'290 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.AV.,
ROSACE.E.
Jiosa rubighiosa, Linn.*
Poterium sanguisorha, Linn.*
Saxifrage.e, Vent.
Callicoma serratifolia, Anclr.
Bauera rubioides, Anclr.
Crassulace.e, De Cand.
Tilhua verticinaris, DC.
Droserace.i:, Salis.
Drose.ra spathulata, Labill.
Halorage^, R.Br.
IlaJoragis serra, Brongn.
alata, Jacq.
micrantha, R.Br. Salisbury Plains.
heterophyllay Brongn.
tetragyna, Hook.
Myriophyllum verrucosum, Lindl.
Myrtace^, Juss.
Micromyrtiis minutiflora, Benth. Wollomombi.
Bceckea densifolia, Sm. Brockley.
Leptos2:)ermumflavescens, Sm.
attenuatuni, Sm.
abnorme, F.v.M.
C allistemon lanceolatus, DC.
salignus, DC.
Melcdeuca genisti/olia, Sm.
Angopho7'a intermedia^ DC.
Eucalyptus stelliUata, Sieb.
coriacea, A. Cunn.
amygdalina, Labill., var.
obligua, L'Her.
macrorhyncha, F.v.M.
leucoxylon, F.v.M.
melliodora^ A. Cunn.
alberis, Miq.
crebra, F.v.M.
BY FRED. TURNER. 291
Myrtace^.
Eucalyptus dealhata^ A. Cunn.
vi7ninalis, Labill.
rostrata, Schl.
tereticornis^ Sm.
stuartiana, F.v.M.
regnans, F.v.M.
eugenioides, Sieb.
Eugenia smithii, Poir.
LYTHRARIE.E, JuSS.
Lythruni salicaria, Linn.
ONAGRARIEiE, JuSS.
Epilohium ju7iceitm, Forst.
hillardierianum, Ser.
Jussima suffruticosa, Linn.
(Enothera biennis, Linn.*
Passiflore^, Juss.
" Passiflora herhertiana, Lindl. Steinbrook.
FiCOIDEiE, Dill.
Tetragonia expansa, Murr.f
Umbellifer^, Juss.
HydroGotyle hirta, R.Br.
laxijiora, DC.
Trachymene australis, Benth. •
incisa, Rudge.
Siehera linearifolia, Benth.
Aclinotus helianthi, Labill.
minor, DC.
Eryngium vesicidosum, Labill. WellingroA
Apiuiyi australe, Thou.
Daucus hrachiatus, Sieb.f
Anethum fo&niculam, Willd."^
Conium macidatum, Linn."^ Guyra.
Araliace^, Vent.
Astrotriche Jloccosa, DC. >Steinbrook.
292 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.
Subclass II. MONOPETALiE.
LORANTHACE.E, JuSS.
Loranthus longifiorus, Desv.
linophi/Uus, Fenzl.
pendulus, Sieb.
RUBIACE^., JuSS.
Opercidaria hispida, Spreng.
Pomax 2iinbellata^ Solancl.
Asperida scoparia, Hook.
conferta, Hook., var. elongata.
Galium yaiidichaudi, DC.
aparine, Linn.
CoMPOSiTiE, Vaill.
Leuzea aiLstralis, Gaud.
Centaurea vielitensis, Linn.*
solstitia/is, Linn.f"^
calcitrapa, Linn.f*
Vernonia cinerea, Less. Steinbrook.
Olearia rosmarinifolia^ A. Cunn.
stelhdata, Labill., var. canescens.
gravis, F.v.M. Shannon's Vale.
raimdosa, Benth., var. communis.
7'amosissima, Benth.
elliptica, DC.
Vittadinia australis, A. Rich., var. dissecta.
Erigeron canadensis, Linn."^
lini/olius, Wilkh*
Calotis dente^i', R.Br.
cuneifolia, R.Br.
Ia2?pidacea, Benth.
LagenopJiora solenogyne, F.v.M.
emphysopus, Hook.
Brachycome microcarpa, F.v.M.
stuartii, Benth. Bryan's Gap.
scapiformis, DC.
discolor, C. Stuart.
liY FRED. TURNER. 293
COMPOSITyE.
Jirachi/come niultijlda, DO.
Xanthiuni spmosuni, Liriii.'*^
Sieijesbeckia orietitalis, Linii.
Wedelia hijiora, DC.
Spilanthes grandljlora, Turcz. Melrose.
Galinsoga parvijiiwa, Cav.f"^
Glossogyne tenidfolia^ Cass.
Cotida australis, Hook.
Soliva anthemifolia, R.Br.
Myriogyne minuta^ Less. Mole River.
Calocephalus citreus^ Less. Mole River.
Craspedia richea, Cass. Ben Lomond.
chrysantha, Benth.
Ammobium alaturn, R.Br.
Cassinia laevis, R.Br.
quinquefaria, R.Br. Dumaresq.
Ixiolcena hrevicompta, F.v.M.
Podolepis acuminata, R.Br.
Leptorhyiichus squamatus, Less.
Helichrysiini bracteatum, Willd.
elaticm, A. Cunn.
collinum, DC. Black Mountain.
apicidatum, DC.
semipapposum, DC.
diosmifolium, Less.
Jh'rugineum, Less.
obcordatum, F.v.M.
Hdijyterum anihemoides, DC.
incanum, DC.
dimorpholepis, Benth.
Gnaphalium luteo-album, Linn.
jajjonicum, Thunb.
coUiaum, Labill.
Erechthites arguta, DC.
Senecio lautus. Forst.
294 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
Composite.
Senecio australiSy Willd.
vulgaris, Linn.*
C ymhonotus laicsoniaaus, Gaud.
Microseris forsteri, Hook.
Hypochceris glabra, Linn. ^
radiata, Linn.*
Pier is hieracioides, Linn.*
Sonchus oleraceus, Linn.
Carduus mariarius, Linn.*
Cirsium lanceolatum, Scop.* .'
arvense, Scop.^-"
Anthemis cotula, Linn.'^
Chrysanthemum segetum, Linn.''''
Tragopogon porrifolius, Linn.*'
Onopordon acanthium, Linn.*
Cryptostemnia cahndidaceum, R.Br.f^*'
Cichorium intyhus, Linn.--'
Taraxacum ojfficinale, Linn."^-'
Stylidie.e, R.Br.
Stylidium yraminifoliuin, Swartz.
dehile, F.v.M.
laricifolium, Rich.
eglandulosum, F.v.M. Melrose.
Gogdenovie.?:, R.Br.
Velleia paradoxa, R.Br. Kelly's Plains.
Goodenia bellidi folia, Sm.
lanata, R.Br.
hederacea, Sm.
rotundifolia, R.Br.
2nnnatifida, Schl.
heteromera, F.v.M. Kelly's Plains.
Sccevola spinesceyis, R.Br.
microcarpa, Ca\'.
Dampiera hrotvnii, F.v.]M.
BY FRED. TURNER. 295
Campanulace^, Juss.
Lobelia f/ibbosa, Labill.
trigonocmdis, F.v.M.
pu7'purascens, R.Br.
Isotoma axillai'is, Lindl., et var. alba.
Wahlenberyia gracilis, DC.
Epacride^, R.Br.
Styphelia viridis, Andr.
Melichriis rotatus, R.Br.
urceolatus, R.Br.
Trochoca7ya laurina, R.Br. Near Mount Mitchell.
Brachylo^na da2)h7ioides, Benth.
LeuG02)ogon lanceolatus, R.Br.
hookeri, Sond.
melaleucoides, A. Cunn.
cort/ertus, Benth.
neo-a7iglicus, F.v.M.
Acrotriche aggi'egata, R.Br. Red Range.
Monotoca sco2:)a7na, R.Br.
Epacris lo7igiflo7'a, Cav.
obtusifolia, Sm.
Plumbagine^e, R.Br.
Plumbago zeijlaiiica, Linn. Sunnyside.
Primulace^, Vent.
LT/simachia salicifolia, F.v.M.
ja2)07iiGa, Thunb. Black Mountain.
Samolus vale7^a7idi, Linn. Rocky River.
Anagallis arve7isis, Linn.*
Myrsine^, R.Br.
Myrsine c7'assifolia, R.Br.
variabilis, R.Br.
Jasmines, Juss,
Jasminum suavissimum, Lindl. Steinbrook.
NoteUea 7nicrocarpja, R.Br.
liTiearis, Benth.
296 vegetation of new england, n.s.w.
Apocyne.?^:, Juss.
Parsonsia lanceolata, R.Br.
ventricosa, F.v.M. E. of Staiinifer.
ASCLEPIADE.E, R.Br.
Sarcostemma australe, R.Br.f Siinnyside.
Marsdenia Jlavescens, A. Cunn. Red Range.
Gomphocarpusjruticosus, R.Br.*
LOGANIACE^, R.Br.
Mitrasacme indica, Wight.
Logania fioribunda, R.Br.
Oentiane/E, Juss.
Erythrcea australis, R.Br.f
Limnaiithemum gemiiiatum, Griseb.
Boragine.^, Juss.
Halgania preissiana, Lehm. Melrose.
Cynoglossum latifoliuiii, Linn. Torrington.
Echium violaceitm, Linn.*
Lithosjyermum arvense, Linn.*
Convolvulace.e, Juss.
Convolvulus eruhescens, Sims.
niarginatus, Spreng.
Evolvidus alsinoides, Linn.
Cuscuta aust7'alis, R.Br.
epithymum, Willd."^
SolanevE, Juss.
Solanuin nigrum, Linn.f
.stelligerum, Sm.
amhlymeriun, Dun.
densevestitum, F.v.M.
semiarmatum^ F.v.M.
campaiiulatum, R.Br. Bonshaw.
Fhysalis minima, Linn.
Datura leichhardtii, F.v.M. Sunnyside.
stramonium, Linn.f*
iatula, Linn.*
BY FRED. TURNER. 297
SCROPHULARINE^, Mil'b.
Mimulus gracilis^ R.Br.
Gratiola peduncnlata^ R.Br.
Veronica derwentia, Andr. Black Swamp.
plebeia, R.Br.
serpilli/olia, Linn. Ben Lomond.
Euphrasia colliiia, R.Br. Lode Hill.
scabra, R.Br.
argitta, R.Br.
Celsia cretica, Linn.*
VerbasGum blattaria, Linn.*
virgatum, Linn.^'
thapsus, Linn."^' Bolivia.
Linaria elatine^ Mill.*
Lentibularie.e, Rich.
Ut7'icidaria dichotoma, Labill. Shannon's Vale.
BiGNONIACE.E, R.Br.
Tecoma australis, R.Br.
ACANTHACE^, R.Br.
Branthemura variable, R.Br.
Myoporine^, R.Br.
Myoporum acuminatum, R.Br.
deserti, A. Cunn.^ E. of Elsmore.
Verbenace.e, Jiiss.
Verbena officinalis, Linn.
bonariensis, Linn.*''
Spartothaiiinus junceus, A. Cunn.
Labiate, Juss.
Pleciranthus parvijlorus, Willd.
Mentha satureioides, R.Br.
Lycopus australis, R.Br.
Salvia plebeia, R. Br.
Prunella vulgaris, Linn.
Scutellaria humilis, R.Br.
Prostanthera lasianthos, Labill.
298 vegetation of new england, n.s.w,
Labiat;e.
Prostanthera aerulea, R.Br. Timbaria.
ovali/oUa, R.Br.
phylicifoha, F.v. M.
nivea, A. Cunri, Shannon's Vale.
saxicola, R.Br., var. major.
Westringia glabra, R.Br. Kookabookra.
Teucrium corynibositm, R. Br.
argiUum, R.Br.
Ajuga australis, R.Br.
3faj'rubuim vulgare, Linn.*
Stachys arvensis, Linn.f*
MoluceUa Icevis, Linn.*
Plantagine.e, Juss.
Plantago debilis, R.Br.
varia, R.Br.f
lanceolata, Linn.*
major, Linn.''"
Subclass III. MONOCHLAMYDEiE.
Phytolaccace.e, Endl.
Phytolacca octandra, Linn.*
CHENOPODiACEiE, Meisn.
Rliagodia hast a fa, R.Br.f E. of Elsmore.
linifolia, R.Br.
Chenopodium alburn^ Linn.*
triangulare, R.Br.
glaucum, Linn.*
ambrosioides, Linn.*
murale, Linn.*
Airiplex patula, Linn.*
hortensis, Linn.*
Amarantace.e, Juss.
Deeringia celosioides, R.Br. Deepwater.
Amarantus viridis, Linn.
paniculafiis, Linn.*
blitum, Linn.*
by fred. turner. 299
Amarantace^.
Tricliiniiim alopecuroidrum, Lindl.
macrocephalum, R.Br. Swan Yale.
Nyssanthes erect a^ R.Br.
Alfernantliera nodiflora, R.Br.
nana, R.Br.
PARONYCHiACEiE, Meisn.
Scleranthus hiJJoriis, Hook.
POLYGONACE^, Juss.
Emex aiistralis, Steinli. f^'
Rumex crispiis, Linii.^'
conglomerafus, Miirr.'*'
acetosella, Linn.-'"
Polygonum strigosum, R.Br.
prostratum, R.Br.
minus, Huds.
suhsessile, R.Br.
lapatliifolium, Linn.
aviculare, Linn."^'
Mtihlenhechia gracillima, Meisn.
rhyticarya, F.v.M.
Giinningliamii, F.v.M. Near the Severn River.
Nyctagine^, Jnss.
Boerliaavia diffusa, Linn.f
MoNlMIACEiE, Juss. <•
Kihara macropliylla, Benth.
Hedycarya angustifolia, A. Cunn. Steinbrook.
LAURiNEiE, Vent.
Cryptocarya glaucescens, R.Br.
Gassytha 'puhescens, R.Br.
PROTEACE.E, JuSS.
Petrophila sessilis, Sieb. Beaufort.
Isopogon petiolaris, A. Cunn.
Conospermnm taxifolium, Sm.
300 vegetation of new england, n.s.w.,
Proteace.e.
Persoonia cornlfolia, A. Cuiin.
sericea, A. Cunn.
niitchellii, Meisn.
prosfrata, R.Br.
lanceolata, Audi-.
tenulfolia^ R.Br.
Grevillea trinervis, R.Br. N.E. of Guyra.
Hakea erlantha, R.Br. Swan Vale.
sali(/}ia, Knight.
leucopfera, R.Br.f E. of Staniiifer
microcarpa, R.Br.
dactyloides^ Cav.
Lomatla illcifoUa, R.Br.
sllai/olia, R.Br.
Banksia collina, R.Br. Lode Hill.
iiiferjrifolia, Linn.
Thymele.e, Jiiss.
Pimelea glaioca^ R.Br.
collina^ R.Br. Ben Lomond.
linifolia^ Sm.
paitciflora, R.Br.
carviflora^ R.Br., var sericea.
altior, F.v.M. Newton Boyd.
«♦ Wikstrwmla indica, C. A. Mey. Bryan's Gap.
EUPHORBIACE.l!:, Juss. ,
Eupliorhia drummondii^ Boiss.
macgillivrayi, Boiss.
eremopJiila, A. Cunn.
peplus, Linn."*
helioscopia^ Willd.*
Poranthera microplnflla, Brong.
Bei/eria viscosa, Miq. Mole River.
laslocarpa, F.v.M.
Bert If a ciDDiinghami, Planch.
rosmarinifolia, Planch.
liV FRED. TURNER. .301
EUPHORBIACE.E.
Amperea spartioides, Brong.
PhiiUanthus ferdinandii Muell., var. minor.
gassfroemii, Muell .
suhcremilatus, F.v.M.
fhi/moides, Sieb. Hillgrove.
Jilicaulis, Bentli.
Breynia ohloiuiifolia, Muell. KE. of Tenterfield.
Claoxylon austraJe, Baill.
Acalypha nemontm,¥.v.W. E. of Bolivia.
Adriana aceri folia, Hook.
Carumbium still ingic^folium, Baill. Steinbrook.
IjRTiCEyE, Yent.
Trema aspera, Blume.
Ficus ruhiginosa, Desf.
aspera, Forst.
op2X)si/a, Miq.
Psendomorus hrunoniana, Bureau. I^ear source of the Aps-
ley River.
Elatosfemma retic/idahmi, Wedd.
Parietaria debilis, Forst.
Urtica nrens, Linn.*
dioica, Linn.*
Casuarine^, Mirb.
C usum^ina glauca, Sieb.f Swan Vale.
snherosa, Ott. et Dietr.
PiPERACE/E, Rich.
Peperomia leptostacJiya, Hook, et Arn. Drake.
reflexa, A. Dietr.
SANTALACE.E, R.Br.
Thesium australe, R.Br.
Santalum lancpolatnm, R.Br., var. angustifoliiim, E. of
Elsmore.
Choretrum lateriflovnm, R.Br.
candollei, F.v.M. Mole River.
302 vegetation of new england, n.s.w.,
Santalace.e.
Exocarpus cupressiformis, Labill.
strict a, R.Br.
Subclass IV. GYMNOSPERM-ff:.
Conifer.E, Juss.
Frenela robusta, A. Cunn.
rhoynboidea, Endl.
Oycade.e, Rich.
Macrozamia paulo-gnlielmi, F.v.M.
Class II. MOXOCOTYLEDONS, Ray.
Hydrocharide.e, Lam.
Vallisneria spirali.-i^ Liiin.
Orchide.e, R.Br.
Liparis refle.i:a, Liiidl.
Dendrobium cemuhun, R.Br,
khigianum, Bidw. E. of Dundee.
pugioniforme, A. Cunn.
linguifo rme, 8 wartz.
teretifoliiim, R.Br. Guy Fawkes River.
mortii, F.v.M. Black Swamp.
Bulbophyllum eJiscn, F v.M.
Cleisostoma tridentatuni, Lindl. Near Bryan's Gap.
Dipodium punctatum, R.Br.
Galeola cassythoides, Reichb. N.E. of Tenterfield.
Spiranthes australis, Lindl. Ranger's Valley.
Thelymitra ixioides, Sw.
longi/olia, Forst.
Diuris alba, R.Br. Salisbury Plains.
punctata, Sm.
aurea, Sm. Graham's Valley.
niaculata, Sm.
pallens, Benth. Ranger's Valley.
abbreviata, F.v.M.
sulphurea, R.Br. Graham's Valley.
by fred. turner. 303
Orchide^.
Pra,^ophyllum fiavu^n, R. Br.
patens, R.Br.
fuscum, R.Br. Graham's Valley.
Microtis porrifolia, Spreng.
parvijiora, R.Br. Salisbury Plains.
Pterostylis rejiexa, R.Br.
obtusa, R.Br.
miUica, R.Br.
ritfa, R.Br. Ranger's Valley.
Caleana major, R.Br. Mole River.
minor, R.Br. Mole River.
Acianthus exsertus, R.Br.
Eriocliilus autumnalis, R.Br.
Caladenia patersoni, R.Br.
suaveolens, Reichb.
carnea, R.Br,
ccerulea, R.Br. Mole River.
Glossodia rnajor, R.Br.
minor, R.Br. Mole River.
BuRMANNiACE^, Blume.
Burmannia disticha, Linn.
Iride^, R.Br.
Pater sonia glauca, R.Br.
sericea, R.Br.
glahrata, R.Br.
Sisyrinchiiim niicranthum, Cav.*
Lihertia paniculata, Spreng. Near Black Swamp.
Amaryllide^, St. Hil.
Hcemodorum planifolium, R.Br.
Hypoxis hygrometrica, Labill.
glabella, R.Br.
DioscoRiDEiE, Meisn.
Dioscorea transversa, R.Br. N.E. of Bolivia.
LiLiACE^, De Cancl.
Smilax glycyj^hylla, Sm.
304 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
LiLIACE.E.
Smilax australis, R.Br.
Rhipogonum album, R.Br.
discolor, F.v.M.
elseyanum, F.v.M.
Dianella Icevis, R.Br.
cceralea, Sims.
Geitonoplesinm cymosum, A. Cunn. N.E. of Bolivia.
Blandfordia flammea, Hook.
Anyuillaria dioica, R.Br.
Bidhine hidbosa, Haw. E. of Stannifer.
semiharhata, Haw.
Thf/sanotus tid)erosus, R.Br.
Ccesia vittata, R.Br.
parvijiora, R.Br.
Tricoryne elation', R.Br. Clive.
Stypandra glauca, R.Br.
cxEspitosa, R.Br.
Arfhropod'mm panicidatam, R.Br.
minus, R.Br.
Dichopogon sieheriaaus, Kunth. E. of Bolivia.
Laxmannia gracilis, F.v.M.
Allium fragrans, Vent.*
Philydrace.e, R.Br.
Philydrum lanuginosum, Banks.
Xyride^e, Kunth.
Xyris gracilis, R.Br. Graham's Valley.
opercidata, Labill.
COMMELYNACEiE, Endl.
Aneihma acuminatum, R.Br.
hijiorum, R.Br.
(iramineum, R.Br. Sandy Flat.
Podia crispata, Benth. N.E. of Hillgrove.
Juncace.e, Agardh.
Xerotes longifolia, R.Br.
IJV FRED. TURNER.
JUNCACE/E.
Xerotes laultijlora, K.Br.
filiformis^ R.Br.
elongata^ Benth.
leucocej)hala, R.Br.
Luzula campestris, DC. Ben Lomond.
Jnnmis jtlanifoliiis, R.Br.
homalocaulis, F.v.M.
communis, E. Mey.
pmicifJorufi, R.Br.
pris7natoca7'pus, R.Br.
eapiUaceits, Hook.
Palm^, Jiiss.
Kentia monostachya^ F.v.M. N.E. of Tenterfield
Aroide^, Ju.ss.
Typhoniimi hro7vnii, Schott.
Gymnostachys a7ice2)s, R.Br.
Typhace/E, De Cand.
Typha anfjustifolia, Linn.
S'parganinin angustifoHum, R.Br.
Lemnace^, De Cand.
Lemna frisuica, Linn.
mitior, Linn. Yarrowyck.
Naiades., Agardh.
Trigl ochin procera, R.Br.
Potamogeto7% natans^ Linn.
ohtusifolius, Mert. et Koch.
CENTROLEPIDEiE, Desv.
Cen trolejns fasclcularis, Labill.
Restiace^, R.Br.
Lepyrodia scariosa, R.Br.
Restio gracilis, R.Br.
tetrap>hyllui<, Labill.
Hypolama laterijiora, Benth
•20
306 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W
Cyperace.e, KBr.
Kyllinga intermedia, R.Br.
Cyiyerus erngrostis, Vahl. Ivucky Rivei'.
polystachyns, Eottb.
enei'vis, R.Br.
dfjformis, Linn.
tetraphylbis, R.Br.
trinervis, R.Br.
concinnus, R.Br, Nine Mile.
filipes, Benth.
vaginatics, R.Br.
carinatus, R.Br.
rotundus, Linn.f
gunnii, Hook. Ben Lomond.
exaltatus, Retz.
Heleocharis sphacelata, R.Br.
cylitidrostachys, Boeck.
acuta, R.Br.
atricha, R.Br. Mole River.
Firabristylia nutans, A^ahl.
monostachya, Hassk.
velata, R.Br.
oistivalis, Vahl.
diphylla, Vahl. Ranger's Valley.
cyperoides, R.Br.
Scirpus fluitajis, Linn.
setacens, Linn.
imc7idatus, Spreng.
jjrolifer, Rottb.
lacustris, Linn.
Rhynchospora glauca, Vahl. Wellingrove.
Schcenus melanostachys, R.Br.
vaginatus, F.v.M.
MesomelcHna deiista, Benth.
sphoirocephala, Benth.
BY FRED. TURNER. 307
OyPERACE.13.
Lepldosperma exaltatum, R.Br.
laterals, R.Br.
Cladiimi articulatum, R.Br.
ylomeratum, R.Br.
tetraquett'um, Hook., and var. 'planifolium.
gu7inii, Hook.
ju7iceiim, R.Br.
Gahnia meJanocarpa, R.Br.
psittacorum, Labill., var. oxylepis.
Caustic flexuosa, R.Br. E, of Uralla.
Carex inversa, R.Br.
paniciilata, Linn.
gracilis, R.Br-.
contracta, F.v.M.
vulgaris, Fries.
acuta, Linn.
loholepis, F.v.M.
pseudo-cyperas, Linn. Walcha.
CrRAMINEiE, R.Br.
Pasptalum distichum, Linn.f
Mriocldoa punctata, Haniilt.f
an7iulata, Kiinth.f
Panicum sangitinale, Linn.f
parvijiorum, R. Br. f
leucophc^um, H.B. et K.f
semialatum, R.Br.
jiaviduni, Retz.,t var. tenuior.
gracile, R.Br.f
colonuni, Linn. E. of Tenterfield.
crus-galll, Linn.f
maryinatum, R,.Br., et var.
obseptum, Trin.
bicolor, R.Br.f
melananthuni, F. v. M. f
308 VEGETATION OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
GrAMINE/E.
Panicum eff'usum, R.Br.f
deconipositnm, R.Br.f
prolutum, F.v.M.f
Setaria glaiica, Palis, f
vivid is, Beau v.*
Pennisetuia compressum, R.Br.f
Cenchrus australis, R.Br.f
Lajjpago racemosa, Willd.
Hemarthria comprcssa, R.Br.f
Ischtmuni laxum, R.Br.f Kentucky.
Arthraxon ciliare, Palis. f E. of Glen Innes.
Pollinia falva, Benth.f W. of Glen Innes.
Andropogon sericeiis, R.Br.f
affinis, R.Br.f
intermedins, R.Br.f
refractus, R.Br.f
Imperata arundinacea, Cyr.f
Chrysopogon parvijiorus, Bentli. W. of Glen Innes.
Sorghum plumosum, Beauv.f
Anthistiria ciliata, Linn.f
Arxmdinella nepalensis, Trin
Polypogon monspeliensis, Desf.*
Microlcena stipoides, R.Br.f
Hierochloa rariflora, Hook. Ben Lomond.
Aristida vagans, Cav.
ramosa, R.Br.
Stipa setacea, R.Br.
pubescens, R.Br.
Dichelachne crinita, Hook.f
ftciurea, Hook.f
Agrostis alba, Linn.
scabra, Willd.
Deyeuxia Jorsterii, Kunth.f
billardieri, Kunth.f
(juadriseta, Benth.f
BY FRED. TURNER. 309
I
Gramine^.
Deyeiu'ia scabra, Beiitli.
breviglumis, Benth. W. of Glen Iniies.
IIolcus lanatus^ Linn.'^
Amphibromus neesii, Steud.f
Danthonia cm'phoides, F.v.M.f Arniidale.
pallida, R.Br.f
longifolia, R.Br.
racernosa, R.Br.
semianiudaris, R.Br.f
Echinopogoii ovatits, Beauv.f
Pappophoruni nigricans, R.Br.f
Cynodon dactylon, Pers.f
Chloris truucata, R.Br.f
Leptochloa chiaensis, Nees.
Sporoholns indicus, R.Br.f
Isachne australis, R.Br.f
Phragmites communis, Trin.
Koileria phleoides, Pers."^
Dactylis glomerata, Linn.*
Eragrostis nigra, Nees.
pilosa, Palis, f
leptostachya, Steud.f
diandra, Steud.
hrownii, Nees.
Poa caispitosa, Forst., et vars.f
annua, Linn.*
glauca, E.B.*
'jjratensis, Willd.*
Glyceria fluitans, R.Br.f
lat ispicea, F. v. M .
Briza nii^ior, Linn.*
maxima, Linn."^'
Bromus mollis, Linn.*
sterilis, Linn.*
Ceratochloa unioloides, DC*
310 VEGKTATIOX OF NEW ENGLAND, N.S.W.,
GrAxMINE.E.
Festuca duriuscida, Linn.
bromoides, Linn.*
Agropyrum scabrum, Palis, f
Loliutn perenne, Linn.^'
temulentiim, Linn.*
Hordeum micrinum, Linn.*
Phalaris canariensis, Linn.*
Arena fatua, Linn.*
Class III. ACOTYLEDONS, Jussieu.
Lycopodiace.^, 8\vaitz.
Lycopodium seJago, Linn.
densiun, Labill.
Selaginella idiginosa, Spring.
Azolla rubra, R.Br.
Tmesipteris tannensis, Bernh. N.E. of Glen Innes.
Psilotum triquetrum, Swartz. E. of Stonehenge.
Filices, Linn.
jSchizcea bijida, Swartz.
Gleichenia dicarpta, K.Br.
flabellata, R.Br.
Todea barbara, T. Moore. Near source of the Mole River.
Ti'ichomaties caudatum, Brackenr.
apiifolnan, Presl.
Hymenop/iylliwiflabellatiim, Labill.
tunbridgense, Sm.
Also2?hila australis, R.Br.
leichhardtiana, F.v.M.
Dicksonia antarctica, Labill.
yoiongice, C. Moore. E. of Tenterfield.
Davallia pyxidata, Cav.
dvbia, R.Br.
Li7ids(Ka linearis, Swartz.
microphylla, Swartz. Armidale Gully.
Adianhmi (Hhiopicum, Linn.
^ormottu7n, B.Br. E. of Tenterfield.
BY FHED. TURNER. 311
?.S.
FlLICES.
Adiant am hisjnchihwi, Swartz.
Gheilanthes tenuifolia, Swartz.
Pleris geraniifolia, Raddi. Black Swamp.
2mradoxa, Baker. N.E. of Glen Innei-
falcata, R.Br.
longifolia, Linn.
iimbrosa, R.Br.
treimtla, K.Br.
aquilina, Linn.
Lomaria patersorii, Spreng.
capensis, Willd.
Blechnum cartilagineuin, Swartz.
Doodia aspei'a, R.Br.
blechnoides, A. Cunn.
caudata, R.Br.
Asplenhon^fiabellifolinm, Cav. £. of Bolivia.
falcatum, Lam. N.E. of Bolivia.
ffaccidum, Forst.
nmhrosum, J. Sm.
Aspidiuvi raviosuiti, Palis.
iinitu7n, Swartz.
moUe, Swartz.
aculeatum, Swartz.
aristatum, Swartz.
decompositum, Spreng.
Polypodium australe, Mett.
tenellum, Forst.
pitnctcUum, Thunb.
serpens, Forst.
conjiueus, R.Br.
attenuatum, R.Br.
scandens, Forst.
Notliolo'na distansj R.Br. Bolivia.
Granimitis rutcvfolia, R.Br. Melrose.
Plafy cerium a/cicorne, Desv.
312
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of several species of grass-
hoppers (Fam. Stenopelmatidce) collected in the Bendithere Caves
by Mr. Murra}'', of Moruya. The insects are remarkable for
their very long legs and antennte, and for the absence of ears.
They live in the darkest recesses of the caves, and jump about
when disturbed. They are allied to the genera DoHchopoda^
Macropathus^ etc., the species of which are found in .similar
situations in Austria, New Zealand or Kentucky, U.8.A.: but,
it is believed, this is the first record of such cave-inhabiting
Australian Orthoptera.
Mr. Froggatt also showed specimens of two Australian
members of the Acrididce, which have a ver}' wide range, namely,
(1) (Eda/eios marmoratHs, Thunb. (Loacstadauica, Linn.), also well
known under the name of <Edipoda tmisica, Serv., found likewise in
the South of France, India, Cejdon, Africa, Madagascar, some of
the islands of the Malay Archipelago, Java, Sumatra, and the
Philippines ; (2) (Edaleus seneyalensis, described from Senegal,
Africa, by Krauss; and recorded by Saussure from Ternate and
Australia. The specimens exhibited were captured on a sandy flat
between Leura and Katoomba,Blue Mts., during the last summer;
in this locality it seems to take the place of (E. marmoratus.
Mr. H. S. Mort exhibited specimens of two species of MoUusca
from Long Bay, namely, Eidima articidata^ Sowb., a new record
for New South Wales ; and Pedicularia stylasteris^ Hedley, a
new record for Sydney.
Mr. Baker exliibited fresh specimens of the rare Conifer,
Pherosphcera Fltzfjeraldi, F.v.M., from the base of AVent worth
Falls, and also from the first and second falls at Leura, ])oth
collected by the Rev. W. W. Watts.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 313
Mr. Maiden sent for exhibition the type specimens of West
Australian plants described in Mr. Fitzgerald's paper.
Dr. R. Greig Smith exhibited a series of gummed fruits, and
sections of stems and branches in illustration of his paper.
Mr. Carne exhibited photographs and a series of specimens of
nepheline-pegyrine rocks to illustrate the occurrence of laccolites
in the Barigan district, near Mudgee, N.S.W.; and he described
in some detail the origin and characteristics of these interesting
dome-shaped rock masses — igneous rocks which had intruded the
Coal Measures, and uplifted the overlying Hawkesburj^ Sandstone
but without reaching the surface at the time, though long after-
wards subsequently uncovered by denudation; and he gave parti-
culars as to the manner and variable extent to which the seams
of coal had been affected by intrusive masses.
Mr. Palmer showed a nuinbar of specimens obtained during a
visit to Gladstone, Queensland, and illustrating the mineral
resources of the locality.
Mr. Waterhouse exhibited (1) representatives of 100 species of
Australian Lyccenidce from his own and the Macleay Collections.
(2) Specimens of Eiischemon rafflesia, MacL, and its pupa, an
insect considered by some entomologists to be a butterfly, by
others a moth. Its Rhopalocerous characters are hooked,
clubbed antennre ; palpi and method of flight as in the llesperidie;
larva with a dark hard head ; pupa slightly fastened by the tail
and enclosed in a sheath formed by drawing two. leaves together.
Its Heterocerous characters are the presence of a frenulum, and
its method of resting with wings outstretched (as is the case in
the undoubted Ilesperid genera Phoenicops and Netrocovijne).
(3) A pair (^9) of Telesto monticolce, Olliff, from Walhalla,
Victoria, belonging to Mr. G. Lyell. The onl}" previous record is
that of two specimens ((J) from Mt. Kosciusko. The female is as
yet undescribed.
314 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Kesteven exhibited, on behalf of ]Mr. W.J. Rainbow, and
by permission of the Curator, specimens of Ouyris idino, Hew.,
and 0. barnardi, Misk. (not represented in Mr. Waterhouse's
exhibit), from the Australian Museum Collection.
Mr. J. J. Walker offered some remarks upon the interesting
character of Mr, Waterhouse's exhibit of Euschemon rafffesia.
Notwithstanding the presence of the frenulum, he considered the
insect to be undoubtedly a butterfly; and from the characters of
the pupa to be regarded as referable to the family Hesperida'.
Mr. Steel gave a resume of the scientific aspects of a recent
visit to Great Britain and the United States, and of his gratify-
ing experiences both as the Society's delegate at the last Meeting
of the British Association at Belfast, and as a visitor, interested
in science, from Australia.
WEDNESDAY, MAY 27th, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, Ma}' 27th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
Mr. Ernest J. Goddard, Sydney, was elected a Member of
the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 7 Vols., 36 Parts or Nos., 1
Bulletin, 5 Reports, 4 Pamphlets, and 1 Miscellanea, received
from 33 Societies, etc., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon tlie
table.
315
AUSTRALIAN PSYLLIDJ:. Pakt III.
Bv Walter W. Froggatt, F.L.S
(Plates iv.-v.).
Since my last conti'ibutioii to the study of this Family of the
Homoptera (these Proceedings, 1901, p. 242) I have collected, and
received from my numerous correspondents, some new forms quite
as interesting as those previously described; and from the material
now in hand (as there still remain in my collection a number of
lerp-scales and galls, the makers of which have 3^et to be dis-
covered) the fauna bids fair to be the richest in the world in
respect of these tiny " leaf-Heas." Though the range of many
species is limited as far as we 3'et know, others have a very wide
distribution and are readily transported with their food-plants to
other countries. Rhiuocola eucalypfi, described by Maskell f rom
New Zealand, where he found it on the 3'oung foliage of the Blue
Gum, is to be found in every plant nurser}^ or garden about
Sydney where seedlings of this Eucalypt are growing. As the
tree is also common in Tasmania it is probably a native of that
Island. In the last Report of the Government Entomologist at
Cape Town it was recorded as plentiful in South Africa on its
food plant {Eucalyiotus glohiiJus). The tiny little aphis-like
Psiflla acaclcB-haileyana', which swarms over the ornamental
" Cootamundra Wattles " in this State, without apparently doing
an}' damage, was reported last season as having destroyed all the
flower buds of many shrubs of the same species growing about
the suburbs of Melbourne.
The free psyllids infesting the Acacias and other scrub trees
seem to confine themselves to particular species, and are constant
in their habits; but tliose forming lerp-scales upon the Eucalypt s
have a much wider choice of host, and adapt tlieir structures to
316 AUSTRALIAN I'SYLLID.K,
the shape of the leaf. Thus Rhinocola coniiciolafa, which forms
its slender honi-coloured lerp on several different Eucalypts, has
l)een collected recentl}^ at Dubbo on Eucalyptus fereticornis, var.
dealhafa, and E. sideroxylon^ at Young on E. tereticornis^ and at
Condobolin on E. melliodora and E. rostrata.
On further examination I find that EriojJsijlla gracilis
cannot be correctly referred to that genus, but must be placed in
Aphalara, as the stalk of the subcosta is not as long as the stalk
of the cubitus. The figure of the wing given in PI. xiv., fig. 11,
is correct, but the description of the wing in the particular men-
tioned is wrong.
Rhinocola xigripennis, n.sp. (Plate iv., fig. 1).
Earl}'- stages and life-history unknown; imago caught in sweep-
ing low scrub.
Imago. — Length 0"075 inch, antennae (?). General colour bright
reddish-brown, with dark brown marks in centre of pronotum
and on abdominal segments, legs ochreous, wings hyaline, with
the whole of central portion clouded with black; nervures light
brown. Head with eyes not quite as broad as thorax, deeply
angulated behind, flattened, with a deeply impressed fovea on
either side of the deep median suture, parallel behind eyes, arcuate
on either side, behind basal joint of antennae forming a blunt
tooth beside front of the eyes, rounded and lobed in front. Pace
lobes broad, rounded, fringed with fine hairs. Antennae with 1st
and 2nd joints very stout, short; rest w^anting. Eyes very large,
flattened; central ocelli very small, lateral ocelli close to upper
angle of eyes. Thorax : pronotum angulated on front margin,
sloping to rounded tips, bearing a row of five foveae and truncate
behind; dorsulum small, rounded in front, produced into a blunt
tooth on sides, sloping to a truncate apex; mesonotum large,
arcuate in front, broadly rounded on sides and hindmargin;
scutellum small, angular and truncate in front. Legs stout, long,
tibia? of hind pair dilated at apex and armed with a row of short
black spines, with a pair of similar ones in the apex of 1st tarsal
joint. Wings long, slender, rounded at tips, more than thrice as
BY WALTER \V. FROGOATT. 317
long as broad, primary stalk short, stout; stalk of subcosta short,
as long as that of cubitus; subcosta running so close to the costal
nervure that it almost touches; radius long, curving downwards
at tip; upper branch of cubitus long, straight, upper and lower
forks short, of nearly equal length; lower branch of cubitus long,
upper fork short, rounded, lower fork very short, slightly curved;
clavus slender, clavical suture long, slender. Abdomen long.
Genitalia : (9) upper and lower valves short, pointed.
ffab. — Dandenong, Victoria (C. French, Junr.; one specimen).
Rhinocola multicoloh, n.sp. (Plates iv., fig. 2; v., fig. 14).
Early stages and life-history unknown; imago caught in sweeping.
Imago. — Length 00725, antenna3 0-01375 inch. General
colour bright reddish-brown; centre of prothorax, head, legs and
antennae yellow, apical joints of latter fuscous; face lobes red;
abdominal segments black, the segmental divisions barred with a
fine line of red; wings slightly opaque, clouded in a regular
pattern along hind half and tip of forewings with dark brow^n,
inner nervures pink. Head with e3^es nearly as broad as thorax^
almost truncate in front, with a slight median suture and small
fovea on either side, deeply arcuate on hind margin. Face lobes
turned down, large, broad, rounded at tips, with an angular cleft
between, clothed with long hairs. Antennae short, 3rd joint
longest, 9tli-10th short, slightly thickened and rounded at tip.
Eyes large, hemispherical, standing out on sides of head; central
ocelli in contact with face lobes, lateral ocelli well on hind marijin
of eyes. Thorax : pronotum angulated in front, sloping down
on either side, forming a rounded lobe at the extremities, in line
with the eyes; dorsulum broad in centre, running to a point on
sides, truncate in centre of hindmargin; mesonotum large, convex,
broad, swelling out, and rounded on sides: scutellum broad, some-
what quadrate. Legs stout, hind pair long; tibial spines not
conspicuous. Wings long, slender, more than thrice as long as
broad, curved at base in front, broadly rounded at tip, and
slightly concave on hind margin, primary stalk stout, stalk of
subcosta shorter than stalk of cubitus, costal cell elongate, sub-
318 AUSTKAMAN P^YLLID.K,
costal forming a long slender stigma-like cell running into costal
nervure before i-eaching tip of wing; radius long, curving down
just below top of wing; upper cubital branch lonor, upper fork
longer than lower, both turning downward below tip; lower
cubital branch short, upper fork long, curving round, lower fork
very short and transverse. Abdomen long, slender, sharply
arcuate on dorsal surface at the extremity, with an oval valve or
process in the curve. Genitalia : (9) upper and lower valves
short, rounded at tips, with a stout spine-like ovipositor produced
beyond thorax.
Hah. — Dandenong, Vic. (in sweeping low scrub; C. French,
Junr.): Rylestone, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt).
Five specimens were sent from Victoria, captured on the 28th
of October, when sweeping w^ith a net. I collected four speci-
mens in the same manner about the same time of year. This
species in general form of wings and coloration comes near R.
marmorata from the Blue Mountains, but, among other differences,
has very short antenna?, whereas M. niannorata has extra long
ones.
Aphalara flavilabris, n.sp. (Plate iv., fig. 3).
Early stages and life-history unknown; imago caught in sweep-
ing low Eucalypt scrub.
Itnago. — Length 0*07, antennte 0-0225 inch. General colour
reddish-brown mottled with yellow, face lobes pale yellow ;
antenme, legs, upper surface of dorsulum, mesonotum and scu-
tellum pale ochreous-yellow; upper surface of head rich reddish-
brown; wings hyaline, with a transverse band of black crossing
them, enveloping stalk of subcosta, base of cubital branches,
bounded on the inner margin of cubital stalk and both bifurca-
tions of lower branch of cubitus; rest of nervures light ochreous.
Head with eyes twice as broad across as long, flattened, with dis-
tinct median suture, no fovea, and broad angular cleft in front,
sloping down on either side to eyes which are slightly arcuate
behind. Face lobes large, broad, rounded and close to tips.
Antennpe long, 1st and 2nd joints very short, 3rd very long, rest
BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 319
of nearly uniform length, decreasing in length to apex. Eyes
very large, rounded on the outer margins, somewhat reniform in
shape; central ocellus very small, at extreme base of median
suture; lateral ocelli large, in line with hind angle of eyes.
Thorax : pronotum of uniform width, broadest and rugose at
extremities, arcuate behind; dorsulum short and broad in propor-
tion, rounded in front, sloping on sides to hindmargin; mesonotum
large, arcuate in front, swelling out on either side of dorsulum,
angulated at extremities, and rounded behind to junction with
small oval scutellum. Legs rather short and stout. Winers
nearly thrice as long as broad, coming to almost an acute point
at tip; primary stalk moderately long; stalk of subcosta short,
but longer than stalk of cubitus, forming a slender well-defined
stigma or subcostal cell; radius long, running close to eosta and
coming out exactly at 'tip of wing; stalk of cubitus very short,
upper branch of cubitus long, upper and lower forks long, forming
a large cell, upper one longest; lower branch of cubitus short,
upper fork long, curving round, lower fork rounded and curving
inward at tip; clavus stout, clavical suture long and distinct.
Abdomen broad, coming to a point at tip.
//a6.— Rylstone, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt).
Aphalara obscura, n.sp. (Plate iv., fig. 4).
Larca dull yellow, eyes red. Head large, broadly lobed in
front on either side, antenm^ standing out from eyes, pointed at
apex ; thorax forming three regular segments, abdomen not as
long as thorax, rounded at apex and fringed with short spines
round the extremity.
Papa with dorsal surface ochreous, but so thickly blotched
with brown that it shows only as a dorsal stripe down centre of
head and thorax, lines behind head and wing-covers forming a
square between the latter, and several transverse lines on basal
half of abdomen separating these brow^n bands; ventral surface
lighter brown, with abdominal segments marked with transverse
bands of blackish spots. Head large, rounded in front, arcuate
behind base of antenna^ rounded behind; eves large; antennie
320 AUSTKAIJAN PSV I.LI I) .K,
short, pointed at capex. Thorax short, broad, wing-covers Large,
broad, rounded at tip; abdomen elongate-oval; legs short, stout.
Imago. — Length 0*0425, antennre 0-01 inch. General colour
ochreous, with darker chestnut markings on head and thorax,
antennae fuscous, lighter on segmental divisions, eyes bright red,
ocelli yellow, four broad transverse bands across mesonotum.
Wings semiopaque, finely coriaceous, nervures yellow. Head
broad, turned down and lobed in front, with a dark median suture
and fovea on either side; deeply arcuate behind. Face lobes
hidden from above, large, stout, conical, hairy. Antennae rather
short, 1st joint very broad, 2nd short, oval, 3rd longest, 4th-7th
short, 8th longer, 9tli-10th short, pointed at apex. Eyes ver}'-
large, reniform; lateral ocelli \eY\ small, on lower angle of e3'^e;
central ocellus small, hidden from above. Thorax : pronotum
curved, ribbon-shaped, impressed with three dark spots; dorsulum
spindle-shaped, rounded in front, tapering to extremities; meso-
notum large, truncate on both sides, rounded on outer margins;
scutellum arcuate in front, with spine on either side of front
margin. Legs short, stout, tibite long, slender, with apex slightly
dilated, and armed with six short black spines. Wings broad,
rounded at tips, coriaceous, a little more than twice as long as
broad; primary stalk short; stalk of subcosta not as long as stalk
of cubitus; subcosta long, indistinct, forming no true stigma;
radius long, straight, curving slightly at extremity, coming out
iust above tip of wing; stalk of cubitus long, upper branch of
cubitus very long, upper and lower forks forming a slender cell
just below tip of wing; lower branch of cubitus long, upper fork
long, bow^-shaped, lower fork very short. Abd(mien short, pointed
to tip. Genitalia: (9) large, broad, sabre-shaped, upper and
lower valves finely pointed.
jjah. — National Park, Sydney, K.8.W. (on Eucalyptus sp.;
AV. W. Froggatt).
Apiialaka leptospermi, n.sp.
Larva semitransparent, thickly enveloped in a mass of white
wool-like filaments; eyes yellow; tip of antenna^ tarsi and rostrum
15Y WAI/JEIi W. FROfUiATT. 321
fuscous; centre of abdomen bright yellow. Head lobed in front,
large, antennae standing out in front; abdomen short, broad,
rounded at tip.
Pupa pale yellow tinged with green; anteniuv, legs, blotches
on either side of head, wing-covers, six blotches between them,
and five transverse lines and apical portion of abdomen dark
brown. Head slightly arcuate in front, sharply curved down on
sides to projecting eyes. Thorax short, as broad as head; wing-
covers short, oval. Abdomen short, broadly rounded, and some-
wliat arcuate at tip; apical portion covered with fine close net-
like corrugations.
Imago. — Length 0-0575, antennae 0-1375 inch. General colour
pale yellow, centre of abdomen red when viewed from above, tip
of antenna? and fine markings on head, thorax and abdomen light
brown. Head broad, deeply lobed in front, median suture deep,
arcuate on sides and base. Antennae short, standing out in front,
3rd joint very long, -ith short, apical ones slightly swollen. Face
lobes short, broad, rounded at apex, turned down and deeply cleft.
Eyes large; central ocellus well down on front of median suture,
lateral ocelli near hind margin of eyes. Thorax : pronotum
ribbon-shaped, coming to a point at centre, arcuate on sides and
base; dorsulum prominent, broad, angulated on sides; mesonotum
large, rounded on sides. Wings more than twice as long as
broad, not as long as usual, rounded at extremities; primary stalk
short, stalk of subcosta shorter than in other species, subcostal
nervure indistinct, forming an irregular cell, thickened at tip;
stalk of cubitus twice as long as subcostal stalk; radius long,
curving down; upper branch of cubitus long, upper and lower forks
forming an angulated cell smaller than lower cell formed by
furcation of lower branch; clavical suture verj^ stout and distinct.
Abdomen wedge-shaped, rather long. Genitalia indistinct in (J,
forming two fine points in ^.
Hah. — Frankston, Vic. (on Leptospermiim laevigatum ; C.
French, Junr.).
The larvse and pupie of this species swarm over the tips of the
foliage of the tea-tree bushes, covering them with the white wool
20
322 AUSTRALIAN PSYLLID.K,
like filaments under which they hide. Mr. French says : — "My
clothes were quite white, and hundreds of the little creatures
were crawling over my coat after pushing my wa}'^ through the
scrub."
Cardiaspis rubra, n.sp. (Plate v., figs. 1 and 3).
Early stages and life-history unknown ; imago collected on
scrub.
Imago. — Length 0*08, antennse 0-0175 inch. General colour
bright red, mottled with dull reddish-orange and ochreous on
head and thorax; centre of vertex, legs, antennas, edges of pro-
notum, two blotches in centre of dorsulum and five on mesono-
tum blackish; abdomen red, deeply banded with black, wings
slightly opaque, nervures rose-red. Head small, arcuate behind,
rounded and slightly lobed in front, with distinct median suture
and deep fovea. Face lobes large, spatulate at apex, open at base
but in contact at tips. Antennae short, 4th-9th joints short, apex
slightly thickened. Eyes large, truncate on inner margin; cen-
tral ocelli small, lateral ocelli small. Thorax : pronotum ribbon-
shaped, curved in front, an impressed fovea near each extremity,
slightly raised on hind margin; dorsulum convex, very short,
broad, rounded to a blunt point at extremities; mesonotum large,
arcuate in front, somewhat truncate on sides, rounded from hind
angle; scutellum large, rounded behind. Legs stout, tibise long,
terminal joint of tarsi large. Wings elongate-oval, more than
twice as long as broad; costal nervure thickened at base to
stigma; primary stalk short, stalk of subcosta a little shorter
than stalk of cubitus ; subcosta running in costa with well-
defined stigma; radius emerging above tip of wing; upper branch
of cubitus long, straight, upper fork shorter, emerging just below
tip of wing, lower fork shorter, turned down; lower branch of
cubitus not as long as upper fork; lower fork short, turning down,
clavus stout, clavical suture slender. Abdomen very short, broad,
terminating in rounded tip. Genitalia in 9 forming two short
valves.
Ilah. — Mt. Wellington, Hobart, Tasmania (on Eiicafi/ptus
cocci/era; A. M. Lea; two specimens 9).
BY WALTKK W. FROGGATT. 323
Spondylaspts hirsutus, n.sp. (Plates iv., fig. 6; v., figs. 4 and 5).
Lerjj convex, rounded, broadest across centre, light chocolate
brown, of a laminated structure, closely attached all round the
edges to a leaf, with a flange at base, the whole of the central
portion of the lerp clothed with curled filaments, hooked or
turned down at tips; IJ lines in length.
Pupa. — General colour bright red, thorax dull yellow; blotches
behind eyes, spots on dorsal surface of thorax, wing-covers, tarsi,
bases and tips of antennae, and apex of abdomen black. Head
small, rounded in front; antennae moderately long, slender, stand-
ing out in front of head; eyes large. Thorax long, not wider
than base of head; legs short; abdomen swelling out from tip of
wing-covers, rounded to apex.
Imago. — Length 0-085, antennae 0 025 inch. General colour
reddish-brown; head, pronotum, outer margins of dorsulum and
scutellum light yellow ; abdomen barred with black down the
€ontre of each segment; antennae and legs ochreous, except the
tips of the former, which are fuscous; wings slightly opaque,
nervures light brown. Head arcuate in front, sloping down
behind base of antennae, rounded behind eyes; flattened on summit,
with a dark median suture, and a very slight fovea on either side.
Face lobes very long, slender, rounded on the tips, and separated
to near base. Antennae short, thickened, thickened also at tip;
1st joint very short, broad, 2nd small, the following ones longer.
Eyes large, flattened, deepty arcuate on inner margins; central
ocellus small, at base of dorsal suture; lateral ocelli small, on
upper edge of margin of eyes. Thorax : prothorax ribbon-shaped,
curved, with a slight fovea on either side in line with lateral
ocelli, broadest and rounded at the extremities; dorsulum short,
broad, rounded in front; mesonotum large, slightly arcuate in
front, rounded on sides and behind; scutellum arcuate in front,
with a slight spur on either edge, but rounded behind, overlajDping
the mesonotum. Legs moderately long; hind tibiae swollen at
apex and armed with stout spines. Wings rounded on front
margins, pointed at apex, more than twice as long as broad
324 AUSTRALIAN rSYIJJD.K,
primary stalk short, curved ; stalk of subcosta long, subcosta
forming a long slender cell or stigma running about two-thirds of
length of costal nervure; radius long, running close to costa and
terminating at tip of wing; cubital stalk short, upper branch of
cubitus long; upper and lower forks long, forming a large cell;
lower branch long, upper branch long, curving upward and then
down; lower fork long, curving outward; clavus stout, clavical
suture long, well defined. Abdomen large. Genitalia indistinct.
Hah. — Thirroul, N.S.W. (on leaves of Eucalyptus robusta: W.
W. Froggatt).
8P0NDYLASPIS NiGRO-ciNCTA, n.sp. (Plate v., figs. 2 and G).
Earl}^ stages and life-histor}^ unknown; imago taken in sweep-
ing Eucalypt scrub.
Imago. — Length O'OS, antennse 0-025 inch. General colour
rich yellow variegated with black; head yellow with lines round
the edges, median suture, fovea, and centre of eyes black;
antennae and inner portion of face lobes fuscous; black blotches
on either side of dorsal surface of thorax forming two irregular
parallel bands, Avith two lighter blotches on front margin of pro-
notum; legs marked with black on thighs, tarsi fuscous; abdomen
more black than yellow on dorsal surface; wings semitransparent,
nervures horn-colour. Head narrow across, arcuate behind,
turned down and flattened in front, with a deep fovea and median
suture, deeply cut out in centre, and coming to a sharp angle on
either side between antennae. Face lobes very long, slender,
almost cylindrical, rounded at tips, lightly clothed with fine hairs.
Antennae short, 1st joint short, stout, 2nd short, 3rd longest, 4th-
8th slender, nearly of equal length, 9th shorter, 10th short,
rounded at tip. Eyes very large, standing out on sides of head;
central ocelli small; lateral ocelli large, bright wax-red. Thorax :
pronotum not reaching to outer margins of eyes, curved in front,
narrow, rounded at extremities, a fovea in blackish blotches on
either side; dorsulum very small, irregularl}^ oval, coming to a
blunt point at sides; mesonotum large, swelling out, arcuate in
tront, coming to a rounded point on sides; scutellum light yellow,
BY WALTER W. FUOGGATT. 325
rounded behind. Legs long, thighs stout. Wings long, slender,
rounded at tips, more than thrice as long as broad. Primary
stalk long, costal nervure at base thickened; stalk of subcosta
long, subcosta turning up and then forming a long slender stigma;
radius long, slender, turning downward to tip of wing; stalk of
cubitus short, upper branch of cubitus as long as upper fork,
upper and lower forks forming a long narrow cell, turning down-
ward; lower branch of cubitus short, upper fork long, curving
round, lower fork long, curving down. Clavus stout, clavical
suture very line. Abdomen long, slender, blunt and round to
tip. [Genitalia damaged].
Hcth. — Mt. Wellington, Hobart, Tasmania (on EucaJypAis
coccifera; A. M. Lea; two specimens $).
THEA AVELLINGTONLE, n.sp. (Plate V., figS. 6-7).
Imago. — Length O'l-i, antennte p broken]. General colour
reddish-brown to chestnut with yellowish markings, abdomen and
genitalia red marked with black on dorsal surface; wings semi-
opaque, pale horn-colour, with a darker smoky shade on apical
portion, nervures reddish-brown. Head nearly truncate behind,
turned down in front, a distinct median suture, and several small
black marks in fovea on either side; arcuate in front, and pro-
duced into a broad angular point on sides. Face lobes broad,
very short, hidden from above. Antenna? [broken at tip], 1st and
2nd joints short, broad, the rest slender. Eyes large; central
ocellus hidden when viewed from above, lateral ocelli small, close
to upper margin of eyes. Thorax : pronotum ribbon-shaped,
narrowest at extremities, hind margin slightly curled up; dorsu-
lum hexagonal; mesonotum large, arcuate in front, rounded
behind, centre black with chestnut on either side; scutellum
elongate-oval. Legs short, femora stout, tibiae short; tibial spines
small. Wings nearly thrice as long as broad, not quite so acute
at apex as in other species; primary stalk short; stalk of subcosta
long; stigma rather long; radius long, curving up slightly at tip;
stalk of cubitus long, upper branch curved, upper and lower forks
forming a slender cell below tip of wing; lower branch of cul)itus
326 AUSTKALIAN PSYLLIDJ:,
short; upper fork long, lower fork curved in at tip; clavus stout,
long; clavical suture slender. Abdomen short. Genitalia in ^
long, slender, sabre-shaped.
Hah. — Summit of Mt. Wellington, Tasmania (on Eucalyptus
coccifera; A. M. Lea; three specimens, 9).
PSYLLV ACACLE-DEALBAT.E, n.sp.
Zrt?"i"asemitransparent; eyes reddish-brown; centre of abdomen
tinged with yellow. Head large, irregularly rounded in front;
antennae stout, standing out in front. Thorax long, quite as
broad as head. Legs short, stout. Abdomen swelling out behind
thorax, rounded, broad, and flattened at tip.
Pupa pale green, shaded v/ith yellow; antennae fuscous; eyes^
reddish-brown; two large fuscous patches on head, and ten spots
and four stripes of the same colour on thorax; legs ochreous,
shaded with fuscous; wing-covers dark brown, large, projecting;
basal portion of abdomen marked with three interrupted slender
brown lines and apical portion uniform brown. Thorax large,
swelling out behind head, broadly rounded on sides. Abdomen
irregularly rounded to tip, fringed with stout hairs.
Imago. — Length 0'0375, antennae 0'0075 inch. General colour
of head, thorax, legs and base of antenna? dull yellow; abdomen
bright green ; wings semiopaque, horn-coloured, nervures pale
yellow. Head not quite as broad as thorax, somewhat flattened,
arcuate behind antennae, slightly lobed in front, a distinct median
suture and a small impressed fovea on either side. Face lobes
short, broad, angular, deeply cleft in front, somewhat hidden from
above. Antennae moderately long, slender; 1st joint stout, 2nd
short, 3rd long, the rest uniform, ending at tip in a distinct club.
Eyes large, projecting; central ocellus small, lateral ocelli in line
with middle of eyes. Thorax : pronotum ribbon-shaped, curved
in front, showing two dark fovea? on either side; dorsulum rounded
in front, coming to a point at extremities, truncate at hind mar-
gin; mesonotum very large, convex, broad in centre, narrower on
either side ; scutellum small, arcuate in front. Legs slender.
Wings semitransparent, broadly rounded at tips, more than twice
I
I
BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 327
as long as broad; primary stalk curving up; stalk of subcosta long,
subcosta forming a long slender stigma; radius short; stalk of
cubitus short, upper arm curved upward, short; upper and lower
forks turned down, forming a long cell a little shorter than the
arm; stalk of lower arm of cubitus rather long, upper fork long,
curving round, lower fork curving inward; clavus slender; clavi-
cal suture very distinct. Abdomen long, slender. Genitalia :
((J) lower genital plate rounded beneath; forceps short, straight
and thick; penis small; upper genital plate finger-shaped, bent
forwards at tip.
Hab. — Hobart, Tasmania (on foliage of Acacia dealbata; A. M.
Lea).
PsYLLA GRACILIS, n.sp. (Plate iv., fig. 7).
I mayo. — Length 0-065, antennie 0*0325 inch. General colour
light green, slightly tinged with yellow on head and thorax, eyes
light brown; antennte, except tip which is fuscous, pale ochreous;
legs of the same colour, with tarsi fuscous; wings transparent,
nervures light-coloured. Head broad, swelling out, and rounded
in front, deeply arcuate behind, with a slight median suture and
shallow fovea on either side. Face lobes closed from base, large,
broad, projecting, rounded at apex. Antennae long, slender; 1st
joint stout, swollen; 2nd short, cylindrical; 3rd very long; 4th-8th
slender, decreasing to apex; 9th-10th short, slightly clubbed.
Eyes reniform; central ocellus very small, almost hidden from
above, lateral ocelli rather small. Thorax : pronotuni narrow,
curved, deeply arcuate behind, rounded on sides, reaching to hind
margin of eyes; dorsulum short, broadly rounded in front,
truncated, and narrow at extremities, nearly transverse behind;
mesonotum large, broad, nearly truncate in front, and produced
into rounded lobes on the sides, sloping down and rounded to
apex, scutellum small. Legs rather long, tibia3 slender, tarsi
small. Wings long, slender, rounded to tips, nearly thrice as
long as broad; primary stalk stout, turning upward; stalk of sub-
costa long, no distinct cross vein, but costa forming a long slender
cell; radius long, curving upward and emerging above tip of
328 AUSTRALIAN PSYIJJDJ:,
wing; cubital stalk short, upper branch of cubitus long, cur\ing
upward, upper and lower forks forming a long slender cell below
tip of wing, lower branch of cubitus long, upper f<jrk long, curving
upward and round, lower fork short, turning inward; clavus short.
Abdomen rather short and stout. Genitalia : (9) upper and
lower valves forming short blunt processes.
Hah. — Condobolin, N.S.W. (on Acacia pendnla ; specimens
ol)tained by shaking; W. AV. Froggatt).
This is one of the free ps3dlids which run about on the branchlets
singly and never cluster togethei* in communities. Though I
have never bred them from the larvje, I ha\e noticed a stout
green pupal and larval ps3'llid thickly coated with white filaments
on the tip of the abdomen, which hides among the leaf-stalks;
this is probably the immature form of the insect.
PsYLLA ACACLE-JUNiPEKiN.t:, n.sp. (Pl^tes iv., fig. S; v., fig. 10).
Papa. — General colour yellow, tips of antennte and tarsi fus-
cous, eyes bright red. Head rather small, rounded in front,
arcuate behind; antennte rather long, standing out on side of
head. Thorax large, swelling out behind, wing-covers projecting
on sides of abdomen. Legs short. Abdomen large, constricted
at base, swelling out, oval, rounded to tip, which is clothed with
a few stout hairs along hind margin.
Iniayo. — Length 0*025, antenme 0009 inch. General colour
black on dorsal surface, with legs and antennie mottled with dull
yellow; eyes bright red; abdomen ochreous, mottled with dark
brown, forming short irregular bands across centre; wings pale
ochreous, with a large angular white patch in centre of front
margin, the rest black or mottled \vith black. Ventral surface
fuscous, central portion of abdomen pale straw-yellow. Head
narrow, almost truncate behind, depressed and rugose, an indis-
tinct median suture, broadly lobed in front. Face lobes ver}'^
small, short, rounded, surmounted with a stout bristle. Antennae
rather short; 1st joint fuscous, short; 2nd ochreous; 3rd longest,
tipped with fuscous; 4th-9tli of uniform length, clouded at apex;
BY WALTER W. FliO(i(;ATT. 329
10th small, sui'iiiouuted with two short white l)ristles. Eyes
large, hemispherical, standing out on sides of head ; central
-ocellus in line with base of antennee; lateral ocelli in centre of
hind margin of eyes. Thorax : pronotum narrow, not reaching
to outer edge of eyes; dorsulum broad, rounded in front, nearl}'
arcuate behind; mesonotnm large, pi-ojecting, but slightly depressed
4it summit; scutellum rounded. Legs moderately long, thighs
thickened in centre, tibi;e slender, swollen at apex and armed
with short black spines round the extremity, an additional short
spine on the apex of first tarsal joint. Wings short and broad,
twice as long as broad, rounded from tip to hind margin, costal
nervLire very stout: primary stalk stout, long; stalk of subcosta
long, subcosta running close to costa and forming a long slender
stigma, radius long, running close to costal and coming out above
tip of wing; stalk of cubitus very short; upper branch of cubitus
turning upward, upper and lower forks forming a narrow^ angular
-cell above tip of wing; lower branch of cubitus long, curving
upward, upper fork long, curving round, lower fork rather long,
curving outward at tip; clavus short, stout, clavical suture distinct.
Abdomen of 9 long, slender, coming to a point; of (J short,
wedge-shaped, clothed at tip with tine hairs. Genitalia : (9)
composed of two, short, pointed, black valves.
Ilab. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney, N.S.W (on Acacia juni'perina;
•J. Jones).
The larvje and pupie infest the tips of the foliage of the small
prickly wattle, causing the leaflets to become turned down into
little rosettes, just as if the};- had been attacked by aphids.
Trioza tasmaniensis, n.sp. (Plate v., fig. 13).
Larva black, eyes ochreous, central dorsal line and segmental
marks between Iread, thorax and abdomen well defined, pale yellow;
very concave, thickly covered with a white floury secretion,
■outer margin fringed with white woolly flocculent filaments.
General form oval, but when crawling about the abdomen is
turned up behind. Tips of antenna3 and legs dark brown; under-
330 AUSTRALIAN PSYLLIDyE,
surface of head and thorax dull white; abdomen liglit f^reen with
a yellowish tint, wrinkled and convex. Legs short, stout.
Imago. — Length 0-085, antenniB 0025 inch. General colour
of head, antennae, upper surface of thorax and abdomen black;
legs dark brown, with lighter markings on the joints. Ventral
surface of head, thorax, and tip of abdomen ochreous, the rest
pale yellowish-green. Wings dull opaline, nervures dark brown,
tinged with yellow at base. Head small, lobed and deeply cleft
in front, rounded to e3'es, arcuate behind. Face lobes very shorty
broad, rounded, clothed with fine hairs. Antennae long, slender,
iiliform; 1st joint short, broad; 2nd short, cup-shaped; 3rd-8th
irregular, slender; 9th swollen at tip; 10th very short and swollen.
Ej'es very large, rounded on sides, angular on inner margins;
lateral ocelli in line with hind margin of eyes; central ocellus at
at apex of median suture. Thorax : prothorax very narrow
behind, curving round, forming a lobe on either side behind eyes;
dorsulum large, rounded in front, sloping on sides to a point on
outer margins, with a small rounded lobe behind in line with base
of wings; mesothorax broad, arcuate in front, sloping on sides
and rounded behind; scutellum large, rounded. Legs : femora
short, stout, rounded; tibite of fore and middle legs short, hairy;
those of hind pair longer, with the apical edge fringed with fine
black spines; tarsi very short and broad, claws large. Wings
nearly thrice as long as broad, finely coriaceous, broadly rounded
at apex, nervures thick, primary stalk long, costal cell nearly
transverse at apex; stalk of subcosta very short, radius long,
upper branch of cubitus long, curving downward, upper and
lower forks nearly of equal length, forming an angular cell,
upper fork emerging at tip of wing, lower branch of cubitus not
quite as long as lower fork; upper fork long, curving round, clavus
short and stout. Abdomen short, tapering to apex. Genitalia i
((J) long, tubular, lower genital plate short, broad, rounded ;
forceps short, cylindrical, curved inwards; upper genital plate
long, cylindrical, standing straight out above point of abdomen.
Ilab. — Hobart, Tasmania (galls on Eucalyptus amyydalhia: A,
M. Lea).
BV WALTER W. FROGGATT. 33!
This appears to be one of the commonest gall-prod ucin<»- species-
in Tasmania. I have had a number of specimens all on the
same species of slender-leaved " Mallee Gum." The galls are
produced by the larva? attacking the upper surface of the leaves,
which become thickened, little circular rosettes forming round
each larva; these swelling out, side by side, often coalesce and
cause the infested leaf to curl right round into an aborted mass,
carrying from two to thirteen which when crowded together are
much smaller than isolated specimens which measure uj) to 2 lines
in diameter at the base and 2 lines in height. The basal attach-
ment to the leaf is circular, flattened on the under surface of the
leaf, the apical portion bearing a circular boss in the centre
surrounded with a number of irregular, truncate, fleshy tubercles
or fine finger-like projections, forming a rosette-like structure.
The enclosed chamber is of an irregular rounded form, smooth,
shining, with a conical point at the apex below the button. The
galls split on the upper surface when the enclosed pupa is ready
to make its final pupation and come forth as a perfect insect.
Trioza dobsoni, n.sp. (Plates iv., fig. 11; v., fig. 15).
Pupa black on dorsal surface, with lines on head, thorax and
segmental divisions of abdomen reddish-brown; antenna? and legs
fuscous, eyes dark brown, ventral surface light reddish-brown.
The short, broad, cephalic portion enfolded on the sides by the
thoracic shield, with a dorsal stripe down the centre of both;
w4ng-covers only swelling out towards base of abdomen, the latter
rounded to apex. The whole forms a broad, convex shield,
fringed with short semitransparent spines, and lightly clothed
with white floury dust.
Imago. — Length 0*075 inch, antenna^ [?]. General colour
dark chestnut-brown, with stripes and bars of light brown on
dorsal surface, wings semitransparent, nervures brown. Head
longer than usual in proportion to width, flattened on either side
of median suture, deeply arcuate behind, arcuate in front. Face
lobes large, broad, rounded at tips. [Antenna' wanting]. Eyes
large, projecting, rounded on outer edges; central ocellus at apex
332 AUSTRALIAN PSYLIJD.K,
of median suture, lateral ocelli well up on hind margin of eyes.
Thorax : pronotum almost angular in front, tapering off on sides;
dorsulum broad in centre, rounded on sides, tapering to extremities;
mesonotum large, arcuate in front, rounded behind; scutellum
large. Legs stout, femora thickened, tibiiB long, tarsal joints and
claws large. Wings long, slender, rounded at tips, nearly four
times as long as broad; primary stalk very long; stalk of subcosta
short; radius short, upper branch of cubitus curving downward,
the upper and lower forks of equal length, forming a small angular
€ell, upper one emerging just above tip of wing, lower branch of
cubitus rather long, upper fork long, curving round, lower fork
short, curving in at apex; clavus stout, clavical suture slight;
granulated strite indistinct. Abdomen slender, rounded at apex.
Genitalia : (5 ) short and broad ; lower genital plate broad,
rounded, and fringed with fine hairs; forceps short, broad; upper
genital plate long, slender, finger-shaped.
Jlah. — Mount Wellington, Hobart, Tasmania (on foliage of
Eucalyptus aniyyckdina; A. M. Lea).
The larvae attack the slender leaves, causing them to curl
round, thicken, and become brown; each larva buried in the tissue
forms an irregularly rounded blister, in the centre of which it
remains in a cell, sucking up the sap until ready to emerge
through the upper surface of the aborted leaf, which cracks and
opens. Generally an infested leaf contains so many larvae that
the galls touch one another in regular rows.
Trioza olearlt:, n.sp. (Plates iv., fig. 11; v., figs. 11 and 15).
Larva semitranspai-ent, a faint touch of yellow in abdomen,
€yes red. Head and thorax perfectly rounded, antennae standing
out like two little points; abdomen broader and flattened.
Papa pale yellow, sometimes with a greenish tint. Head small,
Tiarrow, rounded in front, truncate behind; antennt>3 very short,
s:tout at base, curving round like a ram's horn; eyes large, dark
brown, not projecting. Thorax large, swelling out in front,
rounded on sides, slightly keeled down the centre; wing-covers
BY WALTER W. KHOf;(.A'IT. 333
large, not projecting; legs short and stout, the whole finely fringed
with cilia. Abdomen large, swelling out behind.
Immjo. — Length 0-06, antenn?e 0-01375 inch. General colour
pale green, tips of antennie and tarsi fuscous, eyes silvery; wings
hyaline, finely crenulated; nervures semitransparent. Head small,
eyes nearly as broad as thorax, arcute behind, truncate in front,
with a slight median suture. Face lobes short, broad at base,
angular, clothed w^ith fine hairs. Antennae moderately long,
standing out on front of head, very slender; lst-2nd short, broad,
3rd very long, 4th-8th shorter, 9th-10th short, slightly thickened.
Eyes very large, projecting; lateral ocelli large, situate about the
centre of hind margin of eyes, central ocellus very small.
Thorax : pronotum ver}^ narrow, sharply rounded in front, swell-
ing out behind e3"es; dorsulum short, broad, rounded and projecting
in front, produced into a slight spine at extremities, and rounded
behind; mesonotum somewhat large, flattened at apex, angular at
extremities, and rounded behind to the broad scutellum. Legs
long, femora stout; tibi;e long, slender, slightly hairy; tarsi long,
slender. AVings nearly thrice as long as broad, more broadly
rounded at tips than usual; primary stalk long; stalk of subcosta
short; radius long, but not reaching tip of wing; upper branch of
cubitus long, turning downward, upper fork longer than lower,
emerging below tip of wing, with lower fork forming a small
angular cell; lower branch of cubitus transverse, upper fork
swelling out, rounded, lower short; clavus stout; clavical suture
slight; centre of cells on hind margin indistinctly marked with
the usual fine striae. Abdomen long, slender, segments distinct.
Genitalia: (^) upper and lower valves short, coming to a point
at apex, finely serrate on edges and clothed with long hairs.
Hah. — Hobart, Tasmania (on Native Musk, Oleai'ia ^i^.: A. M.
Lea).
The specimens of infested plants were received on August liHli,
1901, with a number of naked larvae and pu^Dsg in all stages of
development clustered on the leaves of the terminal shoots,
causing these to curl up at the tips; otherwise the plants did not
seem to be injured.
334 AUSTRALIAN I'SVLLID.K,
Trioza TRISTAN le, 11. sp. (Plates iv., fig. 13; v., fig. 12).
Larva light brown, with central portion darkest on dorsal
surface, thickly clothed with Houry secretion; flat, slightly con-
cave, circular, fringed with very fine semitransparent filaments
truncated at tips. Segmental divisions and dorsal stripe from
behind; head pale yellow, eyes and antennae hidden from above,
only tips of tibiae and tarsi showing beyond edge of shield.
Ventral surface aw^ollen, yellow. Head very small; antennae short,
stout, turned in, and just projecting be3'ond edge of shield, ros-
trum very short, brown at apex. Legs stout, swollen, tips of tarsi
3^ellow, furnished with a circular disc at apex.
FuiJa not differing from the last larval stage except in size.
Imago. — Length 0*06, antenna? 0-0175 inch. General colour:
head, legs, antenm^ and thorax light reddish-brown; apical third
of antennae fuscous, eyes purple, ocelli red, abdomen pale yellow.
Wings transparent, nervures light brown. Head very short, but
broad across, arcuate in front, lobed, a deep median suture, round
at sides and deeply arcuate, in centre of hind margin. Face lobes
short, conical, hidden from above, clothed wdth hairs. Antenna?
long, slender; 1st, 2nd joints short, stout; 3rd longest: 9th-10th
short, thickened, rounded at apex. Eyes very large, hemispheri-
■cal; lateral ocelli close to hind margin of eyes, central ocellus at
base of median cleft, hidden from above. Thorax : pronotum
slender and narrow at junction with head, rounded in front,
truncate behind; dorsulum very prominent, convex, narrow,
truncate in front, produced into a large l)lunt spine on sides,
sloping behind to truncate apex; mesonotum large, deeply arcuate
in front but swelling out on either side of dorsulum, rounded
behind; scutellum large, angulated. Legs very long, slender,
clothed with tine hairs, femora usually thickened, tarsi large,
apical margin of tibiae of hind pair furnished with two stout
spines on inner edge. Wings long, slender, more than thrice as
long as broad, primary stalk long, stalk of subcosta short; radius
short, straight, coming out on upper margin of wing, forming a
iilender narrow pointed cell, upper branch of cubitus long, curving
BY WALTER W. FllOGGATT. 335
upward, upper fork emerging above tip of wing, lower fork below
forming an angular cell; lower branch of cubitus long, upper fork
large, curving round, with lower fork forming a large cell; clavus
stout, clavieal suture indistinct, fine stria) very distinct between
cubital, and on 2nd cubital cell. Abdomen small, slender, deeply
wrinkled on sides. Genitalia : (^J) short, stout, turned up over
back; lower genital plate broad, rounded ; forceps short, with a
curved black conical tip; upper genital plate large, swollen in
-center, curving inward at tips : (9) valves short, blunt.
Hah. — Gympie, Queensland (on foliage of Tristania conferta;
W. W. Froggatt).
The larvae produce circular, squat, funnel-shaped galls upon
the leaves, sometimes scattered and single, but frequent!}' so
clustered together that the infested leaf becomes curled and
aborted; many trees have nearly every leaf more or less infested.
The base of the gall springs direct from the leaf, the larva being
attached by its rostrum to the bottom, with the edges rising up
and forming a saucer-like rim above its back, var3n'ng from pale
green to yellow in colour, and measuring up to 2| lines in diameter
and r| in height above the leaf. At first sight, being covered
with the white floury exudation, they might easily be taken for
the galls of one of the Brachyscelinse. A number of specimens
were bred out in October.
Genus G e u e r 0 l y m a, g.n.
Head wide across, vertex produced into two slender points,
closed or open at apex; face lobes wanting; antennae long, slender.
Thorax : pronotum narrow, dorsulum very broad through
centre, mesonotum and scutellum large and raised. Elytra very
broad in proportion to length, curved round on front margin like
a bow, rounded at apex; stalk of subcosta much longer than stalk
of cubitus, subcostal cell and stigma wanting, radius long,
emerging at tip of wing ; cubitus short ; furcations of both
branches long.
The absence of face lobes places this genus close to Tyora,
though the wings are very distinct. Type, Geijerolyma rohusta.
336 AL'.STKAIJAN fSY I. I.I l> .K,
(JEi.n:K(»LV.MA KOHUSTA, 11. sj). (Platesiv., fig. 10; v, fig. 9).
Iiiiayo. — ^ Length 01, anteiiiui' O'OT inch. General colour
bright green, with yellowish tints; antennae and tarsi fuscous,
eyes reddish-brown; wings hyaline, nervures brown. Head with
eyes as broad as thorax, arcuate on summit, a distinct median
suture dividing apex of vertex which is produced into elongated
points taking the place of face lobes, which are wanting; fovea
in line with lateral ocelli. Antennae very long, slender, standing
out in front of head; lst-2nd joints very short, stout; 3rd very
long; 4:th-8th slender, decreasing in length to apex; 9th-10th
slightly swollen, truncate at tip. Eyes large, seraiglobular,
truncate on inner margin; central ocellus at apex of median
suture, lateral ocelli close to hind margin of eyes. Thoi-ax :
pronotum narrow, ribbon-shaped, dorsulum very broad in centre,
rounded in front, tapering to apex; mesonotum large, slightl}^
arcuate in front, rounded on sides; scutellum broad, produced
into a point on either side of front margin, and overlapping apex
of mesonotum. Legs stout, hairy: fore tibiae long, tibije of hind
legs swollen at apex and furnished with six stout black spines,
Lst tarsal joint furnished with two smaller spines. Wings
slightly more than twice as long as broad, curved on front
margin, rounded at apex, and sloping in from centre of hind
margin; primary stalk slender, curved upward; stalk of subcosta
twice as long as stalk of cubitus; costal cell short, oval, stigma
of subcostal cell wanting ; radius long, turning downward,
emerging at tip of wing; cubital stalk very short; upper branch
of cubitus short, curving upward, upper and lower forks long,
curving downward; lower branch of cubitus very short, upper
fork long, curving upward and then down, lower fork almost
straight, together forming a large cell; clavus small. Abdomen
short, broad. Genitalia : {$) short, broad, lower genital plate
broad, rounded at tip; forceps erect, angular, broad at base; penis
slender; upper genital plate slender, curving inward : (9) upper
and lower valves forming a blunt tip.
llah. — Condobolin, N.S.W. (on Wilga, Geijera parrijlora: W.
W. Froggatt).
BY WALTEM W. FllOGGATT. 337
This species forms no lerp, but in the larval state movesabout
like the members of the genus F^ylla. The specimens examined,
six in number, were obtained in the middle of October by shaking
the bushes in the early morning.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate iv.
Y\^, l.—RMnocola nigri2)ennis, n.s^.; elytron.
Yig, 2. — ,, multicolor, n.sp. ,,
pig_ 3. — Aphalariaflavilabris, n.sp. ,,
Fig. 4._ ,, ohscura, n.sp. ,,
Pig. 5. — Thea wellingtonice, n.sp. ,,
Fig. 6. — Spondylaspis hirsutus, n.sp. ,,
Eig. 7. — Psylla gracilis, n.sp. ,)
Fig. 8. ,, acacice-juniperinre. ,,
Fig. ct^^Aphalara leptospermi, n.sp. ,,
Eig.lO. — Geijerolyma rohusta, n.sp. ,,
Fig.n. — Triozoa dohsoni, n.sp. ,,
Fig. 12. — ,, olearioe, n.sp. ,,
Fig. 13. — ,, tristanicc, n.sp. «,
Plate V.
Fig. l. — Cardiaspis rubra, n.sp.; elytron.
Fig. 2.—Sp)ondylaspis nigro-cincta, n.STg.; elytron.
Fig. 3.'— Cardiasins rubra, n.ST^.; vertex.
Fig. 4. — Spondylaspis nigro-cincta, n.sp.; vertex.
Fig. 5.- „ ,. - le^'P-
Fio-. 6. J, nigro-cincta; vertex.
Fig. 'J.—TheawelUngtonice, n.sp.; vertex.
Fig. 8.— ,, ,, ,, genitalia (2).
Fig. 9. — Geijerolyma rohusta-, vertex.
Yig.lQ.— Psylla acacioe-ju7iiperinai; vertex.
Fig. 11.— Triozoa dohsoni, n.sp.; galls of larvse.
Fig. 12.— „ frisfania-, n.sp.; galls of larvse.
Fig. 13.— „ tasmajiiensis, n.sp.; galls of larvae.
Fig. 14. — Rhinocola multicolor, n.sp.; vertex.
¥iQ.15.— Triozoa dohsoni, n.sp,; vertex.
21
338
A SLIME BACTERIUxM FROM THE PEACH, ALMOND
AND CEDAR.
{Bacterium persicce, n.sp.).
By R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
During the examination of specimens of peaches affected with
gum-flux, there was isolated a bacterium which produced a slime
upon the surface of solid media containing saccharose. When
recently separated and infected upon saccharose-potato agar, it
produced a growth which, upon the -ith day at 22° C, was like a
heap of diminutive white sausages, the individuals being clearly
seen imbedded in a transparent jelly. After the fourth day the
growth became convoluted, then flat as the slime became less
viscous; the slime then slowly gra\itated down the sloped agar
surface. Growth was most rapid at 37° C, at which temperature
the culture had the character of stiff flour-paste. The phenomenal
appearance was interesting, but unfortunately for purposes of
diagnosis, later cultures failed to produce the curious growth and
simply developed as an uncharacteristic white, raised expansion.
A quantity of the slime was prepared by growing the organism
upon plates of saccharose-potato agar, from the surface of which
it was readily removed. It had a loose, pasty consistency and
formed a white emulsion with water. Upon the addition of
alcohol the slime was coacjulated and could be strained throusfh
calico and squeezed. After the removal of the saccharose and
reducing sugars, an attempt was made to separate the constituents
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 339
of the slime by heating the emulsion under pressure in the
autoclave, a method which had been very successful in the
separation of the constituents of the arabin bacterial slimes. The
attempt failed, and no separation of the gum could be induced
by the method.
In view of the probable impossibility of obtaining a clear solu-
tion of the gummy constituent, the whole slime was repeatedly
coacfulated with alcohol until most of the salts had been removed
and the bulk of the slime remained suspended in the dilute
alcohol as an opalescent solution. Saline flocculating agents were
then added. First potassium chloride threw down a fraction,
then strong alcohol precipitated a second fraction, barium chloride
flocculated a third portion. The mother liquor was now clear
and bright, but on boiling off" the alcohol a fourth fraction settled
out. All these fractions, with the exception of the last, formed
emulsions with water; the last fraction was more of the nature
of a suspension. The emulsions and the suspension behaved to
reagents in a manner precisely similar to the original slime and
to the residue which was not "milked" by the dilute alcohol.
From the similar behaviour of the fractions it was evident that
the slime contained but one gum constituent. Coagulation of
the emulsions was effected by alcohol, neutral and basic lead
acetates, milk of lime and baryta water. These reactions were
constant with the slime from the several races of the bacterium.
Coagulation was also effected by other reagents, but the reactions
could not be depended upon even with slimes from the same race.
For example, slime grown at 37^ gave a precipitate with 1 %
and 10 % copper sulphate, while when grown at 18*^ no precipi-
tate was obtained. With the crude slime a precipitate was
obtained with ferric chloride, but the partly purified slime gave
no precipitate. The ready solubility of the slime carbohydrate
in dilute acids may account for the irregular behaviour with the
salts of the metals.
Of more importance than the reactions of the slime is the
nature of the essential carbohydrate. From saccharose, bacteria
can produce dextran,levan,galactan,arabinan-galactan and deriva-
340 A SLIME BACTERIUM FROM THE PEACH, ETC.,
tives of other sugars. The nature of the gum is ascertained
from the sugar which it produces upon hydrolysis. The sugar is
most readily determined by means of the osazones in cases of
bacterial gums and slimes, when other bacterial by-products are
present and when the quantity of material is usuall}^ small. The
solubility, the appearance, and the melting points of the osazones
are usually very characteristic.
The slime was repeatedly dissolved in water and precipitated
with alcohol until a portion when hydrolysed at 70° C. with
dilute hydrochloric acid showed the absence of reducing sugars.
The hydrolysis of the gumm}^ constituent was effected by boiling
the slime with 5 % sulphuric acid for six hours. A slight humus-
like deposit was filtered off and the sulphuric acid was removed
by treatment with barium carbonate. From the clear filtrate
the barium salt of an inorganic acid was removed by alcohol.
The alcohol was distilled off and the solution after clarification
with aluminium hydrate was evaporated to small volume. The
preparation and separation of the osazones will be more readily
followed from the table on the next page.
From the results set down in the table it is seen that the
sugars into which the essential carbohydrate of the slime hj'^dro-
lyses are arabinose and galactose. In these sugars the galactose
greatly predominated, the arabinosazone having been obtained in
relatively small quantity.
In slimes which are obtained by growing bacteria upon the
surface of agar, there is always a danger of portions of the medium
getting into the slime. When large covered dishes are used,
drops of condensed water gather upon the cover and, unless
removed by sloping the cover as they form, may fall into the
solidifying medium, which is softened at that place and readily
comes away with the slime. The traces of agar, however, which
are thus accidentally gathered do not appear to influence the
determination of the constituents of the slime, j)robably because
the agar, which consists chiefly of pararabin, is not hydrolysed by
boiling with 5 % sulphuric acid — at least in the time (6-10 hours)
BY R. GKEIG SMITH.
341
go
:3 <D
SI
O
N
-<
; y=i
'2
§ Is-
=^ ^ j:3 ."tS
■^ Tj ^ «3
■5 CrzJ
to
o is
^
'tS3 <D
^ ^ ^
-SI 8
3 J
O) o
^ o
M CD ^
3 o '^ o 2 ;=3
-" fl r::; ■+= 13 -;
^" O o c3 ^ ■^
^ nS "2 _^ ^- o
O
O ■r'
;5 jH oi • ^j ^
O) -TS
•*^ .^ ri q:> >i
fa 2^^ o
o -rl
05 ."tf
c i^ r
•^ r:^ O
-t::! [i, (M
<u I
:5 S S^
■^ ^ r:1 «!
'^ 2 o "S
,C1
to
o
1^ ^ o '
o ;^ N
o
Of r-^ .•
CH P o
£aD a) _.
o -TS ^
"^'^ S
=^ g §
QJ ^ §
S fl -^
O tH
^ o
2 ?3 o
•^ Js N .
2 '^
-_r s "—I
^ -C •:i '
03 "tS ^ 00
8 ^ =^
^f eg CO "^
faO-2 i
o -
r-l .-re! •► O 05
Zi *^ — ' —I I— I —I
^ 0).^ e<S |t:
5 2 3 o^lcS
1 0
o
<52
t3 S o
a; -^ o
^ o5
r5 o's
O -r*
o rr! ce CO ^
■^^ ?^ 2 p^
O 1-H O CJ3
342 A SLIME BACTERll'M FROM THE PEACH, ETC..
usually occupied in hydrolysis. I have tested the hydrolysed
products of a glucose-pelding slime grown upon agar and have
failed to detect arabinose. The probability of the agar contri-
buting to the products of the hydrolysis of this slime is therefore
remote.
The slime can also be obtained, though in comparatively small
quantity, by growing the bacterium in fluid media containing
saccharose. A solution containing saccharose 50, peptone 2,
ammonium chloride 1, potassium phosphate 1, magnesium sul-
phate 0-5, chalk 10, and water 1000 was prepared, and after
sterilisation and infection with the organism, it was kept at the
laboratory tem[>erature (22-25°). In 10 days the medium had
become ropy and had the consistency of white of egg. The
opalescent, supernatant liquid which strongly red\wed Fehling's
solution, showing the presence of invertase, was decanted from
the sediment, tested with a few drops of hydrochloric acid and
finally coagulated with alcohol. A springy coagnlum which
rapidly collected round the stirring rod and a slow settling fioccu-
lent precipitate were formed. The coagulum was separated from
the flocculent precipitate and both were repeatedly treated with
water and with alcohol until the sugars had been eliminatecL
The characters of the alcoholic precipitates were maintained
throughout these operations, and upon treating the precipitates
with water a gummy solution and an insoluble swollen portion
was always obtained. The soluble gum of both portions behaved
similarly in being coagulated with or precipitated by the basic
and neutral acetates of lead, baryta water and mDk of lime, so
that the gums were apparently identical. There was a difference
in the viscosity of the solutions; that obtained from the coagulum
was always more viscous than that obtained from the flocculent
precipitate. In spite of this the amounts of the precipitates
formed upon the addition of the reagents were greater in the
solution from the flocculent precipitate than in the solution from
the coagulum. The increased Wscosity of the solution which
appeared to contain more gum was probably due to the presence
of a greater quantity of the albuminoid products of the bacteria.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 343
By using aluminium hydrate a claritication of the gummy
solutions was effected, and although this reagent also removed
some of the gum, yet the clear solutions were still viscous. These
solutions were neutral to litmus paper, and upon being tested
were found to be inactive to polarised light.
The slime thus obtained in saccharose solutions, and therefore
free from any admixture with agar, was hydrolysed with dilute
sulphuric acid after all saccharose and reducing sugars had been
eliminated. The crude osazone was extracted with ether and
then dissolved in 85 % alcohol to remove an unhydrolysed product.
The osazone obtained upon evaporating the alcoholic solution to
dryness melted at 181-1 82*^ and appeared microscopically to con-
sist of two kinds of crystalline groups, one being pale yellow, the
other dark yellow in colour. Hot water extracted a constituent
which upon evaporation appeared as a brown deposit and which
melted at 158-159°, the melting point of arabinosazone. Thus
arabinose is proved to be a constituent of the hydi-olysed carbo-
hydrate and was not in the former tests derived from the agar
upon which the slime was produced.
The gum is one of those soluble kinds which readilv become
altered to an insoluble moditication upon drying or bv the action
of dehydrating agents such as alcohol. The insoluble modifica-
tion is soluble in dilute acid and insoluble in dilute alkali. It is
therefore akin, so far as the solubilit}- is concerned, to the met-
arabin and pararabin gums. But unlike these gums, it is not
readily converted from the insoluble to the soluble moditication,
and cannot therefore be of any direct commercial importance.
The bacterium undoubtedly contributes a part of the natural
gum of the plants in the tissues of wliich it occurs, but the part
is so small as to be almost negligeable. I obtained some almond
gum from Mr. Stoward, of Adelaide, and removed the soluble
arabin by soaking the gum in water and filtering. The insoluble
metarabin was dissolved by heating under pressure, and after
acidification with hydrochloric acid the gum acids were precipi-
tated with alcohol. Tlie acid alcoholic sohitioii was then neutral-
344 A SLIME BACTEKIUM FROM THE PEACH, ETC.,
ised witli sodium liydrate, when a precipitate settled out. This
was treated with water and filtered. The solution, which was
neutral to litmus, was coagulated by alcohol and precipitated by
barium hydrate (not by barium chloride), neutral lead acetate
and basic lead acetate. These precipitates were cnrdy, like other
gum precipitates, and when considered in conjunction with the
method of separation (/.<^, the solubility of the carbohj'drate in
acid alcohol) show that the constituent had been produced by
the bacterium.
Hitherto the slime had been formed on media or in solutions
containing saccharose without which no pronounced formation of
slime occurred. Other sugars and carbohj^drates had not, how-
ever, been tested, and therefore experiments were made to
determine what other substances could replace saccharose. To
•dilute potato-extract agar, simple peptone agar and ordinary
nutrient agar, small quantities of the following substances were
added: saccharose, levulose, dextrose, galactose, maltose, lactose,
ratfinose, mannite, starch, inulin, dextrin and glycerine. The
potato-extract medium did not give results so sharply as the
ordinary nutrient agar, probably because that medium contains
reducing sugars and other substances that assist gum-formation.
They, however, served to corroborate the results obtained with
ordinary meat-extract-peptone agar and simple peptone agar.
Slime was produced from all the substances except lactose,
starch and inulin.
Carbon dioxide was imperceptibly evolved during the slow
fermentation of saccharose. Its presence in the air of the culture
flask w^as shown by drawing the air above a 5 days' culture
through baryta water contained in an attached flask. The usual
precautions were taken to exclude aerial carbon dioxide when the
medium was infected, and it is needless to say that carbonates
were absent from the medium.
The acids that are produced from saccharose simultaneously
with the gum were found to consist chiefly of lactic and butyric,
with traces of succinic, acetic and formic. The ratio of volatile
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 345
to non-volatile acids was as 1:4. The acids were detected by
the scheme which has already been described.*
Ethyl alcohol is also a l)y-product in the fermentation. A few
drops were obtained by repeatedly distilling the fluid of a chalk-
culture after it had l)een saponified with barium hj^droxide. The
alcohol gave the iodoform reaction, bui-ned with a blue flame and
boiled at 78' C.
The organism is a non-motile, spore-bearing bacterium, and
beyond the formation of slime and the secretion of invertase it
has no distinctive characters. It ma}-- be related to Bac. ^nucosus,
Zimm., or to Bact. glutiiiosiwi, Kern, but as the formation of a
similar gum or slime by these bacteria has not been described,
and as this is the chief and important characteristic of the bac-
terium, it must be accepted as new until such time as it is proved
that other bacteria with approximate cultural characters can
produce a chemically identical gum. Since the organism was in
the first instance obtained from the peach, I have named it
Bacterium'^ persiccH.
Although obtained originally from the peach, it may occur in
other fruits and plants. A race which when freshly isolated
produced a spotted instead of the sausage appearance upon saccha-
rose-potato agar was obtained from a specimen of red cedar,
Cedrela australis, F.v.M., affected with gum-flux. Another race
which produced a homogeneous white slime was found in almonds
which were exuding gum. These races had slight differences
when grown upon various media, and in the list of cultural
characters which is appended these differences are indicated.
Bacterium persic.e, n.sp.
Shape, iLr. — Thick large spongy rods with rounded ends
generally grow in chains; occasionally a few Clostridium forms
are seen. The size of the individual rods are 1-2-1 -5 : 3-6 /z ; as
observed in the hanging drop, they measure 1 '5 : about 7 'O /u.
* These Proceedings, 1903, i., 118-120.
t According to Migula's classification.
346 A slimf: bacterium from tiir peach, etc.,
The rods are devoid of motility, and no flagella could be detected.
The spongy rods are decolorised in places by the Gram method.
The spores are central and oval, and measure 1 : 1*5 /i; germination
is polar.
Temj^erature, &c. — The bacillus grows equally well at 30° and
37'', at 15^ and 22° the growth is less. It is aerobic and does
not grow under anaerobic conditions such as beneath a mica
sheet in plate culture.
Nutrient agar plate. — The colonies in 24 hours at 30"^ are
white, raised, dry and rounded. Microscopically they are clouded
and hatched. The deep colonies are opaque, irregular and fibrous.
Upon the second day the margin of the colony has become
puckered, and microscopically the colonies appear granular, with
a margin like a yeast colon3\
Saccharose-potato agar plate. — At 22'^ the colonies are in 48
hours translucent white and raised. They become white, appear-
ing like drops of flour paste, and when free to grow soon reach a
centimetre in diameter. Microscopically the translucent white
colonies are either clouded or opaque. The deep colonies are
irregular and opaque.
Nutrient gelatine plate. — The colonies consist of a white felted
or floccose mass in a crateriform liquefied area. The deep colonies
are irregular, rough and opaque.
Nutrient agar stroke. — The growth is raised, white or buff-
white, dry, glistening or fatty, lobular and rough, with micro-
scopic puckerings. It becomes broad and translucent, the rough-
ness disappears and the culture becomes flat and speckled. The
edge is at first smooth, but becomes ciliate and the medium
darkens.
Saccharose-])otato a(/ar stroke. — A very luxuriant white or dirty
white slime is formed. It slowl}- gravitates, generally producing
vertical furrows. At 22*^, and when recently isolated, the growth
may show a sausage-like, wisp-like or wrinkled structure which
becomes homogeneous.
Nutrient gelati^ie stab. — The growth is faint and filiform below^
with a tubular liquefied area above and an air bubble at the top.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 347
The liquefied area becomes naiDiform and shows clear, opalescent
and white portions.
Glucose-gelatine stab. — The medium is partly consumed and
partly liquefied, showing an air bubble and a crateriform liquefied
area bearing a film. The needle track below the liquefied area is
white and filiform. The liquefied area becomes funicular and
the sunken film becomes wrinkled. No gas is produced in the
body of the medium.
Potato. — ThQ growth appears as white or yellow-white, dry,
dull or glistening crusts; these fuse together to form a wrinkled
expansion which ultimately becomes pasty.
Bouillon. — The medium is clear or faintly turbid; a loose floccu-
lent deposit and broken surface ring is formed. The indol reac-
tion was obtained. In-nitrate-bouillon, the nitrate is not reduced.
Milk. — The medium is partly, then completely peptonised, the
reaction being faintly alkaline. The milk is not made ropy.
Summary. — From the peach, the almond and the cedar, races
of an organism, Bacterium 2^&i'sicce, n sp,, were separated. The
organism produced a slime when grown upon solid media or in
fluid media containing saccharose. When grown upon solid
media the saccharose could be replaced by many other carbo-
hydrates and by glycerine. The essential carbohydrate of the
slime was soluble in water, but upon drying became readily
altered to an insoluble modification. The carbohydrate hydro-
lysed to arabinose and galactose, the latter predominating. The
carbohydrate occurred in small amount in the gum exuded from
one of the trees in which the organism was found. Besides
forming the galactan-arabinan gum, the organism inverted the
saccharose and produced ethyl alcohol, carbon dioxide, lactic,
butyric and traces of succinic, formic and acetic acids.
Although the carbohydrate hydrolyses to arabinose and galac-
tose, I do not consider that it belongs to the arabin group. The
gums of this group are, by treatment with water in the autoclave
at three atmospheres' pressure, readily and completely dissolved.
I have found this to be the case with metarabin and with par-
348 A SLIME UACTEllIUM FROM THE PEACH, ETC..
arabin (as I shall show in a subsequent paper), and of course it
liolcls for the soluble arabin. I do not wish it to be inferred that
this behaviour is peculiar to the arabin gums. It is not, for as
I have shown, the gum of Jiact. sacchari is dissolved by the treat-
ment and this, as I shall show in a future paper, is a gelatine
orum. But on account of the divergence from the recognised
members of the group I have not included this paper in my series
of papers upon " The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin
Group."
349
A REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OF THE
RYLSTONE DISTRICT.
By R. T. Baker.
In a paper published in the Society's Proceedings for 1896
•' On the Botany of Rylstone and the Goulburn River Districts,"
I recorded a list of Eucalypts collected by me up to that date.
Since writing that paper I have several times visited the district
and made botanical collections, so that my knowledge of the
Eucalypts has considerably increased, and consequently I find
that my previous views of these trees have somewhat altered, and
in some cases I am not prepared to stand by my original
determinations.
I wish now to modify some of my previous statements respect-
ing certain species, to add new data regarding others, and also to
re-arrange the species in a sequence founded on a classification
which is not so restricted as that based on morphology alone.
The system now followed is that advanced by myself and col-
league, Mr. H. G. Smith, in the work " Eucalypts and their
Essential Oils." It is based on —
(1) A field knowledge of the trees,
(2) The nature and character of their barks,
(3) The nature and character of their timbers,
(4) Morphology of the fruits, leaves, buds, (fee,
(5) Chemical properties and physical characters of the oil,
dyes, kinos, tfec, and any other evidence, such as histology,
physiology, Arc.
Such a classification, we think, is a nearer approach to a natural
one than any of the other systems yet devised.
The range of several species is also considerably extended.
350 REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OP RYLSTONE DISTRICT,
I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. James Dawson,
L.S., Surveyor for the District, where he has now been stationed
over 25 years and whose knowledge of its Eucalypts is con-
siderable, for kindly assisting me with many valuable field
observations.
The geological formation of this district is very interesting,
and I regret that I have not given more attention to the subject,
as there appears to be a very close connection between particular
species of Eucalypts and the soil. For instance, E. Icevopinea is
only found on certain disintegrated igneous ground, and B.
Datvsoni on a certain stratum below the sandstone of theTomago
Beds.
E. TRACiiYPHLOiA, F.v.M. " Bloodwood."
No additional notes to those already given are available, as I
have never found it in any but the one locality recorded.
E. L.EVOPINEA, Pv. T. Baker. " Silvertop Stringy bark."
This tree was first made known to science by me from material
obtained on the Gulf Road and recorded under the name of £J.
obliqua in my first description of the Rylstone botany
I have since seen trees of the true £. obliqua in Tasmania, as
well as in Victoria and this Colony, and am quite convinced that
my previous determination was altogether wrong, through having
laid too much stress on the shape of the leaves, for after describ-
ing the fruits as distinct from E. obliqua, I state " the shape of
the leaves corresponds in every particular with all the descrip-
tions and figures published of E. obliqua." I doubt now whether
it is ever found on the same geological formation as E. obliqua,
for it occurs just below or on the summit of basaltic hills or
mountains (J. Dawson). I think there can be no question now
about its being a distinct species, for it possesses too many
systematic and economic characters to be merged into any
other. Nevertheless it should be mentioned that this view does
not commend itself to some systematists {vide these Proceedings,
1896, p. 803; 1898, pp. 28 and 798; 1901, p. 124; and also
BY K. T. IJAKER. 351
Maiden's * Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus^'' where it
is placed under five different species).
E. lawopvi tea differs from —
(ri) E. capitdlata in the shape of its fruits, its timVjer, bark
and oil constituents.
{Ij) E. macrorhijncha^ in its fruits, timber, leaves, bark, oil
constituents, leaf dye.
(c) E. jnlnlaris, in its leaves, particularly in the dried state,
buds, leaf venation, timber and oil constituents.
{(1) E. Muelleriana, in timVjer, leaves, fruits, bark and dye of
inner bark.
{e) E. dextropinea, in its timber (worthless), leaves, fruits,
buds, and oil constituents.
E. LACTEA, R. T. Baker. A " Spotted Gum."
Not previously recorded for this district. The "sucker" leaves
readily distinguish it from E. viminalis, I^abill., or E. maculosa,
R. T. Baker. It is common on Mount Vincent, and some typical
trees occur on the main Western Road, Blackheath, and main
Southern Road in the Bargo Brush, as well as at O'Connell, near
Brewongle.
It is therefore a tree with a fair range as far as at present
known. The timber is of poor quality.
E. CONICA, Deane k, Maiden. "Box."
In my original paper this was recorded as E. hemijMoia, F.v.M.,
from a casual field observation, but since receiving full material
for oil investigation I am convinced that the tree is no other than
that of Deane & Maiden's species. Mr. Maiden, in these Pro-
ceedings, synonymises it with E. Fletcheri, R. T. Baker, which he
also records as E. Baueriana, of Schauer, whose type specimens
consists of leaves and buds only.
I fail to follow Mr. Maiden's line of argument in these Pro-
ceedings 1902, p. 216, concerning the phy to-chemical affinity of
this species with that of E. ovalifolia, R. T. Baker; nor have
352 REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OF RYLSTONE DISTRICT,
these two species anything in common morphologically, and their
timbers and bark are quite distinct.
E. EUGENioiDES, Siel). " White Stringybark."
Fairly general throughout the district.
E. Rossii, R. T. Baker ct H. G. Smith. " Spotted Gum."
This tree I previousl}^ recorded under the name of E. hcema-
stoma var. micrantha. It has JDeen found, however, that it
possesses such distinctive characters from that species that it has
already been given specific rank under the above name.
The timber is very hard, red-coloured and durable, and is far
superior to that of E. hcemastoma, with which it has been synony-
mised by various authors working on dried material.
Camboon is the only locality I have collected it.
E. DEALBATA, A. Cunn. " Mountain Gum."
This species, for some reason not clear to me now, I recorded
under the name E, Gunni^ Hook. f. It is well distributed in the
district, and its occurrence so far east as Murrumbo is, I think,
a record for this interior Eucalypt.
E. MACULOSA, R. T. Baker. A "Spotted" or "Brittle Gum."
This species is common on diy, sandstone ridges of the western
slopes of the Main Dividing Range, particularly at Mount Vincent,
Ilford. The timber is poor and of little value even for firewood.
E. CAMPHORA, R. T. Baker. " Sallow."
I am now convinced that my original determination, i.e., E.
dealbata^ was entirely wrong in regard to this Eucalypt, and that
this species has little to connect it with that species.
I have since recorded it under the name of E. camphora from
this as well as localities far removed from Rylstone. Deane &
Maiden express an opinion (these Proceedings, 1901, p. 137) that
it is identical with E. ovata, Labill., concerning which species
Bentham, who had access to all the European herbaria, states
BY R. T. UAKER. 353
(B.Fl. iii. p. 200), ''E. ovata, Labill., PI. Nov. Holl. ii. 13, t. ir)3,
from West Australia, does not occur in the distributed sets of
Labillardiere's plants which I have seen. From the figure, it
appears probable that the specimen represented was from an
adventitious branch, with much broader leaves than the ordinary
flowering ones. It is very likel}^, therefore, a form of some one
of the described Western species, possibly E. hrachyjwda.''
Labillardiere gives a good plate of his E. ovata^ collected near or
on the coast at Cape Leeuwin, Western Australia, and it will no
doubt yet be identified with a Eucalypt from that State.
This botanist could not possibly have collected E. camj:>hora in
his time, as its now known habitat was inaccessible in his da}^,
and the species common to Eastern and Western Australia are
all interior ones, whilst E. ovata, Labill., is coastal. Labillardiere
faithfully figures some 'particular species, but it certainly is not
my E. camphora, which has quite different flowers, leaves and
fruits.
E. PUNCTATA, DC. " Grey Gum."
I find now that two species were included under my original
notes, viz., the true E. imnctata occurring at Mount Vincent, and
E. squamosa, Deane k Maiden, under the name of " Ironwood "
at Kelgoola. Grows under the sandstone cliffs (J. Dawson).
E. SQUAMOSA, Deane & Maiden.
Some very tall trees of this species occur at Kelgoola under the
name of " Ironwood."
E. Bkidgesiana, R. T. Baker. " Woolly-butt."
Originally recorded by me as E. Stuartiana. '
E. GONiocALYX, F.v.M. "Mountain Gum."
Not previously recorded, but it is a common tree in the Never
Never country and Kelgoola. In the gullies radiating from Mt.
Corricudgy it is very plentiful, and some enormous trees await
the timber-ofetter. __
OS .V C
LIBRARY
Li' ^ V
o^
354 REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OF RYLSTONE DISTRICT,
E. GLOBULUS, Labill. " Blue Gum."
This species is common in tlie gullies of Never Never, via
Kelgoola.
E. Cambagei, Deane & Maiden. " Woolly-butt."
Occurs as far west as Hargraves. It has a " Box " bark and
a timber (quite worthless) similar to trees of this species occurring
in Victoria and other parts of New South Wales. It is a very
constant species.
E. MELLIODORA, A. Cunn. " Yellow Box."
This tree, like so many other Eucah^pts, preserves in a marked
degree its specific characters throughout the Rylstone District,
where its representatives are identical with those found in Vic-
toria and other parts of Australia.
E. Dawsoxi, K. T. Baker. " Slaty Gum."
Found only on the eastern slopes of the Main Dividing Range
in the watershed of the Goulburn River and always on the same
geological formation, viz., the Tomago Beds. It is never con-
founded by settlers with the "Red Box," E. ovali/oJia, nor is it to be
expected when it is remembered that these people never confuse
a smooth-barked (Gum) tree with a " Box"-barked tree. Its timber
is excellent and quite equal to Ironbark (vide note below). It
also occurs in Capertee Valley (J. Dawson),
E. OVALIFOLIA, R. T. Baker. " Red Box."
A well distributed species in this State, but in this district is
found on rather poor soil. As a rule the bark is smooth, but
occasionally a rough bark occurs a few feet from the ground.
It is never so tall as "Slaty Gum," F. Daivsorti, and its timber
is little sought after owing to its curly nature and pipy stem.
The poorer the ridge the worse the timber (J. Dawson). I fail
to follow Mr. Maiden's line of arc^ument in these Proceedincjs,
1902, p. 529, that there exists a phy to-chemical affinity between
F. conica and this specimen, and the statement that I mixed the
material sent to him is incorrect.
BY R. T. BAKEK. 355
E. OVALIFOLIA, R. T. Baker, var. lanceolata, R. T. Baker & H.
G. Smith. " Red Box," " Slaty Gum."
This tree very probably owes its differentiation to environment,
for I have onl}^ found it in rich, moist soil. It has a smooth bark,
lanceolate leaves (broader than E. Dmvso7ii), and an excellent
straight-grained, comparatively soft, red timber; in other respects
it resembles the type. At Lue and along the banks of the
streams that flow into the Cudgegong on its right bank from
Rylstone to Galgong, it is sometimes known as " Slat}'- Gum "
(J. Dawson), but it is not the "Slaty Gum" of Bjdong upon
which E. Datu^oni was founded.
Remarks on the above three Eucalypts.
These were originally placed by me as varieties of E. polyan-
thema, Schauer, but during the last five years much in the way of
new data has been collected concerning them, so that I have been
led somewhat to alter my first classification, and I now regard them
as quite distinct from that species and have so recorded them in
these Proceedings.
E. ijolyanthema, Sch., has recently (Proc. Linn. Soc. N S. W.
1902, p 527) formed the subject of a paper by Mr. J. H. Maiden,
who reproduces Schauer's original description from Walpers'
' Repertorium,' and also gives a figure drawn from the type
specimen.
This description and figure refer to a tree that in no way can
be made to include any of the above trees, although Mr. Maiden
synonymises them with it (Schauer's E. poJya7itheinos). I have
in my possession botanical material identical with those of
Schauer's, in fact might be thought to be the type figured, and
these are from a tree quite distinct from any of the above three.
Schauer states of his tree, " Arborea glauco-virens; foil, coriaceis
ovatis subito in petiolum contractis obtusis apiculatis, margine
crasso subrevoluto cinctis impunctatis, utrinq. opacis."
Such features are not to be found in either E. Daiosoni., E.
ovalifolia, or E. ovalifolia var. lanceolata, and one has only to
know these trees in the field and to compare their herbarium
356 REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OF RYLSTONE DISTRICT,
specimens with the type figured by and in possession of Mr.
Maiden, to at once see how much the morphological differences are
emphasised and therefore how absolutely distinct they are from
Schauer's description and Cunningham's specimens. Although I
am strongly opposed to laying much importance on fragmentary
type specimens — in this case only leaves and buds are preserved,
yet the slightest inspection will prove conclusivel}' that these differ
materially from the leaves and buds of the above three species.
The type delineated by Mr. Maiden exactly matches the "Grey
Box " of Victoria — the " Red Box " of the southern interior and
south-east corner of N.S.W., and the interior of X.S.W. west of
the town of Bathurst, also the species figured by Mueller in his
' Eucalyptographia,' and whose description is that of a tree ivith a
'■'■Bo;!-" bark e.vtendim/ riyht out to the hranchlets, — one point of
distinction which is worth}^ of some attention in systematic work,
but apparently has been entireh' ignored, and which, I contend,
should have been taken into account in this connection when
synonym ising. It is this tree that has been recognised as E.
polyanthema in the work ' A Research on the Eucalypts.' Tt
is a similar case to E. go7iiocalyx and E. ehwpliora^ F.v.M.,
which species, till pointed out by me, were considered by some as
one and the same tree, and as this latter species can be easily
separated from Mueller's description of the former, so "Grey
Box" of Victoria and the "Red Box" of N.8.W. with their
persistent " Box " bark, can thus be separated from the smooth-
harked Eucalypts recorded by Mr. Maiden under E. j^olyanthema.
It is worthy of passing note that Mr. Maiden states : —
(1) "Tamut, H. Deane. Mr. Deane has the following note:
'Deciduous, smooth bark; var. E. lyolyanthema. Same as 'Red
Box' from Queanbeyan apparently."
Evidently Mr. Deane was not prepared to place this tree with
its smooth bark in the same specific rank as the tree with a
"Box" bark, E. ^johjanthema, but gives it varietal position. I
have seen these trees, and the}- are identical with the Rylstone
Red Box, E. ovali/olia, and also show a constancy of bark over
a larare area.
BY R. T. BAKER. 357
(2) " Red Box," Reedy Creek, near Gulgoiig, '^narrow leaves,''
big trees, glaucous all over (J. S. Boorman).
The leaves illustrated by Mr. Maiden as Schauer's type are
certainly not narrow, and this one feature alone is sufficient to
indicate a change of species from that of the type, whilst these
" big trees, glaucous all over " are certainly not £. polyaoithema,
Schauer, as such an expression could not apply to a "Box "-barked
tree. I think these two instances alone will suffice to show to
what extremes morphologists of the Muellerian school are'pre-
pared to go in uniting species.
Mr. Maiden further states, p. 528, " he found people indifferent
as to the use of the names ' Slaty Gum ' or ' Red Box,' applying
them indiscriminately as a very general rule." This is not the
experience of mj^self nor that of Mr. Dawson, who is thoroughly
acquainted with the whole Rylstone district.
The variety lanceolata is, in my opinion, a good definition of
a variety. Its bark and oil are somewhat similar to the type,
whilst it differs from it in the nature of its timber, and in the
shape of its leaves and fruits.
The following table will prove conclusively the specific morpho-
logical differences of these Eucalj^pts, and although these are so
well marked, the phyto-chemical ones are still more so.
1. E. polyanthema. —Leaves ovate,cormceo?«.9, obtuse, apiculate,
margins thick, subrevolute, venation distinct, intramarginal veins
well removed from the edge, oil glands hidden. T i m b e r hard,
close-grained, red-coloured. Bark "Box" throughout. Buds
2 to 3 lines in diameter, hemispherical to conical, contracted in
the centre, pedicellate; operculum obtuse. Fruits conical, edge
thin, notched, 2 to 3 lines in diameter. Oil constituents,
eucalyptol, pinene, sesquiterpene, esters. Hah. — Victoria, N.S.
Wales (Albury, Gerogery, Pambula, Bungendore, Delegate River,
country west of Bathurst).
2. E. Daw^oiii. — L eaves lanceolate, glaucous, thin, intramar-
ginal vein close to the edge, oil glands distinct. Timber deep
red-coloured, hard, similar to Ironbark, straight in the grain.
Bark deciduous, slate-coloured or white, smooth. Buds
358 REVISION OF THE EUCALYPTS OF RYLSTONE DISTRICT,
1 line ill diameter, sessile or gradually tapering to the base,
glaucous; operculum obtuse. Fruits small, 1 to 1^- lines in
diameter, hemispherical or elongated, glaucous. Oil consti-
tuents, phellandrene, sesquiterpene. Hah. —Eastern watershed,
Goulburn River Valley (Tomago Beds).
3. E. ovalifoUa. — L eaves thin, ovate-lanceolate, venation dis-
tinct, intramarginal vein removed from edge, oil glands distinct.
Timber curly, red, hard, but not used as trees are always
decayed in centre. Bark smooth or rough at the base for 2 or
3 feet. F r u i t s conical, pedicellate, rim thin, contracted at
edge. Oil constituents, phellandrene, pinene, sesquiter-
pene. JIah. — Western watershed of Eylstone District, Tumut,
Hargraves.
4. E. ovali/olia var. lanceolata. — L eaves thii), lanceolate, intra-
marginal \'ein close to edge, oil glands distinct. T i m b e r excel-
lent, red-coloured, durable, straight in the grain. Bark deci-
duous, smooth, white. Fruits similar to 3, except not con-
tracted at edge. Oil constituents, phellandrene, pinene,
sesquiterpene. Hah. — Western watershed N.W. of Rylstone.
E. MACRORHYNCHA, F.v.M. " Red Stringybark."
Through an error in my field notes, the remarks in regard to
the quality of the timber given under this species refer to that of
E. eufjenioides. The timber of E. macrorhyncha is not considered
good, and is only used when that of other " Stringybarks " is not
available.
E. TERETICORNIS, Sm.
Previously the opinion was expressed that this Eucalypt "might
be placed with E. vimhialis,'' but I do not think so now.
The trees at the foot of the Nulla Mountain have a very long
narrow operculum and correspondingly long narrow calyx.
The timber is considered good and durable.
It has an extensive range in the district.
E. ALBENS, Miq.
As this tree is very distinct over a large area of country, I am still
inclined to regard it as worthy of distinction from E. hemiphloia,
BY R. T. BAKER. 359
F.V.M., as formerly stated. Also found in the Capertee Valley
(J. Dawson) and Hargraves (R.T.B.).
E. viMiNALis, Labill.
The name " Brittle Gum" given amongst others to this species
in the original Census has since been separated by me under the
name of E. maculosa.
Occurs near most watercourses or low-lying land.
E. CAPiTELLATA, 8m. " Brown Stringybark.
I previous!}^ expressed an opinion that an apparent gradation
exists between this species and E. eiig em aides. These gradations
I find upon further investigations are not so pronounced as
originally appeareil to be the case. The fruits show a variation,
being sometimes hemispherical and slightly pedicellate and at
other times sessile and with compressed sides.
E. H/EMASTOMA, 8m. " 8cribbly Gum."
The trees at Coomber and Ilford have a large fruit with a red
rim and thick coriaceous leaves, and so, closely match the 8ydney
trees which I regard as 8mith's type.
E. siDEROXVLOX, A. Cunn., var. fallens, Benth. "Ironbark."
This species or \ariety has always appeared to me to present a
difficulty in systematically placing, as its flowers and fruits are
identical with those of E. siderocyLon — morphological characters
that cannot be ignored b}^ any systematist, and yet it possesses
distinctive foliage, timber and bark. I am sometimes inclined
to think it is the *' Rotten Ironbark" mentioned by Cunningham
in Field's 'New 8outh Wales,' published in 1825, as that vernacular
name fittingly describes the timber.
E. CREBRA, F.v.M. ''Narrow-leaved Ironbark."
A well distributed species in the district. Very plentiful at
Murrumbo on the Goulburn River.
-3G0 REVISION OF THE EUCALYFTS OP RYLSTONE DISTRICT.
E. siDEKOPiiLOiA, Beiith. " Ii'oiibark."
I rej^ret that no additional material has been obtained to assist
in the further elucidation of the trees placed by me under this
name, as the trees occur on ranges most difficult of access. The
fruits and buds are sessile and far more angular than pertains to
the Sydney form, and the operculum is also much more obtuse.
E. PIPERITA, Sm. " Peppermint."
Both varieties of this Eucalypt, i.e., those with the urn-shaped
fruits and those with the pillular ones, are found to occur indis-
criminately. Only one locality was originally given, but I have
since found it at Cudgegong, Kelgoola, Rylstone, and Corricudgy
Ranges.
E. AMYGDALINA, Labill. " Peppermint."
Only one locality is given in the original paper, but it occurs
also in most of the hills or ranges in the immediate neighbourhood
of Rylstone.
E. CORIACEA. " Cabbage Gum."
Not previously recorded, but common on sandstone ridges near
Ilford.
E. SiEiJERiANA, F.v.M. " Mountain Ash."
Not previously recorded. This species attains giant dimensions
at Never Never and Kelgoola.
E. DIVES, Schauer. " Peppermint."
Not previously recorded. Kelgoola to Mount Vincent and
south to Wallerawang. It has much the same habit as those at
Mittagong on the Southern line, and although some very large
trees are to be found, the timber is considered worthless.
E. STELLULATA, Sieb. " Lead Gum."
Tliis species occurs in the Capertee Valley as well as in the
ranges west of it, as previously stated. This difference in altitude
does not appear to produce any specific changes.
361
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited a well preserved specimen of the
coalesced basal plates of Phialocriiius Konincki, collected at Mt.
Vincent, in the Upper Marine Stage of the Permo-Carboniferous.
The specimen is interesting from the fact that on the inner sur-
face it shows the well-marked junction of the five basal plates, a
structure that is not visible on the outer aspect. This is a point
that has not been observed before. The specimen was collected
b}^ Mr. Eustace Wilkinson.
Mr. Gurney shov/ed 'three living specimens (9) of Extatosoma
tlaratum, W. S. Macleay, one of the "Leaf Insects" (Phasmidce),
with newly laid eggs, and larval forms in various stages of growth
one of them just hatched from the egg. The insects are not
uncommon in certain parts of Northern New South Wales on
the native scrub; but the specimens exhibited were forwarded
from the Brunswick River, with the information that they were
attacking the foliage of fruit trees, particularly that of the Plum,
a change of food-plant not previously recorded. As the insects
reposed on a pot-plant, attention was called to the protective
mimicry afforded, more especially, by the flat leaf -like expansions
along: the sides of the abdomen and the lesfs.
Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited a very fine series of Austra-
lian grasses, collected on Glenariff Station, via Byrock, a little
east of the Darling River, comprising the following twenty-eight
species: — Atnj^hihromus neesii, Steud.; Amphipogo7i strictus, R.Bi'.;
Andropogon hombycimis, R.Br.; A. sericeus, R.Br.; Anthistiria
avenacea, P.v.M.; A. ciliata, Linn.; Aristida behriaita, F.v.M.;
A. stipoides, R.Br.; Chloris trnncata, R.Br.; Cynodon dactylon^
Pers. ; Danthonia bipartita, F.v.M.; Diplachue Jusca, Beauv. ;
Eleushie f(igyptiaca,^evi.', Eragrostis eriopoda,l^enth.; E.lanijlora,
Benth.; E. pilosa, Beauv.; Eriachne obtusa, R.Br.; JVeurachne
362 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
alopecuroides, R.Br.; K. mitchelHaua, Nees; Fanicum decomposi-
tiim, R.Br. ; P. distachijiim, Linn. ; P. efitsum, R.Br. ; P.
gracile, R.Br.; P. leiLCophcum, H.B. et K.; P. initchellii, Benth.;
Pappophorum niyricans, R.Br. ; Sporoholns virginicvs, Kunth,
var. pallida; and Stipa sefacea, R.Br. All the specimens showed
remarkable growth, but the two most luxuriant forms were the
*' oat grass " {Anthistiria areuacea, F.v.M.), attaining a height of
6 feet 4 inches, and the " Kangaroo grass " {A. ciliata, Linn.), 4
feet 10 inches. This growth had been made in about four
months and, therefore, was green, rich and succulent. The
economic value of each species, its geographical distribution, and
special characteristics were pointed out.
Dr. Greig Smith exhibited cultures of a slime-producing
organism, together with specimens of slime, in illustration of his
paper. He also showed a quantity of slime, 200 c.c, produced
by growing Pact, sacchari, Greig Smith, upon 10 plates of tannin-
glycerine-potato-agar, each containing 100 c.c. of medium.
Mr. Froggatt showed a collection of the Psyllids described in
his paper.
Mr. Baker exhibited a series of herbarium specimens and
timbers in illustration of his paper. Also an apparently roughly
dressed, sub-cylindrical stone, about 18 J inches long, and from
2-3 inches in diameter, recently found by Mr. W. Bauerlen in the
bed of Bushrangers' Creek, near AVellington, N.S.W. It is
believed to be another example of the curious Aboriginal Cere-
monial Stones, or whatever else they may have been, to which
attention has already been called by Mr. W. R. Harper in the
Society's Proceedings (1898, p. 420).
Mr. J. J. Walker remarked that a similar stone had been given
to him at Tanna, New Hebrides, where it was said to be used as
a weapon of war to be hurled at the legs of an enemy.
Dr. Hamlyn-Harris, a visitor, on the invitation of the President,
recounted some personal experiences of the phenomena attending
the fall of volcanic dust in the island of Barbadoes last year,
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 363
consequent ui^ou the outbreak in St. Vincent. A sample of the
dust which fell during the outbreak of March, 1903, was
exhibited.
The Secretary exhibited and handed over to the Society, on
behalf of Mr. Syms Covington of Pambula, N.S.W., another
interesting relic of the Voyage of the " Beagle," which had been
forwarded to him by Mrs. Forde, on the donor's behalf. This
was Charles Darwin's pocket compass, or rather a combined
compass and universal sun-dial. The latitude arc is divided to
two degrees only, and the hour circle to 30 minutes, while the
compass shows only the cardinal points. The style is vertical to
the hour circle, which is hinged for latitude adjustment. The
instrument when not in use folds into a rough wooden case,
3 Jin. X 2|in., which shows signs of much wear. The exhibit was
received with great interest. The cordial thanks of the Soeiet}^
liave been tendered to Mr. Syms Covington, and also to Mrs.
Forde.
Mr. Fletcher also showed a fresh specimen of Busaria spinosa,
Cav., from Gladesville, playing the ver}^ unusual part of host to a
species of LorarUhus, not sufficiently mature for determination.
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 24th, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, June 24:th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 7 Vols., 75 Parts or Nos., 9
Bulletins, 5 Reports, 13 Pamphlets, 4 Miscellanea, and 2 Maps,
received from 55 Societies, Arc, and 1 Individual, were laid upon
the table.
364
THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVURUS VIVERRIXUS,
WITH OBSERVATIONS ON THE GROWTH AND
ATROPHY OF THE GRAAFIAN FOLLICLE.
By F. p. Sandes, M.D., Ch.M. (Syd.).
( Coimnunicated by Professor J. T. Wilson, Jf.Jj., Ch.M.),
(Plates vi.-xx.)
Introduction.
For the past seventy-five years the exact mode of origin of the
structure kno\vn as "Corpus Luteum'' has been the subject of
dispute. The series of changes which take place in the wall of
of the evacuated Graafian follicle and result in the formation of
the corpus luteum has been studied in different animals with
varying degrees of completeness. Considerable uniformity under-
lies the process in those animals in which this particular question
has been studied, but different significances have been attached
by different observers to a series of changes essentially similar.
Briefly, it may be stated that some maintain that the corpus
luteum originates from the membrana granulosa of the Graafian
follicle, vv'hilst others refer its origin to the wall of the follicle or
theca folliculi. The writer of this paper has attempted to throw
light upon the subject by observing the growth of the corpus
luteum in the ovary of a small marsupial found in abundance in
various parts of Australia, namel}^, the Native Cat {Dasyurvs
viverrinus). So far as he is aware, this has not been previously
done systematically, though isolated contributions have been
made to the literature of the marsupial ovary.
This paper was originally submitted as a thesis for the degree
of Doctor of Medicine of the University of Sydney, and the
author begs to express his thanks to the Senate of the University
for permission to publish the results of his investigation.
BY F. P. S ANDES. 365
The collection of material and the obtaining of certain data
made use of in this paper were done by Mr. J. P. Hill, D.Sc,
F.L.8., Demonstrator of Biology in the University of Sydney, and
well known as an authority on the processes of generation in the
mar supial. To him the author tenders his sincere thanks for
suggesting the undertaking of this research and for placing at his
disposal a splendid series of ovaries in an excellent state of pre-
servation.
The work was carried out during the year 1902 in the Anato-
mical Department of the University of Sydney, and to Professor
J. T. Wilson, its head, the author tenders his best thanks for
placing the resources of the Department at his disposal and for
his kindly interest throughout the progress of this investigation;
and he has also to thank Mr. Louis Schaefer, of the same Depart-
ment, for aid in producing the micro-photographs which illustrate
this paper.
Short Review of the Literature.
The literature of this subject is extensive, being scattered
through periodicals, reviews, text-books and essays, and extends
over three-quarters of a century of time, so that no exhaustive
review of it can be undertaken, apart from the fact that many of the
contributions in question are inaccessible in Australia. For a
more extended criticism of different authors' views, and for an
excellent bibliography up to the year 1895, the reader is referred
to Sobotta's paper " Uber die Bildung des Corpus Luteum bei
der Maus " in the Archiv filr Mikroscopische Anatomie, Bd. 47,
1896, and to contributions mentioned therein; also to an article
by the same author in Merkel and Bonnet's Ergebnisse, Bd. 8,
1898; and to J. G. Clark's article in the Archiv fiir Anatomie
und Physiologie, 1898. It will be necessary to mention here only
those points which enable the reader to follow the discussion.
In the year 1827 appeared a treatise by von Baer on the origin
of the mammalian ovum. He described the ovum in the interior
of the Graafian follicle, and recognised the fact of its escape by
rupture. He described also the wall of the Graafian follicle, com-
366 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYlTimS,
posed of meinbranca granulosa and theca folliculi, with its two
component parts, the theca interna and theca externa. The main
features of his description have been followed by all succeeding
authors. He studied the corpus luteum, and attributed its origin
to the inner layer or theca interna of the theca folliculi. He
took this view on the grounds that the theca interna is thickened
before the rupture of the follicle, and that this layer already pos-
sessed the characteristic yellow colour due to the so-called
*' lutein " granules. He is one of the few authors who studied
the earlier developmental stages of the corpus luteum, and did
not base his description on a study of corpora lutea near or
during the stages of complete development.
No important communication was made upon this subject until
1840; when Patterson, of Edinburgh, brought forward a theory
that the corpus luteum had its origin from the hc\3morrhagic con-
tents of the recently ruptured follicle. This theory gained the
support of Henle, but was never generally accepted.
In 1842, Bischoff in his work "On the Histoiy of Develop-
ment of Ova in the Rabbit " enunciated a new theory that the
corpus luteum originated by modification of the cells of the mem-
brana granulosa of the Graafian follicle to form the characteristic
cells of the corpus luteum. A few years later, in ovaries of the
dog, guinea pig and roe, he found confirmation of this theory.
Bischoff studied all the stages of the formation of the corpus
luteum both early and late, so that his work has a particular
value. There are, therefore, excluding Patterson's, two different
theories as to the origin and development of the corpus luteum.
As time went on, defenders came forward for either theory. As
adherents to von Baer's theory, we find Rokitansky, His, Spiegel-
berg, Kolliker, Slavjansky, Gegenbauer, Paladino, Nagel, Bonnet,
Schottliinder, Minot and others; whilst Ptliiger, Luschka, Wal-
deyer, Call and Exner, and others have supported Bischoff's
theory. Much of the work was not carried out upon a series of
ovaries containing corpora lutea at all stages of development, so
that it loses to a certain extent its value.
BY P. P. SANDES. 367
Up to the year 1895 it will not be necessary to further review
the literature, except to state that Waldeyer held a view which
was a compromise between the two theories. He considered that
the epithelial element bore the greater part during the early
development of the corpus luteum, but that, in the later stages,
the theca folliculi had the greater share in its formation.
The j'-ear 1896 marks a distinct advance in the mode of study
of this subject. Then there appeared from the pen of Sobotta a
paper based upon an exhaustive stud}' of the development of the
corpus luteum in the mouse. All modern methods of studying
this question must comply with the requirements that he has laid
down. His most important contention is that the corpus luteum
must be studied in all stages of its development, from its origin
onwards, and not only in its stage of full development. In this
research there have accordingly been chosen ovaries representing
all the chief stages of corpus luteum formation, the stage of the
development of the ovum and embryo being taken as a guide to
the time which has elapsed since fertilisation of the ovum. This
has the greatest advantages from a comparative point of view.
Sobotta's paper appears to have awakened fresh interest in this
question. He follows Bischoff's theory, and is supported by
Heape, Stratz, Honore, Belloy, van der Stricht, Bonnet, Bouin,
and van Beneden; whilst Nagel, Clark, Rabl, Kolliker, Doering,
Paladino, Biihler and His have come forward as upholders of von
Baer's theory. More extended criticism of these authors' views
will be given when necessary in the following chapters.
Material and Methods.
Dasyurus viverrinus is a small marsupial, averaging when full-
grown about the size and weight of a half-grown rabbit. Once a
year it has a period of rut, during the months of May, June and
July, and only then does the congress of the sexes take place.
According to Hill, a varying period intervenes between coitus and
the fertilisation of the ovum, so that the period of gestation is
uncertain. It is probably about eight da3^s. After gestation is
completed, the embryo is transferred to the pouch. Six are
usually found there at a time. They remain attached to the
368 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVnirS,
maternal teats for a period of seven or eight weeks, whilst the
period of lactation is prolonged to about four months.
For the purposes of this investigation the sexes were allowed
access to one another, and the date of coitus noted. The females
were killed at a varying period afterwards. After securing the
blood supply, the internal and external genitalia were removed
and the stages of ovum or embrj'o corresponding w^ere noted.
The parts were placed in picro-sublimate solution for twenty-four
hours and then transferred to alcohols.
Some were also treated with picro-nitric-aceto-osmic solution.
Picro-sublimate fixing fluids were found very satisfactor3\
The ovaries were transferred to absolute alcohol, cleared in
cedar oil, afterwards put into benzol for 24 hours at a temjDerature
of 45° C, to which melted paraffin at 40° C. to 45° C. was
gradually added. Finally, the ovaries were transferred to paraffin
with the melting point at 50° C, in which they were left at that
temperature for a period of two to four hours. This method of
embedding gave uniformly good results.
Sections were cut, some wdth Minot's microtome and some with
the rocking microtome. Some were 6 micros, thick, but the
majority 10 micros. They were mounted serially and stained
according to requirements with Glychsemalum, Glych?emalum
with Eosin, Iron-hsematoxylin, and van Gieson's stain after
Glychsemalum. This last w^as found particularl}' good for micro-
photographs, which were taken with Zeiss' apparatus.
This paragraph gives the particulars of the material employed.
Other ovaries besides those mentioned below w^ere cut, but these
were considered to show the most representative stages of develop-
ment of the corpus luteum. The stage of ovum or embryo is
indicated in each case.
Ovary, Stage A.
Ptipe follicles, some showing maturation spindle in the ovum.
Ovary, Stage B.
Taken immediately after rupture of the Graafian follicle, ova
obtained from uterus before separation of the second polar body.
This Stage is referred to in this paper as the Polar-body Stage.
BY F. P. SANDES. 3G9
Ovary, Stage C.
Five days post coitiim, ova in one- and two-cell stages.
Ovary, Stage D.
Ova in the sixteen- and tliirty-tvvo-cell stages, with unclosed
hlastodernuc vesicles in some cases.
Ovar}^, Stage E.
Blastodermic vesicles, average diam. 1 mm.
Ovary, Stage F.
Blastodermic vesicles, average diam. 2-5 to 3 mm.
Ovary, Stage F^.
Blastodermic vesicles, max. diam. 3-5 mm.
Ovary, Stage G.
Blastodermic vesicles, average diam. 3 '5 to 4 mm.
Ovary, Stage H.
Blastodermic vesicles, average diam. 6-5 to 7 mm. Showing
primitive streak and head process. Very large corpora lutea
projecting on the surface of the ovary. This is about the stage
of full development of the corpus luteum.
Ovary, Stage K.
Embryo 5-75 mm. long; late uterine stage, about the seventh
day.
Ovary, Stage L.
New born young, three hours old, in pouch.
Ovary, Stage M.
Very small ovary, young animals 105 mm. long, head length
45 mm.
Definition of Terms.
It will tend to avoid confusion if, before proceeding further,
there be obtained a clear conception of what is meant by certain
terms as used in this paper. All authors are not agreed as to
the use of the terms "corpus luteum," "corpus luteum verum,"
" corpus luteum spurium vel falsum," and " corpus luteum
23
370 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYUHi^S,
atreticum." In this paper the term ^^ corpus liifeum'' will be
held to indicate the product of the changes which take place in
the remaining structures of the Graafian follicle, after the extru-
sion and subsequent fertilisation of the ovum, that is, the
"corpus luteum veriim " of certain authors. Sobotta and others
do not think that the fertilisation of the ovum is necessary, and
maintain that the processes are the same, w'hether the ovum be
fertilised or not. Walde3^er has lately insisted that the distinc-
tion must be given up, and it is probable that the process of
corpus luteum formation in Dasyurus ovaries, whose ova are
extruded, is the same whether fertilisation takes place or not.
The term ^^ corpus luteum falsuru^^ or "■ spurium'^ will, however,
for the present be applied as a term of convenience to those
corpora lutea formed in ovaries whose ova are not fertilised.
The term " corpus luteum atreticum " w^ill here be taken to mean
the corpus luteum which forms in an unruptured Graafian follicle
— the " atresic follicle" to be described subsequently. Paladino
has recently defined "true corpora lutea" as being those structures
formed in ruptured follicles, and classified as "false"' those formed
in atresic follicles. Beigel is the only author who agrees with
him. This is confusing, because the term " corpus luteum
spurium " is often applied in man and animals to the corpus
luteum which forms when pregnancy does not occur, although
the ovum has been extruded. This variety of corpus luteum is
distinct from the variety formed in atresic follicles. Plaj-fair
says that the difference between " true " and "false" corpora
lutea in man is only in degree, whilst Dalton applied the term
"false corpus luteum" to atresic corpora lutea sometimes found
in human ovaries. In this paper the writer will adhere to the
ordinary definitions, as explained above.
The term " corpus fibrosum " is used by various authors. It
will be taken to mean the structure remaining after the degenera-
tion of the corpus luteum, although Patenko extends this name
to the connective tissue structure, which in some cases obliterates
the atresic follicle.
BY F. P. SANDES. 371
The Primordial Follicle.
Before entering upon the consideration of the primordial
follicle itself, it will be necessary for the sake of completeness to
describe shortly the appearance of the ovary macroscopically and
microscopically. The organ in the period of its greatest size is
of ovoid shape, measuring on an average 6 mm. by 5 mm. in its
diameters. When the follicles are ripe they show as projecting
bosses upon the surface. After their rupture the " stigma "
can be seen, and soon also the corpus luteum, standing out
as a yellowish-wdiite structure against the general background
of the ovary. In section, the organ shows the usual fibrous
connective tissue stroma, containing ova in various stages of
development. Near the periphery of the ovarj^, the fibrous tissue
is condensed, and the (Surface of the organ is coated by a layer of
cubical epithelium. A similar condensation of connective tissue
is found round the larger primordial follicles and the more fully
developed Graafian follicles. The smaller vessels are placed in
these condensed areas of connective tissue, whilst centrally and
elsewhere are found the larger vessels of the ovar}', surrounded
by a more rarefied stroma substance. Generally speaking, the
3''oung primordial ova lie in the peripheral condensed ovarian
stroma, a little distance below the surface epithelium, and in the
angles between the larger ova and follicles, where they approach
the surface; whilst the older ova are not localised to any particular
part of the ovar}^ many being superficial and man}^ buried some
distance beneath the surface (see fig. 2).
The ovum in its earliest recognizable stage (primordial ovum,
see fig. 1) appears as a rounded cell placed in the condensed peri-
pheral ovarian stroma, just beneath the epithelium of the surface.
It is larger than the surrounding cells, and contains a finely
granular cytoplasm v/hich stains less deeply with hagmatoxylin
than the neighbouring connective tissue elements. It is clearly
distinguishable from the surrounding cells, and possesses a nucleus
with a nucleolus, the nuclear chromatin being arranged periphe-
rally near the nuclear membrane. At first there does not appear
372 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVL^nrS,
to be any trace of the future %itelline membrane or envelope of
the ovum. In the cytoplasm of this primordial ovum, usually on
opposite sides of the nucleus, are to be seen two dark bodies
situated in a clear space, possibly the "centrosomes," which later
on disappear. The cells of the ovarian stroma adjacent to the
primordial ovum do not at first show any peculiarity, but soon
cells make their appearance, which have a circular arrangement
round the periphery of the ovic cell. These cells are flattened
and epithelial in type, with a definite nucleus; their characters
are shown in fig. 1. These cells soon become sharj)ly marked off
from the ovum b}^ a membrane, the vitelline membrane. The}'
are not at first marked off from the connective tissue stroma
externally, but later on a membrane forms, which is the early
representative of the "Glashaut," "basal membrane," or "mem-
brana propria" of authors. The cells between the two membranes
become more cubical in form, and are the first representatives of
the cells of the mcmlDrana granulosa. At a very early stage,
therefore, there are formed the rudiments of the more important
structures of the ovarian ovum, with its surrounding cellular and
membranous structures. The subsequent development of the
ovic cell does not concern us further. Briefly, it increases in size,
it forms yolk granules, the bodies like centrosomes disappear, and
the nucleus becomes excentric or even peripheral.
After a certain stage, the ova grow very little, and the sub-
sequent changes involve the membrana granulosa, which had
attained the form of a single layer of cells, placed between two
membranes. This single la3^er of cells multiplies to become a
zone of cells, two, three, then nine to twelve cells in thickness,
with nuclei showing many karj^okinetic figures. The cytoplasm
of the cells is lightl}' stained and the walls are indistinct, whilst
the most externally placed cells (adjacent to the basal membrane)
are regularlj' placed, and suggest an epithelial arrangement. The
same applies in some cases to the cells near the vitelline mem-
brane. At the angles between the cells are often to be observed
spaces, probably to be accounted for by the rapid cell-growth not
leaving time for the intercellular angles to be filled. These
HY F. P. SANDES. 373
spaces are diliereut from other spaces, walled in by cells arranged
in an irregular way, due to the liquefaction of the cell cytoplasm
after chromatolysis of the nuclei. Definite " corps vesiculeux,"
with cells radially arranged round them, as first described by
Call and Exner in the rabbit — the "Epithelvacuolen" of Flemming
— are not seen in Dasyurus, although in the larger primordial
follicles and in the young Graafian follicles there are found spaces
between irregularly arranged cells, showing in their interior an
ill-defined system of trabecuke. These are probably the repre-
sentatives of the so-called " corps vesiculeux" of Call and Exner
in Dasyurus. >Similar structures are found in atresic follicles.
The characters of the theca folliculi will be described more fully
later on, during the consideration of the ripe follicle. To the
whole structure, as above described, consisting of ovum, mem-
brana granulosa, and membranes with the theca folliculi, may be
applied the term "primordial follicle."
The Graafian Follicle — its Formation and Ripening.
The development of the primordial follicle has been described
in the preceding section. The next important event in its
history is the formation of cavities in the membrana granulosa.
This is brought about by liquefaction of the cell contents, follow-
ing upon a chromatolysis of its nucleus, a process which can be
observed to take place in several places at once, but progresses
more rapidly in some places than in others. By the ultimate
coalescence of these cavities the ovum is left in the centre of a
vesicular structure, lined by cells of the membrana granulosa and
connected to it by bands of cells, called " retinacula" (see fig. 4).
This structure is called the "Graafian follicle." Its cavity con-
tains fluid, formed probably by cell liquefaction and by secretion
from them, and by the infiltration of lymph into the cavity. This
formation of fluid goes on — evidently against pressure, other
spaces appear in the membrana granulosa, the follicle increases
greatly in size and becomes ripe.
374 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYrurS,
TiiK Ripe Graafian Follicle of Dasyuucs vivERRiyirs.
In determining what constitutes a rij^e follicle in Dasyurus^
one is guided by certain considerations.
Firstly, when the ovary of a non-pregnant female is examined
macroscopically during the oestral period, the follicles which are
ripe, or nearly so, are easily perceptible as prominent projections
on the surface. They may be as many as twelve to fifteen in
number. Microscopically, these projections are found to be due
to large follicles which occupy the greater part of the section
(see fig. 5), the larger vessels being placed centrally, and the
stroma being diminished to a minimum, whilst in the angle
between these large follicles are found young ova and follicles,
some of which show signs of atrophy.
Secondly, from the microscopical characteristics of the ripe
follicle, to be describedly presently, it is easy to tell whether it
be ripe or nearly so. Sobotta says that the test of a ripe follicle
is that the nucleus of the ovum must not be in the resting stage,
but must either possess a maturation spindle or be preparing for
its formation. This holds good also for Dasyurus.
A description of the ripe follicle necessitates the following
subdivisions : —
1. Of the ovum.
2. Of the liquor folliculi.
3. Of the membrana granulosa.
4. Of the theca folliculi.
Firstly : — The ovum (see fig. 5) is ellipsoidal and surrounded
by a thick envelope; its detailed description will be published
later. It is surrounded by a "discus proligerus," and is placed
usually towards the periphery of the follicle, and often near the
site of the future rupture. The cells of the discus proligerus are
of the same type as the cells of the membrana granulosa to be
described presently, and the ovum with its discus is connected
with the membrana granulosa by strings of similar cells — the
" retinacula."
BY' F. P. SAXDES. 375
Secondly : — The liquoi' foUiculi fills the follicle. In preserved
ovaries it is represented by coagulum, staining fairly well with
ordinary stains.
Thirdly : — The membrana granulosa forms the epithelial part
of the follicular wall. It varies in thickness. At or about the
stigmatic area it is thinned, and is only four or five, or even two
or three layers of cells in thickness, whilst near the ovum it may
be seven to ten layers of cells in thickness. The cells are small
and compressed, with nuclei, some of which stain intensely with
iron-h?ematoxylin, whilst others stain faintly. Mitotic figures
are absent. Vacuoles are often present at the intercellular
angles.
The membrana granulosa is bounded externally by the mem-
brana propria (see fig. 6), which forms a basal membrane on
which the cells of the membrana granulosa rest. This basal
membrane is homogeneous, clear and refractile on section, and on
its outer side lies the theca folliculi. It is present in most
animals, swine being an exception. Its nature and origin are
disputed ; probably it is an altered layer of the theca interna.
Fourthly: — The theca follicidi is, from the point of view of this
paper, the most interesting of the structures surrounding the
ovum. In all animals whose ovaries have hitherto been studied,
the theca folliculi is described as being specialised into two layers,
an outer fibrous layer called the " theca externa," and an inner
" theca interna," whose cells are polygonal with rounded nuclei,
and contain in their cytoplasm granules of the so-called "lutein"
substance, and are separated from each other by a varying amount
of fibrous material. In Dasyurus, this specialisation of the theca
folliculi into theca externa and theca interna is extremely rudi-
mentary. Indications of it are seen in the theciie of primordial
follicles (see figs. 6 and 7), in which tliere can be made out an
outer theca externa of fibrous character, and an inner theca
interna, with irregular flattened connective tissue cells, having
oval nuclei with no karyokinetic figures, a granular cytoplasm,
but no definite lutein granules, and no obvious intercellular
substance. This layer contains the smallest blood vessels. As
376 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS,
the follicle ripens, this differentiation becomes practicall}' indis-
tinguishable, the theca interna being represented by an indistinct
layer of flattened nucleated cells, next the membrana propria,
and resembling very closely the theca externa.
When the follicle is ripe, the stroma of the ovary generally is
scanty; it is seen between adjacent ripe follicles as a thin layer
of fibrous tissue, showing occasional nuclei, and contains larger
blood vessels for the supply of the follicles. The stroma of the
ovary is also very thin in the neighbourhood of the stigmatic
urea, where rupture will take place (see fig. 5). In Dasj^urus,
therefore, the theca folliculi has a rudimentary theca interna,
which in the ripe follicle is reduced to a minimum, and never
approaches the condition described in other animals.
The Rupture of the Follicle and its Closure.
AVhen the follicle has become rijDe it bursts, diminishes in size,
iind the position of its rupture can be seen on the surface of the
ovary. The surface epithelium has broken awa}', and the fibrous
wall opens to allow the extrusion of the ovum with discus proli-
gerus and most of the liquor folliculi. The blood vessels of the
thinned ovarian stroma throw out blood which in Das3^urus is
found constantly upon the surface of the ovary. Intra-follicular
haemorrhage is very exceptional in this animal, and if it occurs
is very slight, never more than a dozen i-ed corpuscles being
found in a ruptured follicle. The ova were found in the oviduct,
some unsegmented, some giving off the polar body, some in the
one- and two-celled stages. With the release of intra-follicular
pressure the walls of the follicle tend to become approximated,
corrugated and thickened, whilst at the site of rupture the two
opposed surfaces of the meml)rana granuloma come together and
adhere, so that there is foi-med a plug of epithelial cells (Bouchon
epithelial), which closes the follicle (see figs, 8-9). This closure
is an early event in Dasyurus, and takes place within the first
few hours, before there is any attempt at formation of the corpus
luteum.
BY F. P. SANDES. 377
Coiucidently with these processes in the memhrana granulosa,
certain clianges go on in the theca folliciili and tlie basal mem-
brane. This latter is corrugated, but at first remains intact.
The blood vessels of the theca dilate, either as a cause or an
effect of the follicular rupture, and occupy the corrugations of
the follicular epithelium and membrana propria. The blood
supply increases, the cavity of the closed follicle shrinks, and the
ovary begins the formation of its corpus luteum.
The Early Corpus Luteum.
In the consideration of the disputed question of the origin of
the corpus luteum, the crucial period of time is when the consti-
tuent parts of the wall of the closed follicle undergo their
transformation to formthe component parts of the corpus luteum.
It is, therefore, necessary to study these changes in detail. This
description is founded upon the appearances of the earl}^ corpus
luteum, at the Polar-body Stage of the ovum, and in the segmen-
tation stages up to thirty-two cells, and the unclosed blastodermic
vesicle, corresponding to Stages B, C and D previously indicated.
The period of time occupied by the ovum in passing through these
stages is not yet definitely known.
The three constituents of the follicular wall are aflfected in
marked degree, and simultaneously. The event which can be
considered to form the turning point in the transition of the
follicle into the corpus luteum, is the rui:)ture of the hitherto
intact membrana propria. This is effected by the growth
inwards of the theca folliculi, which bursts throuoh the membrana
propria and sends its connective tissue sprouts towards the cavity
of the follicle. The membrana propria becomes indistinct near
the apices of these sjDrouts and is lost. Elsewhere it jDersists,
and for a comparatively long time can be seen as a homogeneous
membrane sharply marking off the theca folliculi from the cells
of the former membrana granulosa even after their ti-ansformation
into the characteristic cells of the corpus luteum (see fig. 10).
The connective tissue of the theca folliculi plays a most
important part in the formation of the early corpus luteum.
3/8 THE COEPUS LUTEUM OF DASmiUS,
was seen previously that immediately after rupture of the follicle
the blood vessels of the theca folliculi become enlarged at ^ arious
points round the circumference of the follicle. At these points
a sprouting of the connective tissue takes place. The cells
enlarge, their nuclei increase in size, and some show karyokinetic
figures. A new formation of blood vessels takes place at the
same time, and these new blood vessels, with the connective
tissue cells i-ound them, wedge their way through the membrana
propria and cells of the membrana granulosa toward the cavity
of the follicle. This process goes on at the various points so that
the whole early corpus luteum is represented by a lobulated
structure (see tig. 11).
Next, the connective tissue bursts through the membrana
granulosa comi^letely, and reaches the cavity of the follicle, which
it fills with loose connective tissue cells with processes which
join, and form a connective tissue framework that fills the cavity
of the ruptured follicle. In some cases, besides the connective
tissue cells which are triangular in shape, there are found larger
rounded cells with one or two nuclei, a granular protoplasm and
a distinct wall. These often lie free in the cavity, singly or in
masses, and man}' of them are seen in close proximity to bands
of young fibrous tissue or between the ordinary connective tissue
cells. They are probably "fibroblast" cells (see fig. 11).
The rate of metamorphosis of the cells of the membrana
granulosa into those of the corpus luteum varies in its rapidit}'.
Generally it does not begin until the connective tissue irrupts-
into the cavit}' of the follicle. In a few cases the cells of the
membrana granulosa undergo their metamorphosis, and almost
completely fill the cavit}- before the connective tissue reaches it.
At first the cells of the membrana granulosa, on being released
from intrafollicular pressure, are crowded together by the collapse
and corrugation of the follicular wall. The cells nearest the
membrana propria and the irrupting blood vessels, are the first
to show an alteration in character. Their cytoplasm swells and
their nuclei become more regularly arranged than the nuclei placed
more centrally. Many of them are oval in shape, and have the
BY F. P. SANDES. 370
long axis of the nucleus radially placed. This swelling of the
cytoplasm pushes the more centrally placed cells inwards, so that
tliey encroach upon the central cavity with its connective tissue
trabeculfe, and insinuate themselves between these trabeculse.
This cellular change is of the nature of an hypertrophy. No
multiplication of the cell nuclei by direct or indirect division can
bo made out, though carefully and often searched for in sections
treated with different stains.
To sum up, the early corpus luteum is formed from the ruptured
follicle by two processes; first, an invasion of the ca^dty of the
follicle by vascular connective tissue sprouts of the theca folliculi,
it being impossible to distinguish between the part played by the
theca externa and the rudimentary theca interna; and secondly,
by an hypertrophy of the cells of the membrana granulosa.
The Later Development of the Corpus Luteum.
For the study of the later development of the corpus luteum,
serial sections w^ere made of ovaries corresponding to the stages
of ovum and embryo represented by closed blastodermic vesicles
up to the time of the formation of the primitive streak and head
process of the early embr3^o, that is the Stages E, F, F^, G and H,
previously described. The last of these stages of the embryo is
reached probably about the third day, though this point has not
yet been accurately determined, and represents approximately
the time when the formation of the corpus luteum is complete.
The formation of the corpus luteum is carried on along the
lines already described. It has been shown how the connective
tissue invades the ca^■ity in the interior of the ruptured follicle.
The chief feature of the connective tissue during the later develop-
ment of the corpus luteum is the formation in connection with it
of blood vessels, so that the interior of the young corpus luteum
becomes filled with an angiomatous structure formed by branch-
ing blood vessels whose walls are composed of a single layer of
flattened endothelial cells. These vessels exist under usual
circumstances for some time previously to the filling of the spaces
380 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYi'liCS,
between them with corpus luteum cells. Whether they are
formed by the connective tissue previously in the interior of the
follicle, or by the sprouting of the blood vessels of the theca, is
uncertain (see tigs. 12, 13 and 14). These blood vessels are of
the nature of venous sinuses, and no structures comparable to
.small arteries are found in the corpus luteum at any time.
Whilst the vessels are forming, the cells of the membrana
granulosa undergo a peculiar change. This has been seen in its
initial stages previously, but now becomes more marked. The
ceil cytoplasm swells, becomes filled with granules (even drops of
•secretion are described in some animals), the cell boundaries
become distinct and the nuclei become oval with their long axis
radial, whilst man}" of them have two distinct nucleoli. The
nuclear chromatin becomes aggregated round the peripherj^ of
the nucleus, but karj^okinetic figures are uniformly absent, though
they have been searched for with great care. Some of the cells
have two or even three nuclei, and the multiplication of the cells,
if it takes place, is direct. Taken on the whole, the change in
the membrana granulosa cell is probably a process of simple
hypertrophy. The hypertrophying cells push inwards the other
cells into the spaces between the blood vessels previous^ described,
so that the cavity is encroached on and filled up. In most cases
this filling up is completed at the Stage H, but a cavity filled
with blood vessels and connective tissue ma}' persist for a long
time (see tigs. 15 and 16).
The membrana propria loses its former distinctness. It is
encroached upon by the cells of the theca nearest to it. The
nuclei of the cells nearest the membrana propria increase in size,
the membrana propria is dissolved, and the connective tissue
cells invade the cells of the corpus luteum.
By the processes described it comes to pass that the emptied
follicle is transformed into the corpus luteum. Briefly, these
processes are the irruption of connective tissue into the cavit}' of
the follicle and its subsequent vascularisation, accompanied by
hypertrophy of the cells of the membrana granulosa. The corpus
luteum forms (Quickly (within three days) and persists during the
15 Y F. P. sa\dp:s. 381
greater part of the time that the animal is lactating, ultimately
disappearing when the young animal is capable of leading an
independent existence.
In addition to these changes involving the conversion of tlie
ruptured follicle into the corpus luteum, certain changes go on in
tlie neighbouring ovarian structures. In a general view of tlie
ovary in section, when the corpora lutea are formed it is found
that the whole section is occupied by these structures (see fig. 17),
whilst the general stroma of the ovar}^ is reduced to a minimum.
During the ripening of the follicle and during the process of
corpus luteum formation the stroma becomes more and more
rarefied and more fibrous, probabl}^ owing to the diverting of the
blood supply to the nourishment of the follicle and the corpus
luteum. This rarefaction is due to the disappearance of some of
the connective tissue cells and the imbibition of fluid by the
connective tissues generally. During its progress the larger
vessels of the ovary and their branches between the corpora
lutea become filled with blood; this congestion of the ovary
during corpus luteum formation is a marked feature of the organ.
This rarefaction persists whilst the corpora lutea are present in
the ovary, and only with their disappearance does the ovarian
stroma resume its ordinary condition.
The theca folliculi is affected in the same way. It undergoes
changes in the later stages of corpus luteum formation. Its
external part participates in the changes of the ovarian stroma,
whilst its inner part (the rudimentar}- theca interna) has the size
of its cellular nuclei increased, and is best preserved in the places
where it is sending in its connective tissue processes towards the
centre of the corpus luteum.
In addition to the development of the corpora lutea, and the
changes in the stroma just described, other processes go on simul-
taneously in the ovary. If an ovary be examined at the time of
ripening of the follicles or shortly after they burst, it will be
found that it is crowded with young ova and follicles in various
stages of development (see fig. 2). The smallest and 3'oungest
ova are found immediately below the surface, in the intervals
382 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF iJASynii^S,
between the follicles, whilst the larger are often f(jund at some
distance below the surface. With the formation of the corpora
lutea, most of these ova and follicles undergo degeneration, which
seems to affect them all except the 3'oungest near the surface, and
those which are nearing ripeness. The ova between and close to the
corporea lutea are the first to go, and the effect of the growing-
corpus luteum seems to make itself felt in ever widening circles,
so that tinalh', when the corporea lutea are fully formed, nearly
all the residual ova are atrophied, with the exception of those
3'oung ova immediately below the surface. A few of the larger
ova, further away from the influence of the corpus luteum, persist
for a little while longer, but ultimately the}^ atrophy and become
of no account. This change is a progressive one, and quickly
shows itself, so that when the corpus luteum has attained its full
development the ova, with the exception of the smallest and most
superficial, are in a state of atrophy (see fig. 17).
The Atrophy of the Follicle, and the Corpus Luteum
Atreticum.
In this place it will be fitting to describe the characteristics of
atrophic follicles and the so-called " corpora lutea atretica," that
is, the corpora lutea formed in connection with certain follicles
whose ova are not extruded.
With regard to the atrophic or atresic follicle, it is found that
its fate is not the same in all cases. The difference depends on
the size and development of the follicle before its atrophy begins,
and upon the degree to which atrophic and other changes go on
in its component parts.
The fate of the follicles near their ripeness will be described
later. The remaining unripe follicles may be roughly classified
into two varieties, large and small, whose characters have alreadj^
been sufficiently described. In the larger follicles, up to about a
stage represented by fig. 4, the atrophic follicles may be divided
into those which ultimately come to have left one layer of cells
of the membrana granulosa, and those which have more than one
layer, two or three being a usual number. The atrophic process
BY F. P. SANDES. 383
is similar in each case, and can be described as affecting, firstl}^
tlie contents of the follicles; secondly, the membrana granulosa;
thirdly, the basal membrane; and fourthly, the theca folliculi.
The determination of the place where the atrophic changes
begin is difficult. In Dasyurus the membrana granulosa is first
affected. It will be seen that some of its nuclei stain deeply, and
others only faintl}^ In these latter, chromatolysis takes place in
the nuclei of those cells nearest the cavity of the follicle, the
nuclear membrane disappears, and the chromatin becomes broken
up into fine particles which are scattered through the general
debris or aggregated into masses which stain deeply. Some of
these deeply stained masses have been observed protruding from
the cell nucleus, and in many cases seem to be nucleoli. In some
cases also the formation of karyokinetic figures takes place in the
nuclei of the cells of the degenerating membrana granulosa. This
process has been fully described by Flemming and others, and is
met with in atrophic follicles of many animals besides Dasyurus.
Whilst this has being going on, the cell cytoplasm has undergone
degenerative changes. In many animals a definite fatty degenera-
tion has been described as taking place, but in Dasyurus this is
not observed. The degeneration of cell substance appears to be
a process of simple atrophy. It goes on until the membrana
granulosa is reduced to a zone of cells inside the theca, often one
or even two or three cells in thickness (see fig. 18).
The discus proligerus surrounding the ovum is not affected
until comparatively late. Chromatolysis sets in, the cells atrophy
in the usual way, and the envelope of the ovum crumples up, and
is partially or totally destro37-ed, whilst its nucleus undergoes
chromatolysis, and its cytoplasm loses its yolk granules and
degenerates. By these processes the contents of the follicle come
to be represented by a granular material which represents the
liquor folliculi, together with debris of membrana granulosa cells
and of the ovum. Through this granular material are scattered
darkly stained granules, representing portions of the original
chromatin of the various nuclei. Occasionally, too, cells are
found, situated in a clear space in this granular content of the
384 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVmrS,
follicles. These are leucocytes, with the function of removing
the granular debris; and there does not, in iJ)asyurus, appear to
be any reason for thinking that these are membrana granulosa
cells with a phagoc3'tic action, such as has been attributed
to them b}'' some authors, e.//., Schulin, Janosik, and Pfliiger.
AVhilst the ovum is degenerating similar cells are sometimes found
attacking it, but nowhere is there seen any sign of the trans-
formation of membrana granulosa cells into a plasmodium, with
the phagoc3^tic action, as described by Match insky, though in
small atrophic follicles there are sometimes found appearances
similar to those figured by Matchinsk}', which are but remnants
of degenerated ova containing nucleated leucocytes (fig. 21).
The basal membrane is early affected. It disappears whilst
the above described changes are going on. It is generally an
earl}' event, but may be late. The time of its disappearance
varies, but whilst it is present there is no tendenc}' for the inner-
most layer of the theca foUiculi to encroach on the membrana
granulosa (see figs. 19 and 20).
When the basal membrane disappears, the rudimentary theca
interna folliculi encroaches on the membrana granulosa. It
becomes thickened, its cells increase in size and project into the
membrana granulosa, and even into the cavity of the follicle.
With the atroph}' of the remaining membrana granulosa cells,
there is also multiplication of the cells of the theca interna, so
that concentric la3^ers of connective tissue cells are formed,
tending to diminish the size of the follicular cavity. This process
is aided by the ingrowth of connective tissue cells into the cavity,
causing its ultimate obliteration.
In the second variety of these atrojjhic follicles, where there
remains but one layer of cells of the membrana granulosa lining
the ca^'ity, the ordinary separation of the rudimentar}- theca
interna from the membrana granulosa by the basal membrane,
though present, is obscured, and there is no attempt at encroach-
ment on the membrana granulosa by the theca folliculi, so that
the atrophied follicle presents the appearance of a cyst, lined by
a definite layer of more or less cubical epithelium, towards which
BY F. P. SANDES. 385
the theca, at any rate for a time, may preserve its usual relations;
(see fig. 19). Occasionally, it appears that these cysts may remain
for a considerable time, but the majority lose their layer of epithe-
lium, and are obliterated by proliferation of the rudimentary theca
interna and invasion of the cavity by connective tissue cells, as
above described. It is probable that the two varieties of these
larger atrophic follicles are due to variations of the same process,
but the origin of the variation is obscure. The outer layer of
the theca undergoes the changes which have been described
previously in the consideration of the stroma of the ovary.
In the case of the smaller follicles, the process is less compli-
cated, though similar. The vitelline membrane shrinks from the
membrana granulosa cells, the ovum degenerates and is remov^ed,
whilst the membrana granulosa cells may persist as a single
layer of cuboidal epithelium, or ma-y atrophy, when the theca
proliferates and fills up the cavity of the follicle. Occasionall}^
as in the case of other animals, a metaplasia of membrana
granulosa cells into spindle- and star-shaped cells takes place.
These fill up the space and cause its obliteration (see fig. 21).
In the case of follicles which are ripe or nearly so, whose ova
are not extruded, there takes place a quite different process, which
is not seen at all in the atrophy of the younger follicles. Practi-
cally, with the exception of the extrusion of the ovum, everything
proceeds in the same way as if rupture had taken place. A
corpus luteum atreticum is formed in the centre of which the
atrophic ovum is seen, sometimes even making an attempt to
segment (see figs. 22, 23, 24). The atrophied ovum is invaded by
connective tissue and is removed by leucocytes. The membrana
granulosa cells hypertrophy, the connective tissue of the theca
grows in, in the same way as in the ordinary corpus luteum, and
there is thus formed a corpus luteum atreticum.
It will be seen, therefore, that in Dasyurus there is no difier-
ence in the formation of the corpora lutea atretica, as compared
with the mode of formation of the true corpus luteum. Some
difference in size can sometimes be made out, the atresic being
24
38G THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASmii^S,
smaller than other corpora lutea, but, with this exception, the
process is the same.
The Decline of the Coupus Luteum.
Thf^ grow til of the corpus luteum in Dasyurus is rapid, and
occupies the first three days after the follicular rupture. It
remains in the same state for seven to eight weeks and then
declines.
The chief factor in the decline of the corpus luteum is the
supervention of a condition of fatty degeneration in its character-
istic cells. The degenerated cells are removed hj leucocytes, the
blood vessels atrophy, and the connective tissue increases to form
a corpus fibrosum, so that by the time the young animal is about
ten centimttres long, some four months after its birth, there
remains no trace of the corpus luteum in the ovary, which is
found to be full of young ova beginning to grow in preparation
for the next oestral period.
The Corpus Luteum of Dasyurus vivERRiyus.
In the short review of the literature given previously, the two
main theories of origin of the corpus luteum were set forth.
Some attribute its origin to the theca interna folliculi, others to
the membrana granulosa. These divergent views have been taken
by different authors for dififerent animals, and in some cases the
accounts differ for the same animal. It is worthy of note that
those authors who have studied series of ovaries, sufficient to
provide all the earl}^ stages of corpus luteum formation, are
practically unanimous in contending that the characteristic cells
of the corpus luteum take origin from the cells of the membrana
granulosa. One of the best known of these is Sobotta, who, in
the mouse and rabbit, carried out an exhaustive research on this
question, and was the first to lay down the lines along which
work to solve this question must be carried out. He is supported
byStratz, who in a lengthyarticle, including amongstothers matters
the history of the corpus luteum, gave a similar account of its origin
founded on a complete study of numerous ovaries of Tujmja
BY F. P. SANDES. 387
javmuca, Sore.c vul(/aris, and Tarsius spectrum. Honore, too, in
the rabbit, working in the same way, arrived at the same general
conclusions as Sobotta and Stratz; and van der 8tricht, working
on ovaries of VesperfUio iiuiriinis, V. pipistrelhis, Plecofus auritjii^,
and Vesperu(/o 7ioctn^a, from which an abundance of material was
obtained, confirms Bischofi"s theory. Van Beneden in the rabbit,
Belloy in the guinea pig and rat, Heape in the monkey, Bouin
in the rat and guinea pig, Bonnet in the dog, and Cornil and
Kreis in man, have all arrived at a similar conclusion, though
differing in minor points. Of these authors, Sobotta, van der
Stricht, Honore and Stratz may be taken as examples of those
who have founded their support of Bischoff's theory on the stud}^
of a sufficient series of ovaries to give them all tlie stages of
corpus luteum formation, particularly the early ones. On the
other hand, it is found' that the upholders of von Baer's theory,
famous anatomists though some of them be, have studied this
question in an imperfect way. His, Kolliker, Rabl, Nagel,
Paladino, Clark, Doering, and Biihler have lately come forward
as opponents of Bischoif's theory. With the excejDtion of Biihler,
whose work is not yet complete, none of them have carried out a
study of the corpus luteum in all its stages of development, or at
any rate there is no record of their having done so. Therefore
their statements do not bear so much weight as they otherwise
would. It is only fair to state that, with regard to His and
Kolliker, their more recent remarks on this subject were made in
short discussions at Anatomical Congresses. Rabl admits that
his material is not sufficient to be of great service in settling this
question, whilst Nagel's opinion is expressed but shortly in von
Bardeleden's "Anatomie.'' Paladino's recent contribution to
this question is founded on old observations made without respect
to more recent requirements. In the case of Doering and Clark,
they have collected swine ovaries (in large numbers, it is true),
but without reference to any data as regards oestrum, time of
coitus, and stage of pregnancy; or if any, so that they have no
certain knowledge of the actual stages of corpus luteum they have
described.
388 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVI'JirS,
Next, it is interesting to note that the discrepancy of authors'
views depends to some extent on the size of the animal studied.
His, for instance, said at Kiel in 1898, that in man and in larger
mammals, the formation of corpora lutea from the theca interna
was absolutely indisputable. Biihler, too, at Pavia in 1900, said
that it was certainly not an accidental circumstance that the
accounts of the origin of the corpus luteum should be so diametri-
cally opposed in the smaller as compared with the larger mammals.
Sobotta (Tubingen, 1899) denies that the size of the animal has
anj^thing to do with the question, and upon the grounds of com-
parative anatom}' there would appear to be no reason wh}^ the
origin of such a constantly occurring structure as the corpus
luteum should be so radically altered. If it is so, in what animals
of the mammalian order does the transition in mode of formation
take place, or where do the transitional forms of corpus luteum
appear ? One is justified in supposing that the mode of formation
of the corpus luteum is uniform throughout the mammalian order,
though it may be obscured by accidental circumstances, so that,
what holds good in Dasyurus — a marsupial — would probabl}'
hold good in the rabbit, mouse and guinea pig, and probably also
in larger animals, as man and the swine.
But what are these accidental circumstances'? It has been
pointed out by various authors that the theca folliculi of most ani-
mals is composed of an outer fibrous theca externa and an inner
theca interna, whose cells are more or less polygonal and filled with
granules of the so-called "lutein" substance, and have between
them a certain amount of intercellular fibrous tissue. There is
in fact a definite specialisation of the theca folliculi into two
layers. jSTow, many authors attribute the origin of the charac-
teristic cells of the corpus luteum to the specialised theca interna,
some on altogether insufificient grounds. Thus His (at Kiel, 1898)
says that the structure of the theca interna folliculi is identical
with that of the young corpus luteum. Nagel uses the same
argument, but that is no proof that one originates from the other.
His also says that the transition from one to the other can be
traced step by step. Does he refer to one corpus luteum, or to
BY F. P. SANDES. 3(S9
the tracing of the transition through a series of ovaries containing
corpora lutea in all stages of development? In Dasyurus, as
shown previously, the specialisation of the theca folliculi is rudi-
mentary; in other words, the accidental specialisation of the
theca folliculi seems to be practically omitted, possibly owing to
the lowly position of the animal in the mammalian order. There
is accordingly no similarity between the cells of the rudimentary
theca interna and the cells of the membrana granulosa or corpus
luteum in Dasyurus, and consequently there is no mistaking the
parts these two structures play in forming the corpus luteum. In
tracing the transition, of which His speaks, in fully formed
corporea lutea of Dasyurus, a certain apparent resemblance is at
times to be seen between some of the theca interna cells and the
cells of the corpus luteum. A superficial observer might view
some of the cells as showing a transition of the theca interna
cells into the cells of the corpus luteum, but if the growth of
that structure is traced through its various stages it is found
that the rudimentary theca interna plays no part in the forma-
tion of the characteristic cells of the corpus luteum, but limits
itself entirely to the giving off of vascular connective tissue
sprouts to the interior of the follicle. And this is what is to be
expected, for the theca folliculi, from the time of formation of
the primordial follicle up to the rupture of the follicle, merely
plays the part of a stratum of tissue whose function is to provide
blood supply and support to the contents of the follicle. And
indeed, the function of the theca folliculi seems to have been
neglected in this connection by the majority of authors. In
most animals there is described a thickening of the theca interna,
with lutein granules in its cells during ripening of the follicle,
which has been considered by some as a process of preparation
for the formation of the corpus luteum by that layer. In Dasy-
urus, on the contrary, there are no cells containing lutein granules,
and during the ripening of the follicle there is a progressive
diminution of the rudimentary theca interna and a rarefaction
of the theca generally, so that it is extremely unlikely that the
sudden rupture of the follicle should bring about such a change
390 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASyCIli'S,
in the hitherto passive theca folliculi as to enable it to form a
large parenchymatous cellular structure like the corpus luteum.
But, apart from these general arguments, a solution of the
question for Dasyurus will be found on observation of the actual
processes of corpus luteum formation in that animal, and perhaps
the most important point in time is that, just after the rupture
of the follicle takes place, ^vhen the process of corpus luteum
formation is carried on with great rapidity, particularly in small
animals. On this account, Biihler sa3's that Sobotta has not
observed in the rabbit and mouse the first alteration of these
folliculi, in which sprouting of the thecal tissue into the cavity of
the corpus luteum takes place; and he says also that an observer
who is unaware of the existence of these sprouts or cones of thecal
tissue might regard them as parts of the epithelial laj^er. This
criticism is entirely erroneous, for in both the cases of the rabbit
and mouse, under the sections dealing with the freshly ruptured
follicle and early corpus luteum, Sobotta has described, though
perhaps not fully, these cones of thecal tissue sprouting from the
theca interna. Certainl}^ in his figures this point might have
been made more clear, but there is no doubt that he has both
recognised and described them. To resume, in Dasyurus,
owing to the comparatiN e simplicity of the theca folliculi, it is
eas}^ to follow its future development. At first it does not trans-
gress the membrana propria, but soon ruptures it and wedges its
vfcij towards the cavity of the corpus luteum, and e^en at this
time before it reaches the cavity it can be seen in many cases
that the changes in the cells of the membrana granulosa are well
marked, whilst between the sprouts are seen the membrana
granulosa cells still sharply separated from the theca by the
basal membrane. In some instances, too, the cavit}' of the follicle
is almost filled with the hypertrophied cells of the membrana
granulosa, even before the vascular connective tissue sprouts
from the theca have time to gain the cavit}' of the follicle. The
rate of alteration in the membrana granulosa cells and in the
theca folliculi is not absolutely constant, but varies within limits,
so that at given stages of the segmenting ovum there may in one
BY F. P. SANDES. 391
case be found tlie corpus luteum a little further advanced than in
another.
The amount of central tissue in the fully formed corpus luteum
varies. Sometimes its interstices are completely filled with cells
of the corpus luteum; at other times there persists for some time
a cavity in the centre whose only content is connective tissue
with occasional blood vessels.
In the preceding part of this section the chief points in con-
nection with the tlieca folliculi have been shortly discussed.
There are, however, in the case of the membrana granulosa other
points concerning which authors are at variance.
In Dasyurus the membrana granulosa, unlike the theca folliculi,
is throughout its existence characterised by active change. This
is early evidenced by the multiplication of its layers, by the
occurrence of karyokinetic figures in the membranse granulosa^
of the primordial and Graatian follicles, and by the general
characters of their epithelial cells. It would not, therefore, be
surprising to find that, after the follicular rupture, the membrana
granulosa should persist and play a part in the formation of the
corpus luteum. Many authors deny that this is so. Nagel, for
instance, says that — in man — the membrana granulosa disappears
absolutely. Eiihler, too, in his preliminary note says the same,
though at present his proofs are not forthcoming; whilst Kreis
and others maintain that in man the cells of the membrana
granulosa multiply or hypertrophy to form the characteristic cells
of the corpus luteum. There is, therefore, a difference between
observers who have taken man as the basis of their observations.
Clark and Doering also deny that the membrana granulosa forms
the characteristic cells of the corpus luteum. Clark says that (in
the swine) a few of his preparations showed some epithelium,
others almost none; and from this he concludes that the membrana
granulosa completel}' disappears at the time of, or soon after
rupture of the follicle. This is all the notice that Clark deems
necessar}' to give to the description of a process whose study is
so important to thoroughly understand this question, and he does
not show a single figure to illustrate it. The haphazard way in
392 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVUJiUS,
which Clark and Doering collected their material has already-
been commented upon; but apart from this, the words of Clark's
description indicate clearly that he is describing the membrana
granulosa of an atresic follicle. In Dasyurus the same wholesale
disappearance of membrana granulosa is observed, but only in
atresic follicles up to a certain stage of ripeness. Doering denies
that his isolated human corpus luteum was an atresic one, but
owing to the imperfection of his diagrams and the shortness of
his description, it is impossible to contradict his somewhat
categorical statements. Doering says, too, in the earlier part of
his paper, that "in most cases" the membrana granulosa
disappears. He omits to mention what becomes of it in the
remainder. Kolliker has also lately expressed himself as of the
opinion that Sobotta's explanation of the origin of the corpus
luteum in the mouse and rabbit does not convince him. He does
not mention any of his own researches on the formation of true
corpora lutea in the mou.->e, but on the ground that, in his opinion,
they are of the same nature as corpora lutea atretica, he defends
von Baer's theor}'.
Against these opinions we must weigh those of such authors
sa Sobotta, Stratz, Honore, and van der Stricht, who have
recently studied the corpus luteum in all its developmental stages,
and described it with great care. They and many others are
unanimous in their support of Bischoif's theor3^ It is unnecessary
to dilate further on their mode of work, but this alone, in
contrast with the compai-atively scanty observations made by the
defenders of von Baer's theory, entitles their opinion to the
greater weight.
Turning to the membrana granulosa of Dasyurus, immediately
after follicular rupture there is no sign of degeneration or
disappearance of the membrana granulosa, and there has been
seen and depicted the actual hypertrophy in the cell substance.
It has been observed to begin nearest the theca, in many cases,
even before the connective tissue has reached the cavity of the
follicle. It has also been observed that it is usually well marked
before the membrana propria loses its distinctness, and it is
BY F. P. SANDES. 393
constantly found close to the connective tissue ingrowths from
the theca into the cavity of the rudiment of the corpus luteum,
and near sources of good blood supply. Also, in the many
hundred of sections of corpora lutea examined at all stages of
their formation, there has not been seen in one single instance
any sign of atrophy of the former cells of the membrana granulosa,
no chromatolysis, no fatty degeneration nor other degenerative
phenomenon. On the other hand, there is, as described previously,
a vigorous and rapid hypertrophy of the membrana granulosa
cells; and this, too, in an animal whose theca interna is absolutely
unimportant, and limits itself to supplying vascular connective
tissue to the corpus luteum.
Finall}^, though many authors agree as to the persistence of the
membrana granulosa cells, there are differences of opinion as to
their subsequent life-history. The disputed point is, whether the
cells increase by a pure hypertrophy, or whether they actually
multiply. Some authors describe karyokinetic figures as occurring
rarely, or frequently, in the nuclei. These are : — van der Stricht
in the bat; Belloy in the rat and the guinea pig; Stratz in Tupaja,
Sorex and Tarsius; Bouin in the rat and guinea pig, and Kreis in
man. On the other hand : — van Beneden in bats, Honore in the
rabbit, and Sobotta in the mouse and rabbit, deny that there is
any karyokinesis in the cell nuclei. In Dasyurus, after a pro-
longed search, there has been found no karyokinesis. The nucleus
seems to participate with the cell in its hypertrophy. Sometimes
to all appearances one cell has two or even three nuclei. Possibly
amitotic division of cells may occur, but this has also been sought
for and not found.
Lately, some authors have concerned themsehes with the
structure of the individual cells. Regaud and Policard maintain
that, with special staining, there can be demonstrated in the
cells of the corpus luteum of the hedgehog droplets of a substance
which may be supposed to be a cellular secretion, and this
observation fits in with Prenant's hypothesis of the glandular
nature of the corpus luteum.
394 THE COKPUS LUTEUM OF I)ASyinii\S,
To sum up, ill Dasyurus viverrinits the process of corpus
luteuni formation is plain. In this process there are two factors
which go on side by side. These are — firstly, the hypertrophy
of the membrana granulosa cells to form the characteristic cells
of the corpus luteum ; and secondly, the invasion of these masses
of hypertrophying cells by a vascular connective tissue framework
which supports and nourishes the whole structure.
The Functions of the Corpus Luteum.
Up to the present time several different theories have been
brought forward to explain the functions of the corpus luteum;
and Minot says " Concerning the function of the corpus luteum
we possess scarcely any knowledge."
Most of the theories have had a mechanical basis. The corpus
luteum has been deemed to act as a "stop-gap" to fill the cavity
of the ruptured follicle, and thus to restore the circulatory con-
ditions which have been disturbed by a sudden release in the
tension of the ovary.
Clark offers another explanation. He maintains that the
corpus luteum has the function of giving blood vessels to a part,
which in the ordinary course of events would become scar tissue,
and thus the ovary is maintained in a soft and resilient condition,
favouring the complete development of future follicles.
Ingenious as this theory is, it seems that it, or any mechanical
theory must be insufficient, which neglects to take into account
the vital processes of the characteristic cells of the corpus luteum
themselves, particularly in their relations to the changes in the
rest of the ovary, in the uterus and genital apparatus, and in the
whole organism generally. Prenant, in a highly interesting
paper, has brought forward a very attractive theory to explain
the origin of the corpus luteum (which he attributes to the
membrana granulosa). He points out that, in all animals
examined, the corpus luteum is a structure whose morphological
characters are those of a glandular apparatus without a duct,
possessing presumably an internal secretion; and that the cells of
the corpus luteum elaborate material in their interior as has
BY F. P. SANDES.
391
recentl}' been described by Regaud, Policard and others, and also
that they do not show (except occasionally) mitotic figures,
though on this last point authors disagree. The corpus luteum
of Dasyurus comes into line with other corpora lutea in these
respects, and, like them, resembles closely the liver in its histolo-
gical features. Prenant considers the corpus luteum a gland, and
he is of opinion that its hypothetical secretion plays an important
part in the organism, such as we are accustomed to attribute to
the supposed ovarian internal secretion. After attempting to
explain the phenomenon of chlorosis by the lack of this possible
internal secretion, he proceeds to argue that the purpose of the
corpus luteum is probably also to prevent ovulation in the period
between successive oestra, or during pregnancy. This latter
theory is supported by Beard, Regaud and Policard; and in the
case of Dasyurus can be supported on the following grounds : —
On taking a general view of the ova and their intraovarian
history in Dasyurus, it was observed that, in common with other
animals, during the period between the oestra, and towards the
end of lactation, the corpus luteum disappeared, and then the
young ova began to grow in pre^^aration for the next oestral
period. Also, as soon as the corpus luteum is formed, it is found
that the ova, hitherto in various active stages of development,
begin to atrophy as described above. This atroph}^ begins in the
neighbourhood of the young corpus luteum, and the process seems
to affect the ova in ever widening circles. This atrophy may be
due partly to mechanical pressure and partly to the internal
secretion of the corpus luteum, if it has one. It is at an}^ rate
certain that, in Dasyurus during the time of development and
persistence of the corpus luteum, atrophy of the larger remaining
ova takes place, and ovulation remains at a standstill. Some of
the remaining ova (exceptions to the rule) have at first sufficient
energy to carry them on for a while, but ultimately the corpus
luteum triumphs over them and they atrophy.
In this connection, Fraenkel and Cohn's experiments (see Anat.
Anz. 1902, pp. 294-300) are of interest. Working on Born's
theory, that the corpus luteum is a gland elaborating an internal
396 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYmUS,
.secretion wliose function vvas to prepare the uterus for the recep-
tion of the egg, and to give the impulse to the organismal changes
accompanying pregnancy, they performed certain experiments,
suggested by the following considerations : —
(1) That the ovum cannot itself produce the changes in the
organism, for these iDegin even before the ovum reaches the
uterus.
(2) In ectopic gestation the uterus undergoes the usual changes,
although the ovum is in the tube.
(3) If the ovum reaches the uterus, its growth alone does not
explain the great increase in size of the uterus, and there
must be some other factor at work.
The corpus luteum was thought to be this factor, because it is
a large structure whose function is not evident, and w^iich is
remarkably constant throughout the manniialian order. These
observers then, as an additional reason, say that Aplacentalia,
such as Monotremes and Marsupials, whose ova develop outside
the uterus (sic) possess only a rudimentary corpus lutem, or none
at all. This is erroneous. Both these classes of animals have a
large corpus luteum, consequently this reason carries no weight.
By their experiments they claim to have shown that, in the
rabbit, destruction of the corpora lutea prevented the ovum from
being retained in the uterus, and that the presence of the corpus
luteum has some influence on this retention. Their work is not
concluded, but promises to throw some new light on the function
of the corpus luteum.
Some may object that these arguments lose weight in the case
of the false corpora lutea and the corpora lutea atretica. But a
similar, though modified, explanation may be considered to hold
good in these cases. The ovary, in the case of the false corpus
luteum, does not concern itself with the fate of the ovum. The
absence of fertilisation can be considered to be an accidental
failure of Nature's intention. The corpus luteum forms in just
the same way, and with the same effect of staying ovulation until
it atrophies, and possibly M-ith the intention of preparing the
genitalia and the organism generally for the changes which would
BY F. P. SANDES. 397
under ordinar}^ circumstances ensue. With regard to the corpus
luteum atreticum, the failure of extrusion of the ovum is an
accidental departure from the normal, so that in the ease of
follicles which have attained a certain stage in their process of
ripening, they possess suthcient energ}' to proceed with the forma-
tion of a corpus luteum atreticum, thus trying to carry out their
function. And here it is interesting to observe tliat occasionally
the ovum of the atresic follicle itself undergoes a kind of partheno-
genetic division, which seems to be an attempt on its part to carry
out its destiny.
To sum up, it maybe stated as probable, firstl}-, that the corpus
luteum is a glandular structure with an internal secretion- and
secondly, that it influences the genital organs and the organism
generally and prevents ovulation during pregnancy, and tempo-
rarily if pregnancy does not occur.
Summary.
The chief conclusions arrived at in this investigation on the
corpus luteum of Dasynrus viverrinus are : —
(1) The characteristic cells of the corpus luteum are formed
by hypertrophy of the cells of the membrana granulosa.
(2) The theca interna folliculi is rudimentary and forms only
the vascular connective tissue of the corpus luteum.
(3) The corpus luteum atreticum is formed in the same way as
the corpus luteum verum.
(4) Other atresic follicles are reduced to fibrous tissue or
remain cystic.
(5) The corpus luteum is probably a gland with an internal
secretion of use in the organism. It has the function of stopping
ovulation during pregnane}^ and at the oestral periods.
Bibliography from 1895 onwards.
AzEVEDo Neves. — " Contribucao para estudo do ovario." Thesis. Lisbon,
1901 (cited by Limon, v. i,).
Beard, J. — (1) "Ehythni of reproduction in Mammalia." Anat. Anz. Bd.
14, 1897, pp. 97-102.
(2j " The Span of Gestation and The Cause of Birth."
398 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS,
Belloy, G. — "Recheiches sur Torigine des corps jaunes de I'ovaire chez le
rat et le cochon d' Inde," Coiiipt. Eend, Assoc. Anat. (Nicolas) Paris,
1899.
VAN Beneden. — E, (fiir Honork) "Ueber Corpus luteum beim Kaninchen."
Verb. d. Anat. Ges. Tiibingen, 1890.
Bouix, P. tt M. — "A propos de follicules de de Graaf, follicules polyovu-
laires," &c. Compt. Bend. Sec. Biol. Paris, T. 52.
BouiN, P. — (1) " Figures caryocinetiques des cellules des corps jaunes de la
ovaire du cobaye." Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, T. 5, pp. 163 164.
(2) " Atr^sie des follicules de de Graaf, et formation de faux
corps jaunes." Bibl. Anat. 1899.
BuHLER, H. — (1) "Die Riickbildung der Eifollikel bei Wirbeltieren." Mor-
phologisches Jahrbuch, Bd. 30-31.
(2) " Entwickelungsstadien menschlicher Corpora Lutea. "
Verb. d. Anat. Ges. Pavia, 1900, pp. 150-154.
BuHLius &, Kretschmak. — " Angiodystrophia Ovarii," 1897. (Stuttgart)
quoted by Rabl, Anat. Hefte, 1898, pp. 127 et seq.
Clark, J. G. — " Ursprung, Wachsthum, und Ende des Corpus Luteum, nach
Beobaehtungen am Ovarium des Schweines und der Menschen." Archiv
fiir Anat. und Phys. 1898.
CoRNiL. — (1) " Note sur histologic du corps jaunes des femmes." Annal. de
Gynak. et Obst. Annee 26, T. 52, pp. 373-381.
(2) Bull, et Mem. de la Soc. Anat. Paris, Annee 74, T. i., 1899,
pp. 653-664.
DoERiNG, H. — " Beitrag zur Streitfrage ilber die Bildung des Corpus
Luteum." Anat. Anz. Bd. 16, 1899.
Ebner, V. — Kolliker's ' Handbuch der Anatomic.'
Eraenkel & CoHN.— " Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfiuss des
Corpus Luteum auf die Insertion des Eies." Anat. Anz. Bd. 20, pp. 294-
300. The former also in Archiv fiir Gyniik. 1902. Bd. 68, H. 2.
Heape, W.—" Ovulation of Macacus rhesus, &e." Phil. Trans. Vol. 188,
1897.
Hill, J. P. — " Foetal Membranes of Dasyurus viverrinus, &c." Anat. Anz.
Bd. 18, pp. 364 et seq.
His, W. — Discussion. Yerh. d. Anat. Ges. Tiibingen, 1899.
HoNORE, Ch. — (1) Per E. van Beneden — Discussion. Verb. d. Anat. Ges.
Tubingen, 1899.
(2) " Recherches sur I'ovaire dulapin." Arch. deBiol. T. 16,
pp. 537-601; T. 17, pp. 489-499.
BY F. P. SANDES. J99
Janosik. — " Die Atrophie der Follikel unci ein seltsames Verhalten der
Eizelle." Arch. mikr. Anat. Bd. 48, 1896.
Keeis,0. — "Entwickeluiigund Riickbildung des Corpus Luteum Spuriumbei
Menschen." Arch. Gynak. Bd. 58, 1899, H. 2, pp. 411 et seq.
KoELLiKER, A. VON. — (1) " Ucber die Entwickclung derGraafschen Follikel.''
Sitzungsber. der phys.-med. Ges. zu Wiirzburg, 1898.
(2) " Ueber Corpora Lutea Atretica bei Siiugetieren."
Verb. d. Anat. Ges. Kiel, 1898.
(8) " Erinnerungen aus meinem Leben," pp. 299-o01.
LiMON, M. — "Les vacuoles de la granulosa des follicles de deGraaf." Bibl.
Anat. T. 10, 1902, p. 453.
Marshall, F. H. A. — "The oestrous cycle and formation of the Corpus
Luteum in the sheep." Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. Vol. 68, pp. 135-140;
also Phil. Trans. 1903, Vol, 196.
Matchixsky. — "De I'atrophie des follicules dans les ovaires des marcmiferes."
Ann. de I'lnstitut Pasteur. T, 13, 1900, pp. 113 et seq.
Nagel, W. — Article "Die weibliche Geschlechtsorgane " in the " Handbuch
der. Anat. herausg. von K. von Bardeleben," Bd. 7, T. 2, Abt. 1, Jena
1896.
Paladino. — (1) " A propos de la question controversee relative a I'essence du
corps jaune." Arch. Ital. de Biol. T. 34, p. 228.
(2) " Per la diabattuta questione sulla essenza del Corpo Luteo."
Anat. Anz. Bd. 17.
PouLTON, E. B. — " The structures connected with the ovarian ovum of Mar-
supialia and Monotremata." Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci., 1884.
Prenant, A. — " La valeur morphologique du corps jaune, &c." Piev. gen. des
Sciences pures et appliquees, 1898, pp. 646-650.
Eabl, H. — (1) "Beitrag zur Histologic des Eierstocks des Menschen und der
Saugetiere." Anat. Hefte, Bd. 11, 1898, pp. 109, et seq.
(2) " Mehrkernige Eizelle und mehreiige Follikel." Arch. mikr.
Anat. Bd. 54, 1899, pp. 439, et seq.
Kegaud and Policaed — (1) "Notes histologiques sur I'ovaire des mammi-
feres." Compt. Rend, Assoc. Anat. 3me Sess. , 1901, pp. 45-61.
(2) " Fonction glandulaire de I'epithelium ovarique
Chez la chienne." Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, T. 53, 1901, pp. 615-
616.
(3) " Phenomenes secretoires, formations ergasto-
plasmiques et participation du noyau ii la secr^'tion dans les cellules des
corps jaunes, chez I'h^'risson." Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, T. 53,
pp. 470 et seq.
400 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASmirS,
SoBOTTA, J. — (1) " Ueber die Bildung des Corpus Luteum bei der Maus.
Anat. Anz. lid. 10, 1895. Also Arch. mikr. Anat., 1896, Bd. 47.
(2) " Ueber die Bildung des Corpus Luteum beim Kaninehen.'
Anat. Hefte, xxvi. .
(3) " Noeh einmal zur Frage der Bildung des Corpus Luteum.'
Bd. 53, 1898.
(4) " Ueber die Entstehung des Corpus Luteum der Siiugetiere."
Merkel and Bonnet's ' Ergebnisse.' Bd. 8, 1898, and Bd. 11, 1901.
(5) " Uber das Corpus Luteum der Siiugetiere." Verb. d. Anat.
Ges. Tubingen, 1899.
Stkatz, C. H. — "Der geschlechtsreife Eierstock." Haag, 1898. Eeview
in Schwalbe's Jahresberichte, Bd.5, 1899, Abt.3, p.404.
Van der Stricht. — (1) " La rupture du follieule ovarique et Thistogenese du
corps jaune." Compt. Eend. Assoc. Anat. 3me Sess., pp. 33-40, 1901.
(2) "L'Atresie folliculaire des follicules de de Graaf dans
I'ovaire de chauve-souris." Yerh. d. Anat, Ges. Bonn, 1901, pp. 108-
124.
Waldeyer.— (1) "DasBecken." Bonn, 1898.
(2) " Normales Ovarium einer 45-jahrigen Frau, mit zwei
grossen Corpora Lutea." Verb. d. Anat. Ges. Tubingen, 1899.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate vi.
Fig. 1. — Section of ovary (C) showing earliest stages of ovum ( x 350).
Above and to the left is seen the surface epithelium of the ovary, and in
the right hand corner below appears a portion of an early corpus luteum.
Five young ova are seen in the ovarian stroma. Bound them all, cells are
arranged more or less regularly. These are the early representatives of the
membrana granulosa. The two smallest ova show no vitelline membrane;
the other three do. All the young ova show the granular character of the
cytoplasm, two show nuclei, and one a definite nucleolus in the nucleus.
Round the largest of the five ova, the membrana granulosa is seen to be two
cells thick in the lower and left half, whilst above and to the right there
appears a rudimentary basal membrane. The rudiments of a theca are also
seen outside the lower half of the membrana granulosa of this largest ovum.
Fig. 2. — Section of ovary (C) showing stages subsequent to those shown in
fig. 1 ( X 75).
Ova of various sizes are shown, and the multiplication of the layers of the
membrana granulosa is seen. Below in the right hand corner is a large ovum
BY F. P. SANDES. 401
with yolk granules, and a thick vitelline membrane, outside which are the basal
membrane and the theca folliculi. A similar ovum is seen in fig. 3.
Plate vii.
Fig. 3.— Section of a primordial follicle from ovary C just before the
appearance of the cavity ( x 130).
Shows the ovum, containing yolk granules, with a thick vitelline mem-
brane, and the cells of the membrana granulosa external to the vitelline
membrane. Externally to the membrana granulosa again is a very definite
basal membrane, and outside that the theca folliculi. A portion of the same
follicle is shown under higher magnification in fig. 7.
Fig. 4. — A Graafian follicle at an intermediate stage of development
( X about 75),
The ovum is seen in the centre, surrounded by a layer of cells which are
attached by retinacula to the membrana granulosa. The basal membrane
and theca folliculi can also be made out.
Plate viii.
Fig. 5. — Section of ripe follicle from the ovary, Stage A ( x about 40).
This follicle was ripe as indicated by the maturation spindle in its con-
tained ovum. The ovum is seen as an ellipsoidal body placed in the follicle,
close to the surface of the ovary, and bound to the membrana granulosa by
retinacula of cells. It is surrounded by the discus proligerus. The cavity
of the follicle is partially filled with coagulum of the liquor folliculi. The
membrana granulosa is shown and the theca externally.
Fig. 6 shows under high power portion of walls of adjacent ripe follicles
(x350).
This figure and the next indicate well the characters of the theca folliculi.
Above and below are the membranae granulosae of the ripe follicles, some of
the nuclei being faintly and others darkly stained. Indications of "Epithel-
vacuolen " are seen in places. The membranse granulosae are set upon a
distinct membrana propria or basal membrane. On the side of the basal
membrane, away from the membranes granulosae, there are to be seen
darkly stained nuclei of the cells of the theca interna, wJiose rudimentary
character is well shown. The rest of the tissue between the membranas
propriae is theca externa whose fibrous tissue characteristics are well shown.
Two blood vessels, one filled with coagulum and the other with blood
corpuscles, are seen in section, and between their overlapping ends is seen a
small ovum.
Plate ix.
Fig. 7. — Portion of primordial follicle shown in fig. 3 ( x 500).
This figure shows at the extreme top a portion of the ovum, and its
vitelline membrane. Next comes the membrana granulosa, with its outer-
402 THE CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVrRrS,
most cells set upon a distinct membrana propria or basal membrane.
Immediately outside {i.e., below) the membrana propria is seen the theca
folliculi, and this figure shows the most extreme specialisation of theca
folliculi into theca interna and theca externa found in Dasyurus. Small
blood vessels are seen in the theca, and the characters of the two parts of the
theca are to be distinguished. The lower part of the figure is occupied by
cells of the young corpus luteum. In one place is illustrated the tendency
for the theca interna to send in a process of itself towards the central cavity
of the corpus luteum (not shown in the figure but placed below). On either
side of this process the basal membrane is still fairly distinct, and the
metamorphosis of the cells of the former membrana granulosa into those of
the corpus luteum is just commencing.
Fig. 8. — Portion of a section from ovary, Stage B ( x 80).
This section was taken through a newly ruptured follicle, but the plane of
section does not go through the site of rupture. It shows the corrugation
of the membrana granulosa and the dilatation of the blood vessels of the
theca, which are pushing portions of the membrana granulosa towards the
cavity, in which some remnants of coagulum are left.
Plate X.
Fig. 9. — From same ovary, Stage B ( x SO).
Shows the freshly ruptured follicle, which has been closed. The site of
rupture is easily distinguishable and also the plug of cells closing the aperture
(Bouchon Epithelial). The membrana granulosa is beginning to thicken.
The blood vessels of the theca are seen to be dilated in several places, and in
one portion of the follicular wall below and to the left between dilated blood
vessels can be seen still the persistent membrana propria. The theca folliculi
is seen best on the left hand side of the follicle.
Fig. 10. — Portion of the wall of an early corpus luteum from ovary. Stage
B ( X 350).
This figure shows a sprout of connective tissue projecting into the mem-
brana granulosa. The membrana propria is still seen distinctly in one
place. To its left are cells of the membrana granulosa, and to its right the
tissues of the theca interna, containing blood vessels filled with red cor-
puscles.
Plate xi.
Fig. 11.— Section of ovary. Stage C ( x 130).
This figure is extremely interesting. It shows the filling of the central
cavity of the corpus luteum with connective tissue which is irrupting in
several places, notably above and to the left.* Numbers of rounde dcells,
probably " fibroblasts," are seen in the interior of the follicle, many of them
free and others placed in juxtaposition to a strand of connective tissue,
♦ The right side of the Plate is to be regarded as the top of the tigure.
BY F. P. SANDES. 403
which stretches across the cavity of the young corpus luteum. The thicken-
ing of the former membrana granulosa by hypertrophy of its cells is beginning,
and in places, especially on the left of the section, the former relation of
theca, basal membrane, and membrana granulosa still persists. The lobu-
lated character of the young corpus luteum is also very apparent.
Plate xii.
Fig. 12. — From ovary. Stage D ( x 40).
A slightly later stage of the corpus luteum. The cavity is practically
filled with young connective tissue.
Fig. 13. — From ovary, Stage E ( x 50).
Shows corpus luteum at later stage still. By this time the cells of the mem-
brana have undergone part of their metamorphosis, and have extended
further into the cavity. Blood vessels are also seen working their way in
between the cells of the corpus luteum; the lower part of the cavity shows
some blood vessels streaming in towards the centre of the cavity, whilst
above are seen, in between the loosely arranged cells of the corpus luteum,
larger venous sinuses filled with blood.
Plate xiii.
Fig. 14:. — From ovary, Stage F ( x 50).
Shows a slightly later stage than tig. 13. The centre of the corpus luteum
is tilled with connective tissue, and the blood vessels have also reached the
centre. The corpus luteum cells have by this time assumed more definite
characters, but have not yet filled the central cavity.
Fig. 15. — From ovary, Stage G ( x 130).
Showing the characters of the cells of the corpus luteum. Piunning up
the centre of the figure is a connective tissue ingrowth, and on each side
cells of corpus luteum. Between many of the cells are seen intervals which
are vascular spaces lined by endothelium.
Plate xiv.
Fig. 16 — From ovary, Stage H, showing characters of cells of fully formed
corpus luteum ( x 500).
Darkly stained nuclei of connective tissue are seen in various places; and
in the centre of the figure an elongated vascular space, immediately against
which on the left are placed the characteristic cells of the corpus luteum.
The nuclei and nucleoli of individual cells are to be made out, and the cell
boundaries are in some cases fairly distinct.
Plate XV.
Fig. 17.— Section of ovary, Stage H (low magnitication). Five fully
developed corpora lutea are shown. The ovarian stroma is scanty and
404 THE CORPUS LUTEUBI OF DASYUllUS,
rarefied, and numbers of atrophic follicles are seen in various places. The
dark lines in the corpora lutea themselves represent vascular spaces filled
with blood, and darkly stained with hematoxylin. A few large blood vessels
are also seen in the centre of the ovary.
Fig. 18. — An atresic follicle in an early stage of degeneration ( x SO)
Note that the retinacula are dissolved, and that the interior of the follicle
is partly filled with coagulum, containing small darkly stained granules. In
the original specimen the basal membrane was still distinguishable outside
the atrophic membrana granulosa.
Plate xvi.
Fig. 19 shows one large and two small atresic follicles ( x 50).
The large follicle has the remnant of the ovum, with some of the coagulum
of the liquor folliculi for its contents. The cells of the membrana granulosa
are degenerating, and the basal membrane has disappeared. The two smaller
atresic follicles show the ovum in the centre, and a single layer of epithelium,
set upon a basal membrane, which is distinct in places.
Fig. 20.— An atresic follicle ( x 130).
This figure shows the degenerated ovum and coagulum in the cavity of
the follicle. It also shows the degenerating membrana granulosa indistinctly
separated (in the upper half) from the theca folliculi. The rarefaction of the
ovarian stroma is also well shown (below and to the right). The rest of the
figure is occupied by corpora lutea.
Plate xvii.
Fig. 21 shows a number of atrophic follicles with portions of two young
corpora lutea ( x 130).
Above is seen the surface epithelium of the ovary. A little below are seen
three atrophic follicles, the middle one being the most interesting. It shows
centrally a lightly stained mass with darkly stained spots, the whole having the
appearance of a plasmodium under the microscope. The mass represents the
remnant of the ovum invaded by leucocytes. Immediately external to the
mass is a zone of darkly stained cells, which under a high power are seen to
be somewhat fusiform, and resemble cells of connective tissue. These
were originally membrana granulosa cells which are probably undergoing a
metaplasia, as described in the text. Outside this zone of darkly stained
cells (seen best above) is a zone of cells which represents the theca folliculi.
Portions of young corpora lutea are seen below, and three old atrophic
follicles in the interval between.
Plate xviii.
Fig. 22 shows sections of three corpora lutea, two of which are "true,"
and one (the central) is a corpus luteum atreticum ( x 50).
]}Y F. P. 8AXDES. 405
A similarity in the general arrangement of the cells in the three is notice-
able. The central corpus luteum shows in the cavity an ovum whose envelope
is crumpled. The membrana granulosa is beginning to hypertrophy, and
encroaches on the central cavity, particularly on the right hand side.
Plate xix.
Fig. 23. — A " corpus luteum atreticum " at about the stage represented in
fig. 18.
Note the degenerated ovum towards the centre of the structure. It is
placed against the left wall of the largest vascular space. Other vascular
spaces lined by endothelium are also well seen, as well as the general
similarity between this figure and fig. 13.
Plate XX.
Fig. 24 represents a "corpus luteum atreticum." This figure should be
compared with fig. 14. The similarity in the structure of the two is note-
worthy.
In the centre of the field is seen the remnant of the atrophied ovum
invaded by leucocytes. Round this the "corpus luteum atreticum" has
formed, and is exactly similar to the " corpus luteum verum." This figure
illustrates the general dilatation of the blood vessels round the corpus luteum,
and also the thinning of the ovarian stroma generally, with portions of
corpora lutea on either side of the corpus luteum atreticum.
406
BOTANY OF THE DARLING, NEW SOUTH WALES.
By Fked. Turner, F.L.S., F.K.H.S., etc.
Introductiox.
The Darling River and its tributaries drain an immense area
in New South Wales, and although I have botanised over a
great portion of it, this paper only refers to the vegetation found
between the parallels 29° to 33° South and the meridians 141"
(the boundary of this State and South Australia) and 147° East.
The configuration of this region consists for the most part of
nearly level country with isolated hills and a few mountain
ranges, none of Avhich, however, attain great altitude. This
section of the country may be described as consisting of immense,
treeless plains separated here and there by large belts of timber,
and considerable areas of open forest, mallee, and scrub country.
Some of the plains are composed of black soil, others of red loam,
and certain are of a sandy nature. These are the principal soils
of the Darling country, but there are man}^ of an intermediate
character. Some of the hills and ranges are very stony and
difficult to ascend.
Climate.
Temperature at llourhe.
Mean temperature ... ... ... GO'T'^
Mean summer temperature ... ... 83-6'^
Mean winter temperature ... ... 54*7^'
Highest temperature (shade) ... 127*0^
Lowest temperature (shade) ... ... 28-0^'
In the extreme north-west, at Milparinka for instance, the
temperature will range a few degrees higher, but those referred
to will give a good idea of the climate of the Darling country.
by fred. turner. 407
Rainfall.
The mean annual rainfall at Wilcannia is 11^, inches, but it
ranges from 9| inches in the extreme west to 19 J inches in the
extreme east.
Water.
The principal natural water of this region is the Darling
River (the "Calla-watta" of the aborigines), its tributaries, and
several lakes. In propitious seasons the billabongs and deep
depressions generally contain large quantities of water. Artiticial
supplies of water are obtained from a number of Government
and private artesian wells. In this direction much enterprise
has been shown, and many wells have been sunk into the creta-
ceous beds and abundant supplies of water obtained.
The Flora.
The first time that I had the privilege of examining plants
collected in the Darling country was in April, 1880, but a few
years previously I had seen similar flora from the south-westerj}
portion of Queensland. Amongst a number of collections of
western plants that have since passed through my hands, the
following might be referred to : — In 1885, at the request of Dr.
E. P. Ramsay, F.R.8.E., then Curator of the Australian Museum,
I named that very fine collection of graminaceous plants made
by the late Mr. K. H. Bennett in the neighbourhood of Ivanhoe
and Mossgiel. That collection was forwarded to the Indian and
Colonial Exposition in London. Some time after this I named,
by request, a large collection of plants from the Wilcannia dis-
trict for Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.8, then of the Technological
Museum, now Government Botanist. At the request of Mr. H.
C. L. Anderson, M.A., Principal Librarian, Public Library,
Sydne}^, I named those beautiful paintings, executed by I\Irs.
Harriet Forde whilst on the Darling in 1865-6, of some of the
notable plants of the interior. Those paintings are now in the
Public Library. In 1888 I figured and described some of the
economic plants of the Darling; and all the principal trees,
shrubs, saltbushes and herbs of that region which produce edible
408 BOTANY OF THE DARLINC;, N.S.W.,
foliage for stock are figured and described in my book on the
indigenous " Forage Plants of Australia" (non grasses) published
in 1891. The most valuable graminaceous plants of that part of
the State are figured and described in my work on the "Grasses
of New South Wales," 1890, and "Australian Grasses," 1895.
Tn 1900, at the request of the President of the Royal Commission
on Western Lands, I wrote a voluminous report on the economic
\alue of the flora of the Darling and the best means of conserving
it. This is embodied in the Commissioners' Report to the Parlia-
ment of New South Wales. Since I first examined plants col-
lected in the Darling country I have made many botanical
excursions thither, both in good and bad seasons, and almost
every time have seen some plants in bloom that I had not pre-
viously observed in that condition. The vegetation is so dissimilar
from that growing on the eastern side of the Dividing Range
that it has always had a peculiar interest for me. Some writers
have described the western liora as sombre-looking and mono-
tonous; this observation to a certain extent is true, especially when
the pine forests, mallee, and scrub country are viewed from the
hills or mountain ranges; nevertheless it is on the whole most
interesting to the botanist, and much of it of great economic
value to the pastoralist. One of the most charming arljoreal
floral displays I ever saw in the interior of this country was west
of the Darling River where an open forest of Coolibar trees {Euca-
lyptus mic7'oiheca, F.v.M.) was in full bloom. The somewhat
pendulous smaller branches of these trees were so densely covered
with flowers that with the slightest breeze some of the lower ones
swept the ground. To obtain a good knowledge of the flora of
this region it is necessary to see and examine it at all times of
the year, and in favourable and unfavourable seasons. This I
have done, and by way of illustration may mention the fact that
on a comparatively small area between the Darling River and
Wanaaring one morning in a good season I collected more than
ninety distinct species of plants, and about eighteen months after-
wards the same ground was almost destitute of herbage, altliougli
several trees and shrubs were blooming profusely.
BY FRED. TURNER. 409
Towards the end of the comparatively mild winters experienced
in the far west the bright flowers of many Cruciferous plants are
a conspicuous feature on many of the plains. Several species,
such as Cardamine tenuifolia, Hook., Blentiodia cardaminoides,
F.V.M., Thlaspi cochlearinum, F.v.M., and T. ochranthum^ F.v.M.,
have comparatively large flowers and are certainly worth
garden culture. One of the most beautiful evergreen trees
is the so-called "native orange," Capparis niitchelli, Lindl.
I have seen this tree producing its curious showy flowers in
the driest seasons, and then it never fails to attract the
attention of the most unobservant person. This species and
one of the dwarfer-growing capers, Capjmris lasiantha, Pt.Br.,
produce edible fruits of pleasant taste and much appreciated
by the blacks. Pittosporum phillyrceoides, DC, is a very
graceful tree with pendulous branches, narrow, evergreen, long
leaves and small, bell-shaped flowers which are usually produced
in great profusion. I have grown and flowered it to per-
fection in the neighbourhood of Sydney. In dry situations
in the coastal districts it succeeds admirably and is well
worth planting in mixed shrubberies. Jlalvaceoits plants are
fairly well distributed, some species producing showy flowers of
various colours. One of the most beautiful flowering plants of
this family is the "native cotton," Gossyphim stitrtii, F.v.M.,
which I have seen successfully cultivated in a garden at Bourke.
Amongst the ornamental, and from a pastoralist's point of view
the most valuable, trees in the interior is Stercidla diversifolia,
G. Don. Its leaves are readily eaten by stock, which thrive on
them. The seeds, usually produced in great abundance, contain
l'(S per cent, of caffeine, and I have made a capital beverage after
roasting, grinding and macerating the grounds in a similar way
to cofl'ee. Nitraria schoheri, Linn., of the "bean caper" family,
is a most interesting shrub with rigid branches, succulent leaves,
and somewhat oval-shaped fruits which are edible but have a
peculiar flavour to those not accustomed to eat them. They are,
however, esteemed by the aborigines. Included under Rutacecb
is the interesting flowering shrub Eriostemon difforinis, A. Cunn.,
410 UOTANV OF THE DARLING, X.S.W.,
the "wilira" {Geijera parvi/fora, Lindl.) which is often, and I
think rightly, described as the most graceful tree of the interior,
and the " native cumquat," Atalantia glauca, Hook. Of Owenia
acidula, F.v.M., the " Colane," there is a pretty legend told by
the aborigines of the Bogan. On some of my travels I have
frequently remarked how very rarely a young "Colane" was to
be seen, notwithstanding the fact that the old trees produce
(luantities of fruit which when ripe fall off' and sometimes lie
thick upon the ground under the branches. The blacks say that
" little fellow moth comes out of fruit, flies along the plain,
lays egg in the ground, and up comes 'Colane.'" The fruit is
certainly attacked by some insect and the germ probably
destroyed in a number, for small, circular holes may be seen in
the hard putamen of many of those that have lain on the ground
for some time. The reason, however, that so few^ young trees are
seen is probably because stock eat them before they have a chance
to grow to any height. An allied tree, Flindersia maculosa,
F.V.M., has a remarkably spotted trunk, hence its popular name
" Leopard tree." Its leaves make good feed for stock, and from
its trunk and larger branches exude quantities of an amber-
coloured gum of a pleasant taste, but it is not collected as a
commercial product. The Leguminous plants of this region are
both numerous and interesting, and when in bloom show to great
advantage. Amongst the plants producing the showiest flowers
are " Sturt's desert pea" [Clianthus dampieri, A. Cunn.), and
those known locally as "Darling pea " {Swainsona spp.). These
beautiful flowering plants have long since attracted the attention
of horticulturists, and may now be seen growing in many Aus-
tralian gardens on the eastern side of the Dividing Range as well
as in the plant houses of Europe and America. Two species of
Sioainsona, IS. greyana, Lindl., and >S'. galegifolia, K.Br., are
suspected poison plants, the latter species having a bad reputa-
tion amonijst stockowners.*
* See Fred. Turner's and F. B. Guthrie's description and analysis of
this plant, Agri. Gaz. of N.S.W., Vol. iv., p. 84.
BY FRED. TURNER. 411
One of the most interesting and at the same time most useful
fodder plants is the " Darling clover," Triyonella yiutvissiina,
Lindl. Sir Thomas Mitchell was the first to find this plant on
the Darling and to recommend it for its agreeable perfume and
its delicious flavour as a vegetable. Amongst the shrubbv
Leguminos(e the various species of Cassia bloom profusely at
certain seasons of the year, and the same may be said of some of
the dwarfer-growing kinds of Acacia. Many species of the latter
genus grow into fine trees, and certain of them produce timber
useful for industrial purposes, whilst the leaves of some furnish
feed for stock during dry periods.
Over a great portion of this region the genus Eucalyptus, either
in an arboreal or shrubby state, occurs in greater or less pro-
fusion. Some of the species yield valuable timber which is used
for a variety of purp'oses where strength and durability are
required. The "River" or " Red Gum," Eucalyjjtus rosirata,
Sch., grows fairly plentifully on the margins of the watercourses
and on land subjected to periodical inundation, where it fre-
quently attains large dimensions. The courses of the Darling
River and its tributaries can be defined miles away by this tree,
which is alwaj^s a very distincti\e feature in the landscape.
Under Cnciirhitacece there is one indigenous species, Cucumis
triyonus, Roxb., which is found in various districts, and an
allied African plant, Cucumis myriocarpus, Naud., has become
acclimatised and has spread ver}^ much during recent years,
especially on the lighter soils. The Australian mistletoe is
growing on many trees and shrubs; one of the most common
species being Lorantlius 'pendulus, Sieb., though four other kinds
are to be seen growing in varying proportions.. Composita' are
well represented, especially on the plains, where usually during
the early summer months and often in the autumn after rainfall
the country looks like one immense flower garden. The blooms
include many shades of colour, from white and yellow to bronze
or red; the first-named colours predominating. Their habit, too,
is most variable; certain are amongst the most diminutive plants
in the interior of Australia, whilst others assume a shrubby habit.
412 150TANV OF THE DAKLlNfi, N.S.W.,
Tlie greater number, however, are dwarf-growing plants. Such
genera as Jlelichrysum, Helipterum^ etc., which produce what are
known as everlasting Howers, are very show}' and in ordinary
seasons grow to perfection. The tlowers are much esteemed by
settlers in the interior, who use them for house decoration.
Several species of the genus (Jalotis are disliked by the sheep-
owner on account of the "l)urr"-like fruiting heads which they
produce. The pappus surmounting each achene is composed of
barbed bristles or sharp spines which get matted in the fleece,
and being most ditticult to get out, to a certain extent cause a
depreciation in the value of the wool from a commercial point of
view. Tlie introduced South American plant called "Bathurst
burr" [XiDithium spinosuni, Linn.) is another very troublesome
weed to the sheep owner. It has not spread as much, however,
as I thought it would a few years ago; still it is fairly abundant
in many places. The snulf plants, Myriogyne minuta, Less., and
M racemoaa, Hook., are common in certain seasons, and usually
grow on land liable to periodical inundation. The late Rev. Dr.
W. Woolls, F.L.S., published some interesting particulars about
these plants a few years ago. Goodenoviece are more largely
represented in the western flora than one would expect. Several
species of Goodenia and allied genera are an interesting sight
when in bloom. Under Camjjanulaced' there are only three genera,
but two pretty flowering species of Isotoma and the Australian
" l)lue bell," Wahlenhergia gracilis, DC, when in flowei- arrest
attention. Pratia erecta, Gaud., of this family is a suspected
poison plant. The climbing plants are not very numerous as
regards species, but fre(j[uently one meets with a single repre-
sentative of the following genera: Chmatis, Jasminum, Parsonsia,
Lyonsia, Pentratropis, Marsdenia, and Tecoma. The first and
last named of these produce the showiest flowers. A curious
plant is Sarcostemnia australe, R.Br. In Queensland it is said
to be very poisonous to stock, and in West Australia it has the
reputation of being a good forage plant. My description of it
has been published by the Government of West Australia for the
information of land owners of the western State. Quite a number
BY FRED. TUKNEH. 413
of interesting Borageworts are found both on the high and low
hind. Amongst the species of Solanum recorded in the following
pages several are suspected by pastoralists of poisoning or causing
injury to stock. The native tobacco, Kicotiana suaveolens, Lehni.,
and the South American one, Nicotiana glauca, Grab., are sus-
pected stock-poisoners. The latter has spread very much on the
rich alluvial banks of rivers, billabongs and creeks during the
last few years. The renowned Pituri, Duboisia hopfcoodii, F.v.M.,
occurs sparingly here and there. I had the privilege of witness-
ing some ver}" important experiments carried out b}^ the late Dr.
Joseph Bancrtift, of Brisbane, with an extract made from the
leaves and smaller branches of this shrub. For further particulars
see Dr. Bancroft's pamphlet on Pituri. Miinnlus j/rostratus,
Benth., of this family often covers the ground near lagoons with
its charming blue flowers and when seen from a distance has
the appearance of water. Under Myoporinea' is included the
genus Eremophila, the species of which are amongst the most
interesting in the interior. Most of them are of shrubb}' habit,
but a few attain the dimensions of small trees. Eremojjldla
mitchelli, Benth., is frequently called sandalwood on account of
its fragrant timber. Many of these species are worth the atten-
tion of horticulturists not only for their ornamental appearance
but for their charming fliowers, which are usually produced in
great profusion. A few interesting Labiates are found in
different places, and one of the sweet-smelling native mints,
Mentha australis, R.Br., is common on land that is liable to
periodical inundation.
The order Chenopodiacece includes all those plants popularly
known as "saltbush," which are amongst the most valuable in
Australia for feeding stock. From various causes these plants
are gradually disappearing from the interior, much to the regret
of pastoralists. There are eleven genera and fifty-eight species
found in varying proportions over this region. Of these I have
figured and desci'ibed, as to their economic value, thirty-four,
under the authority of the Government of New South Wales.
Amongst the Amaranlacece are several species of Trichinium
414 liOTANY OF THE DARLING, N.S.W.
which are worth garden culture, as the flowers of these plants are
most interesting and the}"- are easily grown. The segments of
the perianth are densely hairy and the colours range from
greenish-yellow to bright purple. Under Polygonaceoi there are
only three genera in the interior, but one of the species, Muhlen-
heckia Cunningham?, F.v.M., commonly known as " Lignum
scrub" or " Sturt's leafless bramble." is of interest owing to the
fact that during recent adverse seasons stock have taken to
eating its usually succulent branchlets. Similar remarks as
regards representation apply to Protacece, and there is one species
of Grevillea (G. striata, R.Br.) worthy of notice. This tree is
popularly known as " beef wood," and its timber is of some
economic value, while its long, narrow leaves furnish food for
stock when pasture herbage is scarce. Of the six species of
Fimeha recorded in this paper some are regarded with suspicion
by stock owners. Euphorbiacece are fairly abundant in many
parts of the far west, and several species are suspected poison
plants. Amongst these is Euphorbia drummondii, Boiss., which
has the reputation of poisoning more sheep than any other Aus-
tralian plant. From numerous enquiries and from observation
extending over a \'Qvy long period it appears that when the plant
is in fruit and wet with dew^ or rain and is eaten by sheep it
causes most injury to the animals. Four species of C asuarina
are found dotted here and there over this area. The timber they
yield is of some commercial value, and the branchlets are largely
fed to stock in adverse seasons. The " Quandong " or "native
peach," Fusaniis acuminatus, R.Br., of the Santalacecfi, is fairly
abundant. In ordinary seasons this tree produces quantities of
fruit, the succulent epicarp of which is often employed for pre-
serves and the pitted endocarp for beads which are made into
necklaces, whilst the kernel, which is edible and of a pleasant
flavour, is of an oil}^ nature and may prove of some economic
value eventually. Although there are only two species of the
Conifer family found in the interior, they occupy immense areas
of both inferior and good country and have been gradually
increasinjr during the last two decades. Where these trees are
BY FRED. TURNER. 415
established on inferior country it certainly would be wise to
judiciously thin them out, then those that are left would prove
of considerable commercial value and in the near future might
be classed as a valuable State asset.
Amongst the MonocotyleJoneca I have found only one orchid
{Cymhidium canaliculatiim, Pt.Br.) and that is an epiphytal
species. It was of some slight food value to the aborigines who
used to eat its pseudobulbs which contain a small amount of
starch. The Amarylluhce consist of one species of Crinum and
two of Calostemma, which grow over fairly large areas usually of
a sandy nature in different parts of the far west. When in bloom
these plants make a magnificent disjDlay, which would quite
astonish any botanist or horticulturist seeing it for the first time.
I have successfully grown these plants in the neighbourhood of
Sydney, and I can highly recommend them for more extensive
cultivation. A few species of the lily family are found almost
all over this area. Two of them, Bulbine bulbosa, Haw., and JJ.
semibarbata, Haw,, are suspected poison plants. Juncus com-
munis, E. Mey., is spreading, particularly on the margins of the
streams flowing from some of the artesian wells. The dissemina-
tion of this plant is probably due to water fowl unconsciously
carrying the ripe seeds on their legs or webbed feet and deposit-
ing them far from the plants on which the}^ were matured.
CyperacecB are numerous in many parts, but Graminece are
abundant, as there are thirty-nine genera and ninety-nine species
besides varieties, as well as several introduced ones. Of the
number indigenous to this region I have figured and described
(as to their economic value) fift3'-one, under the authority of the
Government of New South Wales.
Acotyledonea',, as far as vascular Cryptogams are concerned, and
this Census does not take into account cellular Cryptogams, are
poorly represented. I have only observed five species arranged
under three natural orders. One of the most interesting of these
plants is the " Nardoo," Marsilea drummondii, A.Br. A figure
and full description of this plant appears in my book on the
indigenous " Forage Plants of Australia" (non grasses).
416 HOTAXV OF THE DARLING, N.S.W.,
This is the first Census of tlio Phanerogaiaia and vascular
Cryptogamia of the Darling country, and I hope it will be found
useful to those who desire to study the flora of that portion of
New South Wales. Many plants not hitherto recorded from
that region will be found in the following pages.
All the indigenous plants included in this Census that I did
not know at sight I have worked out by the diagnosis given in
Bentham's "Flora Australiensis," and I have followed the same
classification and nomenclature as have been adopted in that
classical reference work.
The plants marked with an asterisk are exotic, but some of
them have become acclimatised in the Darling country.
The plants marked with a dagger have been figured and
described, as to their economic value, by me.
Some of the most intrepid explorers in Australia have collected
plants in the Darling country. Amongst them may be mentioned
Sturt, Mitchell, Cunningham, McDowall Stuart, iMueller,Dallachy
and Beckler, whose names will never be forgotten whilst the
vescetation of Australia lasts.
Mrs. H. Forde and Mr. G. Suttor collected some interesting
specimens of plants on the Lower Darling in 1865-6. These
were named by the late Rev. Dr. W. Woolls, F.L.S., who wrote
a chapter about them in his book entitled "A Contribution to
the Flora of Australia.'"'
Mrs. Forde's beautiful paintings of some of the plants of the
Darling have already been referred to in this paper.
jNIy thanks are due to a number of pastoralists and stockmen
for forwarding me botanical specimens for identification during
the last twenty years.
The accompanjdng table shows the percentage of the indigenous
Fhaneroyamia and the vascular Cryptogamia of the Darling
country compared with the similar flora of New South Wales.
BY FRED. TURNER.
417
New South Wales.
Dicofylcdonece.
Genei-a ... 662
Species ... 2393
Monocotyledonew.
Genera ... 212
Species ... 668
A cotyledone(e.
Genera ... 40
Species ... 145
Total Genera
Total Species
914
3206
Darling River.
Dicofyledonece.
Genera ... 249
Species ... 615
Monocotyledonece.
Genera ... 61
Species ... 140
Acotyledonece.
Genera ... 4
Species . . 5
Total Genera 314
Total Species 760
Per Cent age.
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
Genera
Species
37-61
25-69
28-77
20-95
10-00
3-44
34-35
23-70
Class I. DICOTYLEDONS, Ray
Subclass I. POLYPETALiE.
Series I. T ii a l a mi f l o r m.
Ranunculace^, B. de Juss.
Clematis microjjhylla, DC.
Eanuncidus lajjpaceus, Sm.
rivularis, Banks et Sol.
Dilleniace^, Salis.
Hihbertia st7'icta, R.Br.
PAPAVERACEiE, JuSS.
Pajyaver horridum^ DC.
Aryemone mexicana, Linn.f*
Crucifer^, B. de Juss.
Nasturtium 'palustre., DC.
Cardamine tenuifolia, Hook.
hirsuta, Linn.
Alyssiwi linifolium, Stepli.
Sisymhi^iuin officinale, Scop."^-'
Blennodia Jilifolia, Beiitli. f
trisecta, Benth.f
26
418 botany of the darlint., n.s.w.
Crucifer.e.
JUennodia nasturlioides, BeiUh.f
eremigera^ Benth.
cardaminoides^ F.v.M.
lasiocarpa, F. v. M, f
ca7iescens, R.Br.
cunninghamii, Benth.
Stenopetalum vehUinum, F.v.M.
liiieare, R.Br.
Menkea australis, Lehm.
Capsella bursa-jmstoris, Mcench.f^'
Senahiera didyma, Pers.*
Lepidutm leptopetalum, F.v.M.
phlehopetaluni, F.v.M.
monoplocoides, F.v.M.
papillosum^ F.v.M.
Thlaspi cochlearinum, F.v.M.f
ochranthum, F.v.M.
Capparide.e, Juss.
Cappavis lasiantha, R.Br.
7nitcheVi, Lindl.
loranthifolia, Lindl.
Apophylliun anomalum, F.a'.M.
YiOLARiE.E, De Cand.
Viola hetoiiicoifolia, Sm.
PlTTOSPORE^, R.Br.
Pitlosporum phillyrceoides, DC.f
Billardiera scandens, Sm.
POLYGALE.E, JusS.
Comespsrma scopariutn, Steetz.
ericinum, DC.
Frankeniace^, St. Hil.
Frankenia paucifiora, DC.
Caryophylle.e, Labill.
Stellaria ylaiica, Witli.
BY FRED. TURNER. 419
Caryophylle^,
Stdlaria media, Linn.^
Spergidaria rubra, Pers.
PolycarjxEa synayidra, F.v.M.
PORTULACE.*:, JUSS.
Portnlaca oleracea, Liiin.f
jili folia, F.v.M.
C alandriuia polyandra, Benth.
pusilla, Lindl.
volubilis, Benth.
Elatine^, Cain.
Bergia ammaimioid es. Roth.
Hypericine^, St. Hil.
Hypericum grarnineum, Forst.
Malvaceae, Juss.
Lavatera plebeia, Sims.t
Malva rotundifolia, Linn.'^'
parvifiora, Linn."^
Malvastrum spicatum, A. Gray.f
Sida corrugata, Lindl.
spencer iana, F.v.M.
argentea, Bail.
inlricata, F.v.M.
virgata. Hook.
petrophila, F.v.M.
subspicata, F.v.M.
Abuiilon leucopetalum, F.v.M.
"initchelli, Benth.
cryptoptetalum, F.v.M.
otocarpum, F.v.M.
avicennce, Giertn.
oxycarpiimy F.v.M.
frazeri, Hook.
Hibiscus trionitm, Linn.
brachysiphonius, F. v. M.
420 botany of the darling, n.s.w.,
Malvace.5:.
Hibiscus kvrchaiiffianus, F.v.jNI.
sticrtii, Hook.
Gossypium sturtii, F.v.M.f
Sterculiace;e, Vent.
Sterculia diversifolia, G. Don.f
Rulingia rugosa, Steetz.
LasiojyetaLum behrii, F.v.M.
baueri, Steetz.
Series II. D i s c i f l o r .f..
LiNEiE, De Cand.
Linum mai'ginale, A. Cunii.
Zygophylle.e, Pv.Br.
Tribidus terrestris, Linn.f
cistoides, Linn.
Nitraria schoberi, Linn.
Zygophyllum ajncidatum, F.v.M.f
gkmcescens, F.v.M.f
iodocarpum, F.v.M.f
billardieri, DC.
fruticulosum, DC.
GERANIACEiE, JuSS.
Geranium disseclum, Linn.f
Erodium cygnorwn, Nees.f
cicufarium, L' Her.*
Oxalis cornicidata, Linn.
RUTACEiE, JusS.
Zieria obcordata, A. Ounn.
furfuracea, R.Br.
Eriostemon linearis, A. Cunn.
difformis, A. Cunn.
PliebaliiLm obcordatum, A. Cunn.
glandulosum, Hook.
Asterolasia mollis, Benth.
Geijera parvifloro., Lindl.f
Atalantia glauca, Hook.
BY FKED. TUHNEK. 421
Meliack^, Juss.
Oivenia acidula, F.v.M.
Flindersia maculosa, F.v.M.f
Olacine.e, Mirb.
Ohix stricta, R.Br.
Celastrine/E, R.Br.
Celastrus cuiinijighamii, F.v.M.
STACKHOUSIEiE, R.Br.
Stackhousia monogyna, Labill.
muricata, Lincll.
RuAMNEiE, Juss.
Veniilago vijuinalis, Hook.
Fomaderris racemosa, Hook.
Spgridmm siihochreatum^ Reissek.
eriocephalum, Fenzl.
Crijptaadra amara. Sm.
tomentosa, Lindl.
propinqua, A. Cunn.
buxifolia, Fenzl.
Sapindace.e, Juss.
Atalaya hemiglauca, F.v.M.f
Heterodendron olea/olium, Desf.f
Fodoncea attenuata, A. Cunn.f
cmieata, Rudge.
peduncularis, Lindl.
lohidata, F.v.M.f
boronicefolia, G. Don.
stenozyga. F.v.M.
Series III. C A L y c i f l o r .E.
Leguminos.e, Juss.
Suborder I. PAPILIONACE^.
Isotropis tvheelerly F.v.M.
Faviesla acicular'is, Sm.
422 botany of the darling, n.s.av.
Papilionace.e.
Fultenaa microphyUa, Sieb.
styphelioides, A. Cunn.
foUolosa, A. Cunn.
Bossicea eiisatci, Sieb.
tvafkeri, F.v.M.
Temple.tonia eaeiid, Benth.
sulcata, Benth.
Hovea loiu/rfolia, R.Br.
Crotalaria mitchfUi, Benth.
cu7ininghamii, R.Br.
disdtifiora, Benth.
Medicayo saliva, Linn.*
deuticulata, Willd.*
Trifolium procumbens, Linn.*
Trigonella suavissima, LindLf
Lotus cornicidatus, Linn.
australis, Andr.
Psoralea eriantha, Benth.
jKitens, Lindl.
cinerea, Lindl.
tenax, LindL
Indigo/era enneaphylla, Linn.
trita, Linn. f.
aiistralis, Willd.
brevidens, Benth.
Tephj'osia rosea, F.v.M.
Sesbania acideata, Pers.
Clianthus dampiei'i, A. Cunn.f
Swainsona greyana, Lindl.
galegifolia, K.Br.i
phacoides, Benth. t
bnrkiltii, F.v.M.
oligojihylla, F. v. M .
campylantha, F. v. M .
procumbens, F.v.M. f
BY FRED. TURNER. 423
PaPILIONACE/K.
Sivainsona j)hacifolia, F.v.M.
orohoides^ F.v.M.f
lessertiifolia, DC,
'mic7'ophi/Ua, A. Gray.
frazeri, Benth.
laxa, R.Br.
Glycyrrhiza psoraleoidfis, Benth.
Desmodhini hrachypodum, A. Gray.
V avians, En ell.
Vicia sativa, Linn.*
Glycine falcata, Benth.
tabacina, Benth.
suricea, Benth.
tomentosa, Benth.
Erythrina vespertilio, Benth.
Galactia tenuifolia, Willd.
Vigna lanceolata, Benth.
Rhynchosia minima, DC.
Suborder II. CiESALPINIEiE.
Cassia sophera, Linn., var. schinifolia.
pleiirocarpa, F.v.M.
pruinosa, F.v.M.f
circinata, Benth. f
2)hyUodinea, R. Br. f
eremophila, A. Cunn.f
artemisioides, Gaud.t
sturtii, R.Br.f
desolata, F.v.M.
Petalostyles labicheoides, R.Br.
Banhinia carronii, F.v.M.
Suborder III. MIMOSE^.
Neptunia gracilis, Benth.
Acacia continua, Benth.
triptera, Benth.
424 BOTANY OF THE DARLINO, N.S.W
MiMOSE.F..
Acacia spiiiescens, Beiitb.
lanigera, A. Cunn.
coUetioides, A. Cunn.
tetragoiiophylla^ F.v.M.
riyens, A. Cunn.
jmicifolia, Benth.
calami/oUa, Sweet.
co7iferta, A. Cunn.
aspera, Lindl.
obliqua, A. Cunn.
U7idulifolia, A. Cunn
microcai'pa, F. v. M.
vernicifiua, A. Cunn.
sentis, F.v.M.f
neriifolia, A. Cunn.
tiotabilis, F.v.M.
hakeoides, A. Cunn.
salicma, Lindl.
decora, Reichb.
hrachyhotrya, Benth.
amblygona, A. Cunn.
homalophylla, A. Cunn.f
jyendula, A. Cunn.f
oswaldi, F.v.M.
stenoj)hylla, A. Cunn.
sclerophylla, Lindl.
ixiophylla, Benth.
harpophylla, F.v.M.
cxcelsa, Benth.
burkittii, F.v.M.
aueura, F.v.M.f
doratoxylon, A. Cunn.
polybotrya, Benth.
dealbata, Link.
cardiophylla, A. Cunn.
BY FRED. TURNER. 425
MlMOSE^.
Acacia far nesiana, Willd.
ROSACE.E, Juss.
Aaena ovina, A. Cunn.f
Crassulace^, De Caiid.
Tillcea verticillaris, DC.
HalorageyE, R.Br.
Haloragiii ceratopliylla, Endl.
odontocarpa, F.v.M.
glauca, Lindl.
tetragyna, Hook.
Myriophyllum varicHfolitun, Hook.
verrvxosum, Lindl.
Ceratophyllitm deniersiim^ Linn.
Myrtace^, Juss.
Calythrix tetragona, Labill.
Micromyrtiis micro phylla, Benth.
Boickea crassi/olia, Lindl.
behrii, F.v.M.
Leptospermurti Icevigaticm, F.v.M.
Jiavescens, Sm.
Callisteition brachyandrus, Lindl.
Melaleuca uncinata, R.Br.
hakeoides, F.v.M.
pnstulata, Hook.
Angophora intermedia, DC.
Eucalyj^tus leucoxylon, F.v.M.
melliodora, A. Cunn.
gracilis, F.v.M.
paniculata, Sm.
jwpiili/olia, Hook.
ochrophloia, F.v.M.
behriana, F.v.M.
pendula, A. Cunn.
uiicinata, Turcz.
426 uotanv of the dakling, n.s.w.
Myktace.e.
Eucalyptus albens, Miq.
melanophloia, F.v.jM,
microtheca, F.v.M.
duniosa, A. Cunn.
incrassata, Labill.
dealbata, A. Cunn.
viminaJis, Labill.
rostrata, Schlectit.
oleosa, F.v.M.
terminalis, F.v.M.
Syncarpia leptopefala, F.v.M.
Lythrarie.e, Juss.
Ammannia multiflora, Roxb.
Ly thrum salicaria, Linn.
hyssop ifolU t m , Li n n .
Onagrarie^, Juss.
(Enothera biennis, Linn.*
Epilobium junceum, Forst.
Jussicea repens, Linn.
CUCURBITACE^, JuSS.
Cucuniis trigouus, Roxb.
myriocarpus, Naud.*
Melothria muelleri, Benth.
FiCOIDEyE, Dill.
Mesembryanthemum pomeridianum, Linn."^
Tetragonia e,vpansa, Murr.f
Aizoon quadrijiilnm, F.v.M.
Trianthema decandra, Linn.
crystallina, Yahl.
Jfollugo glinus, A. Rich.
oryyioides, F.v.M.
cerviana, Ser.
Umbellifer-E, Juss,
Ilydrocotyle trachycarpa, F.v.M.
BY FRED. TURNER. 427
IlMBELLIFERiE.
Trachyiaene jnlosa, Sm.
cyanopetala, Benth.
australis^ Benth.
glaucifolia, Benth.
incisa, Hudge.
Eryngium rostratum, Cav.
Daucus brachiatus, Sieb.f
Subclass II. MONOPETALiE.
LORANTHACEiE, JuSS.
LormiihuH linearifolius, Hook.
exocarin, Behr.
linopJiylliLs, Fenzl.
'pendiUns, Sieb.-
quandamj, Lindl.
RUBIACEiE, JuSS.
Hedyotis tillceacea, F.v.M.
Canthium latifolium^ F.v.M.
oleifolium, Hook.
Fornax nmhellata, SoLand.
Asperula scoparia, Hook. f.
conferta, Hook. f.
Galium ( I emini folium, F.v.M.
yaudichaudi, DC.
Composite, Vaill.
Leuzea australis, Gaud.
Ceritaurea solstitialis, Linn.f*
Onopordon. acantliium, Linn.*
Olearia cydonicefolia, Benth.
lepidophylla, Benth.
suhsjyicata, Benth.
ramosissima, Benth.
2nmdeoides, Benth.
co7iocephala, F.v.M.
magnijblia, F.v.M.
428 BOTANY OF THE DARLING, N.S.W.,
COMPOSIT.E.
Olearia muelleri, Beiitli.
decurrPMS, Benth.
ieretifolia, F.v.M.
tenuifolia, Benth.
Viltadinia australis, A. Rich.
Podocoma cunei/olia, R.Br.
Minnria leptophylla, DC.
cunninghamii, Benth.
inteyerrima, Benth.
denticulata^ Benth.
Calotis cunei/olia^ R.Br.
cymbacantha, F.v.M.
erinacea, Steetz.
scabiosifolia, Sond.
scapigera, Hook.
lappulacea^ Benth.
microcephala, Benth.
plumidifera, F.v.M.
hispidula, F.v.M.
Brachycome melanocarpa, Sond.
pachyptera, Turcz.
bascdtica, F.v.M.
tr achy car pa, F.v.M.
exilis, Sond.
scapiformis^ DC.
ciliarii^, Less.
Monenteles sphacelates, Labill.
Pluchea eyrea, F.v.M.
Epaltes cunninghami, Benth.
australis, Less.
Xanthium spinosum, Linn.*
Siegesbeckia orientalis, Linn.
Eclipta platyglossa, F.v.M.
Glossogyne tenuifolia, Cass.
Flaveria australasica, Hook.
BY FRED. TURNER. 429
COMPOSITiE.
Coiula australis, Hook.
Myriogynp. tniniita, Less.
racemosa, Hook.
Elachanthus pusillus, F.wM.
Isoeto]?sis graminifolia, Turcz,
Myriocephalus rhizocephalus, Benth.
siuartii, Benth.
Angianthus hrachypaj^pus, F.v.M.
2nisillus, Benth.
strictus, Bentli.
Gnephosis eriocarpa, Benth.
skiry'ojihora, Benth.
cyathopapjm, Benth.
Calocephalus citreus, Less.
2?latycephalus^ Benth.
Gnaphalodes uliginosum, A. Gray.
Craspedia pleiocephala^ F.v.M.
chrysantha, Benth.
Chtlionocephalus psendoevax^ Steetz.
Cassinia Icevis, R.Br.
arcuata, R.Br.
Eriochlamys hehri, 8ond. et Muell.
Rutidosis helichrysoidps, DC.
Millotia tenuifolia, Cass.
greevesii, F.v.M.
Ixiolmna Jeptohpis, Benth.
tomentosa, Sond. et Muell.
Podolepis rutidocldaynys, F.v.M.
acuminata, R.Br.
canescens, A. Cunn.
lessoni, Benth.
siemssenia, F.v.M.
Lep)torhynchus pulchellus, F.v.M.
7vaitzia, Sond.
Helichrysum semi fertile, F.v.M.
430 BOTANY OF THE DARLING, N.S.W,
COMPOSIT.E
llelichrysum bracteatnm, Willd.
ijlutinosiLin, Hook.
podolepideiim, F.v.M.
apicidalnm, DC.
semipapposum, DC.
docker i, F.v.M.
diosiniJ'oHum, Less.
adiiatum, Benth.
ciuininghamii, Benth.
Waitzia corymhosa, AVendl.
Helipterum poly gali folium, DC,
jioribnndum, DC.
incamnn, DC.
cotula, DC.
hycdospermum, F.v.M.
strictum, Benth.
corymbiflorum, Schlecht.
pygmmum, Benth.
moschatum, Benth.
dimorpholepis, Benth.
Gnaphalium. japoniciun, Thunb.
indicum, Linn.
Senecio gregori, F.v.M.
macranthus, A. Rich.
latUus, Forst.
behriaruis, Sond. et Muell.
brachyylossiis, F.v.M.
cunninghami, DC.
Cryptostemma calendulaceum, R. Br.f*
Picris hieracioides, Linn.
Stylidie.e, R.Br.
Stylidhim eglandidosum, F.v.M.
GOODENOVIE.E, R.Br.
Velleia paradoxa, R. Br.
Goodenia genicalata, R.Br.
BY FRED. TURNER. 431
GOODENOVIE^.
Goodenia hederacea, 8m,
calcarata, F.v.lM.
cyclojitera, R.Br.
pinnatifida, Schlecht.
heteromera, F.v.M.
glmica^ F.v.M.
gracilis, R.Br.
Scccvola spinescens, R.Br.
ovalifolia, R.Br.
Dampiera lanceolata, A. Cunn.
Campanulace.e, Juss.
Pratia erecta, Gaud.
Isotonna axillaris, Lindl.
pelrcea, F.v.M.
Wahlenhergia gracilis, DC.
EPACRIDE.E, R.Br.
Melichrus 'iirceolafAis, R.Br.
Jasmines, Juss.
Jasyninum lineare, R.Br.f
APOCYNE.E, Juss.
Alstonia constricta, R.Br.
Parsonsia lanceolata, R.Br.
Lyonsia eucalgptifolia, F.v.M,
Asclepiade/e, R.Br.
Sarcostemma austral e, R.Br.f
Pentratropis quinquepartita, Benth.
Marsdenia leichhardtiana, F.v,M.t
Loganiace^, R,Br,
Logania linifolia, Schlecht,
nuda, F.v,M.
Gentiane.e, Juss.
Sehwa ovata, R.Br.
Erythrcaa australis, R.Br.f
432 HOTANY OF THE DAIJLIXG, N.
IjOKAGINE.E, Juss.
Ilcliotropiinn cn}'a,-<saricu7)i, Linn.
eni'opa U7n, Linn.
ovalifolnim, Forsl.
Hahjauia stric/osa, Schlecht.
Iava)idalacea, Endl.
Trichodes7na zeijla nicn m , K.Br.
Echinospermum concavum, F.v.iSl.
EocheJia maccoya^ F.v.M.
C ipiogl ossiun suaveolcns, R.Br.
CONVOLVULACE.E, JuSS.
Ipommi sepiai'ia, Kirn.
Convolnilns erubescens. Sims.
Foli/meria loiiyi/olia, Lindl.
Breiceria media, K.Br.
Cressa creiica, Linn.
Fvolvidus ahiuoides, Linn.
Wilsouia hionilis, K.Br.
rofu7id(folia, Hook.
backhousii, Hook. f.
SOLANE.E, Juss.
SohTJium iiigndii, Linn.f
simile, F.v.M.
parvifolmm, K.Br.
ferocissimii.m, Lindl.
esuriaJe, Lindl.
chenopodiuum, F.v.M.
sturtianum, F.v.M.
petrophilum, F.v.M.
ellipficiDu, K.Br.
Lycium ansirale, F.v.M.
Xicotia7ia snareoJe7is, Lehm.
(/I a ilea, Grah.t*
ScROPHULARINE.E, Mirb.
Duboii>ia hopiroodii, F.v.M.
BY FKED. TUUNEk. 433
ScROPHULAHINEyF..
Mimulus gracilis, R.Br.
repens, R.Br.
prostratus, Benth.
Mo7'gania forihunda, Bentli.
fjlabra, R.Br.
Feplidium huraifvsum, Delile.
Veronica peregrina, Linn.
BifiNONIACEiE, R.Br.
Tecotna ausfy-alis, R.Br.
ACANTHACE/E, R.Br.
Ruellia australis; R.Br.
Justicia procurahens, Linn.
Pedaline^e, R.Br.
Josepltinia cv.genic, F.v.M.
Myoporine^, R.Br.
Myoporum acuminatum, R.Br.
deserd, A. Cunn.t
pjlatycarpum, R.Br.
Pholidia dalyana, F.v.M.
scopjaria, R.Br.
divaricata, F.v.M.
Eremopliila hoimnanni, F.v.M.
op posit if oh a, R . Br. f
stiirtii, R.Br.
mitclielli, Benth.
latrohei, F.v.M.
macdonellii, F.v.M.
lonyi folia, F. v. M . f
pohjchula, F.v.M.
hiynonicpflora, F.v.M.f
freelingii, F. v. M .
yoodu'inii, F.a.M.
hroicnii, F.v.M.
diittoni, F.v. .\L
27
434 botany of the darlincw, n.s.w.,
Myoporine.e.
Eremophila maculafa, F.v.M.f
latifolia, F.v.M.
alternifoJia, R.Br.
Verbenace.e, Juss.
Verbena officinalis, Linn.
Spartoiliamniis junceus, A. Cunn.
LABIAT.E, Juss.
Mentha austral is, R.Br.
Prostanthera nivea, A. Cunn.
striatijfora, F.v.M.
?nic?'ophi/lla, A. Cunn.
aspalathoides, A. Cunn,
Westringia ercmicola, A. Cunn.
Teucrium racemosum, R.Br.
Ajuga australis, R.Br.
Stachgs arvensis, Linn.f*
Plantagine.e, Juss.
riaiitago varia, R.Br.f
Subclass III. MONOCHLAMYDEJE.
Phytolaccace.e, Endl.
Gyvostemon cgclotheca, Benth.
Codonocarpus cotinifolius, F.v.M.f
Chenopodiace^, Meisn.
Rhagodia paraholica, R.Br.f
gaudicJiaudiana, Moq.
spinescens, R.Br.
Jiastata, R.Br.f
nutans, R.Br.f
lini folia, R.Br.
Chenopodium nitrariacea, F.v.M.f
auricomum, Lindl.f
carinatum, R.Br.f
cristatunii F.v.M.
BY FRED. TUKNER. 435
Ohenopodiace.e.
Clienopodium atripllcinum^ F.v.M.f
Atriplex stipltata, Benth.f
quinnii, F.v.JNI.
numinularia^ Lindl.f
rhagodioides, F.v.M.f
vesica ria, Hew.f
velutiiiella, F.v.M.f
angulata, Benth.f
semibaccata, R.Br.f
microcarpa, Benth.
campamilata, Benth.f
leptocarpa, F.v.M.f
limhata^ Benth.f
hallmoides, Lindl.f
liolocarpa^ F.v.M.f
sp 0 ng iosa, F. v. M .
Enchylceiia microphylla, Moq.
fomentosa^ R.Br.f
Kochia lohiflora, F.v.M.
Ian OS a, Lindl.
triptera^ Benth.
hrevifolla, R.Br.f
pyramidata, Benth.f
eriantha, F.v.M.f
villosa, Lindl.f
plani folia, F.v.M.f
sedifo lia, F.v.M.f
aphylla, R.Br.f
c Hi at a J F.v.M.f
hrachypfera, F.v.M.f
stelligera, F.v.M.f
Clienolea dallacliyana, Benth.f
tricornis^ Benth.
sclerolcBiioides, F.v.M.f
Babhagia dipterocarpa, F.v.M.
436 1>.(»TANV OF THE DARLINC, N.S.W.
Chenopodiace/e.
Sclerolmna diacaufha, Bentli.f
lanlcuspis, F.v.M.
hicornis, Liiull.
hiflora, K.Br.
l^aradoxa., R. Br.t
ThrelkehUa hrevicicsjji's, F.v.M.
Anisacantlia muricata, Moq.
divaricata, II. Br.
hicKspis, F.v.M.
ech in opsila, F. v. M .
Scdicornia robusfa, F.v.M.
leiostachya^ Benth.
tenuis, Benth.
Sal sola kali, Linn.
AMARANTACEiE, JUSS.
AmaranlHs mifchellii, Benth.
macrocarpiis, Benth.
tenuis, Benth.
enervis, F.v.lNT.
Tricliinium ohovafum, (Taiul.f
2)arviJloru))}, Lindl.
alopecuroideiim, Lindh
nohilr, Lindl. f
macroceplialum, K.Br.
exaltatum, Benth.
semilanatum, LindL
eruhescens, Moq.f
Alternanfhera nodijlora, R.Br.
POLYGONACEiE, JuSS.
Rumer, Jialophilus, F.v.M.
Poli/r/onum pleheium, R.Br.
lapatliifolium, Linn.
aftenuatum, R.Br.
Mulilenheckia polygonoides, F.v.M.
cunningliamii, F.v.M.
BY FKED. TUKNKll. 437
Nycta(;ine/E, Juss.
Boei'haavla di/f'asa, Liiiii.f
Proteace.e, Juss.
Isopogon petiolaris, A. Cunii
Grevillea pterosperma, F.v. \I.
huc-gellii, Meisii.
■striata, K.Br.
iriternata, R.Br.
Ilakea purpurea^ Hook.
lencoptet'a, R.Br.f
TlIYMELE.E, Juss.
Fimelea colorans, A. Cunii.
spafhulata, Labill.
collina, R.Br.
S'iricostachya, F.v.M.
microcephalaj R.Br.
Jiava, R.Br.
curviflora, R.Br., var.
EuPHOKlilACEiE, Juss.
Euphorbia australis, Boiss.
dramniond'ii, Boiss.
eremophila, A. Cunii.
Beyeria viscosa, Miq.
Ricinocarpus hoivmannl. F.v.31.
Jjertija cu7ininghami, Planch.
mitchelli, Muell.
Phyllaiithus rigens, Muell.
ramosissimics, Muell.
lacunarius, F.v.M.
Adriana acerifolia, Ilook.
liiciiiios Gommwiiis, Willd.f*
Casuarine.t;, Mirb.
Canim'iiLa stricta, Ait.
glaaca, Sieb.f
('Aiiiul)ighamiana, AI i(|.
distgla, Vent.
438 BOTANY OF THE DAHLIXG, N.S.W.,
SANTALACEiE, R.Br.
Santalum lanceolaium, R.Br., war. angusti folium.
Fusanus acuminatus, R-Br.*!*
Exocarpus spar tea, R.Br.
aphylla, R.Br.
stricta, R.Br.
Subclass IV. GYMNOSPERMiE.
CONlFERiE, JUSS.
Frenela robusta, A. Cunn.
eyidlicheri, Parlat.
Class II. MONOCOTYLEDONS, Ray.
Hydrocharide.e, Lam.
Ottelia ovalifolia, L, C. Rich.
Hydrilla verticillata, Casp.
Orciiideje, R.Br.
Cymbidium canaliculatum, R.Br.
AMARYLLIDEiE, St. Hil.
Crinum flaccidum, Herb.
Calostejtivia puiyureum, R.Br.
hUeum, Sims.
LiLiACEiE, De Cand.
Bulbine bulbosa, Haw,
se7niba7'bata, Haw.
Thysanotus baueri, R.Br.
Corynotheca lateriflora, F.v.M.
Tricoryne elatior, R.Br.
Commelynace^, Endl.
Commelyna ensifolia, R.Br.
Juncace^, Agardh.
Xerotes longi/olia, R.Br.
filiformis, R.Br.
leucocephala, R.Br,
Luzida cainpestris, DC.
Junciis communis, E. Mey.
BY FRED. TURNEH. 439
Naiade/E, Agardh.
Potamogeton natans, Linn.
crispus, Linn.
Cyperace^, R.Br.
Cyperus pyginoius, Rottb.
gracilis, R.Br., var.
sqiiarrosus, Linn.
difformis, Linn.
concitinus, R.Br.
vaginatus, R.Br.
gilesii^ Benth.
fidvus, R.Br.
iria, Linn.
diphyllus, Retz.
rotundiis, Linn.f
subulatus, R.Br.
exaltatus, Retz.
Heleocharis acuta, R.Br.
Fimhristylis relata, R.Br.
neilsoni, F.v.M.
harhata, Benth.
Scirpus setaceus, Linn.
Schcenus turbi7iatus, Bentli.
aphyUns, Boeck.
7nelanostachyus, R.Br.
Carex gunyiiana, Boott.
Gramine^, R Br.
Eriochloa punctata, Hamilt.f
Panicum ccjenicolum, F.v.M. f
divaricatissiinum, R.Br., et vars.f
macr actinium, Benth. f
hucophceum, H. B. et K., et vars.f
flavidum, Retz., et var.f
gracile, R.Br.f
helopus, Trin.
gilesii, Benth.
440 botany of tlik dakling, n.s.w
Gramine.e.
Pan I cum dtstachi/uni, Linn.t
reversitm, F.v.M.
colonum, Linn.
crus-galli, Linn.f
adspersum, Trin.
miliaceum, Linn.*
fiffusum, R.Br., et var.f
mitchelli, Benth.
decoi)ipositU7n, R. Br.f.
trachyrhachis, Benth.
prolutiun^ F.v.M.f
Setaria glauca^ Beau v. f
viridis, Beauv.--'
Flagiosetum refr actum, Bentli.
Chamff'raphis spinescens, Poir.
Spinife.i' paradoxus, Benth.
Lappago racemosa, Willd.
Neurachne alopecuroides, R.Br.
mitchelliana, Nees.f
miinroi, F.v.M.
Ferotis vara, R.Br.
Follinia fulva, Benth. f
Andropogoii erianthoides, F.v.M. f
sericeus, R.Br.f
exaltatus, R.Br.
bombycinus, R.Br.f
Chrysopogoii gryllus, Trin.
Sorghum halepejise, Pers.
Anthistiria ciliata, Linn.f
avenacea, F.v.M
menibranacea, Lindl.f
Alopecurus genicidatns, Linn.f
Fhalaris canariensis, Linn.*
Aristida stipoides, R.Br.
arenarla, Gaud.
BY FUED. TURNER. 441
Gkamine^e.
Aristida behriana, F.v.M.
hptopoda, Benth.
rcunosa, R.Br.
cali/ciua, R.Br.
Stipa elegautissima, Labill.
tucker i, F.v.M.
setacea, R.Br.
aristiglumis, F.v.M.
scahra, Lindl.
Deyeuxia forsleri, Kuiith.f
Avena fatua, Linn."^
Atnphibromus neesii, Steud.t
Danthonia bipariita, F.v.M. f
pallida, R.Br.'f
semiawiiidaris, R.Br.f
Amphipogon strictus, R.Br.f
Fappophorum nigricans, R.Br.f
avenaceum, Lindl. f
Astrebla pectinata, F.v.M. f
triticoides, F.v.M., et var.f
elymoides, F.v.M.f
Triraphis mollis, B.Br., et var.f
Triodia mitchelli, Benth.
2)U7igens, R.Br.
irritans, R.Br.
Cynodon dactylon, Pers.f
Chloris acicidarls, Lindl. f
tncncata, R.Br., et var.f
ventricosa, R.Br., et var.
Eleusine aigyptiaca, Pers.f
Leptochloa subdigitata, Trin.
Diplachiie loliiformis, F.v.M.
fusca, Beauv.f
Sporobolus virgiiiicfts, Kiinth., var. pallida, j
indicus, R.Br.f
pidchellns, R.Br.
442 BOTANY OF THE DARLING, N.S.W.
CrRAMINEiE.
Sporoholus lindlei/i, Benth.f
actinocladus, F.v.M.
Eriachne aristidea, F.v.M.
obticsa, R.Br.t
Ectrosia leporina, R.Br., et var.
Lamarckia aurea, M(tmch.^
Phragmites coinmunia, Trin.
Elythrophoriis articidatus, Beauv.
Eragrostis te7iella, Beauv.
megalospermaj F.v.M.
pilosa, Beauv. t
kennedyce, Tur.
hrotvnii, Nees.
lanifiora, Benth.
eriojjoda, Benth.
chcetophylla, Steud.
lacunaria, F.v.M. f
falcata, Gaud.
Poa annua, Linn."^
lepida, F.v.M.
Glyceria fordeana, F.v.M.f
ramigera, F.v.M.f
BromiLS arenarius, Labill., et -sar.f
Ceratochloa uniohides, DC."^
A(jrop)yruin scab7'um, Beauv. f
Lepturus cylindricus, Trin.
Hordeum murinnm^ Linn.*
Class III. ACOTYLEDONS, Juss.
LYCOPODIACE.E, Swartz.
Azolla piitnata, R.Br.
ridjra, R.Br.
MARSILEACEiE, R.Br.
Marsilea drntninondii, A.Br.f
FiLiCES, Linn.
Cheilanthus tenui/oUa, Swartz.
Nothohena vellea, R.Br.
443
NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA.
No. iii. — The Neanic Shell of Melo diadem a, Lamk.,
AND THE Definition of the Nepionic Stage in the
Gasteropod Mollusc.
By H. Leighton Kesteven.
(From the Biological Laboratory, Sydney University).
A. Neanic Shell of Melo 'diadema, Lamk.
(1) Description of shell and mass of egg-capsules.
(2) The succession of the columellar folds.
B. Definition of the Nepionic Stage in the Gasteropod Mollusc.
(1) A comparison of Molluscan stages of development with those of the
Lepido2)tera.
(2) Three types of transition from Embryonic to Neanic shell-structure,
and suggestions as to their explanation and significance.
(3) Conclusions arrived at.
C. A SHORT LIST of WORKS IN WHICH PROTOCONCHS ARE DESCRIBED, OR IN
WHICH THE AUXOLOGICAL TERMS ARE DISCUSSED.
A. Neanic Shell of Melo diadema, Lamarck.
Description of shell and mass of egg-capsules. — The following
remarks are to some extent inspired by a short note by Mr. B. B.
Woodward* on the nepionic shells of 31. i^idicus, Gmel., in a recent
part of the Proceedings of the Malacological Society. His note
led me to examine similar specimens of J/, diadema, Lamk., and
apices of many other Volutes; and I have arri\ed at the conclusion
that it is probable that the formation of adult structure within
the egg-capsule is common to many of the Volutidte, if not all.
* Woodward, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., v., No. 4, 1803, p. 260.
444 NOTES ON PH0S015KANCIIIATA,
The capsule mass is oval in transverse and longitudinal section;
its dimensions are 155 x GO x 50 millimetres, and was apparently
attached by one end; it contains about eighty individuals, all with
their apices turned outward and their anterior canals towards
the centre.
As far as may be judged from young specimens of M. indicus
at my disposal, the shell of J/. diadenKc when it bursts the capsule
is similar to those on which Mr. Woodward founded his remarks.
Specimens which entirely fill their respective capsules consist
of a protoconch of three and one-half whorls, and one-half whorl
of adult structure. Such a specimen measures 28 mm. in length
and 16 in ))readth, the length of the aperture being 21 mm. The
crown of the spire is liat, the nucleus being slightly depressed.
The protoconch is very faintl}' defined from the succeeding
structure by the possession of obsolescent revolving lirse, and a
slight and somewhat abrupt thickening of the shell. It is pro-
bable that this protoconch was cast inside a horny original, which
was discarded at an earlier stage than I have been able to study.
Dr. Dall* was able to demonstrate that the protoconch of
Scaphella mayellauica, Sby., was cast inside a horn}^ original.
This calcareous cast of a primitive horny shell, when it has
been deposited subsequent to the veliger, is in the following-
pages designated the pseudo protoconch, in contradistinction to
the true protoconch, which was secreted previous to or during
the veliger. Many true protoconchs are, however, calcareous, as
for example those of the various species of Triphora.
The SHCcession of the coluniellar folds. — Before proceeding to
discuss the definition of the nepionic stage, it will bo in order to
draw attention to the sequence of the acquisition of the coluniellar
plaits. This is of particular interest, as being in perfect con-
formity with Dr. Dall'sf phylogonetic scheme of their origin,
viz.: — The first to appear is the anterior, and the last the posterior,
this last being subsequently aborted. The anterior, which in
* Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvaid, xviii., 1SS9, p. 4,52.
t Dall, Wagner F. Inst. 8ci. iii., pt. 1, 1889, p. 58 et seq.
n\' 11. LEIGIITOX KESTEVEN. 445
Jlelo is merely an emp-hasis of the eoluniellar edge, appears on
the protoconch (pseudoprotoconch ?) when onh^ two whorls have
been formed; the third follows so soon after the second that they
may be said to arise simultaneously, on the completion of two and
one-half whorls; the fourth arises a quarter of a whorl later. The
last gradually degenerates after the formation of five whorls,
and has generall}^ disappeared b}^ the time six and one-half
whorls are completed, though it may occasionally persist through-
out the ephebic stages.
For reasons stated in the next section of this pai:>er, the
structure which follows the protoconch (pseudoprotoconch 1) in
M. diadema is to be regarded as neanic, and it is interesting to
find that though there is no external differentiation, the neanic
stages are clearly defined, l)y the retention of the fourth fold.
The order of succession of the plaits in M. atliiopica, Linn., is
doubtless on the same lines as in the above species; there are
generally only three plaits present in adult specimens, but one
example of eight whorls had all four plaits full}^ developed.
The position of this fourth plait is always on the posterior
boundary of the sinus left in the track of the anterior canal. It
is possible that the ridge sometimes present at the posterior
boundary of these sinus is the cause of the occasional retention
of the plait.
B. Definition of the Nepionic Stage in the Gasteropod
Mollusc.
Recent papers dealing with protoconchs provide a fairly wide
range of facts, which may be taken as the basis of speculation on
this interesting minor problem.
The nepionic (brephic or silphologic) stage was defined by
Buckman ct Bather^ as that immediately succeeding the embry-
onic stages, and during which no specific characters make their
appearance. The next, neanic (nealogic) stage they defined as
that during which specific characters and all other morphological
features present in the adult, appear and undergo development.
* No. 15 appended bibliography.
446 NOTES ON PROSOBRANCHIATA,
Both Harris and Jackson (7, 16) conclude that specific char-
acters make their appearance in the nepionic stage. This con-
clusion was, however, it is here contended, due to the misapplica-
tion of the terms, the stage in which they recognised these
specific characters being the neanic.
That the nepionic stage, as defined above, exists throughout
whole orders no student of Ontogeny will deny. To cite the
example used later, the short stage during which the Lepidopterous
larva changes into the pupa cannot be regarded as embryonic,
neither can it be regarded as neanic, for certainly no specific
characters appear until the formation of the pupa, which must
therefore be regarded as neanic. Specific characters almost
invariably make their appearance in what these authors call the
nepionic (brephic) stage of the Gasteropoda. From an extended
study of Lotorium grow^th-stages, I find that it is possible to
identify almost any species of that genus from one-half whorl of
post-embryonic structure. On the other hand, it is often possible
to recognise a species from purely embryonic characters, e.g.,
Triphora. But what is desired here is to point out that there
are whole orders in which the nepionic stage as above defined is
easily recognisable, whilst with the Gasteropoda, in that stage
which has hitherto been designated nepionic (brephic), specific
characters are generally recognisable. That is to say. the various
species of a given genus are already differentiated one from
another in that stage. The explanation lies in the fact that in
this class (Gasteropoda) the true nepionic stage is a ver}'^ transitor}'^
one, and leaves, in most cases, no conchylaceous record. If this
be not recognised, the auxological terms will have one set of
meanings for Mollusca and another for other organisms.
Cortiparison of Molluscan stages of deveJoj^mentiuith those of the
Lepidoptera. — That the various stages of development maybe the
better understood, it will be well to apply the auxological terms
to the Lepidoptera; organisms in which the primary divisions are
emphasised and easily definable, and then to homologise the
molluscan staj^es with them.
HY 11. LEIGIITON KESTEVEX. 447
The embryonic stage closes with the hirva, which is the phyl-
embryo. The pupa has acquired the adult organs and must
therefore be regarded as the neanic stage, since it is that in which
the adult characters first appear. The nepionic stage must con-
sequently be, in a silkworm for example, that during which it
spins its cocoon and becomes metamorphosed into the pupa. The
imago is the ephebic stage.
Homologising the moUuscan stages with the above, the veliger
is the phylembryo. The nepionic stage is so contracted as to be
generally unrecognisable and (probably) non-existent conchyla-
ceously. It is however, here as in the Le'pidoptera^ that stage
during which the larval organs degenerate and disappear. The
neanic stage during which the adult characters appear and undergo
development is generally so graduated into the succeeding ephebic
stage that only in a few instances can its ultimate limit be
defined. Early adult shell-structure is, however, doubtless
neanic, as is also the pseudoprotoconch.
Three types of transition from eynhryonic to neanic sheU-
structure, and suggestions as to their explanation a7id significance.
— The investigations of the writers mentioned in the appended
bibliography have brought to light three very distinct types of
transition from embryonic to neanic shell-structure, viz. : —
(1) Those in which the embryonic is faintly, if at all, defined
from subsequent structure. Examples are Melo indicus, Lotoriuni
abbotti, Tenison- Woods, and most species of Tripho7'a.
(2) Those in which there is an abrupt change from embryonic
to subsequent structure. This occurs in all the recent species of
Lotorium.
(3) Those in which a varix is thrown up at the conclusion of
the protoconch before the neanic structure is initiated. Accord-
ing to F. C. Baker* most of the Murices fall into this category.
Remembering that the primitive shell-gland is distinct from
the area which secretes the adult or, as Lankester'f aptly terms
* Baker, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1890, p. 66 et seq.
t Lankester, Ency. Brit. edit. 9, xvi., p. 639, ISSo.
448 NOTES ON PROSOIiRANCniATA,
it, secondaiy shell, the following suggestions are advanced in
explanation of the above types of transition.
In the first type it seems probable that, parallel with the
gradual cessation of functional activity on the part of the
primitive shell-gland, there was a gradual assumption of secretive
activity on the part of the epithelial cells of the mantle and
visceral hump. In Mela the acceleration of development which
the formation of neanic structure within the egg-capsule presents,
points to a correspondingl}' transitory- nepionic stage, con.se-
tjuently there is only a slight defining line. It is evident from
the weight and size of the neanic shell described above that, as
in Neritina and Onchidium, the veliger stage of J/, diadema is
passed within the e^^g. In Triphora^ on the other hand, there is
an extreme protraction of the Aeliger stage: it has been obtained
in mid-ocean with several adult whorls already formed. In this
genus the true embryonic shell or protoconch is calcareous.
Doubtless the original cap of the smooth nucleus was horny; we
are nevertheless not dealing with a pseudoprotoconch, for whilst
still a veliger or phylembryo the organism had acquired the ability
to secrete a calcareous shell. The explanation given at the
beginning of this paragraph still applies, but in this instance the
transference of functional activity from the primary to the
secondary .shell-secreting area took place some time prior to the
nepionic stage. The protracted retention of the velum here allows
a much greater development of the other organs, so that the mantle
edge assumes its adult form and secretes shell-structure which,
although genetically embryonic, is morphologically adult. The
other organs being well advanced in development, the nepionic
stage isconcerned only with the degeneration of the velum, in these
instances also it will be ver}' condensed. From these remarks it
ma}'' be reasonably expected that this type of transition will
prove to be correlated with an extremely condensed nepionic
stage.
The metamorphosis of organs just mentioned appears at first
sight to be nepionic, but as long as the organism retains the
velum in full development it is to be regarded as a phylembryo;
BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 449
if this be not admitted, it becomes impossible to define the
embryonic stages.
Taking as my base the genus Lotoriuia, in examining the
second type of transition I am presented with the following-
facts. The true protoconch is horny and contains practicall}^ no
calcareous matter. During the formation of at least part of this,
the organism is a free-swimming veliger; the same applies to
Gyrineitru australasia, Perry. The next stage I am acquainted
with is that in which a little less than half a whorl of neanic
structure has been added. The protoconch has now deposited
within it distinct traces of the pseudoprotoconch in the form of
an extremely thin layer of calcareous lining, the neanic structure
being much thicker and exhibiting the adult sculpture in minia-
ture. The mollusc itself is sedentar}^ and has lost all traces of
the velum. The abrupt transition from one structure to the
other may be explained by the sudden functional activity of the
secondary shell-secreting area. It is probable that during the
nepionic stage, which was slightly protracted, there was a com-
plete cessation of shell-growth, and that the primitive gland had
ceased its function before the secondary shell was initiated.
As an example of the third class of transition, perhaps the
rarest and most interesting, Miirex dfmndata, Perry, exhibits the
following characters : — A stout calcareous protoconch longi-
tudinally sculptured, followed by a prominent varix, the succeed-
ing neanic structure exhibiting, in miniature, all the adult char-
acters. The sculpture of the protoconch is such as to prove
conclusively that it was not cast inside a horny mould and is
therefore a true protoconch. The embryo thus had the ahilitij to
secrete a calcareous sheU. It seems reasonable to suppose that
during the nepionic stage (during which there must generally
be a longer or shorter pause in the growth of the mollusc) the
secretion of shell was carried on by the free edge of the mantle.
Granted this, the varix maybe looked upon as the conchylaceous
record of the nepionic stage.
Conclusions arrived at. — The perfection of internal organs
during the veliger stage, postulated above for Triphora, has been
28
450 NOTES ON PKOSOBKANCJIIATA,
(leinonstrated in other Mollusca;* we are therefore led to the
following definition of the nepionic stage in the Gasteropod
mollusc : — lliat sUiye diiring ?chich the velum undercioes degenera-
tion and disappears.
And a theory I advanced some time ago is still maintained,
namely: — Where no variv is fJwowji up at the condasion of the
embryonic shelly no conchglaceons record of the nepionic stage has
been left by the mollusc.
A more explicit definition of the nepionic stage than Buckman
and Bather's would be -.—That stage during which the larval
organs become aborted. The above delinition of this stage in the
Gasteropod ^Mollusc is, tlierefore, only a specific form of the
general definition.
It has been suggested to me in the course of discussion that
the pseudoprotoconch is the homologue of the above varix. This
suggestion is a good one, and it is likely that some pseudoproto-
conchs are nepionic, but it does not apply to those of Lotorium,
as shown by the extreme thinness of the calcareous lining of the
young specimen described above.
C. A SHORT LIST OF WORKS IN WHICH PrOTOCONCHS ARE DESCRIBED,
OR IN WHICH THE AUXOLOGICAL TERMS ARE DISCUSSED.
1. — Baker, F. C. — "On the Modifications of the Apex in Murex." Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1890, p. 66 et seq.
2. " Descriptions of New Species of Muricc'.<, with remarks
on the Apices of certain forms." Proc. llochester Acad. Sci. i , 1891,
p. 129 ct .^eq.
8. " Modification of the Apex in Gasteropod Molkisks."
Ann. New York Acad. Sci. ix., 1897, p. 685 tt seq.
4.— Dall, W. H.— '"'Blake Mollusca." Pt. ii. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zcol.
Plarvard Coll. xviii., 1898.
5. " Tertiary Mollusca of Florida." Trans. Wagner Free
Inst. Sci. iii., pts. 1 and 2, 1S90 and 1892.
* Fide Korschelt & Heider, Text Book of Emb. Invert. M. F. Woodward's
edit., iv., p. i;?3.
BY H. LEIGHTON KESTEVEN. 451
<).— Grap.aw, A. W. — "Studies of Gasteropoda." American Naturalist,
xxxvi., No. 432, 1892, p. 917 et ^eq.
7.— Harris, G. F.— Brit. Mus. Cat. Tertiary Mollusca. Pt. i. Australasia,
1S97.
8. — Hedley, C.—TiiforU in "The Mollusca of Funafuti." Mem, Austra-
lian Mus. iii., Pt. 7, 1899, pp. 439-448.
9. " The Triphoridte of New South Wales "in " Studies on
Australian Mollusca, Ft. 7." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvii.
Pt. 4, p, 606 et seq.
10. — Kesteven, H. Leighton. — "The Systematic Position of Purpura tri-
toni for litis, of Blainville." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi. Pt. 4,
1902, p. 533 et seq.
11. "The Protoconchs of Certain Port Jackson
Gasteropods." Loc. cit. p. 709 et seq.
12. : "A Note on two species of A strait imi ivom
Port Jackson." Op. cit. xxvii. Pt. 1, 1902, p. 2 et seq.
13. ^^ "Notes on Frosobrancliiata. No. 1. Loto-
riuiii.''^ Op. cit. Pt. 3, p. 443 et seq.
14. — Watson, R. B.--" Gasteropoda." Challenger Reports, Zoology, xv.,
1886.
The above list might have been lengthened by enumerating
papers in which one or two apices are described incidentally, in
specific definitions, but it contains the most important works,
and their consultation will give references to many others.
Several of the text-books contain interesting remarks on the
subject and are well worth consulting. Tate's papers on the
" Gasteropods of the Older Tertiaries of Australia " give
several short descriptions and a few figures of apices. The fol-
lowing are the w^orks in which the auxological terms have been
discussed : —
15. — BucKMAN, S. S., and Bathp:r, F. A. — "The Terms of Auxology."
Zoologischer Anzeiger, No. 405, 1892, p. 421; No. 406, p. 429.
16. — Hyatt, A. — "Values in Classification of the Stages of Growth and
Decline, with Propositions for a new Nomenclature." Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist, xxiii. 1888, pp. 396-408.
17. "Genesis of The Arietidse." Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool,
Harvard Coll. xvi. No. 3, 1889.
452 notp:8 on phosohhanciuata.
IS. — HvATT, A, — "The Terms of ' Bioplastology,' 'Ontogeny.'" Zoolo-
gischer Anzeiger No. 427, 1S98, p. 82").
19.— Jacksox. — "Phjlogeny of the Pelecypoda." Memoirs Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist. iv. No. 8, 1890, p. 290.
Postscript. — After tliis paper was read Mr. C. Hedley drew
my attention to a paper by Dr. Willey,"^ " On the Nepionic Shell
of the Recent Kmifihts," in which the author regards the date of
hatching as the date of the conclusion of the nepionic stage.
He says : — " Thus the nepionic shell of the (' terrestrial Gastero-
pod ') molluscs is that portion of the true shell (as opposed to the
embryonic shell), which develops within the egg." This, I ven-
ture to suggest, is a misinterpretation of the term. If we accept,
as we must, Dr. Jackson's definition of the Molluscan phylembryo
as the veliger and last embryonic stage; and if the velum becomes
aborted within the egg, however quickly; then that stage during
which this "larval organ " is aborted, must, as in other cases, be
recognised. Thus, such a mollusc, terrestrial or otherwise, has
already entered upon the neanic stage before leaving the egg.
Some Anuran Amphibia are hatched in the adult form, but we
do not regard them as tadpoles, because most of the Anura are
hatched as tadpoles. We cannot say what stage of development
Nautilus is hatched in, so that the shells discussed by Dr. Willey
in the paper referred to may be rightly termed "nepionic"; on
the other hand they might equally well be neanic (t^eptemher 2ofhy
190S).
* Willey, Quart. Journ. Microseop. Sci., xxxix., pp. 222-230, 1897.
[Printed oft' September 30th, 1903.
P.L.S.N.SW. 19 03.
PI. IV.
lA^ WF. del.
AUSTRALIAN PSYLUDAE.
PLSNSW. 19 03.
PL/
yyw.r. r/.ei.
AUSTRALIAN! FSYLUDAE
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
.S.N.S.W.. 190!
Fiu. 6.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
P.LSN.SW., 1903-
Figr. 8.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF OASYURUS.
f.LS.N.S.W.. 1903.
W^^\' ■ ii' ■
^
.' •
^
i^"^
.■'%/
2;
•^;, - ve JC^^ V^ '
. . -.
'''*»!.
. v-^i.r,N\
■ f^^^^^^^^^0
fT^^k^"
V, '•.«'•'.,,«*.«-*
.\,.':' ■ : '
V u.'/-"/ *'HJ^39ptt«
jf jjjjcL'jj
.. ' . --• ', 'i^S\t i
- .Jl ' ■
' '-v/-:-'"";rTB
ng^l
g:*^^?^;
^H
Li^fev
H
i|^»^' / ■- •
V
H
l^bSS^^:^^.-
- A>N ^
3
Fi^. In.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASVURUS.
.L.S.N.S.W.. 1903.
"^■'^ ■
f
t
«
ft
0
L •■ ^
0 .
m^^
K
.
«
^^^^^^
fc^*'^
?
.'f .' v^
' -*^
Fiy- 1(5.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
P.L.S.N.S.W., 1903:
P.L.S.N.S.W., 1903.
..^^
%
I
Fio-. 19.
Fi;4-. -20.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
P.L.S.N.S.W.. 1903.
FiK. 22.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
p. L.S.N S.W., 1D03.
Fij-. 23.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
P.L.S.N.S.W
Fig. 24.
CORPUS LUTEUM OF DASYURUS.
/fe"
453
NOTES OX THE GENUS PSYCHOPSIS, NEWMAN,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By Walter W. Froggatt, F.L.S., Government Entomologist.
(Plate xxi.)
Since my former contribution* to the study of these beautiful
Neuroptera, I haxe obtained a fine series of specimens of all the
described species, through the kindness of my Correspondents in
^'arious parts of Australia : and among them some from the
vicinity of Adelaide, S. A., where Newman's type was obtained
over sixty years ago.
From a comparison of the specimens now available, it is quite
evident to me that two species which can be well defined and are
constant in their markings, have been both placed in our Museum
collections under the name of Psychopsis ruimica. In his descrip-
tion of the type, Newman does not mention the rich red colour
in the blotches on the fore wings, so typical in the second form;
nor are the}^ shown in the woodcut given on the title-page of the
second volume of the 'Entomologist.'
The brief description given in my former paper under the name
of P. mimica, therefore, applies to the one to which I now propose
to give specific rank, under the name of Psychopsis netvmani.
Both the species in question seem to have much the same range,
but, being rare insects, they are not common in collections. Mr.
Lea informs me that he has never seen them in any Tasmanian
collection. One (probably Newman's) is found in Western Aus-
tralia.
The note on P. cmlivagus in my former paper, applies to P.
insolens, for the former, though the smallest of the genus, is one
of the most beautiful.
* These Proceedings, 1902, p. 307.
29
454 NOTES ON THE GENUS PSVCIIOPSIS,
PSYCHOPSIS NEWMANI, sp.n.
(Plate xxi., figs. 1-2.)
Fut/chopsis niimica, Newm., Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, 1902, p. 367.
Length across outspread wings 1^ inches, not 2 J as given in
former description.
General colour distinctly buff instead of a delicate creamy-white
tint, red colouration of the blotches on for wings well defined; the
transverse black pencil-like lines on the front margin of forewings
consisting of only two pair, both of which run out from the
])lotches.
Hab.— Sydney (W. W. Froggatt), and Blue Mts., N.S.W. (J.
Kershaw; Brisbane, Q. (R. Illidge).
PsYCHOPSis MiMiCA, Newman.
(Plate xxi., figs. 3-5.)
Length across outspread wings about the same as in the
preceding; but both are variable in size, some being much smaller
than the measurements given would indicate.
General colour creamy-white, the red spots or blotches at the base
of forewings of the preceding species replaced by two small brown
marks; the larger blotches towards tip of hind margins in P.
newmani replaced l^y a slender curved line enclosing the black
spots on the edge. Transverse bars consisting of pairs of slender
pencil-like lines, four in number, running out to front margin.
Central spot on hind wings generally smaller and darker.
//«6.— Adelaide, S.A. (J. G. O. Tepper); Inglewood, Vic. (G.
Lyell); Young, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt).
PsYCHOPSis INSOLENS, McLachlan.
(Plate xxi., fig. 6.)
This appears to be the commonest species. There is a fine
series in the Brisbane Museum, taken about Moreton Bay.
McLachlan says that there are a number in the British Museum;
BY WALTEK W. FROGGATT. 455
and tliere are others in the Macleay Museum, which Mr. Masters
informs me were taken about Sydney some twenty years ago,
when it was comparatively common. It is somewhat smaller
than the former species, and of a uniform dull brownish tint,
with faint tracings of spots and marks on the fore and hind-
wings; and might be compared to a dull-coloured rubbed specimen
of P. mimica. The species I placed under P. cmlivagus^ Walk.,
in my former paper is this species.
Hah. — Brisbane, Q., and Sydney, ^N.S.W.
PsYCHOPSis CGELIVAGUS, Walker.
(Plate xxi., fig. 8.)
Length across outspread wings 1 inch; body 4 lines.
Dorsal surface of head, thorax and abdomen black; under-
surface of head and thorax marked with reddish-brown, all clothed
with tine white hairs. Antenna? composed of 16 short, rounded
joints, ochreous at base, darker and more fusiform to tip. Legs
light brown. Forewings semi-transparent, with opaline tints,
and clothed with fine grey hairs; a broad dark reddish-brown
band, composed of one small and five large dark brown blotches
surrounded with lighter brown (giving off rich coppery reflections)
occupying the front portion of the wings, curving round at the
apex. Outer edges and hind margin mottled with light brown;
hindwings white, with basal portions lightly marked with brown,
and a very fine black spot in the centre.
Hah. — Brisbane, Q. (R. Illidge; one specimen).
Walker described his type in 1853. I have never seen a
specimen in any Australian collection.
PSYCHOPSIS ILLIDGEI, n.Sp.
(Plate xxi., figs. 7 and 9.)
Length across outspread wings 2|^ inches; body | inch.
General colour creamy-white, clothed with fine silvery hairs,
■marked with yellowish-brown. Head, thorax, legs and basal
joints of antennae yellow, clothed with hairs of same colour.
Eyes black. Antennae, except first and second joints, reddish-
456 NOTES ON THE GENUS PSVCIIOPSrS.
l)rown, covered with a fine pubescence. Fore wing broad, rounded,
spotted along front margin with light brown, in centre towards
tips ornamented with an embossed irregular rounded blotch, 4
lines in diameter, deep yellowish-brown, clothed with ochreous
hairs, connected by a more ochreous-coloured transverse band
crossing to hind margin where, clothed with dark brown hairs, it
forms another irregular blotch, mottled with white, and a row of
tine bead-like spots on the transverse band; turning upward an
irregular ochreous band crosses hind portion of wing, enlarged
into another irregular blotch close to sides of thorax, also mottled
with grey and brown. Hindwings smaller, rounded, with a
rounded dark brown blotch in centre, towards tips of wings a
few small brown spots. Abdomen short, rounded, swelling out
at tip, and covered with grey hairs, thickest at the extremity.
The remarkable blotching of the forewings of this beautiful insect
might be likened to a drop of yellow varnish that had been
placed on the wing close to the thorax, allowed to run down along
the hind margin, and then turned up and allowed to remain on
the embossed centre.
Hab. — Tambourine Mountain, Q, (R. Illidge; 2 specimens).
I am indebted to Mr. C. French for the first specimen of this
beautiful insect. But I have since received a second from Mr.
Illidge, who informs me that both were taken flying to a lighted
lamp in the evening ; and that in the course of forty years'
collecting in Southern Queensland, he had never taken it before.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL
{Xofe. — The left-hand row, counting from the top, comprises figs. 1-5
the right-hand row, also counting from the top, comprises figs. 6-9).
Figs. 1-2.-— PsycJiojxsis newmani, n.sp.
Figs. 3-5.—
,,
mimica, Newm.
Fig. 6.-
M
insolens, McL.
Fig. 7.-
,,
illidgei, n.sp.
Fig. 8.-
,,
ccdivagus, Walk
Fig. 9.-
,,
ilUdfjei, n.sp.
457
THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI.
By W. G. WooLNOurm, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part I. — General Geology.
(Plates xxii.-xxxiv.
Page
i. — Introduction
457
ii.— Previous work
457
iii. — Geography
460
iv, — Narrative
461
V. — The Geological Sections
468
vi. — Summary of Eesults
483
vii.— Comparisons and Conclusions ..
485
viii.— Bibliography
493
ix. — Explanation of Plates
495
i. —Introduction.
The question of the probable continental origin of the larger
islands of the Fiji Group has been discussed for many years with
considerable interest. The evidence brought forward has been
mainly biological, though a small amount of geological work has
also been done.
ii. — Previous Work.
Owing to my very limited opportunities for collecting refer-
ences, I fear my bibliography is very incomplete.
In 1851 A. A. Gould* noticed that if we consider the evidence
afforded by the land shells, " the Samoan and Friendly Islands
are more intimately related to the Society Islands, though at a
much greater distance, than to the Feejee Islands. . . . Indeed,
judging from the land shells, the Feejees are more nearly allied
* Quoted from Hedley's paper (13), not from the original.
458 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
to the islands to the westward, such as the New Hebrides, than
to the Friendly Islands on the east, though so much nearer."
In 1892 Hedley (13, p. 400) claimed that the molluscan fauna
indicates that Fiji must be regarded as the extreme eastern
extension of the Melanesian Plateau.
In his '• Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid- Pacific " (13) he
gives an admirable summary of the biological evidence for the
continental origin of Fiji. He explains that the fauna and flora
contain numerous species which cannot pass wide stretches of
deep ocean, whilst the islands to the eastward (Tonga, Samoa,
lire.) are populated only by such organisms as are capable of
swimming, flying, or being blown or drifted, or otherwise trans-
ported across permanent deep water. The continental inhab-
itants of Fiji are not confined to a single or even to a few groups
of the animal and vegetable kingdom, but are well distributed
over the whole range. The vegetation, land molluscan fauna,
marine molluscs, reptiles, land planarians, coleoptera, itc, all
agree in pointing to this conclusion.
He says (p. 399), "From geological data it is evident that the
Fijian group has undergone much recent upheaval; previous to
which it certainl}" underwent great subsidence. Prior to that
subsidence, it is generally admitted that the group stood at a
level sufhcientl}' high to unite such outlying islands as Kadavu*
to the principal masses of Vanua Levu and Yiti Levu. Such a
union is indicated by the close affinity of their land molluscan
fauna, and some measure of its antiquity is afforded by the
specific differentiation which has arisen between corresponding
species w^iich represent each the other in different islands, as the
^'arious Trochomorpha and Placostylus do.
" The writer was the first to contend that this former eleva-
tion not only sufficed to amalgamate the separate islands, but to
join the whole to the Solomon Group."
Ortmann (is) has shown that a like result is obtained by the
study of the distribution of freshwater crustaceans. With regard
* I have given the native spelling (W.G.W.).
I
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 459
to these Ortmaiin states that " according to Huxley (Tr. Zool.
8oc. 1878, p. 771) Paranepliroijs is said to be found in the Fiji
Ishxnds. This locality is supported by two specimens in the
British Museum, which are in a very bad condition; moreover
there is no report as to the authenticity of the locality, and the
genus has never again been reported from these islands." I may
add that, though I made no biological collections, I noticed that
on the upper tracts of some of the rivers (particularly the Upper
Navua) a small species of " crayfish " is used as an article of food
b}^ the natives.
In the same paper it is stated that von Ihering regards the
date of separation of New Zealand and Fiji from Australia as
being just Pre-Eocene.
Forbes (lo) also advances very numerous arguments of a bio-
logical nature in support of the theory that Australia, New
Zealand, and many of the smaller islands were connected in past
geological time with South America by an Antarctic land-bridge.
The earliest geological evidence was obtained by Kleinschmidt,
who visited these islands in 1876. The collections made by him
for the Museum Godeffroy at Hamburg were examined by
Wichmann (20), and the results published in 1883. The most
important results obtained were the discovery of quartzite and
quartz diorite in situ almost at the centre of Viti Levu. Wich-
mann also describes granite, quartz porphyry, syenite porphyry,
foyaite, tfec. Most of these were collected amongst the very
extensive and varied river gravels of the island.
More recently Eakle (9) has described the rocks collected by
Agassiz. Amongst others he describes a dioritic granite from
Vatu Lola in the interior of Viti Levu, but it is not certain that
this was in situ.
Andrews (3) observed the bedded limestones of the Sigatoka-
Cuvu District and also the massive limestone of Qali Mari on
the Sigatoka.
460 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
iii. — Geography.*
The Fiji Group consists of about two hundred islands of
different sizes within the area bounded by 176° East longitude,
178° West longitude, 16° South latitude and 2V South latitude.
Of these islands two are very much larger than any of the others,
namel}^, Viti Levu and Yanua Levu. A great number of the
smaller islands, especially those of the Lau Group to the east,
have been geologically examined by Prof. Agassiz, Mr. Stanley
Gardiner, and Mr. E. C. Andrews. They have been proved to
consist of volcanic rocks (mainly andesite and andesite tuff),
raised coral reefs, or both. None of them contain crystalline
schists or plutonic rocks.
Vanua Levu, the smaller of the two lar£;e islands, has a len«2:th
of about 120 miles and a breadth of 30. I was unable to visit
this island, but it is said to contain rocks similar to those
described in this paper.
Viti Levu, the largest of the islands, has a length of 85 miles
and a maximum breadth of 60 miles. It is roughly elliptical in
shape, and has an area of about 4000 square miles. With the
exception of the delta of the Rewa River, the country is extremely
rugged, the highest points in the districts visited being Tama ni
Ivi 4555 feet, ]Mua ni Vatu 4000, and Korobasabasaga 3960.
As might be expected from the great annual rainfall, the
river systems are extensive and important for so small an area.
The largest of these, the Rewa, together with ail its branches,
has a total length of over 200 miles. This drains the greater
part of the eastern half of the island.
The Sigatoka is another large river in the western part of the
island.
Between these is the Navua, a much less extensi^•e stream.
* All names are spelt in the native fashion, as I have found from experi-
ence how difficult it is for an observer to follow-up information if names are
translated or spelt unusually.
N.B. — The vowels have French sounds. Of the consonants h = )nh, c=th,
d = nd, g = ng (soft), q = ng (hard).
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 461
All the above empty on the southern side of Viti Levu. The
only other important streams are, on the north the Ba, and on
the west the Nadi.
The nearest land to the east is the Tonga Group (Friendl}^
Islands), distant about 360 miles. Deep soundings (1445, 1320,
1211, 928, 1875, 1397 fathoms respectively) have been obtained
between the two groups. No continental rocks have been
described in situ from these islands, which are composed of
volcanic materials and corals. At Eua (one of the group) Lister*
mentions red garnet and tourmaline amongst the volcanic frag-
ments and a boulder of " uralitized gabbro."
To the west are the New Hebrides and New Caledonia, distant
about 550 and 900 miles respectively. In both these places con-
tinental rocks are extensively developed, as described later. It
is the object of the present paper to show that, geologically, Fiji
is far more closely related to New Caledonia than to the Friendly
Islands.
iv. — Narrative.
In December, 1900, Professor David, of the Sydney University,
received a letter from Professor Judd pointing out some of the
above facts, and suggesting the importance of determining whether
the continental rocks above described existed ■i?i situ or were
merely enclosures in volcanic rocks, or possibly represented the
plutonic reservoirs of a series of enormously denuded volcanoes.
In Wichmann's paper, the statement is very definitely made
that the quartzite and granite of Na Rokorokoyawa are in situ.
Wichmann also concludes that Fiji is certainly of continental
origin. The paper referred to was not available in Sydney at the
time of my departure.
As Professor David was unable, through pressure of work in
connection with the Funafuti Coral Boring Expeditions, to
undertake the work himself, he very kindl}' proposed that I, his
Demonstrator at the time, should make the expedition. I pro-
ceeded to Fiji at the beginning of January, 1901, and spent six
Q.J.G.S. xlvii., ^^.b^Oetseq. y^^*^^^ ^L/K
^
Li 0 R A K Yj:
462 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
weeks in geologically exploring the largest island of the group,
VitiLevu. Through the valuable advice of the Hon. Dr. Corne}-,
Chief Medical Officer to the Fiji Government, I was enabled to
start work without waste of time. Dr. Corney has proved himself
to be an exceptionally keen and careful scientific observer. His
intimate knowledge of the country and the people was of the
utmost service to me. He sketched out the route which would
probably give the most valuable results, and thus enabled me to
attack the work without loss of time in preliminary trials. Any
success which I may have attained is due in no small measure to
his assistance.
Owing to the limited time at my disposal nothing like a
detailed survey could be attempted, and the difficulties of even a
sketch survey were enormous. The work had to be carried out
during the University long vacation — that is, in January and
Februar}'-, during which months the climate in Fiji is at its very
worst, and is very enervating. The dense vegetation makes it
impossible to travel except along the regular tracks unless one
has a couple of men to cut a way through the jungle. The
tracks follow the river alluvials, fording the stream every mile
or two. Owing to the strong current the deeper fords are ver}^
dangerous. The rainfall at Nadarivatu, near the water-parting
between the Rewa and Sigatoka Rivers, for January, February
and March, reached l-iT inches. This caused heav}' floods in
both rivers, which involved the loss of a great deal of time, and
rendered many interesting and important sections inaccessible.
My resources did not permit me to engage sufficient porters for the
transport of provisions, so that I was compelled to rely mainly
on native food, a thing which tells against a European doing
heavy work in the tropics. I was still further hampered by the
desertion of m}^ interpreter three days out of Suva.
Good geological sections accessible in the time at my disposal
were comparatively rare.
Starting from Suva, I struck across country to the Rewa at
Nausori, and followed the river up to Nacokaika, where I left the
main stream and crossed the hills to the Waidina Yalley at Sovu.
BY W. G WOOLNOUGH. 463
While flood-bound at Nabukaluka, I made a short excursion up
the Wai ni Valau, and examined the group of mountains of
which Buki Levu is the chief. After resuming my journey I
followed the Waidina River almost to its source. From the head
of the Waidina the track crosses the water-parting into the valley
of the Navua River, a little below Korowaiwai. This stream
was then followed to the head of the Wainibua branch, and the
pass of Navunitorilau crossed into the valley of the Wainimala.
I followed the Wainimala to its junction with the Wailoa, and
thence up the latter stream, and by way of Nubumakita and
Nasoqo over the shoulder of Tama ni Ivi (Mt. Victoria) to
Nadarivatu. From Nadarivatu I made an excursion to the
North Coast at Tavua, thus completing the traverse of the main
island in a general north and south direction.
The return section was carried from Nadarivatu to Nadrau on
the Sigatoka River, and thence down the stream to Natuatuacoko
at the head of canoe-navigation. This part of the section was
very much hurried on account of the approach of a flood. From
Natuatuacoko to Rarayaka I journeyed in a canoe on the heavily
flooded river, and so did no geology. From R,arayaka I cut
across to the coast at the mouth of the Sovi River, a little west
of the town of Vatukarasa, thence eastwards along the coast to
Korolevu, where I found a cutter just returning to Suva. I,
therefore, performed the rest of the journey by water.
The map is only approximately correct as regards the interior,
which has never been surveyed.
At this point I may fittingly acknowledge my indebtedness to
the following gentlemen for assistance, hospitality, and advice : —
Drs. Montague and Pr3'or, Rev. H. Nolan, Messrs. C. R. Swayne,
A. Joske, C. C. Chalmers and H. Smee; and I wish to express to
them my sincere thanks for their many kindnesses.
V. — The Geological Sections.
1. Suva to Tavua (on the lioy^th Coast).
About one mile north of Suva^ on a branch of the harbour
known as Walu Ba}^, there is an interesting and instructive section
464 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
(Plate xxii., figs. I--). From the bank of the creek there is a long
steep slope of talus leading up to the face of a cliff. The lowest
exposure in the cliff consists of a well marked bed of conglomerate
containing large, perfectl}^ rounded pebbles of a great variety of
rocks. Amongst these an undoubted quartz schist occurs, showing
that the Fiji area must have undergone considerable dynamic meta-
morphism at a period prior to the formation of the conglomerate.
Ss far as I am aware, dynamic metaniorphism, powerful enough
to give rise to a quartz schist, is confined to continental areas.
At all events, we have distinct evidence of a considerable land-
mass existing at the time the conglomerate was formed. Overlying
the conglomerate is an upraised reef with corals in situ. This
has 3^ielded a considerable number of fossils of various kinds, the
assemblage of which appears to indicate that the bed is not
newer than Pliocene. Conspicuous amongst these fossils are the
teeth of a large Carcharodon (Plate xxiii., fig. 3).
Above the limestone we pass to soapstone, which is here
sufficiently coherent to be quarried and used for building stone.
At the quarry itself the bedding is just about horizontal, but in
the road, about a mile to the north, a southerly dip of about 5°
to 7° is encountered.
This section, like those at Xasoqo and Xadrau (to be described
hereafter) gives us positive proof of elevation of the land since
early Tertiary time, and also indicates that, before the upheaval
took place, areas of very much more ancient rocks were exposed
at no great distance.
From Suva to Xausori nothing but " soapstone " was observed
except at Kalabu, where coarse andesite breccia, fairly coarse
tuffs, and shell-bearing tuffs occur.
Ai)out Xausori the alluvial flats are fairly extensive, and
alternate with remarkably steep bluffs of " soapstone." The
soapstone, which is here at an}^ rate fine redistributed volcanic
tuff, is rather carbonaceous. It is interstratified with thin layers
of pure river sand from ^ to i inch in thickness. These latter
evidently represent the material brought down in flood time.
Here and there subfossil twigs are abundant, forming thin layers
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 465
of lignitic material. This formation is apparently estuarine.
Passing up the river, the soapstone hills close in, and the alluvials
become less extensive.
In the Waidina Valley nothing but soapstone is visible as far
as Nabukaluka. The river was flooded, so that ^■ery little of the
gravel was visible, and none at all for the latter part of the
distance. The pebbles consist mainly of granite and andesites.
The tufts throughout this district are almost level-bedded. They
are of the typical yellowish-grey colour of "soapstone"; in fact
the finer members are typical soapstones. Many of them are
rather coarser than typical soapstone, and contain small but
highly perfect augite crystals. All exhibit spheroidal weathering,
but it reaches its highest perfection in the fine varieties. The
creeks entering the river from the southwards contain no rocks
or pebbles other than tuft's, so that these must extend for a
considerable distance in that direction.
Whilst flood-bound at Nabukaluka I made an excursion about
five miles up the Wainivalau. The first three miles crossed the
monotonous tuft" hills, and brought me to the foot of the pile of
mountains grouped about Buki Levu as the centre. The contrast
in outline and in vegetation between these hills and those com-
posed of soft tuff is ver}^ marked. The mountains form the south-
eastern termination of the high and excessively rugged mountainous
portion of the interior of the island. Their junction w^ith the
tuft' hills to the east can be traced by the contour of the country
for at least ten miles in a north-south direction. They are built
up of enormously massive beds of agglomerate, which are certainly
scores — probably hundreds — of feet thick. The boulders in them
are as much as six feet in diameter, and are subangular to
rounded in shape. No sign of dip could be observed. Associated
with these agglomerates are beds of tuff and solid sheets of
andesite lava. I found no boulders of granite, quartzite or other
continental rocks, either here or in any of the other agglomerates
which were examined in \arious parts of the island. At a point
about a mile below Nadakuni a large patch of gravel was exposed.
It contained pebbles of granite, andesite, olivine basalt, and hard,
466 THK CONTINENTAL ORKilN OF FIJI,
jointed tuffs, up to four or five inches in length. The granite
and jointed tuffs, which I beHeve to be very ancient, make up
about one-third of the gravel. All the stones are thoroughly
rounded. From this fact, as well as from their comparatively
small size. I judge that they must have been transported a con-
siderable distance, so that the outcrops must be a long way up
stream. I think the course of the Wainivalau is shown incorrectly
on the map. It certainly flows to the east of the mountains of
the Buki Levu group, and from its volume at Nadakuni, must
have a considerable extension above this point.
Viewed across a deep valley from the mountain Narpiyawa,
and distant from it about two miles, Buki Levu is seen by means
of field glasses to be composed ver}^ largely of agglomerates
similar to that mentioned above. If there is any tendency to dip
it is westwards. The slope of the mountain is highly suggestive
of a volcanic neck. Its summit is about 3000 feet above sea-
level. Behind — that is, to the north of Buki Levu — there are
three well-marked ridges running, like it, about east and west.
The middle one of these, Kororagigi, is distinctly razor-backed,
and may represent a huge dyke. Kavu Kavu, distant about 12
or 14 miles, shows a solid outcrop near its western extremity.
The rule was found to be of almost universal application through-
out the expedition, that all cliffs are composed of agglomerate.
Of course at the distance of Kavu Kavu it w^as impossible to
make out details, but the outcrop w^as probabl}' agglomerate.
The high hills are densely timbered, the foliage being of a dark
green colour. The low tuff ridges are covered with lower vegeta-
tion, largely " reeds," which give the foliage a lighter and more
yellowish tint. This fact, as well as the characteristic outlines,
distinguishes the two formations even at considerable distances.
The photograph (Plate xxiv., fig. 5) brings out the distinctions
fairly well. In it Kororagigi and Kavu Kavu are almost com-
pletely hidden by mist and cloud.
In some of the creeks several miles to the south and east of
the high hills the tuffs are bedded and sandy, and dip east at 15°,
i.e., away from the mountains.
BY W. C4. WOOLNOUGH. 467
At the village of Namasuleli or Wainiwaqa, on the Waidina,
the agglomerate hills, forming cliffs hundreds of feet high, come
close down to the northern bank of the river. The huge boulders
can be plainly seen in the face of such a cliff at great distances.
From Namasuleli the agglomerate hills skirt the north bank of
the river more or less closely for about five miles. At this point
the river issues over extensive rapids through a magnificent
gorge about half a mile wide bounded by cliffs estimated to be
600 feet high.
The river gravels consist, in addition to andesite, of large but
well rounded boulders of quartz diorite and hornblendic granite.
Following the river up from the point where it issues from the
mountains to its source, the country is extremely rugged, and
consists of massive agglomerate hills with dykes and flows of solid
andesite, and extensive coarse and fine tuffs.
Immediately after passing the gorge the mountain Devo forms
a most remarkable object (Plate xxiii., fig. 4). It is really an enor-
mous dyke which has been left standing as a wall, 200 to 300
feet (estimated) in height, through the denudation of the surround-
ing tuffs. From the gorge it is seen end on. Its summit must
be considerably over 1000 feet high (above the river level). Its
trend is about N.W. and S.E.
For some distance above Nasirotou the valle}' is considerably
more open than it was lower down. After passing the above
town the track leads across a spur, 485 feet (aneroid) high, built
up of decomposed andesite tuff. From the western side of
this a magnificent view is obtained of the great mountain of
Korobasabasaga."^ The mountain, whose highest. summit reaches
3960 feet,t has five well-marked peaks whose shape even from
a distance is highly suggestive of a line of denuded volcanic
necks.
* This name may be translated as " The Mountain with Ragged Peaks."
The term is very appropriate.
t Admiralty chart.
468 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
At the Aillage of Naseuvou, a little further on, there are two
hot springs, or rather two groups of hot springs; and here for the
first time plutonic rocks were met with m situ.
At the first spring the water issues from four irregular holes
situated in a fissure in solid quartz diorite. The fissure is 5 inches
wide by 8 feet long. It runs S. 32° E. and N. 32° W., and dips
towards the south at 75°. A fifth small aperture is situated
3 feet 6 inches W. of the S.E. end of the main fissure. A second
set of joints runs S. 65° W., the dip being E. 65° S. at 57°.
Having no thermometer, I could not measure the temperature of
the water. The heat was such that the hand could just be held
in it indefinitely. A small quantity of gas is given off, but the
odour was so faint I could not determine it. The fissure is lined
by brown filiform plants.
A second spring is situated N. 18° E. of the first, and at a
distance of about 40 yards from it. It rises from rock exactly
similar to that described above. Only one set of joints is very
marked, running S. 9*^ E. and almost vertical, but the jointing
here is not nearly so regular as in the first case. The water is
not quite so warm, and the plant grow^th more abundant.
The second group of springs is situated about three-quarters of
a mile N.N.W. of the first. The vegetation here is extremel}^
dense, so that nothing like a complete examination could be
made. There must be quite a number of springs, as the ground
for quite 100 yards round the main aperture consists of a very
hot "slush," w^hich makes examination difficult and rather pain-
ful. Quite a considerable stream of hot water is formed. The
main fissure, which is only a few yards from the river bank, is an
irregular hole in solid andesite agglomerate, about 3 feet b}^ 2 feet,
and 4 inches deep. In the centre is an inner opening about 9
inches in diameter, the total depth being about 14 to 15 inches
(up to one's elbow). The water here is considerably hotter than
that in the first spring, so that the hand cannot be held in it for
more than an instant. The amount of gas evolved is considerable,
and I fancied I was able to detect a slight odour of sulphuretted
hydrogen. No plants occur in this basin. The Waidina gravels
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 469
at this point contain numerous large pebbles of granite and
diorite, particularly the latter.
About 3 miles above Naseuvou is the village of Delai Lasakau,
situated at the junction of a fairly large affluent, the Wainivadu,
with the main stream. This affluent contains subangular boulders
of diorite several feet in diameter, so that it may safely be
inferred that the diorite occurs in situ at some distance up the
stream, which drains the countr}^ immediately to the east of
Korobasabasaga. Owing to the swollen condition of the torrent,
I was unable to locate the diorite in situ at this locality.
A subtributary entering the Wainivadu from the east contains
only andesite p6bbles derived from exceedingly solid sheets of
that rock. This to some extent limits the area from which the
diorite may have been derived.
In tlie gravels of the Waidina, above its junction with the
AVainivadu, plutonic rocks are absent, so that no exposure of
such rocks can exist anywhere in the area drained by the upper
AVaidina. Three miles above Delai Lasakau the hills close in
round the river. They are composed almost entirely of andesite
agglomerate and rise to heights of 500 to 700 feet (estimated)
above the river.
From the village of Nailielie a good view is obtained of a range
of hills extending in an almost unbroken line for 90° of the
horizon. The outlines of these are very suggestive of the denuded
remnants of a line of volcanic centres, as the photographs show
(Plates xxv.-xxvi., figs. 7-8). The valley just at this point is con-
siderably wider than usual. The trend of this line of hills is
roughly N.W. and S.E.
After leaving this piece of open valley the river again enters
the hills, and they continue right up to the source, the valley
becoming simply a gorge never more than about one mile wide,
often much less, bounded by perpendicular cliffs ivdiich in some
cases rise to a height of fully 1500 feet (estimated). The rocks
composing these cliffs are mostly enormously solid and coarse
andesite agglomerate, the boulders being 3 to 4 feet in length.
With these agglomerates are associated solid andesites. Some
30
470 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OP FIJI,
of the latter certainly represent volcanic "plugs." A very
remarkable rock mass is met with in the mountain Namulowai
(Plate xxvii., fig. 9). It consists of a mass of solid augite andesite
shaped exactly like a thimble. The estimated height from base
to summit is about 250 feet. It is split up by vertical joints so
as to possess an obscurely prismatic structure. Its position with
regard to the surrounding high agglomerate mountains is not
suggestive of a volcanic neck, and I am rather at a loss to explain
it. Its shape is very like that of the " mamelons " figured in
geological text-books, but from its composition (a basic augite
andesite) I think the lava would probably be too tluid to assume
such a form.
The water-parting between the Waidina and Navua Rivers
follows a curved line a little to the west of that joining the
mountains Nairibiribi on the north and Naitabuaitui on the
south. Its altitude where the track crosses it is 530 feet above
sea-level (aneroid).*
The western vertical face of Nairibiribi is certainly composed
of agglomerate and shows a distinct dip to the southward at 26°.
The true dip appears to be greater than this and towards the
east of south.
The slope from the water-parting to the bed of the Navua
River is very steep. The river is struck at the point where a
small tributary (Waimala) from the east enters it. This tribu-
tary rises in the neighbourhood of Nairibiribi, and its bed is
choked with huge fragments of andesite agglomerate ujd to 40 feet
in diameter. The actual bank is formed by a solid outcrop of
light-coloured andesite. This is highly jointed; the main set of
joints dip W.S.W. at 55°, the others being rather irregular.
The differences between the districts on opposite sides of the
stream are very marked. On the eastern side are immense hills
of andesite agglomerate rising for hundreds of feet in sheer
precipices. To the west the country consists mainly of rather
* Heights expressed thus were taken by means of a good aneroid barometer
and corrected for sea-level by comparison with the official readings of the
standard barometer at Suva.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 471
low hills of soft " soapstone"-like andesite tuffs covered with low
^' reeds," giving the hills a smooth appearance and a light
yellowish-green colour.
A little above this point a volcanic rock of a type not met
with in the Waidina valley puts in an appearance. This is a
hornblende andesite with well marked hornblende prisms. The
shingle in the river is coarse and is made up largely of typical
diorite and quartz diorite.
The river does not very closely follow the boundary of the
agglomerate hills to the east, but in a general way it may be said
to do so. The banks are composed of bedded tuffs, mostly about
horizontal, but often with very marked dips in various directions.
The tributaries which enter the river come from the east, and
contain pebbles of andesite and andesite agglomerate. Much of
the tuff is full of small-but perfect augite crystals.
The mountain Nabui (Plate xxvii., fig. 10) is about one mile
from the river to the east. It appears with the glasses to consist
of agglomerate, but this is by no means certain. Its marked
columnar structure is rather suggestive of solid andesite, and its
shape of a large volcanic neck. It was, for me, inaccessible, so
the point had to be left undecided. A creek coming from the
direction of the mountain brings down agglomerate (Plate xxix.,
fig. 12), solid andesite and fine tuff.
Above this point the course of the river lies amongst the rugged
agglomerate hills. The boundary of these hills sweeps away in
a long curve to the west of north for a considerable distance
from the point where the river leaves them. The boulders which
litter the stream bed are of large size, up to 4 feet in diameter,
and subangular in shape, so that the plutonic rock may be in situ
somewhere close at hand. Very possibly there is an outcrop to
the west."^
* 1 did not notice any considerable tributaries about this part of the
river, though two are shown on the map. This is explained, perhaps, by
the fact that the track cuts across one or two low spurs to avoid long bends in
the river, and the vegetation is so thick that it is impossible to see more than
five yards in any direction. The largest diorite boulders appear to be on the
western bank.
472 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
Some distance above this point tlie bank of the stream shows a
solid section of much jointed mehiphyre, which continues for a
considerable distance.
Just below the town of Qarawai there is a mass of amygdaloidal
melapln're with a decidedh' greenish colour in mass. This rock
contains well developed natrolite. Other outcrops of the same
character can be seen on the other side of the town. These rocks
and the preceding ones, which are almost certain, from lithological
characters, to be lavas, have a distinctly ancient appearance as
compared with an}^ met with up to this point, except the diorite
at Nasirotou. They are highly jointed, which the common
andesites are not, with the exceiDtion of one at the junction of
the Navua and the Waimala near Korowaiwai, They are of
very different mineralogical constitution, and they are much more
highl}^ acted on by atmospheric agencies, with formation of
greenish decomposition products. No actual junction was
observed, but it is probable that the beautifully fresh andesites
lie on a denuded surface of which these jointed lavas (?) form a
part. I feel sure that they are older* than the andesites and
associated rocks.
The town of Nasau is situated at the junction of the main river
with an affluent, the Wainibua. The former stream comes down
from the north-west, and carries boulders consisting almost
entirely of quartziferous diorite, though the quartz is only inter-
stitial. The gravels of the Wainibua also consist of quartz
diorite, but the quartz is more apparent macroscopicall}^
At the village of Wainiveidro the quartz diorite or hornblendic
granite is certainly in situ, though the sections are not very good.
From the above-mentioned village an excursion was made to the
summit of KoroVjasabasaga. There is no track, but we followed
up one of the leading spurs to the saddle joining the southernmost
and lowest of the five great summits with the next to the north.
* The Section (Plate xxxiv.) shows that their point of outcrop is exactly on
the slope joining Navunitorilau, Nadranikula, Wai ni Vadu and Nasirotou,
at all of which crystalline rocks occur.
BY W. G. AVOOLNOUGH. 473
The most remarkable feature of the climb, v/hich was very steep,
was the complete absence of solid rock. Everything was rich
soil, arising probably from the decomposition of the tuff, of which
the mountain is largely built. Not a single outcrop, nor even a
loose piece of rock, was met with all the way to within 200 feet
of the saddle, where the base of a great precipice of agglomerate
is seen some distance away. Another point worthy of note is the
extraordinary "razor-backed" character of the ridges. Some of
the leading spurs have absolutely no flattening at the top, but
slope down at steep angles to great depths on either side. The
main backbone of the mountain is not more than a couple of
chains wide. This razor-backed character of the ridges is very
marked all over the central part of the island, and testifies to
the great rapidity of subaerial denudation occasioned by the
torrents of rain.
The southern summit arises from the backbone of the mountain
as a column, roughly elliptical in shape, some 150 to 200 feet in
average diameter, and bounded by perpendicular cliffs at least 50
feet in height. The actual summit is quite another 50 feet higher.
The height above sea-level of the base of the column is 3025 feet
(aneroid). The rock of which this column is composed is a very
coarse agglomerate. The groundmass is made up of comminuted
fragments of the rock supplying the large fragments which are
up to 6 feet in length. The rock is a beautiful hornblende
andesite with tinely developed prisms of hornblende. The cliffs
bounding the ridge are apparently composed of similar rock.
Time and weather did not permit of the examination of the other
peaks, but their structure is certainly identical with that of the
one examined, and there is no doubt that the whole mountain is
a huge volcano, or rather a line of closely packed sister cones.
The summits represent the consolidated fragmental materials
w4iich filled the funnels when activity ceased.
Following up the Wainibua from the village of Wainiveidro
no distinct exposures of granite are met with, but the soil has all
the appearance of granite soil. At a point about 2h miles above
the village a solid outcrop of the rock in situ is met with; it
474 THE CONTINKNTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
forms a bar across the stream and gives rise to a small cascade at
a point called Nadranikula (Plate xxx., fig. 13). The rock is much
jointed but not very much decomposed. The main joints dip
E. 66° S. at 65°; E. 38° N. at 73°; N. 3° W. at 80°; and E. 10°
K at 77°.*
The rock is a moderately coarse-grained holocrystalline mass of
a light grey colour. In it quartz and felspar are both very
abundant. Hornblende is also largely developed, and biotite to a
slightly smaller extent. Magnetite is present in normal quantity
for a somewhat basic variety of granite. Under the microscope
apatite and sphene also appear. The joint faces are coated with a
little yellow decomposition product. This rock continues to out-
crop strongly and continuously for a considerable distance. It
makes rather rough country. From Nadranikula to the summit
of the pass (Navunitorilau) is about four or five miles. No really
solid outcrops occur for the last mile or so, but the rock
undoubtedl}'- continues, as decomposed outcrops are met with.
The summit of the pass is 1290 feet above sea-level (aneroid).
From this point another excellent view of Korobasabasaga (Plate
xxviii., fig. 1 1 ) and other similar mountains is obtained. The ridge
of Navunitorilau forms the main divide between the Navua and
Wainiraala Rivers. The latter is the principal tributar}^ of the
llewa. The northern side of the ridge is, like the southern side,
composed of plutonic rocks. These for the most jDart are repre-
sented by quartz diorites. In places the rock, which is yellowish-
white in colour, is so thickly spotted with nearly black basic
secretions that one is tempted to coin the term '^ leopard rock "
for it. The character of the outcrops in the bed of the creek
which forms the track do not change materially for about five
miles.
At a point about one-quarter of a mile above the village of
Nasava, the track crosses an alluvial flat. No outcrops are seen
for a similar distance the other side of the village, when an
* The direction and dip of the joints here and in other exposures is given
in detail, as a comparison at some future time, when more data are available,
may give some information as to direction of action of earth movements.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 475
artificial cutting shows a marked change in the character of the
rock. Tiie rock exposed is a fine slaty quartzite of undoubted
sedimentary origin. It is highly jointed; this phenomenon masks
an}^ very obvious contortions, so that in the short time available
for my observations I could not trace any line of folding. For
the same reason no detailed search for fossils could be made.
The rock is an anything but promising one for such a purpose.
The joints are very regular for short distances, but do not con-
tinue to strike in the same directions in different outcrops. On
the whole there is, however, a marked tendency for certain of the
jointed planes to strike in a general north and south direction,
though with variable dip.
These jointed quartzites continue to outcrop at intervals all the
way to the large town of Narokorokoyawa, a distance of more
than five miles. Many good sections are obtained as the track is
a made one, traversing the spurs of the hills instead of the river
bed as is usually the case. Narokorokoyawa stands on a very
extensive alluvial flat just below the junction of the main stream
with a large affluent coming from the east. The flat is about one
mile long. After crossing it a new type of rock is met with.
This is a moderately coarse-grained biotite granite, with very
abundant quartz and some hornblende. No perfectly fresh speci-
mens could be obtained, even in the road cuttings, but sufiiciently
undecomposed material for rock-section was procured. The petro-
logical details of this rock will be described in Part ii. of this
paper. Like all the other geologically old rocks met with, the
granite is much jointed, though not to the same extent as
the quartzites and quartz diorites described above. This rock
again forms a persistent outcrop and extends without interruption
for about 4i miles. Within the next mile and one-half several
alternations of granite and quartzite occur, but no junctions are
to be seen, as these points form lines of weakness and have,
therefore, given rise to valleys. The track crosses these valleys
too far below their heads to allow of the relations between granite
and quartzite being determined.
476 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
The quartzites outcrop strongly on the north-east bank of the
river, opposite the town of Togicedra, and continue to a point a
little past the town of Matainasou (altitude of river bed 300 feet
[aneroid]) (Plate xxxi., fig. li). Hence, for a distance of three
miles, no solid out-crops are met with, but the very slippery
nature of the path suggests soapstone-like tuffs again. Then
sandy tuff is met with in situ.
Two miles below JJdu, at the junction of the AVainimala with
a large tributary, the Wailoa, there is a strong outcrop of highly
jointed tuff with a well marked dip of 16° towards N. 40*^ E.
The dip joints are about vertical. A second set dip S. 13° E. at
58" (Plate xxiv., fig. 6).
The Wailoa (transl. = Black River) receives its name on account
of the material composing its bed. The rocks are mostly vesicular
olivine basalt, very rich in magnetite, and the latter mineral
forms the bulk of the sand. The steam holes in the lava are
lined with zeolites. For about one mile above Udu the rocks
consist of highly jointed, fine green tuffs of rather ancient
appearance, but above this point the river enters high volcanic
mountains. These are formed of basalt aiiolomerate, and are the
CO '
source of the black gravel and magnetite sand mentioned above.
They appear to extend for a considerable distance to the north
and east.
Above the village of Xabuacada, 2 J miles up stream from Udu,
quartz diorite again puts in an appearance, forming a rather
limited outcrop on the right (western) bank of the stream. The
basaltic mountains rise abruptly from the eastern bank in preci-
pices hundreds of feet in height. Again, at several points within
the next five or six miles, quartz diorite is met with here and
there. It occurs in the form of larsre an^rular boulders in the
beds of small streams cutting through agglomerate in situ. This
indicates the occurrence of the diorite in situ at no great distance
amongst the high country away to the south-west.
This is the last point on the present section where plutonic
rocks appear in situ in large masses.
\
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 477
From Viniiwaiwaivula to Nubumakita the track passes over
hills rising to a height of 1550 feet (aneroid) above sea-level.
These hills are composed exclusively of yellowish-grey soapstone-
like tuffs. Near Nubumakita (1000 feet) these tuffs dip uniformly
and at gentle angles in a general north-easterly direction, and
exhibit very perfect sphheroidal weathering. These tuffs have a
very wide extent over this part of the island, and form the
predominant feature all the way to the north coast.
At Nasoqo, nine miles (about N.W.) from Nubumakita, an
interesting section is met with. About half-a-mile up the stream
(head waters of the Wailoa) there is a marine cotiglornercUe. No
underlying rocks were observed, nor were granite or diorite
boulders met with in the stream above the point of outcrop of the
conglomerate. The latter consists of a yelloA\ ish sandy base of
tuffaceous origin, containing tiny augites. Through this base are
scattered rather sparsely well rounded pebbles up to four inches
in diameter. Some of these at any rate consist of quartz diorite
fairly coarse in grain. The marine origin of the formation is
proved by the occurrence of shells. Unfortunately these do not
appear to be numerous, and I did not find many. Amongst other
shells which I did obtain is an undoubted Cooins, but too much
damaged to determine specifically. The height above sea-level of
this bed is 790 feet (aneroid). It is overlain by a fairly thick
bed of fine, mudd}^ blue-grey tuffs estimated at about 50 feet
thick. A short distance back from the stream, cliffs of coarse
augite andesite agglomerate rise several hundred feet in height.
Huge boulders of this agglomerate are met with in the creek.
The rock is dark in colour, and distinctly more basic in character
than the augite andesites of the southern portion of the island,
though probabl}^ not quite so basic as those near Udu mentioned
above. The base is remarkable for containing, quite abundantly,
fairly large and perfect augite crystals.
Cutting through the grey muddy tuff" overlying the conglome-
rate is a dyke of basic rock. This is somewhat irregular in shape
and direction, as might be exjDected from the softness of the
intruded rock, but its occurrence is important as giving some idea
478 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
of the age of tlie volcanic rock in this area. This Nasoqo section
is one of great interest.*
On the western slopes of Tama ni Ivi, the highest mountain in
Viti Levu (4555 feet, Admiralt}^ chart), a t3^i3e of volcanic rock
is met with different from anything observed up to this point.
The rock in question is rather light bluish-grey in colour, but is
shown by the microscope to be comparatively basic in character.
It may be termed an andesitic olivine dolerite. The olivine,
though not very abundant, is quite an important constituent.
Tama ui Ivi consists ver}' largely of tuffs associated with flows
of lavas of the type just described. The mountain, therefore,
probably represents an old volcanic centre, but differs from those
to the south, of which Korobasabasaga (p. 472) may be taken as
a type, in having an inconspicuous summit, and not being composed
to any very noticeable extent of agglomerate. At Nadarivatu,
distant about five miles in a direct line from the north coast of
the island, still more basic rock occurs. It is dark in colour, and
contains large idiomorphic crystals of augite, and comparatively
numerous, though not large, olivines. It is a t3^pical andesitic
olivine dolerite. This rock forms a very extensi^■e sheet, reaching
for miles awa}^ to the west, and forming a very marked and
precipitous scarp about 2000 feet in height. What its geological
relations are I was unable to determine. From the foot of this
scarp the land forms a comparatively even low-lying plain to the
sea. This plain is dotted with conical hills whose form is
exceedingly suggestive of partially ruined tuff-cones. Where
sections are obtainable, tuffs are exposed whose dips run at com-
paratively high angles (up to as much as 34°), and are ver}'
variable in direction. These facts seem in favour of the theor}^
that the small coastal hills are largely craters. In one case there
is apparently evidence of an extinct hot spring or solfatara.
* Note. — The natives informed me that " laselase " occurs somewhere in
the neighbourhood. This term is appHed to almost any rather soft white
rock, and may indicate that raised reefs occur there. I was unable to
investigate this further.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 479
The basaltic rock is leached out and bleached to a kind of compact
"bathbrick." This bleached material forms a sort of crater, but
there is no native tradition of any solfataric or hot spring action.
Close to the base of the mound on which this occurs, there is a
good deal of broken-up milky, crystalline quartz. I was unable
to determine its origin. A second hill, rather larger than this
one, and distant about a mile from it, is said by the natives to
consist of decomposed and bleached rock similar to that described
above. For the last two miles to Tavua the road passes over the
alluvials of the Tavua River to its mouth, thus completing the
first section across the island from south to north. It is possible
that the whole of this coastal strip may represent a subsidence
area, and that the steep scarp which bounds it to the southwards
may be due to an east and west fault.
2. From Xadarivatu to Vatukm'asa (South Coast).
The return section from north to south was even more inter-
fered with by adverse meteorological conditions than the tirst
traverse. Starting from Nadarivatu, the road following one of
the branches of the Sigatoka River traverses tine to medium
tuffs. Over wide areas these are practically horizontally bedded.
Very numerous small and large volcanic cones, all more or less
denuded, are dotted amongst these tufl's. AVhere vents occur,
lava streams and plugs are developed, and the associated tuff
beds dip at high angles. The dips constantly change in direction.
In some places, e.g., at IS'adrau, the lava sheets attain a great
thickness, probably in the neighbourhood of a specially large
vent. In the case mentioned, very marked prismatic structure is
developed, but at other points the lava is vesicular and, in some
cases, quite pumiceous (Plate xxxii., fig. 15).
The rock is everywhere a tj^pical basic augite andesite. The
tuffs are light in colour, and, as already stated, medium to fine
in grain, and so friable that few of them carr}^ well. The finest
of them exhibit small spheroidal weathering. The coarser ones
are very remarkable for containing abundant ideally perfect
480 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
ciystals of augite varying from submicroscopic individuals up to
half an inch in length.
With the exception of the highh^ inclined members, which form
part of actual cones, it is probable that most of the tuffs are
submarine in origin. The uniform gentle dip (about N.W. at
9'') over wide areas is difficult to explain on any other hypothesis.
Actual evidence is available at Nadrau where the tuff under-
lying the columnar andesite contains numerous shell fragments.
I was unable to obtain any perfect specimens, but found one
recognisable ear of a Pecten. A large fragment of coral,
Goniastrcea sp., was also found imbedded in the tuff at an eleva-
tion of 1290 feet (aneroid) above sea-level.
Coarse agglomerates, similar to those met with so abundantly
in the first traverse, are not at all extensivel}" developed in this
region. A great belt extends from Nadrau for some miles south,
wards, but they do not form anything like so marked a feature
as they do in the eastern jDortion of the island.
Some distance north of Waisa there is what appears to lie a
dyke of andesite 20 feet wide, cut through the tuffs. This dyke (?j
is not straight, but forms about a quadrant of a circle whose
chord is about east and west. The diameter of the circle is about
half a mile.
From this point to the large town of Waisa the tuff beds are
again fine-grained, and almost level, the general dip being about
N.X.E. at 3° to 7'. Just north of the town (Waisa) there is a
patch of tuffaceous conglomerate containing rounded boulders of
andesite (Plate xxxii., fig. 16).
South of the town the character of the country changes. The
place of the friable, level, and recent-looking tuffs is taken by
hard greenish-looking tuffs, highly jointed and with obscure dips
at high angles. These give place here and there to the recent
.soft tuffs.
About six miles south of Waisa, an afiluent called the Nakabi
enters the Sigatoka from the east. Amongst the gravels are a
few well-worn pebbles of granite, but from the fineness of most
of the material and the comparative scarcity of pebbles, it is
BY W. G. WOOLXOUGH. 481
evident that the soft tuffs of the iunnediate vicinity must extend
a long way to the east.
Half a mile further south is the town of iSTalaba. Just before
reaching the town itself the path leads round a point composed
of finely jointed slate. Bedding planes are obscure, but the
jointing is highl}- perfect, though somewhat curved and irregular.
The tributary Just mentioned flows from the general direction
of the old rocks described in the first traverse, and indicates that
plutonic rocks must exist between the quartzites of Narokoroko-
yawa and the slates of ISTalaba. If the line so obtained indicates
the axis of the ancient continental area, it will be seen to run
approximately east and west.
To the west the character of the country indicates a continua-
tion of the hard ancient-looking tuffs for about two miles south.
To the south-east the rocks are mainly soft tuff. After passing
the hard rocks just mentioned the country is mainly built of soft
tuffs all the way to Natuatuacoko. These form steep but rounded,
grass}'- hills. These are intersected here and there by dykes.
About five miles below Nalaba, at the village of Waibasaga,
another group of hot springs occurs. Of these, I was able to
visit only one. This rises in a hole in soft alluvial soil with no
rock outcrop. The temperature is intermediate between those
at Naseuvou, being just too hot to keep one's hand immersed.
There is no deposit nor vegetable matter, but gas bubbles rise
fairly freely. There is a faint odour of HoS. A cold tributary
of the main river flows within fifty yards of the spring. A second
spring is situated about half a mile from the first. From native
accounts the temperature must be considerably lower than that
of the one visited.
On the day after my arrival at Natuatuacoko I paid a hurried
visit to some caves on the other side of the river. I could spend
only a very short time there, as the ford was rajDidly becoming-
impassable. The caves are situated in a bed of very tuffaceous
limestone about 200 feet in thickness. This is covered b}- a bed
of fine soapstone-like tuff forming a conical hill with very steep
482 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
sides. The summit of this hill is flat, and is formed by the last
small patch of a bed of limestone 5 feet in thickness, containing
numerous corals. This bed has an altitude of 510 feet (aneroid)
above sea-level.
From Natuatuacoko to Lebaleba, the head of canoe-navigation
of the river, there are reddish soapstone-like tuffs with steep dips,
probably due to folding.
From the latter town to Rarayaka the journey was accomplished
in a canoe on the heavily flooded river, so that geological obser-
vations were out of the question. With the exception of a patch
near Qalimari, the rocks are all tuffs, coarse and fine. In parts
the bedding appears extraordinarily twisted, and in some cases
seems to be overfolded to form loops. This may possibly be
spheroidal weathering, but, if so, the scale on which it occurs
must be enormous, some of the loops being fully 30 to 40 feet in
diameter.
For several miles in the neighbourhood of Qalimari the eastern
bank is formed by cliffs of hard white limestone, rising to a
height of over 1000 feet above the river. In places, at any rate,
this is highly silicified, as chalcedonic nodules are numerous. A
chemical analysis of a portion of it, made at the Adelaide Uni-
versity, shows that it is on the whole an exceedingly pure lime-
stone, so that the silica must be very local. No dip could be
observed from the river. Andrews (p. 13 of his Report) has
described these limestones as dolomites, which they certainly
resemble very strikingly. Analysis shows that they contain
about 98% CaCOg. Andrews regards them as older than the
upraised reefs of the Cuvu-Sigatoka area.
From Ptarayaka to the coast at Vatukarasa the rocks are all
tuffs, agglomerates, and lavas. Along the coast the section was
not continued on account of very bad weather. The collections
made from Rarayaka onwards were unfortunately lost. They
contained some very remarkable, bright green, hard tuff from the
south coast.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 483
vi. — Summary of Results.
The general results may be summarised as follows : —
For the most part the coastal portions of the island are com-
posed of redistributed tuff (soapstone), interstratified here and
there with calcareous formations of comparatively recent geological
age, or else of geologically young lavas, tuffs, and agglomerates.
These latter also extend throughout the high lands of the interior.
At various points in the valleys of the interior there are isolated
and, also in some cases, fairly extensive continuous outcrops of
rocks enormously older than any of the above. Though such
rocks were met with in situ only in comparatively few localities,
their distribution must be very wide, as is indicated by their
almost universal occurrence in the river gravels. These facts
point to the existence of -a general jDlatform of ancient rocks on
the surface of which are built up innumerable volcanic cones,
whose products as a rule overlap and effectually conceal the
underlying rocks. If these older rocks consisted only of plutonic
rocks, it might possibly be argued that they represent the deep-
seated portions of volcanic mountains which have been so exten-
sively denuded as to have their very bases laid bare, in this Avay
bringing to light the magma which has solidified there under
plutonic conditions. That this is not the case is proved b}'^ the
fact that rocks of undoubtedly sedimentary origin, viz., quartzites
and slates, also occur, in association with the plutonic rocks. In
addition to these, and closely associated with them, there are
abundant rocks of volcanic origin whose lithological features
indicate that they are of great age. In every character they
appear immensely older than the universal andesites. They have
undergone extensive molecular rearrangement (showing traces of
foliation with development of such minerals as epidote) and
decomposition, and are highly jointed, while the comparatively
recent tuffs lie uncomformably over them.
It, therefore, appears that the geological formations of Viti
Levu are divisible into two main groups. The first of these
includes continental rocks of high but undetermined geological
484 THE CONTINENTAL OfllGIN OF FIJI,
antiquity. The second includes Tertiary to Recent formations of
volcanic and sedimentary origin. Between these there is an
enormous hiatus.
So far as I have been able to ascertain, rocks characteristic of
continental areas have nowhere been met with so far removed
from large land masses. It seems probable, nevertheless, that
Fiji forms part of an exceedingl}^ ancient continental land mass.
An argument against this theory is the fact that great ocean
depths are met with between it and the nearest undoubted
continental masses to the Avest, Xew Caledonia, and to the south,
New Zealand. This difficulty is not, however, insuperable.
That it is quite possible for an outlier of a continent to be
separated from its parent mass by deep ocean is proved by the
case of Madagascar. This island, which is undoubtedly an outlier
of South Africa, has been separated from the mainland b}^ exten-
sive •' Senkungsfelde '"' which have produced the Mosambique
Channel. This channel is quite as deep, though not quite so
broad, as the sea which separates Fiji from New Caledonia.
In the case of Madagascar, however, there is distinct evidence
of extensive faulting on both sides of the channel, and again to
the eastwards. Such a faulting has not been directly proved in
the case of Fiji.
A considerable thickness of Eocene beds has been dejDosited
on the flanks of Madagascar and the opposite coast of Africa.
If this series is continuous across the strait, it may ver}'- con-
siderably lessen the depth of water. Between Fiji and New
Caledonia such deposits would not be likely to occur to any
great extent owing to the absence of large land masses from
which sediment could be derived.
The age of the separation of Madagascar from Africa is deter-
minable between moderately narrow limits, but this is not at
present the case in Fiji.
The area must probably have been below sea-level during
early geological time for the deposition of the material of the
quartzites of Nasava and the slates of Nalaba, if these are marine
in origin. How long this condition lasted it is impossible to
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 485
determine. Then came an extensive elevation by which the
formations were brought above sea-level, plicated, metamor-
phosed, and weathered. This period, too, must have extended
over an enormous time during which the land was denuded to
its very roots so that plutonic masses of granite and quartz
diorite were laid bare. Most of the sedimentary formations
were completely swept away. Then probably followed the separa-
tion of the outlier from the main continent. An extensive sub-
sidence of the Fijian area to the extent of at least 1300 feet then
took place, as is proved by the occurrence of fossiliferous tuffs at
Drau (1290 feet) and Nosoqo (800 feet). At the latter place the
shells are associated with a tuffaceous conglomerate containing
large water-worn granite pebbles (up to 4 inches in diameter),
and therefore probably of the nature of a basal (?) conglomerate.
Since then there has been an oscillation in the sea-level, but on
the whole with a tendency towards positive motion of the land.
Andrews has shown that this elevation is very marked in the
islands of the Lau Group, viz., Cikobia-i-ra 630 ft., Tuvuca 800 ft.,
Vatu Vara 1050 ft., and Yacata 840 ft. In the Yasawas an
elevation of 800 feet is recorded.
vii. — Comparisons and Conclusions.
From the fact that rocks such as granite, diorite, and other
plutonic eruptive rocks, and sedimentary formations such as
schists and slates occur, with few exceptions, only on continents
or on islands whose geological connection with continents is
obvious, the theory of the "Permanence of Ocean Basins and
Continental Areas " has arisen. This theory is still further
supported by the fact that, with a few exceptions, islands rising
from great ocean depths are composed of volcanic rock, organi-
cally formed limestone, or a mixture of the two, like Christmas
Island in the Indian Ocean.
The special interest which attaches to the geology of Fiji
arises from the fact that it is one of the most marked, if not the
most marked, exception to the rule above stated. Of the neigh-
bouring islands to the east, Eua in the Tonga group is the only
31
4,S6 THE CONTINKNTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
one where any trace of plutonic rock has been discovered, and
here it was only in the form of inclusions of fragments of red
^arnet, tourmaline, and "uralitized gabbro" as already described
(p. 461) floated up in lava, probably from great depths.
To the west the case is different. On several islands of the
New Hebrides group continental rocks have been found. Com-
paratively little is known of their occurrence, but at Malicolo*
and Spiritu Santo gneiss and crystalline limestone have been
found, and at Aneityum serpentines like those of New Caledonia.
The continental origin of the latter island is undoubted, con-
taining, as it does, extensive areas of gneiss and various schists,
sedimentary formations containing Palaeozoic or Mesozoic coal,
and serpentines and peridotites.
The Solomon Islands, according to Guppy,t contain extensive
areas of quartzites and schists. Thanks to the kindness of Mr.
Milner Stephen, of the Pacific Island Trading Co., Ltd., I have
been able to examine a small collection of pebbles from the
Solomon Islands. These were collected by agents of the above
Company, mainly, I believe, from the gravels of the rivers. The
most important specimen was a very small one of coarse horn-
blendic gneiss from Thousand Ships Bay in Vulavu. Others were
limestone, recalling the Qali Mari limestone of Fiji, from Guadal-
canar and Ysabel; jasper from Guadalcanar and Vulavu, and
cjreen tuff from Vulavu.
New Guinea, Borneo, Java, Sumatra, and in fact all the larger
islands comprising the great archipelago stretching from Australia
to Asia are built up largely of rocks of undoubtedly continental
origin.
To the south of the Fiji group lie Norfolk Island, Lord Howe
Island and New Zealand. The two small islands do not contain
continental rocks.
* Levat, D., in Imhaus E.N. "Les Nouvelles Hebrides," Paris-Nancy, 1890,
pp. 122-127.
t Guppy, " The Solomon Islands, their Geology, General Features,"
Lend., 1887.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 487
New Zealand may almost be regarded as a continental area by
itself, since, according to Hutton,* "sedimentary rocks are repre-
sented of nearly all ages, from Archaean upwards, and all but the
lowest have yielded fossils, in some places abundantly.
Metamorphic and eruptive rocks of nearly all kinds."
If we compare the region under consideration with others in
the world, we meet with certain marked points of similarity, but
at the same time the south-western area of the Pacific is unique
in many of its characteristics.
One of the areas which may be mentioned for comparison is
the gap between North and South America, with its included
islands. Of the West Indian Islands practically all the larger
ones contain continental rocks. In the Lesser Antilles, according
to Spencer,! no ancient rocks come to the surface. Trinidad is
different, its relationships being distinctly continental. The
channel which separates it from the mainland of South America
is only 36 feet deep. Continental rocks appear in the island.
They are represented by crystalline schists, sandstones, shales,
■&C., along the northern side of the island. The shallow submarine
plateau, upon which Trinidad stands, runs northwards towards the
jchain of the Lesser Antilles, and round by Avay of the Greater
Antilles to the middle part of the Central American Isthmus
and also to Florida. It forms an almost continuous ridge crossed
in places by deep furrows, but nowhere as much as 1000 fathoms
in depth. Enclosed by this submarine plateau are three large
areas of deeper water, the largest of which is the Carribbean Sea,
with depths ranging over 2000 fathoms.
In the case of Madagascar we have another very interesting
comparison. The island forms an undoubted outlier of the
African Continent. According to Sr.esst it is built up of a core
* Q.J.G.S. xli. (1885), p. 191.
t "On the Geological and Physical Development of Dominica," &c.
■Q.J.G.S. Iviii. (1902), p. 841. And "On the Geological and Physical
Development of Barbadoes," &c. Ibid. p. .345,
:;: " Das Antlitz der Erde." Vol. i. p. 53J, et seq.
488 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
of heavily faulted crystalline rocks, upon the flanks of which
marine sediments of Mesozoic and Eocene age have been laid to
a considerable thickness. The Mozambique Channel forms an
immense "Senkungsfeld," a huge slice of the earth's crust which
has been let down by a series of trough faults. On the island of
Madagascar the aggregate throw of these faults on the eastern
side of the island amounts to 1200 meters. Marine strata of
Cretaceous age have been let down by the faulting, proving that
the crustal movements are Post-Mesozoic in age.
In the case of the South- Western Pacific area, we have several
points in contrast to those mentioned above. In the first place,
the distances between the islands are much greater than in the
West Indian area, and the intervening depths are very consider-
able. In the second place, the existing land masses are very
insignificant when compared with the bulk of Madagascar.
The first consideration is, to my mind, the more serious,
involving as it does the question of the permanence of the ocean
basin in the area to the west of Fiji.
It has been suggested that the occurrence of granites and other
plutonic rock in Fiji might be explainable on other than a
continental hypothesis, by regarding them as having been
injected during late geological time into a mass of volcanic
material built up from the floor of the deep ocean; an ordinary
oceanic island, in fact. This leaves out of consideration the exten-
sive quartzites which occur on the island.
The evidence as to the age of the granites is also fairly con-
clusive. On lithological grounds, the age of the rocks in question
seems to be great. They are so intensely jointed, and show so
manv evidences of great earth-movement. Of course, strain-
structures do not necessarily indicate ver}^ high geological
antiquity, as is evident from the occurrence of Mesozoic schists
in the Alps. In the latter case, however, we have to deal with
an area where great folding has taken place in late geological
time, and, at present, we have nothing to justify the supposition
that intense orogenic processes have been going on in the Fijian
area.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 489
Still more conclusive evidence of the age of the granites is
atibrded by the section at Nasoqo. Here, at a point of over 800
feet above sea-level, there is a tuffaceous conglomerate cotitaiyiing
well worn pebbles of granite associated with Tertiary fossils.
This proves conclusively that the granite must be at any rate
Pre-Tertiary, and probably much older. This fact is of extreme
importance.
As already stated, the great objection to the continental theory
is the depth and extent of the ocean between Fiji and the nearest
considerable area of continental land. This objection is to a
certain extent answered by the fact that there are numerous
instances in which the earth's crust can be proved to have under-
gone movements sufficient to account for the great depth of water.
In the case of the great Uinta Fold of Colorado, White"^
estimates the total vertical displacement at 28,000 feet.
In the case of Madagascar, above cited, the Mozambique
Channel, with a depth in parts of over 2000 fathoms, has been
proved to be the result of a series of trough faults.
The Great Rift Valley of Africa may be taken as still another
instance of a slice of country which has been let down by a series
of parallel faults, the aggregate displacement being 4000 to 5000
feet.
Coming nearer home, the great coal basin under Sydney affords
a magnilicent instance of the flexibility of the earth's crust.
According to the section given by Professor David,! the subsidence
in this area amounts to at least 7000 to 8000 feet.
In the South Wales Coalfield there is a series of fresh water
coal-bearing strata which reach a maximum depth of 12,000 feet.
As these strata were formed at the earth's surface, we have here
evidence of a depression amounting to 2000 fathoms.
* White, C. A., "On the Geology and Physiography of North- Western
Colorado and adjacent parts of Utah and Wyoming." Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol.
Survey, ix., p. 696.
+ Pres. Address, Journ. Eoy. Soc. N.S.W., xxx., 1896.
490 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
In the German Coalfield the thickness of the coal measures is
given by Geikie as 20,000 feet.
These instances serve to show that movements of the earth's
crust have taken place, quite sufficient in magnitude to account
for the total depth of ocean between Fiji and Kew Caledonia or
New Zealand.
Assuming that the continental origin of Viti Levu may be
regarded as proved, it remains to point out what are its relations
to the adjacent continental areas, the cause of its severance from
them, and the time at which a separation took place. These
questions cannot be answered satisfactorily at present. So far as
I am able to ascertain, the rocks collected by me do not exhibit
a marked similarity to those of either New Zealand or New
Caledonia.
According to Suess,* (on the authority of Hutton, loc. cit., for
New Zealand) two axes of folding can be traced in each area.
In both cases the axis of the most ancient rocks is N.E. and S.W.
In the case of New Caledonia, a N.E. line will pass very close to
Fiji. The axis of folding in Viti Levu cannot be determined
with the data at present available, as the number of observations
on jointing is insufficient. I have the information upon hearsay
that the rocks of Vanua Levu are similar to those of the larger
island, and from the relationship between the two land masses
this is more than probable. If, then, the general trend of Yiti
Levu and Vanua Levu represent roughly the axis of folding of
the ancient rocks, the latter must run in a general E.N.E. and
W.S.W. direction, and, therefore, more or less in the same direc-
tion as that in New Caledonia. Though this evidence is rather
slender, it is b}^ no means improbable that future investigations
will show that Fiji is structurall}' connected with ^«ew Caledonia.
When we come to consider the question of the method of
separation of the two land masses, two hypotheses are possible.
Either the intervening area has been dropped bodil}- by a series
* Q.J.G.S. xli., p. 191 etseq.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 491
of faults, as in the formation of the Mozambique Channel, or may
have formed a wide S3^nclinal fold without dislocation.
In the case of Madagascar, definite faults have been traced and
measured. That no such faults have been observed in Fiji does
not definitely prove that they do not exist. It is quite possible
that if great faults have been formed, denudation and cutting
back of the coast line may have completely hidden their traces.
Additional detailed work may reveal their existence.
As stated above in the Summary of Results, there is rea^n to
believe that Viti Levu consists of a core of very ancient, perhaps
Archaean rook, surrounded and partially covered by marine
deposits of Tertiary and Recent Age, and Cainozoic lavas. So far,
no traces of Palaeozoic or Mesozoic formations have been observed.
This structure may be explained in various ways. The area
may have been one of prolonged and continuous subsidence since
very early geological time. It is conceivable that all the geological
formations from Cambrian to Tertiary may have been deposited
in orderly sequence upon a basis of Archaean rocks w^iich were
slowly sinking.
If such an event were to happen, denudation would be con-
stantly reducing the bulk of the ancient continent, whose borders
would also shrink as it became submerged. For these reasons the
amount of material entering into the composition of each forma-
tion will be constantly on the decrease, and the tendency would
be not to fill up the sea with sedimentary deposits so as to keep
it approximately the same depth throughout, but to have an
ocean becoming constantly deeper as time went on. Abundant
evidence has been brought forward to prove that an elevation
amounting to at least 1290 feet in Yiti Levu, viz., at Drau, and
as much as 1050 feet at Yatu Yara has taken place since Tertiary
time. This elevation would not be suflicient to bring to light the
older formations.
It is very unlikely that such a movement would be continuous.
It would no doubt be oscillatory, but with the general tendency
towards depression of the land, and the nett result a considerable
subsidence.
492 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI,
An alternative hypothesis is that the area may ha\e been one
of continual elevation, denudation about keeping pace with the
uplift. In this way various marine formations would be laid
down throughout geological time, but as (juickly as they were
raised above sea-level they were denuded and so no trace of them
left. Then a subsidence took place early in Tertiary time which
permitted the formation of the various marine Tertiaries. Within
recent times uplifts have taken place as indicated above.
A third explanation is the one accepted by Wichmann (20),
namely, that after the formation of the sediments of Pre-Cambrian
or very early Palaeozoic age, the area became a land-surface and
remained so during the whole of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic time.
Then a subsidence permitted the deposition of the Tertiaries,
and the final uplift followed as above indicated.
Any of these hypotheses explains reasonably the structure as
we now find it, but there are certain objections in each case.
To my mind, the first theory is the most probable, namely,
that the area has, on the whole, been one of prolonged subsidence.
That we should have such a continuous subsidence as this idea
calls for, is certainly somewhat difficult to account for.
In most cases with which I am familiar, where a prolonged
subsidence has taken place, it has not, at most, lasted for more
than three or four geological periods without ver}^ strong uplifts.
If, however^ we accept tlie great principle which underlies the
theory of the permanence of ocean basins, namely, that the
general tendency is for the ocean basins and the continental
areas to become more marked — that is, for the oceans to become
deeper and the continents higher with increasing age — the diffi-
culty, to a great extent at an}'- rate, vanishes, as we have to deal
with an area lying between the great oceanic area and the great
continental mass, but rather towards the former than towards
the latter.
In the case of the second theory, we are met by several objec-
tions. If the area has been one of average continuous elevation
it should be one of continuous peripheral growth, but such does
not appear to be the case.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 493
Again, even taking into account tiie very rapid degradation
which must go on under the heavy rainfall of the tropics, it is
improbable that the Palaeozoic and Meso/oic strata would be so
completely removed as to leave no trace of their former existence.
We should expect, at least, to find traces of them as pebbles in
the co7u/'ornercites, but this is not the case, thouyli, as tve have seen,
fiebbles of the older rocks are met with.
If the area had been a stable land surface for an enormous
period of time, as suggested by Wichmann, there should be a
continental shelf of vast size, but the contour of the ocean floor
does not appear to afford evidence of one at all comparable with
what we should expect.
On the other hand, the subsidence theory accounts completely
for the entire absence of Mesozoic and Palseozoic formations, for
the very small size of the land area, and for the depth of the
ocean in its vicinity. If this theory be the correct one, we are
forced to the conclusion that the final separation of Fiji from the
Austral-Papuan Continent must have taken place at an extremely
remote date.
It thus appears that the geological evidence is entirety in
accord with that derived from biological observations, of which
a brief summary has been given (p. 458). For a fuller resuine oi
the biological evidence, see the papers by Hedle}^ Ortmann, and
others. These will show that all the evidence so far collected
tends towards the same conclusion, but they also indicate what
a vast amount still remains to be done in the field of biological
as well as geological research in this most interesting and
important region. The work lies at our door, and it is for the
scientific workers of Australia to throw light on those points
which are still shrouded in darkness.
viii. — Bibliography.
1. — Agassiz, A. — "The Islands and Coral Eeefs of Fiji." Bull, Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Vol. xxxiii, (1899); also Am. Journ.
Sci. (4), Vol. V. (Feb. 1898).
2. " The Tertiary Elevated Limestone Reefs of Fiji." Am.
Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. vi. (1898).
404 THE CONTINENTAL OKIGIN OF FIJI,
3. — Andrews, E. C. — "Notes on the Limestones and General Geology of
the Fiji Islands with Special Reference to the Lau Group. Based
on Surveys made for Alexander Agassiz. With a Preface by T.
W. Edgeworth David." Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool. Harvard Coll.
Vol. xxxviii. (1900).
4. — Andrews, E. C, and Sawyer, B. — "Notes on the Caves of Fiji with
special reference to Lau." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi.
(1901).
5.— Brady, H. B.— " The Soapstones of Fiji." Q.J.G.S. xliv. 1888.
6. — Dana, J. D. — Manual of Geology (several short references).
7. " Coral and Coral Islands." Lond. 1875.
8. — Darwin, C. — "Coral Islands" (brief mention).
9. — Eakle, a. S. — " Petrographical Notes on Some Rocks from the Fiji
Islands." Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. Vol. xxiv. (1899).
10. — Forbes, H. 0. — "Antarctica: a Vanished Austral Land." Ann.
Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1894.
11. — Gardiner, J. Stanley. — " The Coral Reefs of Funafuti,, Rotumah
and Fiji." Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 1898.
12.— Graeffe, E.— Reisen auf Viti Levu. Zurich, 1868; Peterm. Geo. Mitth.
Gotha, 1869.
13. — Hedley, C. — "A Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid-Pacific." Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. Vol. xxv. (1899).
14.— HoRXE, J.—" A Year in Fiji." Lond. (1881).
16. — Iherixg, H. von. — " On the Ancient Relations between New Zealand
and South America." Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxv. pp. 431-445 (1891).
16.— Jones, T. Rupert, and Parker, W. K.— " On the Foraminifera of the
Family Rotalidae (Carpenter) found in the Cretaceous Formations,
with Notes on their Tertiary and Recent Representatives." Q.J.G.S.
xxviii. (1872),
17. — Meincke. — "Die Inseln des Stillen Oceans." ii. Leipzig, 1876.
18.— Ortmann, a. E.— " The Geographical Distribution of Freshwater
Decapods, and its Bearing upon Ancient Geography." Proc. Amer.
Phil. Soc. xli. No. 171, pp. 267-400 (1902).
Parker, W. Kitchen. — See Jones, T. Rupert.
Sawyer, B.— See Andrews, E. C.
19. — Suess, Ed. — " La Face de la Terre." ii. p. 265.
20. — WicHMANN, A. — " Ein Beitrag zur Petrographie des Viti Archipels."
Tscher. Min. und Petrog. Mitth. v. (1883).
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 495
21. — Woods, J. E. Tenison. — " On some Fossils from Levuka Viti." Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv. pp. 358-359 (1879).
Other references to papers not directly relating to Fiji are
sjiven in the text.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxii.
Fig. 1.— Kaised Keef (in which Carcharodon teeth (fig. 3) occur) capped by
" Soapstone" ; Walu Bay, Suva.
Fig. 2. — Conglomerate Bed at Base of raised Keef, Walu Bay.
Plate xxiii.
Fig. 3. — Carcharodon tooth from raised Reef.
Fig. 4.— The Great Dyke of Devo near Nasirotou, Lower Waidina River.
The view shows the western face considerably foreshortened.
Plate xxiv.
Fig. 5. — Buki Levu from the south. The photograph brings out the
difference in shape and vegetation between portions of the country
composed of hard Volcanic Agglomerate (the high hills to the
left), and other portions composed of " Soapstone" (the undulating
country to the right).
Fig. 6. — Jointed Tuffs; Wailoa River above Udu.
Plates xxv.-xxvi.
Figs. 7-8. — Panoramic View of Range of Volcanic Mountains on Upper
Waidina, Voma on the extreme left hand. Only the western Hanks
of Voma appear in the picture, as the third Plate, a direct view of
that mountain, was a failure.
Plate xxvii.
Fig. 9. — Namulowai, a thimble-shaped Mountain about 250 feet high; Upper
Waidina.
Fig. 10. — Nabui, a high Volcanic Mountain on the Navua River.
Plate xxviii.
Fig. 11, — Korobasabasaga from the Pass of Navunitorilau. The Mountain
in the distance with the steep face is Nabui (fig. 10).
496 THE CONTINENTAL OKKJIN OF FIJI,
Plate xxix.
Fig. 12. — Huge Boulders of coarse Volcanic Agglomerate, Navua River,
illustrating both the Character of the Agglomerates, and the wonder-
ful Transporting Power of the Streams. The smaller Boulders, on
which the man in the centre is standing, are Diorite. This point is
10 or 12 miles at least below Wainiveidro.
Plate XXX.
Fig. 13. — Quartz Diorite in situ ; near the Head of the Wainibua (just
above Nadranikula). Rocks in foreground show jointing.
Plate xxxi.
Fig. 14.— Quartzites and Slates, Wainimala River at Togicedra.
Plate xxxii.
Fig. 15. — Prismatic Andesite; Drau, Upper Sigatoka River.
Fig. 16. — Level-bedded Marine Tuffs; Bua Levu, above Waisa, Upper Siga-
toka River; about 1000 feet above sea-level.
Plate xxxiii.
Geological Sketch Map of Part of Viti Levu, The Topography of the
Map is only approximately correct and, in some instances, is certainly
wrong. The boundaries of the various Geological Formations are only
roughly shown,
Plate xxxiv.
Geological Section of Viti Levu along the lines A B, C D, E F. The
Section is highly generalised, and represents the ideal structure of the
country.
497
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. J. J. Walker exhibited well-preserved specimens of
Anaspides (Anasjns) tasmanicn, Thomson, a fresh-water shrimp
found in creeks and pools on Mount Wellington, Tasmania, and
adjacent mountains, at an elevation of 4,000 feet. Also as bear-
ing upon the question of the affinities of Eiischemon rafffesia,
discussed at the April Meeting, Mr. Walker called attention to
Sir George Hampson's account of a second member of the Family
EuschemonidcH from Zululand, in Part i. of the Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. for 1903, recei\ed by a recent mail.
Mr. Froggatt showed a fine series comprising examples of all
the known species of the Neuropterous genus Psychoj)sis, in
illustration of his paper.
Mr. Turner exhibited more than 100 species of plants from the
Darling country in illustration of his paper. Also portions of
shrubs of about a dozen western species raised from seed and now
well established in Hyde Park. On the motion of Dr. Norton a
vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Turner for his interesting-
paper.
The Rev. W. W. Watts called attention to Mr. E. S. Salmon's
successful effort [Britten's Journal of Botany, January, 1903] to
unravel nomenclatural intricacies in the case of the moss described
by Schwaegrichen in 1842 under the name Bm^bid a mnioides^ but
which must now be transferred to the genus Calypto'pogon. In
Part i. of the ' Census Muscorum Australiensium,' B. mnioides is
not recognised; but, under TortuJa, both the species crisimta and
Wilhehnii are retained. In future these two must apparently be
merged in Calyptojjogon vmioides (Schwgr.), Broth. In his
' Bryales,' Brotherus gives all the species reviewed by Mr. Salmon,
viz., C. mnioides (^^Schwgr.), crisjmtulus (CM.), Hookeri (R.Br.),
498 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
crispatus (Hpe.), and Wilhelmii (CM.). But he partially antici-
pates Mr, Salmon's conclusions by saying that all these species
were closely related to C. mnioides, and would probably, when
fuller material came to hand, be referred to that species.
He also submitted for record the following list of twenty-seven
Lichens from determinations by Dr. Bouly de Lesdain of
Dunkerque : —
Cladonia bacillaris, Nyl.; Emu Plains, Nov., 1900.
,, cervicornis, Floerke; Ptichmond River, Aug., 1900.
,, degenerans, Floerke, var.; Maitland, Dec, 1900.
„ elegantida, Mull. Arg.; Emu Plains, Nov., 1900.
,, enantia, Nyl.; Richmond River, Aug., 1900.
,, fu7'cata, var. piny?-rt^«, Wainio ; Richmond River,
Aug., 1900.
,, pityrea, Fr., var.; Richmond River, May, 1901.
,, subcariosa, Nyl.; Newcastle, Dec, 1900.
Leptogiuyn tremelloides, var. azureum, Nyl.; Richmond River,
1900.
Farmelia caperata^ Ach.; Richmond River, July, 1900.
,, cetrata^ Ach.; loc. 1.
,, conspersa, Ach.; Richmond R., 1900; Goulburn, 1901.
„ ,, var.; Richmond R., 1900; Goulburn, 1901
,, ,, a form very special, approaching the var.
strigosa, Miill. Arg. ; Rocky Hill, Goul-
burn, March, 1901.
Physcia chrysophthalma; Hinton and Goulburn, 1900-1901.
„ ,, \3iY. fornicata^ Miill. Arg. (Xantheria
parietma, v. var, sjjinulosa, Miill. Arg.
olim).
Eamalina calicaris ^a little doubtful); Richmond River, Aug.,
1900.
,, fraxinea; E. Maitland, Dec, 1900.
Ricasolia coriacea, Nyl.; Richmond River, Aug., 1900.
Sticta Colensoi, Babingt.; Richmond River, 1900 and 1901.
„ latifronSj A. Rich.; Richmond River, Sept., 1900.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 499
Usnea cei^atiyia, Ach.; Richmond River, Oct., 1900.
„ dasypaga, Ach.; loc. 1
,, dichofoma, Fr. (I); Richmond River, July, 1900.
,, hirta; Richmond River, Jul}^, 1900.
,, lorigissima (1); Richmond River, Aug., 1900.
,, poUothrix, Kremph.; E. Maitland, Dec, 1900.
,, tricliodea, Ach.; Richmond River, May, 1900.
Mr. Watts also exhibited a collection of North American
ferns, including some rare and beautiful forms.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 20th, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, July 29th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 19 Vols., 70 Parts or Nos., 5
Bulletins, 7 Pamphlets, 3 Miscellanea, and 1 Map, received from
49 Societies, &c., and 1 Individual, were laid upon the table.
500
THE COXTINEXTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI.
By W. G. Woolnough, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part II.
Petrographical Descriptions of Typical Rocks.
(Plates xxxv.-xxxvi.)
Synopsis.
PAGE
Granite (Xarokorokoyawa) ... ... ... ... 501
Quartz Diorite (Nadranikula, Wainibua) ... ... 506
Diorite (Navua River at Nakorowaiwai) ... ... 510
Quartzite (Togieedra) ... ... ... ... ... 514
Augite Andesite (Namulowai) .. ... ... ... 515
Pyroxene Andesite (Voma, Upper Waidina River) ... 520
Hornblende Andesite (Buki Levu) 525
Hornblende Andesite (Korobasabasaga)... ... . . 5*29
Olivine-bearing Andesite (Tama ni Ivi, Mt. Victoria) 533
Porphyritie Basalt (Nadarivatu) .. . . ... ... 536
In the first part of this paper a sketch of the geological structure
of Yiti Levu has been given, and reasons advanced to prove the
theory that this portion of the Fiji Group is not a typical oceanic
island, but a remnant of the great Australian-Papuan Continent
which in former geological time must have had a considerable
extension to the eastwards of its present boundaries.
In this portion of the paper certain of the rocks collected are
petrographically described in considerable detail. I have de-
scribed thus only a very small part of my collections, l)ut I have
selected those rocks which are typical. I very much regret that
the work must be regarded as incomplete from the absence of
chemical analyses. I have been so situated that I have been
unable to make these myself, or to have them made for me. The
BY VV. G. WOOLNOUGH. 501
one which does appear was made by Mr. D. Mawson, B.E., and
Mr. Stoddard at the Sydney University, by kind permission of
Professor Liversidge, and with the assistance of Mr. Schofield,
A. R.S.M., F.C.S., and to all these gentlemen my best thanks are
due and are hereby gratefully rendered.
Throughout the greater part of the investigation I have been
hampered by lack of a suitable microscope and accessory apparatus,
as the laboratory of the University of Adelaide is only in its
infancy. This and the fact that illness and the great
amount of routine work in arranging the curriculum in what is
practically a new course at the above University have made great
demands upon my time, must be my excuse for any gaps which
occur in the work. I trust that those which do occur will not
seriously interfere with the accuracy or completeness of the
description.^.
Granite (Narokorokoyaw^a). Plate xxxv., fig. 1.
Macroscopic characters. — Specific gravity 2 '6 6. The rock is
moderately coarse in grain, and consists of a holocrystalline mass
of clear quartz, milky-w^iite striated felspar, black biotite, and
dull black grains of hornblende, with a little magnetite here and
there.
As a whole the rock has undergone a considerable amount' of
alteration, both from crushing and from chemical change. It
was very difficult to obtain material sufficiently undecomposed
for the preparation of thin sections, even though a considerable
amount of blasting has been done in the making of a road.
The mechanical strain to which the rock mass has been sub-
jected is expressed by the strong development of cleavage planes,
etc. In the field an obscure foliation is apparent, but it is not
at all marked in hand specimens.
Microscopic characters. — In thin section the rock is seen to
possess a typical hypidiomorphic granular texture of rather coarse
grain. The pressure to which the rock has been subjected is
expressed microscopically by the shattering of the component
minerals, and by the development of optical anomalies. These
r)02 THE CONTINENTAL OHIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
effects will be more fully noted as the component minerals are
described in detail.
Quartz is fairly abundant in lari^e ^i-ains, in some cases inter-
m'rown with one another. These haNe roughly parallel cracks
running through them and passing without interruption from
one grain to another, thus repeating on a microscopic scale the
macroscopic jointing of the rock. Breaking up of grains into a
mosaic is very marked. In some cases this affects the whole
grain, but usually it gives rise to a peripheral zone only, surround-
ing an unbroken nucleus. Even where the grains are not
•shattered, the heav}- mechanical strains they have undergone are
evidenced by undulose and shadowy extinction in parallel polarised
light, and by breaking up of the black cross in convergent light.
Unindividualised inclusions are abundant, both gas and liquid.
The latter frequently show^ bubbles which exhibit spontaneous
movement. The arrangement of these inclusions in lines is not
very marked.
Felspar is the most abundant constituent of the rock. It is,
on the whole, fairly fresh, though incipient decomposition is
noticeable, and the formation of kaolin has sometimes proceeded
to a considerable extent. A little of the felspar must be referred
to orthoclase. It is untwinned, and has a refractive index lower
than that of quartz and the dominant felspar. It occurs in
perfecth^ granular individuals of small size, scattered through
the rock, and is with dithculty distinguished from quartz. By
far the greater part of the felspar is plagioclase. It occurs in
subidiomorphic to granular individuals averaging abuut il'Smm.
in length. These have suffered considerable mechanical deforma-
tion, resulting in hendingand faulting of the twin lamelhe. The
cleavages appear as sharph^ defined cracks which the crushing
has rendered very numerous.
In polarised light the very fine lamelhe, twinned after the
albite law, are practicall}' universal. Following the absence of
twinning in the orthoclase, Carlsbad twinning is ver}^ much rarer
than usual. Lamella?, following the pericline law, are, however,
relatively more abundant, giving rise to a "grated" structure.
BY \V. G. WOOLNOUGH. 503
The crushing of the rock has given rise, as above noted, to mole-
cular movements in the felspars, and the resulting abnormal
extinctions make optical determinations of the felspar very
difficult. A large number of very satisfactory measurements in
sections from the zone perpendicular to (01 0)"^" gave 20^^ as the
maximum. Sections parallel to (010) are beautifully zoned,
the zoning indicating the existence of many more crystallographic
forms than are shown by the present boundaries of the crystals,
even where the latter are well enough developed to be recog-
nisable. The (001) cleavage is sharply defined, and the (110)
parting is indicated by the arrangement of decomposition pro-
ducts, thus enabling the section to be oriented. The extinction
angle varies from 0*^ to- 2° for the outer zones to- 14*^ for the
central portions. These extinctions agree in indicating that the
felspar varies from basic andesine in the centre to oligoclase at
the periphery.
In agreement with this determination are the facts that the
refractive index of the peripheral zones is in all cases lower than
that of quartz, while that of the central nucleus is in all cases
higher.
Interpositions are not very numerous in the felspar. The
principal individualised forms are small acicular prisms of apatite
which range down to ultramicroscopic dimensions. The larger
individuals do not appear to possess any regular arrangement,
but the smaller ones seem to lie with their long axes parallel to
the crystal faces as indicated by the zones. There is a little
magnetite in grains and crystals, but this is not plentiful.
In the more undecomposed parts the felspar contains fairl}'-
numerous unindividualised inclusions in the shape of liquid and
gas-cavities, the former with rapidly moving bubbles.
* The measurements of the felspars throughout the whole of this investiga-
tion were carried out according to the methods elaborated by M. A. Michel
Levy in his "Etude sur la Determination des Felspath dans les Plaques
Minces '* (Paris, 1894-1896).
504 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
When the felspar is considerably decomposed, the liquid dis-
appears and the cavities become indistinct among the decomposi-
tion products. Though still fairly fresh, the felspars have
suffered a certain amount of decomposition. This has given rise
to a fair amount of kaolin in tufts and grains. The alteration
has in some cases gone on most rapidly along the cleavage cracks,
but is by no means confined to them. Cracks are common in the
mineral which owe their origin to the increase in bulk of the
materials during the process of alteration and hydration, and
such cracks are injected with the resulting products. The kaolin
is especially abundant along the(llO) parting in sections parallel
to (010). In addition to the kaolin, there are developed, here
and there, small quantities of calcite, and light yellowish-green
epidote. These are entirely confined to the central more basic
portions of the felspar. The epidote occasional!}^ forms small
crystals, but is usually in the shaj^e of irregular grains set in a
matrix of lower refractive index, composed largel}' of calcite.
Of the ferromagnesian minerals biotite is the chief. It occurs
in large irregular patches about 1'75 mm. diameter. These
exhibit in a very marked manner evidences of the intense strain
to which the rock has been subjected, in the bending, faulting
and fraying out of the plates. Colour and pleochroism are quite
normal, n = golden-yellow, b = f = very dark brown.
Absorption : c = b»a.
When the principal plane of the polariser is parallel to the
cleavage, the mineral is practically extinguished.
The biotite has suJBfered considerably from decomposition. In
almost every section parts of the edge have become greenish in
colour, with loss of intensity of pleochroism, though the latter is
still strong in grass-green and straw-yellow tints. The double
refraction of this decomposition product is very weak indeed; in
fact, some sections are practically isotropic ; most show the
characteristic azure interference tints of the chlorites.
All stages of alteration can be traced, from a mere slight
bleaching of the biotite to a mass of chlorite, often somewhat
fibrous in structure.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 505
In most cases the felspcars are moulded on the biotite, but
occasionally there is an interpenetration of the marginal portions
of the two minerals, showing that the cr3^stallisation of the mica
had not completely ceased when that of the felspar commenced.
Interpositions in the form of small prisms of colourless apatite
occur like those in the felspar. These do not give rise to pleo-
chroic halos.
Hornblende, though less abundant than biotite, is ne\'ertheless
fairly plentiful. It occurs as completely allotrioraorphic granules,
usually independently developed, but in some cases intergrown
with the biotite. The colour in ordinary light varies from light
yellowish-green to strong green. Cleavage is quite normal, and
in addition the mineral is much shattered by the crushing of the
rock. The pleochroism Exhibits no points out of the common,
a = light greenish-yellow.
b = dark yellowish-green.
C = dark green.
The absorption scheme being : it<b<C.
The maximum extinction observed in the vertical zone was 22°.
Almost all the sections exhibit the usual (010) twinning.
The crystallisation of hornblende has been almost synchronous
with that of biotite, and the two minerals are irregularly inter-
grown. In most cases the basal cleavage of the mica appears to
be parallel to the vertical axis of the hornblende, though an odd
section here and there does not seem to follow this rule.
The alteration of hornblende is very similar to that of biotite,
and in patches, where complete alteration has taken place, it is
impossible to determine with certainty what the original mineral
was.
The inclusions in the hornblende are so similar to those in the
biotite as to call for no special mention.
A little magnetite is scattered through the sections, occurring
as inclusions in all the essential minerals indiscriminately. In
all cases it shows some trace of crystalline form. It is entirely
free from decomposition products, and the surface reflects incident
light brightly.
506 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
The only other important accessory mineral is apatite, which
is sparsely scattered through the rock. Jt is enclosed in all the
other minerals, even the magnetite, in small, quite perfect prisms.
The order of crystallisation of the individual minerals is normal.
Considering the amount of mechanical and chemical alteration
to which the rock has been subjected, together with the com-
paratively high lime percentage of the felspar, it is surprising
that so little epidote has been formed.
Quartz Diorite (Nadranikula, Wainibua, abo\ e the
village of Wainiveidro). Plate xxxv., fig. 2.
As described above, this point was the first point at which an
extensive outcrop of plutonic rock was encountered.
Macroscopic characters.— The rock is, in mass, light grey in
colour. It is strongly jointed, there being at least three regular
sets of joints traversing it (see p. 474). An additional evidence
of strain is afforded by a slight foliation, though this is not so
marked as in the Narokorokoyawa rock.
The grain of the rock is medium, much finer than that of the
iSTarokorokoyawa rock. The most obvious minerals are : — Plagio-
glase in fairly fresh-looking crystals and grains, 5-6 mm. in length,
with very bright cleavage faces and noticeable striation; quartz,
interstitial in character; hornblende in quantities quite subor-
dinate to the felspar. On the joint-surfaces a greenish to yellow
coating of a chloritic substance occurs, with a thickness of about
a millimetre. The specific gravity of the rock is 2 70.
Microscopic characters. — The texture is hypidiomorphic granu-
lar. Plagioclase felspar is by far the most abundant constituent.
These felspars are highly complex, and their determination is by
no means easy. They are more or less idiomorphic in shape, with
a <yranular habit. In ordinary light they are seen to be somewhat
decomposed, but on the whole are fairly fresh. Zoning is a very
marked feature, being indicated by differences of refractive index
and arrangement of inclusions.
Observations in polarised light give rather puzzling results, and
appear to indicate that more than one species of felspar is present.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 507
The commonest type of felspar in the rock is certcainly a basic
variety of andesine, or an acid variet}^ of labradorite. This is
always fairly idiomorphic and strongly zoned. The decomposition
products are approximately centrally grouped. In sections per-
pendicular to (010) the maximum extinction angle is 19^. In
sections parallel to (010) the extinction varies from -16" to
- 25*^ for the different zones. The refractive index is in all
cases higher than that of quartz.
The second type of felspar is far less abundant than that above
described. It occurs in small allotriomorphic grains entirely free
from decomposition products. In these the maximum extinction
in the zone perpendicular to (010) is 6*^, in section parallel to
(010) it is - 4^'. The refractive index is higher or lower than
that of quartz according to the relative orientation of the two
minerals. These sections must be rather basic oligoclase.
The third type of felspar is untwinned or twinned only accord-
ing to the Carlsbad law. It is interstitial in character and very
sparsely distributed. The decomposition products are abundant,
and are evenly, not zonally, distributed. The refractive index
is distinctly lower than that of quartz or Canada balsam. This
mineral may be orthoclase, but is more probably anorthoclase,
since other sections whose habit is exactly similar show traces of
excessively fine lamellar twinning.
Except for the arrangement of the decomposition products,
they do not call for very special description, as they consist prac-
tically entirely of kaolin. A little calcite and epidote are
developed locally. The more basic felspars are decomposed
centrally, but to a much smaller extent towards the periphery;
while those felspars which have been referred to anorthoclase are
pretty evenly affected. In all cases the products are more
thickly grouped in certain planes than in others, and these planes
are 7iot the cleavage planes.
As inclusions, we have occasional prisms of colourless apatite
with a marked tendency to arrangement pai-allel to faces of the
host. Locally magnetite in minute crystals is very abundant.
Here and there very minute hair-like crystals are quite plenti-
508 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
fully developed; the}^ are apparent 1}^ opaque. They are for the
most part straight, but an occasional geniculate twin indicates
that they consist of rutile.
Quartz is much less abundant than felspar, and is entirely
interstitial. The ragged areas and isolated grains are in some
cases optically continuous over comparatively wide areas. On
the other hand, the larger grains have suffered very considerably
from crushing. As is usual, the other minerals show little or no
sign microscopically of the crushing of the rock: while quartz,
the hardest mineral present, has been very considerably splintered.
Usually the effect is the j^roduction of shadowy extinction, or of
areas whose positions of extinction are very close; but in some
cases the action has proceeded further, and a coarse mosaic has
been produced.
The individualised inclusions in the quartz are similar to those
above described for felspar. In addition, fluid-cavities with
moving bubbles are very abundant. In the smaller ones the
bubbles move spontaneously. These cavities are distributed
along roughly parallel planes, with intermediate clear spaces.
The directions are fairly constant in each quartz grain, but the
planes do not pass from grtiin to grain as is often the case.
Hornblende is less abundant than either of the above minerals.
It is subidiomorphic to allotriomorphic in habit, and has suffered
very much from decomposition, passing into a chloritic product.
Refractive index and cleavage are quite normal. Double refrac-
tion is, perhaps, not quite so strong as usual. In sections parallel
to the clinopinacoid the extinction is 18° from the trace of the
vertical axis. Where undecomposed the pleochroism is strong :
a = light brownish-yellow.
b = dark brownisli-bronze.
C =^ dark bronze-green.
Absorption being : ii<b<f.
Incipient decomposition is marked by a change in the character
of the pleochroism. All the colours become more bluish, particu-
larly those for the directions of maxinmm and minimum elasticity;
C in some cases is quite greenish-blue. Up to this stage the
BY VV. G. WOOLNOUGH. 509
decomposition does not appear to affect the strength of the double
refraction. As the process of alteration proceeds, the mineral
splits up into fibres whose refractive index and double refraction
are lower than those of the undecomposed substance. The inter-
stices between the fibres are iilled with a very weakly doubly
refracting substance of yellow colour. The final stage of decom-
position results in the production of aggregates of yellow-green
or greenish-blue chlorite. Sometimes these aggregates are
spherical-radial on a very small scale, each little sphere giving a
cross between crossed nicols; in other cases the aggregates are
homogeneous. The refractive index is low, and the double refrac-
tion exceedingly weak, much less than for apatite. The formation
of this chloritic material is accompanied by the separation of
grains, scales, and tufts of a white opaque mineral very suggestive
of leucoxene. The presence of considerable quantities of other
titanium minerals renders it by no means improbable that this is
the nature of the white mineral.
Biotite is not recognisable. If it was present originally it has
been entirely converted into chlorite. Some of the aggregates of
the latter mineral are very fibrous, and suggestive of pseudo-
morphs after biotite; but, as all stages from these fibrous aggre-
gates to almost undecomposed hornblende are met with, it is safer
to refer all the chlorite to that source. In five slices of the rock
not one recognisable piece of biotite was met with.
The most abundant and most important accessory mineral is
sphene. It is present mostly in the form of irregular grains of
yellowish-grey colour without pleochroism. A few of the sections
show some approach to the lozenge-shape, and in these the unsym-
metrical cleavage is well marked. The mineral is undoubtedly
of primary origin.
The iron ore is magnetite, probably titaniferous. Where the
sections are idiomorphic, they show the forms characteristic of
magnetite. By reflected light, however, they are not so bright
as magnetite usually is, and are associated with grey and brownish
decomposition products.
510 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
The Other accessory minerals are the small, relatively long
pi-isms of apatite noted above as inclusions in the later formed
minerals, and an occasional very small zircon.
With regard to the order of crystallisation, magnetite encloses
apatite but is earlier than sphene. All three are earlier than
hornblende, felspar, or quartz, which crystallised in that order.
The crystallisation of the felspar referred to anorthoclase over-
lapped that of quartz to some extent, as the two are found inter-
grown in a semigraphic manner at times.
D i o r i t e (Gravels of Navua River at Nakorowaiwai).
Macroscopic characters.— The rock is moderately coarse-grained.
It is greyish in colour, and is speckled with hornblende. It
consists principally of greyish felspar and very dark green horn-
blende; some biotite can also be recognised. Quartz is not veiy
noticeable on the rolled surface, but on the polished surface is
seen to be moderately plentiful. The greenish decomposition
products of the hornblende and biotite are fairly abundantly
distributed. Specific gravity 2-79.
Microscopic characters. — The texture of the rock is moderately
coarse hypidiomorphic granular.
The constituent minerals include triclinic felspar, hornblende,
biotite, a little interstitial quartz, small amounts of magnetite
and minor accessories, and decomposition products. The rock is
therefore almost a pure diorite.
The minerals as a whole are surprisingly fresh-looking, though
the ferromagnesian constituents show signs of incipient decompo-
sition. A certain amount of strain is evidenced by the fracturing
of the felspars, bending of the micas, and undulose extinction in
most of the minerals; but the absence of marginal crushing shows
that the forces have not been very intense.
Felspar is the most abundant constituent of the rock. It
occurs in idiomorphic and subidiomorphic sections averaging
about 2-3 by 1'25 mm. in area. It is quite clear and colourless,
and, though much cracked, is free from decomposition products.
The usual cleavages are strongly developed. A study of the
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 511
refractive indices proves that the felspars are complex in structure.
Many of the crystals exhibit a large kernel with a refractive
index about the same as that of quartz (sometimes slightly higher,
sometimes lower), but always higher than that of Canada balsam.
These kernels are surrounded by a broad, very sharply defined
ring of felspar, comparatively free from the cracks which are so
abundant in the kernel, and with a refractive index lower than
that of either quartz or Canada balsam. In most cases there are
only two such sharpl}^ defined zones, but in a few instances there
are three or several rings.
In polarised light most of the sections exhibit albite lamellae,
with or without Carlsbad and pericline twinning. Some sections,
proved not to be orthoclase by their refractive index and optical
properties, show only "the Carlsbad twinning without any trace
of lamination after the albite law. In addition to the compara-
tively simple twinning, there is, in many instances, an excessively
fine polysyuthetic twinning sensibl}^ perpendicular to the albite
lamellse, and usually affecting only a portion of the section. It
is possible that this may represent the twinning after the pericline
law, but as the latter form occurs well developed in other sections,
this particularly fine lamination is very puzzling.
In spite of the comjDarative freshness of the felspar, it is
difficult to find a section giving satisfactory measurements. The
crushing of the rock as a whole has given rise to bending and
faulting of the lamellae, undulose extinction, and aggregate
polarisation. Sections parallel to (010) are on the whole more
satisfactory than those perpendicular to that face. The extinc-
tion of the outside zone varies from within outwards from- 6*^
to-2^ that of the kernel from -28^^ to -16^'. Taken in con-
nection with the refractive index observations, these figures
indicate a felspar varying between labradorite and andesine for
the kernel, and zones of oligoclase of varying composition for the
peripheral portions.
The sudden change in the composition of the felspar between
the kernel and the outer coating is suggestive of a marked change
in conditions of crystallisation after the formation of the inner
512 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.
portions of the felspar and before the final consolidation of the
rock. No other evidence in support of the idea of a secondary
addition to the felspar crystals could be found. As will be
explained later, abundant evidence of this phenomenon is met
with in certain of the andesites; but porphyritic structure, so
characteristic of change of physical conditions during the con-
solidation of rock, is conspicuously absent in the present instance.
I could find no evidence of rounding of the kernels before the
crystallisation of the outer coat.
Inclusions are not ver}^ abundant in the felspar. There are
gas-cavities and liquid inclusions with moving bubbles, all of very
minute dimensions. Grains and short prisms of a j^ellow-green
mineral which, by its refractive index, double refraction, and
pleochroism, is seen to be hornblende, also occur. There are also
small grains and crystals of magnetite.
Hornblende occurs in thoroughly allotriomorphic sections up
to 2"6 X I'O mm. in area, scattered plentifully through the rock.
Cleavage, refractive index, and double refraction are quite normal.
The pleochroism is very strong.
;t = light greenish-yellow.
b = dark yellowish green.
r = dark green.
Absorption : a<b^C.
The extinction angle c:c = 20^.
Many of the sections afford fine examples of the ordinary
twinning on (100).
Decomposition has not proceeded to any great extent as a rule.
The principal product is a bright green pleochroic chlorite. One
patch of this, showing no trace of cleavage, and therefore probably
parallel to (001), exhibits in convergent polarised light a
sharply curved brush. The mineral is, therefore, biaxial, with a
very small optic axial angle ; the optical sign is found to be
negative. The pleochroism of this decomposition product is
bright grass-green for rays vibrating parallel to the cleavage,
light straw-yellow for those at right angles. The double refrac-
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 513
tion varies from sky-blue tints up to a maximum which is fairly
high for chlorite.
A considerable quantity of epidote is formed at the same time.
In colour this is yellowish-green, and is easily recognised b}^ its
high refractive index, and strong double refraction, in grains
scattered throughout the chlorite.
The onl}^ inclusion of importance is magnetite in grains and
crystals.
Biotite is less abundant than hornblende, but is nevertheless
an important essential constituent. It occurs in thoroughly
allotriomorphic sections up to about 1-5 x 0-75 mm. in area.
Cleavage, refractive index, and double refraction are quite
normal. As stated above, the mica plates are often bent owing
to the strain which affects the rock as a whole. The pleochroism
is as usual very strong; vibrations parallel to the cleavage are
almost completely absorbed, while those vibrating at right angles
give a strong yellow colour.
The mica shows the effects of decomposition to a much greater
extent than the hornblende does. The earliest stages are marked
by the occurrence of odd patches of chlorite in parallel position
with regard to the original mineral. All stages between this,
and a complete replacement of the mica by a mixture of chlorite,
epidote, and opacite, can be traced.
The chlorite is similar to that described above under the
decomposition products of hornblende. In the final stage it is
usually impossible to say to which of the two species the original
mineral belonged. As a rule the epidote derived from the biotite
is rather lighter in colour than that from the hornblende, but
it is otherw^ise very similar.
Included in the biotite are grains and crystals of magnetite.
Though intimately associated, the hornblende and biotite are
not intergrown to any extent. Where any trace of such an
arrangement occurs, the mica appears to be the older of the two.
In addition to the small grains of magnetite included in the
ferromagnesian minerals, this mineral is fairly abundant in more
or less idiomorphic sections throughout the rock.
514 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.
'»'
Q u a r t z i t e (Togicedra). Plate xxxv., fii
In hand specimen very little of the structure of the rock can
be made out, as it ver)^ fine-grained and ver\' uniform in texture.
The colour is almost black, and the stone is intensely hard. As
stated in the first part of tliis paper, the rock is very considerably
jointed, but the bedding planes are in many cases obscure.
When they are visible, the dip is at very high angles, but variable
in direction and amount.
In thin section the rock is seen to consist of a ver}' fine-grained
aggregate, the base of which is a very fine mosaic of quartz and
one or more other colourless minerals. INIany of the colourless
granules which have broken away from the edge of the section
have a refractive index lower than that of Canada l)alsam. This
material cannot be quartz. It is perfectl}^ clear and colourless,
shows no microscopic structures (cleavage, twinning, &.C.), and
possesses very weak double refraction. An acid felspar, probably
albite, answers to this description. The principal coloured con-
stituent is referable to amphibole. It occurs in minute prismatic
sections whose minor limit of size is submicroscopic. The larger
ones are greenish-3'ellow in colour, and noticeably pleochroic.
The extinction angle is within about 10" of their direction of
elongation. Kefractive index is high, and double refraction
quite strong. The colour for vibrations perpendicular to the
length is light yellow ; for those parallel to the length it is
slightly darker greenish-yellow. The largest prisms are distinct!}'
fibrous, and are frayed out at the end; the smaller individuals
occur independentl}^ or clustered together to form tufts. The
arrangement is on the whole irregular, but a more or less marked
grouping in parallel layers imparts a foliated structure to the
rock. In cross section the outline is rounded to irregular. No
mica can be perceived. A little apatite in minute prisms is
recognisable. Iron ore in rounded grains is exceedingl}- abundant.
It is almost exclusivel}' referable to magnetite, though an occa-
sional speck of pyrites is present.
The rock is traversed by numerous irregular quartz veins, in
which the quartz assumes the character of a mosaic.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 515
A ugite Andesite (Namulowai). Plate xxxv., figs. 4-5.
Macroscopic characters. — In hand specimen the rock is dark
blue-grey in colour, and very compact in texture. It consists of
a well-marked cryptocrystalline base, with very numerous, beauti-
fully fresh, small, felspar phenocrysts,in which the albite striations
can be readily seen with a lens. Much less abundant than the
felspar is augite, in rather dark greenish-yellowish crystals, or
nests of crystals. There is no distinct evidence of flow.
The outcrop described in Part i. of this paper is a remarkable
thimble-shaped hill. It is very roughly columnar, so that the rock
tends to break up into angular fragments from 4 or 5 inches in
diameter upwards. Specific gravity, 2-64.
Microscopic characters. — The base consists of a light yellowish-
brown glass, through which are scattered very numerous crystal-
lites and microlites, giving it a characteristic hyalopilitic texture.
The crystallites have the form of very minute straight or curved
rods and fibres, and are irregularl}^ interlaced without any obvious
flow-structure.
Through the glass are scattered — but not abundantly— very
minute microlites of felspar. These are square to lath-shaped
sections, whose extinction is sensibly straight. Ko trace of
twinning is to be seen. The characters observed agree, so far as
they go, with oligoclase.
Still more scarce than the felspar microlites are those of augite.
They take the form of rather slender prisms, with a faint yellowish
colour, high refractive index, and large extinction angles.
One of the most remarkable features of the rock is the abun-
dance of felspar phenocrysts. These vary in size uj) to about
1-75 mm. long. A few show perfectly sharply defined outlines,
but most have more or less strongly marked resorption rims.
All stages can be traced, from perfect crystals to mere haz}^
patches, where the base is lighter in colour than usual, marking
places where felspar crystals have been almost completely redis-
solved.
51 G THE COXTINEXTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
The peculiarity in these felspars, which immediately attracts
the attention, is the enormous abundance of inclusions, and their
marked zonal arrangement. The actual nature of these inter-
positions will be considered later. Some sections contain none
of them. In practically eveiy instance the "inclusion zone " is
bounded peripherall}^ by a perfectly limpid ring. The shape of the
" inclusion zone " indicates that the original crystal lost its sharp
edges owing to corrosion, and the secondary felspathic material
of rather more acid composition was added peripherally in optical
continuity with the nucleus, reproducing the original crystal
edges. These crystals have a refractive index higher than that
of Canada balsam. The zones are remarkable, in that a more
basic zone is usually interposed between the nucleus and the
peripheral zone, sharply marked off from both by its higher
refractive index and different extinction angle. In some cases
the recurrence of several basic zones is to be noticed.
Sections in the zone perpendicular to (010) are apparently
free from inclusions, and do not as a rule show much zoning,
especially those with the maximum extinction angle. The maximum
extinction angle obtained in a ver}^ large number of readings was
37°. The greater number of readings lay between 33'-' and 37*^.
In sections of this zone twinning after the albite and Carlsbad
laws is almost universal. One section, w^hich does not exhibit
Carlsbad twinning, shov/s that after another law. The plane of
compo-sition cuts diagonall}^ across that of the albite lamellae. I
take this to be the Baveno law.
Sections parallel to (010) are very strongly zoned. The
cleavages parallel to (001) are sharpl}^ defined, while those
parallel to the prism face are in some cases marked b}' rough
cracks. The zoning, indicating the presence of (001), (lOl),
(201), allows the orientation of the section. It is thus found
that the extinction angle varies from -17° to - 28° for the
different zones. The kernel is in all cases the most basic part, and
usually occupies from one-third to one-half the area of the section.
The most basic variety of felspar is thus Bytownite. This deter-
mination is in accord with the fact that the refracti\e index is fairly
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 517
high. The double refraction is also noticeably greater than
usual for a felspar. Observations in convergent light are not
very satisfactory; they appear to indicate that in sections parallel
to (010) an optic axis emerges just outside the field. This is
what ought to happen for bytownite, but the figure is so hazy
that it is impossible to be quite certain.
Augite phenocr3^sts ai-e fairly abundant, though much less so
than felspar. They are Ijounded in the vertical zone by <{ 100 )-
and <j 010 \- very strongly developed, <{ 110 [- just noticeable,
and are terminated by <J 111 [- . The ordinary (100) twinning
is present in a large number of cases. The prismatic cleavages
are fairly perfect, but the rather uncommon cleavage parallel to
(010) and perpendicular to the trace of the twinning plane is
even more marked in niany cases. The colour by transmitted
light is very pale greenish-yellow. Faint as the colour is, a
pleochroism is just observable. Its scheme is :
jl = very light yellow.
b= „ ,, green.
r= ,, ,, brown.
The absorption is : it<b<C.
The average size of the crystals is about f mm. long by ^ mm.
thick.
The refractive index and double refraction are quite normal.
Many of the crystals are distinctly corroded, and show a
marked resorption rim in which is developed some secondary
magnetite. The inclusions in the augite are not very numerous;
magnetite grains and crystals are by far the most abundant, but
a few very small apatite crystals also occur. In addition to
these there are a few indeterminate greenish plates which, when
edge on, appear like threads.
The augite is practically entirel}^ free from decomposition, not
even a trace of chloritic material being observed, unless the plates
just referred to are of this character.
33
518 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FI.TI, II.,
In addition to the isolated crystals of augite scattered through
the base, there are a few rosettes of crystals up to about a couple
of millimetres in diameter.
The only other mineral to be noted is magnetite in grains and
crystals up to about h mm. in diameter.
Some peculiar granular aggregates occur. They consist of
small grains of rather more greenish augite than that noted
above, clear basic felspar, magnetite, and a little brov/n glass
similar to that composing the base. The}* range up to about
I mm. in diameter.
As stated above, one of the most remarkable features of the
rock is the exceptional development of inclusions in the felspar.
In all instances they appear to be mainly tabular; and some
sections, particularl}' those in the zone perpendicular to (010)
giving extinction angles near the maximum, are apparently quite
free from them. This is probably due to the fact that the inter-
positions have their maximum extension in (010), while their
thickness is very small; or else such sections, being more or less
through the centre of the crystal, have missed the crowded parts
which are on the whole more towards the exterior. The indi-
vidualised inclusions are of three kinds : —
(1). Faint greenish grains whose refractive index and double
refraction indicate augite. The uniformity of distribution of
their polarisation colours confirms the statement that they are
platy.
(2). Clear prisms of minute size, perhaps slightly greenish in
colour. Their refractive index is considerably higher than that
of the felspar. They are crossed by a marked parting perpendi-
cular to their length, and possess a noticeable double refraction.
The extinction angle measured from the long axis of the prism
is large, angles up to 45^ being met with. The orientation is on
the whole irregular, but sometimes short rods are arranged end
to end in straight lines, with very small spaces between them,
like the carriages of a railway train. They are especially abun-
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 519
dant in, but by no means confined to. certain very much corroded
crystals, and in these cases pass insensibly into the hair-like
microUtes in the base. Their exact nature is somewhat doubtful.
They are certainly not hornblende (too high an extinction angle),
but are more likely augite. They are, however, distinct from the
perfectly definite augite microlites (No. 1 above). The two kinds
occur in the same felspar crystal.
(3). Magnetite grains surrounded by radial and, in some cases
concentric contraction cracks, are only sparsely distributed.
The most numerous inclusions are unindividualised. These
consist of glass which in the smaller occurrences is colourless, but
in the larger ones takes on the character of the base, that is,
becomes brown in colour, and crowded with microlites. The
small colourless ones are more or less rectangular in outline, and
are of the nature of negative crystals (fig. 5). In almost every case
these small inclusions contain a relatively fairb/ large fixed
bubble, and are strikingly like those figured by Cohen. ^ The
markedly brown inclusions are for the most part irregular in
shape, and are probably more of the nature of solution cavities
rather than true inclusions. In one or two of the most corroded
crystals, distinct necks can be found joining them to the substance
of the base. In those crystals which have been added to second-
arily, the inclusions cease abruptly at the original somewhat
rounded surface, and the more acid peripheral zone is quite free
from them. The explanation of the arrangement of the inclusions
is probably that the original basic felspars suffered very consider-
ably from corrosion by the magma. The solution followed the
plane of the (010) cleavage mainly. Afterwards, through change
of conditions another period of felspar-building followed, and the
outer inclusion free zone of acid felspar was added.
* Sammkang von Mickrophotographien zur Verauschaulichung der mikro-
skopischen Structur von Mineralien und Gesteinen. Taf, viii., ix., x.
520 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
The chemical anal3'sis of this rock made by Messrs. Stoddard
and Mawson at the Universit}' of Sydney, by kind permission of
Professor Liversidge, is as follows: —
SiOo 58-92
AUOy iG-95
re.,0,, 3-33
Feb 3-69
MgO 0-40
CaO 6-22
Na.,0 4-99
K.b 3-08
HoOatllO^^ 1-09
HoO on io-nition ... .. 1-27
Total 99-94
This indicates a somewhat basic andesite.
Pyroxene Andesite (from coarse volcanic breccia of
Voma, Upper Waidina River).
Macroscopic characters. — The breccia, from which the rock here
described was obtained, forms an enormous outcrop. It rises
from the river-level in great cliffs which must be quite 1000 feet-
high. These cliffs limit the view in nearly all directions, the
greatest distance visible being somewhat over a mile. The
boulders range up to 4 or 5 feet in diameter, and are angular to
subangular in shape. The groundmass is greyish in colour, and
consists of comminuted fragments of rock similar to that com-
posing the boulders. The latter in hand specimen is of a rather
light blue-grey colour. It is minutel}^ vesicular, the cavities
being irregular in shape, and up to about 2 mm. in diameter.
They are coated inside with a thin film of bluish-white substance
which does not effervesce with acids. These give the rock a
speckled appearance. There are numerous glass}-^ striated felspars
up to 3 or 4 mm. in length, with less abundant and less obvious
small cr3^stals of brownish translucent pyroxene. A certain
amount of magnetite can also be detected. The presence of the
BY W. G. WOOLXOUGH. 521
cavities makes the determination of specific gravity in mass
valueless as a criterion of chemical composition, and their small
size would necessitate very fine crushing to eliminate the error.
The specific gravity in mass is 2-58.
Jlic7'oscopic characters.— \n thin section the rock is obviously
rendered strongly porphyritic by felspar, augite and hypersthene.
The base possesses a distinct hyalopilitic texture. The amount of
glass is relatively large and is quite colourless. Through it are
scattered such large numbers of microlites as to give it the
appearance of a grey "felt" under low powers. Under mode-
rately high powers these microlites are seen to consist of (1) very
numerous sti'aight and curved hair-like microlites undeterminable
under a magnification of 750 diameters; (2) plentiful rod-shaped
augites; and (3) small felspar laths.
The augite rods, with very sharpl}" defined boundaries, run ujd
to about 0*026 mm. x 0*006 mm. as a rule, a few odd ones being
about twice as much in each direction. In colour they are
greenish-yellow, and have extinction angles up to 45*^. The
double refraction is quite noticeable.
The felspar microlites are of about the same order of size as the
augites, but their boundaries are by no means so sharply defined
on account of their much lower refractive index. This is less
than that of Canada balsam. The extinction angle, so far as
it can be measured, is within a few degrees of straight. These
facts indicate that the felspar is oligoclase.
Grains and crystals of magnetite are moderately abundant.
The vesicular character, so obvious in hand specimen, is much
less marked in section. The irregular shape of the cavities makes
them look like accidental holes in the section. The film of
material immediately in contact with the walls is almost opaque,
and shows white by reflected light. By transmitted light it is
very dark brown on account of its opacity. It is apparently
fibrous and isotropic. Here and there there are other zeolitic
materials present in small quantities. Parts of this substance
have a refractive index almost the same as that of Canada balsam,
and are perfectly isotropic; other parts have a refractive index
522 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FI.TI, II.,
lower than that of Canada l)al8am, and are ver}" faintly doubly
refracting. The amount is small, and the properties obscure.
The felspars of the first generation vary in size up to 2 35 x
1-25 mm. They are very clear and free from decomposition. In
many cases they are crowded with inclusions which are usually
more or less zonall}^ arranged. In some sections "dusty" inclu-
sions are so abundant as to render the felspars almost opaque.
These inclusions are described later. The zoning produced by
isomorphous layers of felspars of varying composition is strongly
marked by differences of refractive index in ordinary light, and
by differences of double refraction in polarised light, especially
in sections parallel to (010). The refractive index is in all
cases markedly higher than that of Canada balsam. The
cleavages parallel to -{ 010 } and -| 001 [> are sharply defined,
while that parallel to ^ 110 )- is marked by strong cracks.
Between crossed nicols almost all the sections exhibit albite
twinning occasionally combined with that after Carlsbad and
pericline laws. Zoning, expressed by differences in double
refraction, is less marked in sections perpendicular to < 010 }-
than it is in some of the other rocks described: but, as stated
above, it is a striking feature in sections parallel to <| 010 [> .
Sections in the zone perpendicular to <{ 010 [- give symmetrical
extinctions up to a maximum of 32'-^, with a difference of 15°
between the extinctions in the two parts of a Carlsbad twin.
Good sections parallel to -J 010 [- give an extinction of- 11" for
the peripheral, and - 24'-' for the central portions. These
measurements indicate that the external zones consist of a basic
andesine, while the central kernel is a basic labradorite.
The inclusions in the felspars may be divided into glassy and
lithoidal, gaseous, individualised and "dusty."
The glass}^ and lithoidal inclusions are very varial^le in size
and shape. As a rule they are round or irregular, but occa-
sionally they approach the form of negative crystals. The glass
is yellowish or brownish in colour, while the lithoidal portions
contain thread-like microlites, and pass insensibly into those
described as dusty.
BY VV. G. WOOLNOUGII. 523
The gas-cavities call for no special remark. They resemble
the glass-inclusions in size and shape.
The individualised inclusions can be referred to augite and
magnetite. In all cases the former is yellowish-green in colour,
with perfectly normal refractive index and double refraction. It
occurs in two distinct habits: (i.) rounded or irregular grains
generally more or less centrally arranged, and (ii.) prisms exactly
similar to those in the base arranged peripherally and generally
parallel to crystal edges. The grains are mostly about 0-02 mm.
diameter or smaller, though occasional fragments up to 0*2 mm. in
length may be observed.
Magnetite grains are far less abundant than augite, and are
usually about 0-02 mm. diameter. They are as a rule strongly
idiomorphic.
The "dusty'' inclusions have the form of minute lines and dots
which are certainly connected with the phenomena of corrosion
and rejuvenescence.
These latter effects are very strongly marked, some crystals
having been almost entirely redissolved by the magma. Such
sections exhibit what have been termed above "dusty" inclusions
in enormous numbers round the periphery. They are connected
with the magma in many cases, and form a sort of frayed out
fringe of it extending towards the centre of the crystal. They
are reall}^ solution cavities, and are so abundant in some sections
that the original crystal has been con^'erted into a veritable
sponge. Sometimes they extend to the very centre of the crystals,
in other cases a nucleus of clear, uncorroded felspar is left, while
again they have travelled along several lines leaving clear portions
between. This corrosion is by no means universal; in fact the
bulk of the sections show little or none of it. I am unable to
account for this selective effect, as there does not appear to be
any notable difference in the composition between those affected
and those left. It may be that the freedom of most sections may
be apparent and not real. The solution may have affected onlj^
a very narrow zone, so that, when the section passes through the
plane of corrosion, the felspar appears crowded with "dusty"
524 THE CONTINENTAL ORIOIN OF FIJI, II.,
inclusions, in other cases the great mass of unaltered mineral
appears. The solution has certainly had a marked rounding
eifect in many cases.
The phenomenon of secondary addition or rejuvenescence is
very obvious in the case of these felspars. In many instances
there is a peripheral zone of perfectly clear felspar, of lower
refractive index than the crowded portion, perfectly free from any
trace of "dusty" inclusions. This zone is obviousl}^ secondary,
since it gradually rebuilds the crystal edges of those individuals
which had been thoroughly rounded by previous corrosion. The
secondary zones contain prismatic inclusions similar to those of
the base. Even those sections wdiich do not exhibit corrosion,
show by sudden differences of refractive index and double refrac-
tion that similar secondary growth has taken place.
Augite is fairly abundant in broad prismatic sections up to
1-7 mm. X 0-9 mm. in size, of a light yellowish-green colour. The
prismatic cleavages are strongly developed, but the cleavage
parallel to <J 010 [ noted in the Namulowai rock is not developed
in this instance, though the crystalline development in the two
cases is very similar. Twinning after the ordinar}^ law, i.e.,
parallel to -j 100 [- is well marked and common. There are also
sections showing an intergrowth of augite and hypersthene. In
these the hypersthene is inside and the augite outside, the two
having the same vertical axis.
The maximum extinction angle of the augite in sections parallel
to -I 010 }■ is 40\
The only inclusions worthy of note are grains of magnetite,
often idiomorphic, round which the augite exhibits strain-struc-
ture.
Hypersthene is perhaps more abundant than augite ; the
.sections are if anything a little smaller, but the difference in this
respect is small. The two minerals are readil}^ distinguished by
their difference in colour, most sections of hypersthene having
a pinkish tinge. The rhombic pyroxene is well developed in the
prism zone in which it is bounded by -| 100 [» j 010 [> and
-{ 110 [>, all about equally developed. The vertical axis is
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 525
terminated by symmetrically placed faces, but the angular
measurements of these are not sufficient to determine the form
definitely. The cleavages parallel to -j 100 }- and -J 010 [- are
about equally well developed. The refractive index is very
slightly lower than that of the augite, but the difference is very
small. The pleochroism is quite strong :
i^; = light brownish-red.
b = honey -yellow.
C ~ light green.
The absorption is : a>b>i:5 and is marked.
The distinction between the two pyroxenes is very pronounced
between crossed nicols. Whilst the augite shows colours of the
second order, the tint of the hypersthene rarely, if ever, rises
above yellow of the first order. The straight extinction of
sections in the pinacoidal zones is also a striking feature of
distinction. The results in convergent light are far from satis-
factory. Where interference brushes are obtained they are
nearly straight, indicating an optic axial angle nearty a right
angle. In consequence of this, measurements of sign are practi-
cally impossible. This feature, and the comparative faintness of
the pleochroism, indicate a rhombic pyroxene about intermediate
between bronzite and hypersthene. On account of the pleo-
chroism, I have called the mineral hypersthene.
The inclusions in this rhombic pyroxene are similar to those
in the augite.
The only other mineral to be noted is magnetite. This is
plentiful in the form of grains up to 0*275 mm. diameter and
perfect crystals of somewhat smaller size.
Hornblende Andesite (Buki Levu). Plate xxxvi., fig. 6.
The rock here described occurs, in the form of huge boulders,
in an exceedingly thick mass of volcanic breccia which builds up
the great bulk of the mountains, of which Buki Levu is the
centre. The specimens described were collected, not on Buki
Levu itself, but on the hill facing it, across a deep narrow
ravine less than a mile wide. The base of the breccia is light
LIBRARY! ::j\
526 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
grey in coloiii-, and is composed of finely comminuted fragments
of the same rock which occurs as boulders. The latter run up
to 5 or 6 feet in diameter, and are all fairly angular.
Macroscopic characters. — In hand specimen the rock is light
bluish-grey in colour, and very slightly vesicular. It is rendered
porphyritic by very numerous striated felspar crystals 5 or 6 mm.
long, and by less abundant but rather larger augites. As a rule,
no hornblende can be detected macroscopically. The rock where
vesicular is rendered amygdaloidal by having the cavities filled
with white amorphous material. In most specimens there is a
marked fluidal structure, but in some this structure is not apparent.
The rock is almost perfectly fresh and free from decomposition.
The specific gravity in mass is 2-60. This is a little low^ on
account of the vesicles, but they are so small and scattered that
they cannot affect the result to any great extent.
Microscopic characters. — In section the base consists of fairly
abundant colourless glass crowded with microlites, thus producing
a hyalopilitic texture. Through the glass are scattered what
appear to ])e minute gas-cavities of rounded or irregular shape.
These areas possess \'ery dark borders, indicating a considerable
difference in refractive index between their contents and the
glassy base, but do not affect polarised light. Hair-like indeter-
minate microlites are very abundant, interlacing to forma "felt."
Amongst the individualised constituents of the base, felspar,
augite, and magnetite are practically all that are to be noted.
T'he felspar microlites are lath-shaped, square or irregular. The
lath-shaped sections are mostly untwinned, but their minute size
makes the recognition of their properties extremely difficult.
The extinction angle measurements are extremely unsatisfactory,
but appear to be about 10° to 12° from the length. If this is
correct it indicates either albite or andesine. The augite micro-
lites are prismatic in shape. They are not nearly so abundant
as felspars, and are easily distinguished from them by their
higher refractive index, stronger double refraction, and by possess-
ing extinction angles up to 45 '^. Magnetite is relatively plentiful
in idiomorphic grains.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 527
Fluidal structure is not universally exhibited by the microlites
of the base, even in cases where it is very marked macroscopically
in the arrangement of the phenocrysts.
Felspars of the first generation present idioniorphic sections up
to 4 mm. X 3 mm. in area. They have suffered considerably from
mechanical forces, and from corrosion by the magma, but are
otherwise beautifully fresh. The zoning in ordinary light, which
has been described in other rocks, is even more marked in this
one. There seems to be a great tendency for the zonally-arranged
inclusions to split up into concentric zones with clear spaces
between. The zoning is also marked by differences of refractive
index, the variation being normal — that is, the central portions
having higher refractive indices than the peripheral zones. The
refractive index of all 'parts is greater than that of Canada
balsam. Both the ordinary cleavages and the prismatic parting
are strongly developed.
In polarised light it is found that albite twinning is strongly
developed, combined in many cases with that after the Carlsbad
law. Pericline lamellae are by no means uncommon. Sections
in the zone perpendicular to -j 010 J- give symmetrical extinctions
up to a maximum of 35^ for the central portions and 25° for the
peripheral zones, with a maximum difference of 15° between the
two portions of a Carlsbad twin. Highly satisfactory measure-
ments in a section parallel to -| 010 [- give- 13"^ for the outer
zones, and - 22*^ for the kernel. These results areveryconcordant,
and show that the felspar may be called labradorite, the different
zones varying between the two limits of that species. The outer
zones are near Abj^ An^, the central portions near Ab.^ An^. The
unindividualised inclusions in the felspars are exactly like those
described in the rocks from iS^amulowai and Voma, especially the
latter, and are certainly due to similar causes. The individualised
inclusions are referable to augite in grains and prisms mostly from
0*001 to 0-003 mm. in greatest length, but in some instances as
much as 0-075 mm., and grains of magnetite. Some of the larger
augite lumps contain small but perfect octahedra of magnetite.
582 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.
Augite of the first generation is fairly plentiful, though not
to the same extent as felspar, in broad prisms up to 1-25 mm.
long by 0-75 mm. wide, scattered irregularly through the base or
grouped in nests of more or less intergrown crystals. The colour
is light greenish-yellow. The prismatic cleavages are perfect,
and the rather unusual cleavage parallel to the clinopinacoid (at
right angles to the trace of the twinning plane) is developed here
as it is in the Xamulowai rock. There is nothing remarkable
about the refractive index or double refraction. The highest
extinction obtained in the vertical zone is 41'^. Judging by the
amount of curvature of the hyperbolic brush in convergent
polarised light, the optic axial angle is not large. The augite
contains as inclusions crystals of magnetite and also minute
colourless prisms about 0-025 mm. long, whose refractive index is
not very different from that of the augite. These prisms exhibit
straight extinction and weak double refraction, and may be apatite.
Gas- and glass-inclusions are moderately abundant up to 0*06 mm.
in diameter, but mostly much smaller than this. The smaller
glass-inclusions have the form of negative cr3^stals and contain
fixed bubbles. Though, on the whole, the augite is perfectly
fresh, here and there patches of brownish serpentinous mineral
are met with.
There are comparatively scarce areas throughout the rock
which represent pseudomorphs after hornblende. Most of these
are irregular or rounded in shape, but a few of them still preserve
the typical outline of a cross section of hornblende and thus
afford the key to the explanation of the more irregular ones.
They all contain very abundant magnetite; in many cases this
mineral constitutes almost the entire bulk of the pseudomorph.
In other cases, however, there is adn^ixed with the magnetite
more or less perfectly clear and colourless pyroxene. This rock
therefore indicates an intermediate stage between the pyroxene
andesites of Xamulowai and Voma, and the typical hornblendic
andesites of Korobasabasaga and Korowaiwai.
Magnetite is fairly plentiful in irregular grains up to 0-3 mm.
diameter and smaller idiomorphic crj'stals.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 529
There are moderately numerous amygdules partially or wholly
filling small irregular cavities up to 1 mm. across. The secondary
material appears to consist mainly of opal, chalcedony, and a
serpentinous substance. In many cases the walls of the cavities
appear to be coated with a thin layer of perfectly clear and
isotropic substance whose refractive index is lower than that of
Canada balsam; this is proba'hly opal. Next comes a zone of
fibrous material, slightly milky, exhibiting very weak double
refraction. The extinction of the fibres is parallel to their length,
and the layer has all the appearance of chalcedony. The surface
of the opaline layer maybe described as "micromammillary," and
the chalcedonic fibres, standing at right angles to this surface,
are therefore somewhat radial. The serpentinous material is
irregularly distributed. It is greenish-brown in colour and shows
very faint pleochroism. The structure is distinctly fibrous radial,
and the double refraction is noticeably higher than that of felspar.
These decomposition products are also distributed through the
rock and fill cracks which pass through all the minerals indis-
criminately. It is possible that the minerals described as opal
and chalcedony may be zeolites. The serpentinous material is in
part derived from the augite, but probably much of it represents
the material removed during the destruction of the hornblende.
Hornblende Andesite (Korobasabasaga).
Plate xxxvi., fig. 7.
As stated in the first part of this paper, no outcrops of rock
were met with in the ascent of Korobasabasaga until the crest of
the ridge was reached, when the "plug" filling the southernmost
summit was encountered.
The rock consists of an exceedingly coarse breccia. The base
consists of almost white comminuted fragments of lava similar
to that forming the ejected blocks. The dark prisms of horn-
blende are very noticeable constituents of it, as are also felspar
splinters. The ejected blocks are very numerous and are mostl}--
fairly angular in shape.
Macroscojnc character's^. — In hand specimen the rock is very
light grey in colour, with very obvious glassy felspars and black
530 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
hornblende prisms up to 2 or 3 mm. in length. Both minerals
are strikingly fresh and idiomorphic. The felspars are strongly
striated on the cleavage faces and are more numerous than the
hornblende crystals. On closer examination fairly abundant
augite is detected in the form of very small crystals of light
honey-yellow colour, looking, in fact, almost like olivine. A
little magnetite can also be observed.
The specific gravity of the rock is 2-61.
Microscopic characters. — The base is hyalopilitic in texture,
consisting of microlites of felspar and augite, with some magnetite,
and colourless interstitial glass in relatively rather small propor-
tion. All the mineral constituents of the base are very minute
in size. The felspars are the most abundant. In most cases
their size is so small that twinning cannot be detected, but
whenever the size is slightly gi-eater than the average twin stria-
tion is observable. Measurements of extinction angles are
unsatisfactory. The best of them never exceed 2^ to 3^ from
the direction of elongation of the microlite. The refractive index
is much the same as that of the Canada balsam. The species is
therefore oligoclase.
The augite of the second generation does not appear to differ
noticeably from that of the other andesites already described.
If hornblende microlites are developed, they are undistinguishable
from the augite. The magnetite is niostl}^ in more or less sharpty
defined crystals of small size. In addition to these constituents
whose nature can be satisfactorily determined, there are rather
scarce and very minute prisms with moderate refractive index
whose double refraction is so weak as to be scarcely noticeable.
These are probably apatite.
Felspar is the most abundant mineral of the first generation.
It is rather tabular in habit, parallel to (010) and is perfectly
fresh, and, like the phenocrysts in the previously described
andesites, has exceedingly abundant inclusions. Zoning is
strongly marked by differences of refractive index, and in all
cases there is a narrow peripheral zone wliose refractive index
exhibits a very considerable and very sudden drop from that of
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 531
the next zone inwards. Twinning after the albite and Carlsbad
laws is practically universal, and lamellne after the iDericline law
are by no means infrequent. Measurements of extinction angles
indicate that the outer zone of felspar is totally different in com-
position from the inner portion, and it is, therefore, in all pro-
bability of secondary origin. In the zone perpendicular to
(010) the central portions give a maximum symmetrical
extinction of 28^, while sections parallel to (010) give -15°
to- 19°, thus indicating labradorite. The secondary rim gives
extinctions not sensibly varying from 0° in all sections, while its
refractive index, is almost exactly that of the Canada balsam. It
is therefore oligoclase, that is, is identical in composition with the
microlites of the base.
The inclusions in the felspar do not differ essentially from
those described for the other andesites, except in the fact that the
zone of dusty inclusions, which I take to be really solution-cavities,
is noticeably narrower than in the other rocks. This, combined
with the fact that the zone of secondary felspar is comparatively
wide, indicates that the phenocrysts have suffered less corrosion
before secondary addition of felspar began to take place than the
corresponding crystals in the Buki Levu rock for instance.
As we should expect, in addition to augite and magnetite, we
have, included in the felspar, grains of pleochroic hornblende.
Next in abundance to felspar is hornblende, occurring in per-
fectly idiomorphic crystals. In the prism zone these are bounded
by I 110 ]> and ■{ 010 j- , the latter less developed than is usually
the case, so that cross sections appear almost rhombic. Alon<:>'
the vertical axis the crystals are terminated by what appear to
be pyramid planes. The colours in ordinar}- light var}^ between
dark clove-brown and greenish-brown. In all cases there is a
very strongly marked resorption rim rendered opaque by the
abundance of secondary magnetite. In some cases the resorption
rim is narrow and sharply defined, but a complete series of
structures from this to a pseudomorph of magnetite is met with.
The ordinary prismatic cleavages are strongly developed, and,
in addition, there are indications of another slightly irregular
532
THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
parting parallel to the clinopinacoid. This latter appears to be
of the nature of a solution-plane, since it is marked by the
development of dusty magnetite and plate-like bodies. Tt is not
a very constant feature, and is observable in only a few sections.
The refractive index and double refraction appear to be about
normal for basaltic hornblende. The highest extinction angle in
the prism zone is 12*'\ Pleochroism is very strong, the scheme
being : a = straw -yellow,
b = clove-brown.
C = dark greenish-brown.
The absorption being sensibly : a<b = f.
Between crossed nicols the ordinary orthopinacoidal twinning
is exhibited by most sections. In some it is
simple in character, in others twin lamellae are
interposed between the two main portions. In
one vertical section [parallel to (010)] it appears
that two individuals are somewhat irregularly
intergrown in twinned position (see text-fig.).
In convergent light, sections perpendicular to
the prism zone show the emergence of a positive
l)isectrix slightly oblique to the plane of the
section.
In addition to magnetite and apatite, neither of them very
abundant, the hornblende contains liquid-inclusions with moving
bubbles The plate-like bodies referred to above are partly
arran<j:ed parallel to the clinopinacoid, partly irregularly; in the
former case they recall the " Schiller " structure of certain
hypersthenes.
The pyroxene of this rock is almost colourless augite. It
is far less abundant than hornblende. It differs slightly
from the augite in the rocks hitherto described. The sections
are sharply idiomorphic. In the vertical zone they are bounded
by -j 100 [■ , -\ 010 }■ , and <| 110 [> about equally developed, so
that cross sections are almost perfect octagons ; along the
vertical axis they are terminated by pyramid faces. The
colour in ordinary light is ver}- light greenish-yellow, the refractive
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 533
index being about normal. Cleavages parallel to -<| 110 [- are
rather imperfect, while those parallel to the vertical pinacoids
are both rather strongly developed, though to a very unequal
degree. A few of the crystals are twinned in the usual manner.
The greatest extinction angle in the vertical zone was 39°, indi-
cating (Levy & Lacroix, 'Les Mineraux des Roches,' p. 262) a low
percentage of iron. The double refraction is, for augite, rather
weak. In convergent light a section rather oblique to the
prismatic zone shows the emergence of a positive bisectrix almost
perpendicular to the plane of section. The optic axial angle is
small, since the hyperbolic brushes do not separate widely. The
dispersion is not noticeable.
The augite is fairly free from inclusions, an occasional grain of
magnetite being the only kind noticeable.
Magnetite is only moderately plentiful in grains and crystals
scattered through the rock.
0 1 i V i n e-b earing Andesite (Tama ni Ivi, Mt. Victoria).
Plate xxxvi., fig. 8.
MacroscopicaUy the rock is bluish-grey in colour and very fine
in grain. It is rendered strongly porphyritic by perfectly fresh
striated felspar up to 5 or 6 mm. in length. Less abundant than
felspar is augite, notably dark in colour when compared with
that of the other rocks hitherto described. An occasional grain
of yellow-green olivine is met with. Magnetite is plentiful in
brightly reflecting octahedra of small size. Specific gravity, 2*73.
Microscopic charactei^s. — In thin section the base is almost
entirely crystalline. The amount of residual glass is small, so
that the texture may be termed pilotaxitic. Where glass is recog-
nisable, it is colourless and appears to be free from crystallites.
Of the microlitic constituents of the base, by far the most
abundant is felspar. This occurs in lath-shaped sections which
do not show any trace of fluxion arrangement. The refractive
index is much about the same as that of the Canada balsam; if
anything, rather lower on an average. In polarised light the
laths appear either simple or twinned only according to the
34
534 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
Carlsbad law. The extinction angle, in a very large number of
measurements, never exceeds 7*^ from the length. This indicates
that the felspar is oligoclase, just on the boundary between albite
and oligoclase.
Augite of the second generation is also abundant. It is
jrreenish in colour and is darker than that which occurs in the
less basic rocks hitherto described, and possesses apparently a
rather higher refractive index, and stronger double refraction.
These augites are distinctly prismatic. In addition, there are
light green to colourless granules with high refractive index and
strong double refraction, the latter apparentlj^ stronger than that
of the augite. These are suggestive of olivine,* but are of too
minute dimensions to be at all positive. Magnetite in small
idiomorphic grains, and apatite in very slender crystals are also
abundant.
Besides these constituents, there are very numerous hair-like
microlites which do not appear to penetrate any of the other
minerals, and are therefore probably the last minerals to
crystallise.
Felspar cr3'stals of the first generation are comparatively very
large and abundant. They are perfectly clear and colourless, and
free from decomposition products. Zones of growth are indicated
in ordinary light by marked increase of refractive index from the
periphery towards the centre. Both the principal cleavages are
strongl}^ developed, the cracks being numerous and sharpl}^ defined.
The refractive index for each zone is well above that of Canada
balsam. Like the porphyritic felspars in all the volcanic rocks
before described, they are simply packed with interpositions,
zonally arranged. These phenocrysts have suffered considerabl}^
from corrosion, in many cases being reduced to rounded grains.
On the outside of these grains there has been subsequently added,
in optical continuity with the central mass, a la3'er of felspar of
much more acid composition, which has partialh^ or completely
built up the original crystalline shape of the mineral.
* Kosenbusch states that two generations of olivine are very lare.
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 535
The internal portions of the felspar give, in sections from the
zone perpendicular to (010), a maximum extinction angle of
32" for the inner zones and 26^ for the outer zones, that is
labradorite of varying composition. No sections parallel to
(010) were available to check this result.
Augite of the first generation is not nearly so abundant as
felspar. Its distribution in the rock is somewhat irregular, as it
forms nests in some parts whilst some slices are almost without it.
In the zone of the vertical axis the sections are neatly bounded by
the usual faces, but at the ends of this axis they are irregular or
bounded by pyramid faces; their length in proportion to their
breadth is not great, so that the}^ form stumpy prisms. The
colour is light in greenish and j^ellowish tints, but is darker than
the augites hitherto described. The mineral is perfect]}^ free
from decomposition. Pleochroism is noticeable but faint, the
scheme being : a = yellow.
b = yellowish-green.
C ^ somewhat bluish-green.
The difference of absorption of the rays is very slight. In
polarised light the usual (010) twinning is noticeable, though
far from common. The extinction in (010) is 46'' forwards.
Double refraction is more powerful than in the colourless augite
of the other andesites.
The augite phenocrysts have suffered somewhat from corrosion
by the groundmass, though not to the same extent as that of
felspar. No difference in the character of the base in the imme-
diate neighbourhood of these corroded augites can be detected.
Interpositions with a marked tendency to zonal arrangement are
abundant, and include magnetite and apatite, and liquid-cavities
with moving bubbles; the smaller cavities have the form of
negative crystals. It is worthy of note that olivine does not
occur included in the augite phenocrysts.
Porphyritic crystals of olivine of relatively small size are
somewhat sparsely distributed. Many of the crystals are beauti-
fully idiomorphic, but some have been more or less damaged or
even reduced to the condition of grains. It is perfectly colourless.
536 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
but is slightly decomposed along the cracks, with production of
dark brownish-yellow serpentine. The colour of this alteration
product indicates a rather ferriferous variety of olivine. The
fairl}' good cleavage parallel to (001) indicates the same thing;
the other cleavages are not apparent, but rough cracks are
numerous. Refractive index and double refraction are normal.
Unlike the other phenocrysts, the olivine shows little or no trace
of solution by the magma, the breaking up of the crystals being-
due to mechanical causes. In convergent polarised light a section
perpendicular to an optic axis gives a distinct^ curved brush,
showing that the optic axial angle is smaller than usual. The
dispersion is very distinct, p < v. Interpositions are rare, and
include occasional grains of magnetite and apatite. Unindivi-
dualised inclusions were not observed.
Magnetite is fairly abundant, but calls for no special comment.
Apatite is a notable constituent in rough prisms which pene-
trate the magnetite.
Porphyritic Basalt, approaching Limburgite (Nadari-
vatu). Plate xxxvi., fig. 9.
Macroscopic characters. — In hand specimen the rock is dark
bluish-grey in colour. It is very markedly diflerent at first glance
from the andesites hitherto described, in that porphyritic felspar
is not developed. The rock is nevertheless very strongly porphy-
ritic, the phenocrysts being black augite and yellow-green olivine.
The former is strongly idiomorphic, the forms being ideally
perfect, bounded by \ 010 [>, -j 100 |^, \ 110 ^ and -{ 111 1^.
The olivine, too, is beautifully crystallised ; it occurs both as
isolated crystals and as clusters of these. The two minerals are
about equally abundant; if anything, the olivine is predominant.
Magnetite is plentiful.
The rock is slightly vesicular, the spaces being filled with white
zeolitic products. Specific gravity 2-90.
Microscojnc characters. — In thin section it is obvious that this
rock is much the most basic encountered during the whole
expedition, Macroscopically no porphyritic felspars are visible,
BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 537
and under the microscope felspars of the second generation are
small and not plentiful. On the other hand, ferromagnesian
minerals are very abundant.
The base is certainly hyalopilitic, the amount of isotropic
material being variable but notable. Under the magnification
necessary to examine it, it is only very faintly yellow, and
not much darker under low powers. It is crowded with
hair-like crystallites, for the most part isotropic. The microlitic
components of the base include plagioclase and augite, with a
marked fluxion arrangement. Both minerals are of minute
dimensions. Augite is the more plentiful of the two, and is very
similar to that already described in other rocks. It is perhaps
more strongly refracting, and its double refraction is greater.
The felspar is mostly striated after the albite law. The refractive
index is greater than that of Canada balsam, where a difference can
be detected. Fairly good symmetrical extinctions up to 30° can
be measured; with a difference of over 10° in the halves of an
occasional Carlsbad twin, this indicates labradorite.
Of the phenocrysts, augite and olivine are much the most
abundant. The former occurs in large sections, up to as much
as 6 mm. diameter. It is beautifully idiomorphic, the forms
indicated by the outlines of the sections being ■{ 100 )>, -{ 010 J- ,
^ 110 |>, ^ 111 J> and -{ 001 |.. The length is on the whole
not much greater than the breadth, so that the sections are more
or less equidimensional. The colour is rather variable ; in
different sections it shows tints of greenish-yellow or olive-green
considerably different from one another. Notwithstanding this, no
pleochroism is noticeable in any one section. Even in one and the
same cr3'stal the colour varies zonally, showing that the difference
in colour depends on variation in composition and not on the
direction of the section, thus explaining the absence of pleochroism.
Some of the sections show^ most beautifully the " hour-glass "
structure often met with in augite. Cleavage, refractive index
and double refraction are quite usual. Twinning after the
orthopinacoid law is not very common, though beautiful examples
538 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
are met with. The extinction on the clinopinacoid is 52° for-
ward from the trace of the vertical axis. Sections nearly at right
angles to an optic axis give an hyperbolic brush with very little
curvature, showing that the optic axial angle is large. These
facts all indicate augite rich in iron.
The augite is not decomposed to any notable extent, but
has suffered somewhat from corrosion by the magma. The
resulting rim is rendered dark by development of magnetite,
Man}' of the crystals are fractured by movement due to the flow
of the rock. In one or two cases solution has gone on along
planes parallel to the pyramid faces, producing relatively large
cavities filled w4th, and often visibly connected with, the ground-
mass.
In addition to these pseudo-inclusions, there are numerous true
interpositions. The chief of these is olivine in relatively large
grains, and magnetite in more or less idiomorphic forms.
Olivine is perfectly idiomorphic, the shape of the sections indi-
cating that none of the pinacoid faces are very strongly developed.
The mineral is perfectly colourless, its refractive index and double
refraction calling for no special remark. The cleavages are,
however, very much more strongly developed than usual; in fact
they are in certain sections quite perfect. All three pinacoidal
cleavages seem to be present. This may indicate that the olivine
is a ferriferous variety. This appears to be borne out by the fact
that relatively little corrosion has taken place. The optic axial
angle is large, judging by the slight curvature of the hyperbolic
brush in convergent polarised light. The crystals are slightly
corroded in parts, "bays" of groundmass being produced. The
only inclusion of note is magnetite; as noted above, the olivine
is older in crystallisation than augite. The cracks which traverse
the crystals fairly abundantly are not so irregular as usual, but
show a decided tendency to spheroidal arrangement strikingly
similar to perlitic structure in glassy rocks. The mineral is
often grouped in the form of nests of crystals, or occurs in
isolated sections. As a rule the positions of the intergrown
individuals do not seem to obey any fixed law, but in one case
BY W. G. WOOLXOUGH. 539
two such individuals are very nearly, but not quite, in parallel
position. The mineral is slightly decomposed, especially at the
periphery and along the spheroidal cracks, into a dark green
variety of serpentine which is noticeably doubly refracting, but
only very faintly pleochroic.
It is doubtful whether any of the felspar is truly porphyritic
in the sense of Rosenbusch. Some of the sections are compara-
tively large, though always much smaller than those of augite or
olivine. All stages between these and the microlites of the base
can be traced, and no difference in composition is apparent.
Magnetite is abundant, the grains showing more or less crystal
form.
The cavities in the rock are of two kinds — long, irregular
cracks, and round holes; The nature of the filling material is rather
puzzling. Some of it has all the characters of an acid felspar; it
is striated, and has a refractive index lower than that of Canada
balsam. In some cases the lines of felspathic material can
scarcely be called cavities, as they are only just discernible in the
groundmass. In these felspathic lines, but not in the round holes,
prisms of apatite occur abundantly. In both cases plates of
reddish pleochroic mica are very scarce. Some of the round
cavities contain undoubted zeolite, whose refractive index is very
much less than that of Canada balsam. It is colourless, with
opaque-white decomposition products thinly scattered through it.
It is more or less markedly in broad prismatic crystals whose
arrangement is either radial, irregular, or sheaf-like, suggesting
stilbite. Owing to the superposition of the crystals, it is difficult
to read extinction angles. Where this can be done the extinction
is nearly, but not quite, straight. The double refraction is of the
same order as that of felspar, though somewhat weaker. The
crystals are crossed by cracks at right angles to their length.
The elongation of the fibres is opticall}^ negative. All these
observations, so far as they go, are in favour of the zeolite being
stilbite. The broad distinct lines of colourless material through
the rock contain a good deal of this same zeolite which encloses
apatite; unless this apatite is secondary, the zeolite must be
540 THE CONTINENTAL ORIGIN OF FIJI, II.,
regarded as primary, like the analcite of the S3^dne3' basalts.*
The evidence, however, is not strong enough for any such
hypothesis to be advanced in tliis case.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXV. -XXXVI.
Plate XXXV.
Fig. 1. — Granite — Narokorokoyawa — showing effects of strain in the bending
of the cleavage lines in biotite ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 2.~Quartz-Diorite — Nadranikula ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 3. — Quartzite — Togicedra— showing injection of the rock by quartz
veins; crossed nicols ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 4. — Augite Andesite — Namulowai — showing characteristic group of
augite crystals and general features of rock ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 5. — Glass-cavities in felspar, augite andesite — Namulowai. The
cavities contain relatively large bubbles which remain fixed. The
larger inclusions are irregular, while the smaller ones have the form
of negative crystals ( x 400 diameters, about).
Plate xxxvi.
Fig. 6. — Hornblendic Andesite — Buki Levu — general character of the rock
( X 20 diameters).
Fig. 7. — Hornblende Andesite — Korobasabasaga ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 8. — Olivine-bearing Andesite — Tama ni Ivi — to show the mode of
occurrence of the olivine. The particular portion of the rock
photographed contains no augite ( x 20 diameters).
Fig. 9. — Porphyritic Basalt — Nadarivatu. This photograph shows well the
characteristic development of the olivine, and fairly well the
tendency to Spheroidal Cracking ( x 20 diameters).
*G. W. Card, Bee. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Vol. vii., p. 93, tt seq.
541
THE BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF THE GUMS OF THE
ARABIN GROUP.
X. — The Pararabin Gum of Sterculia.
{BaCT, PARARABINUM, n.Sp.)
Bv^ R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
The gum which sometiilies exudes from specimens of Sterculia
has been investigated by Maiden,* who found that it consisted
essentially of arabin and pararabin. f The latter is presumably
a modification of the former, and differs from it in being insoluble
in water. Pararabin also differs from arabin, as well as from
metarabin or cerasin, in not being hydrolysed upon boiling with
dilute sulphuric acid.
I have already shown that arabin is the product of Bact.
acacice, and that metarabin is produced by Bact. metarahinum.
It would, therefore, be interesting if an organism capable of
forming pararabin could be isolated. Such a result would not
only show how diverse can be the gum-products of bacteria, but
also how the gums, which were supposed to be secretions of the
higher plants in a pathological condition and to have been pro-
duced from cellulose, are really the bj^products of the bacterial
fermentation of sugars.
* Maiden, Pharm. Jour. [3] xx., 1890, 381.
t Pararabin found in beet-root, carrots, agar-agar, is amorphous, swells
in water, is soluble in dilute mineral acids, and is precipitated therefrom by
alkalies or alcohol; upon warming with alkalies gives arabin, with dilute
H0SO4 no sugar, does not decompose carbonates. — Dammer und Kung,
" Chemisches Handwurterbuch."
5-42 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF AKABIN GROUP,
.Specimens of the fruit, etc., of Sterculia diversifolia, showing
numerous gum-drops upon the seed-capsules and twigs, were sent
to me by ^Ir. H. W. Potts, Principal of the Hawkesbury Agri-
cultural College. The substance of the capsules was saturated
with a mucilage which oozed through insect punctures in the
pods, and formed gum-drops upon the outside as it dried. From
these specimens I hoped to obtain an organism capable of forming
pararabin.
Bacteria were readily obtained, in the manner that I have
previously described, from portions of the punctured fruits, from
the very young entire fruits (measuring about 1 cm. in length)
and from unpunctured twigs.
The colonies were those of Bad. acacice, and of races of another
bacterium which was closely investigated. Since the bacteria
were obtained from the twigs and unpunctured young pods, it is
clear that the plant had not been infected by the same insects
that made the holes through which the gum exuded. Infection
must have occurred at another place, possibly on the stem, and
at a less recent date.
When infected upon the surfaces of plates of saccharose-potato-
agar, the unknown bacterium grew as a whitish slime which could
be readily removed. A watery suspension of the slime was
coagulated by copper sulphate (1% and 10%), ferric chloride,
aluminium hydrate, lead acetate (10%), basic lead acetate, baryta
water, milk of lime, and silver nitrate (5%). Upon standing a
sediment separated out from the slime, and the almost clear
supernatant liquid also gave precipitates with the reagents
enumerated.
When the specimens of fruit arrived at the laboratory, several
pods were soaked in water, and the mucilage which exuded was
precipitated with alcohol. But a small precipitate was obtained
from a fairly mucilaginous solution, and when this small quantity
was dissolved or diffused in water it was precipitated by lead
acetate, baryta water, copper sulphate, silver nitrate, and slightly
with ferric chloride. These reactions were sufficient to show
that the Sterculia mucilai>;e and the bacterial slime have certain
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 543
common properties, and that the organism which I had separated
would eventually be found to be a pararabin-producer.
The coagulation of the slime by all the reagents enumerated
is not characteristic of Sterculia slime, for I have already shown
that cane gum is also precipitated or coagulated. The slime of
Bact. persicce, the arabinan-galactan organism of the peach, etc.,
when in strong solution, is also coagulated by these reagents.
The slimes of Bact. peisicce and Bact. vascularum difier from the
Sterculia bacterium slime, in that they are not resolved by treat-
ment in the autoclave at three atmospheres' pressure into a
deposit of bacterial remains and an almost clear or turbid super-
natant gummy fluid. In this respect there was an agreement
between the Sterculia bacterium slime and the slimes produced
by the arabin and the m'etarabin bacteria.
The turbid solution of the gum, when treated with alcohol,
gave a precipitate which consisted of large curdy masses and
floccules. As the saline matter was removed during the process
of eliminating the last traces of sugar, the alcohol threw down a
precipitate, and at the same time produced a *' milk." The pre-
cipitate was only partly soluble in water; the alcohol had gradually
converted much of the carbohydrate into an insoluble modification.
Saline flocculating agents, such as potassium chloride or better
barium chloride, coagulated the "milk," and by dissolving the
precipitate in water an opalescent solution was obtained.
The insoluble gum dissolved readily in dilute hydrochloric acid,
but boiling 1% sodium hydrate simply coagulated the diffused or
swollen carbohydrate, leaving a clear solution. The solubility in
dilute acid and insolubility in dilute alkali are characteristic of
par arabin.
The slime was obtained by growing the bacterium upon the
surface of an agar medium containing 5% saccharose and 50%
potato juice. The potato juice and the medium should not be
neutralised at any time during its preparation. The natural
acidity undoubtedly favours the production of slime, causing it
to be more gummy and less opaque ; evidently there are less
bacterial cells and more gum. When neutralised potato juice is
544 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
used there is obtained a smaller quantity of a thick white slime.
Whether the increase of gum is due to the acid reaction of the
medium or to the partial inversion of the saccharose is not clear;
but, since reducing sugars are present in potato extract, it is
probable that the natural acidity is the essential factor in
stimulating the bacteria to slime-production rather than to repro-
duction.
The races of the organism. — Upon saccharose-potato-agar the
bacteria always produced slime — that is to sa}', if the bacteria
grew at all, slime was produced. Three races of the bacterium
had been isolated, and these differed chiefly in the temperatures
between which they grew. Race i., produced as much slime at
18° as at 24°; at 30° and 37° the slime was less. Race ii., grew
equally well at 18°, 24°, 30° and 37°. Raceiii., grew equally well
at 18°, 24° and 30°, but did not grow at 37°. Race i., produced
the largest quantity of slime, and it is this race which was used
in the work connected with the action of the organism.
The slimes {i.e., carbohydrate together with the bacterial cells
and other products) which were produced by these races behaved
differently to certain chemical reagents. For example, the slime
of race i., was coagulated by copper sulphate, neutral lead acetate
and barium hydrate, while races ii. and iii. were not. The slimes
of all the races were coagulated by ferric chloride, aluminium
hydrate, basic lead acetate, and milk of lime. The coagulation of
the slime by many reagents is therefore not distinctive.*
When the gum was separated from the bacterial cells and other
products and while in the soluble condition it behaved somewhat
differently with these reagents. Curdy precipitates were obtained
with alcohol, barium hydrate, basic lead acetate and ferric
chloride. Neutral lead acetate and copper sulphate gave no pre-
cipitate. Copper sulphate followed by sodium hj'drate gave a
light blue precipitate which contracted but did not darken upon
* The slime of Bad. jjer.siae differed in its behaviour to coi^per sulphate
according to the temperature of incubation of the cultures. These Proceed-
ings, 1903, p. 839.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 545
hecating. In this respect it is similar to the arabin and metarabin
gums. Fehling's solution sometimes did and sometimes did not
precipitate the gum. These tests were made with the gum of
race i., after the slime had been heated in the autoclave and the
separated gum had been repeatedly precij^itated with alcohol to
remove the sugars.
The bacterium also produces slime in fluid culture. A medium
containing saccharose 50, peptone 2, ammonium chloride 1,
potassium phosphate 1, magnesium sulphate 0*5, chalk 10, and
water 1000 grms. was, after sterilisation, infected and incubated
at the air temperature (25^). By the 10th day, the solution had
become very viscous, and from it a small quantity of slime was
obtained by treatment with alcohol. When made into an emul-
sion with water, the slime behaved to reagents like that grown
upon the surface of agar.
The products of hydrolysis. — The slime from agar was purified
by repeated precipitation with alcohol from aqueous emulsion
until it was found to be free from sugars. The gum was then
obtained from the slime and its hydrolysis was attempted by
boiling with 5 % sulphuric acid. At the end of six hours a por-
tion was abstracted, neutralised and tested for reducing sugars.
Fehling's solution gave a pale blue flocculent precipitate, but
there was no reduction. At the end of twelve hours Fehlino-'s
o
solution gave the same negative reaction. The carbohydrate had
not been hydrolysed, and in this respect it is similar to pararabin,
which is not hydrolysed upon boiling with dilute sulphuric acid.
The sulphuric acid solution was divided into two and one of
the halves was evaporated to half volume ( = 10 % sulphuric acid)
and boiled for six hours. The other half was nearly neutralised
with baryta water, filtered and evaporated down with 50 c.c. of
normal phosphoric acid until the solution darkened in colour and
evolved the odour of burning sugar. The solution was then
diluted to 33 c.c. ( = 5 % solution) and boiled for six hours.
From the solution which had been boiled with 10 % sulphuric
acid, a few milligrams of an osazone which melted at 177-180^
were obtained. The small quantity of osazone from the solution,
546 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
which had been treated with phosphoric acid, melted at IGS-IGO"".
Both osazones were put together and dissolved in weak alcohol.
The alcohol was boiled off and a water-insoluble, lemon-yellow,
crystalline powder which melted at 19 V was obtained. From
the hot water solution crystals separated out on cooling; these
dried on porcelain as a brownish-yellow skin which melted at
170'^, The appearances and melting points of these osazones
indicated galactosazone, and a mixture of arabinosazone and
galactosazone.
As the quantities of sugars obtained by the above methods had
been too small to enable the osazones to be separated in a prac-
tically pure state, a further quantity of gum was hydrolysed.
This test differed from the former in the gum having been obtained
in fluid media containing saccharose. The possibility of agar
contaminating the gum was thus prevented. The carbohydrate was
freed from saccharose and reducing sugars by repeated precipitation
with alcohol from aqueous solution or suspension. The curdy gum
finally obtained was moistened with 2 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid
and was then rubbed into a paste in a glass mortar. When the
mixture had become brownish in colour, 25 c.c. of water were
added, and, after transferring to a flask, the mixture w^as boiled
for 9 hours under a reflux condenser. The solution, which con-
tained reducing sugars, was neutralised with barium carbonate,
filtered, evaporated, clarified with aluminium hydrate and finally
treated with phenylhydrazine mixture"^ and heated on the
water-bath for two hours. The solution was cooled and the
residue, after filtration, was dried on porcelain and then treated
with ether to extract the tarry impurity. The osazones melted
at 175-177"'\
The undoubted mixture of osazones was successively treated
with (1) hot water, (2) hot dilute alcohol, and (3) hot strong
alcohol. The first fraction consisted of a mass of yellow crystalline
needles which dried on porcelain as a brown skin and melted at
162-164'^. Further treatment with hot water extracted arabin-
* Phenylhydrazine 1 c.c, glacial acetic acid 1 c.c, water 0*5 c.c
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 547
osazone melting at 159^. The second fraction dried as a loose
yellow powder with a brown tinge. It melted at 184-186^. The
third fraction dried as a loose yellow powder which melted at
190-191'^. This was dissolved in hot alcohol, and hot water was
added until a workable precipitate settled out. The clear yellow
powder so obtained was galactosazone melting at 194''.
The slime has thus been seen to contain a carbohydrate which
had the properties of pararabin, viz., upon drying it became
insoluble, and this modification was insoluble in dilute alkali,
soluble in dilute acid; it could not be hydrolysed by boiHng with
dilute acid, but by appropriate treatment with strong sulphuric
acid it was hydrolysed to arabinose and galactose.
Invertase is not secreted. — Many bacteria while producing gum
from saccharose invert apart of the sugar to levulose and dextrose,
one of which may be utilised. This organism does not secrete
invertase. The supernatant liquid from saccharose-chalk cultures
did not reduce Fehliiig's solution. Instead of reducing the fluid,
the gum formed a precipitate which coagulated on boiling.
The influence oj various sugars, i^c, upon slirne-Jorviation.—
In the culture media hitherto employed saccharose had been the
carbohydrate nutrient. But as other carbohydrates might be
capable of replacing saccharose, experiments were made to investi-
gate this question. The results showed that dextrose, levulose,
galactose, mannite and glycerine could replace saccharose. Of
these levulose and glycerine were better than the others, and
better even than saccharose. The following carbohydrates were
useless : rafiinose, lactose, maltose, inulin, starch and dextrin.
The experiments were made with a peptone and chalk fluid, and
also with nutrient meat-agar, to both of which media the carbo-
hydrates had been added previous to sterilisation. The fluid
cultures corroborated the results obtained with the agar medium.
Potato-ex tract-agar was also used, but as this medium contains
reducing sugars, it did not show clearly the eff'ect of the added
carbohydrates. There was one exception, however. The addition
of glycerine produced a gelatinous growth, the bacteria being
548 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
apparently contained in comparatively large masses of slime.
These masses were also noted when glycerine had been added to
the nutrient agar. They lay loosely upon the agar and could
be scraped together into a gelatinous heap."
Since the gum can be formed from glycerine, this substance
should be much better than saccharose when the gum is required
in quantity, for the residual glycerine could be more easily
removed. Furthermore, a whiter gum could be obtained; the
saccharose solutions during sterilisation, etc., become brownish
in colour, and as this colour is con\e3^ed to the purified gum, its
solutions are not colourless.
The other hi/products of the fermentation of saccharose. — A
saccharose-peptone-medium contained in a small flask was
infected with the organism and connected with another flask
containing baryta water. The air inlet was sealed with a screw-
clip and the air outlet was connected with a tube of soda-lime.
No aerial carbon dioxide could therefore gain access to the
apparatus. At the end of five days the air from the culture
flask was drawn through the baryta water, when a copious
formation of barium carbonate occurred. Carbon dioxide is thus
a byproduct in the fermentation of saccharose.
The supernatant liquid from a 20 days' culture containing
chalk and saccharose was treated with barium hydroxide and
boiled under an inverted condenser in order to saponify alcoholic
esters. The liquid, after cooling, was filtered and distilled in a
partial vacuum until about one- third had passed over. The
residual fluid was evaporated down and reserved for the extrac-
tion of the acids. The distillate was distilled and the process
repeated until about 10 c.c. of fluid had been obtained. As this
contained ammonia it was made acid to litmus with phosphoric
acid and distilled at atmospheric pressure. The first 2 c.c. of
distillate were absorbed with anhydrous sodium carbonate and
distilled. The first drops that passed over were collected and
the boiling point determined by Siwoloboff's method. The fluid
boiled at TS'-^ and burned with a blue flame. It also gave the
iodoform reaction, and undoubtedly was ethyl alcohol.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 549
The residual fluid reserved for the extraction of acids was
evaporated to small bulk, acidified with sulphuric acid and
filtered. The residual chalk, with adhering salts and liquid
from the culture flask, was also treated with dilute sulphuric
acid until all the chalk had been decomposed and the suspen-
sion was strongly acid; it was then filtered. The two filtrates
were reserved for extraction with ether.
The two residues of sulphate of barium and calcium were
dried in the air, then ground to a rough powder in a mortar, and
finally extracted with ether. After the evaporation of the ether,
the extracted acids were treated with hot water, when an oily
acid separated out. This was washed with water, dried, dissolved
in ether and filtered. After the ether had evaporated, the fatty
acid, which was solid at the ordinary temperature, was melted
and sucked into capillary tubes in which the acid crystallised in
clusters of silky needles. These melted at 42*5°, and apparently
consisted of lauric acid.
The reserved filtrates were extracted with ether in Schoorl's
apparatus, and, after the ether had been distilled ofi", the residual
solution of the acids was added to the liquid from which the
lauric acid had been obtained. The volatile acids were driven
off in a current of steam. The proportion of these to the residual
or non- volatile acids was as 1:9-7, or roughly as 1:10. The
volatile acids consisted chiefly of butyric, with small quantities
of acetic and formic acids. The partial separation of the acetic
and butyric acids was effected by the treatment of the calcium
salts with strong alcohol as recommended by Schoorl,* and the
recognition was made by the odour of the acids and the ethyl
esters. The solution of the non-volatile acids was evaporated and
allowed to crystallise overnight, when prisms of succinic acid
separated out. These sublimed, gave a buff precipitate with
ferric chloride and ammonia, and melted at 180°. The method
of Schoorl was then followed, when a further separation of
succinate was effected. No other acids were obtained.
* Schoorl, Jour. Soc. Chem. Inch, xix., 567.
35
550 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIN GROUP,
The acids produced during the growth of the organism in
saccharose solutions are therefore succinic, lauric, butyric, acetic
and formic, the relative proportions being in that order. Besides
these acids, ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide are formed.
The organism did not produce characteristic growths upon
the various media. The most distinctive characters were perhaps
the production of a gummy slime on saccharose-potato-agar, and
of a pronounced viscosity in fluid media containing certain
sugars, etc., and chalk. As pararabin has never before been
shown to result from bacterial activity, it is probable that the
organism is new,* and I have accordingly named it Jjacteriiim
pararabiniim, n.sp. (Bacillvs pararobhms, n.sp., by Migula's
nomenclature).
Bacterium pararabinum, n.sp.
Shape, etc. — The organism appears as an actively motile, short
thick rod with rounded ends. It tends to form long rods, chains,
and threads in old cultures. The young cells, as taken from a
24 hours' agar culture, measure 0-6-0-7 : 0-8-1/i. The flagella may
be single and terminal, or numerous and peritrichous: up to seven
have been observed upon one cell. The rods colour readily with
the ordinary stains, and are decolorised by the Gram method.
Spores were not observed.
Temperature, etc. — The growth temperatures have been noted
on page 544. The bacterium is aerobic; no growth occurred under
the mica plate.
Nutrient agar plate. — At 30° the colonies are circular, raised
translucent-white and gummy. Microscopically they are rounded
and finely granular, with irregular curved structures scattered
here and there. The deep colonies are oval, rounded or
lenticular, and coarsely granular.
Glucose-gelatine plate. — In two days at 22° the colonies were
white, rounded, raised and gum-like, although they did not draw
* Bad. gelatinosum betce, Fritz Glaser, a dextran bacterium, appears to
be the most closely related slime-forming organism.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 551
into threads when touched with the needle. Microscopical!}'
they were coarsely granular and clouded, with curved or coiled
structures scattered throughout the colony. The deep colonies
were round and dark, with short delicate cilia radiating from
the margin.
Nutrient agar stroke. — The growth appears translucent-white,
raised, moist or fat glistening, smooth or rough; the margin
remains straight or becomes lobular. The consistency is either
thin or gelatinous.
Saccharose-jJotato-agar stroke. — The growth may be (1) raised,
luxuriant, translucent-white and non-gravitating ; (2) white,
gummy and gravitating; or (3) thin, white, spreading, with gas
production in the condensed water.
Nutrient gelatine stab. — The growth along the needle track
appears filiform, with a white, raised or depressed, glistening or
dull nail-head. As the nail-head spreads outwards, the centre
sinks, and a tubular or crateriform pit is formed, below which
the medium is locally liquefied.
Glucose-gelatine stab. — The stab becomes filiform, with a dry,
glistening white nail-head, either raised at the margin and
depressed in the centre, or flat and spreading. The nail-head
eventually becomes crateriform from the consumption of the
medium, which is liquefied below the centre of the film. The
medium may or may not darken.
Potato. — The growth is yellowish-white, thin, glistening and
scattered; it becomes raised, and buff- white and appears gummy
or fatty.
Bouillon. — The medium becomes very turbid with a loose
flocculent sediment and slight surface ring. The indol reaction
was obtained, and in nitrate-bouillon the nitrate was reduced to
nitrite.
Milk. — The medium is not affected.
Summary. — The gum of Sterculia diversifolia consists of a
mixture of arabin and pararabin. The arabin is produced by
552 BACTERIAL ORIGIN OF GUMS OF ARABIX GROUP.
Bad. acacice. Another organism — Bact. paraTabiiinm, n.sp. —
was isolated from the gummed fruits, etc. Upon solid media and
in solutiops containing saccharose, dextrose, levulose, galactose,
mannite or glycerine, a slime is formed. By appropriate treat-
ment this yields a soluble pararabin gum which upon dehydration
becomes insoluble, and this modification is soluble in dilute acid
and insoluble in dilute alkali. It is not hydrolysed by dilute
acid, but strong acid converts it into arabinose and galactose.
The bacterium does not secrete invertase, and in solutions of
saccharose it forms gum, ethyl alcohol, carbon dioxide, succinic,
lauric, acetic, butyric and formic acids.
Errata. — On p. 119 of these Proceedings, in third line from
bottom, /or 67-08 read 64-68; and on p. 348, inline 5,/or gelatine
7'ead galactan.
553
AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, NEW OR UNRECORDED.
DECADES V.-VI.
By D. McAlpine, Corresponding Member.
The following Fungi are all new species with the exception of
three, and they belong to 15 different genera.
Schizotrichum, a new genus of Hyphomycete, has been con-
stituted to include a form found on the flowering stems of a
native Lobelia. Two Rusts are recorded, one on the Marigold
and another on Stipa. The former was first observed in 1892,
but only one stage (cecidiiwi) was met with until 1902, and con-
sidering the wide range of the Rusts, it is strange that it has not
been discovered elsewhere on such a widely distributed cultivated
plant.
41. ASCOCHYTA ARIDA, n.sp.
Spots brown, arid, becoming perforated, elliptical to irregular,
with slightly raised margins, often confluent and forming irregular
patches, with minute, black, punctiform, aggregated pustules.
Perithecia golden-brown by transmitted light; depressed globose,
erumpent, membranaceous, with round papillate mouth, average
170 /x diam. Sporules pale green collectively, oblong, 1-septate,
not constricted at septum, rounded at both ends, sometimes
slightly narrower at one end, 2-guttulate, 17-19 x 4-4| /x.
Swan Hill, Victoria; on languid leaves and dried-up dead
shoots of Micotiana glauca, Graham; Oct., 1899. Very common.
The shoots were completely dried up, with bark peeling off, and
the erumpent perithecia were aggregated here and there in irregu-
lar groups.
Ascochyta nicotiayice, Pass., found on the leaves of Kicotiana
tahacum in Italy, has ovoid-oblong, hyaline sporules, slightly con-
stricted at septum; whereas in this species the sporules are of a
554 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
pale greenish tint, not constricted at septum, oblong in shape and
with a guttule in each cell.
42. Camarosporium OLEARiiE, n.sp.
Perithecia minute, black, punctiform, ultimately superficial,
scattered, depressed globose, olivaceous, but dark brown from
contained spores, membranaceous, with round slightly papillate
mouth, 140-160 /Li diam. Sporules numerous, dark brown, fusoid
to somewhat oval, 3-4-septate, not constricted at septa, with 1-2
obliquely longitudinal median septa, 14-17 x 7-8 /x.
Port Fairy, Victoria; on branches of Olearia axillaris, F.v.M.;
May, 1899.
43. FUSARIUM GRACILE, n.Sp.
Sporodochia minute, sessile, round to elliptical, gregarious or
broadly effused, on pale portion at junction of stem and root, also
on root. Conidiophores ruddy in mass, hyaline individually,
radiating, septate, not constricted at septa, tapering to a fine
point, 120x3|/i. Conidia produced at apex, very abundant,
hyaline, crescent-shaped, acute at both ends, 3-5 septate, not con-
stricted at septa, guttulate, average 70 x 2^ /z.
Sandringham, Victoria; on flowering stem of Lobelia gihhosa,
Labill.; Dec, 1902.
It differs from F. roseum, Link, in the slender, graceful conidia,
and seems to be quite a characteristic species.
44. Hendersonia lobelia, n.sp.
Perithecia black, punctiform, somewhat gregarious or solitary,
slightly erumpent, olive by transmitted light, depressed globose
to oval, membranaceous, of parenchymatous texture, with apical
pore, 170-210 /M diam. Sporidia clear olivaceous, oblong, rounded
at both ends, 3-septate, guttulate at first, generall}^ constricted
at median septum and occasionally at other septa as well, 13-17
X41-6/X.
Sandringham, Victoria; on stem and leaves of Lobelia gibbosa,
Labill.; Dec, 1902.
BY D. McALPINE. 555
The spore, even when coloured, may be without septa; then the
median septum is formed, next a second septum in one half, and
finally the third septum in the other half.
It differs from the common H. sarmentorum, West., in the
sporules being longer and broader, and olivaceous in colour. It
was intermixed with Pestalozzia citrina, McAlp.
45. Macrophoma brunnea, n.sp.
Perithecia semi-gregarious, dark brown, covered by epidermis,
depressed globose, bright yellowish-green by transmitted light;
membranaceous, of parenchymatous texture; opening at surface
by pore, 200-230 ^. Sporules hyaline, elongated-ellipsoid to f usoid,
rounded at both ends, with coarsely granular contents, 21-24 x
5-7 /*; basidia hyaline, elongated, variable in length and breadth,
average 1 4 x 2-3 /^.
Sandringham, VictoHa; on stems of Lobelia gibbosa, Labill.;
Dec, 1902, and Jan., 1903 (C. French, Jr.).
It differs from J/", hueffelii (B. k C), Berl. k Vogl., found on
the living stems of Lobelia, in which the perithecia are globose
and at length free, and the oblong sporules 16-17 jx long. The
perithecia are brown in colour when closely inspected, and the
apical pore may enlarge considerably owing to the disruption of
the surrounding tissue.
46. Massarinula phyllodiorum, n.sp.
Spots on both surfaces, numerous, slightly raised, more or less
orbicular, often confluent, pallid or light brown, with distinct
darker margin. Perithecia few, black, at first immersed, then
erumpent, globose, subcarbonaceous, with apical pore, up to \ mm.
diam. Asci clavate to saccate, subsessile, 8-spored, 120-140 x
30-50 }x. Sporidia distichous or conglobate, colourless, lanceolate,
1 -septate and slightly constricted at septum, straight or slightl}^
curved, 54-64 x 13-16 /iz. Paraphyses very copious, agglutinated,
apparently filiform, broken up into small segments.
Mordialloc, Victoria; on phyllodes of Acacia longifoUa, Willd.;
Sept., 1901 (C. French, Jr.).
556 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
The species of this genus are mostly found on bark, but occa-
sionally on leaves. The large and beautiful sporidia are very
characteristic.
47. Pestalozzia citkina, n.sp.
Pustules punctiform, black, convex, covered b}^ epidermis,
finally naked, globose or elongated, scattered, J-^ mm. Conidia
fusoid, straight or sometimes curved, 3-4- and occasionally 5-
septate, slightly constricted at septa, two or three (or four)
median cells lemon-yellow, terminal cells hyaline, conoid, and
apical one surmounted by one, two or three diverging slender
setae, straight or curved, reaching a length of 2 1 /x, and sometimes
one at right angles to the other, 24-28 x 7-8 J /z; basidia slender,
hyaline, up to 28 x 2 ^.
Sandringham, Victoria; on stem of Lobelia gibbosa, LabilL;
Dec, 1902 (C. French, Jr.).
In F. Junerea^ Desm., which varies considerably on different
hosts, the conidia are dark brown to dark olive, and the basidia
are short.
48. Phoma lobelIuE, B. & Br.
Perithecia minute, black, semi-gregarious, at first covered by
epidermis then erumpent, lenticular, yellowish-green b}^ trans-
mitted light, membranaceous, fragile, with large papillate mouth,
120-140 X 70-80/i; mouth 28jLt diam., mycelium giving rise to
perithecia composed of pale olivaceous, elongated, septate hyphse
6-7 /M broad. Sporules hyaline, elliptical, biguttulate, 3^4^ x l^-2/:z.
Sandringham, Victoria; on stems of flowering Lobelia gibbosa,
LabilL; Dec, 1902 (C. French, Jr.).
This species was first found on Lobelia nicotiaiupfolia, He3'ne,
in Ce3'lon. The original description is very brief, but the sporules
agree in both the Ceylon and Victorian specimens.
49. Phyllosticta corre^, n.sp.
Epiphyllous. Spots marginal, elongated, brown, with distinct
dark-coloured border. Perithecia black, slightly erumpent,
scattered, dark brown by transmitted light, depressed globose,
BY D. McALPINE. 557
membranaceous, with papillate pore, 180-210 fx diam. Sporules
numerous, hyaline, guttulate, cylindrical or tapering towards
attached end; 7-9 x 2-3 /li; basidia arising from olivaceous base,
hyaline, filiform, 9-10 fj. long.
Sandringham, Victoria; on languishing leaves of Correa speciosa,
Ait.; Jan., 1903.
50. Phyllosticta passiflor.e, n.sp.
Perithecia on large fawn irregular patches which ultimately
become perforated; black, punctiform, scattered or subgregarious,
immersed, depressed globose, membranaceous, with papillate
apical pore, 200-220 /x diam. Sporules numerous, greenish in
mass, hyaline individually, minute, bacilliform, 3 /x long.
Malvern, Victoria; oa leaves of Passijiora edulis, Sims; March,
1903.
The fawn patches are ver}^ conspicuous, and the immersed,
black, dot-like perithecia are easily seen upon the pale back-
ground. It differs from Phoma tersa, Sacc, found on dry fruits,
in which the sporules are 6 x 2J ;u; and from Phoma passiflorct',
Penz. & Sacc, on dry flower-stalks, in which the sporules are
7-8x3-3 J /z.
51. Prosthemium kenti^, n.sp.
Spots numerous, dark brown to black, on both surfaces of leaf,
orbicular to oblong, definitely circumscribed, up to ^ cm. diam.
Perithecia scattered or several together, minute, olivaceous,
globose, immersed, membranaceous, ultimately raising and ruptur-
ing epidermis, 100-140 ^ diam. Sporules pale olivaceous in mass,
hyaline individuall}^, 3-5-radiate and springing from short basal
stalk, usually elongated-obclavate, septate (4-5), variable in length,
25-45 X 3 ^.
Brighton^ Victoria; on leaves of Kentia Forsteriana, F.v.M.;
Feb., 1903.
Only four species of this genus have been recorded — three in
Europe and one in America — and these have all coloured spores.
In this case the stellately-arranged sporules are hyaline indivi-
dually, but it is still retained in that genus.
558 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
52. PUCCINIA CALENDUL.E, II. sp.
i. Aecidia orange-yellow, in clusters, crowded, sometimes
circinate, 320-360 fi diam.; pseudoperidia with margin torn and
reflexed; peridial cells quadrate or polygonal, striated at margin,
21-24 iJL long. Aecidiospores very irregular, subglobose to poly-
gonal, very finely echinulate, pale orange, 14-17 x 11-12 /x.
iii. Teleutosori intermixed with aecidia, black, erumpent, soon
naked, girt by the ruptured epidermis, circular to elliptical,
compact, often confluent. Teleutospores yellowish-brown, clavate,
constricted at septum, thickened at apex, rounded or acute,
epispore smooth, 36-52 x 19-23 /x; upper cell darker in colour and
broader than lower, 21-31 /x long, and sometimes thickened to a
depth of 12 /Li; lower cell slightly or not at all tapering towards
pedicel, and averaging same length as upper; pedicel hyaline,
persistent, 28-37 x 7-8 /x, may attain a breadth of 10 ^ at junction
with spore.
X. Mesospores not uncommon, similarly coloured to teleuto-
spores, elliptical to pear-shaped, thickened at apex, 30-42 x 21-23/x.
Armadale, Victoria; 1892, 1902 and 1903 (Robinson) on
upper and under surface of leaves and all green parts, including
fruits, of Calendula oj/icinalis, L.; Killara, Oct., 1902.
Aecidium-stage all the year round, but less common in mid-
summer. Teleuto-stage from March to June. The aecidium-stage
was the only one found at first, and was described in the Agri-
cultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1896, p. 152. Then in
March, 1902, the teleuto-stage was found by Mr. G. H. Robinson,
and was very plentiful this season. It causes swelling, distortion,
and discoloration of the flower-stems and leaves, and the bright
orange colour of the aecidia on the leaves readily attracts atten-
tion from its harmonising with the flower-head.
53. Puccini A flavescens, n.sp.
ii. Uredosori on upper surface of leaf, minute, linear, often
confluent, soon naked, pulverulent, rusty brown, arranged along
furrows of leaf. Uredospores globose to shortly elliptical, finely
BY D. McALPINE. 559
echinulate, golden-brown, with at least 5 germ-pores irregularly
distributed, 21-24 /x diam., or 25-28 x 21-24 fi.
iii. Teleutosori minute, elliptical, numerous, black, often con-
fluent lengthwise, soon naked. Teleutospores intermixed with
uredospores, dark chestnut-brown, oblong, constricted at septum,
with rounded and thickened apex, smooth, 33-48 x 18-24 /z; upper
cell generally hemispherical, and about equal in length to lower;
lower cell generally rounded at base, sometimes narrow and
elongated like upper portion of pedicel; pedicel persistent, tinted>
elongated, up to 72 /u long.
Hampton, Victoria; on Stipa Jlavescens, LabilL; Jan., 1903.
The pulverulent uredosori, and the numerous minute, black
teleutosori are characteristic of this species. The uredospores form
a rusty powder over entire upper surface of leaf. The pedicel of
the teleutospore is sometimes lateral and the septum erect as in
Diorchidium. It differs from P. atipce, Arthur, in the uredosori
being soon naked and decidedly ruddy-brown, not yellowish,
while the uredospores are broader.
In specimens of P. stipce, (Op.) Hora, taken from Syd. Ured.
Exs. No. 28, on Stipa capillata, L., the teleutospores are decidedly
different. The apex is generally bluntly pointed, and the size
48-54 X 18-21 /x. In specimens of P. stijxe, Arth., from Arthur
and Holway's Ured. Exs. No. 27, on Stipa sjjartea, Trin., the
teleutospores are more pointed at the apex and rather thicker.
I have submitted specimens to Prof. J. 0. Arthur, and he
remarks that it is clearly distinct from his species, although there
is very much similarity between the two, as one might expect,
from the hosts being essentially alike.
54. Rhabdospoka LOBELiiE, n.sp.
Perithecia black, punctiform, gregarious, erumpent, on greyish
epidermis, globose, dark brown by transmitted light; membrana-
ceous, rather firm, with papillate mouth, 1 60-200 /u diam. Sporules
numerous, hyaline, filiform, straight or slightly curved, rounded
at both ends, or rather acute, 1-or more guttulate, with granular
560 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
contents, 24-31 x 3-3 h /x, average 28 x 3 /x; basidia very slender,
curved, 7-10 ^ long.
Sandringham, Victoria; on stems of Lobelia gibbosa, LabilL;
Jan., 1903.
It differs from SejUoria lobelice, Peck, in the absence of spots,
and the sporules there are 1 7-25 ^ long. Also from R. camimnuloi,
Fautr., in which the sporules are 40-60 x'2 fx.
55. Septoria australle, n.sp.
Spots on both surfaces, orbicular to irregular, at first ruddy-
brown and indefinite, then definite w^ith milk-white centre and
dark brown margin. Perithecia black, crowded, punctiform,
slightly erumpent, lenticular, membranaceous, with round papil-
late apical pore, 80-100 x 120-140 ^. Sporules hyaline, straight,
curved or flexuous, very slender, generally 3-septate, 30-45 x 0*75-
1 /i, average 35-40 /m in length.
Kiewa Valley, Victoria; on Viola betonicifolia,Sin.; Xov., 1902
(Robinson).
This is a very distinct species, and differs from the others
found on Viola as follows : — In S. violce, West., the perithecia are
epiphjdlous, and the spores are 20-30 x I fx. In S. violicola, Sacc,
the perithecia are also epiphyllous, and the spores are compara-
tively stout, being 24 x 7-8 /z. In S. hyalina, Ell. ct Ev., the w^hite
spots have a purple margin, and the non-septate spores are 20-
40 X 1 /x.
56. Septoria confluens, n.sp.
Spots greyish-white to grey, and occupying large portions of
leaf, or without distinct spots. Perithecia black, crowded, and
often confluent, globose to lenticular, dark brown by transmitted
light, membranaceous, fragile, with apical pore, 140-175 ^l.
Sporules hyaline, straight, sinuous or curved, 2-3 septate, generally
2-septate, not constricted at septa, rounded at both ends, or some-
what pointed at one or both ends, with granular contents, average
52-56 X 3J-4 ^,but may vary in length from 42 to 63 ix.
Sandringham, Victoria; on fading and faded leaves of Mesem-
hryanthemum (equilaterale, Haw.; Oct., 1902.
BY D. Mc ALPINE. 561
57. Septoria lagenophor^, n.sp.
Spots more or less orbicular, on both surfaces of leaf, dirty fawn
to dirty brown, distinct, and from 3-8 mm. in diam. Perithecia
minute, innate, subgregarious, black, olivaceous by transmitted
light, depressed globose, delicately membranaceous, with distinct
round papillate mouth, 80-100 fi diam. Sporules hyaline, filiform,
straight, curved or flexuous, apparently 1-2 septate, very slender,
19-24: fx long, average 21 /x.
Kiewa Valley, Victoria ; on living leaves of Lagenophora
hillai'dieri, Cass.; Nov., 1902 (Robinson).
It differs from S. sonchi, Sacc, in the distinct spots, and the
slightly smaller perithecia, as well as in the sporules being much
more slender. The apparent clear septa may be guttules which
occupy the entire breadth of the narrow sporules. Puccinia
lagenophorce, Cooke, both in its aecidial and teleuto-form may
occur on both surfaces of the spot, which, however, is primarily
caused by the Seploi^ia.
58. Septoria varia, n.sp.
Spots dry, brown or grey, rather indefinite, sometimes defined
by a black line. Perithecia minute, black, immersed, membra-
naceous, globose to lenticular, with protruding papillate mouth,
80-130 yii. Sporules hyaline, filiform, straight or curved, at first
continuous, then at maturity distinctly 3-septate, issuing in
tendrils when moist, 35-45 x 1-1 J m-
Myrniong, Victoria; on leaves of Flantago varia, R.Br., Aug.,
1900; Jackson Creek, Oct., 1900 (C. French, Jr.); Kiewa Valley,
Nov., 1902 (Robinson).
There are various species of this genus found on Plantago, but
they differ from the above. S. heterochroa, Desm., has spores
25 yi long. >S'. inconspicua, B.C., has spores 55 x 2J/li. S. planta-
ginisj Sacc, has filiform-clavate spores, and those of S. 2)^a')ita-
ginea, Pass., are pluri-septate and 55 x 2^ fx. In aS'. vanhoeffeniiy
Henn., the spores are only 15-21 x 2-2 J /x.
562 AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,
S C H I Z O T H I C 11 U M, n.g.
Sporodochia globose or siibglobose, erumpent, ultimately super-
ficial, black; sette septate, thick-walled, erect, straight or slightly
curved, few or numerous. Conidiophores obsolete or represented
by a minute colourless base. Conidia h3^aline, filiform, straight
or curved, 3- or more septate.
This genus has a dark-coloured sporodochium, but the conidia
are hyaline, hence it belongs to the Series Tnhercidariecti rtiiice-
dineo', Sacc. Further, on account of the septate spores, it will
occupy a place beside Leptotrichum, Corda, in which the conidia
are only 1-septate and the setre continuous.
59. SCHIZOTRICHUM LOBELL?:, n.sp.
Sporodochia on sooty elongated patches, densly crowded,
globose or discoid, erumpent, finally superficial, black, with
greyish bloom due to conidia, 130-160 /z diam., composed of com-
pact dark olivaceous, closely septate and copiously branched
hypliEe 7-9 /i broad; with similarly coloured, projecting, thick-
walled setae, simple, septate, not constricted at septa, with usiiall}'
rounded and almost colourless apex, 70-95 x 4^-5 fi. Conidio-
phores obsolete. Conidia hyaline, filiform, straight or curved,
3-6-septate, not constricted at septa, guttulate, very variable in
length, average 28-35 x 1-2 yn, but may reach a length of 50-60^^1.
Sandringham, Victoria; on flowering and fruiting stems as well
as leaves of Lobelia gihbosa, Labill.; Dec, 1902; Jan., 1903.
The black elongated patches are very conspicuous and often
very numerous. The soot}^ appearance is due to a perfect net-
work of dense olivaceous hyphse which connect the various sporo-
dochia. The conidia arise direct from the olive-coloured cells of
the sporodochium, or there may be a minute, basal, hyaline cell
from which the conidia are detached. The radiating setse may
be few or numerous, sometimes none or apparently covering the
entire sporodochium, and very occasionally the apex gives rise to
a colourless filament, resembling a conidium originating from the
basal cells.
BY D. Mc ALPINE. 5G3
60. Seynesia banksi^., Henn.
Spots epiphyllous, brownish, roundish to indefinite, often con-
fluent, particularly along midrib. Perithecia gregarious, scuti-
form, radiate-cellular, black, with central irregular pore, 1 60-220 /z
diam. Asci ovoid to clavate or cylindric-clavate, rounded at
apex, ending abruptly at base or with very short pedicel, 8-spored,
variable in size, 40-65x16-25^. Sporidia distichous or conglo-
bate, subellipsoid to ovoid, brown, 1-septate, constricted at septum,
upper cell stouter, 15-19 x 7-9 /m. Paraphyses crowded, filiform,
hyaline, much branched.
Dimboola Desert, Vic; on leaves of Banksia ornato, F.v.M.,
Aug., 1896 (Reader): Gosford, N.S.W.; on leaves of Banksia sp.,
April, 1902 (Pritzel): Eumundi, Q., Mslj, 1902 (Pritzel).
'Jliis species had just been described and named as above when
I received ' Hedwigia ' (xlii., Part 2) for March, 1903, in which
Prof. P. Hennings had described this one along with other
Australian Fungi. The descriptions are substantially the same,
only the paraphyses were overlooked by Prof. Hennings.
564
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Froggatt showed specimens of a small beetle (Fam.
Hispidce) received from Mr. J. H. Maiden, to whom they had
bean forwarded b}' the Manager of a large plantation in New
Britain, with the information that the larvae were destroying the
fronds and buds of the cocoanut palms in a very serious manner.
Dr. Greig Smith exhibited cultures and products obtained
during the investigation of Sterculia gum. Also the cork from
a sample bottle of a quantity of deteriorated wine, showing exten-
sive damage due to the borings of insect larvae.
Mr. Steel exhibited a specimen from one of the prehistoric so-
called "Vitrified Forts" occurring in Scotland, and gave an
account of these remarkable relics (for a detailed account with
bibliography, see Encyclop. Brit., 9th Ed., Vol. xxiv., p. 263).
Mr. H. S. Mort exhibited a specimen of Dimya corrugata,
Hedley, from Long Bay. The species was described from material
obtained during the " Thetis " Expedition, and is only the second
recent species of the genus.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of Chenopodium rhadi-
stachyum, F.v.M., a rather uncommon Chenopod from Roebourne,
W.A.: 3iiidTecoma Hiliii, F.v.M., one of the rarest of Australian
plants, and the most beautiful of the Australian Bignoniacece;
one plant was found by the exhibitor at Harvey Bay in 1876;
and in Part iv. of the recently published " Queensland Flora "
Mr. F. M. Bailey reports that no other plant in the wild state
had since been discovered.
Professor David showed a series of rock specimens, fossils, rock
sections under microscopes, and lantern slides, in illustration of
Mr. Woolnough's paper.
565
WED]^ESDAY, AUGUST 29x11, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthh'- Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, August 29th, 1903.
Dr. T. Storie Dixson, President, in the Chair.
The President said that, as Members were aware, in the inter-
val since the last Meeting, Lady Macleay, the widow of the
Founder and Benefactor of the Society, had passed to her rest
after a brief illness. Lady Macleay's sustained interest in the
welfare of the Societ}'', and in the other plans for the advance-
ment of science inaugurated by her husband, Sir William Macleay,
was a source of gratification to the Societ3^ The Council, on
behalf of the Society, had already found occasion to give
expression to the profound regret which Lady Macleay's decease
had evoked; and also to respectfully tender sincere sympathy to
Mr. E. Deas Thomson and the members of the family.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 13 Vols., 59 Parts or Xos., 4
Bulletins, 3 Reports, 2 Miscellanea, and 11 INIaps, received from
52 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
36
566
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY.
No. XIL Neav Carabid.e (Paxagetxi, Bembibiixi, Pogomsi,
Platysmatixi, Platyxixi, Lebiixi, avith Revisional
Lists of Genera and Speecis, some Notes on Synonymy,
By Thomas G. Sloane.
Tribe PANAGEINI.
Baron de Chaudoir monographed the Panageini of the globe
in 1878,* his essay including a table of the genera, which shows
three as Australian. These genera may, from Chaudoir's table,
be arranged thus : —
Paraglossffi extending beyond the ligula and prolonged in a
more or less narrow and long lobe.
Tooth of mentum broad and truncate Epicosmus.
Tooth of mentum narrow, rather elongate. (Mandibles
long and prominent, elytral spots blood red) Tinognathus.
Paraglosste not extending past the ligula, and only appended
to its lateral margins. (Labium emarginate, the two
piliferous punctures tjf the middle very near the anterior
margin) THchisia.
Genus Epicosmus.
In my study of this genus I have had to make out Castelnau
and Chaudoir's species from the descriptions; it is, therefore,
necessary for me to support my references to species of these
authors by descriptive notes on the species to which I apply
names given by them. This is more necessary because I find that
I cannot follow Chaudoir in his treatment of Castelnau's species.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi., 187i
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 567
All the Australian species have the pronotum and the lateral
parts of the underside (including prosternum and mesosternum)
covered with large punctures; also in a general way all these
punctures are setigerous : the ventral segments have the anterior
margins crenulate-punctate.
Chaudoir says that in Epicosmus the apical joint of the palps
has the form of a triangle with the sides almost equal, broader
in (J than in 9; but I do not find this sexual character sufficiently
distinctive to be of much use, for these joints are so compressed
that their apparent width varies according to the point of view
from which they are observed. I infer from Chaudoir's treat-
ment of the Australian species that he considered the shape of
the prothorax the same in both sexes; but this does not seem to
be the case, my observations going to support the view that in ^
the prothorax is narrower (often decidedly so), particularly at the
base, and often has the posterior part of the sides more strongly
sinuate than in ^. E. australis, Dej., is unknown to me in
nature.
According to Chaudoir, all the species of the genus Epicosmus
liave j^ellowish spots on the elytra. This indicates that the spots
are of some advantage to these insects; probably they are of a pro-
tective nature to warn insect-feeders against them, for they emit
an acrid fluid with a most searching and pungent odour, which
suggests that they must be anything but dainty articles of diet.
Our species are found in dry forest lands, and not about damp
places or marshes.
Table of Species.
Prothorax with basal angles rounded, not dentate. J E. insignis, Schaum.
(Elytra very wide and convex) 1 ^. macleayi, SI.
Prothorax with basal angles sharply marked and dentate.
Elytra with at least third, fifth and seventh interstices forming strongly
raised ridges, with summits nitid and not, or hardly punctate.
Elytral interstices subequal, third, fifth and seventh not decidedly more
raised than fourth and sixth in middle. (Form stout, elytral
spots orange).
Inflexed margins of elytra black' E. obesulus, SI.
Inflexed margins of elytra with a reddish mark towards base (beneath
anterior spot of upper surface).
56S STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII..
Prothorax with posterior lateral sinuosity obsolete, or almost so,
„ E. rockhamptonensis, Casteln.
Prothorax with sides strongly sinuate posteriorly. E. comptus, Laf.
Elytra with third, fifth and seventh interstices much more raised than
fourth and sixth.
Form short, oval, convex.
Two inner interstices of each elytron not placed in a wide deep
sutural channel E. froggatti, SI.
Third interstice of elytra very strongly raised so that the sutural space
between them forms a wide channel ...E. aiistralasice, Chaud.
Form oblong.
Prothorax decidedly broader than long.
Elytra convex, oval, with sides rounded; elytral spots orange, round,
anterior distant from base E. alternam, Casteln.
Elytra depressed, oval, with sides parallel; elytral spots red, anterior
large and near base E. mastersi, SI.
Prothorax hardly broader than long; elytral i E. elongatus, Casteln.
spots red ( E. australis, Dej.
Elytral interstices roundly convex, equal and punctulate. (Length
9-5 mm.)... E. par villus, 'Ma.cl.
EpICOSMUS MACLEAYI, n.Sp.
Eudema nohile, Mac!., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1888 (2), iii.j
p. 462.
Chaudoir, in his Monograph, refers Panageu.s nohilis, Dej., to
Epicosmus; Macleay's name E. nohilis, therefore, requires chang-
ing. It is closely allied to E. insignis, Schaum, but diHering by
prothorax proportionately longer (4-2 x 5 — insiynis -^-'l x 5-8 mm.),
much narrower at apex (2-4: — insignis 3-1 mm.), of same width at
base (3-4 mm.); sides less ampliate; widest part placed further
back; margins less explanate and not the least sinuate towards
base, kc. Length 16-5, breadth 7 "7 mm. {E. insignis 18 x 8 5 mm.).
Hab.—^.^.X. : Behn River (Helms).
Epicosmus obesulus, n.sp.
Robust, oval, convex. Black; elytra with four orange-coloured
spots; anterior spot small, transverse, distant from base; inflexed
margins black (not marked with a red spot near base). Allied
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 569
to E. rockhamptonensis, Casteln.; head not differing. Prothorax
small, transverse (2-7 x 3-5 mm.), widest just behind middle,
convex, strongly declivous to anterior part of sides and gently so
in a long slope to middle of base; sides ampliate, rounded at
widest part, strongly and roundly narrowed to apex (1-9 mm.),
strongl}'- narrowed to base (2-Gmm.); posterior part of sides rather
sharply upturned, appearing lightly and widely sinuate if viewed
from side, oblique (hardly rounded) if viewed across disc; anterior
angles close to head, not marked; basal angles feebly dentate, the
tooth very small and less prominent than the margin before the
deeply marked juxta-basal notch; a wide shallow depression on
each side of base; median line distinct; lateral margins anteriorly
not (or very narrowly) explanate. Elytra short, wide (6'5 x 4*6
mm.); base wide; sides, rounded, interstices 2-7 almost equal,
third more prominent posteriorly. Length 10-5-1 2*5, breadth
4"6-5-25 mm.
Hab.—Q. : Townsville (Dodd).
I received two specimens from Mr. F. P. Dodd, of Townsville,
taken near that town; the smaller (g) has served me for the
measurements given above. Closely allied to E.rockhaynptonensis^
Castln. (as identified by me, post), of which it may be a variety,
but I prefer to distinguish it under a separate name because
of the following differences : — Elytral spots (particularly the
anterior) smaller; inflexed margins without a reddish mark below
the anterior elytral spot; form more convex, prothorax shorter,
more convex; elytra more convex (declivous to scutellum), more
declivous to sides, which are more rounded. Its elytra do not
agree with Chaudoir's description of those of E. corpulentus,
therefore I have been unable to consider it that species.
Epicosmus rockhamptonensis, Castelnau.
Eudema rockhamptonense, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict,
viii. 1888, p. 146 : Epicosmus corpulentus, Chaud., Mon. p. 131.
9. Oval, robust. Black; elytra with four orange-coloured
spots, the anterior spot distant from base; inflexed margins with
570 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
a reddish mark near margin below anterior elytral spot. Pro-
thorax transverse (3-5 x 4-65 mm.), subconvex ; apex narrow
(2-1 mm.), lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtusely rounded;
sides ampliate in middle, widel}^ rounded at widest part, strongly
and roundly narrowed to apex, less strongly narrowed to base
(3-25 mm), posterior part widely subsinuate if viewed from side,
rather rounded if viewed across disc; a wide shallow depression
on each side of base; margins lightly raised from these basal
depressions. Elytra wide, oval (9x6 mm.); sides lightly rounded;
apex sinuate on each side; interstices 2-7 almost equal in size
and convexity, summits nitid and impunctate, 3rd and 5th a
little larger than others, 3rd more prominent posteriorly. Length
14, breadth 6 mm.
(J. Smaller; prothorax less transverse (3-25 x 4 mm.), narrower
at base (2-8 mm.); posterior part of sides more upturned, more
sinuate when viewed from side; elytra similar (7-7 x 5*5 mm.),
less rounded on sides, summits of interstices narrower. Length
12-5-13, breadth 5-2-5'5 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Eockhampton (fide Castelnau and Chaudoir), Bur-
nett River District (Coll. Sloane).
I have no hesitation in referring my largest specimen (9) to
E. rockhamptonensis, Casteln., and the smaller specimens {^)
agree with Chaudoir's note on his E. corjndentus. I therefore
regard these two species as the same. The essential diiference
from E. coynptus, Laf., is in the shape of the prothorax which is
less strongly narrowed to the base, and much less sinuate on the
posterior parts of the sides.
Note. — My specimens (five in number) were brought back by
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer from a trip to Gayndah and the
Burnett River in 1892. Amongst the specimens obtained by
Professor Spencer were two small ones (lengthlO-5-11-5 mm.) wit^
the prothorax almost as in E. austral asice, Chaud., i.e., more
convex than in E. rockhainjjto7ip.nsis and more declivous anteriorly;
the elytra do not differ noticeably from E. rockhamjytonensis, of
which it seems a small form or variety.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 571
Epicosmus comptus, Laferte.
Isotarsus comptus, Laf., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1851, p. 220;
Chaud., Mon. jd. 130: Eudema australe, Casteln. (not Dejean), /.c,
p. U6.
Black; elytral spots- orange; inflexed margins of elytra reddish
below anterior spot. Prothorax broader than long (2*9 x 3-6mm.),
ampliate at widest part; sides obliquely but a little roundly
narrowed to apex (2 mm.), strongly narrowed to base (2-35 mm.),
posteriorpart of sides strongl}' sinuate. Elytra oval (7*1 x 4-8mm.),
lightly convex ; interstices 2-7 subequal behind posthumeral
spots, summits nitid, 3rd, 5th and 7th visibly more raised towards
base, 3rd strongly raised on apical declivity. Length 12-3,
breadth 4*8 mm.
Hab. — South of Queensland, and north of New South "Wales
{^fide Castelnau).
My single specimen is without locality. Castelnau says it is
found in South Queensland, Clarence River, Sydney, kc. I have,
however, only found E. mastersi, Sloane, in the neighbourhood of
Sydney. Chaudoir in his 'Monograph' says that Eudema aus-
trale of Castelnau's notes was E. comi'ptus^ Laf.
Epicosmus froggatti, n.sp.
Oval, robust, convex. Head small ; prothorax with disc
roundly convex in middle, declivous to apex and sides, and to
base in a long but decided slope, margins reflexed near base;
elytra convex, sutural part (1st and 2nd interstices) lightly
depressed, striae deep, punctate, interstices very convex, rounded
on summits, 3rd and 5th a little wider and more raised, with
summits more nitid and hardly punctulate. Black; elytral spots
dark red, large (anterior 1-7, posterior 1-6 mm. in length).
Head long, convex; eyes small, hemispherical; antennae slender.
Prothorax trans^■erse (2-3 x 3-25 mm.), widest just behind middle;
sides roundly ampliate from apex, strongly and widely rounded
at widest part, rather obliquely narrowed to base without sinu-
osit}'; base (2*1 mm.) wider than apex (1-Gmm.); basal angles
572 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XIL,
sharp, shortly dentate; anterior angles obtuse, not marked,
margin narrowly and very lightly flattened at widest part,
strongly reflexed posteriorly; border forming a narrow rim on
sides to behind widest part, then merged with edge. Elytra oval
(6*2 X 4-1 mm.), convex; apex lightly and widely sinuate on each
side; interstices convex, summits punctulate, the puncturation
weaker towards base and on third and fifth interstices. Length
10, breadth 4*1 mm.
Hah. — W.A. : Kalgoorlie (G. W. Froggatt; Coll. Sloane, given
to me by Mr. W. W. Froggatt).
Allied to F.australasue, Chaud.,but at once distinguishable from
it b}' the 3rd interstice of the elytra less raised into a carina, parti-
cularly on apical declivity; head decidedly narrower; ej^es smaller;
antennae more slender; maxillary palps more slender (penulti-
mate joint especially longer and more slender); prothorax almost
similar in shape and sculpture, more convex, more declivous from
middle of disc, especially to posterior part of sides and base;
sides more strongly rounded on anterior part; anterior angles
less marked; elytra similar in shape and pattern, but different
by interstices less raised (particularly the 3rd and 5th), more
punctulate; the 3rd interstice though raised has its summit
rounded, and does not form a strong carina posteriori}^, conse-
quently the elytra have not the marked wide sutural channel of
E, australasue, though the 1st and 2nd interstices are a little
depressed.
Epicosmus alternans, Castelnau.
Eudema altei^nans, Casteln., I.e. p. 146.
Elliptical-oval, lightly convex. Black; elytral spots orange,
a little distant from base; inflexed margin of elytra with an
obscure reddish mark below anterior spot.
^. Prothorax broader than long (3-9 x 4-5 mm.); margins nar-
rowly explanate near anterior part of sides; anterior angles
widely rounded, a little advanced; sides lightly rounded at wildest
part, subobliquely narrowed to apex (2-5 mm.), strong]}^ and
sinuately narrowed to base (3-1 mm.) Elytra oval (9-7 x 6-2mm.);
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 573
3rd, 5th and 7th interstices more strongly raised, 3rd forming a
strong ridge posteriorly; 1st and 2nd convex, punctulate, 4th and
6th lightly convex, summits rounded, punctulate. Length, (J 16,
9 17; breadth, $ 6-2, $ 7 mm.
Hab. — Q. : Rockhampton (Jide Castelnau), Burnett River
District (Spencer; Coll. Sloane) — N.S.W. : Glen Innes (Sloane).
My specimen ((J) from the Burnett River has been used for
the description given above. A second specimen (9 without
localit}') is in my collection; it has the prothorax much wider
(4'2 X 5-1 mm.), much wider at base (3-5 mm.), sides less strongly
narrowed and less sinuate posteriorly, lateral margins more
explanate. A specimen ((J) which I took at Glen Innes has the
same measurements as the ^ described above, but is a little more
depressed, with the elytral spots darker, though not such a dark
red as in F. mastersi, SI.
I feel no doubt of the identity of this species, but it is not the
species Chaudoir noted as E. alternans in his 'Monograph'; he
seems to have overlooked the fact that Castelnau, in a note
appended to the description of E. rockhamptonensis, said the
elytral spots of his E. alternans and E. rockho,mptonensis were
orange, for in the ' Monograph ' the name E. alternans is attached
to a species with red elytral spots. Some confusion seems to
have occurred in Castelnau's paper in regard to the size of these
two species, where E. rockhamptonensis, 7 lines in length, is said
to be smaller than E. alternans; but the size of E. alternans is
given as 7 lines (probably it should read 7 J lines); this evidently
helped to mislead Chaudoir, for his E. alternans is too small.
(Length 13-5-14 mm.).
Epicosmus mastersi, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval. Prothorax depressed (9 with disc more convex
in middle and more declivous to sides than ^J), strongly and a
little sinuately angu state to base, much wider at base than apex;
elytra depressed between 5th interstices (more convex in ^ than
in 9), 3rd, 5th and 7th interstices more raised than the others
(but 4th and 6th costate), 3rd forming a strongly raised costa
574: STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
with rounded summit posteriorly. Black; elytral spots red, large;
inflexed margin of elytra with a red mark below anterior spot.
(J. Head stout, convex; frontal impressions punctate; lateral
ridges almost parallel; antenna? elongate. Prothorax broader
than long (3-1 x 3-9 mm.), widest just behind middle, notconvexly
raised in middle of disc, but lightly declivous to sides anteriorly;
margins a little flattened at widest part, narrowly so anteriorl}^,
widely upturned posteriori}^; anterior angles wide, rounded; sides
widely but strongly rounded at widest part, strongly subobliquely
narrowed to apex (2-15 mm.), posterior part appearing widely
sinuate when viewed from side; base truncate ('J'Smm.); basal
angles shortly dentate; median line strongly impressed; a wide
shallow concavity on each side of base. El^^traoval (8 x 5*3 mm.),
subparallel on sides, sinuate on each side of apex, depressed on
disc; interstices 2-7 strongl}'' raised with summits nitid (only 1st,
8th and 9th noticeably punctate). Length 13-3 mm. {Hah. —
Sydney).
9. More convex (both prothorax and elytra); prothorax wider,
sides less strongly curved at widest part, base wider. Length
14-3, prothorax 3'3 x 4*2, apex 2*25, base 3, elytra 8*5 x 5-7 mm.
Length 12'5-14-3, breadth 5-5-8 mm.
Hah. — N.S.W. : Neighbourhood of Sydney (Auburn and Home-
biish), Narrara (Sloane).
This seems to be the species Chaudoir regarded as E. altervcuis,
Casteln. ; but, if so, his identification was erroneous. It is
allied to £. alttrnans, but differs by size smaller; form more
depressed; spots of elytra of a darker colour, anterior spot larger;
head with lateral ridges less divergent anteriorly; (prothorax very
similar); elytra more depressed; interstices less unequal, 4th and
6th more carinate. From the species which I regard as E.
elorigatus, Casteln., it differs by form less elongate; prothorax
shorter and broader, less strongly sinuate posteriorly; and by the
features mentioned above as distinguishing it from E. cdternans.
The elytra are coloured like those of E. australasice, Chaud., but
the anterior spot does not approach so nearl}^ to the base. E.
master si is larger, more depressed; prothorax less convex, less
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 575
ampliate; elytra much less convex, less rounded on sides, 3rd and
5th interstices much less strongly raised.
Note. — Attention may be drawn to the angustate posterior part
of the sides of the prothorax; if viewed from a point above, and
a little to the side of the insect these appear sinuate, but, if from
the opposite side, across the disc, do not show any sinuosity; the
same thing may be observed in some other species.
Epicosmus elongatus, Castelnau.
Eudema elovgatum, Casteln., I.e. 146: E2ncosmus longicollisy
Chaud., Mon. p. 132 (Note).
Closely allied to E. alterncms, Casteln., and only appearing to
differ by elytral spots redder; form narrower; prothorax narrower
(3-5 X 3-8 mm.), more obliquely narrowed to apex, posterior part
of sides far more strongly sinuate, basal angles less strongly
dentate, base narrower (2*6 mm.); elytra similar, but less rounded
on sides (9'2 x 5*5 mm.). Length 15-5 mm.
Hah.—^.^.W. : Richmond River (Helms).
For differences from E. australis, Dej., vide Chaudoir's note.
This seems to be E. lo7}gicollis, Chaud. It also agrees so well
with Castelnau's description of E. elongatus that I think it must
be considered to be that species. The evident agreement of the
species before me with Castelnau's description of E. elongatus,
and the fact that Castelnau's measurement ("Length 7J'") is too
large for E. australis, Dej., (Length 12-13 mm. according to
Chaudoir) induce me to think E. elongatus must differ from E.
australis, though placed under that species by Chaudoir, but with-
out any reasons being given in support of their identity.
Tribe BSMBIDIINI.
Genus Cillenum.
CiLLENUM ALBOVIRENS, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval, rather robust; head shagreened, large (1-2 mm.
across eyes), eyes prominent; prothorax finely shagreened, trun-
cate-cordate, narrower across base than apex; elytra shagreened,
570 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
oval, fully UM(1 strongly striate, oid interstice 2-piinctate. Head
green, mantlihles testaceous-brown, piceous at tips; prothorax
testaceous, subviridescent on depressed basal part; elytra virescent
(subtestaceous overspread with green); legs and palpi pallid;
antenniB dark, with the three basal joints testaceous.
Head depressed between eyes; front rather convex in middle,
with a wide shallow impression on each side. Labrum green
bordered with brown on each side, sexsetose — the outer seta on
each side very long and rising from a large puncture. Prothorax
cordate (1 x l-:3nini.), convex, declivous to base; sides strongly
rounded, strongly sinuate posteriorly and meeting base at right
angles; anterior angles marked, subprominenfc; base truncate;
basal angles rectangular, acute; basal area narrow, depressed,
defined by a transverse arcuate impression; border narrow, even,
strongly retlexed. Elytra oval (2 6 x 1'75 mm.); base emarginate
behind peduncle, roundly advanced on each side, shoulders obtuse
(subangustate); stri?e entire, 5th joining lateral channel at
shoulders; interstices subconvex, 1st with a well marked striole
at base, 2nd wide at apex, 9th not placed in the marginal
channel, narrow, rather convex, wdth a few widely jDlaced seti-
gerous punctures near base and apex; border narrow, reflexed;
lateral channel very narrow, a little wider at beginning of apical
curve. Length 4-2-4-7, breadth l-6-l-75mm.
Hab. — Q. : Townsville (Dodd; Coll. Sloane).
Differs conspicuously from C. {Bemhidium) master si, SI., the only
other described Australian species, by colour, facies, etc. ; eyes
much more prominent; prothorax much more narrowed to base
and more strongly rounded on sides; elytra less convex, more oval
(sides more strongly rounded), base more emarginate, shoulders
more advanced and less angulate: the whole upper surface more
strongly shagreened.
Genus T a c H y s.
T. (Bembidium) amplipennis, Macl.
I have examined the type in the Australian Museum. I would
refer it to Tachys, and place it according to the tabulation
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 577
formerly given by me (These Proceedings 1896, xxi. Pt. 3,
pp. 350-359) with T. ectromioides, SI. It has the prothorax with
a submarginal lateral carina near base; elytra full}^ striate, with
interstices convex, la^vigate (neither punctate nor shagreenecl);
apex without a recurved striole. I would tabulate the three
Australian species of 2'achys, known to me, with the prothorax
having a submarginal carina near the base, thus* : —
Ui^per surface finely punctulate. (Elytra with a well marked apical striole)
T. hrunnii)ennis, Macl.
Upper surface impunctate.
Elytra unicolorous, interstices convex, levigate,.. T. avqilipennis, Macl.
Elytra bicolorous, interstices depressed, shagreenecl T. ectrovtioides, SI.
T. (Bembidium) sexstriatus, Macl.
I have examined the type specimens in the Australian Museum,
and find this species closely allied to T. africeps, Macl., but it is
larger, wider, more convex and differentl}^ coloured. I have
noted the following characters as belonging to the type speci-
mens : — Head with frontal impressions wide, shallow; prothorax
evidently narrowed to base; elytra with submarginal stria obso-
lete on sides, discoid al puncture placed a little before middle
nearer suture than lateral margin, disc with strongly impressed
punctulate stri?e (a wide dark fascia across middle), apex with a
well marked recurved striole. Prothorax testaceous.
Tachys queenslandicus, n.sp.
Elongate -oval, depressed. Head impunctate, with wide shallow
frontal impressions; prothorax transverse, lightly narrowed to
base; elytra lightly striate near suture, submarginal stria obsolete
on sides, a setigerous puncture a little before middle on course of
third stria, a second similar puncture on apical declivity just
within anterior extremity of the strongly impressed recurved
striole. Black, or piceous, elytra with pale markings; legs jDale
* The other species is T. [Bemhidium) victoricnsis, Blkb., unknown to me
in nature.
578 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
testaceous; anteniij\3 testaceous, slightly infuscate towards apex.
(Elvtra piceous near suture and narrowh^ so near each lateral
margin, each elytron testaceous from shoulder to apex, this testa-
ceous part spreading inwards to the second interstice a little
before the discoidal seta and more or less interrupted by an
external cloudy dilatation of the sutural dark patch a little
behind the middle; apical declivity testaceous between recurved
striolai, more or less infuscate along course of recurved striolas).
Head shagreened, front lightly convex in middle. Prothorax
broader than long (0-4 x 0'68mm.), widest before middle, declivous
to base; apex very lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse,
not prominent; sides lightly rounded, gently narrowed posteriori}^
subsinuate near base, basal angles marked, obtuse at summit;
base cut obliquely forward on each side to basal angles; a strongly
impressed arcuate transverse line (reaching base at each end)
above peduncle. Elytra truncate-oval (1-6x1 mm.), widely
rounded at apex, subparallel on sides; two inner striae well marked
on disc, third weaker, others faint or obsolete; a short strongly
raised lateral interstice extending backwards from posterior third
on each elytron. Length 2-3-2-7, breadth 0-8-1 mm.
Ilah. — Q. : Townsville (Dodd, Jan. to April).
This small species would, according to the tabulation I formerly
made of the Australian species of Tachys, come into section '7."
It is allied to T. infuscatiis, Blkb., which is unknown to me in
nature, but I have submitted it to the Rev. Thos. Blackburn,
who writes that it is not conspecific with T. infuscatns, being
"not unlike in colouring, but darker, very much narrower and
more convex, pronotum considerably less explanate and less
turned up at basal angles, stride of elytra much stronger."
Tachys doddi, n.sp.
Oval, depressed. Black; prothorax with a narrow piceous
margin along base; elytra 5-maculate, the maculae pale, the
anterior one of each elj^tron small, reniform, longitudinally placed
a little behind humeral angle, not touching base or lateral margin;
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 579
2nd reniform, transverse opposite beginning of apical curve
(extending from 3rd to 8th stria), an apical pale spot common to
both elytra; legs pale, rather lurid; antennae fuscous, two basal
joints jDale.
Head lightly convex in middle between eyes; a short ridge
extending backwards from base of each antenna at a little dis-
tance from lateral margin and bearing the supraorbital setse.
Prothorax transverse (O'G x 0-9 mm.), lightly convex, rounded on
sides ; basal angles sharp (not dentate), rectangular. Elytra
wide, ovate, depressed; three inner strise strongly marked on
disc, subcrenulate, 1st entire, 4th hardly marked; recurved
striole of apex strongly marked on each elytron; submarginal
stria (8th) obsolete on middle of sides, well marked behind
shoulders and towards apex; two setigerous punctures on each
elytron, anterior about middle on course of 3rd stria, posterior
just within anterior extremity of recurved apical striole. Length
2-7-3, breadth 1 -15-1 -3 mm.
Rab.—Q. : Townsville (Dodd; Coll. Sloane).
According to the tabular arrangement of the Australian species
of Tachys formerly given by me, this species goes with T lindi,
Blkb., in Section " uu." It differs greatly from T. lindi by colour
(prothorax black, elytra black, with the posthumeral maculae
smaller and not reaching the base), stria3 more strongly impressed,
<fec. I have dedicated it to Mr. F. P. Dodd, of Townsville, who
sent me a fine series of specimens.
Tachys sinuaticollis, n.sp.
Oval, head with frontal impressions shallow; prothorax trans-
verse-cordate (base wide), sides sinuate before basal angles; elytra
oval, lightly convex, disc faintly striate, submarginal stria obso-
lete on sides, recurved striole of apex short, feebly impressed.
Testaceous.
Prothorax with sides strongly rounded on anterior three-fourths,
sinuate posteriorly and meeting base at right angles; basal angles
rectangular (obtuse at apex); middle of base lightly produced
backwards; a depressed basal area above peduncle, this area
580 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
defined b3'aii arcuate impunctate line. Elytra with sides lightly
but decidedly narrowed to humeral angles, these marked (not
dentate); 1st stria lightly marked, entire; 2nd and 3rd hardly
perceptible; interstices flat, 3rd bipunctate along course of 3rd
stria, anterior puncture about basal third, posterior at beginning
of apical declivity just above the short apical recurved striole.
Length 1-8-2-1, breadth 0-85-0-95mm.
ffab.—Q. : Townsville (Dodd; Coll. Sloane).
This small species is characterised by the sides of the prothorax
strongly sinuate towards base, which differentiates it from T.
nniformis, Blkb., T. similis, Blkb., and 2\ infuscatvs, Blkb. In
the shape of the prothorax it resembles T. transversicoUis, ^lacL,
but differs by smaller size, elytra with the discoidal setigerous
puncture nearer the suture, recurved striole of apex much shorter
and more feebly impressed, sides more strongly rounded to
shoulders, humeral angles well marked, not rounded, itc.
It would come into Section "«" in the table of species I have
given in these Proceedings (1896, p. 3.59), and may be tabulated
thus: —
. , . . . , , , (T. lincU, Blkb.
Prothorax with sides not sinuate before base ^™ , ,,. ^i
( T. doddi, SI.
Prothorax with sides sinuate before base.
Elytra wholly testaceous, striae excepting first obso-
lescent T. sinuaticollis, SI.
Elytra bicolorous, strongly impressed punctulate striae (T. otricej)-?, Macl.
on disc It. sexstriatus, Macl.
I have now to describe two small Subulipalpi in my collection,
both of which I refer provisionally to the genus Tachys, though
neither seems in its place in that genus. These two species {T.
ohliquiceps and T. setiger) show no close affinity to one another;
in fact I believe each to represent a distinct genus, but I know
too little of the recent classification of the Subulipalpi to place
them in their proper position in the tribe, or to feel justified in
suggesting new genera for them. Both have the eyes distant
from the buccal fissure beneath (a trechideous character), but
both seem true Subulipalpi leading towards the Terihptides.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 581
Tachys obliquiceps, n.sp.
Elongate, depressed. Head large, obliquely narrowed but not
constricted behind eyes (derm microscopically shagreened and
sparsely punctulate) ; prothorax small, subcordate, depressed;
elytra with four inner strire marked, 5th strongly impressed near
shoulders, submarginal stria (8th) obsolete on sides; anterior
tibiae oblique above apex on external side. Testaceous, nitid.
Head large; front strongly biimpressed, the impressions deep,
wide, parallel, extending forward to anterior margin and back-
wards to about opposite base of eyes; clypeus truncate; e3^es
lightly convex, not prominent, coarsely faceted, distant from
mouth beneath. Mandibles long, prominent. Antennae rather
long; basal joint with a few long setae, 2nd and 3rd sparsely
setose, 4th-llth pubescent (moniliform). Maxillary palpi with
penultimate joint thick, pyriform, pubescent, apical joint a mere
projecting spike; labial palpi small, apical joint a short projecting
spike, very slender but longer than that of maxillary. Ligula
bisetigerous. Prothorax hardly wider than head, broader than
long, broadest about anterior fourth (at anterior marginal seta),
lightly narrower to base, depressed; sides lightly rounded ante-
riorly, lightly sinuate posteriorly and meeting the base at right
angles; posterior angles sharply rectangular; base truncate on
each side, produced roundly backw^ards above peduncle ; a
transverse impression on each side of base extending inw^ards
from basal angles almost to median line; this strongly impressed,
attaining base. Elytra wider than prothorax, parallel on sides;
base emarginate behind peduncle, shoulders prominent but with-
out any projection at junction of lateral and basal borders; disc
lightly striate; four inner stride lightl}^ marked, 5th strongly im-
pressed near base and joining lateral channel; interstices flat,
microscopically punctate (the punctures not setigerous); each
elytron with three discoidal punctures — two on course of 3rd
stria (anterior about basal fifth, the other about middle of elytra),
posterior puncture on 2nd stria at beginning of apical declivity;
two short rather strongly impressed strioles on apical declivity
37
r)S2 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XIL,
(jit alumt positions of 5tli and 7tli strii^); a few punctures along
lateral margin. Length 2, Ijreadth 0-65 mm.
j/,(lK—il: Townsville (Dodd)— N.S.W. : Tamworth (Lea;
Coll. Sloane).
This species seems to lead towards Perileptus, the head being
somewhat similar (the mandibles long and porrect), but with
very different frontal impressions. It ma}^ have some affinity to
the Chilian genus lliassalohms, which is unknown to me in
nature; but the head, though decidedly narrowed behind the
eyes, has the base wide and not forming a neck. Among Aus-
tralian species it can only be compared with Tachys murriiwhid-
(jHUsis, SI., and 2\ leai, SI.; but it differs conspicuously from these
species by head larger; eyes smaller, distant from buccal fissure
beneath; mandibles longer and more prominent, colour, kc. T.
ohliquiceps has the margin of the elytra hardl}", if at all, inter-
rupted posteriorly by an internal plica, though this feature is
tolerably well developed.
Tachys setiger, n.sp.
Oblong, depressed. Pale testaceous. Derm of head, prothorax
and elytra setigerous.
Head convex, wide behind eyes; surface shagreened, setigero-
punctulate; frontal impressions shallow, short; e3'es small, round,
coarsely faceted, distant from buccal fissure beneath. Maxillary
palpi large; penultimate joint large, pyriform, pubescent, apical
joint very small and slender (merely a little spike); labial palpi
small, apical joint a short projecting spike. Mandibles short.
Prothorax depressed, lightly transverse, widest before middle,
narrowed to base; derm shagreened and sparsely setigero-punc-
tate; sides rounded on anterior part, strongly narrowed to apex,
lightly and obliquely narrowed to base; anterior angles obtuse,
very near head; posterior angles marked, rather obtuse; base
widely sublobate, cut obliquely on each side behind posterior
angles; basal area hardly defined, not below plane of disc in
middle, lateral border narrow, lateral basal impressions obso-
lescent. Elytra depressed, rather closely setigero-punctate over
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 583
whole surface, the set?e arranged in single rows along the middle
of each interstice; disc striate, lateral parts hardly striate; four
inner stria3 clearly but lightly impressed, fainter towards base
than towards apex, 1st and 3rd confluent at apex; submarginal
stria (8th) wanting; a few large punctures near margins; inter-
stices depressed, 2nd and 3rd wide towards apex, 3rd with two
setigerous punctures near 3rd stria on posterior third. Length 2,
breadth 0-7 mm.
Bab.—Q. : Townsville (Dodd; Coll. Sloane).
A strange and isolated species, apparently somewhat allied to
lUaphanns, but differing conspicuously by the presence of eyes.
I refer it to Tacl/ys provisionally, but it is so distinct from all
the other Australian species known to me that comparison with
any seems useless. At' a casual glance the elytra seem punctate-
striate; this is caused by the presence of the rows of setigerous
punctures; the stride are not punctate.*
Tribe POGONINI.
Group Perilep tides.
Genus P y r r o t a c h y s.
Pyrrotachys constricticeps, Sloane.
P. constrictipes, SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. IST.S.W. 1896, xxi.,p, 375.
By an unfortunate error I have published the name of this
species as F. constrictipes (a quite meaningless name) instead of
P. co7istricticeps (from the sudden constriction of the head behind
the eyes). I therefore suggest that the error — an obvious one —
be corrected. I would now note that P. coiistricticcps has the
inner lobe of the maxill?e with a few widely placed tooth-like
spines.
The Rev. Thos. Blackburn has informed me that P. constricticej^s
is, from a specimen in his possession, closely allied to the Euro-
pean Perileptus areolatus^ Kreutz; and that it seems to him a
species of Perileptus, though owing to the imperfect condition of
his specimen he cannot absolutely say that it belongs to that genus.
* See also an additional species described in Postscript, p. G41.
584 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. Xll.,
Want of knowledge of Perileptus prevents settlement of this
matter by me.
Pyrrotachys constricticeps, SL, is evidently a Trechid (as Peri-
leptus is also now regarded) rather than one of the Subulipalpi.
It may appropriately be separated from the other Irechides by
the eyes contiguous to the mouth beneath, and the Bembidium-
like apical joint of the palpi. Mr. Blackburn's genus Trechodes
(including Bemhidium bi^mi'titum, MacL, which I have ascertained
from inspection of the type is not a Bembidiid) comes into the
group Perilejytides.
Subtribe Melisodei'ldes.
I formerly considered the Melisoderides a group of the tribe
Nomiini (Horn),* but this now appears to me very doubtful;
besides, it is evident from Horn's treatment of his tribe that
Nomiini was the wrong name to have used, and that CosciQiia, an
older genus, should have given the name to the tribef. In any
case, I do not know the exact date of Nomius (Castelnau, Etud.
Ent.), but Melisodera, Westwood, (1835) cannot be of much later
date. M. Tschitscherine would evidently consider the genera
forming the sul)tribe Melisoderides as part of his Drimostomini,% a
subtribe of Platysmatiiri: but I think the Meonides, Melisoderides
and Amblytelides should be removed from the Platysmatini on
account of the mandibles having a seta in the outer scrobe of
the mandibles. The typical Melisoderides are in fact Morionides
with the scrobe of the mandibles setigerous.
N'ote. — In view of the very high importance, from a classifica-
tory point of view, attributed to the marginal seta? of the pro-
thorax in Mecyclothorax and allies b}' Dr. Sharp, it seems
advisable to offer the following information as to this character
in Australian allied genera from an examination of all the species
in my possession: — Prothorax with each lateral margin (1)
* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1S98, xxiii. (Pt. 3), p. 470.
t Vide Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. ix. ISSl, pp. 1-29-130.
X Hor. Ent. Ross. xxxv. 1902, p. 508.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 585
plui'isetigerous, Laccocenus; (2) 4-setigerous, Celanida] (3) bise-
tigerous, Meoiiis, Melisodera, Iloriocleina, Morio7)iorpha, Rhcubo-
lestus, Phersita, Tropoiyterus, Mecyclothorax^ Amhlytelus, Epilyx;
(4) unisetigerous, Dystrichothorax. In none of these genera is the
seta at each basal angle wanting.
Table of Genera of the Australian Subtribe Melisoderides.
i. Prothorax with sides not rounded posteriorly. Elytra with eighth inter-
stice narrowly carinate at apex.
A. Metepisterna long.
b, Prothorax with a short distinct narrow ridge between marginal channel
and lateral basal impressions. Eyes globular, rising sharply from
head at base.
C-. Prothorax with three marginal setae anteriorly. Elytra with 7th
stria entire... Celamda.
cc. Prothorax with- one marginal seta anteriorly. Elytra with 7th
stria obsolete, except on apical fourth Melisodera.
bb. Prothorax without any submarginal ridge near basal angles. Orbits
oblique behind eyes.
d. Antennae moniliform. Prothorax short.
e. Anterior tibiae with external side feebly arcuate; intermediate not
arcuate Moriodema.
ee. Four anterior tibiae arcuate Moriomorx>ha .
dd. Antennte slender. Prothorax rather long (3 'S x 3 '7 mm. ). Inter-
mediate tibiae only strongly arcuate Rlia'bolestus, n.gen.
AA. Metepisterna wide and short.
/. Antennae moniliform Phersita, n.gen.
ff. Antennge slender Tropopterus ?*
ii. Prothorax with sides rounded posteriorly. Elytra with 8th interstice not
carinate at apex (except in Cyclothorax curtus, SI.) MecyclotJiorax.i
The genus Cyclothorax (Macleay, 1871) must be deleted from
the Carabidce, having been proposed previou.sly in the Class
Arachnida (Frauenfeld, 1868), and it seems to me that its place
may be taken by Mecyclothorax, which Dr. Sharp says only differs
by the "atrophied wings from the antipodean genus Cyclothorax."
I do not look upon this character as truly generic in itself
* As represented by I>n/uosfo?Ha aljjestre, Custeln., D. montanum, Casteln.,
and D. australe, Casteln.
t Sharp, Fauna Hawaiiensis, iii.. 1893, p. 243.
586 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOOY, NO. XII.,
(thouf^h Dr. Sharp has so regarded it in his work on the Carabidse
of the Sandwich Islands). I suspect that at least J/. (Phorti-
cosomns) lateralis, Casteln., J/. (Cyclothorax) fortis, Blkb., and
M.I (Cyclothorax) pujictatus, SI., have the wings atrophied,
thou<^h I cannot state this as an actual fact. Doubtless Cyclo-
thorax curttis, SI., and Cyclothorax jmnctat^is require to be
removed from Mecyclothora?: and placed each in a separate genus.
Celanida MONTANA, Castelnau.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. viii. 1868, p. 123.
I hardly think any useful purpose is served by keeping Celanida
apart from Jlelisodera; but, principally because it has a name, I
am not prepared to say definitely that it should be merged with
Melisodera. C. montana is the only species; it may be at once
distinguished from Melisodera 2nciperini8, Westw., by larger size,
broader form; prothorax more transverse (3x5 mm.), sides less
rounded anteriorly and less sinuate posteriorly, apex and base of
equal width (^4 mm.); elytra more strongly striate, 7th stria
entire. Legs similar. Length 16, breadth 6*1 mm.
f/ab. — Vic. : ]\Iountains eastward from Melbourne.
Melisodera picipennis, Westwood.
Mag. Zool. ix. 1835, p. 132 : Morio inceus, Casteln., Trans. Roy.
Soc. Vict. viii. 1868, p. 122.
^. Head and prothorax piceous, elytra reddish-piceous.
Elliptical, parallel. Eyes globular; orbits rising abruptly from
head. Prothorax subconvex, wide (2-8 x 3*8 mm.), wider at base
(2-8min.)than at apex (2-6mm.); anterior angles widely rounded,
not advanced; sides rounded on anterior three-fourths, sinuate
posteriorly and meeting base at right angles; border thick, even;
a short submarginal ridge dividing lateral basal impressions from
lateral channel; two marginal setigerous punctures on each side,
posterior at basal angle. Elytra oval (7 x 38 mm.), parallel on
sides, widely rounded at apex, lightly and evenly convex, punc-
tate-striate; 7th stria obsolete on sides; 8th interstice carinate
near apex. Metepisterna elongate. Four anterior tibiae incras-
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 587
sate, intermediate with apex narrower than anterior and produced
externally in a prominent triangular projection. Length 1 1 -5 mm.
Hah. — Vic: Gippsland (French\ Mount Macedon (Jide
Castelnau).
I have seen the type specimen of Jlorio piceus, Casteln., in the
Howitt Collection. It had the scrobe of the mandibles setioero-
punctate, and on comparing it with the species I identify as
Melisodera picipennis, Westw., I found them to be the same.
Genus M o r i o d e m a.
Count de Castelnau in diagnosing his genus Moriodema said
the mentum is "without any appearance of a tooth"; this is
inaccurate, for, although the inner margin of the epilobes forms
a well developed ridge 'across the bottom of the sinus, giving it
the appearance of being edentate if not carefully examined, there
is a short wide prominence or tooth in front of this ridge.
Moriodema is closely allied to Melisodera, but it is a form that will
certainly receive at least subgeneric rank from those who use sub-
genera, so it seems better not to merge it with Melisodera, from
which it differs, as far as I can see from the specimens before me,
by mentum with sinus shallower, the basal border not advanced
in the middle; maxillary palpi with penultimate joint much longer
(about as long as apical); orbits obliquely narrowed behind eyes;
prothorax differently shaped and without a short submarginal
ridge near basal angles; anterior tibia3 arcuate on outer side.
Moriodema macoyei, Castelnau.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict, viii, 1868, p. 125: M. paramattensis,
Casteln., ibid., p. 125.
Reddish-brown or piceous-red. Oval, depressed. Prothorax
transverse (2-2 x 3 mm.), wider at base (2-5 mm.) than at apex
(2*1 mm.) ; elytra truncate-oval (6 x 3*8 mm.), punctate-striate;
7th stria obsolete on sides ; 8th interstice carinate at ajDex.
Length 10mm.
Hah. — Vic. : Tarragon (Sloane) — N.S. W. : Springwood (Sloane).
588 STUDIES I\ AUSTRALIAX ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
I have seen tlie type specimen of M. paramaitensis, Casteln.,
in the Howitt Collection, where were also named specimens of
M. niacoyei, Casteln. Comparison of these with specimens in my
collection from Gippsland and Spring wood (Sydney District)
convinces me of their identit}^ with one another.
Genus M o r i o m o r p h a.
MORIOMORPHA ADELAIDE, Casteln.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. viii. 1868, p. 124.
Two specimens (r^) of a species of Moriomorpha which I regard
as J/, adeiaicke, Casteln., are before me [one from !^Julwala on the
Murray River, found in a hollow limb of a recenth" fallen tree*
(Eticali/phis meUiodora); the other from near Urana, N.S.W.,
taken under loose bark on the trunk of a gum tree {Eucalyptus
rostrata)].
The following brief diagnosis is founded on the specimen from
Urana (the sjDecimen from Mulwala has the prothorax more
roundly ampliate at widest part and therefore of more cordiform
shape). (J. Head 1*75 mm. across eyes; orbits obliquely narrowed
behind eyes (much less developed than in Moriodema); antenna?
w^itli 4:th joint about equal in length to 3rd (in Moriodema the
4th joint is shorter than 3rd). Prothorax cordate (Iw x 2*3mm.);
base and apex of equal width (l'75mm.). Eh'tra strongly striate
(much more strongly than in Moriodema); humeral angles lightly
dentate, not marked. Ventral segments impressed on each side.
Anterior femora thick, with a small subtuberculiform prominence
* Hyperion schroetteri, Schreib. ,is taken at Mulwala, though rarely, in
the hollows of trees which are filled with damp dirt, in which are found
numerous larvte of large Melolonthid beetles (Passalus, &c.), on which the
larv?e of Hyperion probably feed. It may be noted that in dry localities like
Mulwala such insects as H. scJiroetteri may be only able to maintain them-
selves in the hollows of decaying trees because that is the only position where
a sufficiency of food for their development can be found, the heat and dry-
ness of the summer preventing the accumulation of large numbers of Passalid
larvae under logs lying on the ground, as happens in the moister forests
nearer the seaboard.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 589
on lower side near base; intermediate tibiae strongly curved (as
are also the anterior tibiae). Length 7 '8 mm.
Hah. — S. A. : Adelaide (fide Castelnau) — N.S. W. : Mulwala and
Urana (Sloane), Armidale (Lea).
PtH.EBOLESTES,* n.gen.
Mentnm transverse; sinus deep (about one-half length of
mentum), lightly oblique on sides, bordered, a short wide median
prominence with widely rounded apex ; lobes wide, rounded
on external side, pointed at apex (the point formed by a
short triangular projection of epilobes). Palpi: labial elongate;
penultimate joint narrow, lightl}^ incrassate, bisetigerous in
front (apical seta very near apex); apical joint about as long
as penultimate, narrow, lightly incrassate, obtusely truncate
at apex : nLaxillary with second joint large, thick; two apical
joints narrow, equal, hardly as long as apical joint of labial.
Maxilhe with inner lobe narrow, strongly hooked at apex, not
ciliate on inner side but armed with two widel}^ plnced slender
spiniform teeth rising from prominences of inner margin, a long-
slender bristle before and after the anterior of these teeth: outer
lobe as long as inner. Labium corneous, wide at apex, two long
widely placed set^ at apex; paraglossia narrow, free and extending
at apex beyond ligula. Labrum short, transverse; apex widely
and lightly emarginate, and sexsetose. Clijpeus truncate, a
setigerous pore on each side. Mandibles sLout, hooked; a short
tooth on inner side near base; a setigerous puncture in scrobe of
outer side. Aiitennce slender, long; joints 5-1 1 lightly compressed,
pubescent; three basal joints cylindrical, glabrous — 1st stout, not
long; 'Ind slender, short (about one-half length of 1st); 3rd
slender, about equal in length to 1st; 4th about as thick as 5th,
pubescent, (but narrow, cylindrical and glabrous at base). Head
small, lightly and obliquely narrowed behind eyes; front biim-
pressed; two supraorbital setigerous punctures on each side, e3^es
prominent. Prothorax depressed, lightly transverse; apex and
* pai(Bos, bandy legged; Xrjo-rrjs, a ravager. /vM^T,"o , ^ /
J library!
590 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
base of eiiual width (2-8 mm.); sides lightly sinuate posteriorly
and meeting base at right angles, bisetigerous — the posterior seta
a little before basal angle. Elytra depressed, strongly striate;
base bordered; lateral border interrupted near apex and with an
internal plica; 1st interstice with an elongate striole at base, 3rd
3-punctate along course of 3rd stria, 8th tinely carinate on apical
curve. Mesosternum with intercoxal declivity wide; epimera not
reaching coxje : metepisterna long. Legs (^) light : anterior
femora long, rather narrow; a short cylindrical hamiform process
(a hook with apex sharply bent towards base of femur) projecting
from lower side at about J of its length : anterior tibia? long,
narrow" on basal half, wide at apex, not curved: intermediate
long (longer than femora), strongly curved inwards; posterior
long, slender: anterior tarsi stout, joints not dilatate, 5th longest,
longer than three preceding together, basal joint much longer
than 2nd, squamulose in middle of lower side near apex, 2nd and
3rd joints with two narrow rows of squamse in middle of lower
side; four posterior tarsi narrow, cylindrical, posterior much
longer than intermediate; posterior coxa? contiguous.
Rh.ebolestes walkeki, n.sp.
(J. Elliptical, depressed, nitid. Prothorax small, lightly trans-
verse; elytra oval. Piceous-reddish-brown; lesrs and bodv redder
than upper surface.
Head (with mandibles) elongate, not large (3*1 mm. across eyes);
e3'es reniform, sloping roundly and strongly to head in front, more
gently and obliquely behind; postocular part of orbits small,
sloping backward obliquely from eyes (the slope continuous with
that of e3^es), front bordered on each side by a distinct ridge
between eye and base of antenna; frontal impressions lightly
outturned and rather wide posteriorly, ending opposite middle of
eyes; spaces between frontal impressions and lateral ridges wide
and rather convex. Prothorax subcordate (3-3 x 3 7 mm. ), widest
at anterior 3rd (at anterior marginal seta); disc subconvex,
lightly declivous to sides and anterior angles, gently declivous
posteriorly to a wide transverse basal depression; sides lightly
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 591
rounded on anterior 4, sinuate posteriorly; apex widely eniargi-
nate; anterior angles oljtuse, a little advanced; base truncate;
basal angles subrectangular (summit obtuse) ; lateral border
reflexed — widely so (and bearing the posterior marginal seta)
near base; marginal channel wide; median line finely impressed,
not extending on to the flattened l)asalpart; lateral basal impres-
sions wide, concave, reaching base, bordered externally by the
upturned lateral border of jDrothorax. Elytra oval (9*3 x 5'5mm.),
depressed, strongly declivous to sides after 6th interstice; base
truncate, with shoulders rounded; apex lightly sinuate on each
side ; sides lightly rounded ; basal border slightly prominent
externally (opposite base of 6th stria); lateral border reflexed,
passing round humeral angle to meet basal border; striae 3-6
slightly in turned near base, 7 th obsolete except on apical third.
Length 16, breadth 5 '5 mm.
Hah. — N.S. VV. : Ourimbah (a single specimen in my collection,
given to me by Mr. J, J. Walker, R.N.).
Phersita, n.g.
Teraphis, Castelnau, I.e., p. 127.
The genus TerajjMs cannot stand, being too near TerapJius,
Motschulsky (1864); therefore it is now proposed to replace it by
Phersita.'^
Phersita melbournensis, Castelnau.
Terapliis inelbouT7iensis, Casteln., I.e., p. 128.
I identify as Terapliis melbournensis, Casteln., a species sent to
me by Mr. C. French. Owing to the total insufficiency of
Casteinau's descriptions of his three species, it is necessary to
offer a short description, so that the species I have now before
me ma}' be recognisable.
Piceous-black; inflexed margins of elytra, femora, antennae and
palpi piceous-red. Robust, elliptical. Head rather large ( 1 -7 mm.
across eyes); ej^es convex; postocular part of orbits sharply raised
Formed by a transposition of the letters in Teraphis.
592 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
from head; front strongly biim pressed; median space convex;
lateral spaces wide and convex, bearing posteriorly (opposite
middle of eyes) the large anterior setigerous supraorbital
puncture; antennae moniliform, three basal joints glabrous. Pro-
thorax lightly transverse (1-75 x 2-25 mm.), wider across base
(1-8 mm.) than apex (1-4 mm.); anterior angles wide, rounded,
bordered; sides lightly rounded on anterior four-fifths, lightly
sinuate posteriorly, and meeting base at right angles; basal angles
sharply rectangular ; two setigerous punctures on each side,
posterior at basal angle; a wide basal impression on each side,
reaching base externally, bordered by a short longitudinal sub-
marginal ridge. Elytra convex, truncate-oval (4-2 x 2 8 mm.);
basal border dentate at humeral angles; lateral border reflexed;
stria3 punctate, 1-6 deep, seventh lightly but distinct^ marked;
interstices 1-6 lightly convex, seventh and eighth not separately
convex, eighth carinate towards apex, third bipunctate near course
of third stria; anterior puncture about middle of length, posterior
at beginning of apical declivity. Metepisterna (with epimera)
wide, a little longer than broad. Length 6 '8, breadth 2-8 mm.
Hah — Vic: Mountains eastward from Melbourne.
Tribe PLATYSMATINI.
Though not now dealing generally with the Australian Plat3^s-
matini, there are some points of interest that require notice, so I
take the present opportunity of placing them on record.
(1) A Note on Generic Nomenclature.
Teropha ■ Castelnau, 1867) should be used instead of Morphnos
(Schaufuss, 1867), which is too near Moi'phnus (Cuvier, 1817,
Aves).
Pachymelas (Tschitscherine, 1902) must supplant Nurus
(Motschulsky, 1865), which is too near Niira (Hej^d., 1826,
Arachnida). I feel considerable doubt about the species referred
to Pachymelas being truly congeneric with those referred to
Nurus by M. Tschitscherine.
C astelneaudia (Tschitscherine, 1891) will have to take the
place of Homalosoma and Trichosternus. Homalosoma (gen. ined..
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 593
W. S. Macleay, first characterised by BruUe in 1834) was antici-
pated by Homalosoma (Wagler, 1830, Reptilia). Trichosternus
(Chaudoir, 1865) is too near Trichosternum (Wollaston, 18G5,
Coleoptera).
Secatophvs (Castelnau, 1867) must replace Frio7iophorns
(Chaudoir, 1865), too near Frionophora (1833, 1848, 1851, and
1879), and preoccupied by rrionophorus (1854).
Pseudnceneus (Tschitscherine, 1891) should be used instead of
Leptopodus (Chaudoir, 1874, ined.), preoccupied by Lepiopjodus
(Cuvier, 1817, Pisces).
Gratogaster (Blanchard, 1853) antedates Tiharisiis (Castelnau,
1867); and must replace Cyphosoma (Hope, 1842), which is
preoccupied by Cyphosoma (Mann., 1837, Coleoptera).
(2) It also appears to me that the following generic, or sub-
generic, names at present in use in the Australian Platysmatini
cannot stand, and the propriety of their being changed is now
suggested : —
Cyrtoderus (Hope, 1842) nom. piseoc.
Rhahdotus (Chaudoir, 1865) too near Rhahdota (Dejean, 1833^
Coleoptera).
Ceneus (Chaudoir, 1865, gen. ined., diagnosed 1874) too near
Cenea (Alder, 1847, Mollusca).
Nelidus (Chaudoir, 1878) too near Nelidia (Stal, 1861, Hymeno-
ptera).
Eurystomis (Chaudoir, 1878) too near Eury stoma and Eurysto-
mus previously used.
(3) New genera and species described by M. Tschitscherine as
Australian : —
Liopasa crepera (gen. et sp. nov.), Hor. 8oc. Ent. Ross., xxxv.,
1901, p. 8.
ParanuTus petri (gen. et sp. nov.), I.e., p. 11; congeneric with
Trichosternus dilaticeps, Chaud.
C astelneaudia ( Triehosternus ) hecate, sp. nov., I.e., p. 13.
Darodilia lonyula, sp. nov., I.e., xxxv., 1902, p. 509.
594 STUDIKS IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
(4) Synon3nnyof Australian species recorded by Tschitscherine,
Ic, 190^2:—
Castelneaud'ia ( Homalosoma) atlas, Casteln. = Ilonialosoma
crassi/ornie, Sloane.
Castehieaudia ( Homalosoma) vigor si, Govy = Homalosoma alter-
naiis, Sloane. I believe this to be correct.
Cratogaster sulcatum, Blanch. = C. latum, Chaud.
I record here that, from the type in the Australian Museum,
T'lharisus ater, Macl , = Cratogaster ( Tiharisus) laelas, Casteln.
M. Tschitscherine suggested this synonymyas probable (Z.c.,p. 512).
Tiharisus niger, Macl., is a species of Ceneiis, apparently C.
chalyheipennis, Chaud., from examination of Macleay's tj^pes in
the Australian Museum.
Paranurus dilaticeps, Chaudoir.
T richosternus dilaticeps, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii. p. 76.
F. macleayi, SI., is said by M. Tschitscherine to be closely
allied to P. dilaticeps, Chaud., and but vaguely ditlerentiated
from that species. I should say, after consideration of M.
Tschitscherine's note on the species he identified as P. dilaticeps,*
that the species he had before him was P. macleayi, but I cannot
think that it is synonymous with P. dilaticeps. I would draw
attention to the following excerpts from Chaudoir's description
of P. dilaticeps : —
(1) ^'' Genis ahrupte infiatis'^; (2) '' ocnlos convexos^' ; (3) [pro-
thorax] '^foveolaque utrinque juxta basin hreviter impressis^^; (3a)
^^ margine cum sidco hasali transverso conjiuente"; (36) ^^ angidis
posticis sat rejlexis "; (4) '■'■ ehjtra thorace tertia pa^'te latiora.^'
All these characters, particularly the el3^tra one-third wider
than prothorax, do not suit P. inacleayi, but are not inapplicable
to the species I take to be P. dilaticeps, which, in comparison
with P. macleayi, offers the following differences : — Form broader
and less convex; head (7*8 mm. across eyes) wath ej^es and post-
* Hor. Ent. Soc. Koss., xxxv., 1902, p. 514.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANK. 595
ocular prominences much more prominent (in P. dilaticeps I would
call these features prominent, in P. macleayi depressed); prothorax
(5-9 X 9-6 mm.) with lateral basal impressions concave, and
extending laterally to the margin of the prothorax ; elytra
(16-5 X 11-4 mm.) less convex; third, fifth and seventh interstices
less raised, particularly on apical half; seventh less raised in all
its length, carinate only near base, hardly carinate near apex (in
P. macleayi the seventh interstice is carinate in all its length,
strongly so on apical curve). Length 30, breadth 11-4 mm.
Hah. — North Queensland.
Genus Castelneaudia.
Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxv., 1891, p. 166.
Homalosoma, Boisduval and other authors {710771. proioc).
Trichoster7ais, Chaudoir and other authors {nom. prceoc).
Nu7ms, Motschulsky and other authors (in part).
Oynocycla, Tschitscherine (subgen. 1902).
As noted above, the names Ho7nalosoma and Trichosternus
cannot be maintained when the laws of nomenclature are strictly
enforced. N^xrus is in a similar position, Nura being already in
use when it was proposed. It, therefore, becomes necessary to use
the name Castelneaudia (type Ho7nahso7na nitidicolle, Casteln.). M.
Tschitscherine* considers Nurus a genus absolutely self-contained,
and divides it into two subgenera, viz., Nurus (type N. hrevis,
Motsch.) and Pachymelas (new, type N. curt^is, Chaud.). I had
formerly merged N^iru^ with Castelneaudia, and still see no e'ood
reasons for removing Nirus hrevis and allies from that position;
but Pachymelas, I think, might with advantage be constituted a
distinct genus. Omocycla is a division which to me does not
appear to require a separate name.
I take this opportunity of saying that I now concur with M.
Tschitscherine in his view that it is quite inadmissible to merge
Loxodactylus with C astehieaudia, as I had formerly done.
* Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxxv., 1902, p. 516.
59G STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOm, NO. XII.,
With regard to the vesture of the underside of the tarsi in
Castp.lneaudia and allied genera, it nla}- be noted that it is usual
in Castehieaudia for the male to have the three basal joints of
the anterior tarsi dilatate and squamulose beneath {e.cj., C. vigorsi,
C. cyanea^ C. cordafa, C. afroviridis, C. obscuripennis, kc).
Homalosoma atlaft, Casteln., has only two basal joints slightly
dilatate, and biseriately squamulose in middle of lower side;
Homahsoma hnpericde,'^ SI., has (from ^ in my Coll.) the anterior
tarsi neither dilatate nor squamulose beneath. Pachynielas
curtiis,'^ Cbaud. (from ^ in my Coll.), Paranurus ynacleayi, SI.,
and JVuridius/ortis, SI., have the anterior tarsi neither dilatate
nor squamulose. These variations suggest that too much reliance
cannot be placed on the form of the anterior tarsi in the ^ among
the large Platysmatini; and they help to confirm the opinion,
long held by me, that any classification founded on such secondary
sexual features must prove too unsatisfactory for practical use.
Castelneaudia obesa, Castelnau.
Feronia (Homalosoma) obesa. Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.
viii. 1868, p. 204.
I have recently seen a specimen of C. (Homalosoma) obesa,
Casteln., in the Howitt Coll., where were also specimens of C.
(Homalosoma) atlas, Casteln. No specimens of C. brevis, Motsch.,
or C. latipennis, SI., were available for comparison Mith C. obesa,
and my time was too limited to make a detailed description of it,
so that I have merely the following brief note on it. C. obesa
(9) of similar fades to C. atlas, but smaller, prothorax with
anterior angles sharply advanced; C. atlas (Q) Avith anterior
angles of prothorax obtuse and not advanced.
* The discovery, that in the J of these two species the anterior tarsi are
naked beneath, gives a partially negative answer to M. Tschitscherine's
statement concerning the anterior tarsi in the five species he attributes to
the genus Nnrus (Hor. Soc. Ent. Eoss., xxxv., 1902, p. 516).
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 597
Castelneaudia latipennis, n.sp.
^. Robust; head large; prothorax transverse, subcordate, base
narrower (6 mm.) than apex (7'1 mm.), sides lightl}'- sinuate
posteriorly and meeting base at right angles, anterior angles
advanced: elytra short, oval, rounded on sides, widest behind
middle, humeral angles dentate, third interstice 3- or 4-punctate.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum setigero-punctate, of meso-
sternum glabrous. Posterior coxte contiguous. Head and under-
surface black; prothorax nitid, black on disc, cupreous or brassy-
green towards sides; elytra finely shagreened, black or of a dull
bronzy tint, summits of cost{?e subnitid, marginal channel and
ninth interstice cupreous.
Head large (6*7 mm. across eyes), smooth, swollen on each
side behind and below eyes. Prothorax depressed, transverse
(5'5 X 8'3 mm. — lateral length 6*5 mm.), widest just behind
anterior marginal puncture; sides lightl}^ rounded on anterior
half, lightly narrowed posteriorly, lightly sinuate about 1-5 mm.
before base; apex emarginate; anterior angles rather strongly
advanced, obtusely rounded; base emarginate in middle, basal
angles well marked, rectangular, with apex obtuse; lateral margin
rather wide; border thick, lightly reflexed except near apical
angles; lateral basal impressions short, connected b}' a well
marked transverse impression. Elj^tra oval (15 x 11 mm.),
rounded on sides, widely rounded at apex, a little narrowed to
base; interstices wide, lightly costate, seventh stronger than
others, subcarinate near base, ninth nitid, hardly distinct from
margin, a little raised posteriorly. Ventral segments laevigate;
fourth and fifth with a few setigerous punctures in middle near
posterior margin ; apical 4-setigerous on posterior margin, and
with two or three fine setigerous punctures in middle a little
before apex. Length 29, breadth 11 mm.
Hah. — N.S.W. : Dunoon, Richmond River (R. Helms).
This is the species I have referred to as C. (Xiirus) brevis,
Motsch., in my description of C. ( Homalosoma) imperialis; but I
now consider C. hrevis to be identical with Homalosoma solandersi
38
598 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
Casteln. (following in this MM. Chaudoir and Tscbitscherine).
A specimen of Ilouia/ottonia svlandersi, Casteln., agreeing with
specimens so named in the Macleay Coll., is before me; it differs
from C. latipennis by colour (margins of elytra and prothorax
bright green); prothorax with sides not sinuate before base, basal
<angles far more obtuse and less marked; elytra more convex,
interstices less raised to the summits (widel}' and roundly convex),
se^ enth much less carinate, especially near base. Dimensions :
Length 27; proth. 5-5 x 85, apex 6-7, base 6-5; el. 13-2 x 10 mm.
I believe C. latipennis differs sufficientl}' from C brevis to be
regarded as a distinct species.
Castelneaudia subvirexs, Chaudoir.
Homalosoma siihvirens, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii., p. 72.
C. subvirens has remained unknown since Chaudoir described
it till now. I have identified it in a species from South Queens-
land (Tambourine Mountain) received from Mr. C. French. It
seems sufficiently ^vell described to be recognisable; but to show
its position in the genus, and to enable the species to which I
have applied the name C. subvirens to be recognised, the
following brief descriptive note is offered. According to the
tabular list of species I already have given in these Proceedings
(1899, p. 567), its position would be in section "C."
Allied to C. angnlosa, Chaud., but differing by upper surface
more convex; prothorax not so flat, sides more strongly rounded,
lightly sinuate before base; elytra virescent (not black), more
convex, space between seventh costa and marginal channel more
strongly declivous, seventh interstice less carinate except near
base, 8th interstice not separated from ninth near apex. Dimen-
sions : Length 26; head 5*25 across eyes; proth. 5-4 x 7-3, apex
5*3, base 6; el. 14 x 8*6 mm.
The intercoxal declivities of prosternum and mesosternum are
setigero-punctate. A specimen (^) before me has the anterior
tarsi neither dilatate nor squamulose beneath*; abdomen with a
* This character is very remarkable in a species of section " C," so much
so that one wonders whether it may not be merely an individual jDecuharity
in the specimen I have.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 599
single puncture on each side of apex; elytra with third interstice
impunctate. A second specimen (9) has the third elytral inter-
stice unipunctate at beginning of apical declivity. (Chaudoir
described the el3^tra as with third interstice bipunctate).
Castelneaudia porphyriaca, Sloane.
Homcdosoma 2^orp]ujriacum, SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
1899, p. 571.
M. Tschitscherine has pointed out that I have not referred to
the supraorbital punctures of the head, and the marginal punc-
tures of the prothorax when describing this species. This
omission has had the unfortunate effect of causing him to assign
a wrong position to it in his table of f^pecies. I take the
present opportunity of noting that these features are normal, viz.,
two supraorbital punctures on each side of head, and two
setigerous prothoracic marginal punctures. It would come into
section "22" of M. Tschitscherine's table, having all the char-
acters necessary to bring it into that position; it could then be
separated from C ivilsoni, Casteln., thus: —
Prothorax with basal angles obtuse C. porphyriaca.
Prothorax with basal angles rectangular C. wilsoni.
Genus Notonomus.
Since my "Revision of the Genus Notonomus,"* certain infor-
mation in regard to the species has been obtained to which
attention should be directed : —
(1) M. Tschitscherine has brought under my notice that, while
in Notonomus it is usual for the fifth joint of the tarsi (onychium)
to be glabrous beneath, yet in some species this joint is spinulose
beneath. This seems a useful observation of a good aid to the
identification of some species. I therefore record here the follow-
ing as all the species known to me with the onychium {a) spinulose
beneath, viz., N. kosciuskianus^ rainbowi, safrapa, colossus, eques,
* These Proceedings, 1902, xxvii.
600 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
spenceri; (b) with a single spinule beneath on each side, K.
froggatti and ;V. ceneomicans.
(2) M. Tschitscherine has also informed me that he places a
high value on the upper side of the tarsal joints being longitu-
dinally striolate, as in iV". eqiies, Casteln. I made no use of this
feature, but now record that, among the described species known
to me, it is onl}^ present in -A^, slrzehckianus, ^j>/i<7/i/?si (of Sloane's
Revision), y7-o(/^rt^^/, eques and sjyenceri; also atrnj^ennis^n.^^.
(3) I have also heard from M. Tschitscherine that he has reason
to think, though not speaking positively in any case, that : —
(a) N. crcesus, Casteln., and N'. plutiis, Casteln., are two distinct
species.
(b) J\^. kingi, Chaud., = A^ excisipennis, SI. This would leave
the species I have identified as iV. kingi^ Chaud., without a name.
(c) ^V. paralleloniojyha, Chaud., is probably synonymous with iV^.
auricollis, Casteln., while N. opulentus, Casteln., is quite a distinct
species.
The further investigation of these points by M. Tschitscherine
will be awaited with interest.
NOTONOMUS ATRODERMIS, n.sp.
iT. rv/ipalpis, SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1902, xxvii. p. 315
(not Oniaseus rujipalpis, Casteln.).
The species I regarded as Omaseus rujipalpis was wrongly
identified, and requires a new name."^
* The Rev. Thos. Blackburn has given me a specimen (taken by him in
the Victorian mountains) which he has identified as Omaseus rvjipalpis,
Casteln. I concur with this identification, and would refer it to SimodontuSy
but it differs from the typical species of that genus and leads towards Proso-
pogmus; it seems allied to S. grandiceps, SI. It is characterised by head
large (3"25 mm. across eyes); prothorax wide (3'25x4'6 mm.), posterior
m.arginal puncture distant from basal angle; elytra widely rounded at apex
without lateral apical sinuosities, third interstice bearing more than three
punctures; metasternal episterna quadrate; intercoxal declivity of prosternum
rounded, but broad in middle. Length 14 'S, breadth 5 '75 mm.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 601
ISToTONOMUS SATRAPA, Castelnau.
Elongate-oval, subparallel, strongly convex. Black, legs piceous-
red. Head large (5 mm. across eyes), convex; eyes convex, deeply
enclosed in swollen orbits on posterior and lower sides. Prothorax
cordate (5-2 x 6-3 mm.), wider across apex (5 mm.) than base
(4-3 mm.), lightly rounded on sides; basal angles obtuse; basal
impressions wide; posterior marginal puncture distant from basal
angle (0-6 mm.) on inner side of marginal channel. Elytra oval
(13-2 x7'6 mm.), convex, subdepressed near suture, strongly
declivous to sides and apex; humeral angles not marked; basal
border joining lateral border without interruption at humeral
angles; striae strongly impressed; interstices lightly and evenly
convex, third 5-punctate, fifth impunctate, seventh 4-punctate.
Intercoxal declivity of presternum narrow and rounded in middle;
of mesosternum wide, concave. Tarsi with fifth joint spinulose
beneath, two or three strong short spinules on each side. Length
24-5, breadth 7*6 mm.
Hah. — Vic. : Crooked River (two specimens [5] in Howitt
Coll.).
When in Melbourne recently I found in the Howitt Collection
two specimens ticketed ^'•Feronia sa^ra/)«,Casteln., Crooked River."
A specimen (9) has been in my possession for many years, without
locality, but I passed it over when reviewing the genus Nolonomus
last year because Castelnau's description of the elytra as "rather
depressed" seemed imsuited to this unusually convex species.
Compared with N. 'pluripnnctatns, SI. {=N. satrapa, SI., not
Castelnau), the following differences are noted (unfortunately I
am only able to compare the ^ of N. satrapa with the $ of N.
pluripimctatus) : — Form more convex and parallel; prothorax less
narrowed to base, posterior marginal puncture further from basal
angle; elytra with fifth interstice impunctate; tarsi with onychium
spinulose beneath. From N. gippsie)isis, Casteln. (of which
Chaud. suggested it was merely a variety), N. satntpa is distinct
by its narrower and more convex form; larger head; narrower
and less depressed prothorax with posterior marginal puncture
602 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
not at basal angle; elytra narrow, more convex, interstices more
convex, seventh punctate, third incrassate on apical declivity;
onychium spinulose beneath.
iV". satrapa and X. pha'i2)ii7ictaf2is are closely allied, and may be
tabulated thus : —
Black; tarsi with onychium spinulose beneath X. satrapa.
Upper surface with a bronzy or greenish hue; tarsi with
onychium glabrous beneath , X. xAu^Wunctatus.
ISJOTONOMUS PLURIPUNCTATUS, n.Sp.
N. satrapa (var. ?), Sloane (not Castelnau), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, 1902, xxvii. (Pt. 2) p. 270.
This species, which I formerly described as a variety of X.
satrapa, Casteln., now seems Cjuite distinct, and therefore requires
a name. It is sufficiently described in my " Revision " ; the
differences between it and jW satrapa are indicated above.
NOTONOMUS TAYLORI, n.Sp.
$. Elliptical-oval, robust, convex. Head large (4 mm. across
eyes), convex. Prothorax short, convex, equally rounded on sides,
basal angles rounded off; elytra oval, strongly striate, humeral
angles rounded off, third interstice 3- or 4-punctate, eighth wider
than ninth, not convex. Black, niticl, elytra of a dark coppery
colour,
Prothorax broader than long (5 x 5-7 mm.), of ecjual width
between posterior marginal punctures and across apex (4 mm.);
sides lightly rounded, equally and roundl}' narrowed to apex and
base; apex and base truncate; posterior marginal puncture on
inner side of marginal channel at place of posterior angle; lateral
border narrow, even, reaching posteriorly to lateral basal impres-
sions; marginal channel also extending to basal impressions; these
short, rather wide, not deep. Elytra oval (12x7 mm.), convex;
basal border joining lateral border at humeral angles without
interruption ; inner humeral angle wide ; interstices roundly
convex, tenth well developed on jDosterior third. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum rounded ; of mesosternum concave.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 605
Femora stout; tarsi piceous, fifth joint glabrous beneath. Length
21, breadth 7 mm.
Hab. — N.S.W. : Oberon (Taylor; Colls. Taylor and Sloane).
This tine species was sent to me by Mr. W. J. Taylor, of Sydne}'-,
as coming from Oberon."^ Allied to N'. nrthuri, SI., but differing
by colour, larger size, more massive form ; prothorax propor-
tionately shorter, more convex, evenly rounded on sides to apex
and base, basal angles more widely rounded. In general appear-
ance it much resembles JV. variicollis, Chaud., but differs at once
and decidedly by the form of the prothorax with posterior angles
quite rounded off.
NoTONOMUs BESTi, Sloanc, var. iENEODoesis, var.nov.
JV, besti, SI., seems a. variable species; the typical form is from
the mountains of the Upper Yarra. It has elytra dark coppery
purple, prothorax and head metallic-purple. Length 15-19-5,
breadth 5 "1-6 7 mm.
Var. ceneodorsts, var.nov. — Upper surface of a greenish-brassy
colour; prothorax a little less ampliate at widest part; elytra with
third interstice 5-punctate. Length 15-19-5, breadth 5-1-6-7 mm.
[(J Length 16-5; head 3 across eyes; proth. 4 x •l:-5 (apex 3, base 33);
el. 9-2x54 mm. ^ Length 19*5; head 3-7 across eyes; proth.
4-7 X 5-6 (apex 4, base 4); el. 11-5 x 6*7 mm.].
Hab. — Vic. : Mountains of Upper Ovens River (Harrietville,
Best; Porpunkah, W. Sloane).
This is the species referred to in my Revision in "Note (2)"
under JV. besti. Several specimens have been given to me by Mr.
D. Best of Melbourne, taken by him near Harrietville in October;
it seems a constant form, but I hesitate to consider it thoroughly
distinct from iV. besti, though it seems sufficiently different to
receive a varietal name.
NoTuNOMUS ATRIPENNIS, n.sp.
(J. Oval, subparallel, subdepressed. Head small ; prothorax
subquadrate, wider at base (4 mm.) than at apex (3*3 mm.),
""■ Oberon, 16 miles south of Tarana, on the Western Railway Line.
604 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
posterior angles obtuse, posterior marginal puncture distant from
basal angle; elytra strongl}^ striate, interstices convex, third 5-
to 7-punctate, tenth well developed, narrow, not long. Black,
nitid; prothorax sometimes with a faint greenish tinge on sides
near lateral basal impressions; legs, antenna? and mouth-parts
piceous-red.
Head small (3*2 mm. across eyes); front lightly and widely
biimpressed; eyes enclosed in strongly developed orbits, so that
the head appears somewhat constricted behind them. Prothorax
broader than long (4--1 x 4-8 mm.), depressed in middle and
posterior parts of disc, declivous to anterior angles; sides very
lightly and evenly rounded on anterior two-thirds, obliquely and
lightly narrowed to base: basal angles obtuse, but well marked;
base truncate, widely subsinuate in middle, very lightly rounded
on each side; posterior marginal puncture on inner side of lateral
channel, a little before basal angle; border wide and strongly
refiexed on posterior half, continuing round basal angles on to
base on each side; median line finely but strongly impressed;
lateral basal impressions of moderate length, narrow, not deep, not
reaching base in full depth. Elytra truncate-oval ( 102 x 5 -9 mm.),
lightly convex, subparallel on sides; lateral sinuosities of apex
rather strongly developed; basal border lightly raised at humeral
angles to form an obtuse stout prominence, posterior margin
hardly rounded; lateral border widely refiexed near base. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum rounded; of mesosternum concave.
Posterior femora with lower side strongly dilatate above apex of
trochanters ; tarsi with upper surface (excepting basal joint)
longitudinally striolate, fifth joint glabrous beneath. Length
16-5-18, breadth 5-6-G-15 mm.
Hah. — Vic: Harrietville (Best); Mountains on upper waters
of the Ovens River (Blackburn).
In general appearance resembling N. mneJJeri, SI., but differing
decidedly by elytra with lateral border widel}^ refiexed near the
humeral angles which are subdentate, interstices more convex;
posterior femora strongly dilatate on lower side above trochanters,
tarsi with upjDer surface striolate. It is allied to X. froggatti, SI.,
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 605
with which it agrees in all the features mentioned above, but
differs by elytra not margined with green, basal border far less
strongly dentate at humeral angles, lateral sinuosities of ajDex
deeper. From iV. i^peiiceri, 81. (with which it also agrees in the
features mentioned as distinguishing it from N. muelleri), it
differs by want of a green elytral border; more depressed upper
surface; prothorax longer, less rounded on sides and at basal
angles; intercoxal declivity of prosternum not flat.
NOTONOMUS PLANIPECTUS, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, subparallel; head moderate (2-75 mm. across
eyes), eyes subprominent; prothorax nitid, transversely striolate
(the striolee faint and wavy), subquadrate, sides rounded, a little
narrowed to base, bas-al angles rectangular, posterior marginal
seta on inner side of marginal channel opposite basal angle; elytra
deeply striate, interstices strongly convex, third 2-punctate, sixth
not narrowed near base, eighth narrow, convex; humeral angles
dentate. Black.
Head convex, wide across occiput and between eyes; front
strongly biimpressed, the impressions short, arcuate, sharply out-
turned before and behind; eyes convex, not prominent, strongly
inclosed behind; postocular part of orbits about as long as e3"e
and rising gradually from head. Prothorax broader than long
(4-25 X 4*8 mm.), widest about middle, wider across base(3-75mm.)
than across apex (3-3 mm), depressed posteriorly; sides lightly
rounded, not ampliate at widest part, lightly subsinuate just
before base; apex emarginate, anterior angles a little prominent
but obtuse, rather widely bordered; base lightly emarginate in
middle, truncate on each side; border widely reflexed on basal
two-thirds of sides, narrower towards apex, extending as a narrow
edge on each side of base to basal impressions; median line
strongly impressed, reaching base; lateral basal impressions deep,
narrow, parallel. Elytra truncate-oval (10 x 5*7 mm.), rather
depressed on disc, strongly declivous on sides and apex; sides
very lightly rounded; lateral apical sinuosities well developed;
basal border lightly curved on posterior margin, strongly raised
606 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
into tan obtuse piojection at humeral angles; lateral border
^videly reflexed, a little narrower near base; striae simple; inter-
stices strongly convex, the discoidal ones not becoming carinate
on apical declivity, 1-7 about equal in width on basal half, eighth
and ninth narrow (about equal in width on basal half), inner
margin of ninth interrupted by umbilicate punctures, tenth well
developed before apical sinuosity (but not long). Prosternum
depressed between coxae; basal declivit}^ flat, wide; mesosternum
w^ith intercoxal declivity flat. Femora stout, posterior with lower
side dilatate above trochanters. Length 17, breadth 5*7 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Tambourine Mountain, near Brisbane (lUidge;
Colls. Illidge, Lea and Sloane).
Belongs to the X. nitidicoUu-groui^, which is characterised by
having the intercoxal declivit}^ of the prosternum flat, eh'tra w^ith
third interstice bipunctate, pronotum nitid and with posterior
marginal seta not placed on border, tfec. It may be distinguished
at once from S. nitidicollis, Chaud., jV. latibatiis, 81., X. queens-
landica, SI., and X. subopacus, Chaud., by its larger size, wholly
black colour, elytra with sixth interstice not narrowed near base;
from X. violaceomarginatKs, Macl., b}^ the same features, except-
ing size, and by the more elongate prothorax with rectangular
basal angles. In facies it more resembles X. iirayerut<, SI., than
any other species known to me, its head, prothorax and elytra
being in a general w^ay somewhat similar, but it difiers b}" form
stouter and less depressed; eyes less prominent; posterior marginal
puncture of prothorax not placed at basal angles on a dilatation
of the border; elytra more convex, with interstices 2-5 hardly
narrowed and not carinate at apex.
It seems impossible for X. plajiipectus to be X. ingratus, Chaud.,
which is unknown to me, but which, from Chaudoir's notes, must
be taken to have the prothorax with basal angles not rectangular;
besides, I think the el3^tral interstices of X. planipectus could not
be described as '■'■ partim et cequaliter convexisf nor could the
humeral angles, which are unusually strongly dentate, be said to
be " minime deutatis.'^
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 607
NOTOXOMUS MELAS, n.Sp.
Ov'al, robust; head rather large (2-7 mm. across eyes); prothorax
nitid, subquadrate, with sides strongly and evenly rounded,
posterior marginal puncture placed a little before base on inner
side of lateral channel; elytra truncate-oval, deeply striate, inter-
stices equal, third 2-punctate, sixth not perceptibly narrowed at
base; eighth and ninth very narrow, convex, almost equal in
width; black.
Head wide at base and between eyes, convex; front lightly
biimpressed; eyes convex, rather prominent, strongly inclosed at
base; postocular part of orbits two-thirds size of eyes, rising
strongly from head in a curve continuous with that of eyes.
Prothorax broader than long (3*5 x 4-3), widest about middle,
very little wider at base {3 mm.) than apex (2-y mm.); apex very
lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse; base truncate, convex
above peduncle; basal angles marked but obtuse; border narrow
on anterior half of sides, wide towards base, extending very
narrowly along base on each side almost to middle; median line
almost touching base; lateral basal imjDressions strongly impressed,
rather wide, not long. Elytra truncate-oval (7 "8 x 5 mm.), lightly
and evenly rounded on sides, feebly sinuate on each side of apex,
convex; stri^ simple, interstices 2-7 strongly convex, equal on
basal half, narrower and more strongly convex at apex, ninth
with inner margin interrupted by umbilical punctures, tenth
narrow, elongate, convex (extending forward from apical sinuosity
to middle of sides). Intercoxal declivities of prosternum and
mesosternum flat. Length 14, breadth 5 mm.
//rt6. — N.S.W. : Glen Innes (Lea).
Belongs to the N. niiidico/lis-grouY). 1 1 is readily differentiated
from jV. nitidicoUis, Chaud., iV". latibasis, SI., and iY. queens-
landicns, SI., by colour wholly black; prothorax more transverse,
more strongly rounded on sides, with basal angles not sharply
marked; — from N. subopaciLS, Chaud., by colour; more robust
form; prothorax much wider, more strongly rounded on sides,
etc.: — from JV. violaceomarginafms, Macl., by colour; smaller size;
608 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
elytra \vith interstices not opaque and depressed in 9? sixth not
narrowed to base, ikc; — from. iV^. jy/arit;;ec<?*s, SI., (the nearest
allied species known to me) by smaller size; larger head; pro-
thorax proportionately wider, more strongly rounded on sides,
basal angles not rectangular. It must be allied to N. viridilim-
batus, Casteln., (of which I have not a specimen for comparison)
but has not a green margin, and the prothorax must be, propor-
tionately to its width, longer (it could not be taken to be "longer
than the breadth" — Macleay's description of JV. cyaneocinctus);
the 9 bas not the elytra opaque with interstices " not convex "
(Castelnau's description of Feronia viriditnaTijinata)', the third
and fifth elytral interstices are not "broader than the others"
(Castelnau's description of Feroida viridilimhata).
XOTONOMUS CUPRICOLOR, n.sp.
(J. Elongate-oval, subconvex; head rather large (3-8 mm. across
eyes); prothorax subcordate, hardly wider at base (3-8 mm.) than
at apex (3-7 mm.), posterior angles subrectangular, posterior
marginal puncture in lateral channel a little before basal angle;
elytra finely and lightly striate, interstices fiat, 3rd 5-punctate,
8th narrow, 10th long, extending forward beyond middle of
elytra. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum
deeply concave. Upper surface aeneous, prothorax more cupreous
than el3^tra; under surface black; legs and palpi red; mentum,
mandibles, metathorax and posterior coxse piceous-red; antennae
reddish-piceous.
Head smooth, wide and convex between eyes; front biimpressed,
the impressions arcuate, well marked; mandibles not long and
decussating; eyes prominent; postocular part of orbits two-thirds
the size of eyes, rising sharply from head. Prothorax broader
than long (4-6 x 5-4 mm.), widest before middle; sides strongly
rounded at widest part, gently and obliquely narrowed to base
without sinuosity; basal angles strongly marked, almost rectangu-
lar, obtuse at summit ; border wdde, narrower towards apex,
widely reflexed towards base ; lateral basal impressions long,
narrow, uniting with posterior extremity of lateral channel.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. C09
Elytra oval (12x6-7 mm.), lightly and widely convex; apical
declivity lightly declivous; sides lightly rounded, apical sinuosities
strongly developed, wide; stritxj finely but distinctly impressed;
interstices flat, discoidal ones subconvex at apical extremity,
7th and 8th narrow and convex opposite apical sinuosities,
7th flat on basal half, wide, depressed and 3-punctate near
apex, 8th about half the width of 7th on basal half, narrower
than 9th (except on basal third), 9th rather evenly seriate-
punctate; lateral border wide, turning in to base gently and
evenly (without any marked curve); basal border not raised
above lateral border at their point of junction. Legs long; femora
stout, swollen in middle; posterior tibiae long, straight; tarsi as
usual in genus, fifth joint non-setulose beneath. Length 21,
breadth 6*7 mm.
Hab.—Yic: Mt. Baw Baw (Coll. French).
A distinct species, isolated from all others by the following
features in combination — large size; elj'tra with fine but distinct
striae, eighth interstice narrow ; prosternum with intercoxal
declivity flat and furnished with four long seti«. In general
appearance it resembles iV. crcesns, Casteln., but differs conspicu-
ousl}^ by all the features mentioned above, and b}^ the mandibles
being pincer-like, not long and decussating; its facies is that of
iV". chalybeus, Dej., but the more strongly striate elytra are in
themselves suflicient to distinguish it.
Following the tabular list of the species of Notonomus previously
given by me (these Proceedings, 1902, xxvii. Pt. 2, pp. 256-261),
it would follow N. spenceri, and could be tabulated thus : —
N. ati^odermis, SI.
N. eqnes, Casteln.
JV. spenceri, SI.
Elytra with strise lightly impressed, interstices flat..,JV. cwpricolor, SI.
* Elytra with strioe strongly impressed, interstices
convex ,
Genus S a R t i c u s.
Sarticus is, strictly speaking, only a subgenus of the huge and
universal genus Platysma; but, when treating of local faunas,
such subgeneric groups may with advantage be conceded full
rank as genera, and in this way it is now used.
610 STUDIES I\ AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
When I formerly reviewed the species of Sarticus (These
Proceedings, 1889, [2] iv.) I offered a diagnosis of the genus
which ina}^ be taken as accurate for the typical species of the
genus; but there are three species'^ which offer decided differences,
and which would have to be excluded from Sarticus if that
generic definition were rigidl}^ adhered to. It seems better to
jDlace such aberrant species in a genus beside their nearest allies,
rather than to place them in different named groups with an idea
of maintaining symmetry in what may be, after all, a confused
and artificial S3'^stem of classification.
The following features require notice : —
(1) Prosternum with intercoxal declivity always rounded;
anterior margin usualh^ with an entire border, sometimes obso-
lescent in middle, but only wanting altogether in S. sv.Icatus and
S. hlackburni. In my descriptions of *S'. auhei, Casteln., S.
macleayi^ and S. 'monarensis, I have said, " prosternum without
a margin "; this referred to the base of the intercoxal part.
(2) Mesostermtm with intercoxal declivity usually deeply emar-
ginate (but hardly at all so in S. im^^a^').
(3) Onychium ( = fifth joint of tarsi) spinulose or not beneath.
As mentioned above (under Notonomus), my attention has been
drawn to this feature by M. Tschitscherine. It seems constant,
and I now record it among the species known to me as under :■ —
{a) Onychium spinulose beneath :
*S'. sulcatus, hlackburni, auhei, discopunctatus, coradgeri,
ohesulus esmeraldipennis, civilis, habitans, macleayi,
cooki, ischuus.
(b) Onychium glabrous beneath :
*S'. impar, cycmeocinctics, dampieri, 7nonarensis, cycloderus,
iriditi rictus.
(4) Third elytral interstice normally 3-punctate, but in aS'.
civilis, S. brevicornis,j and >S'. dampieri 4-punctate.
* S. ( Coronocanthus ) sulcatus, S. ( Pterostichus ) hlacJchurni^ SI., and S
impar, n.sp.
t Unknown to me in nature.
BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 611
I offer the following tabular view of the species to replace my
former table, which was wanting in exactness, and otherwise
unsatisfactory. In such closely allied forms it is often difficult
to find differentiating characters suitable for a table; therefore
some of those now suggested may appear trivial, but they are
believed to be constant and worthy of attention : —
Tahh of Species.
A. Elytral sculpture abnormal, only three deep strire on disc of each elytron;
interstice between first and second striae very wide, nearly twice as wide
as interstice on each side of it.. S. svkaius, Macl.
\A. Elytra striate normally.
B. Prothorax with lateral basal impressions not forming a rounded con-
cavity inclosed posteriorly by the lateral border,
c. Prothorax with lateral border explanate ; prosternum with anterior
margin not bordered; mesosternum with intercoxal declivity deeply
concave; elytra with crenulate striffi, interstices equal, third uni-
punctate near apex >S'. blackhurni, SI.
cc. Prothorax with lateral border narrow ; prosternum with anterior
margin bordered; mesosternum with intercoxal declivity hardly at
all concave; elytra simply striate; third, fifth, and seventh inter
stices much wider than others, third tripunctate S. impar, SI.
BB. Prothorax with a deep concavity on each side of base inclosed behind
by the widely explanate lateral border.
D. Form stout; posterior tarsi with penultimate joint small, triangular,
e. Mesosternal and metasternal episterna impunctate.
f. Elytra with sixth and seventh interstices coalescing at base and
forming a humeral elevation S. cyaneocivctns, Chaud.
ff. Elytra without posthumeral elevation.
g. Dorsal strise simple S. auhei, Casteln.
gg. Dorsal striae crenulate.
h. Elytra with lateral apical sinuosities obsolete
S. dlscopunctatus, Chaud.
hh. Elytra with apical sinuosities well developed.
i. Elytra with interstices 1-7 strongly convex, particularly
posteriorly S. coradgeri, SI.
ii. Elytra with interstices lightly convex, hardly or not at all
convex above apical declivity.
j. Prothorax with sides roundly ampliate, border explanate
before basal foveoe ; elytra with seventh interstice
feebly impressed S. o^esw/«s, Chaud.
612 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
jj. Prothorax with sides lightly rounded, border rather
narrow, not explanate before basal foveje; seventh
interstice strongly impressed
S. esmeraldipennis, Casteln.
ee. Mesoternal and metasternal episterna punctate.
k. Ventral segments nitid, three apical only punctate on sides near
anterior margins, third impunctate, second wuth a few punc-
tures.
I. $ with elytral interstices nitid.
m. { $ ) Prothorax with border unusually widely and strongly
reflexed posteriorly, wide before basal foveas. Elytral
striae not shallower towards apex. Onychium glabrous
beneath S. dampieri, SI.
mm. Prothorax with border narrow in front of basal foveas;
elytral strias shallower posteriorly. Onychium setulose
beneath S. civilis, Germ.
kk. Ventral segments, including second and third, finely punctate
near sides; elytra black. (Onychium setulose beneath.)
n. Prothorax with sides strongly rounded (strongly curved
posteriorly); elytra with inner humeral angle wide
S. Jiabitans, SI.
nn. Prothorax evidently narrowed to base; elytra with inner
humeral angle marked S. madeayi, SI.
II. Elytra in ^ nitid with a metallic flush, in $ with interstices
depressed, opaque,
o. Onychium setulose beneath. Elytra, especially in ^ ,
bluish S. cooki, SI.
00. Onychium glabrous beneath. Elytra, especially in ^ ,
virescent S. monarensis, SI.
DD. Form graceful ; size small (8'5-10 mm.). / jS'. cycloderns, Chaud.
Posterior tarsi long, slender; penultimate ) S. iriditinctus, Chaud.
joint narrow and hardly widened at apex ( S. ischnus, Casteln.
I have nothing to add in reference to S. cydoderus, S. iridi-
tinctus, and S. ischnus. S. obscurus, Blkb., (unknown to me in
nature) seems allied to .S*. cycloderns.
S. rockhamjHoitensis, Casteln., has been omitted from the table
given above, because I have felt unable to deal with it in a
satisfactor}^ way; for a note on it, vide my "Review." The
specimen (9) there referred to remains unique in my collection,
and is not in a good state of preservation. I may note here that
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 613
the tarsi have the fifth joint glabrous beneath. My specimen has
been many years in my possession, with the locality " Rockhamp-
ton District" attached to it; but I do not know the authority
for this. It is in all probability S. rockhamptonensis, for I do not
think S. vhesulus extends to Queensland, and therefore can not
follow Chaudoir in placing it under S. ohesulus. It is very closely
allied to S. monarensis.
Sarticus sulcatus, Macleay.
Coronocanthus sulcatus, Macl., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1878,
ii. p. 216: Feronia (Sarticus) quadrisulcatus, Chaud., Bull. Mosc.
1878, liii. p. 67.
I am not prepared to accept Macleay's genus Coronoca7ithus
as distinct from Sarticus, and therefore support Chaudoir's refer-
ence of the species to Sarticus.
Attention may be drawn to — the abnormal sculpture of the
elytra; the border along the apex of pronotum obsolete in middle;
prosternum not bordered along anterior margin; ventral segments
not punctate; basal segment impunctate, and with a wide raised
border behind metasternal epimera and posterior coxoa.
The basal ventral segment requires studj'' in Notonomus, Sarticus
and allied genera. It varies by being punctate or impunctate;
the lateral border of the ventral segments sometimes curving
across the segment behind the metasternal epimera, sometimes
not, rarely it is the second segment which has the anterior margin
bordered; these variations seem constant, and are therefore useful
as a help in differentiating species.
Sarticus blackburni, Sloane.
Pte7^ostichus blackburni, SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1894 (2),
ix, p. 426.
This species may, at least provisionally, be referred to Sarticus.
It has the prothorax with basal angles marked, anterior margin
not bordered in middle; prosternum with apex not bordered;
ventral segments lajvigate, the basal segment impunctate and
without a raised border behind metasternal epimeron.
39
614 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
Sarticus impar, n sp.
(J. Elongate-oval, convex ; elytra oval, strongly, fully and
simph' striate, interstices 3rd, 5th and 7th wide; 2nd, 4th and
6th narrow, 3rd 3-punctate, a short striole at base of first inter-
stice. Black; mouth-parts and tarsi piceous-red.
Head oval (2-4 mm. across eyes), convex, Isevigate ; supra-
antennal carina short, arcuate; eyes convex, not very prominent,
lightly enclosed at base. Prothorax a little broader than long
(3-1 X 3-4mm.), widest about middle, hardly wider at base (2*4 mm )
than at apex (2-35 mm.); sides lightly rounded; apex truncate,
basal angles obtuse but a little marked; border narrow on sides,
hardly wider towards base, obsolete on middle of apex and on
base between lateral basal impressions ; median line lightly
impressed, a punctiform fovea at its posterior extremity; lateral
basal impressions wide, short; posterior marginal puncture at
basal angle inside the border on a narrow raised space dividing
the lateral basal impressions from the border. Elytra oval
(7*2 X 3*9 mm.), convex, lightly and evenly rounded on sides; basal
border joining lateral border without interruption at humeral
angles; striae strongly impressed, six inner ones attaining base,
seventh strongly impressed, rising from lateral channel a little
behind shoulder; 1st and 2nd interstices about equal, narrow,
narrower and more convex on apical declivity, 3rd wide, not
narrower or more convex on apical declivity, 4th and 6th narrow,
5th and 7th wide, 9th narrow, seriate-punctate, 10th long and
very narrow. Prosternum bordered on anterior margin; inter-
coxal part with basal declivity rounded; mesosternum with inter-
coxal declivity widely and ver}'^ lightly concave; episterna with
concavity deep and punctulate ; metasternal episterna short.
Basal ventral segment punctate, three apical segments punctate,
the puncturation near the anterior margin and extending across
the segments. Length 13, breadth 3*9 mm.
Hab. — Kelson; Western District of Victoria (Blackburn).
A remarkable and isolated species quite aberrant in the genus
Sarticus; the interstitial sculpture of the elytra distinguishes it
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 615
decidedly from all other species of Sarticus and Notonomus. The
prothorax and the elongate tenth elytral interstice suggest affinity
to Notonomus, while the ventral segments are those of Sarticus.
It is, I consider, more allied to Notonomus inediosulcatus, Chaud.,
than to any other described Australian species, but the affinity
between these species is remote; so much so, that, even if
the subgenus Adefipa, which Castelnau founded on N. medio-
sulcaf?is, were recognised (as I have no doubt it will be by
specialists sooner or later), S. impa?- would hardly come into it.
Its reference to Sarticus, I regard as preferable to resuscitating
the subgenus Adetipa, where it would be, in any case, only doubt-
fully more in place than in Sarticns. A ridgid specialist would
doubtless recognise as ^uhgenevsi Adetipa ?in(l Coronocanthus; but,
if this course be adopted, then named groups would be required
for*S articus blackbur^ii, 81., *S'. impar, Notonomus molestus,^ Chaud.,
(and allied species), and probably iV. miles, Casteln.; in fact, once
admit subgenera, and a desire to give uniformity to classification
seems to demand that each fairly distinct species, or group of
species, shall receive a generic cognomen till an ordinary mind is
bewildered by a numerous array of genera which no one without
a special (and usually artificial) system can differentiate from one
another.
Sarticus cyaneocinctus, Chaud.
Feronia (Steropus) cyaneocincta, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii.
p. 97: F. ( Pterostichus) azureomarginata, Casteln., Trans. Roy.
8oc. Vict. viii. 1868, jd. 215: F. (Steropus) saphyreomarginata,
Casteln., I.e. 222: Sarticus saphyreomarginatiis, (Qsi^iein.) Chaud.,
Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. vi. 1874, p. 595: Sloane, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W. 1889, (2) iv. p. 505.
The name S. cyaneocinctus, Chaud., must stand for this species,
being the earliest. Chaudoir, who latterly regarded Sarticus and
Ilomalosoma as both merely subgenera of Feronia, considered his
name preoccupied by Hoynalosoma cyaneocincta, Boisd.; but now
that the old subsjenus Homalosoma is recognised as a valid ijenus
(Castelneaudia), this synonymy cannot be maintained.
* The subgenus Ternox has been proposed by Motschusky for this species.
616 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
Sarticus coradgeri, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval, robust, convex; prothorax stroniily rounded on
sides and at posterior angles; elytra fully crenulate-striate, inter-
stices convex, third tripunctate; three apical ^entral segments
finely punctate on each side. Black.
Head convex; eyes prominent. Prothorax transverse (4*3 x
5-1 mm.), convex; sides evenly rounded; apex lightly emarginate;
border wide, strongly reflexed at anterior angles, becoming
explanate at posterior angles; lateral basal impressions wide and
deep; space between basal impressions convex, but below plane of
disc; median line lightly impressed, ending in an elongate fovea
posteriorly. Elytra oval (10-5 x 6 mm.), lightly convex on disc;
humeral angles rounded; apical sinuosities lightly marked; stride
deep, coarsely crenulate, the puncturation obsolete on apical
declivity; 7th stria strongly marked and closely punctate; inter-
stices convex, 9th much narrower than 8th on basal half; lateral
border widely reflexed, wide and carinate at humeral angles.
Three apical ventral segments with a lightly impressed tinel}'-
punctulate space on each side. Length 15-5-18, breadth 5 -7-6 "5
mm.
Hah. — N.S.W. : Inverell (Coll. Sloane; several specimens given
to me by Mr. W. S. Duncan).
Resembling S. aubei, Casteln., but readily differentiated by its
strongly crenulate elytral stria?, 8th interstice more convex,
much wider in proportion than the 9th. From S. macJeayi, SI.,
it differs by size larger; prothorax less narrowed to base; meso-
sternal episterna impunctate, kc.
Sarticus obesulus, Chaud.
Feronia (Stey^opus) obesida, Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1865, ii., p. 99:
Scif'ticiis orbicollis, Motsch., /.c , p. 266 : Feronia (Sterojms)
saphyrij)ennis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict, viii., p. 223, 1868;
F. (S.) olivieri, Casteln., I.e., p. 223.
A variable species from the coastal districts of Victoria. (1)
Typical form black, with very obscure purple reflections near
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 617
lateral margin and on apical declivity (Geelong; J. F. Mulder).
(2) ^. With the disc of elytra more depressed, the purple colour
brighter and overspreading more of the surface (3) Elytra
aeneous (Grampian Mountains; Best), Nelson; (Blackburn).
(J. Prothorax transverse (4-2 x 5-5 mm.), wide at base, strongly
rounded at sides; elytra ovate (10 x 6-3 mm.); interstices convex
on disc, depressed towards apex; 7th and 8th interstices hardly
divided by a stria, thus giving the elytra a smooth appearance
near sides. Length 15-17, breadth 5- 1-6 -4 mm.
I have followed Chaudoir in placing F. olivieri, Casteln., under
>S'. ohesulus. This seems likely to be correct, because Castelnau
has said F. olivieri was found at Melbourne and Adelaide, and
aS'. ohesulus is a Melbourne species, though I do not know that it
has been found at Adelaide.
Sarticus esmeraldipennis, Castelnau.
Feronia (Steropus) esmeraldipennis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict, viii., p. 223, 1868.
Robust, convex. Black, with an aeneous or viridescent tint on
elytra. Prothorax transverse (4*3 x 5-1 mm.), widest at middle,
evidently narrowed to base; sides arcuate; apex (3*2 mm.) hardly
emarginate; base o'o mm. in width between posterior marginal
punctures; border narrow on anterior part of sides, becoming
wider posteriorly, but not explanate before basal foveas. Elytra
oval (^10x6-1 mm.), convex, strongly and fully striate; striae
punctate, hardly so near apex, 7th and 8th well marked, strongly
punctate; interstices 1-7 roundly convex, not depressed near apex;
lateral apical sinuosities strongly developed. Length 14-17,
breadth 4-8-6 -4 mm.
Hah. — Vic. : Mildura (French), Border of South Australia (on
authority of Mr. French) — South Australia (Blackburn),
The name *S'. esineraldijyeimis, Casteln., is applicable to this
species which seems to range over the north-western parts of
Victoria, and to extend as far as Adelaide. I regard it as quite
distinct from S. ohesulus, Chaud., and therefore dissent from
618 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
Chaudoir's opinion that S. esmeraldipennis is a synonym of S.
obesulns. Castelnau's statement, that the prothorax of S.
esmeraldipeimis is longer than that of his Feronia sajjhyrijiennis,
characterises this species and fixes its identity.
I note it as diff'ering from S. obesulns by form narrower; pro-
thorax less transverse, less strongly rounded on sides, narrower
at apex and base; ajDexless emarginate; lateral border less widely
explanate on posterior half; elytra more nitid, more convex, more
strongly declivous on sides and apex; interstices more convex
posteriorly, particularly at beginning of apical declivity; 6th and
7th striie much more strongly impressed, more strongly punctate,
8th stria punctate between the ocellate punctures; lateral apical
sinuosities far more strongly developed.
Sarticus dampikri, n.sp.
$. Robust, oval, convex; prothorax lightly transverse, border
very wide and reflexed posteriorly; elytra oval; deeply and fully
crenulate-striate, interstices convex, 3rd 4-punctate. Black,
iridescent (with a rather virescent tinge).
Head rather large (2-3 mm. across eyes), convex, smooth. Pro-
thorax transverse (3-2 x 3-65 mm.), Isevigate, convex, lightly
declivous to base; sides evenly rounded; apex truncate, finely and
continuously bordered; lateral border rather wide and reflexed
anteriorly, very wide and strongly reflexed posteriorly ; basal
iovese deep ; median line strongly impressed, punctiform at
posterior extremity. Elytra oval (7-7 x 4-8 mm.), convex; inner
humeral angle well marked; striae deep, strongly crenulate, seventh
well marked and strongly crenulate, third 4-punctate, the posterior
puncture on apical declivity; interstices convex, not depressed
posteriorly; lateral border strongly reflexed; lateral apical sinu-
osities strongly developed. Prosternum with a narrow entire
border along anterior margin. ]\Iesosternum with intercoxal
declivity almost vertical, lightly and widely concave, concavities
of episterna strongly punctate. Metasternal episterna punctu-
late. Ventral segments Isevigate, nitid; first punctulate; second
with two or three punctures near sides; 3rd impunctate; three
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 619
apical segments with a row of fine punctures along apical margin
on each side. Length 12*5, breadth 4*8 mm.
Hah. — N.W.A. : Roebuck Bay (Coll, Sloane, received from Mr.
French).
Rather a distinct species which I place next S. civilis, Germ.,,
from which it difters by the prothorax more narrowed to base
and with the border much wider at basal foveas; elytral interstices
more convex, particularly above apical declivity, the virescent
tinge of the elytra and prosternal episterna. Compared with S.
habitaiis, SL, to which it has some resemblance, it differs by pro-
thorax longer, hot so wide, narrower at apex and at base; the
elytra iridescent, with inner humeral angle marked, 3rd interstice
4-punctate, 9th interstice narrower in comparison with 8th; 2nd
and 3rd ventral segments not punctulate, etc. If the presence of
the 4th puncture on the apical declivity of the 3rd elytral inter-
stice be a constant character, it would in itself differentiate S.
dampieri from all the species known to me. S. brevicornis, Blkb.,
has the 3rd interstice 4-punctate — the position of the posterior
puncture not stated — but S. dampieri differs evidently from the
description of >S'. brevicornis by the strongly crenulate striae and
convex interstices of the el3^tra.
Sarticus habitans, Sloane.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) iv. p. 508, 1889.
It is characteristic of -6'. habitans to have the elytra with the
inner humeral angles open (this is caused by the lateral border
being very narrow at its point of junction with the basal border),
the Stli and 9th interstices convex, and the 8th. stria strongly
punctate. I have said in my description that the 8th interstice
is not wider than the 9th, but this is inaccurate; the 9th inter-
stice, though wide and convex, is not as v^dde as the 8th.
Sarticus macleayi, Sloane.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) iv. p. 502, 1889.
The description of this species requires amendment in some
particulars; and being founded on a single specimen (^J) in my
620 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
possession, it will be useful to compare it with .S'. hahitans, 81., to
which it is more nearly allied than I formerly thought.
Dorsal strife of elytra crenulate ; prosternum with apex
bordered; mesosternal episterna punctate, metasternal episterna
with a few punctures: legs long, femora narrow. Differs from S.
habiians {^)hy eyes less convex; prothorax narrower(3'3 x 3-8mm.),
widest a little before middle; evidently more narrowed to base
(2 'To mm. between posterior marginal punctures), border narrower;
el3''tral striae narrower and more finely crenulate; three apical
ventral segments w^ith a row of rather strong punctures extend-
ing across each of them near anterior margin; femora less stout.
Length 13-3, breadth 4*75 mm.
Hab. — N.S. W. : Coonabarabran (Sloane).
Sarticus cooki, n.sp.
Oval, convex. Head large (2*4 mm. across eyes); prothorax
strongly rounded on sides; elytra oval, convex, striae crenulate,
interstices lightly convex on disc, depressed on apical and lateral
declivities, 3rd tripunctate, tarsi with 5th joint spinulose beneath.
Black; elytra bluish, nitid in ^J, opaque in 9.
(J. Head convex; eyes large, prominent. Prothorax broader
than long (3-1 x 3-7 mm.), convex; sides strongly rounded; border
reflexed, moderately wide on anterior part of sides, becoming
wider backwards from anterior marginal puncture, explanate and
circumscribing the lateral basal fovete towards base, narrow and
entire on apex; middle of base not bordered; median line ending
in a punctiform impression at posterior extremity. Elytra oval
(7*2 X 4-6 mm.), convex; striae shallow, rather finely crenulate,
the crenulation almost obsolete on apical declivity, 7th stria
lightly impressed, 8th lightly impressed, interrupted by the
punctures of 9th interstice, hardly crenulate between these punc-
tures, 7th, 8th and 9th interstices dej)ressed (not at all convex)
on basal half; lateral apical sinuosities weak — short but distinct.
Prosternum bordered on apex ; mesosternum deeply concave
between coxae ; concavity of episterna finely punctate ; meta-
sternum with outer marginal border feebly developed or obso-
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 621
lescent ; epistenica quadrate, punctulate. Ventral segments :
three basal punctate (2nd and 3rd closely and finely), punctura-
tion obsolescent on three apical segments.
9. Differing b}^ elytral interstices more depressed and opaque.
Length ll-b-l2-'d, breadth 4-44-6 mm.
Ilab. — Neighbourhood of Sydney (Como; Froggatt).
Very closely allied to S. monarensis, SL, but I think entitled
to rank as a distinct species; the differences from ^S'. ynoiiarensis
that I note are the elytra bluish, more convex in ^, more rounded
on sides; the interstices in ^ less convex, especially on apical
declivity; tarsi with onychium spinulose beneath. From *S'. civilis,
Germ., it differs by colour; smaller size; eyes more prominent;
elytra with interstices less convex near apex; metasternal episterna
shorter; three apical ventral segments without perceptible punc-
turation.
Genus Pseudocexeus.
Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxv, 1891 : Leptopodtis,
Chaudoir and others.
When M. Tschitscherine founded the genus Pseudoceneus, he
did not diagnose it, but merely indicated its position in his table
of Oceanic genera. According to his table the following will be
the characters assigned to Pseudoceneus : —
Tooth of mentum emarginate; palpi more or less cylindrical;
pro thorax with one rather weak impression on each side of base;
elj'tra margined at base, 3rd inte^rstice 3-punctate; prosternal
episterna l?evigate; ventral segments not transversely sulcate. I
would add— winged; elytra with a striole at base of 1st interstice?
two anterior punctures of 3rd interstice near 3rd stria, posterior
puncture near 2nd stria.
M. Tschitscherine says the type of Pseudoceneus is Argutor
holomelanus, Germ.; but with this I cannot agree. It seems that
European coleopterists have ascribed the name Argutor holonie-
lanus to some species other than that which Germar described
under this name; for Chaudoir referred A. holomelanus to his
genus Leptopodus, to which he also r-eferred Feronia (Poecilus)
622 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
iridipeuuis, Casteln.,* whicli is undoubtedly a species of Pseudo-
ceneus. A reference to Germar's description of Aryutor holome-
lanus shows that it is a species with the elytra of about the same
width as the prothorax, while the species of Pseudocenens have
the elytra so decidedly wider than the protharax that this feature
alone precludes A. holomelanus from being a member of the
senus. There seems no doubt but that A. holonitlamis is a
species of Siniodontus. The description suits a species of Simo-
dontus sent to me from Adelaide by the Rev. Thos. Blackburn
under the name of A. holomelanus so well that I agree with his
identification. t It will be as well to note here that Germar's
statement " Thorax latitudine haud brevior " is manifestly
erroneous. He gives the size of the species as "4 x 1| lin.''; if,
however, we take the prothorax as a little narrower than the
elytra, and the elytra as described (" thorace latitudine et illo
sesqui longiora ") it would give 4 lines as the length of the pro-
thorax and elytra without the head (1 line in length in my
specimen). In the specimen before me the prothorax measures
2x3 mm. I would further add that, by a slip in Germar's
description, the punctures of the 3rd elytral interstice are ascribed
to the 2nd interstice.
The late H. W. Bates referred Pterosticlms sollicitus, Erichs,,
to Lej)topodas;X and it appears, from data supplied to me by Mr.
A. M. Lea, that the species he referred to was one that seems
identical with the widel}^ spread species I regard as Poecilus
iridipennis, Casteln. If Bates's identification of Pt. sollicitus,
Erichs,, be correct, I expect this name must supercede P. iridi-
pennis or P. iridescens of Castelnau; however, I hesitate to refer
Erichson's name to a winged species in the face of his statement
that it was apterous.
There seem to be four species referable to this genus, viz.,
Feronia (PvecUus) iridipennis, Casteln.; F. iridescens, Casteln.;
* Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. vi. p. 600, 1874.
+ Vide note by Rev. Thos. Blackburn in these Proceedings, 1889 (2), iv.,
p. 730.
t Cist. Ent. ii. 326, 1878.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 623
F. interioris, Casteln.; and F. suhyayathia, Casteln. Of thesse I
believe I have recognised two wliich may be distinguished from
one another thus : —
Elytra with interstices depressed, inner humeral angle
open P. iridipennis.
Elytra with interstices convex, inner humeral angle
sharply marked P. suhgagathms^^}
PSEUDOCENEUS IRIDIPENNIS, Castehl.
Feronia (Pcecilus) iridipennis, Casteln., I.e., p. 217.
Provisionally I attribute to this species all the forms known to
me with the elytral interstices depressed, but would draw atten-
tion to the varying width of the base of the prothorax, which
leads me to suppose I have more than one sjDecies before me. I
append some measurements : —
(1) 9. Length 10; proth. 2-5 x 2-85, apex 2-15, base 2-5; eL
6-5 X 4-3 mm. Log. — Neighbourhood of Melbourne (Sloane).
(2) Length 11-5; proth. 2'5 x 3, apex 2-1, base 27; el. 6-8 x
4*4 mm. Loc. — Mulwala, Murray River (Sloane).
(3) 9. Length 11-5; proth. 2-75 x 3-2, apex 2-2, base 3; eL
7*1 X 4-5 mm. Loc. — Sydney (Sloane).
I have suspected the Melbourne form may be Fero7iia (Poecilus)
iridescens, Casteln., more especially as I have it noted as identical
with Calathtis iridescens (Macleay, W. S., MSS.) of the Howitt
Collection. If this be P. iridescens, Casteln., then probably the
Murray River species is F. iridipennis, Casteln. Possibly the
Sydney form may represent P. interioris, Casteln., but this species
cannot be identified except from specimens from the Paroo River,
the original locality.
It is remarkable and worthy of note that Messrs. Blackburn,"^
Tschitscherine,! and myself! have all independently arrived at
* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2) iv., p. 731, 1889, and (2) vii., p. 9o, 1892.
t Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxv., 1891.
t Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xix., p. 129, 1895; and Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., xxiii., p. 480, 1898.
624 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
the conclusion that Pcecilus iridescens, Ccasteln., (of which the
type is lost) was a species of Loxandrus; but subsequent con-
sideration convinces me that this is a guess, and that the evidence
available, which is very slight, leads to the conclusion that P.
iridescens is closelj^ allied to, if not identical with, P. iridipennis.
Genus CHLiENIOIDIUS.
There is some synonymy amongst the species attributed to this
genus, all of which I have seen, and reduce to three, which ma}"
be tabulated as under : —
Black.
Elytral interstices depressed for whole length C. prolixus, Erichs.
Elytral interstices convex, particularly at apex... C. poeciloides, Chaud.
Upper surface green C. herbaceus, Chaud.
Chl.enioidius prolixus, Erichson.
Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, i., p. 127; Chaud., Bull Mosc, 1865, ii.,
p. 110 : C. plcmipennis, MacL, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., ii., p.l09,
1871 : Paecilus sulcatulus, Macl., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2) iii.,
p. 47G, 1888.
I have examined the types of Macleay's species, C. planijyennis
and P. sulcatulus (in the Australian and Macleay Museums
respectively), and have found them identical with C. prolixus. I
have also seen the type of Feronia (Pmcilas) funehris, Casteln.,
in the Howitt Collection, and consider it, but without comparison,
a large specimen of C. prolixus.
Hah. — Australia (universal; and Tasmania.
Chl.enioidius pceciloides, Chaudoir.
Bull. Mosc, 1878, Iii., p. 57 : Chkenioidius irideomicans,
Tschitsch., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxv., 1891.
I have already suggested this synonymy {vide these Proceedings,
(2) ix., p. 410, 1894).
Hab.—Q. : Townsville (Dodd).
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 625
Chl.enioidius herbackus, Chaudoir.
Bull. Mosc, 1865, ii., p. Ill; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., vi., p. 600,
1874 : Feronia (Poecilus) resplendens, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vict., viii., p. 217, 1868 : Pcecilus chlcenioides, Macl., Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., (2) iii., p. 476, 1888.
After examining the type of P. chkenioides in the Macleay
Museum, and comparing it with C. herbaceiis, I found no difference.
ffab. — Australia, widely distributed.
Genus Loxandrus.
Table of Australian Species knoiun to me.
i. Eyes small, not prominent, widely separated from buccal fissure beneath.
Apterous,
a. Black L. micans, Blkh.
aa. Reddish-brown L. hrunneiis, SI.
ii. Eyes large, prominent, not distant from buccal fissure beneath. Winged.
b. Prothorax wholly leevigate.
c. Prothorax with lateral border narrow, not wide at posterior angles or
bearing posterior marginal seta L. australiensis, SI.
cc. Prothorax with lateral border wide posteriorly and bearing the pos-
terior marginal seta at basal angles. (Lateral channel wide and
reaching base).
d. Form elongate; prothorax with base and apex of equal width
L. longiformis, SI.
dd. Form oval; prothorax much wider across I L. quadricollis, S\.
base than apex f L. subiridescens, Macl.
bb. Prothorax with base punctate in and near lateral basal impressions.
T, ,, T U4.1 J J -J ( L. rufilabris, Casteln,
e. Prothorax lightly rounded on sides \ ^ '
( L. hevigatus, Macl.
ee. Prothorax strongly rounded on sides (base very wide)
L. amplicollis, SI.
The species I have not identified are L. gagatinus,"^' Casteln.,
L. crenulatus, MacL,t and L. IcevicoUis, Blkb.
■^^ For a note on L. gagatinus, see notes on L. subiridescens, postea (p,628);
the other two species I pass over for the present,
t I have seen the type of Pterostichus crenulatus, Macl. , and have noted
that it is a species of Loxandrus,
626 STUDIES IN" AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
LOXANDRUS BRUNNEUS, 11. Sp.
Elliptical-oval, depressed. Head small, eyes small, depressed,
distant from buccal fissure; prothorax quadrate-cordate, basal
angles not marked; elytra depressed on disc, strongly punctate-
striate, scutellar striole wanting, 3rd interstice unipunctate a little
before middle near 2nd stria. Reddish-brown, iridescent.
Head small (1-7 mm across eyes), nitid, leevigate; vertex con-
vex: front rather depressed, without interantennal impre.ssious;
sides swollen and lightl}^ narrowed posteriorly behind eyes. Pro-
thorax nitid, broader than long (2 -5 x 2*8 mm.), depressed, lightly
declivous to sides on anterior two-thirds; sides lightly arcuate,
lightly and obliquely narrowed to base (2-15 mm.), more strongly
and roundly narrowed to apex (1-9 mm.) : apex emarginate;
anterior angles lightly advanced, obtuse; basal angles not marked;
posterior marginal seta free of border at basal angle; border
narrow on sides, very fine but entire on apex and base; median
line finely impressed; lateral basal impressions long, linear. Elj^tra
oval (5*6 X 3*5 mm.), depressed, strongly declivous on sides from
6th interstice and to apex; apex rounded without lateral sinu-
osities; lateral border rather widely reflexed; stride strongly im-
pressed, closely punctulate ; interstices nitid, lightly convex,
strongly so and narrow near apex, 9th seriate-punctate, the
punctures widely placed along sides. Prosternum with episterna
finely punctulate; intereoxal part small, finely bordered on base,
rounded on basal declivity; mesosternum with intereoxal declivity
deeply concave; episterna closely punctate; metasternum punc-
tate on each side near basal angle; episterna closely punctate.
Ventral segments punctate, the puncturation strong and close on
basal segments, becoming finer towards apex near sides, and finer
or obsolete in middle of segments. Length 9-10, breadth
3-3-3-6mm.
Hab. — N.S.W. : Darling River (Wilcannia; Helms, Coll.SIoane).
A very distinct species differentiated at once from all other
described Australian species by its brownish colour. Its affinity
is to L. fuicans, Blkb., and these two species form a very distinct
♦ BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 627
group in the genus, characterised by the eyes small and distant
from the buccal fissure. L hrunneus may be readily distinguished
from Z. micans (also from the Darling River) by its smaller size;
olour; head more narrowed behind eyes, the *' temples " more
ollen; prothorax proportionately longer, less strongly rounded
on sides, more narrowed to base, basal angles less strongly
rounded, etc.
LOXANDRUS QUADRICOLLIS, n.sp.
Oblong-oval, convex. Eyes large, prominent, not distant from
buccal tissure beneath. Prothorax Isevigate, subquadrate (2-6 x
2 -8 mm.) with sides rounded, strongly narrowed to apex (1-75 mm.),
very lightly so to base (2-5 mm.); basal angles widely rounded;
base truncate, bordered; lateral border wide and bearing the
posterior marginal seta at basal angles; lateral channel wide,
opaque, extending to base ; median line light ; lateral basal
impressions elongate, linear; spaces between these and lateral
channel impunctate, a little convex. Elytra ovate (6-5 x 3'85mm.);
inner angle at shoulder formed by junction of lateral and basal
borders open; strife deep, crenulate; interstices lightly convex,
3rd unipunctate near 2nd stria a little before middle. Mesosternal
episterna, metasternum on each side and its episterna punctate.
Ventral segments rugulose-punctate. Black, iridescent ; legs
black, tarsi piceous; antennae dark piceous. Length 10, breadth
3-85 mm.
JIab. — N.S.W. : Mulwala, Urana, and Junee (Sloane) — Vic. :
Swan Hill (French).
The description given above is founded on specimens from the
Urana District. For the validity of L. quadricollis as a species
distinct from L. suhiridescens, Macl., reliance is placed on its
larger size; more robust form; differently shaped prothorax, which
is much wider at the base and more strongly narrowed to the
apex, more evenly rounded on the sides, hardly at all narrowed
to the base, &c.
628 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO, XII.,
LOXANDRUS SUBIRIDESCENS, Macl.
9. Pcecilus suhiridescens, Macl., Trans. Ent. 80c. N.S.W., ii.,
p. 110, 1873: 9. P. atronitens, Macl., I.e., p. 110: Platynus
nitidipennis, Macl., I.e., p. 111.
I have carefully examined and compared the types in the
Australian Museum of Macleay's species given above, and found
them all conspecific. P. suhiridescens and P. atronitens are
founded on the 9, Platynus nitidipennis on the ^. L. suhiri-
descens being the name first in order, I adopt it for the species,
at least provisionally, for I believe it will prove synonymous with
L. gagatinus, Casteln., from Tasmania; but, not having seen it
from Tasmania, cannot feel absolute certainty on this point; the
description of L. gagatimis is useless unless one had Tasmanian
specimens.
L. suhiridescens has, from Macleay's types, the prothorax
narrowing to the base, free from punctures near the basal angles,
these rounded. Length (after Macleay) 4-4^ lines.
This species is common on the Murray Elver. A specimen {^)
from Mulwala, in my collection, which I compared with the type
of Platynus nitidipennis, Macl., and found the same, has the
dimensions: length 8-3; proth. 2 x 2-3, apex 1-7, base 2-1; el.
5 X 3-15 mm.
It is distinguished readii}" from L. rujilahris, Casteln., b)^ the
absence of puncturation on the prothorax at sides of base, and is
the species I have called L. iridescent in my descriptions of L.
australiensis and L. longiforrtiis.
LoXANDRUS RUFILABRIS, CaStcln.
Pcecilus rujilahris, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. viii. j^. 219,
1868.
I ascribe the name L. rujilahris, Casteln., to a Queensland
species sent to me by Mr. F. P. Dodd from Townsville, which
seems to agree better with Castelnau's description than any other
species I have seen.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 629
Elliptical-oval, lightly convex; eyes large, convex, near buccal
fissure beneath. Prothorax lightly transverse (2-3 x 2-75 mm.),
widest about middle, Irevigate, lightly punctate on each side of
base; sides lightly and almost evenly rounded, lightly narrowed
to base; apex (1 -8 mm.) narrower than base (2-1 5mm.), emarginate;
anterior angles rather prominent ; basal angles not marked ;
posterior marginal seta at basal angle; border narrow on sides,
not wide at basal angles, entire on apex, obsolete on base; lateral
basal impressions long, narrow; spaces between these impressions
and lateral margins depressed, punctate. Elytra oval (6-2 x
3-8 mm.), rounded on sides; strise strongly crenulate; interstices
lightly convex, 3rd unipunctate in middle near 2nd stria. Black,
iridescent, often with faint bluish reflections on upper surface;
under surface nitid, dark piceous; femora dark piceous, tibise
piceous; tarsi, palpi and antennre reddish, 3rd and 4th joints of
antennae piceous; labrum piceous. Length 10, breadth 3*8 mm.
LoxANDRUS L^viGATUS, Maclcay.
Pferostichus hmngatus, MacL, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., (2) iii.,
p. 479, 1888.
9. L. Icevigatus only differs from L. rvfilabris, Casteln., (as
identified by me), by size smaller, form wider; prothorax propor-
tionately wider (2 x 2-4 mm.), more depressed (especially towards
base), more dilatate on sides at widest part; border similar, con-
tinuous across base; elytra less convex, wider (5-3 x 3-25 mm.),
humeral angles more widely rounded, inner angles formed by
junction of basal and lateral border more open, striae more finely
crenulate, interstices less convex. Length 9, breadth 3-25 mm.
(Prothorax 2x2-4, apex 1-5, base 2 mm.).
Hab.—N.W. Australia.
The note given above is founded on a specimen from the
Macleay Collection (one of those brought by Mr. Froggatt from
King's Sound). A specimen given to me by Mr. C. French,
as coming from Central Australia, is larger (length 10 mm.), but
I cannot differentiate it from L. Icevigatus; this specimen could
40
630 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XIL,
represent L. rnfilahris, Casteln., as well as the species to which I
have applied that name. From L. snhiridesceiis, Macl., L.
loivigatus differs by the prothorax more depressed and punctate
near base, lateral border narrower and not bearing a large puncture
from which the posterior marginal seta springs at the Vmsal angles.
Two specimens ((J9) from Townsville, Queensland, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd, have the prothorax: shorter (9 1-8 x 2-3,
apex 1-5, base 1-9 mm.), more strongly rounded on sides; lateral
apical sinuosities of elytra weaker; it is perhaps a closely allied
species, but I refrain from describing it without more data as to
the amount of variety in shape of j^rothorax in L. hevigatus.
LOXANDRUS AMPLICOLLIS, n.Sp.
Elliptical-oval, robust. Eyes large, prominent, not distant
from buccal fissure beneath; prothorax wide at base, punctate on
each side of base; elytra convex, fully crenulate-striate; interstices
convex, 3rd unipunctate; lateral apical sinuosities feebly developed.
Black, nitid; legs black; tarsi and antenna3 piceous; labrum dark
piceous.
Prothorax wide ('2-.5 x 3-15 mm.), convex, much wider across
base (2-65 mm.) than apex (2 mm.); sides strongly rounded; apex
emarginate; anterior angles widely bordered ; base truncate ;
basal angles rounded; border wide on sides, wider towards base,
bearing on edge at basal angles the posterior marginal puncture;
median line fine. Length 10-11, breadth 3-9-4 mm.
Hab. — Q. : Townsville (Dodd), Gulf of Carpentaria (given to
me by Mr. French; Coll. Sloane).
Closely allied to L. rvfilabris, Casteln., but of stouter build;
elytra much more convex; the essential difference is in the shape
of the prothorax, which is much wider in proportion to the
length, more strongly rounded on sides and far wider across base.
From L. hevigattis, Macl., it differs by form more convex; pro-
thorax more strongly rounded on sides, much wider at base; elytra
less strongly sinuate on each side of apex, interstices much more
convex. The punctate prothorax separates it from L. quadricoUis,
SI.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 631
Tribe PLATYNINI.
From Horn's table of the Flarpalince hisetosce in his " Genera
of Carabidfe," the following features are taken as diagnostic of
the Platynini : —
Mandibles without a setigerous puncture in the groove on outer
side; margin of elytra not interrupted posteriorly, and without
an internal plica; front normal; penultimate joint of labial palpi
bisetose; posterior cox?e contiguous; head not prolonged behind
eyes, neck not semigiobose; elytra obliquely sinuate at tip.
Horn divides the Platynini into three groups, two of which are
represented in Australia and are separable (after Horn) thus : —
Eighth elytral stria distant from margin, not deeply impressed. Platynides.
Eighth elytral stria confluent with margin in its basal half, deeply impressed
and attaining suture Perigonides.
Group Platynides.
The Australian genera of the group Platynides may be tabulated
as follows (following Horn's table of genera) : —
Ungues more or less serrate. Mentum toothed. (Tarsi hairy above. Elytra
without dorsal punctures) Pristonychus.
Ungues not serrate. Elytra with dorsal punctures. Mentum toothed.
Tarsi with 4th joint not bilobed Platynus.
Tarsi with 4th joint bilobed, Colpodes.
Pristonychus has only one described Australian species, viz.,
P. australis, Blackburn (1888), which is found in Western
Australia, South Australia, and Victoria.^"
Genus Platynus.
I tabulate the Australian species known to me as under : —
A. Elytra with 8th interstice not narrow and convex at apex.
b. Prothorax transverse, strongly narrowed on sides to base and apex.
c. Elytra viridigeneous with narrow testaceous margin; legs pale
P. marginicoUis, Macl.
* This is probably an introduced species, viz., the European P. complanatus,
which is said by Horn to be rather widely spread by commerce over the globe
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. ix. 142). Mr. J. J. Walker has given me a specimen
taken by him at Port Adelaide, which he considers P. conipUoiatus (a species
unknown to me in nature) and which I identify as P. austndis, Blkb.
632 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAX ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
cc. Elytra obscure, legs fuscous P. margint^U n.<i, 'Erichson.
hb. Prothorax elongate (^ broader than long, after Blackburn), gently
narrowed to base and apex P. murrayaims, Blkb.
AAl. Elytra with 8th interstice narrow and convex at apex (size small).
d. Prothorax hardly narrowed to base, posterior angles obtuse; elytra
with punctures of 3rd interstice minute. P. queens/ an die us, SI.
dd. Prothorax transverse, strongly narrowed to base, posterior angles
marked; elytra with punctures of 3rd interstice large, fovei-
form P. cooki, SI.
The following notes deal with the species referred to Platynus
in Masters' ' Catalogue,' Part i. (1885), and its ' Supplement,'
Part i. (1895), but which have not been included in the fore-
ojoing table.
p. amhiguus, Erichs., is not a member of the genus. Its
synonymy is P. amhiguus, Erichs. (1842)= P. lophoides, Chaud.
(\Sb4:) = Cyclothorax punctipennis, Macl. (1871). The identity
of Cyclothorax punctipennis, Macl., w^ith Platynus amhiguus,
Erichs., was published in 1874 b}^ H. A¥. Bates in his paper on
the " Geodephagous Coleoptera of New Zealand,"* and the
synonymy of P. lophoides, Chaud., with the same species in 1894
by me.f
P. planipennis, Macl., postea, p. 633.
P. nitidipennis, Macl., is referable, not to Platynus, but to
Loxandrus. 1
Platynus marginellus, Erichson.
Wiegm. Arch. 1842, i. p. 130: Anchomenus nigro-oineus, Newm.^
The Entomologist, 1842, p. 402.
I think there can be no doubt but that the Victorian species
Anchomenus nigro-ceneus, Newm., (brought from Port Phillip by
Mr. Edmund Higgins) is identical with the Tasmanian species
Platynus marginelhis, Erichs.; and this is also the opinion of the
Rev. Thos. Blackburn.§
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiii. (March-April) 1874, p. 12.
t These Proceedings, 1894, (2) ix., p. 447.
1;. Supra, p. 628.
§ These Proceedings, 1889, (2) iv. p. 740.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 633
It extends along the eastern coast of Australia at least as far
north as Wollongong in New South Wales, where I have taken it.
Platynus pla7iipe7in{s, MacL, I do not know in nature, but the
description suggests to me its probable identity with P. margi-
nellus so strongly that I am unwilling to regard it as a valid
species unless it be proved that the range of P. marginellus does
not extend as far north as Gayndah, or a comparison of the type
with P. marginellus discloses specific differences between them.
Loxocrepis lugiob7'is, Motsch., (which is placed in Masters'
'Catologue' in Coljjodes) seems to me a species of Platynus. I
have been unable to satisfy myself of its identity with P. inargi-
nellus, but the description appears to me not inapplicable to that
species; and I therefore suggest that it might be placed under
P. marginellus with perhaps a little doubt. In this connection
it may be noted that M. Tschitscherine has recently recorded the
fact that Motschulsky's types are almost all lost,! so doubtless
the determination of L. luguhris is wholly dependent upon the
description.
Platynus queenslandicus, n.sp.
9. Small, elliptical, depressed; prothorax subquadrate, a little
wider at base than apex, basal angles obtuse; elytra much wider
than prothorax, finely striate, 1st interstice with an elongate
striole at base, 3rd with three minute punctures — anterior on
course of 3rd, two posterior on course of 2nd stria. Brown (or
piceous); prothorax with the explanate margins testaceous; elytra
with 1st interstice and lateral margin (also part of 8th interstice)
testaceous; legs fusco-testaceous; antennae fuscous.
Head smooth, lightly and obliquely narrowed behind eyes,
lightly convex between eyes, lightly and widely biimpressed
between antennae; eyes large, rather prominent but subdepressed
(not protuberant and hemispherical). Prothorax broader than
long (1-4 X r? mm.), depressed; sides lightly rounded, widest
about middle, almost equally narrowed to apex and base (but a
little more lightly so to base); anterior margin lightly emarginate;
* Hor. 8oc. Ent. Ross. xxxv. 1892, p. 534.
634 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
anterior angles obtuse, not marked; base truncate in middle;
basal angles roundly obtuse, not marked; lateral margins wide
and explanate, not reflexed; lateral basal impressions distinct,
wide, subrotundate; disc canaliculate, not declivous to middle of
base. Elytra ovate (4-2 x ^-T mm.), depressed; disc with a wide
lightly depressed space on each side about posterior third {extend-
ino- across 3rd, 4th and 5th interstices); apical curve oblique on
each side, apex itself obtuse; stria3 very lightly impressed, feebly
crenulate; interstices flat, 1st and 3rd united at apex, 8th much
wider than 9th on sides, narrow and rather convex near apex, 9th
seriate-punctate; lateral border narrow, reflexed. Tarsi with 4th
joint very small, a little emarginate at apex. Length 7, breadth
2-7 mm.
Hab.—Q. : Mackay. (Given to me by Mr. C. French; Coll.
Sloane).
F. queenslandicus has little aflinity to any previously described
Australian species. P. cooki, SI., is the only one from which it
is not at once differentiated by its small size; but it is not at all
closely allied to P. cooki, conspicuous differences being eyes far
less protuberant and not hemispherical; prothorax less trans-
verse, much less strongly narrowed to base; (the wide explanate
margins very diflerent from the narrower reflexed ones of P.
cooki); punctures of 3rd elytral interstice minute and punctiform
instead of large and foveiform. It seems more allied to P. papti-
ensis, SL, from New Guinea, of which I have no specimen for
reference, but is quite distinct by size smaller, colour not black,
Genus Colpodes.
In Masters' ' Catalogue ' and ' Supplement ' four species are
referred to Colpodes, but only one, C. mucro7iatus, Macl., properly
belongs to the genus. The others are («) Loxocrepis kigubris,
Motsch., dealt with above; (6) Dyscolus australis, Erichs., and
D. clilataius, which are not members of the tribe Platynini.^
* Vide note by the Rev. Thos. Blackburn in these Proceedings, (2) vii.,
p. 85, 1892.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 635
Group Perigonides.
The group Perigonides contains only the genus Perigona accord-
ing to Horn; three AustraUan species are known to nie.
Genus Perigona.
Siltojna, Castehi., Trans. Ptoy. Soc. Vict. viii. 1868, p. 127.
I tabulate the Australian species as under : —
Elytra unicolorous (yellow) P. tricolor, Casteln.
Elytra bicolorous.
Elytra with base (widely), suture, and margin (narrowly) reddish, rest of
surface black P. rujilabris, Macl.
Elytra pale testaceous, a narrow black strip along (but not touching)
margin of apical curve P. ajpicalis, SI.
Perigona tricolor, Castelnai]^.
Siltopia tricolor, Casteln., /.c, p. 127.
Castelnau referred his Siltopia tricolor to the Morionini , but
Chaudoir, in his Monograph of the Morionides,'^ excluded it from
that tribe as being a species of Perigona. I have a specimen
from Wiseman's Ferry on the Hawkesbury River, N.S.W., which
I have compared with the specimen of Siltopia tricolor, Casteln.,
in the Howitt Collection.
Perigona rufilabris, Macleay.
Trechus rufilabris, Mack, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., ii., 1871,
p. 114: /'. basalis, Putz., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., iv., 1873, p. 223.
I have examined the type of Trechus 7'ufilabris, Mack, in the
Australian Museum, and have found it to belong to the genus
Perigona. A comparison of Macleay's description of P. rufi-
labris with Putzey's description of P. basalis convinces me of
their identity.
Perigona australica, n.sp.
Pale testaceous, head black, elytra with a narrow blackish strip
near margin of apical curve. Head with front rather strongly
'' Bull. Mosc, ISSO, Iv., p. 318.
636 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
biimpressed ; spaces between frontal impressions and base of
antennae narrow, convex; eyes large, convex, ^Drominent. Pro-
thorax transverse, subquadrate, widest rather before middle; sides
lightly rounded, hardly narrowed to base ; basal angles obtuse
but a little marked; base truncate; border narrow, reflexed.
Elytra ovate, widely and evenly rounded on apical curve; striae
obsolescent, only three inner ones faintly marked between 1st and
2nd discoidal punctures, 3rd interstice 3-punctate, 8th detaching
itself from marginal channel about basal fourth, enclosing a wide,
slightly raised interstice on apical curve. Length 3-1, breadth
1-35 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Mackay (given to me by Mr. C. French ; Coll.
Sloane).
Differs from the other two Australian species by smaller size
and paler colour. The mandibles and labrum are pale-coloured.
Tribe LEBIINI.
Pentagonica dichroa, n.sp.
Head black ; prothorax yellow, margin more pallid ; elytra
sericeous-black, a narrow testaceous margin on sides; body black;
legs pallid ; antennae fuscous, joints 2-4 lighter-coloured than
others. Head convex, wide (1"25 mm. across eyes); neck condy-
liform. Antennae with four basal joints glabrous, basal joint long
and stout, nearly as long as two succeeding joints together; joints
2-4 cylindrical, second shortest, a little more than J length of
3rd, — this J longer than 4th and \ shorter than 5th. ^ Prothorax
transverse (0-9 x 1*5 mm.), convex (basal part depressed), widest
* The attention of students using Lacorclaire's ' Genera ' may be drawn to
the erroneous manner in which the basal joints of the antennee of Pentagonica
are there described (after Schmidt- Goebel), what is called the 1st joint being
merely the basal condyle of the 1st joint. JJni^ex Bhoiiihodera (Reiche) in
the ' Genera ' will be found a good description of the basal joints of the
antennae in Pentagonica, with which it is synonymous. Le Conte's descrip-
tion of the antennae of Didetus (synonymous with Pentagonica) as quoted in
the ' Genera ' is poor; he describes the 4th joint as moderately pubescent, in
P. dichroa I consider the 4th joint maybe called glabrous without inaccuracy.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 637
slightly before the middle; base widely and strongly lobate; apex
bordered, very lightly and widely emarginate in middle; sides
widely margined, the margin more explanate and forming a well
marked but obtuse angle at widest part; the place of the posterior
angles indicated by a slight wide dilatation of the margin a little
nearer the basal lobe than the lateral angle; median line finely
impressed. Elytra oval (3-8 x 2-5 mm.), convex, finely striate,
minutely shagreened; shoulders widely rounded; humeral angles
not marked; sides subparallel, lightly narrowed to the subobliquely
truncate apex; striae finely punctate under a lens; interstices
depressed, 1st narrow, 2nd wide, depressed, 3rd a little raised, 3-
punctate (anterior puncture near 3rd stria opposite posterior
extremity of basal striole of Ist interstice, 2nd about middle of
length near 2nd stria, posterior about midway between 2nd and
apex near 2nd stria), 9th narrow, seriate-punctate; marginal
channel narrow, reflexed; border and inflexed margin testaceous
on sides. Length 5*8, breadth 2-5 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Mackay (sent by Mr. Turner to Mr. French, from
whom I received it; Coll. Sloane).
Genus S c o p o d e s.
The Australian and Tasmanian species of Scopodes known to
me may be tabulated as under : —
A. Prothorax with anterior angles not marked.
B. Prothorax with two setigerous marginal punctures on each side.
C. Prothorax with posterior marginal seta on each posterior angle.
D. Prothorax wide between posterior angles, these explanate but not
dentiform.
e. Black ^S*. tasmaninis, Bsites.
ee. Head and prothorax bronzy, elytra dull bronze with sericeous -
black patches S. rimosicollis, SI.
DD. Prothorax with posterior angles dentiform.
/. Black S. boojys, Erichs.
ff\ Metallic (of a bronzy hue) ) S. sigillatm, Germ.
^ \S. Jlavipe^, Blkb.
CC. Prothorax with posterior marginal seta on a small dentiform pro-
minence about half-way between anterior seta and base, (Pro-
thorax strongly narrowed to base; each elytron trifoveate).
638 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.,
g. Lateral border of prothorax decidedly dila- ,
, ^ J 1 i. ^ • . . y S. aternmits, Cnaud.
tate and angulate to receive posterior \
1 , I S. iiiidiieyensis, 81.
marginal seta * •'
gg. Lateral border of prothorax very narrow and not dilated to
receive posterior marginal seta S. denticolUs, Macl.
BB. Prothorax with only the anterior marginal seta present. (Prothorax
very strongly angustate posteriorly, base truncate — not lobate).
h. Prothorax strongly dentate at widest part; elytra finely and sparsely
seriate-punctate S. ceneus, Macl.
Jill. Prothorax ampliate and subangulate (not dentate) at widest part;
elytra substriate, the strire not punctate S. grijfithi, SI.
AA. Prothorax with anterior angles subrectangular, marked but obtuse at
apex. (Anterior margin wide, lightly eniarginate)...S. auratus, Macl.
aS\ tasmanicus, Bates, I have taken in Victoria at Tarragon on
the Gippsland Hallway.
S. a7igulicollis, Mad., seems, from the description, as if it should
be placed with S. tasmanicus, Bates, and S. 7'imosicollis, SI.; it is
too small to be either of these species, even if its prothorax be
similarly shaped, a question I cannot determine from the imperfect
description; the colour is not stated.
>S'. simplex, Blkb., seems allied to S. tasmanicus, Bates, but
thoroughly distinct.
S. sericeus, Macl. — I have examined the type in the Australian
Museum in comparison with S. sigillatus, Germ., and have con-
sidered it identical.
S. intermedins, Blkb., evidently goes with S. sigillatus.
S. rugatus, Blkb., seems to be allied to S. sigillatus.
S. iniricatus, Blkb., may come into section "DD," but has the
base scarcely lobed.
S. sexfoveatus, Macl., cannot be said to be described, but is
evidently allied to *S'. denticolUs, Macl.
S. fasciolatus, Macl., seems very near S. auratus^ Macl. The
description agrees with my specimens tabulated above as S.
aui^atus, which originally came from Mr. Masters and were named
by him.
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 63^
S. hevis, Macl., is a species I do not know, nor can I suggest
its position in the genus, for I cannot feel sure from the descrip-
tion whether the prothorax has the sides with one or with two
setae.
SCOPODKS RIMOSICOLLIS, n.sp.
Head and prothorax of a dark metallic bronzy colour; elytra
sericeous, dull bronze with black patches; under surface and legs
blaok. Head wide (1-5 mm. across eyes), closel}^ striolate between
eyes. Prothorax hardly as wide as eyes, transverse (1*1 x
1-45 mm.), widest a little behind anterior angles, wide between
posterior angles, depressed; surface vermiculate (sculpture close,
intricate and covering whole upper surface); apex wide; anterior
angles hardly marked, distant from head; sides curving shortly
but decidedly from widest part to anterior angles, narrowing a
little behind lateral angles, curving lightly outwards to posterior
angles, these not dentate, sharply marked, rectangular (the summit
slightly obtuse); base obliquely truncate from basal angles to
peduncle, shortly lobate above peduncle; lateral border rather
wide, forming a lightl} marked setigerous angulate prominence
at widest part, explanate and setigerous at posterior angles.
Elytra wide, oval (3-1 x 2*3 mm.), subparallel on sides, sub-
depressed, substriate; 3rd interstice lightly 3-punctate. Length
4-7-53, breadth 2-15-2-3mm.
Hab. — N.S.W. : Dunoon, Richmond River (Helms ; Coll.
Sloane).
Allied to /S, tasmanicus, Bates, but differing by colour; pro-
thorax wider, anterior and posterior lateral angles more prominent,
surface more strongly rugulose, the basal part not defined by a
linear impression but on same plane as and rugulose like the rest
of the upper surface, median line hardly perceptible, <i:c. in
general appearance it resembles *S'. ameus, Macl., the elytra having
the same shape, but the prothorax is entirely different.
SCOPODES SYDNEYEJsSIS, n.Sp.
Narrow. Black. Head large (I'l mm. across eyes), narrow,
lightly convex, smooth (sometimes a little rugose between anterior
C40 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. Xll.,
supraorbital setx and smooth on front and vertex); clypeus con-
vex and hevigate towards base. Prothorax narrower than head,
small, cordiform (O'S x 1 mm.), widest and angulate near apex,
convex, not lobed at base; disc canaliculate; rather coarselj'-
shagreened and minutely transversely striolate (the striol?e
stronger near sides); anterior angles obsolete ; sides roundly
ampliate from neck to anterior lateral angles, obliquely (hardlj'
roundly) and continuously narrowed to base; basal angles not
marked; lateral border narrow, dilated to form a sharp setigerous
angle at widest part, a similar angulate prominence a little more
than midway to base, the course of the border behind the pos-
terior setigerous angle almost continuous with the part in front
of this angle. Elytra oval (2 15 x 15 mm.), convex, rather
opaque, shagreened, not sericeous, sexfoveate, lightly striate; the
stricB shallow, not clearlydefined, not punctulate. Length 3-6-3-8,
breadth 14-1-5 mm.
Ilah. — N.S.W. : Sydney (three specimens occurred to me on
sandy ground near Manly, 14th December, 1895).
Very closely allied to S. aterrwncK, Chaud., but differing by
size smaller; head smooth on front and vertex; prothorax
narrower, more strongly and evenly angustate to base, less
strongly and roundly narrowed behind posterior marginal promi-
nence, surface less rugulose, lateral border narrower, posterior
setigerous angles smaller. It may be not more than a variety of
*S'. aterrimus, but I have thought it sufficiently distinct to receive
a name.
SCOPODES GRIFFITHI, n.sp.
Upper surface aeneous or cupreous ; undersurface and legs
black. Head hardly as wide as prothorax (1*35 mm.) across eyes,
closely longitudinally striolate between eyes ; front irregularl}'
striolate anteriorly ; cl3'peus closely longitudinally striolate.
Prothorax cordate (1*2 x 14 mm.), roundly dilatate at anterior
third, strongly angustate to base, convex, shagreened and trans-
versely rugulose; apex wide, anterior angles not marked, widely
rounded, distant from neck; border very narrow, not reaching
BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 641
quite to base, unisetigerous and forming a slight though hardly
marked angle on each side at widest part; base truncate. Elj^tra
oval (3-1 X 2'25 mm..), convex, sunbitid, shagreened, not sericeous,
substriate; 3rd interstice with three fine punctures placed in
shallow depressions. Length 6, breadth 2-25 mm.
Hah. — Tas. : Mt. Wellington (given to me by Mr. A. M. Lea,
Government Entomologist for Tasmania, as having been taken by
Mr. H. H. D. Griftith, " half-way to summit on marshy ground").
Can only be compared with S. cBJieus, Macl., amongst Austra-
lian species, but very distinct, and at once distinguishable by the
sides of the prothorax not dentate at widest part, kc.
Postscript (added October 19th, 1903)—
Tachys nervosus, n.sp.
Oval, robust. Testaceous. Each elytron 17-striate and without
apical striole.
Head shagreened; a short slightly raised intramarginal frontal
ridge extending backwards from base of clypeus on each side
between anterior part of eyes; frontal longitudinal impressions
feeble. Prothorax transA^erse, subdepressed, wider at base than
at apex, rugulose — the rug?e transverse in middle of disc, longi-
tudinal near apical and basal margins — sides lightly rounded on
anterior three-fourths, sinuate posteriorly and meeting base at
right angles; apex widely emarginate; anterior angles subpromi-
nent, obtuse (not advanced), base truncate on each side, widely
but lightly produced backwards in middle; basal angles rectangular;
marginal channel wide before posterior lateral sinuosity, narrow
near basal angle, its inner margin subcarinate, more stronglj^so near
base; lateral basal impressions wide, flat (not concave); a lightl}^
impressed arcuate transverse impression defining the sublobate
median part of base. Elytra convex, oval, wider than prothorax;
17 striae on each elytron; lateral channel incurved at humeral
angle to meet lOtli stria; interstices forming narrow subequal
ridges, 17th intprstice C-^ lateral interstice") of normal width,
convex, 4-setose (three of these set?e rising from pores on posterior
642 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. XII.
half of interstice). Anterior tibite oblique externally above apex,
a sharp triangular spur above the obliquity. Length 3*3, breadth
1-4 mm.
/Inb.—Q. : Towns ville District (Dodcl).
This species is at once differentiated from all the described
Australian Bembidiides by its multistriate elytra, which have the
ordinary interstices from the 1st to the 8th inclusive divided into
two narrow ridges. The form of the lateral interstice — with the
position of its setigerous punctures, — and the junction of the
lateral channel with the 10th stria (representing what would be
normally the 5th interstice) indicate a relationship with Tachys
buprestioi'Ies, SI. Mr. F. P. Dodd sent me this strange species as
taken by him at Ross River, 5i miles from Townsville.
643
REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^
BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY
CR YPTORHYNC HIDES.
By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.
Part YI.
Genus Perissops, Pascoe.
JoLirn. Linn. Soc, Zool. xi. 1871, p. 193.
j^erto? convex, not concealed; ocular fovea variable, ^yes large
or very large, finely faceted, subcontiguous or moderately distant.
Rostrum moderately long or rather short, curved or almost
straight, thin or thick and sexually variable. Antennce moder-
ately slender; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum
and shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle more or less
elongate; club moderately long, sutures oblique. ProtJtorax more
or less conical and transverse; ocular lobes prominent or not, base
bisinuate. Scutellum small. Elytra closely aj)plied to and out-
line continuous with that of prothorax. Pectoral canal wide and
rather deep, terminated between intermediate coxa3. Mesosternal
receptacle rather large, raised, emargination semicircular, base
truncate, apices thin; cavernous. Metaste^^nnm shorter than the
following segment; episterna distinct. Basal segment of abdomen
as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process rather
narrow, apex incurved, 3rd and 4th slightly produced backwards
at sides, their combined length slightly more than that of 2nd and
considerably more than that of 5th. Anterior legs moderatel}'-
long, the others short; femora stout, dentate, feebly (especially
the anterior) grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen;
tibiae flat, curved, with a distinct subapical tooth in addition to
the terminal hook; tarsi moderately long, 1st and 4tli joints
G44 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
rather long and subequal. Elliptic or elliptic-ovate, strongly
convex, non-tuberculate, winged.
This genus has numerous close allies in Australia and the Malay-
Archipelago. Those here described are Critomerus, separated on
account of the bidentate anterior femora; Ao:ionicus, Metranio-
morpha, and Teppei'ia on account of the intermediate tibiae being
angular outwardly ; and PseudoteppeiHa and Queenslandica, on
account of the coarsely faceted eyes. I have not described these
allied genera in full, but have compared them with the above
diagnosis and have described only those parts which are at
variance with it.
The genus itself is rather numerously represented in Australia,
but is not confined to it. The species now described may be
divided into five sections. In the first section the rostrum is
curved and longer than in the other species, the shoulders more
prominent, and the clothing prettily variegated; it comprises two
species {ocellatus and carus). The second section comprises three
very closely allied species (mucidus, midtimacidatus and variega-
ii(s), all having the elytral suture strongly raised, the clothing
but slit'htly variegated and the rostrum almost perfectly straight.
The third section takes in two species (gramdatus and semiccdvus),
but they are not very closely allied; they agree, howe\'er, in
having the body less convex, the prothorax more transverse and
the rostrum feebly curved. The fourth section includes two
species [brevicoUis and robiginosus) showing a decided approach
to Cryptorhynchus; in them the body is somewhat depressed, the
prothorax rather strongly transverse, the rostrum lightly curved
and the clothing dense. The fifth section contains three species
(intricatus, intricatior and albonotatus), in all of which the inter-
mediate tibiae are slightl}^ angular at the outer base, the meso-
sternal receptacle less solid than usual and the ocular fovea very
narrow.
Elytra with a round eye-hke spot on each side at base ocellatus, Eedt.
Elytra without eye-like spots.
Ocular fovea large, transverse and bounded by eyes semicalvm, n.sp.
Ocular fovea smaller and longitudinal or indistinct.
Prothorax distinctly granulate gramdatus, n.sp.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 645
Prothorax not granulate.
Intermediate tibiae not angular at outer base.
Prothorax with very small punctures.
Elytral scales condensed into more or less
large patches variegatiiii, n. sp.
Elytral scales nowhere condensed into
large patches.
Elytral suture suddenly elevated near
base mucidus, Pasc.
Elytral suture less suddenly elevated.,., vmltimaculatus, n.sp.
Prothorax with rather large but more or less
concealed punctures.
Alternate interstices not elevated earns, n.sp.
Alternate interstices elevated.
Mesosternal receptacle strongly de-
pressed at base robiginosus, n.s-p.
Mesosternal receptacle not so brevicollis, n.sp.
Intermediate tibite angular at outer base.
Elytra nowhere granulate albonotatiis, n.sp.
Elytra with granules in places.
Prothorax without large punctures intricatus, n. sp.
Prothorax with large punctures on disc... intricatior, n.sp.
Perissops ocellatus, Redt.; Mast. Cat. Sp. Ko. 5567.
Enteles ocellatus, Redt.
(J. Ovate, subopaque. Dark brown. Rather densely clothed
with small round scales of a brownish colour varying in places, a
moderately distinct pale oblique fascia behind middle sometimes
occupying the whole of the apical third, pale scales about median
prothoracic line; elytra with elongate (and in places pale) scales
scattered about, and with a moderately large, round, dark, velvety
eye-like spot on each side at base between shoulders and suture.
Under surface and legs with dense ochreous elongate scales ;
anterior portion of pectoral canal denselj^ clothed, the scales paler
there than elsewhere. Basal third of rostrum squamose.
Head with almost concealed punctures; vertex with a slight
carina continued on basal portion of rostrum and depressed
between and behind eyes. Rostrum curved, long, rather thin,
shining; finely punctate ; sides slightly incurved to middle,
41
646 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
grooved, the grooves parallel with and just above scrobes and
terminating before antenna?. Scape slighth^ curved and com-
pressed; basal joint of funicle thicker and shorter than 2nd, 2nd
the length of 3rd-4th, these equal and equal in length to 5th-7th;
■club the length of five preceding joints, subsolid, fineh' pubescent.
Prothorax conical, transverse; finely punctate; with a very feeble
median carina (sometimes entirely absent). Scutellum small,
rounded, shining. Elytra subcordate, almost twice the length of
prothorax and wider at base, shoulders thickened ; each with
eleven rows of small shallow punctures ; interstices round in
places, scarcely raised; apex slightly emarginate. Apical segment
of abdomen densely and rather coarsely punctate. Legs finely
punctate ; anterior femora almost edentate, each of the others
with a moderated strong tooth: anterior tibia without a small sub-
apical tooth, but the terminal hook large. Length 13|, rostrum
4; width 7 mm.
9. Differs in being less robust, prothorax less transverse,
anterior legs shorter, rostrum thinner and slightly longer, not at
all incurved to middle and dilated to apex, antennae thinner and
the scape not extending quite to apex of rostrum.
Hah. — S. Queensland — Northern Coastal Rivers of New South
Wales.
The eye-like spots on the elytra render this species one of the
most distinct of the Australian weevils; in even greatly abraded
specimens they remain intact. The locality of "Sydney" given
by Herr Redtenbacher is probably incorrect.
Perissops carus, n.sp.
Elliptic, moderately convex, lightly shining. Reddish-brown,
antennse paler. More or less densely clothed with scales varjnng
from white to sooty-brown. Head with sooty scales, a small
yellowish spot between eyes, one behind each, and one at base;
prothorax with a large discal subtriangular patch of pale fawn
and white scales, the white scales in jDatches; a small disconnected
white spot on each side of apex, flanks with dark scales; scutellum
glabrous (in three specimens); elj^ra with white, pale fawn and
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 647
dark scales in strong contrast at base, and more or less distinctly
so posteriorly, elsewhere feebly mottled. Under surface with
dense and pale scales; legs more or less distinctly variegated.
Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea indistinct.
Rostrum the length of protiiorax, lightly curved; sides at basal
third coarsely punctate, elsewhere shining and minutely punctate.
Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and a trifle longer
than lunicle; 1st joint of the latter as long as 2nd and 3rd
combined, 2nd as long as 3rd and 4th combined. Prothorax with
dense, round, concealed punctures; median carina feebly traceable.
Elytra wider than prothorax, strongly convex (especially along
middle), with series of large punctures becoming much smaller
posteriorly; interstices wider than punctures, themselves feebly
punctate; suture finely granulate except at extreme base and
posteriorly. Under surface with dense, partially concealed punc-
tures; metasternal episterna each with a single irregular row.
Femora with moderately large acute teeth. Length 8^, rostrum
2 J; width 4 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Endeavour Ptiver (Mr. G. Masters).
A very pretty and distinct species allied (but not closely so) to
ocellatus. On the 4th interstice, at the base of each elytron,
there is a distinct suhquadrate patch of dark scales, but it is not
at all eye-like in character.
Perissops mucidus, Pasc; I.e., No. 5499.
(J. Elliptic-ovate, strongly convex, shining. Dark brown.
Clothed with ochreous scales disposed in small patches; prothorax
v/ith a median line of scales dilated on basal half, a line of scales
on each side; elytral suture without scales, elytra with small
round brown scales scattered about, prothorax with similarly
coloured but more elongate scales, and which give the disc a
scratched appearance. Under surface with dense ochreous elon-
gate scales, on the abdomen forming three lines down the middle,
smaller scales elsewhere; anterior portion of pectoral canal with
pale elongate scales; legs with shorter and sparser scales than on
648 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
sterna. Head with ochreous scales disposed in patches, sides of
base of rostrum squamose.
^e«cZ finely punctate; ocular fovea deep and distinct: a narrow
shining carina commencing at fovea and continued almost to
antenna3, at its side two feeble irregular ridges slightly curved
and terminating before carina. Rostrum long, rather flat, curved
at apex; densel}' punctate and opaque; sides grooved, the groove
just above but scarcely parallel with scrobes, terminating at
antenna?. Scape straight; two basal joints of funicle elongate,
3rd-6th feebly decreasing, 7th slightly larger than 6th; club the
length of four preceding joints. Prothorax subconical, transverse,
finely punctate ; on the flanks, especially towards base, w^ith
dense, rather large oblique punctures; constriction marked by
rather small deep punctures. Scvtellum small, longer than w*ide,
smooth, apex pointed. Elytra along suture considerably more
than thrice the length of prothorax, at base scarcely wider, widest
about middle; middle strongl}'- raised and suture almost crested,
summit nearer base than apex, posterior declivity fully half total
length; each with ten rows of small punctures; interstices rounded,
scarcely raised; basal two-thirds of suture rather densely granu-
late, the granules minute, depressed, shining and placed in
transverse series; apex scarcely emarginate. Apical segment of
abdomen with large, round, shallow punctures. Leys finel}"
punctate; femora dentate, the anterior less strongl}^ than the
others; anterior tibiae bisinuate beneath, w ith a subapical swelling
but without a tooth. Length 12 J, rostrum 3^; width 6 J mm.
9. Differs in being usually larger, legs shorter, elytra with
suture much less distinctly raised in the middle and almost
obsoletely granulate, rostrum smooth, shining and finely punctate,
antennoe thinner, scape just reaching apex of rostrum, and paler.
Hah. — S. Queensland — Northern Coastal Rivers of K ew South
Wales.
The crest on the elytra is more distinct than in the other
species here described. The small brown scales on the elytra are
invisible to the naked eye, as they so closely resemble the derm
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 649
on which they rest. The species is exceedingly common on the
Richmond River.
Perissops multimaculatus, n.sp. v. n.var.
$. Reddish-brown. Median prothoracic line of scales inter
rupted in middle and not dilated at base. Elytra with suture
moderately strongly but not suddenly raised. Other characters
as in mucidus. Length 11, rostrum 2|; width 5 J mm.
Hah. — Endeavour River (Macleay Mus.).
Very close to and probably only a (very distinct) variety of
mucidus. I ha.ve but two male specimens under observation, but
the species or variety apjDears to be very common about the
Endeavour River. Each of the elytral spots of pale scales seldom
covers more than a single puncture, so that they are much more
numerous than in either mucidus or variegatus.
Perissops variegatus, n.sp.
Elliptic-ovate, strongly convex, subopaque. Dark brown,
funicle paler. Clothed with whitish and pale ochreous scales
disposed in patches; elytra almost entirely clothed; from base
along suture to middle, and thence an oblique irregular line to
each side, and several small spots near base apparently nude, but
clothed with minute scales almost identical in colour with the
derm on which they rest; prothorax with sides rather densely
clothed, median line marked at apex with a narrow spot of scales,
a larger spot at base and a small spot on each side in front of
basal spot. Under surface and legs rather sparsely squamose,
the scales small and rounded, except on sterna, where they are
moderately elongate and denser; anterior portion of pectoral
canal squamose. Head with a patch of scales on summit and
behind each eye; rostrum rather sparsely squamose throughout.
Head finely punctate; ocular fovea deep; eyes subcontiguous, a
depression between and behind them. Rostrum moderately long,
straight, ratherwide and flat; irregularlypunctate; a shining carina
commencing at ocular fovea and continued past antennae, two
irregular elevations on each side between antenna?, base irregularly
650 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
and shallowly grooved, sides grooved, grooves above but not parallel
with scrobes, and terminating at antenna\ Two basal joints of
funicle elongate, 1st slightly longer than 2nd, 3rd-7tli gradually
increasing in width and decreasing in length; club the length of four
preceding joints, /Vo^Aora.x' subconical, transverse; finely punctate,
flanks punctured almost as in P. mucidus, but the punctures more
open. Elytra about thrice the length of prothorax, slightly wider
at base, slightly the widest about middle ; suture with three
distinct slopes (2 mm. at base raised at about 60°, 7 mm. in middle
decreasing at about 15°, 5 mm. posterior declivity at about -15°);
rather densely granulate except on apical fourth, a few glossy
granules on 2nd-5th interstices near base; each elytron with ten
almost impunctate stride, interstices rounded, scarcely raised ;
apex feebly emarginate. Apical segment of ahdomen with a few
large punctures. Legs finely punctate; femora dentate, the inter-
mediate more strongly than the others; anterior tibiae bisinuate
beneath, each with a small subapical tooth in addition to the
terminal hook. Length 13J, rostrum 3J; width 6^ mm.
5. Differs in being less robust, rostrum shining, finely punctate,
much narrower and not carinate, antennae thinner, scape not
reaching apex of rostrum, legs shorter, and eh'tral suture less
raised.
Hah. — N.Q.: Endeavour River (Mr. G. Masters).
Approaches P. mucidus, but is abundantly distinct from that
species. The outline of the male, when viewed from the side,
resembles a reaper's sickle, as it does also in mucidus. There are
a few granules about apex of elytra, but they are usually con-
cealed by scales.
Perissops granulatus, n.sp.
Elliptic, opaque. Black, antenna^ and apical joints of tarsi of.
a rather dingy red. Rather sparsely clothed with dingy whitish
scales, denser on apical third of elytra and sides of prothorax
than elsewhere. Under surface and legs rather sparsely squamose,
the scales varying in colour from dingy white to brown; apical
segment of abdomen densely squamose ; anterior portion of
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 651
pectoral canal squamose. Head with several small patches of
ochreous scales.
^ea<i densely punctate, slightly depressed between eyes; ocular
fovea not traceable. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, slightly
curved, moderately wide; densely and coarsely punctate, punctures
smaller towards apex; lateral grooves scarcely traceable. Scape
inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, and shorter
than funicle; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club rather
short. Prothorax transverse, scarcely conical, sides subparallel
near base, incurved to apex; densely covered with small shining
granules, except at apex which is punctate. Scutellum small,
somewhat rounded, depressed in the middle. Elytra about thrice
the length of prothorax, slightly wider at base, feebly decreasing
to near apex; with numerous small shining granules on basal
half, each of which overhangs a puncture; each elytron with
about ten rows of rather large punctures, larger towards base
than towards apex ; interstices slightly raised and irregular.
Under surface with rather dense, strong punctures. Leys densely
punctate; femora strongly dentate, and each with a granule in
emargination; tibi{^e feebly ribbed. Length 10, rostrum 2; width
4^ mm.
Ilah.—Q.: Gayndah (Mr. G. Masters), Cairns (Macleay Mus.).
Each of the femora is supplied with a small granule in its
emargination, but on the four posterior they are very small. The
prothoracic granules are obliquely truncate in front, and each has
a small median puncture.
Perissops semicalvus, n.sp.
Subcylindrical and lightly shining. Reddish-brown, antennie
(club excepted) paler. Densely clothed with pale ochreous scales
with white ones rather sparsely distributed amongst them, a small
angular spot of sooty scales on 2nd interstice not far from apex.
Under surface with scales varying from almost white on the
sterna to ochreous and sooty on the abdomen. Head glabrous
except for a patch behind each eye and a longitudinal patch at
base; sides of rostrum squamose.
652 RE-VISIOX OF THE AUSTRALIAN CUHCULIONID.E,
Head \ery minutely punctate, with a feeble longitudinal im-
pression at base; ocular fovta very large, bounded on each side
by the eye itself. Rostrum wide, slightly shorter than prothorax,
moderately curved, sides incurved to middle; in ^ with distinct
punctures throughout but coarse only at sides of basal third, in
9 shining and finely punctate except at sides of base. Scape
inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and the length of funicle;
1st joint of funicle stouter but very little longer than 2nd, 2nd
the length of 3rd and 4th combined. Prothorax rather strongly
transverse; with dense partially concealed punctures. Elytra
subcylindrical, very little w^ider than prothorax; wdth series of
large punctures becoming much smaller posteriorly; interstices
wider than punctures and separately convex, the 3rd, 4th and 5th
subtuberculate and granulate at base Under surface with dense
partially concealed punctures. Femora with rather large acute
teeth. Length 7|, rostrum H; width 3 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Endeavour River (jNIr. G. JMasters).
The ocular fovea is larger than in any other species of the sub-
family with which I am acquainted. To the naked eye the basal
half of the elytra appears to be clothed with dark scales in
patches, but this is almost entirely due to the scales there being
much sparser than elsewhere; on the prothorax three spots (from
the same cause) may be seen at the base.
Perissops albonotatus, n.sp.
(J (?) Elongate-ovate, strongly convex, polished. Black, antennae
almost black. Clothed with very distinct but small patches of
white scales, the interspaces very feebly and indistinctly clothed
with small white scales.
Heady\\\.\\ sparse, indistinct but not concealed punctures; ocular
fovea ver}" narrow. Rostrum stout, the length of prothorax,
feebl}^ curved, sides incurved to middle; rather distinctly punctate
except between antenn?e. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum and shorter than funicle, two basal joints of funicle
rather long, 1st as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, 2nd as long as
3rd and 4th combined; club (for the genus) rather short. Pro-
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 653
thorax feebly transverse; with dense, minute punctures and with
much larger (but still small) punctures scattered about. Elytra
widest at about middle, at base scarcely wider than prothorax;
with series of rather large punctures becoming much smaller pos-
teriorly; ^alternate interstices feebly and irregularly but dis-
tinctly raised. Under surface with rather sparse minute punc-
tures ; metasternal episterna impunctate in middle. Femora
rather less stout than usual and obtusely dentate; intermediate
tibiae very feebly angular at outer base. Length 8|, rostrum 2J-;
width 4 mm.
I/ab.—N.i^.W. : Eichmond River (Mr. W. W. Froggatt).
The majority of the punctures are not concealed, even on the
prothorax. On the prothorax there are about four patches of
white scales on each side and a very distinct median stripe on
apical half; on each elytron there are about fifteen small spots of
irregular size and more numerous posteriorly than elsewhere; the
sterna and legs are rather densely clothed; on the head there is a
stripe at the base.
Perissops intricatus, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate, subcylindrical, moderately shining. Brownish-
black. Clothed with scales of a sooty-brown and almost pure
white in strong contrast, the white scales forming more or less
irregular patterns. Under surface and legs with white scales,
with sooty scales in obscure patches. Head and base of rostrum
with white scales, the former with pale fawn-coloured scales in
middle but with a longitudinal white stripe at base.
Head with small dense and partially concealed punctures; ocular
fovea very narrow. Rostrum moderately wide, the length of
prothorax, feebly curved ; distinctly punctate except between
antennae. Scape inserted not much closer to apex than base of
rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle the length
of 2nd and 3rd combined, 2nd slightly shorter than 3rd; club
oblong-ovate. Prothorax lightly transverse, punctures as in the
preceding except that they are concealed by clothing. Elytra
widest at about middle, at base no wider than prothorax: with
654 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
series of large punctures l)ecoming much smaller posteriori}-;
interstices wider than punctures, separately convex, the 3rd rather
strongly raised and granulate at base, suture feebly transversely
granulate. Under surface minutely punctate. Femora feebly
dentate; intermediate tibiai distinctly angular at the outer base.
Length 9, rostrum 2i; width 4 mm.
Hab.—Q. : Brisbane (type in Mr. A. Simson's Coll.).
The white markings on the prothorax are all connected and
consist of a stripe on each side and which are divided at base and
again at apex, joined together across apical third and with a stripe
on apical half crossing it ; on each of the elytra there is a
semicircle extending from the base to basal fourth, a zigzag
oblique stripe extending from near base to suture at apical third,
where from the 3rd and 4th interstices it sends out an irregular
stripe that extends quite to the apex with a short inner projec-
tion.
Perissops ixtricatior, n.sp.
Elliptic, subcylindrical and subopaque. Blackish-brown,
antennae scarcely paler. Clothed with white scales forming-
patterns, the interspaces with sparse, minute and darker scales.
Under surface, legs, head and sides of base of rostrum with white
scales.
Head and antenna? as in the preceding. Rostrum considerably
shorter and stouter but with similar punctures. Prothorax rather
strongly transverse; densely and minutely punctate, and with
large, round, dense, clearly cut punctures. Elytra at extreme
base no wider than prothorax, but wider a short distance below,
thence parallel-sided to near apex; with series of large punctures,
on basal half wider than interstices but becoming very indistinct
posteriorly; interstices separately- convex, the alternate ones very
feebly raised, the suture and four interstices on each side on basal
half with feeble granules, 3rd and 4th subtuberculate at base.
Under surface with small but very distinct punctures. Femora
acutely dentate ; intermediate tibia? distinctly angular at the
outer base. Length 6 J, rostrum 14; width 3 mm.
Hah. — Q. : Barron River (type in Macleay Mus.),
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 655
Close to the preceding species, but the body more compact, the
punctures much stronger (especially on prothorax) and the rostrum
shorter. The pattern of the white scales is much as in intricatus,
but is less sharply defined owing to their looseness and the
sparsity of darker ones. On the elytra the markings are as
described in that species except that the zigzag stripe commences
at the base itself; on the prothorax the markings are the same
except that in addition the median line is continuous and that
there is an irregular transverse line from coxa to coxa.
Perissops brevicollis, n.sp.
Oblong-elliptic, subdepressed, opaque. Brownish-black, antenntfi
of a dingy red. Kather densely clothed with ochreous scales,
with small sooty spots and single white scales scattered about.
Under surface and legs with dense and rather pale scales.
Head with dense partially concealed punctures; ocular fovea
feeble. Rostrum the length of prothorax, moderately curved
and comparatively thin; in ^ with distinct punctures (except
between antenna), becoming coarse on basal third, in ^ distinctly
punctate only at basal third. Scape inserted two-fifths from
apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; 1st joint of
funicle as long as ^nd and 3rd combined, 2nd as long as 3rd and
4th combined. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides strongly
rounded; with dense, round, moderately large, partially concealed
punctures. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax, shoulders pro-
duced, sides parallel to near apex; with series of large punctures
becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices densel}^ punctate, the
alternate ones raised, 3rd more strongly raised at base than the
others and with small granules. Under surface' with dense and
not very small punctures. Mesosternal receptacle semicircular
and not suddenly dejDressed at base. Femora with large and
acute teeth. Length 6 J, rostrum IJ; width 3 mm.
Hab. — Q. : Endeavour River (Mr. G. Masters), Cairns (Macleay
Mus.).
A rather aberrant sjjecies and less convex than any of the
others here described. On one of the (6) specimens under
656 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,
examination there is a feeble oblique whitish fascia from the
shoulder to the basal third, but not quite reaching the suture.
Perissops robiginosus, n.sp.
Elliptic, opaque. Black, antennae of a rather dingy red.
Densely clothed with ochreous scales, amongst which white
scales are singly but rather thickly interspersed, each elytron
with a large triangular patch of dark scales, scutellum glabrous.
Under surface and legs with whitish scales.
Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea indistinct,
nostrum the length of prothorax, lightly curved, Mdde, sides
incurved to middle; in ^ with rather coarse punctures (except
between antennae), becoming decidedl}^ coarse on basal third; in
9 the rostrum is longer and thinner, and the punctures, though
moderately distinct in front, are coarse only on the basal fourth.
Scape in ^ inserted slightly closer to apex than base of rostrum
(in 9 vice versa) and shorter than funicle, the latter as in the
preceding species, except that it is a little stouter. Prothorax
moderately transverse; with dense, moderately large and more or
less concealed punctures; with a scarcely traceable median carina.
Elytra scarcely wider than prothorax. shoulders very feebly
rounded, parallel-sided to near apex: with series of large punc-
tures becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices wider than punc-
tures, the alternate ones feebly raised, and all with minute
shining granules, which become very indistinct posteriorly.
Under surface with dense and not very small punctures. Meso-
sternal receptacle lightly transverse, base almost fiat, suddenly
and strongly elevated in front. Femora with rather large acute
teeth. Length 9, rostrum 2J ; width 4 ; variation in length
7-9^ ram.
Hah. — Q. : Cape York, Somerset (Macleay Mus.), Endeavour
River {^h\ C. French), Mount Dryander (Mr. A. Simson).
Allied to but ver\' distinct from the preceding species. On
some of the (6) specimens under examination there are a few
small sooty patches on the disc of both prothorax and elytra; on
the former there are sometiaies four feeble whitish spots. The
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 657
large dark patches on the elytra form isosceles triangles, of which
the widest side extends from each shoulder to the 3rd interstice
beyond the middle; on perfect specimens the triangles are sharply
defined, but when rubbed, these are less distinct.
Genus A x i o n i c u s, Pascoe.
Journ. Linn. Soc, ZooL, x. 1869, p. 455.
Eyes large, finely faceted, rather widely separated. Rostrum
rather stout and almost straight. Antennce rather stout. Legs
rather long; femora feebly grooved and dentate, posterior not
extending to apex of abdomen ; tibi?e flat and thin, almost
straight, external edge of the intermediate angular. Other
characters as in Verissofs.
This genus is very close indeed to Perissops, but as its type is
a well marked and well known species it was not thought advisable
to propose its degradation; more especially when it is considered
that some of the species now placed in Perissops may not remain
there.
AxioNicus iNsiGNis, Pasc; I.e. No. 5501.
(J. Elliptic, strongly convex, as deep as wide. Black or
brownish-black. Densely and irregularly clothed with short or
subelongate scales, varying from snow3'--white to velvety-black.
Head with, dense but shallow and partially concealed punctures.
Rostrum almost the length of prothorax, almost parallel-sided;
coarsely and irregularly punctate. First joint of funicle longer
than 2nd. Prothorax subconical, no wider than long; with
irregular and rather coarse punctures; with several longitudinal
waved and obtuse ridges, and a very distinct median carina.
Elytra strongly convex throughout, not much more than twice
the length and outline continuous with that of prothorax;
punctures not very large ; alternate interstices very distinctly
raised and usually shining, the 3rd subtuberculate near base; a
subtriangular space from the shoulders to the suture beyond the
middle with distinct granules, each of which is hollow and bears
a seta on its posterior face. Under surface with dense, partially
658 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,
concealed punctures. Anterior legs long and thin, their femora
very minutely dentate, and tibite almost perfectly straight; four
posterior femora shorter, stouter and more distinctly dentate;
intermediate tibife lightly curved, and with an angular projection
near the outer base, so that the basal portion appears to be
quadrate. Length 16, rostrum 4^; width 7; variation in length
11-16 mm.
Q. Differs in having the femora with equal teeth, and the
anterior and posterior of equal length, the rostrum thinner,
suddenly narrowed from near base, the wider portion onh^
squamose, elsewhere being shining and comparatively finely and
sparsely punctate.
Hah. — "Queensland" (Pascoe), Rockhampton (Macleay Mus.)
— N.S.W.: Wellington (Mr. W. W. Froggatt), Tamworth (Lea).
One of the most distinct species of the subfamily. The white
scales form a distinct patch at the apex of prothorax, a very
distinct postmedian oblique fascia on the elytra, almost entirely
clothe the metasternum, are distributed in small spots and
stripes on the abdomen, and are prettily variegated with dark
brown on the legs.
M E T R A N I 0 M O R P H A, n.g.
Eyes very large, rather finely faceted, subapproximate. Rostrum
moderately short and stout, feebly curved. Antennce rather stout;
club oblong-ovate, sutures straight. Elytra, oblong-cordate, wider
than prothorax at base. Pectoral canal terminated between four
anterior coxae. Mesosterrial 7'eceptacle rather strongly raised,
sides incurved to base, emargination semicircular ; cavernous.
Legs rather short, femora stout, dentate, distinctly grooved,
posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiie scarcely com-
pressed, external edge angular. Other characters as in Perissojys.
Metraniomorpha entima, n.sp.
Dark brownish-black, antennae dull reddish-brown. Moderately
densely clothed with small but moderately long sooty adpressed
scales, under surface and legs with longer and pale scales. Head
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 659
with two very distinct eye-like spots of sooty-black scales sur-
rounded by white scales, the white scales conjoined between the
two spots; each elytron at apex with a round spot of velvety-black
scales surrounded bv a snowv-white rincr: white scales mariicininii
scutellum.
Head with punctures and ocular fovea concealed; eyes almost
touching. Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax and rather
wide, wider at apex than elsewhere : coarsely punctate, but
punctures more or less concealed behind antennae; with a feeble
median ridge. Scape shorter than funicle, inserted two-fifths
from apex of i-ostrum ; two basal joints of funicle stout but
moderately long, the others transverse. Prothorax moderately
transverse, sides strongly rounded, base strongly bisinuate; disc
feebly, the sides rathet strongly, punctate. Scutellum round,
leveLwith but separated from eh'tra by a circular impression.
Elijtra considerably (but not suddenly) wider than prothorax,
and fully thrice as long, sides gently and continuously rounded;
with series of small distant punctures; interstices much wider
than punctures, and not separately rounded. Under surface
rather densely punctate: 3rd and ith abdominal segments drawn
backwards at sides. Femora stout, rather acutely dentate,
posterior scarcely extending to apical segment ; all the tibiae
angular at the outer base, the posterior near the apex as well.
Length ^h, rostrum 2: width oh mm.
Hab.—S.S.W.: Ballina (Mr. W. AV. Froggatt).
The outline of this species is much the same as that of Metrania
jyaUiata as figured by Mr. Pascoe."^ The eye-like spots are very
distinct on both head and elytra; the white scales about the
scutellum are less distinct; on the prothorax there are several
feeble clusters of pale scales. The sooty scales on. the unique
specimen under examination have a greasy appearance, despite
the fact that it has been boiled as well as soaked for some con-
siderable time in chloroform.
* Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool.,xi., pi. xiii., fig. 11, 1S7-.
660 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIOXID^,
T E P P E K I A, n.g.
Eyes moderately large, finely faceted, rather widely separated.
Rostrum short, wide and feebly curved, Antennce stout; scape
inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and longer than
funicle; 1st joint of funicle stout, the others strongly transverse;
club stout, almost the length of funicle, sutures oblique. Elytra
cordate, wider than prothorax and each separately rounded
at base. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, semicircular,
cavernous. Legs short; tibi?e rather flat, feebly curved, external
edge angular. Otlier characters as in Perissops.
From nearly all the close allies of Perissops this genus may be
distinguished by the very short funicle and by each elytron being
separately rounded at the base; it is very close to Axio7iicus, but
the two characters mentioned are sufficiently distinctive. I have
dedicated the genus to Mr. J. G. Otto Tepper, of the South
Australian Museum, and the first (so far as I am aware) to
attempt to popularise the stud}^ of Australian insects.
Length 9 mm, or less steradice.
Length 11 mm. or more major.
TePPERIA STERCULI.E, n.sp.
Dark reddish-brown. Yer}^ densely clothed with scales vary-
ing from a pale to dark chocolate-brown and interspersed (rather
thickl}- at sides of prothorax) with white scales; elytra with a
very distinct whitish fascia at summit of posterior declivity,
extending between the 5th interstices, the margins more or less
indented and bounded anteriorly and posteriorly by darker scales.
Under surface and legs with dense whitish scales, becoming-
darker (but picked out with white scales) on three apical segments,
the tibise and apex of femora. Head and rostrum with jDaler
scales than on prothorax, and with white scales (thick on apex of
rostrum) rather thinly scattered about.
Head with dense concealed punctures; towards base with an
impressed (but concealed) median line. Rostrum shorter than
prothorax, very feebly curved, sides incurved to middle, scarcely
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 661
twice as long as the greatest width; with dense concealed punctures
throughout and with a feebly traceable median carina. Prothorax
transverse, subconical, base bisinuate; with dense minute punctures
and scattered larger ones, all of which are concealed. ScnteMum
subquadrate. Elytra not much wider than prothorax and scarcel}^
twice and one-half as long, shoulders rounded, sides feebly
decreasing (with a rounded outline) to near apex; with series of
large, round, deep, more or less concealed punctures, becoming
smaller posteriorly; alternate interstices distinctly but rather
feebly raised. Under surface with dense, minute and concealed
punctures and with larger partially exposed ones. Suture between
1st and 2nd abdominal segments lightly curved in middle.
Femora stout, shallowly grooved and rather feebly dentate,
posterior scarcely extending to penultimate segments; all the
tibiae angular outwardly near base. Length 9, rostrum 2; width
5; variation in length 71-9 mm.
Hah.—l^.^.W. : Yass (Mr. W. W. Froggatt), Clarence River
(Macleay Mus.), Tamworth (Lea; on the "Kurrajong" Sterculia
sp.).
The elytral fascia is always distinct though much less so on
some specimens than on others.
Tepperia major, n.sp. v. n.var.
Dark reddish-brown. Very densely clothed with rusty-brown
scales (paler on under surface than elsewhere), amongst which
white scales are rather thinly scattered, prothorax with an obscure
darker patch at base; elytra at summit of posterior declivity with
a fasciate patch (wider along suture than at sides) of whitish
scales extending between the 5th interstices. Length 11^, rostrum
3; width 6|; variation in length 11-12 mm.
Hah.—^.^.W. : Richmond River.
In general appearance very close to the preceding species, but
the rostrum longer and more noticeably curved, the elytra pro-
portionately wider, the clothing less variegated and rustier, with
the individual scales longer; the scales have also a decided Jj
42
Li^^
662 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
dency to form into small fascicles (especially those composing the
fascia), whilst in the preceding species this is much less the case.
I have also never seen a specimen of major less than 11 mm., nor
of sterculice more than 9 mm. in length.
P S E U D 0 T E P P E R I A, n.g.
Eyes not very large, ovate, rather coarsel}^ faceted. Rostrum
rather short and stout, feebly curved. A ntennm moderately stout;
scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and the length
of funicle; two basal joints of the latter moderately long, the
others strongly transverse; club rather large, almost the length
of funicle, sutures oblique. Elytra elongate-cordate, wider than
prothorax and each separately rounded at base. Other characters
as in Perissops.
In its elytra separately rounded at the base and short funicle
this genus resembles Tepperia, but the tibi?e are different and the
facets of the eyes larger.
PSEUDOTEPPERIA COMPTA, n.sp.
Black, antennae and tarsi reddish-brown. ^Moderately densely
clothed with ochreous-brown scales, becoming chocolate-brown in
places, prothorax with a few feeble spots of pale scales: each
elytron with two large patches of cream-coloured scales and two
velvety black spots.
Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum shorter than
prothorax, sides slightly irregular; densely and strongly punctate
throughout, but the punctures concealed behind antenna?. Pro-
thorax lightly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base very
decidedly bisinuate and more than tv/ice the width of apex;
densely punctate throughout, the punctures rather large but more
or less concealed, on the side the interstices between the punctures
frequently showing as granules; with a feeble but almost con-
tinuous median carina. Scute Hum small and shining. Elytra
not much and not suddenly wider than prothorax, and about
twice and one-half as long; with series of apparentl}^ large but
concealed punctures; interstices rather narrow and with irregular
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 663
series of small shining granules. Uyider surface with dense but
more or less concealed punctures. Legs rather short and densely
punctate; femora stout, distinctly but not very strongly dentate,
posterior scarcely extending to apical segment; tibite feebly com-
pressed and bisinuate beneath, in addition to the (strong) terminal
hook each with a subapical tooth. Length 8, rostrum 2; width
4 mm.
Hah. — N.W. Australia (type in Macleay Mus.).
The pale patches of scales on the elytra are near the base and
on the posterior declivity; the basal patch extends from the 3rd
interstice to the margin, its anterior inner angle being marked
with a dark and perfectly circular velvety spot; the posterior
patch is irregularly semicircular in outline and commences on the
2nd interstice; its inner face at the middle is marked with an
angular dark spot similar in character to the basal one.
Critomerus, n.g.
Eyes large, rather finely faceted, subcontiguous. Rostrum
moderately long and rather thin but not rounded, lightly curved.
Cluh ovate, sutures straight. Pedoral canal terminated between
four anterior coxae. Abdomen with perfectly straight sutures, 1st
segment slightly longer than the two following combined, inter-
coxal process narrow, 2nd the length of 5th and very slightly
longer than 3rd or 4th. Anterior femora bidentate. Other
characters as in Perissops.
Closely allied to Perissops, but the anterior femora bidentate.
The species described below appears to be a common one in
certain parts of Queensland. This genus is a highly interesting
one on account of the bidentate anterior femora.
Critomerus emblem aticus, n.sp.
Brownish-black, antennae of a dingy red. Densely clothed with
scales varying from a dark straw-colour to ochreous; prothorax
with small chocolate-brown scales except on sides, a few spots
scattered about, and a basal median patch that is suddenly
664 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIOXID^,
narrowed in front at its middle and has a slight projection on
each side before the narrower part; each elytron with a triangular
patch of chocolate-brown scales extending from the side to the
3rd interstice beyond the middle, the side beyond the triangle
with a small dark spot, each side at base with two small dark
spots. Each of the femora and tibiae with an obscure spot of
dark scales. Head behind and between eyes and sides at base of
rostrum feebly clothed.
Head with small, dense, not concealed punctures. Rostrum the
lengtli of prothorax, moderatel}^ wide, sides lightly incurved to
middle; basal half coarsely jDunctate, apical half shining and
rather finely punctate. Scape inserted one-third from aj^ex of
rostrum; two basal joints of funicle subequal in length, ith-Tth
transverse. Frothorax transverse, subconical, base rather strongly
bisinuate and more than twice the width of apex; with small,
dense, more or less concealed punctures. Scutellinn shining and
oblong-ovate. Elytra scarcely more than twice the length of
prothorax, the outlines continuous; with series of small concealed
punctures, interstices not separately raised and not at all distinct,
with minute shining granules more numerous on and about suture
than elsewhere. Under surface with dense more or less concealed
punctures. Femora stout, posterior not extending to apex of
abdomen, anterior strongh' bidentate, the apical tooth more acute
than the basal one; intermediate feebly, the joosterior still more
feebly unidentate; tibise lightly curved. Length 8, rostrum 2J;
width 4J mm.
^rt6. — Queensland (Mr. C. French), Cairns (Mr. G. Masters),
Endeavour River (Macleay Mus.).
A strongly marked species. The pale basal patch on the pro-
thorax is not unlike the crest of the Prince of Wales.
QUEENSLANDICA, n.g.
Eyes moderately large, coarsely faceted. Rostrum not very
long, moderately wide, almost straight. Antenncn rather stout;
club rather large and ovate, sutures feebly curved. Frothorax
strongly transverse. Pectoral canal terminated between four
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 665
anterior coxae. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, strongly
transverse, emargination widely transverse; cavernous. Legs
rather short; femora edentate, distinctly grooved. Other char-
acters as in Ferissops.
The eyes are more coarsely faceted than in any of the close
allies of Perisso2ys, the prothorax is more transverse and the
femora are edentate, so that the genus is a rather distinct one.
Elytra with a circular patch of dark scales posteriorly posticalis.
Elytra without dark scales posteriorly munchis.
Queens LANDiCA posticalis, n.sp.
Reddish-brown, antennae paler. Elytra with large, soft, dingy
whitish scales, a large and almost circular patch of chocolate-
brown scales on posterior declivity. Under surface with large,
soft, round, dingy white scales; legs densely squamose. Head and
base of rostrum with dingy scales.
Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of
prothorax and rather wide, sides feebly decreasing in width to
antennae, thence parallel to apex; basal third strongly punctate,
elsewhere shining and finely but distinctly punctate. Scape
inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and the length of funicle;
two basal joints of the latter moderately long and subequal, the
others transverse. Prothorax bisinuate at base; with dense, round,
not very large punctures becoming minute at apex. Elytra
scarcely wider than prothorax and twice and one-half as long;
with series of moderately large almost entirely concealed punc-
tures; interstices regular and feebly separately convex. Undtr
surface with moderately dense punctures, each of which is trace-
able although covered by a scale. Posterior fetnora terminated
considerably before apex of abdomen; tibiae compressed and
lightly curved. Length 5|-, rostrum IJ; width 2J mm.
Hah. — Lizard Island (Mr. G. Masters).
As this species is very distinct, I have described it, although
on the unique specimen under examination the prothoracic scales
are almost entirely abraded; they appear, however, to be much
the same as on the elytra.
666 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCCLIONID.E,
Ql'eenslandica munda, n.sp.
Blaokish-browii, anteniuv dull red. Densely clothed with soft
creamy-white scales, darker at base of prothorax and surrounding
(except at base) a large median space (where the scales are pale)
on the elytra; prothoracic scales much larger than those of elytra
and formed into six feeble fascicles, four across middle and two
at apex. Under surface -with, dull white scales becoming darker
from middle of 2nd abdominal segment; legs with dark scales
picked out with white, except on the lower parts of femora where
they are almost entirely white. Head with dense fawn-coloured
scales becoming white at base of rostrum.
Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of
prothorax, sides feebly decreasing in width to near antennae,
thence parallel to apex; in ^J basal half coarsely punctate, apical
half subopaque and moderately strong!}' punctate; in 9 only the
basal third is strongly punctate, elsewhere shining and finely
punctate. Prothorax, elytra and legs as in the preceding. Undtr
surface with dense and almost entirely concealed punctures.
Length 5, rostrum IJ; width 2^; variation in length 4-5 mm.
Hab.—Q. : Cape York (Macleay Mus.).
The clothing is of a peculiarly soft nature. The prothoracic
scales (except those composing the fascicles and a few that are
feebly concave} are perfectly flat.
Genus P r 0 t 0 p a l u s, Schonherr.
Gen. Spec. Cure. i\. Pt. 1, p. 44, Genus No. 303: "Waterhouse,
Trans. Ent. Soc. n. ser. ii. p. 191, Proc. p. 102; Lacordaire, Gen.
Col. vii. p. 132.
Head moderately large, not concealed by prothorax; ocular
fovea variable. Eyes large and finel}^ faceted, produced below.
Rostrum stout or moderately stout, slightly curved, the length of
or considerabl}'' longer than prothorax. Auteniue variable;
slender, inserted closer to apex of rostrum than base; club small,
joints oblique. Prothorax subconical, apex feebly produced and
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 667
rounded, base bisinuate; constriction deep; ocular lobes produced,
moderately acute and almost right-angled; carinate along median
line. ScuteUnm distinct, rounded, transverse or longitudinal.
Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders prominent, sides
decreasing in width from base; suture strongly raised. Pectoral
canal moderately deep and wide, .terminated between the inter-
mediate or the four anterior cox£e. Mesosteriial receptacle
variable. Metasternum shorter than basal segment of abdomen;
episterna moderately large. Ahdoinea large, sutures distinct; 1st
segment about twice the length of 2nd; intercoxal process narrow
and rounded; 3rd and 4th large, their combined length greater
than that of the 2nd or 5th. Legs long; femora ridged beneath,
the ridge of each terminating in a feeble tooth; feebly grooved;
posterior passing elytra or not; tibi?e compressed, thin, in addition
to terminal hook with an almost obsolete subapical tooth; tarsi
shorter than tibi?e, 3rd joint wide, deeply bilobed, cla\y-joint
elongate, setose; claws stout. Elliptic (except for shoulders),
strongly convex, granulate, winged.
One of the most remarkable genera of the Australian Crypto-
rhyncJiides, and rivalling many of the Brentliidm in its sexual
variations. Its most extraordinary feature is the mesosternal
receptacle : in Schonlierri it is open, in tectus it is of the usual
cavernous form, in dromedarius it is very slightly, and in carinatus
moderately cavernous. The apex of the rostrum in the majority
of the species rests in the mesosternal receptacle, but in Schiin-
herri it extends beyond it to the abdomen. Four species occur
in the tropical scrubs of Queensland and New South Wales, and
a fifth* is described from New^ Guinea. Nearly. every species of
all the genera (both Australian and foreign) allied to Protojmlus
has a small spot of whitish scales on each side of the elytra
towards the apex; in most of the genera also the antenna? are
more or less abnormal. Leaving out of consideration characters
subject to sexual variation, the Australian species may be thus
tabulated : —
■'' P. alhoijuttatus, Chev., Pet. Xouv. ii. 1877, p. 189.
668 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,
Mesosternal receptacle open ScJi'('>n]ierri, Waterh.
Mesosternal receptacle cavernous.
First joint of funicle shorter than 2nd.
Elytral interstices granulate cristatns, Pasc.
Only the sutural interstices granulate dr oincdarms, Boisd.
First joint of funicle longer than 2nd tectus, n.sp.
Protopalus Schoenherri, Waterh.
Trans. Ent. Soc. n. ser. ii. p. 192 and Proc. p. 102 ; Mast. Cat.
Sp. No. 5575 : F. insignicoritis, Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
I«93,p. 630.
At the time I described this remarkable insect I had only seen
the description as given on p. 192 of the Transactions, and was
unaware of the note (not mentioned in the Catalogue) in the
Proceedings mentioning the lengths of the funicular joints. Mr.
W^aterhouse, moreover, had only seen the female, and his descrip-
tion of course would not apply to the male. In this species the
mesosternal receptacle is decidedly open.
P. Schoenherri, var. antennarius, var.nov.
The male as described b}^ me appears to be the normal form,
as I have since seen four others agreeing in the remarkable rostrum
and antennae; but I have under examination a small male which
I cannot but regard as conspecific, although it differs to a trul}'-
remarkable extent in the rostrum, antennas and legs. The ocular
fovea is very small and round. The rostrum is much shorter,
much less dilated at apex and near base, and the scrobes are
comparatively deep throughout. The scape is the exact length
of the rostrum and just passes the eye, the apex when at rest
lying in a very shallow impression before the forehead; the 2nd
joint of the funicle is almost twice the length of the 1st and at
its apex is not much thicker, the swollen portion being decidedly
shorter than the 3rd joint; the club is comparatively shorter and
stouter. In my type ^ the anterior femora project for more than
half their length in front of the prothorax; in the variety they
project only for about one-third, and the other legs are even
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 6G9
shorter than in 9. Its dimensions are : — Length from eyes to
apex of elytra 13^- (18*); rostrum 6}j (10), scape 5 J (15), first
joint of fimicle IJ (5J), second 2J (6^); anterior femora 6 (9J),
posterior 5-l-(7J-). Width across shoulders 6^ (8); muzzle IJ (2).
Depth beneath hump 7(9) mm.
Protopalus dromedarius, Boisd.; I.e., No. 5574.
F. Stephensi, Bohom., I.e.
$. Black, elevated portions feebly shining; antennae piceous-
brown, parts of the mouth (mandibles excepted) pale red.
Moderately clothed with sooty-brown, ochreous and pale yellow
scales; each elytral puncture with one or more scales. Prothorax
with three feeble basal stripes of pale scales. Sutural crest of elytra
with setse, short and brown at base, l^ecoming longer and almost
black near but not at apex, and with several small tufts of pale
scales. Under surface rather more densely clothed than upper,
the scales varying from almost white to dark ochreous-brown;
abdomen with feeble lines of pale scales; pectoral canal almost
glabrous. Head, rostrum and legs rather sparsely squamose.
Funicle with long hair, moderately dense inwardly, shorter and
sparser outwardly.
Head sparsely and feebly punctate; a feeble ridge behind the
(shallow) ocular fov^ea. Rostrum longer than prothorax, slightly
decreasing in width to near antennce, beyond antenna? flattened,
a feeble ridge from ocular fovea to beyond middle, a shorter ridge
on each side distinctly elevated near eyes; four grooves opening
out between eyes, the two lateral continued almost to antennae;
not strongly but moderately densely punctate, especially at apex,
very irregularly towards base ; beneath with three irregularly
granulate ridges, the inner one rather feeble and punctate at
apex. Scape almost the length of funicle and club combined,
inserted at about one-fifth from apex of rostrum, and resting in a
shallow scrobe; all joints of the funicle longer than wide, the 1st
* The dimensions given in brackets are those of the ^ specimen described
by me as insignicornis.
670 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CL'RCULIONID.E,
slightly shorter than 2nd and slightly longer than 3rd, 5th-7th
subequal in length. Frotkorax with a strongly elevated median
carina in front, stoutest in middle, and from there feebly con-
tinued to base; each side of it in front not granulate, but else-
where with large granules, each of which is supplied with a sooty
seta. ^cutellu)nxo\xxv^. ^/^^ra about once and one-half the width
of prothorax, shoulders produced laterally and angular ; sides
decreasing to apex, apex widely rounded; suture strongly raised
from near base to about one-third from apex, the ridge granulate
and abrupt at both its base and apex, a distinct and moderatelj''
large subconical tubercle^ on third interstice near base; seriate-
punctate, the punctures large but rather shallowf; interstices
narrow, those near the suture feebly granulate, the 5th and 6th
on the disc and shining from near base, the 7th-llth on the sides
and highly polished, the 7th and 8th uniting to form the humeral
projection, the 9th and 10th curved upwards at base; posterior
declivity feebly striate and very feebly punctate. Mesosternal
receptacle U-shaped, walls thin, open except at extreme base.|
Legs long; posterior femora just extending to apex of elytra.
Length 20, rostrum 8; width 10; depth 9^ mm.
Hah. — S. Queensland — N.S.W. : Tweed and Richmond Rivers.
In this species the pectoral canal terminates distinctly beyond
the middle of the intermediate cox^e ; in the two following it
terminates before them.
Mr. Waterhouse remarks : — " I have an insect which agrees
with Schonherr's description of Protojjahis Stephensii so perfectly
in all respects, excepting that the rostrum is not crenulated
beneath, and the anterior legs are but a trifle longer than the
others, that I strongly suspect their differences merely indicate a
distinction of sex."§ I do not think it probable that Mr. AVater-
* Varying in size on different individuals.
+ In some specimens the punctures of the lateral stri® are separated by
ridges, but this does not appear to be invariably the case.
+ As at its base it slightly overhangs the pectoral canal it cannot be called
open, although on a first glance it appears to be so.
§ Mr. Waterhouse possibly had a specimen of cristcUus under examination.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 67l
house had the sexes of Stephensii (dromedariiis) under examina-
tion, as in all the genera of the Mecistostylides that I have seen
the sexual differences of tlie I'ostrum and antennie are A-ery pro-
nounced and unmistakable. M, Lacordaire gave his generic
diagnosis from a male which he presumed to be that of Stepliertsi,
but in this he was certainly mistaken, the diagnosis being drawn
up from the male of Schonherri. I have three specimens which
agree so perfectly with Boheman's specific description of Stejihensi
and Schonherr's diagnosis of Protopalas that it is impossible that
I can be mistaken, and dissection proves them to be males; I have
also received notes and sketches of the type of dromedarius (see
these Proceedings, 1900, p. 538, pi. xxx., figs. l-"2).
Protopalus cristatus, Pasc; I.e., No. 5573.
^. Black, granules slights shining; antennte piceous-brown,
parts of the mouth (mandibles excepted) pale red. Clothing
much as in dromedarius., but the scales rather denser, and the
sutural crest of the elytra clothed with long sooty-brov/n set8e,
and without the tufts of paler scales at its apex and sides.
Pectoral canal feebly squamose. Funicle with a few long hairs
inwardly.
Head as in dromedarius. Rostrum slightly longer than pro-
thorax, sides feebly and regularly incurved to middle from both
base and apex; feebly ridged along middle; each side with two
feeble grooves, the ridges separating them irregularly waved; not
very strongly punctate, the apex densely punctate except along
the middle; beneath with three feeble punctate ridges, tiie middle
ridge with a few small granules. Scape slightly shorter than
funicle, inserted at about one-fourth from apex of rostrum ;
funicle with 1st joint slightly more than half the length of 2nd,
and not twice the length of 3rd; 6th-7th feebly transverse. Pro-
thorax more rounded than in dromedarius, the median carina less
elevated in front, and the granules more numerous and regular.
^cutellum smaller and narrower than in dromedarius. Elytra
about once and one-third the width of prothorax ; shoulders
thickened })ut scarcely produced outwardly, and the width across
672 REVISIOX OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^,
them not much greater than across apical third; suture with a
strongly elevated and granulated crest, higher than in c/romedarius,
but not commencing or terminating abruptly, at its apex appear-
ing as part of the posterior declivity; all the interstices with
shining granules, except the three outer ones from near the base,
the granules largest towards suture and base, the 3rd with a
small cluster of granules near base; striate-punctate, the punctures
large and round, but rather shallow, except towards the sides;
none of the interstices polished. Mesosternal rec.ptacle transverse,
broad V-shaped, emargination strongly transverse; cavernous.
Legs moderately long; posterior femora scarcely extending to
apex of elytra. Length 14, rostrum 5; width 6^; depth 7 mm.
Hab. — " Queensland " (Pascoe), Endeavour River (Mr. G.
Masters).
The differences between this species and dromedarius are many
and striking, the most noticeable being in the width across
shoulders, the crests of the prothorax and elytra, and the granu-
lation of the interstices. Mr. Pascoe says, " the character of the
f uiiicle allies it to Schonherri rather than to dromedarius "; other-
wise the antennse are not even mentioned. The specimen
described above, however, agrees with Mr. Pascoe's description
as far as it goes, and as it was given to me by Mr. Masters it
might be regarded as a cotj^pe.
Protopalus tectus, n.sp.
9. Black, subopaque ; antennae piceous-brown; parts of the
mouth (mandibles excepted) of a rather dingy red. Moderately
densely clothed w^th dingy greyish and ochreous scales, more
numerous on legs than elsewhere; pectoral canal feebly squamose;
apical half of rostrum glabrous; elytral crest (in five specimens)
without long setie. Funicle with fine silvery pubescence.
Head sparsely and feebly punctate; a moderately short shining
carina behind ocular fovea; rather strongly excavated between
eyes, the derm there being shining and without scales. Rostrum
rather short and broad, only the length of prothorax, sides feebly
incurved to middle; rather densely punctate, punctures small.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 673
along the middle almost impimctate; at base with three feeble
ridges and four feeble grooves, the lateral ones terminated before
antennae, the median very short; beneath with three slightly
roughened but scarcely elevated lines. Scape the length of
funicle, inserted one-third from apex of rostrum; funicle with the
1st joint very slightly longer than the 2nd, 5th-6th feebly, the
7th rather strongly transverse; club moderately large. Prothorax
somewhat rounded, with a distinct, narrow, shining median
carina, moderately strongly elevated in front, but becoming feeble
towards base; with numerous moderately large granules, largest
and sparsest about middle, densest at base and on flanks, and
small on each side of middle towards apex, each granule with a
sooty seta. Scutellum feebly transverse. Elytra about once and
one- third the width of prothorax ; shoulders thickened, from
behind them regularly decreasing to near apex, apex widel}^
rounded; suture raised, but scarcely crested in middle, and with
small shining granules; a few small granules at base; seriate-
jDunctate, punctures large, round and moderately deep, larger
towards suture than sides, except just behind shoulders, where
are the largest of all; lateral interstices highly polished. Afeso-
sternal receptacle strongly transverse, somewhat rounded; caver-
nous. Legs long; posterior femora distinctly passing apex of
elytra. Length 10, rostrum 2|; width 4; depth 4 J mm.
Hah. — N.Q,.: Cairns (Macleay Mus.), Cooktown (Herr J. Faust).
I have seen only females of this species, but the small size (in
comparison with its congeners) should render the species very
distinct; the small sutural crest unadorned with long setse may
be characteristic of the female only. The large excavation
between the e3^es caused me to think all five specimens were
males, but on dissection eggs were discovered.
Genus Dysopirhinus, Roelofs.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiii., C.R. p. xliv. 1880.
Head large, convex, not concealed. Eyes large, semicircular,
not distant, rather finely faceted. Rostrum long and stout, rather
strongly curved. Antennce rather long; scape inserted nearer apex
^74 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
than base of rostrum, and shorter than funiele; three basal joints
of funiele elongate, 7th adnata to and clothing almost as on club;
the latter ovate and with oblique sutures. Proiliorax longer
than wide, sides lightly rounded, base bisinuate, constriction light,
ocular lobes obtuse and almost level with apex. Scutellum
distinct. Elytra elongate-cordate, each separately rounded at
base. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between inter-
mediate coxie. Mesosiernal receptacle raised and solid to middle,
then the sides thin and sloping to apex, emaryination transverse;
cavernous. Metasternutu somewhat shorter than the following
segment; episterna distinct. Basal segment of abdomen as long
as the two following combined, intercoxal process narrow, apex
incurved; 2nd the length of 5th, and very little shorter than 3rd
and -Irth combined. Legs long and thin; femora not grooved and
feebly dentate, posterior passing elytra; tibiae thin, curved, apex
with a small tooth very close to the terminal hook; tarsi much
shorter than tibiie, 1st and 4th joints rather long, and 4th wide.
Elliptic, convex, squaraose, winged.
Close to Protojmlus, but the elytra separately rounded at base,
and the shoulders not produced. In its pectoral canal varying
in depth it approaches Orphanistes. The S23ecies described below
appears to be new^ despite its large size. Unfortunatel}^ I have
been unable to see the original diagnosis of Di/sopirhinus, but the
species described below is certainly congeneric with Dr. Heller's
D. albosparsus from New Guinea.
Dysopirhinus grandis, n.sp.
Dark reddish-brown, prothorax darker. Moderately densely
clothed with ochreous-yellow scales, and with subquadrate patches
of sooty scales ; each prothoracic granule with a stout scale.
Abdomen with sooty scales, with small patches of paler scales at
the sides of the four basal segments.
Head feebly punctate, feebly depressed on each side behind the
eyes. Rostrum longer than prothorax, rather suddenly bent at
apical third, each side of basal half with a ridge bounding the
lateral grooves, the ridges becoming very distinct between eyes,
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 675
ridged along middle to between antennre; not very densely or
coarsely punctate, punctures distinct only on apical third. Funicle
with the 2nd joint the length of 3rd and 4th, and considerably
longer than 1st, 4th-6th gradually decreasing in length. Fro-
thorax slightl}^ longer than wide, subcylindrical, apex more than
half the width of base; with a distinct, narrow, shining, con
tinuous, median carina; with numerous large round granules that
become smaller towards and disappear on each side of apex.
Scutelhun subcordate. Elytra about twice and one-third the
length of prothorax, and not much wider at base, where each is
separately rounded; with series of large, round, partially concealed
punctures, each of which contains a scale; interstices regular,
convex, much wider than punctures, each with a series of small
and very obtuse granules. Pectoral canal much deeper between
anterior coxse (almost the whole of which are exposed) than
elsewhere. Metasternum and abdomen very feebly punctate.
Legs, especially the anterior, long and thin; tibiae thin, four
posterior lightly curved at base, the anterior rather strongly at
apical third. Length 19, rostrum 6 J ; width 8; variation in
length 16-19 mm.
Hah. — Queensland (Mr. C. French), Gulf of Carpentaria (Rev.
T. Blackburn, No. 4937).
NOTOCRYPTORHYNCHUS, n.g.
Head partially concealed. Eyes ovate-triangular, rather
coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderatel}^ long and rather thin,
moderately curved. Anten^ice rather stout; scajDe the length of
funicle, two basal joints of the latter moderately long; club ovate,
sutures straight. Prothorax feebly transvei'se, sides rounded,
base bisinuate. Scutellum distinct. Elytra oblong-cordate,
wider than prothorax and each separately rounded at base.
Pectoral cinal deep and wide, terminated between four anterior
coxae. Mesosterncd receptacle rather strongly raised to be3^ond
the middle, sides incurved to base, emargination moderately
transverse; cavernous. Metasternum slightly longer than the
following segment; episterna distinct. Abdomen with sti-aight
676 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,
sutures, 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, 2nd dis-
tinctly longer than 5tli and slightly shorter than 3rd and 4th
combined. Legs moderately long; femora feebly grooved and
dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen ; tibi?e
lightly compressed and almost straight, with a distinct subapical
tooth in addition to the terminal hook; tarsi normal. Oblong-
elliptic, convex, winged.
Rather close to the preceding genus but differing in the eyes,
sterna, abdomen and legs; from Mecistocerus (to several species of
which the species described below bears a resemblance) it maj' be
distinguished by the sterna; and from Cryptorhynchus h\ the
comparatively large second abdominal segment. The sinuated
forehead would appear to denote affinity with a number of the
allies of Poropterus. The species described below is possibly
Boheman's Cryptorliynchus moestus, but the elytra of that species
are described as trisinuate at the base, with the interstices sub-
convex and only the posterior femora dentate. It is true that the
teeth of the four anterior femora of the specimens now described
are very indistinct and might easily be overlooked, but the elytra
are decidedly bisinuate at the base, with distinctly raised and
narrow interstices.
The genus is apparently close to Cyamoholus (numerously repre-
sented in the Malay Archipelago and New Guinea), but differs
in the rostrum and rounded shoulders.
NOTOCRYPTORHYNCHUS SINUATUS, n.sp.
Black, antenme dull reddish-brown. Sparsely clothed with
elongate subsetose reddish-ochreous scales, but the elytra in addi-
tion with narrow transverse fasciae (almost or quite invisible to
the naked eye except posteriorly) of stramineous scales. Sterna
and legs with elongate pale scales, four apical segments with
stout muddy brown scales not rising above general level.
HeoA feebl}'' punctate at base, elsewhere distinctly but irregu-
larly punctate; forehead irregularl}^ quadrisinuate; ocular fovea
rather large, a feeble ridge extending backwards from its posterior
end. Rostrum the length of prothorax; basal half coarsely punc-
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 677
tate and with a median carina, apical half shining and much less
coarsely punctate. Scape inserted one-third from apex of rostrum:
2nd joint of funicle slightly longer than 1st and the length of
3rd and 4th combined, 4th-7tli transverse. Frothorax not much
wider than long, basal two-thirds subparallel, with a narrow but
very distinct and continuous median carina; coarsely punctate,
all the punctures confluent, so that the interspaces appear as
granules or short irregular ridges. Elytra about once and one-
third the width of prothorax and twice and one-half its length,
each separately rounded at base, sides parallel to near apex, then
strongly arcuate to apex; with series of moderately large, oblong,
more or less concealed punctures; interstices more or less acutely
ridged, the ridges frequently consisting of elongate granules,
alternate ones distinctly elevated and lightly curved. Under
surface with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming very
large on metasternal episterna. Legs densely punctate; posterior
femora feebly, the others very feebly, dentate. Length 12,
rostrum 3; width 6 mm.
Ilah. — N. Australia — Queensland (Herr. J. Faust).
The clothing gives the species a very dingy appearance even in
perfectly preserved specimens; it is moderately dense only on the
scutellum. The 3rd, 5th and 7th interstices are lightly curved
at base and again on posterior declivity; the curvature is very
distinct to the naked eye but obscure under a lens.
Genus O r p h a n i s t e s, Pascoe.
Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. x. p. 454, 1869.
Bead of moderate size, concealed from above. Eyes large,
widely ovate, finely faceted. Rostrum long and almost straight.
AnteniicE thin; scape shorter than funicle, inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum; club thin, joints oblique. Prothorax tri-
gonal, base bisinuate, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum subquadrate.
Elytra trigonal, wider than prothorax, widest across shoulders.
Pectoral canal narrow, deep only between the anterior and
terminated between the intermediate coxa?. Mesosternal recep-
tacle sloping from base to apex, elongate U -shaped; very slightly
43
678 REVISION OF TIIK AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.T:,
cavernous, Metasternum slightly shorter than the following
segment; episterna moderately wide. Abdomen rather small,
intercoxal process narrow; suture between 1st and 2nd feebly
incurved, between the others slightly curved outwardly; 2nd
segment the length of 5th and but little longer than 3rd or 4th.
Leys long and thin; femora dentate, not grooved, not passing
elytra; tibise slightly compressed, tarsi not very long. Subelliptic,
strongly convex, squamose, winged.
A very remarkable genus, rather closel}^ allied to Protopcdus.
Orphanistes eustictus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5500.
^. Black. Clothed with small patches of red scales to which
are frequentl}^ joined smaller patches of pale yellow scales, their
distribution irregular.
Head indistinctly punctate. Rostrum longer than prothorax
and almost perfectly straight, slightly swollen near base between
antennae and near apex; indistinctly punctate on basal half, but
with four series of small shining irregular granules, between
antenn£e an impunctate shining space, apical half rather coarsely
punctate; a shallow groove connecting scrobe with apex. Funicle
with the 2nd joint almost thrice the length of 1st and the length
of 3rd-5th, 3rd the length of 4th-5th, 4th slightly longer than 5th,
5th the length of 7th and slightly longer than 6th, 5th-7th the
length of club. Prothorax longer than wide, sides oblique from
apex to near base, with large shallow and irregular punctures or
fove£e except on each side of apex; with a very distinct continuous
median carina which becomes strongly elevated in front, each
side of apex with a short shining ridge; prosternum largely trans-
versely excavated between coxse and apex, the derm (except
towards side and near canal which is here less than half the
depth that it is between the coxie) highly polished and impunc-
tate. Scutellum slightly transverse and velvet}'. Ely Ira about
twice the length of prothorax, each separately rounded at base
which is considerably wider than prothorax, shoulders projecting,
behind them regularly and strongly decreasing in width to apex;
seriate-punctate, punctures large and subquadrate but shallow
BY AHTHUli M. LEA. 679
and not distinct; interstices narrow, strongly raised (especially
the 3rd and 5tli) and shining. Under surface indistinctly punc-
tate except for a row on each tlank of the metasternum. Legs
long; posterior femora extending to but not passing apex of
elytra, feebly dentate, intermediate shortest, anterior longest;
tibice thin and slightly shorter than femora. Length 22, rostrum
7 J; width 9 mm.
9. Differs in having the rostrum shorter, slightly but still dis-
tinctly curved and its granules and punctures less pronounced;
the prothoracic carina is not so highly elevated and the apical
ridges are almost obsolete, the excavation of the prosternum is
less profound and the femoral teeth are even less distinct.
Hab. — "Queensland" (Pascoe), Rockhampton (Macleay and
Sydney Museums).
The most remarkable feature about this species, and which, so
far as I am aware, is unique in the subfamily, is the transverse
excavation of the prosternum: singularly enough this is not even
mentioned by Mr. Pascoe. The small patches of scales are
prettily variegated and are frequently confined to single punc-
tures; the largest patches are on each side of apex and each side
of the lower flanks of the prothorax, and at basal third and near
apex of the elytra; on the abdomen the scales and nude spaces
form seven lines; the apex of each of the femora is clothed with
reddish scales immediately preceded by a band of pale yellow
scales. There are some small blackish scales scattered about, but
these are nowhere distinct. The elevations on the front of the
prothorax are reminiscent of many of the Memhracid(v. The
pectoral canal is twice the depth between the anterior coxse that
it is elsewhere.
680
NOTES ON BYBLIS GIGANTEA, Lindl. [N.O. Droseracew].
By a. G, Hamilton.
(Plate xxxvii.)
During a recent visit to West Australia I took the opportunity
of seeing Byblis in its natural habitat. Although very numerous
in individuals where it does occur, it appears to be restricted to
certain localities; and so far as I could ascertain, the occurrence
of the plant is determined by well-marked peculiarities of soil.
Near Perth I found it most plentiful on the Woodlupin Road,
near Cannington, and I was indebted to Mr. H. C. Prinsep, Chief
Protector of Aborigines, for an opportunity of visiting the spot.
The plant grows on a swampy flat of whitish clay and sand of a
very infertile appearance, and its want of fertility was borne out
by the fact that almost the only plants flourishing there were Byblis
and a fine species of Drosera. The swamp, which was some acres
in extent, was surrounded by soil of a rather better character,
and on this were many trees and shrubs, mostl}' Proteaceous and
Myrtaceous. The boundaries of the swamp were sharply defined
by the line of better and more luxuriant vegetation surrounding
it. From information given me by some of the Perth botanists,
I believe that Byblis grows only where the soil is similar to that
of this swamp — deficient in nitrogenous matter; and that its
habits are directl}^ adapted to procuring that necessary material.
On the flat in question both Byblis and Drosera were indi-
vidually very plentiful. Facing westward when the sun was low,
they were a beautiful sight. The Drosei^a growing to a height of
12-18 inches, and branching freely, had either bright golden-
yellow or crimson leaves, translucent and gemmed plentifully
with diamond-like drops of secretion. The Byblis plants, though
equally plentiful, had leaves too thick for the light to shine
BV^ A. G. HAMILTON. 681
through, but each stem and leaf bordered with a sliiiiing silvery
halo from tlie drops of li()[uid on the glands.
The plant is usuall}^ about 15 inches in height, but I noticed
several of 20 to 25 inches. The stem is stout and branchiiiir.
The plant is greenish-yelh>\v in all its parts, save that in young
leaves about 1^ inches of the tip is crimson. The leaves vary
from 4 to 8| inches in length, and are three-sided, but with the
angles rounded, and bearing a round knob at the apex. The
flower is large, bright magenta in colour, the bright yellow anthers
forming a striking contrast. At a distance it reminded me of
Cheira/iithera linearis in shape and coloration. Examined more
closely, it bears little resemblance to the more open cup-shaped
flowers of the Droseraceie generally. A specimen with pure
white flowers was shown to me by Miss Prinsep, who collected it
in the same locality. The; flowers have been described as salmon-
coloured, but I saw none approaching that hue. There is a very
good figure in a recent part of Curtis' ' Botanical Magazine' (1)-
The stem, leaves, flower-stalks and calyces were all thickly
covered with glands, which had captured large numbers of insects,
among which I observed ants, small flies and mosquitoes, and a
few moths and bugs.
The glands, as Darwin pointed out (2), are of two kinds — long-
stemmed and sessile. Both kinds are found in all parts of the
plant above ground, except the corolla and its internal whorls.
The pedicellate glands (PI. xxxvii., figs. 1 and 2) are about
0-018 mm. high, the stalks being slender, thin-walled, hollow and
unicellular. There is in many a marked constriction or neck just
where they join the head. The head is flat and circular, 0"003
to 0*005 mm. in diameter, and divided into a large number of
wedge-shaped cells radiating from the centre (fig. 10). The
epidermis forms a pocket of large flat cells (fig. 3) under the base
of the pedicel. Darwin says of the pedicels (2) : — " The walls are
marked with fine intersecting spiral lines, and the pedicel often
spirally rolled up." His specimen was dried. I was unable to
detect the spiral lines in spirit specimens, and the pedicels were
collapsed in all sorts of irregular shapes. But on examining a
682 NOTES ON BVnLIS GIG ANTE A, LINDL.,
dried leaf, I saw the spiral lines very plainly. When mounted
in glycerine, they are still visible, but veiy faintly; and in spirit
they disappear completely. Among the glands on a dried speci-
men I saw a few with very small heads, not much larger than
the diameter of the stalk. These are probably young undeveloped
glands. Darwin says the heads of the glands are purplish, and
although I find no mention of it in my notes, I am under the
impression that I noticed this in examining the plant with a
hand lens. But in both dried and spirit specimens I find that
the heads are colourless and transparent.
The sessile glands (figs. 4, 5 and 6) occur in I'ows down the
stem, leaves, etc., the rows being broken every 3 to 8 by stomata,
and at longer intervals by pedicellate glands (fig. 7, 2>9-)- The
heads are slightl}^ flattened spheres, sometimes with a slight pro-
jection on top (fig. 5), and are crimson in colour. Each row
occupies a shallow groove or channel formed by the epidermal
cells on each side of the row being larger in diameter; and where
a stoma or a stalked gland occurs, the channel divides and runs on
each side of it. The heads are peculiarly divided into sections
(fig. 6). They are 0*001 mm. in height and 0*003 mm. in
diameter. Darwin observes [loc. cit.) ihut the glandular hairs are
far more simple in structure than those of the other genera of
Droseracea^, and do not differ essentially from those borne by
innumerable other j^lants. They certainly do resemble the
glandular hairs found in Plumbago, Primula, and some of the
Verbenacepe. As before mentioned, both kinds of glands are
found on the flower-stalk and calyx, and are, if anything, more
plentiful on these than on the leaves. The plant does not in any
respect resemble a Drosera, and it is not at all to be wondered at
that some botanists are inclined to place it in another family (l).
The stomata (fig. 8) occur on the stems and leaves, and are
0-003 mm. long and 0002 mm. wide, the orifice being 0-001 mm.
In the paragraph from which I have already quoted, Darwin
says: — "As no instance is known of unicellular structures having
any power of movement, Byblis no doubt catches insects solely
by the aid of its viscid secretion. These probably sink down
BY A. G. HAMILTON. 683
besmeared with the secretion, and rest on the small sessile glands,
which, if we may judge by the analogy of Drosophyllum, then
pour forth their secretion and afterwards absorb the digested
matter."
It is a fine illustration of the keen insight of the ijreat
naturalist that he should have been able to write so accurate a
description, and form so correct a conception of the functions of
the glands and their method of action from a dried specimen.
There is little to add to the above. When an insect is caught by
the stalked glands, these collapse under the weight, and pour out
secretion; the victim rests on the sessile glands, and these add to
the flow of liquid. This gradually dissolves the solvent portions
of the prey, and the secretion runs down the channels in which
the sessile glands are seated and is absorbed by them. The liquid
flowing down the channels enables the glands which are not in
contact with the insect to do a share of the absorption. After
all the solvent parts have been removed, the glands cease to
secrete; the indigestible parts dry up and drop off as in Drosera.
I am inclined to think that the collapsed pedicels again become
upright, not through any power of movement, but by becoming-
turgid by absorption of the secretion. I am led to this belief,
first, from noticing how few of the stalks were bent down, even
in the vicinity of a captured insect; and secondly, because in a
leaf mounted in glycerine many stalks doubled up and la}^ flat or
crumpled, but after a time regained their erect position.
As already mentioned, the leaves are triangular : the widest
side is next to the stem. The epidermis is moderately thin, those
rows of cells from which the glands emerge being small, and the
eglandular epidermis between — generally in two rows of cells —
large and circular in section-outline. Inside the epidermis is a
laj'er of palisade and spongy tissue, of three or four rows of cells
(^g. II, ])t.). The palisade tissue is looser than in ordinary
leaves, and the spongy tissue closer than usual, so that it is hard
to diflerentiate between the two layers. Just under the rows of
epidermal cells which carr}' the glands, the palisade cells are
closer together, two or three touchinc: each row. The centre of
6Si NOTKS ON nVliLIS aidAyTEA, LINDL.
the leaf is occupied by a mass of large-celled pith (Hg. 11,;?.).
There are five fibro-vascular bundles, one small, and one larger,
in the angles of the side facing the stem, the smaller ones being
on the inside of the layer; at the outer angle of the leaf is one
bundle much larger than any of the others (fig. 11, i-.). The
bundles are inbedded in the pith, but have only a single row of
pith cells on their external aspect, and these cells are smaller
than the internal ones. Towards the base of the leaf there are
more than five bundles; the leaf has a nearly circular outline
there, and serial sections show the bundles widening out, so that
at the axil they form an incomplete ring. In the stem, the
bundles also form an incomplete ring.
I think that the leaves are really branchlets which have taken
on the functions of the leaves.
References to Literature.
(1) CuRTis's ' Botanical Magazine,' fig. G91, 7846.
(2) Darwin, C. — 'Insectivorous Plants,' p. ZA^.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXYIL
BybiU fji[i<iutca, Lindl.
Figs. 1-2. — Heads of pedicellate glands.
Fig. 3. — Insertion of pedicellate gland.
Fig. 4. — Sessile gland.
Fig. 5. — Sessile gland with projection on apex.
Fig. 6. — Surface view of sessile gland.
Fig. 7. — Surface view (diagrammatic) of epidermis; ])(]., base of pedicellate
gland; nt., stoma; s(j., sessile gland; ch., channel.
Fig. 8. — Surface view (diagrammatic) of stoma.
Fig. 9. — Section of stoma.
Fig. 10. — Surface view of head of pedicellate gland.
Fig. 11. — Diagram of leaf section; p., pith; v., libro- vascular bundles; jJ^,
palisade tissue.
[Printed off November 24th, 1903.]
.L.S.N.S.W. , 1903-
GFNUS PSYCHOPSIS (nFUROPTERA>
P.I .S.N.S.W,, 1903
P.L.SN.S.W., 1903.
CARCHARODON TOOTH FROM RAISED REFF.
P.L-S N S.W., 1903.
Fig-. 5.
LEVU, FROM THR SCUTI-
JOINTED TUhFS : WAILOA RiVER
^ o
^. _._. - M^l^M:^'^'^^-^^*^-^^
P.L.S.N.S.W., 1903.
J**
1
i
p. L S KS.W 1903
Plate XXXin
Geological Sketch Map
of part of
By W. G . Woolnough, B. Sc, F. G. S
Outline sketched from Admiralty Chart
VUDA
jIAP'
^^X
ICONUA
PreCainozoic.probablyRaloeozoic. Cainozoic
Slates and Quartiites fffM ' Andesitic Series p /j
Granite vV-jjiU Soapstone
Quartz- diorite i:©^^* Creen tuPf oPSouttiCoast g
Ancient rocks, not |»>»M
speciFically determined ^M' «««"' *'l"^'^'
PL S !J S \\r 1903
probably PAUEOZOIC. I
istes 3nd Qusrtntes CE3 Andesttic Series
^ufrsofvery ancient 3p/ie3r,3nce. \u\W\i^ Basa/tic Series
"jranite. u'^'c'*'-' Soapstone *rith
■ ' '' * peMes or ancient n
Imrtz-diorde. |:';^;:'-|
\ncient nxks lol specirical/y determined
I I
Highly Generalized Geological Section
A(g(^@©@ V D T D [L d ^ y o Fi
along the line A B.C D E on plan ( Plate XXXIil.)
£■3 I *s
Plate KdV
SECTION
oF Raised Coral Reef
interstratlFied with "Soapstone"
WALU BAY, near SUVA
Soapstone simi/ar to Chat below the raised coraf reef .-^ii^^
Ye/lowish grey Coral- ReeP Aock /brmed c/i'efTy oT Corals. f
a>3rna.Cai^ium. lic/^^nrncj. 'lai~ge Tr-dacna and , -J"
, teeth oF C^rxharodon- (v. Fig 3 PfaOnnni) I ~ "
Greenish grey "Soapstane". a fine /■ • ■
grained marine CuFraceous rock wit/'
Foraminifpra and in places remamp oF
plants partly converted -nto H-fv i^- .^
Thin bands oF tuFt ' cli'eHy tmi «■■■ / t
oFaugite and Felspar a ys:oi i .'
'onal thin growthi
Coral
.S.N.S.W., ieo3i
FiR. 1.
Fi?. 2.
-i»t.' XXXV.
&»
y\.j; :i. Fij,'. 5 (Central Figure). Fi'_'. 4.
Fi..'. 1, GRAN,t"f. Pi- 2. QUABTZ-O.OmTE. Fiff. 3, QUARTZ.TF. FifT. 4 , A.iQ,Tr ANOFS.TF.
Fif,'. ') (Central Fif^iire), glass cavities in fflspar.
p. LS.N. S.W. , 1903.
Fis--. 6.
Fig-.
Fiii'. 6, HORNBLENDIC ANDFSITE.
Fig'. 7, HORNBLFNUE ANDESITF.
V\iX. !', PORPHYRITIC BASALT.
Fi-. 9.
Fig". 8, OLIVINE-BFARING ANDFSITE.
PL5NSW. 1903
BYBLIS GIGANTEA, LincLL.
P.LS.N.S.W. 1903.
PI XXXVIII.
m-^^ x:?,
-^■f
T-Harzoof, del-
DYSOXYLON PATERS0N1ANUM, Benth. t. Hook. f.
685
NOTES AND EXHIBITwS.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited in illustration of his paper a
dried flowering specimen of Byhlis gigantea, LindL, drawings, and
sections under the microscope showing some of the more important
anatomical characteristics.
Mr. Steel exhibited a specimen of a very rare mineral
Greenockite, crystallized cadmium sulphide, which so far has
been found only at one locality in Renfrewshire, Scotland, where
the example exhibited was obtained ; also a good example of
Sigillaria from the Coal Measures near Glasgow, Scotland.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of Hypocysta
metirius, Butler ((^), and H. j^seudirius, Butler {^), which had
been compared by Mr. H. H. Druce with the types in the British
Museum; both these belong to the H. irius group. H. miti7'ius,
Butler, which has been variously used for both the species
exhibited, Mr. Druce says is allied to H. adiante, Hiibner, of
which II. undu/ata, Butler, is, at best, a variety. If. epiriiis,
Butler, is allied to, if not identical with H. j^seudirius.
Mr. H. J. Carter exhibited some entomological novelties,
including representatives of an undescribed species of Lemidia
(Fam. Clei'idoi), and of Egestria (Fam. Pedilidce); likewise a
variety of Prostoinis cornutus (Fam. Cucyjidce) hitherto recorded
only from Tasmania. Also a specimen of Scaraphiies macleayi,
Westw., (Fam. Carahidm), found at Darling Point, Sydney, not
far from the locality of the type specimen (Mr. W. Sharpe
Macleay's garden at Elizabeth Bay, on a portion of which the
Society's Hall now stands) : this very local form is probably
doomed to early extinction in consequence of suburban develop-
ments. Mr. Carter also showed a "vegetable caterpillar" for-
warded to him b}' Mr. J. Q. Wood with the information that it
was alleged to have been found in a gold mine at Peak Hill,
embedded in quartz, at a depth of 150 feet.
44
686 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Froggatt exliibited specimens of Nut-grass {Ct/perua
rotundns, Linn.) infested b}" a scale insect which had been killing off
this noxious sedge in the Singleton district during the last three
years, but had been brought under the notice of the Department
of Agriculture only during the present season. Mr. E. E. Green,
of Ceylon, to whom specimens had been sent for identification,
says of it, "Your coccid proves to be an Antorn'tia very closely
allied to A. purpurea, Signoret, but distinguished by the presence
of a greater number of spinnerets scattered over the derm, and
by some small conical processes on the anal lobes. I am calling it
Aiitonina australis.''
Mr. Maiden sent for exhibition a photograph of the tablet
erected man}" years ago in memory of Richard Cunningham, at
Lower Tabratong, near Dandaloo, N.S.W. The stone bears an
inscription as follows : — " Richard Cunningham, Government
Botanist of this Colony attached to an exploring expedition
under command of Major Mitchell, Surveyor-General, wandered
in his enthusiasm for botanical investigation from his companions,
and losing himself in this locality of the Bogan River, fell into
the hands of the Aboriginals, by w^hom he was unfortunately
killed about 25th April, 1835, in the 42nd year of his age. This
tablet is erected to his memory by a vote of the Parliament of
New South Wales throughout the . . . lands by S. R. Daniel
. . . Wellington district." [Some of the letters in the conclud-
ing clause are illegible.]
Mr. Fletcher showed branchlets of Eucalyptus punctata, DC,
gathered a few days ago near Ryde, the foliage of which exhibited
much more noticeable quantities of manna than one usually
finds on trees of this species in the neighbourhood of Sydney;
and he said that it was extremely interesting to observe the
avidity with which honey-eaters of two species {Acanthorhynchus
tenuirostris and a species of Ptilotis) availed themselves of this
addition to their ordinary food suppl3^
He also showed a copy of "Voyages de Corneille le Bruyn par
la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales '*' (1725), the
I
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. • 687
original edition of which in Dutch was published in 1714 — a
work of interest because of the description and illustration of the
Filander, or Aru Island Wallaby {Macro pns brunii, Schreb.),
seen by the author in captivity at Batavia in the year 1706.
The figure is still the earliest known of any Australian type of
Marsupial. But the Filander has had to give place to the little
wallaby of Houtman's Abrolhos (probably JIacropiis eugenii,
Desm.) as the first Macropod which so far is known to have
revealed itself to European eyes, for the recently published
investigations of Professor Heeres"^ show that, so long ago
as 1629, Commodore Pelsaert — whose ship, the "Batavia,"
was wrecked on one of the islands in June of that year
- — had observed and noted the pouched character, and the
mammary fcetus of the wallaby in question.
The much less satisfactory observations of Vlaming and
Dam pier on West Australian wallabies, belong to the last decade
of the seventeenth century.
Mr. Cheel exhibited a very fine collection of Lichens, compris-
ing the following forty-seven species or varieties not represented
in the Rev. F. R. M. Wilson's " List of Lichens found in New
South Wales " (Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, vi., p. 89) : —
Physma byrsinum, Ach. — Richmond River (F. R. M. Wilson;
July, 1894).
Synechoblastus agyregatus, Ach. — Big Scrub, Ptichmond River
(F. R. M. Wilson; July, 1894).
Pyrgillus javanicus, Njb — Richmond River (F. R. M. Wilson;
July, 1894).
Caliciuin hyperellnm^ Ach. — Berowra (E. Cheel; August, 1902).
Coniocybe bceomycio^des, Mass. — National Park (E. Cheel ;
October, 1902).
Stereoraidon nanu7n, Ach. — Waterfall (E. Cheel; June, 1901).
* " The Part borne by the Dutch in the Discovery of Australia, 1606-1765.
By J. E. Heeres, LL.D., Professor at the Dutch Colonial Institute, Delft "
Published by the Royal Dutch Geographical Society in commemoration of
ihe xxvth anniversary of its foundation. Leiden (1899).
688 * NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Cla^Ionia gracilis, Ach. — Blackheath (A. Hamilton; October,
1900).
C. delicata, Flk., f. quercina, Wain. — Penshurst and Waterfall
(E. Cheel; March, 1901); Mount Wilson (J. Gregson; February,
1903).
C. furcata, var. pimiata, Wain. — Crawford River, Bullahdelah
(E. Cheel; October, 1902); Waratah, Newcastle (J. Gregson;
July, 1903).
C. racemosa, Flk. — Blacktown (F. R. M. Wilson; August,
1894); Wahroonga (W. Buckingham; July, 1899); Peakhurst (E.
Cheel; September, 1900).
C. digitata, Hoflfm.— Rand wick (E. Cheel; July, 1900).
C. cornucopioides, Fr., var. pleurota, Wils. — Guntawang (A. G.
Hamilton; June, 188-4); Blackheath (F. R. M. Wilson and A.
Hamilton); Mount Kosciusko (J. H. Maiden and W. Forsyth).
Bceoinyces fusco-carnea, Wils. (?) — Blackheath (A. Hamilton ;
October, 1900). Stipes are much longer than in Wilson's speci-
mens. The thalline margin of the apothecia, and the chemical
reaction (KHO, yellow then red) are the same. May possibly be a
good variety.
Neuropogon melaxanthus, Nyl. — Mount Kosciusko (J. H.
Maiden; January, 1899).
Usnea barbata, var. scabrida, (Tayl.) Miill. Arg. — Peakhurst
and Tia Falls, New England (E. Cheel; July, 1900); Gulgong (J.
H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman; April, 1901).
U. barbata^ var. furruginascens, Miill. Arg. — Penshurst and
Crawford River (E. Cheel; October, 1902); Clarence River (J.
Thompson; January, 1901).
U. angulata, Ach. — Clarence River (J. Thompson).
Ramalina leiodea (Nyl.) Miill. Arg. — Peakhurst (E. Cheel ;
October, 1901).
R. leiodea, \a.v.fastigiata, Miill. Arg. — Peakhurst and Suther-
land (E. Cheel; October, 1901).
R. jjoli/morpha, var. emjjJectens, Ach. — Blackheath (A. Hamil-
ton ; October, 1900); Jenolan Caves (F. R. M. Wilson ; Sep-
tember, 1897).
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 689
Thamnolia vermicular is, Schfer. — Mount Kosciusko (J. H.
Maiden; January, 1899).
Nephromium hevigatum, Ach. — Jenolan Caves (H. Malthouse;
August, 1898).
Ricasolia phirimseptata, C. Kn. — Big Scrub, Richmond River
(F. R. M. Wilson; July, 1894); Stanwell Park (E. Cheel;
August, 1902).
Stictina qicercizans, var. cervicornis, Flot. — Waterfall and
Stanwell Park (E. Cheel, June, 1901); Otford (J. L. Boorman;
September, 1901).
Sticta Karstenii, var. linearis, Miill. Arg. — East Maitland (Mr.
Thompson).
S. eadochri/sea, Del., \SiV. Jiavicans, Miill. Arg. — Waterfall (E.
Cheel; June, 1901); Otford (E. Cheel and J. L. Boorman; Sep-
tember, 1902). Previously recorded by Wilson (Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensl. (1889) as Sticta urvillei, xar. Jlavicans, Hook, et Tayl.).
S. Jilix, var. myrioloha, Miill. Arg. — Three-Mile Scrub, Byron
Bay (W. Forsyth ; November, 1898); Bullahdelah (E. Cheel;
October, 1902).
Parmelia ciliata, Ach. — Peakhurst and Otford (E. Cheel ;
September, 1900); Hastings River (J. H. Maiden); Newport
(F. R. M. Wilson).
P. conspersa, var. laxa, Miill. Arg. — Throughout the State
(various collectors).
P. conspersa, var. stenophylloides, Miill. Arg. — Sutherland and
Heathcote (E. Cheel; October, 1901).
P. adpressa, Krp. (Syn. P. amplexula, Stirt.). — Hurstville (E.
Cheel; September, 1902).
P. olivacea, L. — South Head, Sydney (E. Cheel; May, 1901).
P. olivacea, var. prolixa, Ach. — Beaudesert Hills, Guntawang
(A. G. Hamilton; July, 1885).
P. olivacea, var. exasperata, Ach. — Como (E. Cheel; August,
1900).
P. pertasa, Schrank (Syn. P. diairi/pa, Tayl.) — Mount Victoria
(A. G. Hamilton and E. Cheel) ; Penshurst (E. Cheel; May,
1901).
690 NOTES AND P:XHIBITS.
Pannaria hirida, Mtn.— Mount Wilson (J. Gregson; Feln-uar}^^
1003); Waterfall (F. R. M. Wilson and E. Cheel).
Psoroma soccatum (R.Br.), Cromb. — Mount Wilson (J. Gregson;
February, 1903).
Pyxine cocoes, S\v.--Penshurst (E. Cheel; June, 1901).
Coccocarpia riifescens, Wils. — Waterfall (F. R. M. Wilson and
E. Cheel); Otford (E. Cheel and J. L. Boorman); National Park
(E. Betche).
PhijUopsora melanocarpa, Miill. Arg. — Jenolan Caves (F. R. M.
Wilson; Septeniber, 1897); Parramatta (E. Cheel; October, 1901);
Mount Wilson (J. Gregson; April, 1902).
Callopisma cinnabarinum, Ach. — Tia Falls, New England (E.
Cheel; October, 1900).
Candellariella vitellina, Ehrh. — Lithgow (F. Pv. M. Wilson;
September, 1897); Riverstone Park, Penshurst (E. Cheel; May,
1901;.
Lecidea myriocarpa, DC. — Centennial Park (E. Cheel ; Sep-
tember, 1900).
Patellaria (Bilimhia) phyllocharis, Mtn. — On leaves of plants,
Waterfall, Berowra, and Crawford River, .Bullahdelah (E. Cheel).
Lecidea (Eulecidea) contigua, Fr. — Peakhurst and Como (E.
Cheel; September, 1900).
Rhizocarpon yeograjohicum (Sch^er.), DC. — Mount Victoria (E.
Cheel; December, 1900).
Biatorino2)sis latea (Dicks.), Miill. Arg. — Lawson, Blue Moun-
tains (A. Hamilton; November, 1901); Penshurst (E. Cheel;
October, 1901).
691
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 30th, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, September 30th, 1903.
Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., c^'c , Vice-President, in the
Chair.
Mr. F. Grant, Union Bank, Pitt Street, was elected a Member
of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 13 Vols., 72 Parts or Nos., 13
Bulletins, 2 Reports, 1 1 Pamphlets, and 2 Miscellanea, received
from 55 Societies, circ, and 4 Individuals, were laid upon the table.
692
THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND.
Part I.
By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist of New South W
AND Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
(Plate xxxviii.)
Synopsis.
Section i.
A. Phanerogam.^
i. Angiospermse ...
a. Dicotylea?...
h. Monocotylese
ii. Gymnospermffi
B. Cryptogam.?:
i. Pteridophyta
a. Filicinse
h. Lycopodin?e
ii. Bryophyta
a. Musci
h, HepaticaB ..
iii. Thallophyta
a. Lichenes
6. Fungi
c. Algae
Introduced Plants
a. Natives of Australasia
h. Miscellaneous Plants of Economic and Horticultural Value ,,
c. Plants Introduced for Cultivation and which have got more or
less beyond control ...
d. Weeds accidentally introduced
Pests
Summary OF Results ..
Section ii.
Early general accounts of the Vegetation
Bibliography ...
Ferdinand Bauer and Norfolk Island
Early Government Gardens on the Island
Phillip Island
ales,
Page.
694
694
694
717
726
729
729
729
740
740
740
741
, 741
741
744
745
746
746
. 748
762
76.3
769
770
774
775
778
780
78.3
BY J. H. jMAIDEN. 693
In the years 1804 and 1805 Ferdinand Bauer visited Norfolk
Island {infra, p. 778), and his collections and drawings were sub-
mitted to Endlicher, of Vienna, who in 1833 published a Pro-
dromus of the plants, describing a number of new species. In
1830, Allan Cunningham visited the Island and added to our
knowledge of its botany; his notes were posthumously published
by Heward. Thenceforward notes on the botany of the Island,
usually of a popular character, were published by various authors
noted in the Bibliography, In 1885, the late Baron von Mueller
published, in the 'Journal of Botany,' notes on the botany of the
Island based upon specimens callected b}' Mr. Isaac Robinson,
then, as now, resident agent for the Sydney Botanic Gardens.
Since I have had control of this establishment, I have, chiefly with
Mr. Robinson's aid, continuously made collections of the flora.
To Mr. Robinson's work I am highly indebted. Before publishing^
I determined to visit the Island, not only to endeavour to clear
up a number of difficulties that had presented themselves, but
also to see if I could find any plants not hitherto recorded. I
have recounted my results as regards the first object during the
course of the paper. As regards the second object, I desire to
refer my readers to the summary of results.
I visited the Island in November, 1902, after a period of (for
the Island) severe drought, hence the time was unsuitable for
some species; at the same time the great dryness enabled me to
visit situations that would have been difficult of access in a wet
or even a normal season. I was accompanied by Mr. J. L. Boor-
man, Collector for the Botanic Gardens, whose zeal in this service
is worthy of the highest praise.
It being obvious that it is essential that deductions as to the
origin and distribution of a flora should be based on accurate
determinations of the species, I desire to say that this Part
chiefly concerns itself with systematic work; I have a few queries
which are not yet settled, and when this is done to my satisfac-
tion I hope to submit the deductions referred to.
As it is seventy years since Endlicher's valuable though incom-
plete Flora of the Island was published, and in view
694 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
scattered literature of the botany of this very interesting ocean
island, I trust that the present contribution may be found useful.
" Stick " is the term used in Norfolk Island for what on the
mainland is universally known as the "bush."'
Section i.
A. PHANEROGAMS.
i. A N G I 0 S P E R M iE.
a. Dicotyleae.
EANUNCULACE^.
1. Clematis glycinoides, DC. — New for the Island.
'-'■Clematis hidivisa, Willd., in Dec, Prod, v, 1, p. 5. C. inteyri-
/olia, Forst. non Linn. Common on the Cascade Road," is
quoted from Allan Cunningham's Notes by Heward (lo, p. 121)
as having been found })y Cunningham in Norfolk Island, but I
did not find it. Perhaps a slip of the pen for C. glycinoides, DC.
" C. coccidifob'a, A. Cunn., in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. i, iv. 260,
from Norfolk Island has most of the leaves simple
and orbicular" (B.Fl. i. p. 7). This is a New Zealand species,
and its occurrence on Norfolk Island should be confirmed.
2. Ranunculus parviflorus, Linn. — In mud at the Cockpit
and in many other places. New for the Island.
MAGNOLIACE.E.
Drimys Hoiceana, F.v. M.,Fragm. vii. 17, is recorded from Nor-
folk Island by Tate. I have not seen a specimen.
MENISPxlRMACE^.
Stephania discolor, Spreng., Syst. iv. Cur. Post. 31 G (6'. her-
nandicefolia, Walp.*), occurs in Lord Howe Island and in many
places to the north of Norfolk Island, but I am not aware that
it has been recorded for the latter Island.
* This name is given in B.Fl. i. 57, and in "Die Flora der Deutscher
Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee " (Schumann and Lauterbach).
BY J. H. MAIDEN,
695
CRIICIFERiE.
3. Nasturtium sylvestre, R.Br., "in Hort. Kew. v. 4, p. 110,
Ed. 2, Eng. Bot. t. 2324. Wet ravines and running streams "
(A. Cunn., in He ward).
4. Cajcile maritima, Scop. — New for the Island.
CAPPAEIDE.S:.
5. Capparis nobilis, F.v.M. (Syn. Buahechia nohilis, Endl.,
Prod. Norf. 64; Capimris citrina, A. Cunn., London Journ. Bot.
i. 115, 1842).
Capparis nohilis, F.v.M., B.Fl. i. 95, 1863, refers to "a small
tree." Endlicher says " Frutex an arbuscula?" he being
evidently in doubt. The Norfolk Island plant (found also in
Phillip Island, see p. 784) is in fact a stout scrambling climber,
with a stem 3 inches in diameter, and of indefinite length, form-
ing a liana amongst the trees at Ball's Bay.
The differences between the Norfolk Island and Australian
Capparides are here stated : —
Norfolk Island.
Tall, scrambling or climbing
shrub.
Leaves : proportion of length
to breadth 2 to 1.
Australia.
Erect, tall shruVj or tall
tree.
Leaves : proportion of length
to breadth 3 to 1 or narrower.
(One broad-leaved specimen
from Queensland in the National
Herbarium, Sydney).
Inflorescence terminal in all Inflorescence more frequently
specimens, though described as axillary, the peduncles fre-
flowers on solitary axillary quently in pairs,
peduncles or in terminal racemes
by reduction of the leaves.
Flower buds rather more
pointed. Colour of the flowers
pale yellow.
Buds more globular, though
often pointed. Colour white.
Fruit almost globular,
Fruit lemon-shaped,
with crested ridges.
often
696 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
The difference between the two Capparides appears to be more
in habit than in any essential character, so that it may be a
matter of opinion whether they should be looked upon as
distinct species or only varieties.
In my opinion the name C. nohilis should be retained for the
Norfolk Island plant, and C. arborea (F.v.M., Fragm. i. 163) for
the mainland one until it is shown that the two are identical.
C. ornans, F.v.M., is a Queensland plant (from Port Denison)
closely allied to C. nohilis, and is, like the Norfolk Island one, a
woody climber. The position of this species should also be
enquired into, although according to Bentham they belong to
different sections of the genus.
In the Index Ivewensis we have Busheckia ai'oorea, F. Muell.,
Fragm. i. 163 = Capparis nohilis.
Busheckia nohilis, Endl., Prod. Fl. Ins. Norf. 6-4 = C. ornans,
but I do not know on what authority. Bailey, 'Queensland Flora,'
does not touch on the point, and I have not sufficient material to
clear up the w^iole matter.
Pax (in Pfl. Famil.) divides Capparis into 14 sections. He
has : —
" Sect. xii. Busheckia, Benth., to which belongs the typical C. elegans,
(Endl.) F.V.M., upon which Endlicher has founded his genus Busheckia,
from Norfolk Island and Australia."
Capparis elegans, (Endl.) F.v.M., must be a clerical error; in
my opinion Pax meant to write C. nohilis, (Endl.) F.v.M. Jn
Endlicher's Prod., the plant is called Busheckia nohilis, Endl., as
already stated, and Capparis or Busheckia elegans is nowhere to
be found.
VIOLACEiE.
6. Hymenanthera latifolia Endl., Prod. Norf. 127. — This
is one of the small trees known as " Beech " on the Island.
''Hymenanthera ohlongifolia, A. Cunn. MS8. (nov.sp.) f oliis oblongis, basi
attenuatis petiolatis, margine calloso-denticulatis. A slender shrub bearing
fruit in July, on the skirts of woods at Long Eidge, at the junction of the
old cross road leading to Cascade Road" (A. Cunn. in Ileward, 10 p. 124).
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 697
This is a synonym of H. dentata, R.Br., but I think that a
second species of Hym^.nanthera has not been proved to occur on
the Island.
7. Melicytus ramiflorus, R. k G. Forster. — Recorded for
the Island by Sir Joseph Hooker in Handbook of N.Z. Flora,
p. 17, and later by Mueller (Journ. Bot. xxiii. 354). It is a tree
of the habit of the better known Olea aj^etala (Ironwood).
8. Viola betonic^folia, Sm. — Recorded in B.Fl. i. 99, as
having been collected by Backhouse.
PITTOSPORE-E.
9. PiTTOSPORUM bracteolatum, Endl., Prod. Norf. p. 78. —
This bears the absurd name of " Oleander " on the Island.
FRANKENIACE5:.
10. Frankenia pauciflora, DC. — New for the Island.
PLUMBAGINE^.
11. Plumbago zeylanica, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 87. —
Found by A. Cunningham on Phillip Island also. This species
extends from the East Indies through the Malay Archipelago to
Australia and the Pacific Islands (including the Sandwich Islands).
At the same time, bearing in mind that for so many years this
has been extensively distributed as an ornamental plant by the
Sydney Botanic Gardens, a word of caution is necessary in
accepting it as indigenous in some of the Pacific Islands.
GUTTIFERE5:.
CalophylluTfKi inophyllum, Linn. — I was told that this tree is
found on the Island, but I could not find it and would suggest
that the foliage of Ochrosia has been taken for it.
MALVACE.5:.
12. Malvastrum tricuspidatum, a. Gray. — New for the
Island.
098 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
13. Abutilox Julian.e, End!., PrcxI. Norf. 135. — This rare
endemic plant I found in on]}' two localities, which need not be
particularised. It is a shrub about 4 feet high, and as cattle are
fonrl of it and roam freely, it is in some danger of extinction. I
brought cuttings to endeavour to introduce it to cultivation. It
is not uf horticultural value.
14. Hibiscus diversifolius, Jacq., Endl., Prod. Norf. 133.
15. Hibiscus tiliaceus, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 131.
16. Hibiscus insularis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 132. — Found onl}'-
on Phillip Island (called Pig Island b}' Endlicher). A few stilt-
like plants remain, almost the last of the vegetation.
17. Lagunaria Patersonit, Don, Endl., Prod. Norf. 134 (with
a full synon3'my). — Found also on Phillip Island (A. Cunn. in
London Journ. Bot. i. 116).
*' Scattered on the grassy hills it forms a spreading tree of forty feet in
height; it is here called White Oak; its leaves are of a whitish green, and its
flowers pink, fading to white, the size of a wine-glass. It is perhaps the
largest plant known to exist, belonging to the Mallow tribe. In a thick wood
I met with it eighty feet high, and with a trunk sixteen and a half feet
round " (Backhouse, p. 258).
It is valueless for economic purposes except as an inferior fire-
wood, it being one of the few woods of the Island little used for
that or any other purpose. Trees 5 feet in diameter are common.
It has very large, handsome flowers of a very deep pink, much
more ornamental than those of the same species on the mainland,
which is var. hracteata, Benth., B.Fl. i. 218.
STERCULIACE^.
18. Ungeria floribunda, Schott it Endl. — "Bastard Oak"
[probably in comparison with the "White Oak" {Lagiitiaria)].
Endemic. A tree 40 feet in height and w^ith a diameter of 18
inches to 2 feet. The saplings grow^ ver}^ straight and tough, and
are hence used by the boys for fishing-rods.
LINE^:.
19. LiNUM MARGiNALE, A. DC. — New for the Island.
BY J. H. MAIDEX. 699
GERANIACE^.
20. Pelargonium australe. — New for the Island.
20 bis. Geranium dissectum, Linn. — New for the Island.
RUTACE^.
21. EvoDiA LiTTORALis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 146. — Found at
^' Now Now." Called "Shade-tree" on the Island. Apparentl}^
rare. Originally recorded from Anson Bay. Bailey, ' Queensland
Flora,' i. 201, diffidently records this species from Queensland also.
22. AcRONYCHiA Endlicheri, Schott. (Syn. Vepris simjjlici-
folia, Endl., Prod. Norf. 148).— Called "Big or Dark Yellow
Wood."
23. Xanthoxylum Blackburnia, Benth , B.Fl. i. 363. (Syn.
Blackhurnia pinnata, Fo'rst., Charact. Gen. 6; Forst.,Prod. p. 10.
" Norfolcije insula deserta," Endl., Prod. Norf. 147.)
" Small or Hard Yellow Wood." Formerly much used for
making household furniture. Found also on Phillip Island.
Boronia Barkerxana^ F.v.M.
Eriostemon ainbiens, F.v.M. {Phehalium ainbiens, F.v.M.).
Eriostemon Beckleri, F.v.M. (P. Beckleri, F.v.M.).
Bosistoa euodiforinis, F.v.M.
These are four New South Wales species which have been
copied into Prof. Tate's List, probably through a clerical error.
Bosistoa PAiodiformis and Eriostemon Beckleri are from the main-
land, and may possibly be found on the Island, although I think
it is very unlikely. The other two species are more unlikely
.still, and could not be admitted except on the clearest evidence,
which I think it is quite impossible to produce.
MELIACE.a:.
24. Dysoxylon Patersonianum, Benth. cfe Hook. f. {Hartiijhsea
Patersoniana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 139). — Called "Shark" because
of the unpleasant smell of the tree. Probably the tree thus
referred to by Downing — "Among the many ornamental woods
obtained from this ocean isle should be enumerated the rose-wood,
believed to be a species of Acacia " (p. 204).
700 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
I sent a specimen of this plant to Prof. L. Radlkofer, of
Munich, who favoured me with the following interesting note
upon it : —
" I obtained from Vienna the original plant of Endlicher, as I supposed
what Endlicher called an ' arillus ' might have been, as on your plant, only
a t)tin external fleshii layer of the testa, and really so it was, and the specimen
of Endlicher, which lies before me as I write, shows in every respect full
identity with your specimen also in the number of only 1 ovulum in each
cell of the germen and in the anatomical characters of the leaflets (as noted
in my previous letter and sketch. (See Plate xxxviii.).
" There remains only, as in your plant, some doubt about the (tubular ?)
disk surrounding the germen; for also in the specimen of Endlicher it seems
to be destroyed by the accrescence of the germen, as all the flowers have
passed over in young fruits.
"This is also the reason why Endlicher has taken the short relic of the
style for the (fallen off) style (and stigma) itself.
" What he says about the petals and staminal tube, he has taken from a
somewhat incomplete (unpublished) drawing of Bauer, which I have seen
too, but which gives no clearness about these things.
"Endlicher had not seen ripe seeds, so his description may be completed
by the following (taken from your plant) : —
" Semina ovata, basi truncata callosaque, testa subdrupacea, strato tenuii
carnoso (ab Endl. ' arillus ' dicto) in cellulis exterioribus mateiiam fiavidam
tannine quodammodo afltinem in interioribus amylum gerente obducta, dorso
sulco levi (rima? intercotyledonari respondente) notata ; embryo rectus
inversus ; cotyledones semi-obovoidese, plano-convexte sat crassai, basi
versus angustatse, lateraliter juxtapositHa, fusco-olivaceaj, amylo foette
cellulisque secretoriis sparsis instructa;; radicula parva (supera), inter cotyle-
dones omnino retracta; plumula pilosa giandulisque minutis clavatis breviter
stipitatis adspersa (ad modum Dysoxyli Lessertiani, Benth,, A. C. DC,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxii. 1875, p. 231, fig. 3 delineati.")
olacinej:.
25. Pennantia corymbosa, Forst., Charact. Gen. 67 (described
from Xew Zealand;; Endl., Prod. Norf. 140. (Syn. P. Endlicheri,
in Linna3a xvi. 341, t. 13, 1842.)
Index Kewensis has '■^Pennantia Endlicheri, Reiss., in Linnsea
xvi. 1842, 341, t. 13, synonymous with P. corymhosa, Endl.,
Prod. Norf. p. 80.
"P. corymhosa, Forst., Char. Gen. 134, New Zealand."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 701
In Endlicher's Prod. Norf. the plant is called Peniiantia
Gorymhosa, Forst., Char. Gen. 67; but in Index Kewensis P.
corymhosa, Forst., is stated to be from New Zealand, and P.
corynihosa, Endl., from Norfolk Island.
I am of opinion that the Norfolk Island species is identical
with the New Zealand one.
CELASTRINE^.
26. El/EODEndron curtipendulum, Endl., Prod. Norf. 141. —
See my note on this species in these Proceedings, 1898, p. 125.
Found also in Lord Howe Island. Called *' Maple" on Norfolk
Island.
SAPINDACE3).
27. DoDON.EA. viscosA, Linn. — A. Cunningham {ojy. cit.) has
the note " Dodonma sjyathulata, Sm., in Rees' Cyc. v. 5, p. 12, n.2.
D. viscosa, Forst., non Linn. Sides of Mount Pitt."
A manuscript in my possession (circa 1844) says, "Hopwood
(Dodoncca orientalis) does not attain to more than a foot in
diameter, and is principally used for veneering and turning
ornaments.'
It is called " Ti-tree " by some and by others " Ake-Ake " who
remember the same species from New Zealand.
It is a singularly handsome small tree, reminding one of an
Oleander, and bearing a profusion of crimson winged fruits. It
is to be found on a bank of rocks in the vicinity of Bullock's
Hut, north-west of the Island. Hemsley (Ann. Bot. x. 234) has
the record for Lord Howe Island, ^^ Dodonma lanceolata, F.v.M.
(J). visGosa, C. Moore, Rep. p. 3 vix Linn.)."
I have carefully examined our specimens, and those from
Norfolk Island are all D. viscosa, and those from Lord Howe
Island are all D. lanceolata.
A manuscript in my possession has the entry " Maple {Acer
Dohinea) is also very handsome and used for cabinet work."
Downing also has "The Maple {Acer Dohinea%)y Probabl}^
Dodoncea viscosa is referred to. The '* Maple " of the islander?
(post-Pitcairn) is Elmodendron curtipendulum, Endl
45
702 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
LEGUMINOS^.
28. MiLLETiA AUSTRALis, Bentli., in Miq., Pt. Jungh. 250.
(S}'!!. MiJletia (Wistaria) Catnerana, F.v.jVJ., Journ. Bot. xxiii.
353, 1885 : Milletiana Maidetiiava, Bailey, Bot. Bull. v. 1892;
Queensland Flora, 396 : Wista^-ia anstralis, F.v.M., Journ. Bot.
xxii. 290, 1884: Fterocarjms anstralis, Endl., Prod. Iv^orf. 152).
I am of opinion that the above are specifically identical.
For some notes on M. anstralis, M. riiegasperma and M. Camerana,
see Mueller in Journ. Bot. xxiii. 353.
The Norfolk Island plant rarely fruits. Mr. I. Robinson has
only seen three fruits (one of which is in my possession) during
his very long sojourn on the Island. They are identical with
those of M. Maideniana.
Endlicher did not see the fruits, and he called it " frutex v.
arbuscula"; it is really a rampant climber.
"The road was chiefly through thick forest, overrun with luxuriant
climbers. Among them was a Wistaria, with pea-flowers, of purple and
green, and leaves something like those of the Ash. It hangs in festoons of
twenty or thirty feet, from the limbs of the trees that support it " (Backhouse,
258).
It is a very tough climber, hence the people call it " Samson's
Sinew." It helped to form the almost impenetrable brush which
rendered traffic through the Island so difficult in the early days.
Accounts of the extraordinary denseness of the vegetation are
traditional, and can be well understood.
29. Glycine tabacina, Benth. — New for the Island.
30. Canavalia obtusifolia, P. DC. (Syn. C. Baueria.na,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 50). — This plant is probably referred to in the
following passage: — "In the evening of yesterday the sawyer,
his assistant, and ye carpenter was poisoned, by eating some
beans which had a very tempting appearance much like ye broad
Windsor bean; they have been so ill as not to do any work to-day."
(Lieut. Govr. King, 8th May, 1788, in Hist. Rec. N.S.W. ii. 568).
A purple-flowered runner on the coast, and reputed poisonous in
Australia (see my 'Useful Native Plants of Australia,' p. 12).
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 703
Found by Cunningham on Phillip Island as well as on Norfolk
Island.
31. ViGNA RETUSA, Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. i. 778, 1842.
{Syn. V. lutea, A. Gray, Bot. Amer. Expl. Exped. i. 454, 1854 :
V. lutea, A. Gray in B.Fl. ii. 259, apparentl}^ through an over-
sight: CaUicysthns voluhilis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 149).
32. C.ESALPINIA BoNDUCELLA, Fleming. ^'Guilandiaa BonduG,
Linn., Lam. 111. t. 336. — In the woods between Long Ridge Farm
and the south-west coast" (A. Cunn. in Heward, p. 123).
33. Streblorrhiz A SPECiosA, Endl., Prod. Norf. 151. Heward
(from A. Cunningham's notes) states : — " (Streblorrhiza speciosa,
Endl, Prod. p. 97, is CUanthus Baueri, A. Cunn. MSS. C.
carupAis, Lind., in Bot. Reg. Sept. 1841, t. 51)." Also the Glitoria
sp. of A. Cunn., London Journ. Bot. i. 115, 1842.
Bentham (B. Fl. ii.) alludes to Streblorrhiza as " the very dis-
tinct genus." It was found on Phillip Island, but the species is
now extinct. I believe there is only one original drawing in
existence. It is by Bauer and is at the British Museum or
Vienna. There is a coloured drawing in Edwards' Botanical
Register (Lindley) 1841, under the name of Clianthus carneus,
Lindl. From one of the " Miscellaneous Notices " in the same
volume. No. 9 (not 7), Lindley's figure was prepared from a
specimen cultivated by Mr. Pince of Exeter. It would be
interesting to learn if the plant is wholly extinct, even from
cultivation.
MYRTACE^.
34. Rhodomyrtus psidioides, Benth. — New for the Island.
If not planted it is apparently the only indigenous myrtaceous
plant on the Island.
Metrosideros polymorpha, Gaud., is in Tate's List, but I could
only find a planted tree (in the Melanesian Mission Garden).
It is what may be called a " probable species." Hooker (Handbk.
Fl. N.Z. p. 73) has the note "abundant throughout all the
Pacific Islands and New Caledonia." It occurs on Lord Howe
Island.
'04 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
LYTHRARIE5:.
35. Lythrum hyssopifolium, Linn. — It would appear that
this plant has not been previously recorded from the Island.
PASSIFLORE^.
36. Passiflora Baueriana, Mast., Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii.,
634, 187L (Syn. Disemma Baueriana, Endl., Prod. Korf. 123 :
Murucuia Baueri, Lindl., Coll."^ t. 36).
This is the synonymy as given by Dr. Masters himself, who,
following Endlicher, records it from Norfolk Island.
37. Passiflora glabra, AVendl., Coll. Plant i. 55, t. 17, 1805.
(Syn. P. adiantifolia, Ker, Bot. Reg. t. 233 : Disemma
adiantifolia, DC. Prod. iii. 333).
This is the synonymy given by Masters (Trans. Linn. Soc.
xxvii. 634). He records this species from Norfolk Island.
Under the name of Disemma adiantifolia, T>C., the species is
recorded in Endl., Prod. Xorf. 122, and Endlicher gives the
additional synonyms P. aurantia, Andr., Bot. Reposit. t. 295,
non Forst. nee Cav. : P. adiantJnim, Willd., Enum. 698. He
also states that it is lacking in Bauer's herbarium (the one, of
course, which formed the basis of Endlicher's work), that it grows
in Norfolk Island, and that it has been growing in English
gardens since the year 1792.
Backhouse (p. 268), says: — "Among the bushes there are
two 2)retty species of Passion Flower, Disemma adiantifolia and D.
Baueriana, with copper-coloured blossoms.*'
Endlicher places P. adiantifolia in the Section " Petioli glandu-
losi," and P. Baueriana in the Section " Petioli apice glandulosi."
The specimens collected by Mr. Robinson, and Mr. Boorman
and myself are all referable to P. glabra, Wendl. The flowers
are orange-coloured, the calyx eventually becoming crimson.
I could not find a second species, although I diligently searched
for it. I would urge residents of the Island to favour me with
* Probably "Collectanea botanica," London, 1S21, fol. A work which I
have not been able to consult.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 705
specimens of D. Baueriana^ Mast., if they can now find it; and
also a few ripe fruits of both species in order that I may raise
some plants. The difference in the colours of the flowers and
fruits of the two species should be noted.
There is plenty of the common Passion Vine {Passijioraedulis)
growing wild.
CUCURBITACE^.
38. Bryonopsis affixis, Cogn., in DC. Monogr. Phan. iii. 479.
(Syn. Bryonopsis Pancheri, Naud., and Bryonia affinis, Endl.,
Prod. ^ovi. 125).
39. SiCYOS ANGULATA, Forst., Prod. 1796. (Syn. S. australiSf
Endl., Prod. Norf. 124, 1833). — Called "Cucumber" on the
Island.
40. Melothria Baueriana, F.v.M., Fragm. vi. 188, 1866.
(Syn. Zehneria Baueriana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 126 ; Zehneria
Baueriana, in Benth. k Hook., Gen. Plant, i. p. 830). — Called
" Giant Cucumber " on the Island.
FICOIDE^.
Mesemhryanthemum australe, Sol., Endl., Prod. iSTorf. 129. — I
made diligent search for this species, but failed to find it. I have
not the German edition of Hunter quoted by Endlicher.
41. Mesembryanthemum ^quilaterale, Haw. ("Pigs' Faces"),
is not uncommon.
42. Tetragonia expansa, Murray, in Comni. Gotting. vi. 13,
1783, not Solander as given in Endl., Prod. Norf. 130.— Called
" Cook's Cabbage " on the Island.
Endlicher recognises two varieties, cornuta and strongylocarpa^
on the Island. The specimens collected by me belong to the
latter form; so do those in the herbarium from Lord Howe, New
Zealand and Australia. The form cornuta (floribus sessilibus)
appears to be rarer, but I have not seen it, and do not know
whether Endlicher's varieties have been accepted by others.
706 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
UMBELLIFER^.
43. Apium prostratum, Labill. {S. australe, Thouars).— Called
" Wild Celery."
44. Apium leptophyllum, F.v.M. — New for the Island.
ARALIACE^.
45. Meryta latifolia, Seem., Bonplandia, 1862, p. 265. (Syn.
Botryodendron latifolium^ Endl., Prod. Korf. 119. See also
F.V.M., Fragm. ix. 169).— Called "Shade-tree" on the Island.
It is now rare.
" Here also, as well as in most of the other shady woods throughout the
island, Botryodendron latifoUum, a shrub of singular form, allied to the Ivy,
but of a very different appearance, prevails. Its figure may be compared to
that of a long-leaved cabbage, mounted on a broom-stick. Its stem is about
five feet high, and five inches round; its largest leaves are about two feet long,
and one foot broad. The prisoners in the out-stations wrap their bread in these
leaves, and bake it in the ashes. The fruit is a dense cluster of greenish
purple berries, not edible, produced in the centre of the crown of leaves"
(Backhouse, p. 270).
46. Meryta angustifolia, Seem., Bonplandia, 1862, 295.
(Syn. Botryodendron angustifoliuvi, Endl., Prod. Norf. 120. See
also F.v.M., Fragm. ix. 169).
EUBIACE^.
47. CoPROSMA Baueri, Endl., Iconogr. t. 111. — This plant is
very common in New Zealand. I did not find it in Norfolk
Island; it is probably rare.
48. CoPROSMA lucida, Forst., Char. Gen. 138.
Coprosma lucida, Forst., Endl., Prod. p. 60. "I am by no means clear
that this plant is not distinct from Forster's plant which I gathered at New
Zealand in 1826, in having broader emarginated leaves" (A. Cunn, MSS. ).
Originally found by Bauer at Anson Bay.
49. CoPROSMA pilosa, Endl., Prod. Norf. 60. — This is some-
times called " Shark wood " on the Island because " after rain the
shrub smells like dead shark."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 707
COMPOSITE.
50. Vernonia cinerea, Less. — New for the Island.
51. Graphalium japonicum, Tliunb. [G. invohccratu77i, Forst.,
Endl, Prod. Norf. 100 : G. lanatum, Forst., Endl., Prod. Norf.
99).
52. Gnaphalium luteo-album, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 98.
53. Wedelta biflora, DC. ( fF. Forsteriana, Endl., Prod.
Norf. 102 : Bnphthalmiun uniJio7'icm, Forst., " Norfolcise insula,"
Forst., Prod. No. 541, p. 91).
54. BiDENS piLOSA, Linn. — " Broom-Stick " of the Islanders.
New for the Island.
55. CoTULA AUSTRALis, Hook. f. — New for the Island.
56. Erechtites arguta, DC. {Senecio argiitus, Rich., Endl.,
Prod. Norf. 101).
57. Senecio lautus, Forst. — New for the Island.
58. SoNCHUs oleraceus, Linn. — New for the Island (Captain
Cook recorded " Sow thistle "}.
59. PiCRis HiERACioiDES, Linn.- — New for the Island. I have
expressed the opinion, and have given reasons, (Agric. Gazette,
N.S.W., August, 1899) that this is indigenous to Australia,
although Mueller held a different view.
CAMPANULACE.E.
60. Wahlenbergia gracilis, A. DC. — New for the Island.
61. Lobelia anceps, Thunb., Prodr. Plant. Cap. 40, 1794.
(Syn. L. alata, LabilL, var. stolorvifera, Endl., Prod. Norf. 97).
PRIMULACE.a:.
62. Samolus repens, Pers., Syn. i. 171. (Syn. aS". litloralis,
R.Br., Endl., Prod. Norf. 94).
MYRSINE.E.
63. Rapanea crassifolia, Mey., Pflanzenreich, 9 Heft, iv. 236,
p. 366. {Myrsine crassifolia, R.Br., Prod. 534; Endl., Prod.
Norf. 95). — Known as " Beech" on the Island.
708 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
SAPOTACE^.
64. SiDEROXYLON cosTATUM, F.V.M., (non Endl., as in Tate's
List). {Achras costata, Endl., Prod. Norf. 96). — Found by Allan
Cunningham on Phillip Island. It is also found on the mainland.
Mr. Robinson calls it " Bastard Ironwood," and also a " Shark-
wood."
JASMINES.
65. Jasminum simplicifolium, Forst. f., Prodr. 3. (Syn. J.
gracile, Andr., Endl., Prod. Norf. 111).
" Among these is the Slender Jasmine, Jasminum gracile, known in Eng-
land as a delicate green -house plant. Here it grows over the bushes, or with
twisted stems, as thick as a man's wrist, reaches the branches of lofty trees,
at fifty feet from the ground, and climbs in their heads. In these cases it
has probably grown up with the trees, the lower branches of which have pro-
gressively died away, and left the wreathed stems of the .Jasmine-like ropes
hanging from the upper boughs " (Backhouse, 258).
66. Olea apetala, Vahl, Sym. Bot. iii. 3. (Syn. Olea End-
licheri, F.v.M., Journ. Bot. xxiii. 354, 1885, a name which Mueller
in the following passage proposed to adopt for the Norfolk Island
Olea.
"As regards the Olea from Norfolk Island, it might be now incidentally
remarked that it should be distinguished as Olea Endlicheri, inasmuch as
Vahl described in the Symbolae, iii. 3, his Olea apetala from New Zealand."
Tate has the name Olea Endlicheri, Britten, apparently a slip
of the pen, through Mr. Britten being editor of the Journal of
Botany. The species name cannot, of course, be changed simply
because of a localit}^, otherwise one must change all the New
Zealand species subsequently found in Norfolk Island. The
Norfolk Island and New Zealand Oleas are quite identical. This
was pointed out by Allan Cunningham (Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 116),
and I also have proved their identity.
This is the "Ironwood" of the Island. The colour of the fruits
varies a good deal, being golden-yellow, bright red and purple on
the same and different trees.
A manuscript, circa 1843, says: — "Ironwood {Notelea long>folia) is used
in all wheelwrights' work, and is very hard and durable; it is also used for
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 709
cabinet-work, and, when French-polished, it is not excelled by any of the
fancy woods."
It is the timber chiefly used for posts on the Island, its dura-
bility in such a situation being far more than any others. It is
used for shafts of vehicles, which is testimony to its strength and
toughness.
Prof. Tate {op. cit. p. 217) also gives Olea paniculata, R.Br.,
from Norfolk Island. This species occurs in New Caledonia, but
without particulars of its collection I do not recommend that it
be admitted into the flora of Norfolk Island.
APOCYNE^.
67. Melodinus Bauej^i, Eadl., Prod. Norf. 113. — "Big
Creeper."
68. Alyxia Gynopogon, Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. iv. 440,
1819; P.V.M., Fragm. viii. 47. (Syn. Alyxia daphnoides, A.
Cunn., Bot. Mag. t. 3313 : also A. Forsteri, A. Cunn., Loud.
8uppl, 580, teste Endlicher : Gynopogon Alyxia, Forst., Prod,
p. 19, " foliis verticillatis quinis obovatis F. Norfolcia? insula."
A. Cunn. (Hewardj, quotes Bot. Mag. t. 3313, and gives the
habitat " dry shaded woods."
A. Gynopogon is known on the Island as " Box."
In figuring A. daphnoides in Bot. Mag. t. 3313, A. Cunningham
says : —
"From A. Gynopogon, however, which Forster first collected on that
(Norfolk) Island, this second species differs in being altogether a shrub of a
more robust and stiff habit, with rough tomentose brandies and broader
leaves, the latter of a uniformly thicker texture. . . . The stigma also
is furnished at its summit with a little pencil-like tuft, whereas that of A.
Gynopogon ... is perfectly smooth."
I gave attention to the matter when on the Island, and agree
with Mueller (Fragm. viii. 47) that they are not specifically
difierent.
Ochrosia elliptica, Labill. — In early bud and therefore doubtful.
10 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
ASCLEPIADE^:.
69. Tylophora biglandulosa, A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. Sc,
V. 1864 ; F.v.M, Fragm. ix. 169. (Syn. llybanthera higlandiL-
losa, EndL, Prod. Norf. 115).
T. enervia, F.v.M. The species hitherto only recorded from
Lord Howe Island, but found by me in Norfolk Island also.
There is great variation in the width of the leaves of this plant.
I consulted Mr. Rudolph Schlechter, an authority on the
Asclepiadece, who was recently in Sydne}^, and he is of opinion
that the species is probably not difierent from 2\ biglanchdosa.
I could find only one species on the Island, and therefore recom-
mend that T. enervia be not recognised as a separate species
pending further enquiry.
GENTIANEiE.
70. Erythr.ea australis, R. Br. — New for the Island.
BORAGINE-a:.
71. Cynoglossum australe, R. Br., Prod. v. 1. p. 495. — Near
the settlement (A. Cunn. in Heward).
CONVOLVULACE^.
72. Ipomcea bona-nox, Linn. (Sjm. /. amhigua, Endl., Prod.
Norf. 108; and /. carinata, Endl., Prod. Norf. 107).
^'Ipomcea carinata, a large plant of the Convolvulus tribe, having white
flowers, with long tubes, that open at night, climbs among the trees, in the
borders of the woods" (Backhouse, 268).
73. Ipomcea cataract.e, Endl., Prod. Norf. 106. — Its name
was given because it was originall}^ found at the Cascades.
"Among the sugar-cane and scrub at this point, a beautiful convolvulus -
like plant, Ipomoia cataracUr, is entwined, and exhibits its large purple flowers
shot with red " (Backhouse, 268).
74. Ipomcea congesta, R. Br., Prod. 485. — Flowers of a
brilliant carmine.
75. Ipomcea Pes-Capr.e, Roth. — New for the Island.
BY J. II. MAIDEN. 711
76. Ipomcea palmata, Forskael, Fl. Aegypt. Arab. 48. (Syn.
/. imidula, R. Br., Endl., Prod. Norf. 105).
" One of the most beautiful climbers of the Island is Ipomcea pendula,
which has handsome, fingered foliage, and flowers like those of the Major
Convolvulus, but of a rosy pink, with a darker tube " (Backhouse, 258).
It is found all over the Island, climbing the highest trees.
77. Convolvulus affinis, Endl.,* (as Calystegia). (Syn.
Calysteyia ajjinis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 103.) — A small white runner.
78. Convolvulus Soldanella, Linn. [Calystegia Soldanellay
A. Rich., Endl., Prod. iSorf. 104).
79. Convolvulus marginatus, Spreng. — Recorded in B. Fl. iv-
430.
SOLANACE^:.
80. SoLANUM Bauerianum, Endl, Prod. Norf. 109. — Bauer
found it on Norfolk Island.
81. Solanum nigrum, Linn., Eng. Bot. t. 566. — Common every-
where (A. Cunn. in Heward). Found by him also on Pliillip
Island.
" Eaten by the prisoners, who also collect and cook the berries of the
' Black Nightshade,' Solanum nigrum. These berries are accounted virulently-
poisonous in England, but their character may possibly be changed by the
warmer climate of Norfolk Island " (Backhouse, 264).
They are often eaten in New South Wales, both raw and
cooked. At the same time instances of their injurious character
in Europe are well authenticated. It may be that plants grown
in damp and dismal situations are injurious, while those grown
in dry, sunny places are innocuous, but this is but surmise, as I
have not been able to trace the relation of soil, &c.j to deleterious
properties so far.
* I do not know whether this is breaking the golden rule of never making
a man say what he did not say. Bentham's practice when he transferred a
species to another genus, was to give the author of the species in the old
genus as the author of the same species in the new. But that practice has
not been followed in the case of the next species, perhaps because Linneeus
and A. Richard described the species independently, and it was not merely
a transfer of names.
712 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
82. S. AVICULARE, Forst., Prod. Ins. Aust. 107. — Recorded by
A. Cunn., in Heward, as ^'Solamwi laciniatum, Ait., Hort. Kevv.
V. 1, p. 247, Ed. 2, Bot. Mag. t. 319. Near the settlement."
SCROPHULARINE^.
83. Veronica calycina, R.Br. — New for the Island.
BIGNONIACE^.
84. Tecoma australis, R.Br. Syn. Bigyionia Pandorce, Gawl.,
the " Norfolk Island Trumpet-flower." See Bot. Mag. t. 865,
where it is stated —
" It is a native of Norfolk Island, in the South Seas, whence the seeds were
brought to this country by Governor Patterson, from whose information it
appears that a very destructive blight generally makes its first appearance
upon the young shoots of this shrub, and spreads from thence over the
whole vegetation of the Island; from this relation the name we have
adopted derived its origin."
Perhaps, however, the name is a reminiscence of H.M.S.
Pandora, which captured some of the mutineers of the Bounty.
MYOPORINE^.
85. MY0P0RU3I OBSCURUM, Endl, Prod. Norf. 110. — "Sandal-
wood " of the islanders. Found also by Allan Cunningham on
Phillip Island.
VERBENACE^.
86. Verbena officinalis, Linn. — New for the Island.
87. ViTEX trifoliata, Linn. (Vitex ovata, Thunb., Fl. Jap.
p. 257). — "A shrubby procumbent plant on the rocks and sands
of the coast, flowering in December" (A. Cunn. in Heward).
I did not collect it. It is a common Polynesian plant.
NYCTAGINE^.
88. PisoNiA Brunoniana, End!., Prod. Norf. 88.— Called
" Wai Wai" after the Tahitian name (meaning " watery "); also
" Beech."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 713
AMARANTACE^.
89. AcHYRANTHES ARBORESCENS, R.Bi'., Endl., Prod. ISTorf. 89. —
A scrambling tree of 20 or 30 feet, with a stem diameter of 1 foot.
Called " Softwood " by the islanders, and its timber is indeed
about as hard as a tough turnip.
90. AcHYRANTHES ASPERA, Linn., Spec. Plant. 204, 1735;
F.V.M., Fragm. ix. 169; B.Fl. v. 246. (Syn. A. canescens, R.Br.,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 90 : A. aspera, Linn. \ ar. canescens.) — Same
as the Lord Howe Island plant.
POLYGON ACEiE.
91. RuMEX Brownii, Campd. — New for the Island.
92. MuEHLENBECKiA AUSTRALis, Meissn., Gen. Comm. 227.
(Syn. Polygonum australe, A. Rich., Endl,, Prod. ISTorf. 86: Cocco-
loha australis.) — Called " Shrubby Creeper " by some people on
the Island. Recorded by Allan Cunningham from Phillip Island
also.
PIPEIlACE.ff:.
93. Piper excelsum, Forst., Prod. No. 20. — " Ins. Norfolk,
Cunningham ! in h. Ivew." C. De Candolle in DC. Prod. xvi. (1),
p. 335 : "P. psiUacoru?n, foliis majoribus 0'12 longis. In ins.
Norfolk (Cunningham! Htigel ! Endlicher ! in h. Vindob. ) :
3Iacropipe7' psittaco7'U7n^ Endlich. ! prod. Norfolk, p. 37, Bauer pi.
Norf. t. 37, fide Endlich. I.e. (C. De Candolle, loc. cU.).''
It would thus appear that the typical form, as well as a variety,
occurs on Norfolk Island. The variety has been recorded by
Allan Cunningham from Phillip Island.
" The Norfolk Island Pepper, Piper psittacormn, which produces a yellow,
pulpy, pendent, cylindrical fruit, of a spicy, sweetish taste, is everywhere
plentiful in the woods. It rises with a few, jointed, cane-like, green stems,
to from four to ten feet high, bearing large, heart-shaped leaves " (Backhouse,
p. 271).
A manuscript states : —
*' The Norfolk Island Spice [Piper psittacorum) attains the height of 10
feet, and has heart-shaped leaves; it produces a cylindrical fruit of a spicy,
sweetish taste, which is an excellent preserve, and if gathered green it is
714 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
equally good pickled. The leaf bears great resemblance to that of the Pan
or betle-creeper of the East Indies."
94. Peperomia reflexa, a. Dietr., Spec. PI. i. 180, var. cemula,
C DC. — " Foliis ut in precedente (var. capensis) pedunculo hir-
tello folia fequante. In ins. Norfolk (Bauer ! in S. Endl. et in
h. Berol. Cunningham! in h. Kew.). Piper cemulum, Endl., prod,
flor. Norf. p. 36. Bauer ill. Norf. ined. p. 127, fide Endl. I.e.
P<?7;erom{« r^/?e.'/jr<, forma Norfolcensis, Miq. S3'st. ! p. 172" (C. De
Candolle in DC, Prod. xvi. (1), 451).
95. Peperomia Urvilliana, A. Pvich. {Joe. cit. infra). Syn.
Peperomia Endlicheri, Miq., Syst. Pip.* 102. — "In insulis Nor-
folk (Cunningh. ! in h. Kew et Endlich. ! in h. Berel. MacGillivray
n. 971 ! in h. Kew).
Syn. Piper simplex, Endl., ! Prod. Xorf. p. 37. Bauer ill. Norf.
t. 12a (teste Endl. I.e.). Peperomia Urvilliana, A. Rich, in d'Urv.
Voy. Astrolab. p. 356 (C. De Candolle in DC. Prod. xvi. (1), 413).
C. DC. gives P. Endlicheri, Miq., as the name. P.UrviUeana, A.
Rich. (1832), is the name adopted by Mueller in Census, and has
undoubted priority. The "e" is, however, incorrect.
96. Peperomia Baueriana, Miq., Sj^st. 120. — " In ins. Norfolk
(Bauer ! in h. Endl., Endl. ! in h. Berol. Cunningham in h. Kew).
Piper adsceii.dens, Endl. 1 prodr. Norf. p. 36 " (C. DC. in DC.
Prod. xvi. (1), 414).
97. Peperomia leptostachya, Hook, et Arn., in Beech. Bot.
p. 96. Recorded by Tate {op. cit. p. 217), but I do not know the
name of the collector.
THYMELEACE.E.
98. WicKSTRCEMiA AUSTRALis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 93. — Known
as "Kurrajong." Its bark is the common tying material of the
Island. It attains a height of 20 feet. Perhaps it is referred to
in the following passage : —
" I was told this day that one of the convicts had found out the bark of a
tree fit for making lines or rope. On examining it I found it, as far as I can
* Miquel (F. A. W.), Systema Piperacearum. Koterodami, 1843-4, 8" :
also Illustrationes Piperacearum (Vratislavia?, 1844) 4^.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 715
at present judge, very proper for the purpose of making lines, ropes or cloths.
It in many respects answers the description given of the Chinese mulberry
paper by Captain Cook of which the inhabitants of Otaheite make their
cloths. On trial we found this bark would answer every temporary purpose
of tying, but as it very soon rots when exposed to the weather it will not
answer to be worked " (Lieut.-Govr. King— .31/3/1789— in Hist. Rec. N.S. VV.
Vol. ii., p. 617).
LORANTHACE^.
99. ViscuM ARTicuLATUM, Burm. f., Fl. Ind. 311. (Viscum
distichum, Endl., Prod. Norf. 119).
The joints are as much as 1 J in. across. It is very abundant
on the Island, being very common on Baloghia hicida, the Blood-
wood. The only other native tree on which I observed it is
Xanthoxylon Blackhurnia, but further search should be made.
As regards introduced plants, it is common on Lemons and kills
Peach trees. In fact it is a pest in orchards.
SANTALACEJE.
100. ExocARPUS PHYLLANTHOiDES, Endl, Prod. Norf. 91.
A manuscript in my possession states : — " The Cherry-tree, the
bark of which is used in tanning, is one of the most useful woods
and is decreasing rapidly by being stripped of its bark and so left
to perish.''
Downing states, " The Cherry-tree, a species of Exocaiyus] the
bark of the latter rich in tannin, has been used for leather-
making."
The islanders now call it " Isaac Wood," after Isaac Quintal,
from Pitcairn, who first pointed it out.
We therefore have an instance of two sets of vernaculars, the
Pre-Pitcairn and the Pitcairn.
The largest tree I saw was 30 feet high and with a diameter
of 1 foot, in the north-west part of the Island, near Mr. Kendall's.
EUPHOEBIACE^.
101. Euphorbia obliqua, Endl., Prod. Norf. 144.
" The rocky shore of this Island is accessible from the land, in some places,
on the south-west. In a few of the valleys, near the sea, in this direction,
71 G THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Euphorbia ohliqua, a remarkable shrub, forms copses, attaining, when shaded
by trees, to 15 feet in height, and 2 feet in circumference" (Backhouse, 270).
I did not come across it. It has probably been much destroyed.
102. E. GLAUCA, Forst., Prod. 208; Endl., Prod. Norf. 145.
See also Hook., Hdbk. Fl.N.Z. p. 248.
A neat shrub found by Mr. Boorman and myself on the beach
at Ball's Bay. The leaves somewhat resemble those of an
Oleander.
103. Euphorbia Norfolkiana, Boissier in DC, Prod. xv. 110.
"In insula Norfolk (Backhouse! A. Cunn. in h. Kew. F.
Bauer in h. Yindob.!). Euphorbia tannensis, Spreng., Syst. iii. 791.
An erect plant synonymous with Croton ehttioides, Forst., is
stated by Boissier to occur on Norfolk Island. There is in Forst.
Prod. 521 a "Euphorbia Norfolcise insula."
Prof. Tate {op. cit. p. 217) says that E. Norfolkiana and E.
tayinensis are identical. I do not know^ on what authority. I
did not collect the plant.
104. E. Sparmanni, Boissier. — First recorded from the Island
by Tate. I collected it also.
105. Baloghia lucida, EndL, Prod. Norf. 143.
A manuscript says : —
" The Bloodwood {Croton sanguisjluia) is of little value except for firewood,
but on an incision being made in the bark, a fluid exudes which is used for
staining furniture, marking the convicts' slops, etc., and it is a good tonic
and astringent.
Allan Cunningham recorded this tree also from Phillip Island.
It is the commonest tree for Visciwi. The sap has been used as
medicine as an astringent.
106. Ex^caria Agallocha, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 142.
I heard this small tree called " Sapota" by a resident.
I do not doubt that this is the plant referred to by Hunter
(p. 311) in the following passage : —
". . . the workmen indeed had been often blinded for four or five days
together by the white sap of a tree, which getting into their eyes, caused a most
excruciating pain for several days. . . . One man was totally blinded
with it for want of making timely application to the surgeon."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 717
URTICACE^.
107. Malaisia tortuosa, Blanco. — Found in Lord Howe
Island. Tate records it from Norfolk Island.
108. Celtis paniculata, Planch. (Syn. Solenostigma panicu-
latum, EndL, Prod. Norf. 42).— The "White wood" of the Island.
109. PsEUDOMORUS Brunoniana, Bureau, var. pendulina.
(Syn. Morus liendulina, F. Bauer, in EndL, Prod. Norf. 40). —
The " Isaac Wood " of some people. See Exocarinis {supra,
p. 715). But its most general name is '' Siah's backbone " (Josiah's
backbone, after Josiah Adams), in allusion to the pliability and
toughness of its wood.
110. Procris MONTANA, Steud. i^y/ii. Elatosteimnamontanum,
EndL, Prod. Norf. 39).
111. BoEHMERiA AUSTRALis, EndL, Prod. Norf. 38.
112. Parietaria debilis, Forst. f., Prod. 73. (Syn. Urtica
debilis, EndL, Prod. Norf. 37).
&. Monocotyleae.
ORCHIDE^.
113. Oberonia Titania, Lindl., Fol. Orch. Ober. 8 (Syn.
Titania miniata, EndL, Prod. Norf. 31). — From Anson Bay.
1 1 4. Oberonia palmicola, F. v.M. — On the bark of trees. New
for the Island.
115. Dendrobium brachypus, Reichb. f., Linnsea xli., 42, 1877.
(Syn. Thelychiton hrachypus, EndL, Prod. Norf. 32), — Rare.
116. DendrobiUxM macropus, Benth. k Hook., Gen. PL iii. 500.
(Syn. Thelychiton macropus, EndL, Prod. Norf. 32). — Common on
Pines {Araucaria) and other trees.
117. BuLBOPHYLLUM ARGYROPUS, Reichb. f., Linnsea, xli., 42,
1877. (Syn. Thelychiton argyropus, EndL, Prod. Norf. 32).—
Originally recorded from Anson Bay.
Bulhophyllum (sp. aff. to B. exiguum, F.v.M.).
118. Phreatia limenophylax, Reichb. f., Bonplandia, 1857,
54 (partly); B.Fl. vi. 290. (Syn. Plexaure limenophylajc, EndL,
46
718 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Prod. Norf. 70). — On the bark of trees. A small plant originally-
recorded from Anson Bay.
119. Microtis porrifolia, R.Br. — The only terrestrial orchid.
Apparently new for the Island. Common at Bullock's hut.
AMARYLLIDEiE.
120. Crinum norfolkianum, A. Cunn.
" A. Cunn. MSS. {sp.nov.) foliis margine hevibus, pedicellis ovario parum
longioribus, staminibus laciniis lanceolatis dimidio brevioribus, filamentis
anthera 5- 6-ies longioribus. In wet ground, Mill or Arthur's Vale. This
species is near C. podunculatum, R.Br., but certainly distinct " (A. Cunn. in
Reward).
It is in this locality to this day.
LILIACE^.
Smilax piu'pitrata, G. Forst., Prod. 373. — " Sarsaparilla." I
believe I have this on good authority, but I cannot quote it.
Smilax gJycyphylla, Sm. — In Tate's List. I doubt it.
121. Rhipogonum dubium, Endl., Prod. Norf. 69.
122. Geitonoplesium cymosum, A. Cunn., Endl., Prod. Norf.
€8.
There has been considerable confusion with the synonj^my of
the Cordylines, as will appear from the following : —
123. CoRDYLiNE OBTECTA, J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot.
xiv., 543. {Syn. Cor dy line Baueri, Hook, f., Gard. Chron. 1860,
792; Mueller, Second Census, 197).
Cordyline australis, Endl., Prod. Norf. 29 (Bauer, 111. 176-7,
207 and Kegel, Gartenfl. t. 450, according to J. G. Baker).
The name Cordyline nutans, A. Cunn., under which it commonly
occurs in Australian gardens, should apparently be Cordyline
nutans, Hort.
Draccena, ohtecta, Graham, Edin. Phil. Journ. 1827, 175;
Draccena australis, Hook., Bot. Mag. t. 2835, non Forster; Dracaena
nutans, A. Cunn. MSS.
Not only has there been much confusion in regard to the
synonymy of this species, but also in regard to its native countr}'.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 7l9
Mr. J. G. Baker, who first cleared up the matter,* correctly gives
the locality " Insula Norfolk (sed non Nova Zelandia nee Nova
Hollandia ut auctores dicunt)."
The Islanders call it -'Rau-ti" or Palm, this being the usual
name for a Draccena.
". . . . a Norfolk Island Bread-fruit, Cordyline an-^tralis, 2 feet 9
inches. The last sometimes attains 20 feet in height (I have seen it higher.
— J.H.M.); it branches from within a few feet of the ground, and forms
several heads, with flag-like leaves, and long, branched spikes of greenish,
star flowers, succeeded by whitish, or bluish-purple berries, that are eaten by
parrots. It often forms a striking object, where a woody vtilley runs out into
grass, growing at the extreme margin of the wood" (Backhouse, 271).
In a manuscript in my possession, and also in Downing {op. ciL),
it is referred to as Charhuoodiaf avstralis.
124. Cordyline terminalis, Kunth, var. cmmcefolia, J. G.
Baker, op. cit., p. 541 : C. caniuefolia, R.Br.
'■^Cordyline canncefoUa, R.Br., Prod. v. 1., p. 280. On the dry grassy
sides of the hills immediately above the military officers' gardens " (A. Cunn.
in Reward).
On Norfolk Island it is known as the "Pitcairn or Home
Rau-ti" ("home" being the word for Pitcairn amongst the Pit-
cairn Islanders and their descendants).
According to Allan Cunningham it was apparently not scarce
on the Island in 1830. Although I made careful search, I found
only one plant of it (it certainl}^ is rare), and that was in a
garden at Steel's Point. I was distinctly told that the Pitcairners
brought this plant to Norfolk Island, and m}^ informant reminded
me that the sweet root was formerly used in Pitcairn to prepare
an ardent spirit. In the face of Cunningham's statement I,
of course, admit it as a Norfolk Island indigene, but it
would appear to have been exterminated, perhaps because the
convicts turned it into a curse, as the Pitcairners did at an early
* "Revision of the Genera and Species of Asparagaceje. " Journ. Linn.
Soc. Bot. xiv. 543.
t Sweet's Charlwoodia; see his Flora Australasica, t. 18. His Charlwoodia
congesta, figured there, is our Cordyline stricfa, Endl.
720 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK LSLAND,
period of their history. The Pitcairners brought this plant to
Norfolk Island in a box, as indeed they did many others, and I
believe ni}' informant is quite correct in this respect, as his wife
is a native of Pitcairn, and the circumstances are quite clear to
him.
125. Phormium tenax, Forst., Endl., Prod.Norf. 65.
This, next to the Araucaria excelsa, useful for spars, is the
plant considered by Governor Phillip and the Home authorities
to be the most important economic plant on Norfolk Island, as
the provision of cordage for H.M. Navy was a most important
matter.
Following are Lieut. -Govr. King's instructions in regard to
this plant : —
'•You are immediately to proceed to the cultivation of the flax-plant,
which you will find growing spontaneously on the Island." (Hist. Eec.
N.S.W. Vol. i. pt. 2, 1.30).
King replied {ib. 126) that the cultivation would be attended
to when people could be sent to clear the ground.
"We found our road must be down ye hill, which is perpendicular and
quite full of a large kind of iris, which was a providential circumstance for
us, as they served us to hold by when we were all falling, and had they not
presented themselves, we must have fell down a depth of 90 feet." (Lieut.-
Govr. King, in March, 1788, in Hist. Rec. N.S.W. Vol. ii. p. 55'?.)
Its natural habitat on the Island is the sides of steep banks or
cliffs. Under date 17th of the same month (they had only just
arrived on the Island), he states, {ih. p. 557) : —
" This day I discovered that ye flax-plant, which Capt. Cook takes notice
of, is no other than that plant which I have hitherto called ye larger kind of
iris, with which ye Isle abounds, but it in no manner resembles ye flax of
Europe, its appearance being more like flags. A bundle of it was tied up
and put into a pool of water to soak intending to try it after ye European
method of preparing ye flax."
Following was the first attempt to manufacture it : —
" On the 29th I found that 30 bundles of flax, put into soak in October,
was sufficiently rotted to pass it thro' the hackle; broke off 4 men to clean
it. ... I mean to let it stay 3 days longer in the water, and to make
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 721
the women wash it in running water, and afterwards dry it, and then pass it
thro' the hackles" {lb., p. 261).
The Lieiit.-Govr. introduced two New Zealanders to teach the
prisoners how to extract the fibre from the flax, but their process
was found to be so tedious that it was abandoned.
126. DiANELLA INTERMEDIA, Endl, Prod. Norf. 66. — Recorded
from Anson Bay.
COMMELYNACE^.
127. CoMMELYNA CYANEA, R.Br. Prod. V. 1, 269.— Recorded
by A. Cunningham from "near the settlement." Known as
" Forget-me-not" by the Islanders. Found also by him on
Phillip Island.
PALM-ffi.
128. Rhophalostylis Baueri, H. Wendl. and Drude, Bot.
Zeit. XXXV. (1877) 63. (►Syn. Kentia Baueri, Seem., FI. Vit.
269 : jireca sapida, Endl., Prod. Norf. 64, non Solander ex
Forst.).
Hooker (Hbk. N.Z. Fl., 288) points out that sapida and
Baueri are closely allied, but that the latter is a larger plant.
While this plant is supposed to be peculiar to Norfolk Island and
Chatham Island (N.Z.), Mr. I. Robinson informs me that it also
occurs on Sunday Island, in the same latitude, a statement that
might be borne in mind by any botanist or collector visiting the
latter Island.
The Norfolk Islanders call this palm " Nikau," which is the
New Zealand name for JR. sapida, and which has probably been
borrowed from New Zealand.
The midribs are used for brooms, and there. is some illicit
felling of the palms for this purpose, which should be prohibited.
The following interesting account of the palm is by Backhouse ;
and here I may mention that Backhouse's descriptions of the flora,
usually entirely accurate, are particularly valuable inasmuch as
the vegetation has been so much interfered with since his day: —
"In the woody gullies the Norfolk Island Cabbage-tree, Areca sajnda,
abounds. It is a handsome palm, with a trunk about twenty feet in height,
and from one and a half to two feet in circumference, green and smooth,
722 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
with annular scars, left by the fallen leaves. The leaves or fronds form a
princely crest at the top of this elegant column; they are pectinate, or formed
like a feather, and are sometimes nineteen feet in length; they vary from
nine to fifteen in number. The apex of the trunk is enclosed in the sheath-
ing bases of the leaf-stalks, along with the flower buds, and young leaves.
When the leaves fall they discover double compressed sheaths, pointed at the
upper extremity, which split open indiscriminately, on the upper or under
side, and fall off, leaving a branched spadix, or flower-stem, which is the
colour of ivory, and attached by a broad base to the trunk. The flowers are
produced upon this spadix; they are very small, and are succeeded by round
seeds, red externally, but white, and as hard as horn, internally. As the
seeds advance towards maturity, the spadix becomes green. The young,
unfolded leaves of the Cabbage-tree, rise perpendicularly, in the centre of the
crest. In this state they are used for making brooms; those still unprotruded
and remaining enclosed within the sheaths of the older leaves, form a white
mass, as thick as a man's arm; they are eaten raw, boiled, or pickled. In a
raw state, they taste like a nut, and boiled they resemble artichoke bottoms.
The seeds furnish food for the Wood-quest, a large species of pigeon "
(Backhouse, 264).
PANDANE^.
Pandayius Moorei, F.v.M., in Tate's List. — There is no Pmi-
danus on the Island, and the mistake has probably arisen through
assuming that the name "Screw Pine," freely used, refers to a
Pandanus. P. Moorei,F.v.M.^ recorded originally from Lord Howe
Island, has no separate existence. I have dealt with the matter
at some length — these Proceedings, 1898, p. 141.
129. Freycinetia Baueriana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 63. — " Screw
Pine" of the islanders; called also "Palm" and "Palm Lily."
Following is Backhouse's account of this plant. The base of
the fructification is eaten and is described to me as tasting like a
banana.
" One of the remarkable vegetable productions of this island is Freycinetia
Baueriana, or the N. I. Grass Tree. ... Its stem is marked by rings,
where the old leaves have fallen off, and is an inch and a half in diameter;
it lies on the ground, or climbs like ivy, or winds round the trunks of trees.
The branches are crowned with crests of broad, sedge-like leaves. From the
centre of these arise clusters of three or four oblong, red, pulpy fruit, four
inches in length, and as much in circumference. When the plant is in
flower the centre leaves are scarlet, giving a splendid appearance to the
plant, which sometimes is seen twining round the trunk of the princely Tree-
fern " (Backhouse, 256).
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 723
TYPHACEiE.
130. Typha angustifolia, Linn., var. Brownii, Kronfeld,
Yerh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, xxxix. 152 (1889). (Syn. T. latifolia,
Forst., Prod. 61: ; T. angustifolia^ R.Br., P. Graebner, Typhacese
(Das Pflanzenreich, p. 13.) — "Swampy ground, Arthur's Vale"
(A. Cunn.). It still occurs in the same place.
AR0IDE5:.
T was informed that there is an edible and a non-edible
("bastard") Taro on the Island. I presume the latter refers to
Colocasia macrorrhiza, which is a likely inhabitant, though I did
not notice it.
131. Colocasia ANTiQUORUM, Schott. — "Taro." I do not doubt
that the following extracts refer to this species. I saw it
abundantly present at the place indicated by Lieut.-Govr. King
in 1788. I quote the passage, as it is very important to arrive at
precision in regard to the indigenous vegetation, especially where,
as in the case of Norfolk Island, such vegetation has been so
much interfered with : —
" On ye 27th I discovered a great quantity of plantane trees,* which grow
close to the stream of fresh water which runs through the valley, which is in
this part of it dry, and not swampy as it is opposite the hill on which the
settlement is and below it. The valley is also very wide and bordered by
some small hills, which are as thickly covered with wood as any other part
of ye island. . . . The plantane trees grow close to the water, and are
so thick that they choak each other, besides the very great quantity of other
small aquatic shrubs, and the bear-bind with which they are interlaced must
necessarily retard their perfection. I, therefore, as soon as a man can be
spared, intend clearing a spot round them, and transplanting some of ye
suckers into dryer ground " (Lieut.-Govr. King, 27th April, 1788, Hist. Kec.
of N.S.W., Vol. ii.,p. 566).
And again, under date 16th May, 1788 : —
" Broke two men off from clearing away on the N.E. side of ye hill to
assist Mr. Altree in removing his things to the plantane plantation, where I
* Plantain does not here refer to a Mtisa. The use of the word "tree"
amongst old writers in the sense of " plant " is common enough. We still
use the term "rose-tree " frequently. Vide Mu-m^ infra, p. 754.
724 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
have ordered him to reside, in order to take care of those trees, and cultivate
the adjoining grounds which maybe cleared away in a short time " (O;?. cit.,
p. 570).
And on 3rcl June : —
" Twelve plantane suckers were transplanted from ye rivulet into the
plantation. I also sent there the banana trees as well as the lime* trees
which I brought with me, not doubting but they will thrive " (Op. cit. , p. 575).
See also Hunter (pp. 306 and 308), founded on King's notes : —
" . . . there is a fine valley in which a number of plantain or
banana trees were found on the 5th" (April, 1788); and Order
No. viii. (for the Good Government of the Island, promulgated at
the same time): — "No person is to cut down or destroy any
banana tree." The colony was then but a few weeks old, and
I think that King was mistaken in referring the plants to the
Plantain or Banana (Musci).
CYPERACEiE.
132. Cyperus H.EMAT0DES, Endl., Prod. Norf. 59. — Used for
basket-making. Some of the women make very neat baskets from
the leaves.
Cyperus lucidus, R.Br. — I have a note of this name, but no
specimens. The matter should be further enquired into.
133. C. ROTUNDUS, Linn. — New for the Island. Perhaps an
introduction.
134. C. CONGESTUS, Yahl. — New for the Island.
135. Kyllingia monocephala, Rottb. — New for the Island.
136. Heleocharis acuta, R.Br. — Ver}^ variable in size and
robustness. New for the Island.
137. SciRPUS NODOSUS, Rottb. {Ficinia guttata, Endl., Prod.
Norf. 61).— Six to 8 feet high.
138. SciRPUS INUNDATUS, Spreng. [IsoJepsis consjjersa, Nees,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 60).
139. SciRPUS LACUSTRis, Linn. — New for the Island.
Citrus, not Tilia.
BY J. H. 3IAIDEN. 725
140. S. RiPARius, Spreng. — New for the Island.
141. SciRPUS MARiTiMUS, Liiin. — I obtained this at the Water
Mill Dam and other places. Dr. Metcalfe informs me that it was
originally collected by his son, and that the late Prof. Kirk of
Wellington, N.Z., named it, but I cannot find an}' record of
publication.
142. Carex Neesiana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 62.
143. Carex inversa, R.Br. — New for the Island.
GRAMINE.ffi.
" There are, likewise, great plenty of cabbage trees, but not a single blade
of grass has been seen on the island, the pigeons, sheep, and goats eating
the leaves of the shrubs and of particular trees, with which they grow very
fat." (Governor Phillip [Sept., 178S], doubtless based on Lieut. Govr.
King's Eeport, Hist. Kec. N.S.W., Vol. i., Pt. 2, p. 187.)
It is not easy to understand the statement as to " not a single
blade of grass." The trees and shrubs were very much more
abundant than at present, but the Island had at that time been
imperfectly explored, and is to be taken simply as a general
statement. Perhaps there had been a partial drought. Follow-
ing appear to be the indigenous species : —
144. Panicum norfolkianUxM, Nees, Endl., Prod. Norf. 52.
145. P. EFFOSUM, R.Br.
146. P. CRUS-GALLi, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 51.
147. P. SANGUINALE, Linn., var. ciliatum (P. ciliare, Retz.).
148. Paspalum scrobiculatum, Linn.
149. Oplismenus compositus, Beauv., Endl., Prod. Norf. 54.—
Forming dense mats in the forests.
150. 0. UNDULATiFOLius, Bcauv. (Syn. 0. annulus, Kunth,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 53, and 0. setarius, R. et Sch.)
151. Andropogon refractus, R.Br.
152. A. affinis, R.Br. — A very faint pit on the outer glume.
153. MiCROLiilNA STIPOIDES, R.Br.
154. EcHiNOPOGON OVATUS, Beauv.
726 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
155. Sporobolus indicus, R.Br. — Recorded by Tate.
156. DeyeuxiaForsteri, Kunth. {Agrostis Forsteri,'Roem. et
Schult. : A. Solandri^ F.v.M., a name against which Bentham,
B.Fl. vii. 579, protests).
157. DiCHELACHNE sciUREA, Hook. f. {D. mo7itana, Endl., Prod.
Norf. 56).
158. DiCHELACHNE CRINITA, Hook. f.
See B.Fl. vii. 575, where it would appear that there is some
doubt as to the identification of D. montana with sciurea. If
they are identical, then Endlicher's, or an earlier name of Kunth's,
must stand.
159. Cynodon dactylon, Linn. — Everywhere.
160. Agropyron scabrum, Beauv. (Triticum scabrum, R.Br.,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 57).
161. Triticum Kingianum, Endl., Prod. Norf. 58. — Found in
Phillip Island.
Of the above, Nos. 145, 147, 148, 151, 152, 153, 154, 156, 158,
and 159 appear to be new records for the Island.
ii. G Y M N O S P E R M M.
CONIFER^:.
1. Araucaria excelsa, R.Br., Endl, Prod. Norf. 76 {Cu2)ressus
columnaris, Forst.*).
For list of synonyms, see Endlicher ; also Hooker in London
Journ. Bot. ii. 500 (1843), which contains a useful account of the
tree.
This tree was originally observed by Cook {oj). cit.) when he
discovered the island; in fact no one, even now, can fail to see it,
either from sea or land.
* Cupres-^ns columnarU, Forst., Prod. 351:— "Foliis imbricatis subulatis
sulcatis, strobilis cylindricis elongatis, F. Nova Caledonia et NorfolkcijB
insula."
I
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 727
As regards its size, the reports of the early residents are
important, particularly as they were mostly taken from actual
measurements of felled trees.
Lieut. -Govr. King wrote in March, 1788: —
"The pines, which are very numerous, are of an incredible growth, one
of them which had been blown down or fell by age measured 140 feet, and
several others which we measured were 27 feet in circumference; they grow
quite straight, and not an exuberance of any kind whatever on them from
ye top to the bottom" (Hist. Rec. N.S.W., Vol. ii., p. 551).
Under date 17th March he wrote : —
" Felled a pine near it to saw into planks and scantling; its length is 115
feet and 2 ft. 3 in. diameter about breast high." . . . "I believe the
wood is nearly as light as the best Norway masts, and grows to a most
extraordinary size, some of the trees measuring from one hundred and sixty
to one hundred and eighty feet without a branch " {lb., p. 551).
"The remains of two Pines, which were noted for their magnitude, and
were blown down in a storm, were lying by the side of the road. These were
called ' The Sisters '; they were nearly 200 feet in height " (Backhouse, 258).
"On the northern ascent of Mt. Pitt a pine was measured 29^ feet in
circumference at 4 feet up " (Backhouse, 271).
" We measured a Norfolk Island pine, twenty-three feet, and another
twenty-seven feet, in circumference. Some of them are nearly two hundred
feet high " {lb. p. 264).
Dr. Metcalfe informs me that the largest tree he has measured
or heard of had a girth of 37 feet.
The following notes from Backhouse's botanical MSS. are
quoted by Hooker : —
" This stately tree is similar in figure to the Norway Spruce; but its
branches are in more distant whorls, and usually about five in a whorl.
The young lateral branchlets are deciduous, or, at least, they fall off in great
numbers. The two lips of the scales of the cone become united and form a
ligneous covering to the seeds; external to this is a lieshy, terebinthaceous
coat, containing a milky resinous juice; the cone resembles a globular pine
apple in form, and has the scales deciduous. Large quantities of resin, like
frankincense, are exuded from incisions in the bark. The timber is useful
for inside work, but soon perishes when exposed to the weather, especially
728 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
as posts in the ground. The knots* formed by the larger limbs of old trees
which lose in some measure their regularity of form, are close-grained, and
afford handsome material for turning and inlaying " (London Journ. of
Bot., ii. 500-501 (1S43).
Backhouse went on to say that the grubs of the pine afforded
food on Norfolk, Phillip and Nepean Islands to the now extinct
parrot with long mandibles {N'estoy).
A manuscript in my possession saj^s : —
" The Norfolk Island Pine {Altingia excelsa) is seen 100 feet above the
other forest trees, and resembles the Norway Spruce, but its tiers are more
distant. Fences made of this timber seldom stand 3 years. It is generally
used for building purposes, flooring, partitions, etc. ; and when kept dry and
not exposed to the weather, it is more durable. The Pine {Arancaria
excelsa) is also used for the same purposes, and is of precisely the same
quality, but not so lofty as the former. "
This allesjes that there are two kinds of Pines on the Island.
That there are two kinds is believed by a number of people in
Australia also, but I could obtain no evidence of a second Pine
— not even a slight variety of the normal species.
This Araucaria bears seeds usually every third year, and there is
considerable commerce in them. Although Pines have been
recklessly cut down for settlement, and for other reasons, they
are abundant still; yet the Islanders have found it necessary to
prohibit the felling of them on unalienated land except under
close restrictions. The Pine is still planted a little on the Island,
but the most notable instance is that of the noble avenue from
Longridge to the Melanesian Mission and Orange Vale planted
about »0 years ago. It is 1^ miles long. Although I saw pines
perhaps taller than those of the same species in the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney, yet I saw none so large and symmetrical as the
latter.
This timber is the one alone used for shingles on the Island.
Heart shingles last 20 years, and ordinary ones from 10 to 12
years.
*These pine knots were used by Mr. M. V. Murphy, Government Surveyor,
for pegs, whenever available. Collins (2nd ed. p. 125) speaks of the people
using the knots of the pine tree, "split and made into small bundles, as
torches."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 729
B. CRYPTOGAMtE.
i. P T E R I D 0 P H Y T A.
fi- Filicinse.
The classification of the ferns is still in a somewhat unsettled
condition. In the following pages, I have followed, as far as I
could, the arrangement that Mr. Betche and I propose to follow
in our forthcoming Census of the Plants of New South Wales.
I have drawn attention to some points that require clearing
up. In some cases, in translating names to their now accepted
equivalents, it has occurred to me that the finds require con-
firmation.
HYMENOPHYLLACE^.
1. Hymen OPHYLLUM multifidum, Swartz. — The ubiquitous ff.
tunhridgense does not appear to have been found on the Island.
2. Trichomanes apiifolium, Presl. (?'. Bauerianum, Endl.,
Prod. Norf. 50).
" The Peperomias grow also on moist rocks, on the dark sides of which
Trichomanes Bauerianum, a membranaceous fern, of great beauty, forms
tufts exceeding a foot in height " (Backhouse, 267).
3. Trichomanes humile, Forst., Endl., Prod. Norf. 49.
POLYPODIACE^.
4. ViTTARiA elongata, Swartz { V. rigida, Kaulf., Endl., Prod.
Norf. 35. — On tree-fern stumps; is possibly a variety of the type).
5. PoLYPODiUM tenellum, Forst. {Arthropteris tenella, J. Sm.:
P. tenellum in Endl., Prod. Norf. 18).
Diels (Pflanzenfamilien) separates ArthrojJieris from Folypo-
diurn on account of the articulate pinnae.
6. PoLYPODiUM SERPENS, Forst. {Niplioholus rupestris, Kaulf. :
iV. serpe7is, Endl., Prod. Norf. 21).
Niphobolus serpens,'End]., seems to be synonymous with Fol)/-
podium serpens, Forst., though Niphobohis rupestris is the only
730 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Niphoholus given as synoiiyiiious by Hooker tk Baker and
Bentham.*
''Niphoholus serpens and Polypodium tenelliim, two climbing ferns, ascend
the trunks of the trees, in the northern portion of the Island " (Backhouse,
271).
7. Polypodium confluens, R.Br., B.Fl. vii. (/'. glahrum,
Mett., Christ; P. acrostichoides, Sieb., non Forst.: JVi^jhobolus
confluens, R.Br., Nat. Pfl. Fam.).
Apparently not previousl}^ recorded from the Island, unless the
following, which I cannot find in any list of synonj^ms, is the
fern in question : —
'' Drynwglossum carnosum, J. 8m., Journ. Bot. v. 4, p. 66. Xiphobolus
carnosus, Blume, Fl. Jav. t. 19? On rocks" (A. Cunn,, in Heward).
8. Polypodium acrostichoides, Forst. {Niphoholus acrosti-
choides, Bedd.) — Recorded by Mueller in Game's List.
9. Polypodium pustulatum, Forst, (Syn. P, Billardieri,
R.Br., Endl., Prod. Norf. 19 : P. sccuulens, Forst.).
Hooker & Baker (in Synops. Filic.) give P. pustulatum, Forst.,
a,nd P. Billiardieri, R.Br., as distinct species; while Bentham
(B.Fl. vii.) and Christ unite them. P. scandeiis, Forst., is P.
pustulatum, Forst., according to Christ (Farnkrauter der Erde).
Our herbarium material from Norfolk Island consists of only
one species, viz., P. pustidatum, Forst.
10. Polypodium phy3iatodes, Linn.
''Polypodium i^hymatodes, Brynaria vulgare, J. Sm. , Journ. Bot. v. 4,
p. 61; Linn., Mant. p. .306; Schk. Crypt, t. 9. On decayed timber in damp
woods " (A. Cunn., in Heward).
11. Phegopteris punctata, (Thunb.) Bedd. (Polypodium
rugosulum, LabilL, Endl., Prod. Norf. 20 : Polypodiiwi puncia-
tum, Thunb., B.Fl. vii. 764: Nephrodium punctatum, Diels 1). —
Both Christ and Diels separate Polypodium punctatum from
Polypodium on account of the totally different habit and vena
* Diels (Pflanzenfamilien) separates Niphoholus from Polypodium,
Bentham, Hooker, Baker and Christ unite it with Polypodium.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 731
tion. Christ united all the Aspidium-like ferns without indusium
under the genus Phegopteris; while Diels places them under
various genera chiefly according to the venation.
12. Adiantum affine, Willd., EndL, Prod. Norf. 44.
13. Adiantum hispidulum, Swartz. [A. pubesce^is, Schk.,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 43).
14. Adiantum diaphanum, Blume. — I cannot find that this
has been previously recorded from the Island.
15. Cheilanthestenuifolia, Swartz, var.SiEBERi. (C. Sieberi,
Kunze).
C. tenui folia, recorded by Mueller (Journ. Bot. xxii. 290),
C. Sieberi, Kunze, and C. temdfolia, Swartz, are distinct species
in Hooker and Baker's Synops. Filic, but are united in B.Fl. vii.
Christ ignores C. Sieberi.
C. arborescens, S\v., Endl., Prod. Norf. 45, and C. dickson-
ioides, Endl., Prod. Norf. 46, I cannot trace anywhere else.
Judging from the descriptions, they both appear to be C. tenui-
folia.
16. NoTHOCHLAENA DisTANS, R.Br., Prod. 146, 1810. (Syn.
Cheilanthes distans, A.Br.). — Recorded as Cheilanthes from the
Island in B.Fl. vii. 774.
Christ and Diels (in Nat. Pfl. Fam.) both spell the genus
Nothochlaena, and separate it from Cheilanthes. In New South
Wales we have Cheilanthes tenuifolia, also Nothochlaena distans
and vellea.
The chief distinction between the genera is : —
Cheilanthes — Veins distinctly thickened at the end. Margin
of the fronds recurved.
Nothochlaena — Veins scarcely thickened at the end. Margin of
the fronds scarcely recurved.
17. Pell^a rotundifolia. Hook. (Fteris rotundifolia, Forst.)
— Recorded in B.Fl. vii. 730, as Fteris.
18. Pteris tremula, R.Br. {Pteris arguta, F.v.M., not Ait.). —
Mueller united it erroneously with the European P. arguta, Ait.,
which it closely resembles. Recorded in B.Fl. vii. 731.
76'2 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Pleris tremida, B.Br., var. Kingiana, Hook, and Baker, Synops.
Fil. p. 161. (P. Baueriana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 40).
P. Baueriana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 37, appears to be a form of
P. tremula.
19. Pteris aquilina, Linn., var. esculenta. (P. escidenta,
Forst., Endl., Prod. Norf. 36 : Pteridiiun aquilinnm, 'Kuntze). —
Pteris aquilina is separated in the Nat. Pfl. Fain, from the
genus Pteris, as Pteridium, on account of its double indusium.
20. Pteris quadriaurita, Eetz. — P. Trattinickiana, Endl.,
Prod. Norf. 42, and P. Zahlbruckneriana, Endl., Prod. Norf. 41,
both appear, from the descriptions, to be P. quadriaurita, but I
am doubtful. P. quadriaurita is a new record for the Island.
21. Pteris incisa, Thunb. (Ilistiopteris incisa, Thunb., Agardh).
Recorded by Mueller in Game's List. Perhaps P. Brunoniana,
Endl., Prod. Norf. 38, is the species.
22. Pteris marginata, Borz. — Recorded by Mueller (Journ.
Bot. xxii. 290).
23. Pteris comans, Forst., Endl., Prod. Norf. 39.
ASPLENIACE^.
24. Blechnum"^ discolorum, Forst. {Lomaria discolor, 'WiWd.) —
This species does not appear to have been previously recorded.
25. Blechnum lanceolatum, Spreng. {Lomaria lanceolata,
Spreng. : Stegania lanceolata, R.Br., Endl., Prod. Norf. 34).
Perhaps this and the following are identical, or B. Norfolk-
ianum with acuminatum.
Blechnum Norfolkianum, Hew.
^^ Lomaria norf olkiana, Hew. (nov.sp. ) [Stegania, A. Cunn. MSS.), fron-
dibus glabris lanceolatis pinnatifidis, laciniis sterilibussubfalcatisacuminatis
integris apice subdentatis : infimis semiorbicularibus, fertilibus angustioribus:
Frons sterilis bipedalis glabra. Pinnas 3-4 pollicares. On the margins of
water courses in shady ravines."
* Lomaria is merged in Blechnum by both Christ (Farnkrauter) and Diels
(Pflanzenfamilien).
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 733
" This fern, which I apprehend is the same that EndUcher has taken up
as Steyania lanceolata, K.Br., is very distinct from the Van Dieman's Land
plant, resembUng considerably more Lomaria acuminata, Desv., a native of
the Mauritius, but that fern has not the semi-orbicular laciniae of the Norfolk
Island plant " (Reward's " Biographical Sketch of Allan Cunningham ").
It seems strange that this name is ignored by all modern
pteridologists.
26. Blechnum acuminatum, J. G. Baker. {Lomaria acuyninata,
Baker), Hook, and Baker, Syn. Filic. 481. — Intermediate between
B. attenuata and B. lanceolata.
'27. DOODIA ASPERA, R.Br.
28. DooDiA MEDIA, R.Br., var. Kunthiana (D. Knnthiana,
Gaud., Endl., Prod. Norf. 33).
29. DooDiA CAUDATA, R.Br. [Woodivardia caudata, Cav. : D.
caudata, in Endl., Prod. Norf. 32). — In Hooker and Baker's Syn.
Filic. the following species and varieties of Doodia are given : —
D. aspei'a, R.Br., J), media, R.Br., D. media, var. Kunthiana,
D. caudata, R.Br.
Bentham considers D. asiw.ra and caudata as good species, but
reduces D. media to a var. of D. caudata.
Christ considers media and caudata as good species, but Doodia
aspera, the most common of all, he does not mention. Engler
and Prantl agree with Hooker and Baker, so I propose to follow
the Synops. Filic.
30. AsPLENiUM NIDUS, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 26.
31. AsPLENiUM RoBiNSONii, F.V.M., Journ. Bot. xxii. 289. In
Journ. Bot. xxiii. 353, he says : —
"While offering these remarks on a long misunderstood plant of Norfolk
Island, it may not be out of place to note that the great fern investigator,
Mr. J. G. Baker, refers to Asjilenium Rohinsonii as the doubtful recorded
variety of A. sqnamulatum of Hooker's Spec. Filicum, iii. 83, the origin of
which had remained for very many years obscure; this particular fern, now
shown to be a native of Norfolk Island, is evidently not identical with
Blume*s A. squamiilatitvi of Java, Borneo and the Phihppine Islands, but
probably endemic to the far-isolated oceanic spot as a remnant of a bygone
vegetation, where indeed it is now nearly extinct, as trading horticulturists
47
734 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
have carried away three of the only five individual plants known from various
spots of the island. Mr. Robinson writes concerning this fern, that in habit
it is not unlike A. Nidus, so far that four fronds gathered from one plant
could scarcely be missed, and that all fronds appeared fructified, yet it shows
no inclination for natural dispersion; specimens lately received exhibit the
spikes semiterete and channelled, and the apex of the frond acute."
For a note on the supposed occurrence of this fern in Lord
Howe Island, see these Proceedings, 1898, p. 146.
32. AsPLENQM OBTUSATUM, Forst. var. DiFFORME. (A. diffovme,
R.Br., End!., Prod. Norf. 28 : A. marimun, F.v.M. not Linn.).
According to Hooker k Baker (Sjmops. Filic. 207) and Christ
(p. 197), this variety is a form of the species with the pinnre cut
nearly down to the rhachis.
•' On the rocks of the south coast, Asplenium d[forme, a fern resembling
the Sea Spleenwort, Asplenium marinum, of England, is found. At a short
distance from the shore, its leaves become more divided, and in the woods,
in the interior of the Island, they are separated into such narrow segments
that the lines of fructification are thrown upon their margins. It then
becomes C<mopteri$ odontites. But every possible gradation is to be met
with between this state and that in which it grows on rocks washed by the
sea " (Backhouse, p. 267).
Backhouse's description of the coast form and the form of the
interior does not agree with Hooker, Baker and Christ's opinion
that A. dlfforme^ R.Br., is a form of A. obtitmtmu.
33. Asplenium diversifolium, A. Cunn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 29
(A. dimorphum, Kunze). — On stems of tree-ferns (Endlicherj.
34. Asplenium falcatum, Lam. (not Swartz, as in Endl.,
Prod. Norf. 27).
Asplenium falcatum^ Lam. vav.caudatiwi (A.caudatum, Forst.).
A. falcatum, Lam., and A. caudatum, Forst., are kept distinct
by Hooker and Baker, and also by Christ; Bentham united them.
They are certainly not synonymous; the question is whether A.
caudatum is a variety of A. falcatum, or whether they are distinct
species.
35. DiPLAZiUM japonicum, Thunb. {Asplenium japonicum,
Thunb.).
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 735
Engler and Prantl, also Christ, constitute the section Dijolazium
of AspJenium as a separate genus. As Asple?ikim, Mueller (Game's
list) records it from Norfolk Island.
36. Athyrium UxMbrosum, Presl. {Aspleniurn umhrosum, J . Sm.:
AUantodia australis, R.Br., in Endl., Prod. Norf. 31 : Aspleiiium
australe, Brack.).
Athyrium umhrosum, Presl., var. asslmile, Hook, and Baker
Synops. Filic. {Asplenium assimile, Endl., Prod. Norf. 30).
Christ, also Engler and Prantl, separate Athyrium from
Asplenmm. A. Cunningham in He ward has the note "Asplenium
assimile, Endl., Prod. p. 10, is AUantodia australis, R.Br." But
according to Synops. Filic. p. 229, AUantodia, R.Br., is synony-
mous with Asplenium u7nbrosum, J. Sm., and not with its var.
assimile.
37. Athyrium brevisorum. Wall.,* {Asj^lenium brevisorum,
Wall., Synops. Filic. p. 228). — This appears to be a new record
for the Island.
ASPIDIACE.ff:.
38. AsPiDiUM PARASITICUM, Mett. {Polypodium jyarasiticm?!,
Linn.: Nephrodium parasiticura (Linn.), Baker: Nephrodium
molle, R.Br. :f Aspidium raolle, Swartz).
Christ and Diels agree thd^^t par asiticum should be the specific
name, though they differ about the genus. Diels separates
Nephroiium from Aspidium as a genus. Christ concurs with
Bentham and Mueller in leaving Nephrodium with Aspidium.
The plant is recorded from the Island as A. molle, Sw., by
Mueller in Journ. Bot. xxii. 290.
''Nephrodium remotum, Hew. (nov.sp.) frondibus pubescentibus lanceo-
latis pinnatis, pinnis lineari-lanceolatis sessilibus oblique crenatis ciliatis
apice attenuatis integerrimis; infimis remotis subtriangularibus, sori medio
venarum insidentibus, Frons 2-3 pedalis. Stipes venaeque pubescentes.
Indusium reniforme pilosum. Shaded woods. This fern belongs to a section
of Nephrodium extremely difficult to determine specifically, but the character
* As Asplenium.
t In Syn. Filic. the author is given as Desv.
736 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
of the lower pinnre being so very distant (3 to 4 inches), and their nearly
triangular form will distinguish it from its congeners. Found also at
Timor, 1S19" (Heward's "Biographical Sketch of A. Cunningham"),
I cannot find JW remolum, Hew., anywhere else. N. remotum,
A.Br., in Synops. Filic, has evidently nothing to do with this
plant. If it is a good species the difficulty is under what genus to
place it. In Christ's sj^stera, as already stated, NeiyhrocHiun has
been eliminated.
Christ separates JS^ephroIejns and Fhegopteris from Aspidhun,
as used by Bentham (B.FL), but writes Nephrodium and Aspidiu7n.
Perhaps Nephrodium remotiim, Hew., or Aspidium remottim,
according to the classification used, is synonymous with A. para-
siticum, Mett.
39. Aspidium aristatum, Swartz, Endl., Prod. ISTorf. 23 {Poly-
stichum aristatum, Presl.). See A. decompositum, Spreng.
40. Aspidium capense, Willd. {A. coriaceum, Swartz, End!.,
Prod. Norf. 22 : JPolysiichum capense, Sm.).
41. Aspidium decompositum, Spreng. (Nephrodiurn decomposi-
tum^ R.Br., and K. microsorum, Endl., Prod. Norf. 24, and N.
calanthum, Endl., Prod. Norf. 25 probably).
A. Cunn. in Heward states : —
^'Nephrodium microsorum, Endl., and X. calanthum, Endl., Prod. p. 9, I
have little hesitation in considering the same plant, the latter having its sori
somewhat more elaborate. At the same time, from comparison of specimens
in the Banksian herbarium, I have every reason to believe the two plants are
identical with Aspidium (Polystichum) aristatum, Sw."
But Nephrodium microsorum, Endl., and N. calanthum, Endl.,
seem to be both identical with Aspidium decompositum, Spreng.,
{Nephrodium decompositum, R.Br.). Endlicher distinguishes
between the genera Aspidium and Nephrodium {Asjndium :
indusium orbicular, peltatel}'' attached. Nephrodium : indusium
reniform, attached in the sinus); and £i9, Nephrodium microsorum
and N. calanthum have both a reniform indusium, they cannot be
identical with Asjndium aristatum.
Nephrodium microsorum and N. calanthum are only dis-
tinguished by the one being more membranous than the other;
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 737
and one has "rather acutely lobed pinn?e " and the other "very
acutely lobed pinnae," a difference readily accounted for by the
variation in the forms of A. decompositum,
Aspidiitm decompositum, Spreng., (described 1827), has a wide
range, from Australia to New Zealand and the Pacific Islands,
and is very variable in size, outline and hairiness, so that its
occurrence in Norfolk Island is probable.
42. AspiDiUMTEXERUM, Spreng. ( iV ephrodiiuu teiierufu, R.Br.)
— Recorded by Mueller in Game's list.
43. AspiDiUM SETiGERUM, Blume. {A. idiginosum, Kunze : A.
tenericaide, Thw.). — Recorded by Mueller (Journ. Bot. xxii. 290)
as new for the Island, under the name of A. idiginosum.
44. Phegoptehis punctata, Thunb., Bedd. {Polyiwdium punc-
tatuiii, Thunb: P. rugulosam, Labill.). — F'erhaps a new record.
45. Hypolepis tenuifolia, Benth.— A hairy variety of the
species (as collected bj^ Mr. Boorman and myself). Recorded as
new for the Island by Mueller (Journ. Bot. xxii. 290).
DAVALLIACEiE.
46. Nephrolepis cordifolia, Presl. (Aspidium cordi/olmm,
Bory). — Recorded as new for the Island by Mueller (Journ. Bot.
xxii. 290).
47. LiNDSAYA linearis, Sw.— Recorded from the Island in B.Fl.
vii. 719.
48. Davallia pyxidata, Cav. — Recorded from the Island in
B.Fl. vii. 716.
49. Dexnst^dtia davallioides, T. Moore. {Dlcksouia davalli-
oides, R.Br.: Davallia dicksonioides, F. v. M.) — Recorded from
the Island in B.Fl. vii. 713 as Dicksonia.
CYATHEACEJE.
Cyathea medidlaris, Swartz, Endl., Prod. Norf. 47.
" Cyathea medullaris, Sw., has been enumerated by Endlicher (Prod. p. 15)
as a native of Norfolk Island; Mr. Cunningham did not find it, and says : —
' This fern tree is not indigenous to Norfolk Island; it was not seen there by
738 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Ferd. Bauer,* nor has it been since observed by other botanists. Mr. Brown
has ascertained that it is not noted by Forster, in his herbarium, as a native
of Norfolk Island, and it is therefore probable that Endlicher on reading
Lieut. -Govr. King's remarks in Hunter's Voyage, p. 313, had concluded that
it referred to Cijathea medullaris, a plant found only in New Zealand, and
has on this conclusion inserted it. Lieut. -Govr. King thus describes the
Norfolk Island plant :— 'This tree grows to the height of 80 feet (one trunk
which I felled in 1830 measured 57 feet without the fronds, A.C.) and the
branches, which resemble those of the palm tree in their growth, fall off
every year, leaving an indentation on the trunk. The leaves of these
branches, which are twelve in number, are much like the heath fern, from
whence this tree obtained the name of the fern-tree. The middle of the tree,
from the root to the apex, consists of a white substance resembling a yam,
and when boiled it tastes like a bad turnip; this the hogs feed on very eagerly;
the outside of the trunk is hard wood, and full of regular indentations from
the top to the bottom. The tree is found in great plenty in all parts of the
Island.' This is the Alsophila excelsa of Mr. Brown, of which the late Ferd.
Bauer made some magnificent drawings during his stay on the Island in
1804 " (Reward).
" I explored some of the gullies on the south of Mount Pitt. Here two
tree-ferns, AUopliila excelsa and Ct/atJtea medullayis were very fine; the
former measured 40 feet, and the latter 20 feet, in height; both had magni-
ficent circular crests of fronds : those of the CyatJieu were 11 feet in length"
(Backhouse, p. 273).
Under C. medullaris, Swartz, Hooker (Hdbk. N.Z. Flora, 349)
says of the New Zealand plant : —
" This differs from the Norfolk Island and Pacific Island allied species in
the fertile pinnae being always lobulate, or almost pinnatifid. The thick
mucilaginous pith was once au article of food with the natives."
Bentham (^B.FI. vii. 709) includes in the range of this species
" Malayan Archipelago and the fSoutli Pacific Islands.''
50. Alsophila excelsa, R.Br., Endl., Prod. Norf. 48. — A
MS. says : —
"Tree fern Alsophila excelsa measures 40 feet in height and has a
magnificent crest of fronds; the black portion of the trunks is used for
stringing by cabinetmakers."
* A letter from Mueller contains the passage: — '' Cyathea medullaris.
This tree-fern, besides Alsopliila excelsa, was found by Bauer." I could not
find it at Norfolk, and believe there is only one tree-fern on the Island. I do
not understand Backhouse's specific statement that he saw two.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 739
Dr. Metcalfe told me that the fern grew up to GO feet in height.
It is, or has been, so abundant that I saw a corduroy road of
Tree-fern stems !
Lieut.-Govr. King writes, presumably referring to this species;
*' The fern-tree is, Hkewise, found of a good height, measuring from
seventy to eighty feet, and affords good food for the hogs, sheep, and goats,
all which thrive" (Hist. Rec. N.S.W. Vol. i. Pt. 2, p. 187).
A. australis, R.Br., is (in B.Fl. vii. 711) recorded from Norfolk
Island in the following words : —
"In the typical A. anstralis, chiefly from N.S. Wales and Tasmania, but
also among Queensland and Norfolk Island specimens, the ultimate pinnules,
are thin, rather acute, barren and serrulate at the end, the sori not reaching
beyond the middle. In the Norfolk Island form originally described as A.
exceUd, the pinnules are longer, narrower, thicker, obtuse with recurved
margins, soriferous and entire or obscurely crenate to the end. But some
Norfolk Island specimens are the precise counterpart of Brown's from King's
Island."
Tate follows Bentham in recording A. australis and excluding
the name A. excelsa from Norfolk Island. In my opinion Alsojihila
excelsa, R.Br., from Norfolk Island, and A. a2ostralis, E.Br., are
perfectly distinct species.
Bentham, working only on herbarium material, united A.
excelsa, as well as A. Coojyeri with A. australis; but he would
hardly have done so if he had seen the living plants.
Alsophila aust^'ulis has a rough stem, studded with the prickly
bases of the stalks of the fronds; while A. excelsa and A. Coopeni
have smooth stems ; the fronds drop off completely, leaving a
smooth scar on the stem. A. australis is also more prickly, less
scaly-hairy, and altogether different in habit from A. excel sa and
A. Cooper i.
Mueller, in his Census, followed R. Brown, and kept A. excelsa
and A. australis apart as distinct species; and I think that is the
correct view.
I believe Mueller united A. Cooper i and A. excelsa, and the
note in Census, ^^ A. excelsa . . . N.S.W. . . Q.," refers
to A. excelsa from Norfolk, and A. Coojjeri from Australia.
740 THE P^LORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
MARATTIACE^.
51. Marattia fraxinea (J/, ekgans, Endl., Prod. Norf. 17).
" The most remarkable object that arrested our attention was Afarattia
elegaus, a fern of great beauty, having fronds U feet in length, 7 feet of
which were destitute of branches; of these it had Sh pairs, which were again
branched, and clothed with leaflets, five inches long, and three-quarters of
an inch broad" (Backhouse, p. '272).
I learnt that the Norfolk Island name (as also that of Pitcairn)
for the plant is Neh-e (pronounced Neche-e, with a peculiar nasal
sound, to imitate ba-a of a lamb). I did not think to ask the
meaning of the allusion to the lamb, but the so-called Scythian
or Tartarian lamb has since occurred to me. This lamb consists
of the shaggy caudex of a fern with portions of the stipes for legs.
See CihotiiLiii (Treasury of Botany) for a full account of this
fabulous animal. Marattia would not make so good a lamb as
Cibotium.
OPHIOGLOSSACE^.
52. Ophioglossum vulgatum, Linn. — Recorded as new by
Mueller (Journ. Bot. xxii., 290).
h. Lycopodinae.
1. Lycopodium densum, Labill. — Recorded in B.Fl. vii. 676.
2. Tmesipteris tannensis, Bernh. {T. Forsteri, Endl., Prod.
Norf. 16; probably syn. with T. tanyiensis). — On tree-ferns.
'3. PsiLOTUM triquetrdm, Sw., Fil. p. 187: Schk., Crypt, t. 165 b.
*_" On decayed trees in shaded woods" (A. Cunn. in Heward).
ii. B n Y 0 P H Y T A.
a. Musci.
OKTHOTRICHEJE.
1. Macro.mitkium prorepens, Hook. (Endl, Prod. Norf. 6, as
Leiotheca).
BRYE^:.
2. Bryum angeiothecium, cm. (Hedwigia, 1898, 108).
3. Bryum canariense, Brid. (Endl., Prod. Norf. 5).
BY J. U. MAIDEN. 741
4. Rhizogoniu.m SPiNiFORME, Linn. (Endl., Prod. Norf. 8, as
Jihizogo7iiian).
RHACOPILE^.
5. RiiACOPiLUM TOMEXTOSUM, Bri(l. (Endl., Prod. Norf. 11).
STEREODONTE^.
6. IsoPTERYGiUM INTORTUM, P.B. (Endl., Prod. Norf. 7, as
Nypmwi).
HYPNE^.
7. Hypnjm circfnale, Hook. (Endl., Prod. Norf. 9).
8. Thuidium minutolum, Hedw. (Endl, Prod. Norf. 9, as
Hypnum).
b. HepaticaB.
JUNGERMANKIA.CE^.
1. Plagiochila Sinclairii, Mitt.
2. JuNGERMANNiA ARGOTA, Nees ab E. (Endl, Prod. Norf. 12).
3. J. DUBiA, Nees ab E. (Endl, I.e. 15).
4. J. Endlicheriana, Nees ab E. (Endl., I.e. 13). /CK)^^:^!^ (
5. J. SECURiFOLiA, Nees ab E. (Endl., I.e. 14). ^^o^^^ ^'^6'>f^
6. LOPHOCOLEA CILIATA, Steph. f^ ^^^'^Qk ^^^^
7. Bryopteris vittata, Mitt. \^ "^ A R V -3^1
A- .;^Ass. cO^^
8. Omphalaxthus convexus, Steph.
MARCHANTIACE.5:.
9. Marchantia polymorpha, Linn.
ANTHOCERE.5:.
10. Axthoceros l^vis, Linn.
(The Hepatics, other than Ju/agermaiLuia, were recorded by
Mueller in Journ. Bot. xxiii. 353.)
iii. T H A L L 0 P H Y T A.
a. Lichenes.
Mr. E. Cheel, Botanic Gardens, Sydney, has kindly given me
the following statement of the Norfolk Island Lichen-flora, so far
42 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
as lias been ascertained at present. Those marked F. v. Mueller
in brackets were communicated by that botanist in a letter. The
determinations were by Mueller Arg., and I do not know whether
they have been previously published. The remainder, unless
otherwise indicated, were collected by Mr. Boorman and myself.
Older Collemaceae.
Tribe C o l l e m e ^.
1. Leptogium tremelloides, Linn.
2. Physma byrsinom, Ach. — On trunk of Pittosporum hracteo-
laticm.
Order DiscocarpesB
Series Thamno-phylloblaste^.
Tribe U s n e ^e.
3. Ussea barbata, Ach., and var. Florida (Linn.), Fr. — On
dead branches.
4. U. intercalaris, Krp. — On dead branches. Uanea is com-
mon on the Pines from top to bottom on the W. side.
5. EvERNiA melaxantha, Ach., Endl , Prod. Norf. 4.
It is quite probable this is meant for Neuropocjon melaxantha,
Nyl. Neuropoijon melaxantha, however, has never, so far as I
can ascertain, been found in other than Arctic and Antarctic
regions, or on very high mountains. Specimens in the National
■ Herbarium, Sydney, are from Mt. Wellington, Tas., Mt. Macedon,
Yic, and from mountains 3000 feet high in New Zealand. There
are also specimens from Mt. Kosciusko, N.S.W., collected by J.
H. Maiden.
Tribe R a m a l i n e ^e.
6. Ramalina leiodea, Nyl, var. fastigiata, Muell. Arg. — On
dead branches in company with Usnea Jiorida.
7. R. farinacea, Linn. — On dead branches in company with
R. fastigiata.
R. thrausta (Ach.), Fr. 1 — Only fragmentary specimens were
present, in company with Thelochi&tes Jiavicans.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 743
8. R. SCOPQLORUM, Ach. — On trunks of Armtcai-ia excelsa (A.
Cunn. in Heward).
It is quite probable that this species may occur in Norfolk
Island, but it is questionable if those plants collected by A.
Cunningham on trunks of Araucaria are the true R. scopulorum
of Acharius, as they have never (so far as I can ascertain) been
found on other than maritime rocks.
Tribe S t i c t e iE.
9. Sticta aurata, Ach. — On decaying logs. Previously re-
corded in Endl., Prod. Norf. 3.
Tribe P a r m e l i e ^,
10. Parmelia PERLATUS, Linn, — On dead branches. Previously
recorded in Endl., Prod. Norf. 1.
Tribe P h y s c i e .e.
11. Thelochistes flavicans, Svv. — Sterile.
12. Physcia c^sia, Hoffm. — On bark. Previously recorded
in Endl., Prod. Norf. 2, as Parmelia ccesia, Ach.
13. P. coNFLUENs, Mitt. — Sterile. On branches of trees.
14. Anaptychia ciliaris (Linn.), K^rb. ?— The lacinise are
more tubulose-inflated than those of the specimens in the National
Herbarium. The spores are the same.
Series Khyoblaste^.
Tribe P y x i n e ^E.
15. Pyxine cocoes, Sw. — On bark.
Tribe PHYLLOPSOREiE.
18. Psora parvifolia, Muell. Arg. (F. v. Mueller). (Syn.
Lecidea parvifolia, Pers. = Lecanora hibula, Tayl., in Shirley's
Lich. Fl. Queensl. p. \0(j = Lecidea brevlnsciila, Nyl., in Shirley,
I.e. p. 107, ride list of synonyms, I.e. p. 19G.
744 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Tribe L e c a n o r e je.
Lecanora pallescens, Fr? — Only fragmentary specimens of
this were present. Spores undeveloped; probably as above named,
Pertnsaria sp. — On bark, only fragments were present; more
specimens required to give it specific rank.
Tribe L e c i d e e ^.
17. Patellaria versicolor, Fee. — On bark.
18. P. grossa, Muell.Arg. (F. v. Mueller).
19. Heterothecium bifloru^i, Nyl. (F. v. Mueller).
Tribe C^nogonie^.
20. C.ENOGONiL'M IMPLEXUM, Nyl. (F. V. Mueller).
Tribe G r A p h i d e .e.
21. Glyphis verrucosa, C. Kn. — On trunks of trees.
22. Ciiiodecton perplexcm, Nyl. (F. v. Mueller).
Order PyrenocarpesB.
Tribe P Y R E N u L E .e.
Parmeiitaria sp., probably P. havenlii, Tulk. — Specimens are
very young; older ones required for identification.
Pyrenula sp., probably P. nitida, Ach. — On decorticated bark.
23. Clatiiroporina eminentior, Nyl. (F. v. Mueller).
h. Fungi.
The following list of fungi for tiie Island was published by
Mueller : —
1. Hymenoch.ete purpurea, C. Sl M.
2. Daldinia veknicosa, Fries.
3. Tremella lutescens, Fries.
4. Thelephora caperata, Berkeley.
5. PoLYPORUS australis, Fries.
6. P. HiRSUTUS, Fries.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 745
7. Xylaria Schweinitzii, Berkeley.
8. Hypocrea fusaroides, Berkeley.
9. Stereum lobatum, Kunze.
To which are to be added :
10. PoLYPORUS sanguineus, Meyer.
11. Hirneola Auricula-Jud^, Fries.
And a species of
12. Aseroe (Journ. Bot. xxiii. 353-54).
The Jew's Ear fungus {Hirneola) is a regular article of export
from the Island. It is chiefly collected on Wild Tobacco
(Solanum aici'iculaium), Pine {Araucaria exce/sa), and White Oak
{Lagunaria Patersonii). The Chinese are said to extract a dye
from it; they eat the jelly.
Mr. A. Grant informs me that an Ag ariais y^ection Pleurotus)
is probably referred to in the following passage : —
*' Being out after dark, we were interested by seeing numbers of a small
species of agaric, or mushroom, so luminous as to reflect a shadow on
substances'near them. When hekl near a watch, the hour might be distinctly
seen, or on being put near the face, the features might be discovered. This
remarkable fungus has attained the name of Bluehght, though its radiance is
rather green than blue; it grows from decaying sticks or straw, and is very
abundant amongst the sugar-canes, as well as in the bush. Its cap is rather
convex, covered with mucilaginous matter, and is less than an inch across;
the stalk is slender, two or three often grow together; the whole plant is very
watery. The brilliancy is greatest m the cap, which shines most on the
under side " (Backhouse, p. 275).
Mr. Boorman and I collected a number of fungi, and Mr. A.
Grant, of the Botanic Gardens, informs me that one of them
13. Lextinus exilis, is new for the Island.
c. Algae.
Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, writes: — "Among the Algoi
collected by Mr. Robinson, yourself, and Mr. Boorman on Norfolk
Islci,nd in Nov., 1902, 1 have been able to determine the following
species, viz. : —
1. Padina pavonia (L.), Lamx.
74C) THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
'2. Padina DURviLL.Er, Boiy.
3. DiCTYOLA DICHOTOMA (Hiuls.), LaillX.
4. Gelidium LATiFOLiUM, Boriiel.
5. Pterocladia lucida (R.Br.), J. Ag.
G. Plocamium hamatum, J. Ag.
7. Champia parvula (Ag.), J. Ag.
8. Amphiroa anceps, Lamx.
9. A. kphedrea, Lamx.
10. Ulva l.ete-virens, Areschoug.
There are seven or eight others which require further con-
sideration." I am not aware that a list of Alga3 from Norfolk
Island has previously been published.
Plocamium has been previously recorded from the Island.
Introduced Plants.
List A. — Natives of Australasia.
It is very important that a list should be kept of Australasian
plants which have been introduced from the mainland. Without
such a record it is quite possible that some of them might be
deemed to be indigenous, and hence erroneous deductions as to
plant distribution might readily be made.
PITTOSPORE.S.
PiTTOSPORUM undulatum, Vent., is known as "Snowdrop-tree"
in the Island. I have no doubt that it is not indigenous. It
occurs on the site of the old Government garden at the Cascades
and in other places where it has been doubtless planted.
MELIACE.5:.
Melia azedarach, " White Cedar." Very common, and looked
upon by some of the Islanders as indigenous.
Cedrela australis, F.V.M., "Red Cedar." One or two planted
trees on the Island.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 747
LEGUMINOS^.
Albizzialophanthus, Bentb. — A native of Western Australia
and well acclimatised. Known as " Wattle."
Acacia melanoxvlon, R.Br. — " Blackwood" of the mainland.
Planted by Col. Spalding.
Castanospermum australe, a. Cunn. — '^Moreton Bay Chest-
nut." In various places and up to 3-4 feet in diameter.
Erythrina sp. — Known as "Willow."
MYRTACE.S:.
Callistemon lanceolatus. DC — In a garden near the Cascades.
There when the Pitcairners arrived.
Metrosideros villosa (Syn. M. polymorpha, Gaud.). — " Pohu-
tukawa" of N.Z. Planted in the Melanesian Mission Ground.
Eucalyptus globulus, Labill.^'-Tasmanian Blue Gum." An
avenue planted on Mr. Buffett's property, Steel's Point, as a
break wind. Isolated trees in other parts.
Eucalyptus calophylla, R.Br. — From Western Australia.
A fine tree in "Nat's" Garden in Ferny Lane. There are others.
VERBENACEiE.
ViTEX littoralis, Forst. This is also found in New Zealand.
There is nothing inherently improbable in its being indigenous
to Norfolk Island. I saw several trees growing among other
trees (indigenous), but I was informed they had been planted.
PROTEACEJE.
Hakea aff. acicalari, but differing in the long hairy leaves.
It was introduced by the Melanesian Mission many years ago as
a hedge, but has not proved a success. It cannot be determined
in the absence of flowers. It is 8 ft. high and 10 ft. broad.
THYMELEACEJE.
Pimelea linifolia, Sm., Endl., Prod. p. 46.
" Certainly not indigenous to Norfolk Island, and if it ever grew there it
must have been introduced from Port Jackson by the first settlers as an
7 IS THK FLORA OF NOHFOLK ISLAND,
ornamental plant, and upon the island being abandoned in 1807, the plant
left to itself must have died, not liking that continued humid atmosphere
which prevails during the winter months. I found no trace of it in 1830"
(A. Cunn. MSS. in Reward).
I also searched in vain for the plant.
/'. Itnujit'oHa, Bks. k Sol., of New Zealand and Lord Howe
Island, does not appear to extend to Norfolk Island.
EUPHORBIACE^.
Ar.\Lvi'HA s|.., from Fiji, is commonly found in gardens.
HoMALANTiirs popuLiFOLius, Grah., found in Lord Howe
Uland and in other South Sea Islands, is not indigenous, I believe,
tu Norfolk Island. I found a flourishing tree on Colonel
Spalding's land; hut that gentleman informed me it had come
as a seedling with some plants from Lord Howe Island. It is
interesting to trace the history of a plant like this, as a botanist
might be excused for recording it without question as indigenous
to Norfolk Island.
URTICEa:.
Ficus coLUMN'ARis. — The Banyan from Lord Howe Island.
FicL's MACi'.OPiiYLLA, Desf.— " Moreton Bay Fig."
CASUAEINE5:.
Casl'akina fiLAUCA, Sieb. (?), determined in absence of fruits.
Tliis is a planted species found in several parts of the Island {e.g.,
Orange Vale and Mr. Fletcher Nobbs' property) where it goes
under the absurd name of "Scotch Fir."
Introduced Plants.
List B.-Miscellaneous Plants of Economic and Horticultural
Value.
Some of the islanders are ^•ery fond of flower gardens, and have
a veritable blaze of flowers. At tlie same time, with the condi-
tions so favourable, the flower gardens ought to be greater in
number. Many of the ordinary herbaceous plants found in Sydney
gardens are to be seen on Norfolk Island. Following are some
miscellaneous trees, shrubs and miscellaneous plants, not pre-
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 749
viously enumerated, observed by me. They are chiefly of an
ornamental character : —
TrcGS
English Oak.
Pepper-tree {Schinns tnoUe).
Cupressus tnacrocarpa.
Weeping Willows.
Salish.iria adiantifolia (Maidenhair Tree).
Rohinia pseud-Acacia
Yucca aloifolia.
Agave atnericana (American Aloe).
Fourcroya gigantea (Mauritius Hemp).
Arum Lily [Richardia), here known as Water Lily.
Strelitzia Nicolai.
Lilium Harrisii long iff or a {White Lily, which does remarkably
well all over the island).
Alstroemeria peregrina in gardens, and also an escape.
Bambusa arundinacea (Large Bamboo) forming some noble
clumps.
Fious repens (Creeping Fig), on the Patteson Memorial Church.
It would add much to the picturesqueness of the buildings if this
Fig were ver}^ freely planted.
Hedge-plants.
Duranta stenophylla^ the only Duranta in the Island, makes a
splendid hedge, and is often used for that purpose. A similar
observation may be made in regard to Tecoma capensis, which is
very abundant.
Miscellaneous shrubs.
Datura suaveolens (Trumpet flower), which grows wild.
Begonia semper flor ens. Huge plant six (6) feet through and
the same across, a very blaze of flowers. I am told it is always
in flower and it is a sight to remember.
China Rose ("Lady Brisbane") in great profusion and some-
times wild.
Oleander, in great profusion, and even wild.
Periwinkle, wild.
48
--,0 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Fafsia papyri/era (Chinese rice-paper plant) grows wild in the
Mi->si.»n iiroimd.
Mvrtle {Myrtns communis).
Wwdodendron ponticum (a common sort).
Ligfiiitnan Japonicum.
Crotons.
Jasminum Sambac.
Franciscea.
Xandina domestica.
Hibhcus sinensis.
Some other plants are referred to below in botanical sequence.
Cereals and other Grasses.
y\ii\7A\ — This is, uf course, one of the first crops ever grown on
the Tslantl. I was informed thai four sorts are principally
cultivated, viz. : —
(1). Ninety-day.
(2). Red (the sort commonly grown in the Island).
(3). Wliite.
(4). Red and white, with large flat grain.
A little Sweet Corn and Pop Corn are also grown.
T did not see a cob of any of the sorts, except No. 3, and, owing
to llie drought, which continued at the time of my visit, the maize
was in such a backward condition that I could form no opinion
as to the crops. I was informed that the Department of Agri-
culture had sent about 20 sorts of maize to the Island last year
for experiment, but all that I could ascertain from the people
was "Some did well and some did not." This little incident
tends to sliow that it is of little use conducting experiments
except under the auspices of some responsible official — say a
gardener in charge of a small experimental area. Maize is culti-
vated by most householders; it is used for fowl-feed, but very
rarely for horses. The horses are chiefly grass-fed, and most of
thcin do not know the taste of corn and will not eat it.
A little pop corn is utilised, and some sweet corn is used as a
vegetable. The white corn, ground, mixed with a little flour and
milk into a "corn cake," is often used as an article of food.
BY J. H. MAIDEN.
751
I could obtain no figures as to the yield of maize on the Island.
None is exported at present. The Island could produce a vast
amount of corn if required, but it must be borne in mind that the
New Hebrides and other islands can also grow corn even more
readily arid compete with New South Wales in the Sydney
market in regard to this commodity.
Wheat. — The first record of the cultivation of wheat is Lieut.-
Govr. King's statement, on 3rd June, 1788, "Began breaking up
part of the ground on the N.E. side of the hill to sow wheat."
As the settlement progressed wheat and maize were stored for
the use of the settlement, and also sent to Port Jackson.
On the hill, at the back of the Church of England, are nine (9)
very large brick silos, locally known as " Mummies," with a deep
protecting drain. These were used for the storage of grain, and
it would be interesting to know when they were constructed. I
have a note, " On 8th June, 1839, the silos at the back of the
Commissariat store were filled with maize and sealed."
The following hitherto unpublished table shows the return of
white crops for the twelve (12) years ending 1843: —
X
Maize.
Wheat.
El
lE.
Barley
Oats.
<
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
No. of
'H
Acres.
Bu-ihels
Acres.
Bushels
Acres.
Bushels
Acres.
Bushels
Acres.
Bushels
1832
226
2889
100
396
1833
140
2950
32
496
..
1834
275
3927
97
1053
...
1835
398
4690
130
1580
...
1836
386
15914
141
4495
"6
194
1837
506
20935
200
398
10
284
...
1838
735
21245
231
2235
21
500
24
764
1839
818
26882
206
1487
43
244
79
1435
1840
805
27078
237
3442
14
84
50
900
15
354
1841
815
21,596
275
1400
8
91
59
1005
31
994
1842
619
7625
303
2424
7
188
28
288
24
960
1843
615
8379
34
546
58
1456
56
1645
25
750
Wheat is no longer a crop. Buckwheat and White Clover are
.on the Island. I saw a little Lucerne, but it does not appear to
be cultivated now.
7.>J
THE FLOKA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Miscellaneous Grasses.
Paspalum dUatatiim, Poir., introduced by Colonel Spalding.
Stenotaphrum americanum, Schrank, the common Buffalo Grass
of Australia, but not of America.
Sonjhum halepense, Pers. (Syn. Trachjpogon avenaceus, Nees,
Endl., Prod. Xorf. 55). Hay grass of the Island.
Phalaris canariensis, Linn. "Canary Grass."
Ammophila arundinoxea, Host. {Psamma arenaria, Roem. ife
Scimlt.). The Marram Grass, planted at Emily Bay.
DactrjUs glomerata, Linn. " Cocksfoot."
]>roriius arenarius, Labill. (?) No specimens brought.
Bromus unioloides, H. B. and K. (Ceratochha u7iioloides, DC).
Lolium perenne, Linn. '' Rye Grass."
Couch {Cynodon dactylon) is the common pasture grass of the
Island. Evidence of its value as fodder is the fact that the stock
rarely feed on anything else, and look well on it.
Buffalo Grass {Stenotaphrum americamim) is now conmon on
the grassy hills adjacent to the Cascades, and is spreading over
the Island, having been deliberately planted by the people.
With us it is looked upon as of little value, as stock rarely eat it,
and thus it encroaches on the more valuable Couch. In Govern-
ment House Grounds, Sydney, for example, the State has been to
very considerable expense in eradicating Buffalo Grass, as stock
will not touch it, and it threatened to destroy the fine grass in
the paddocks. I would, therefore, urge on the Islanders the very
great desirabihty of not further planting Buffalo Grass until it
has been proved that it is nutritious, and that it is readily eaten
by^stock. I am quite aware that it is possible for a grass to be a
pest in the pasture in New South Wales and a valuable fodder
plant in Norfolk Island, but the onus of proof rests with those
who propagate it. Of course it is a valuable sand and earth
binder, and hence is useful for the construction of banks, etc.,
by engineers.
The Marram Grass, planted in the vicinity of Emily Bay a few
years ago, is flourishing, and no doubt will in time prove a valuable
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 753
sandstay. But the fences, are down in some places, and horses
and cattle get in and damage it, so that it does not have perfectly
fair play.
I am not aware that grasses (except a little Barley and Oats
for hay at the Melanesian Mission) are now artificially sown, or
that ensilage is made of any forage plants.
PcooT Crops.
Yams are cultivated to some extent by the Islanders, but on
a much greater scale by the Melanesian Mission. By the former
they are used as. a vegetable, like potatoes. Lieut.-Govr. King
speaks (under date 19th April, 1788) of " the yams now thriving
very well."
Sweet Potato. — Backhouse (p. 260) speaks of the abundant
use of the Sweet Potato in his time. He says " they are excellent
for food, either roasted, boiled, or fried in slices. When prepared
by frying, this root resembles sweetish cake, and sometimes
supplies the place of toast at breakfast."
Dow^ning (who copied a good deal from Backhouse) calls it the
Sweet Potato or " Buck," a term not in use on the Island at the
present day. It is universally known as Kumara (pro. Koomara),
which is the Tahitian and Maori name. The Islanders grow
them in very large quantities, and at the Melanesian Mission
they form such an important part of the diet of the natives that
their cultivation and consumption may be fitly termed enormous.
The kinds chiefly grown at present are the Tongan, Portuguese
and Sunday Island, but additional and improved varieties are
much required.
Arrowroot. — Downing wrote in 1851:— "The Arrowroot is
very extensively and successfully cultivated in Norfolk Island.
The starch is separated in the usual manner, in the months of
September and October, and is found to be of superior quality."
The plant yielding it is a Maranta, and it was supplied from the
West Indies by Government, through the Sydney Botanic Gardens,
many years ago. Very little is now made, and only for private
use. It is of good quality. I brought some to Sydney and sub-
7;,4 Tin-: floka of nokfolk island,
jected it to practical test. On enquiring why the industry was
flyinrr <,ul, T was told, ''It's too hard work." It seems a pity
that a useful minor industry like this should die out. The people
are accjuainted with the technique of the manufacture, and I see
no reason why, providing there is no tariff difficulty in the way,
tlie Norfolkers should not have a fair share of the Sydney market
for their product.
Potato.— Downing wrote in 1851 :— "The common or round
potato is cultivated, but not with success, although four crops are
produced yearly from the same soil. There is a great tendency
to run to stalk, from the rapidity of growth, and the tubers are
1,'eiierally small and watery." I tasted some very good potatoes,
although there is a tendency towards too much planting on the
same soil, and too little change of seed.
Fruits.
Banana.— On 18th October, 1796, Lieut.-Govr. King reported :
"The bananas yo?tnc/ on the island and those brought from the
Brazils grew to a very great perfection, the bunches weighing
from 40 to {?0 lb. each."
Collins (2nd ed. 149) states that King was of opinion that the
Island had contained aboriginal inhabitants "from discovering
the banana tree growing in regular rows." But see my remarks
under Colocasia, p. 723. Endlicher, Prod. Norf. 75, admits Musa
paradisiaca, Linn., into the flora on this evidence. He quotes
Collins (2nd ed. 311), but I cannot find the reference, and Hunter
(p. 290) (I note Hunter, pp. 306 and 308), but perhaps in a
German edition, and there is no reference at this page of the
English edition. I am of opinion that the Banana was not found
on the Island prior to the advent of the white man, and that the
record lias arisen through some confusion with a note of King's
(.see p. 723). At the same time King's remark above, in italics, is
very definite. Bananas have long been a staple article of food
of the people, and I feel sure that the small export trade in this
commcxlity c<juld be very largely developed. They are eaten at
every meal, and are largely used as a vegetable.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 755
There are, of course, many kinds of Bananas, and the shortness
of my stay prevented my making careful enquiry into the names
and merits of the various kinds. The followinsf sorts are recoir-
nised, and I will endeavour to make the list complete at some
future time : —
1. China (Cavendish).
2. Sydney (so called because it came from Sydney Botanic
Gardens). {Musa sainentiuin). It is very much esteemed. Best
for eating.
3. Pear (flavour of pear, from Fiji).
4. "Japanese." Very large bunches. (Also known as Dr.
Codrington's).
5. Pitcairn, or "Home" (the most esteemed banana by some
people).
6. Plantain (J/, paradisiaca).
7. " Putter," from the name of the person who brought it from
Lifu.
Apples. — On 18th October, 1796, Lieut.-Govr. King reported :
"The apple trees brought from the Cape in 1791 have born very
fine fruit." Apples do not, however, do well. Nor do pears;
only one kind of pear (the Chinese Pear) does fairly well.
Peaches are poor. Nectarines have nearly died out. There
will always be hindrance to development of the cultivation of
such plants until such time as the Islanders know how to graft
fruit trees.
Apricots rarely, if ever, bear. Perhaps the climate is too hot.
I saw no Almonds. If this tree has not been tried it ought to
be.
There is an inferior kind of Quince.
The Loquat is almost a weed, but the large-fruited sort is a
desideratum.
Grape-vine. — Norfolk Island is not adapted to the cultivation
of the vine. It simply runs wild, and produces small grapes.
The Isabella Grape, however, flourishes, and is free from disease.
Guavas. — Lieut.-Govr. King wrote on 18th October, 1796, that
there was a great abundance of Guavas. Backhouse (p. 274)
750 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
wrote : — " Guavas are now ripe; they are so abundant on various
parts of the Island that the supply is more than sufficient for
man, pigs and birds, all of which consume great quantities of
them."
At the present time guavas constitute one of the most
formidable weeds on the Island. There are small forests of them,
in many cases over-running good land, to the detriment of the
cultivator. It is the ordinary Yellow Guava which is in such
profusion, and it yields two crops a year. In addition the " Blue
Guava " (^Psidiwn Cattleyanum) is common. There are also a
few trees of Parker's Hybrid, which were introduced by Dr.
Metcalfe.
Citrus fruits (Lemon). — Of this fruit there was ''a great
abundance" as early as 18th October, 1796, according to Lieut.-
Govr. King. It is now one of the principal weeds of the Island,
utilising good land, of course. Its spread is owing to the com-
bined action of birds and stock. In places its thorns present a
formidable barrier to a passage through the bush. Most of the
lemons are thick-skinned, and would be of ver\^ little value. But a
matter for consideration by the officer in charge of an experi-
mental farm would be to ascertain if these lemons, whose only
cost is that of gathering, could be used for the manufacture of
citric acid.
The stock is obviously most vigorous, and one of the first
functions of a gardener in charge of an experimental farm would
be to show the Islanders how to bud and graft Lisbon and other
lemons on the common stock.
I saw Lisbon lemons in very few properties. Col. Spalding
has two hundred which have only been planted two (2) years.
They are 8 ft. high, and have already cropped.
That there is money for Norfolk Island in the lemon industry
I am quite sure. Lisbon lemons should be grown, and they
should be carefully graded and packed.
Citrus fruits (Orange).— These useful trees grow wonderfully
well. Many of the trees are, in fact, growing wild. They are
almost entirely free from scale. But there is practically no
BY J. H, MAIDEN. 757
market for them, and hence no special inducement to the Islanders
to cultivate. A consignment is eaten up with expenses in the
Sydney market, while the arrangements for conveying fruit in
the steamers are very defective, and entail great loss on the
growers. Surely improvements are to be looked for both in
regard to the carriage of the fruit and in regard to the marketing
in Sydney. The quality of most of the fruits is simply delicious.
I shall ever retain pleasant recollections of Norfolk Island
Oranges.
The Mandarins grow in great profusion, and colour marvellously
well. The quality of the fruit is good, but not so good as that of
the ordinary oranges.
There are a few Citrons and Shaddocks, while at the Mission
Station are some Limes. The Lime is a very old introduction.
Lieut.-Govr. King records, under date 3rd June, 1788, that he
brought it with him at the/settlement of the Colony.
Olive. — I saw a tree 5 feet through at the base. The Wild
Olive is abundant, and there can be no doubt that the Olive
thrives in the Island. But I saw no good sorts, and it would be
desirable to introduce the best varieties. The gathering of olives
(a tedious process, yet light work, suited for women and children),
the pickling of them or the expression of oil, seem to me suitable
employment for the inhabitants of Norfolk Island.
Strawberries. — Considering the latitude of Norfolk Island, the
strawberry crops were a revelation to me; and their success is of
course to be attributed to the rich, stiff basaltic soil. What I
chiefly saw were a round fruit (? Keen's Seedling) and a pointed
one C? Marguerite). They were growing in great profusion, and
I feasted upon them every day. The quality was excellent, and
I could see no trace of disease on the plants. Yet on enquiry I
find that few families took the trouble to grow this most delicious
fruit.
Miscellaneous. — The Passion Vine (Passifiora edulis) grows
freely, and is, indeed, wild in the bush.
Mortstera deliciosa. Mr. Isaac Robinson has a plant or two.
758 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Spanish or Sweet Chestnut [Castanea t^esca). This does not
bear well, although it forms a handsome tree.
Mulberry (Morus nigra) does well.
A^'alnut (Juglans regia) scarcely fruits.
The Cherimoyer grows well in Capt. Bates' garden, and this
delicious fruit is occasionally consigned to Sydney.
The Mango appears to do fairly well. This valuable fruit tree
should be well tested, the best varieties alone being planted.
The Cape Gooseberry {Physalis peruviana, Linn.) is very
plentiful.
"Many of the old roads, formerly used for bringing timber out of the
woods, are grown up with Cape Gooseberry, Phy sails edulis, which produces
abundance of pleasant, small, round fruit, in a bladder-like calyx. This is
eaten by the prisoners " (Backhouse, 264).
The Rose Apple {Eugenia jainhol ana) is thoroughly at home on
the Island.
Captain Bates has a few tree-tomatoes {Cyphomandra hetacea)
which bear fruit in profusion.
The Date-palm does not appear to have been fruited on the
Island.
The Coconut also flowers, but does not fruit.
The Pomegranate grows well.
The Date Plum succeeds fairly well.
Sugar-cane, Cotton, Coffee.
Sugar-cane. — When Lieut. Govr. King reported on 18th
October, 179G, this plant must have been well established on the
Island. He introduced it at his first planting in March, 1788.
He wrote : —
" The Sugar-cane of which the different inclosures are made is extremely
luxuriant and grows to the greatest perfection. Some sugar and a small
quantity of spirits has been made. It is to the great quantity of sugar-cane
that I attribute the success the inhabitants have met with in rearing such a
number of swine."
r
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 75^
Backhouse, p. 268, wrote : —
"From the sugar-cane, the old settlers of Norfolk Island succeeded in
making molasses, but they failed in obtaining sugar, not being aware that
the addition of a little lime, or potash, was needful to make it crystallize.
They also distilled rum, and injured themselves greatly by drinking it."
Downing, nearly twenty (20) years later, said : —
"The sugar-cane is seen in many places growing luxuriantly, but quite
neglected. The first settlers introduced the plant, and made rum of its juice.
Under the subsequent regime this distillation was forbidden, and hence the
cane became valueless."
The Sugar-cane is now only to be seen growing in a few places,
being simply used for eating. It is certainly not a robust variety,
and I know nothing of its quality. I do not suppose that
Norfolk Island could compete with Fiji and the islands of many
of the other groups in sugar growing.
Cotton. — I saw no Cotton, though this plant would flourish on
the Island. The gathering of the crop might suit the tempera-
ment of the easy going inhabitants. If Cotton were re-introduced
it should be under expert advice. Information would doubtless
be forthcoming from the Colonial Office which is at present
developing the Cotton crops of West Africa under the guidance
of American experts. Lieut. Govr. King sowed three (3) cotton
seeds in 1788, and under date 18th Oct., 1796, he reported : —
" Cotton has also done well, although but little of it has been
cultivated, as I am told it is a bad kind."
Downing wrote in 1851 : —
"The Cotton-plant was once cultivated by Captain Maconochie with
advantage. It is now wild, and overruns every part of the island to such an
extent as to render the bush almost impracticable."
I think, however, this statement is overdrawn.
A statement (manuscript) made about 1843 says : —
"The soil and climate of Norfolk Island are also adapted to the cultivation
of Cotton {Gossyxnum barbadeiise), perhaps more so than any other, and as
the labor attending it would be considerably less than that of maize, and the
crop much more profitable, it is to be regretted that it has not been tried on
a large scale. The produce of two rods, planted by Captain Maconochie on
760 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
the W. side of his garden at Cascade, was immense, and of the very finest
texture and quality,"
Coffee. — On 18th October, 1796, Lieut. Govr. King wrote: —
'•' Two weak coffee-trees, brought in 1791, are now healthy trees, bearing
upwards of 20 lb. of berries each; from the luxuriance of their growth, great
quantities might easily be raised."
Such was the beginning of Coffee in Norfolk Island.
If the Historical Records of N.S.W. be searched (e.g. vii. 7, et
ante) it will be observed how again and again the authorities
insisted on the prospective value of the Coffee plant to Norfolk
Island. And in the partial evacuation of the Island in 1809
(vii. 273), talked of since 1803, Coffee was the onl}^ plant on
Norfolk Island that appeared to concern the authorities.
A cultivated specimen (in flower and fruit) of Cojfea arabica
was depicted as tab. 91 of Ferd. Bauer's drawings of Norfolk
Island plants. This useful plant was in the year 1819 taken to
Tahiti from Norfolk Island according to Ellis (Polynesian
Researches, i. -164, not 164 as stated, Endl., Prod. p. 61).
In 1835 Backhouse (p. 278) wrote : "I had also a letter from
Alexander McLea}', informing us that the ' Friendship' would
call here, for Coffee plants, on her way to Tahiti."
In 1851 Downing says, "The Cotfee-plant thrives well and
yields berries of small size and good flavour."
Captain Bates, a very old settler, has a large number of Coffee-
trees in full bearing. Their growth is such that one cannot doubt
for a moment that the climate and soil of Norfolk Island are very
favourable to the development of this plant.
But it has been reserved to Colonel Spalding in late years to
attempt to develop Coffee-growing into an industry. He com-
menced to plant in June, 1897, and last year cleaned half a ton
of coffee; this season he anticipates a yield of three (3) times as
much. He has 12,000 trees in various stages of growth, and the
labour he has expended on his plantation may be fitly descril^ed
as enormous. He has not only worked hard, but has carefully
acquainted himself with the literature of the industry, and has also
devised a number of ingenious mechanical contrivances for pulping,
BY J. H. MAIDEX. 761
ifcc. Col. Spalding spaced his trees 6 ft. x G ft. and latterly 6 ft. x 7ft.,
allowing the extra 1 ft. for traffic. He has dwarfed his trees by
heading them back; this affords the very great advantage of
enabling the gathering of the crop to be carried out without the
use of ladders, Arc. He has good authority for the spacing of his
trees as he has done; at the same time, without presuming to be
a coffee planter, it seems to me that too close planting involves
the risk of exhausting the soil and hence of opening the way to
disease. However, the soil of Col. Spalding's plantation is mar-
vellously rich, and I could see no trace of disease.
Minor Economic Plants.
Hovenia dulcis, " The Raisin Tree " (Rhamnete). I saw one
specimen.
Leuccena glmica, Benth. (Leguminosse) is grown.
Inocarims edulis (Leguminoste). The " Vi " tree. There is a
specimen from the Solomon Islands in the Melanesian Mission
grounds.
Dolichos Labial), Linn.; the well-known bean, often used for
food.
Caesaljnnia coriaria, Roxb. " Divi Divi," the celebrated
tanning plant. The pods are used.
Indigofera Anil, Linn. This is a native of Tropical America.
I found a few plants at Orange Vale, probably a remnant of an
old experiment. It is cultivated in India as a source of Indigo,
together with the better known /. tinctoria (Watt, Diet. Econ.
Prod. India, iv. 383). The two species are closely allied. The
pod of /. tinctoria is '' nearly straight," and that of /. Anil is
"sickle-shaped." See DC, Prod. ii. 225; Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind.
ii. 99.
The Chocho (Sechium ednle) flourishes well, and would grow
out of bounds if permitted.
Downing wrote, " Cayenne pepper, manufactured from the
pods of the Capsicum grown in these gardens, has a quality and
flavour equal to any that can be obtained. It is in much
demand." It is but little grown at the present time.
762 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Nicotiayia Tabacum. The Tobacco seems quite at home.
Peppermint is plentiful in some watercourses and damp
grounds.
Tragopogon porrifolius (Salsify) is wild, and so is
Foinir.ulum vulgare (Fennel).
The Celery plant also is wild. Watercress is plentiful.
Introduced Plants.
List C. — Plants introduced for Cultivation, and which have got
more or less beyond control.
Crucifer^.
Matthiola incana, R.Br. (?). The common Purple Stock has
abundantly run wild near Emily Bay.
Geraniace.e.
Oxalis reptaas, Sol., Endl., Prod. Norf. 128.
Leguminos.e.
Cytisus sp. Introduced as a hedge at the Melanesian Mission.
Luplnus sp. A purple-flowered species in Edward Buffett's
paddock, and also in the Mission ground. The amount of seed
is wonderful.
Vicia sat'iva, Linn. I have seen a specimen from the Island
labelled V. sepium, Linn., which is, in my opinion, also V. saiiva,
Linn.
Vicia hirsuta, Koch.
Cacte.e.
Opuntia brasilieiisis, "A Prickly Pear" (bright yellow flowers,
thin joints, two-spined). In Mr. Rossiter's land and at the
Mission, near the gate. A plant near a building near the pier.
I was told that the people have often tried to exterminate the
Prickly Pear by cutting it and throwing it into the sea, but fail
to exterminate it. They might be instructed how to exterminate
it by means of a solution of arsenic in soda. I did not see much
of the weed, and it could be got rid of readily enough.
by j. h. maiden. 763
Labiate.
Salvia pseudococcinea, Jacq., Ic. PL Rar. t. 209, determined
through the kindness of Kew. Wild and a great pest.
Me7itha viridis, "Garden Mint,'' and M€7itha pipe7'ita, "Pepper-
mint," are both abundantly acclimatised.
Amaryllide.e.
Alstroemeria (?) pidchella. Escaped from cultivation.
PONTEDERIACE^.
Eichhornia (Pbntederia) crassipes, near Bloody Bridge. Intro-
duced by Dr. Metcalfe, and not likely to be a nuisance.
Introduced Plants.
List D. — Weeds accidentally introduced.
Papaverace.e.
Arc/emoiie mexicana, Linn.
Fuynaria officinalis, Linn.
Crucifer.e.
Senehiera didyma, Pers.
Sisymhrium officinale, Scop.
Caryophylle.e.
Cerastium vidgatum, Linn.
Silerie gallica, Linn.
Pohjcarpon tetraphijlliun, Loefl.
Malvaceae.
Malva rotundifolia, Linn., Endl., Prod. Norf. 136.
Sida rhomhifolia, Linn. It is known on the Island as " Big
Jack," after a Pitcairner of that name, who recommended it to
feed goats and pigs.
Line^.
Limun gallicum, Linn.
7g4 the flora of norfolk island,
Geraniace.e.
Oxalis corniculata, Linn.
Er odium moschatum, Linn,
Leguminos^.
Medicago denticulata, \s illd.
Melilotus alba, Linn.
I'rifolium mimis, Sm.
Cassia kevigata, ^^iWd. Known as "Acacia"; a very bad weed.
It will die if eradicated, and the seed does not readily germinate.
Onagrarie^.
(Enothera biennis, Linn.
,, tetraptera, Cav. (?)
L'mbellifer-E.
Caucalis nodosa, Scop.
Rubiace.e.
Sherardia arvensis, DC.
COMPOSIT.E.
Ageratitm conyzoides, Linn. Has the absurd name *' Night-
shade " on the Island. Widely distributed over the South Sea
Islands.
Erigeron linifolius, Willd.
Siegesbeckia orientalis, Linn.
Galinsoga j)Cirv[flora, Cav.
Hypoch(vris glabra, Linn.
,, radicata, Linn.
Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf.
Centaurea melitensis, Linn.
Primulace.e.
AnagalUs arvensis, Linn.
Asclepiade.e.
Asclepias physocarpa (E. Mey.), Schlt, My plant, the common
" Cape Cotton " of Australia, and universally hitherto (I think)
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 765
known by Australian botanists as Gomphocarpus fruticosus, R.Br.,
was determined by Rudolph Schlechter, when in Sydney, as
above.
According to Schumann (Nat. Pfl. Fam.), the genera Gompho-
carpus and Asclepias are quite distinct. I cannot find that
Asclepias physocarpa was published, but we have Gomophocarpus
physocarpus, E. Mey. Mr. Schlechter doubted that our Austra-
lian G. fruticosus is correctly determined, and the S. African
specimen in the Herbarium has much smaller fruits.
Schumann says : — " G. fruticosus, (Linn.) R.Br., is spread over
nearly all the warmer parts of the globe, doubtless everywhere
introduced. It is a very variable plant, and also that G. pliyso-
caiyus, E. Mey., differs from it only by the inflated fruits. There
seems to be a difference of opinion between Schlechter and Schu-
mann. Schlechter probably considers G. fruticosus and physo-
carpus to be distinct species, and Schumann as forms. There
seems to be no doubt that our introduced plant is not the true G.
fruticosus, and should be called either G. fruticosus, R.Br. var.
pliysocarpus, or G. physocarpus, E. Mey.
SOLANACEiE.
Solanuni sodomceum, Linn. Known as " Poison " by the
islanders. This is one of the worst pests on the Island, and it is
very difficult to exterminate, since every bit roots. If an
ordinance were passed compelling every landowner to keep his
land clear much good would be done, and the Government would
do something, of course, to keep Crown lands clear, but the effort
would be worth making.
Solanuni auric ulatmn, Ait. Universally known as "Tobacco"
on the Island. This tall weed grows in incredible profusion and
to a large size. I saw one 20 feet high and another with a head
25 feet in diameter. The circumference of the stem is sometimes
considerable. Mrs. Bates told me of one she had measured which
was no less than 44 inches, but I did not see any so large. It is,
however, a weed which has some redeeming points : —
49
766 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
1. It is useful for lirewood, and hence it might be judiciously
checked. If it were entirely exterminated the islanders would
have to fall back on the indigenous trees for firewood, and this
would be regrettable.
2. It is a breakwind.
3. It produces much humus from its fallen leaves, and worn-
out land is improved by allowing it to lie fallow with a growth
of "Tobacco."
4. The Islanders make jam of the fruits.
5. Mrs. Spalding told me that the Norfolk girls use it as a
scrubbing agent (with a little soap) for floors, tin-ware, pots, &c.
Nicandra physaloides, Gaertn.
Daturia stramoyiium, known on the Island as "Cranky."
SCROPHULARINE^.
Verbasciun Thap.ms, Linn. " Shepherd's Blanket " of the
Islanders. On the (now) grass}^ top of Mt. Pitt and other places.
Yerbenace.?:.
Lantana Comara, Linn. The islanders made a law against
Lantana, but it has fallen into neglect.
Verbe^ia honariensis, Linn.
Labiat.e.
Salvia verhenacea, Linn.
Salvia pseudococcinea, Jacq.
Marruhium vidgare, Linn. " Horehound."
S tacky s arvensis, Linn. The common weed known as "Stagger
Weed" on the mainland.
Plantagine.e.
Plantago lanceolata, Linn.; P. major, Linn.
Amarantace.e.
Amarayitus viridis, Linn. (?). In bud only.
by j. h. maiden. 767
Chenopodiace.e.
Cheno2)odium murale, Linn,
,, ambrosioides, Linn.
Phytolaccace^.
Phytolacca octandra^ \Ann. " Poke- weed.'
POLYGONACE^.
Poljjgonum yninus, Hudson.
EUPHORBIACE^.
Euphorbia Peplus, Linn.
Hicinus commu7iis, Linn. "Castor-oil plant."
Urtice^.
Urtica iirens, Linn. "A nettle."
Iride^.
Sisyrinchium micranthum^ Cav.
LlLIACE^.
Allium fragrans. Introduced with plants sent from Sydney.
Gramine^.
Br'iza minor, Linn.
,, maxiyyia, Linn.
Poa annua, Linn.
Festuca broynoides, Linn.
Brotnits sterilis, Linn.
Norfolk Island for many years employed over a thousand men
in agricultural pursuits. These were succeeded (from Pitcairn)
by 30 or 40 free men who simply could not keep in order the
land that had been already cleared and broken up. There are
a,t the present time onl}' about a hundred working men on the
Island, and they cannot be expected to keep the land as free from
weeds as it undoubtedly was in convict times. When land is
broken up for cultivation and then neglected, it is surprising
how abundantly weeds take possession of it.
768 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
When ground on the Island is ploughed, the Cape Gooseberry
{Physalis peruvia7ia) first comes up abundantly, and this is suc-
ceeded by the Castor-oil plant. But these are not the worst
weeds. The four following weeds occur in incredible profusion,
and I may say that never in the whole course of my experience
have I come across such a place for weeds as Norfolk Island. It
affords a striking and sad example of the way in which an
interesting endemic vegetation is becoming overwhelmed with
introduced plants. The four principal weeds alluded to are : —
1. Tobacco (Solanum auriculatuni].
2. Poison [Solanum sodom(fum).
3. Acacia [Cassia Ictvigata).
4. Red Salvia (Salvia jjseudococcinea).
Making every allowance for the islanders, I still feel that they
do not make adequate efforts to keep the weeds in check. From
all that I could gather, the islanders are something of fatalists in
the matter of weeds. Even the cemetery at Emily Bay is over-
grown in the rankest manner. There are weeds from the sea-
level to the very summit of Mt. Pitt. In many cases they should
be mown down persistently with a scythe, while in a flowering
state; they should not be allowed to seed; then they should be
ploughed in and sown with grasses. A few years of intelligently
directed energ}^ would make a marvellous difference in the stock-
carrying capacity of the land and in its general appearance.
The rolling downs of the Island are park-like and marvellously
beautiful, but they are marred by weeds. Still the beautiful
appearance of well weeded park-land may be seen in part of the
Mission Station, where, of course, there is much more labour
available than in most parts of the Island.
As regards Salvia 2:fseudococcinpa (see p. 763), we have an object-
lesson which the islanders would do well to ponder. If a plant
once gets the upper hand, it may become a serious weed. There-
fore, watch garden-escapes. Watch the plants which come up
with a crop, the result of dirty seed. No amount of foresight
can prevent these escapes showing themselves", but ordinary fore-
sight can prevent their becoming a pest. Tobacco was doubtless
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 769
originally introduced to beautify a home. Setting aside the
weeds that have made most headway, by all means give attention
to those plants that seem to be getting out of hand — incipient
pests.
I understand that the eradication of weeds was at one time
enumerated amongst the public works. But, as far as I can
ascertain, very little weed-eradication is undertaken on either
public or private account. The reason is that the people have so
much land that at present they do not feel the deprivation of
those areas which are lost to them through being rendered useless
with weeds. But sooner or later, even in Norfolk Island, the
pinch will come, and I think it should be impressed on the people
that weeds, if allowed to seed, are spread through the agency of
the wind, birds and stock. Something should be done, if only to
prevent the weeds getting worse. The so-called " Poison "
(Solanuni sodomceum) is difficult to cope with. It bears enormous
quantities of fruit, full of seed; and it should be eradicated and
burnt. The so-called Tobacco {Solanum auriculatum) has some
redeeming features, as already pointed out. The fruit of the
Tobacco is palatable to birds, which drop the seeds everywhere,
and it has taken on such an aggressive attitude that it is ousting
the indigenous vegetation. Let the islanders b}' all means use
it for fuel, but endeavours should be made to keep it in fuel
reserves and not allow it to spread, unchecked, all over the
Island. The best way to cope with these two weeds is to hoe or
mattock them out when in flower. While I think the public
spirit of the islanders should rouse them to do more weeding than
they do, if only to improve the appearance of their beautiful
island, I am of opinion that the weed-pests will only be adequately
dealt with when there is a large accession of population.
Pests. — I made enquir}^ as far as my opportunities permitted
me, in regard to the insect and fungus pests on the vegetation.
Norfolk Island does not appear to be cursed with very serious
pests; at the same time some of them entail some loss on the
Islanders, and, as years roll on, they will probably visit the crops
770 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK LSLAND,
with increasing severity unless approved means for combating
them are seriously studied and adopted.
Reference to the original report of Lieut. Governor King in
17^8 onward (see Hist. Rec. N.S. Wales, Vol. ii ) shows how at
the very beginning of settlement he was troubled with pests.
The American Potato Blight (Botyrifis ivfestans) is said to be
a recent pest, but it is already prevalent. The haulm withers
ri^ht down in a day, and the potato is found to be spotted and
then rotten. The Islanders are in the habit of saving their own
seed and planting the same patch year after year. The remedies
are fresh seed and fresh ground.
I noticed Mealy Bug on Oranges and Lemons, and Black Scale
on Lisbon Lemons.
Curl-leaf was observed on some Peach trees.
Maize occasionally suffers from rust.
Onions are liable to rust, and also to the attacks of a scale
insect.
Water-melons, kc, are liable to attacks by aphis.
Imported snails are very destructive.
Yiscum articulatum, a native Mistletoe, is very destructive to
Peaches, Oranges, and some other trees. The branch should be
cut out between the end of its parasitic roots and the stem of
the tree. The Islanders do not, however, appear to take any
steps to check it.
On the other hand, the Cofifee-plant is free from disease.
There are no snakes, leeches or ticks. White ants are absent,
and mosquitoes are very rare,
SUMMARY OF RESULTS,
Additions to the Indigenous Flora,
Norfolk Island presents few physical difficulties to the botanical
explorer. The following appear to me to be new records for the
Island; it does not include one species new to science.
by j. h. maiden. 771
Phanerogams (46).
Clematis ghjcinoides, DC.
Ranunculus imrvijlorus, Linn.
Cakile maritima, Scop.
Frankenia ^muci/lora, DC.
Malvastrum tricuspidatuin, A. Gray.
Linum marginal e, A. DC
Pelargonium australe, Willd.
Ge7'anium, dissectum, Linn.
Glycine iabacina, Benth.
Rhodomyrtus psidioides, Benth.
Lythrum hyssopi/olium, Linn.
Mesemhryanthemum cequilaterale, Haw.
A^num leptophyllum. F.v.M.
Vernonia cinerea, Less.
Bidens j^Hosa, Linn.
Cotuloj australis^ Hook. f.
Senecio lautus, Forst.
Sonchus oleraceus, Linn.
Picris hieracioicles, Linn.
Wahlenbergia gracilis, A. DC.
Erythrfea aust7'alis, R.Br.
ipomoea Pes-Caprce, Roth.
Veronica calycina, R.Br.
Verbena officinalis, Linn.
Rumex Broivnii, Campd.
Oberonia palmicola, F.v.M.
Microtis porrifblia, R.Br.
Colocasia antiquorum, Schott.
Cyperus rotundus, Linn.
Cyperus congestus, Vahl.
Kyllingia m,onocephala, Rottb.
Heleocharis acuta, R.Br.
Scirpus lacustris, Linn.
Scirpus riparius, Spreng.
772 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Scirpus mariiimus, Linn.
Car ex inversa, R.Br.
Panicum ej)usum, R.Br.
Fanicum sa7igui7tale, Linn. var. ciliatum.
Paspalum so'obiculaiiwi, Linn.
Andropogon refractus, R.Br.
Andropogon affinis^ R.Br.
Microlcena stipoides, R.Br.
Echinopogon ovatus, 35eauv.
DeyPAixia Forsteri, Kunth.
Dichelachne crinita, Hook. f.
Cynodon dactylon, Linn.
Cryptograms (17).
Foly podium conjdiens, R.Br.
Adiantum diaphanum, Blume.
Fteris quadriaurita, Retz.
Blechnum discolorum, Forst.
Athyrium hrevisorimi^ Wall.
Aspidiuin decompusitum, Spreng.
Leptogium tremelloides, Linn.
Fhysma byrsmum, Ach.
Usnea bai'bata, Ach., and var.Jiorida, Fr.
Ra^nalina leiodea, N}'!. \£ii\Jastigiata, Muell. Arg.
Ramalina farinacea, Linn.
Thelochisies Jlavicans, Sw.
Fhyscia C07iflue?i8, Mtn.
Fyxine cocoes, Sw.
Fatellaria versicolor, Fee.
Ghjphis verrucosa, C. Kn.
Lentinus exilis.
The Algc\3 (new records) obtained on the shores of the Island
I will not enumerate at this place.
BY J. 11. MAIDEN.
773
{H. ohlongifolia, A. Cunn.).
2. The following list of species includes doubtful records and
some plants Avorthy of further inquiry for various reasons : —
Doubtful Records and SrEciES Inquirend.e.
Clematis iadivisa, Willd.
Clematis cocculifolia, A. Cunn.
Driniys Hoiveana, F.v.M.
Capparis nohilis, F.v.M.
llymenanthera dentata, R.Br
Boronia Barkeriana^ F.v.M.
Eriostemon anibiens, F.v.M.
Eriostemon Beckleri, F.v.M.
Bosistoa euodiformis, F.v.M.
Pennantia Endliclieri^ Reiss.
Strehlorrhiza speciosa, Endl.
Metrosideros polyinorplia^ Gaud.
Mtsemhvyanthe'inuin austraJe, Sol
Olea paniculata, R.Br.
Ochrosia elliptica, Labill.
Tylophora enervia^ F.v.M.
Smilax jmrpurata, G. Forst.
Sniilax (jlycyphylla^ Sm.
Colocasia macrorrhiza^ Schott.
Cyperns lucidus, R.Br.
Nephrodium remotum, Hew.
Pheyopteris punctata, Bedd.
3. Introduced Plants.
In ni}^ paper on the Flora of Lord Howe Island (these Pro-
ceedings, 1898), I furnished a separate list of the additions to
the introduced plants recorded from the Island. At pages 746
to 769 (supra) will be found a list of the Norfolk Island introduced
plants, and no good purpose will be served by making a separate
list of the species first recorded by me, as most of them are now
recorded for the first time.
7/4 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
The following species said to be indigenous were recorded solely
In' Professor Tate. He did not visit the Island, and I do not
know who collected the specimens referred to.
Driinys Hoiceana, F.v. M.
Boronia Barkeriana, F.v.M.
Eriostemon ambiens, F.v.M.
Eriostemon Beckleri, F.v.M.
Bosistoa euodiformis, F.v.M.
Metrosideros polymor'pha, Gaud.
Olea paniciilata, R.Br.
Feperomia leptostachya, Hook, et Arn.
Malaisia tortuosa, Blanco.
Sinilax ghjcyphylla^ Sm.
Pandanus Moorei, F.v.M. (a name only).
Section ii.
Early General Accounts of the Vegetation.
The following accounts by Captain Cook and Lieut. King refer
to the primeval vegetation of the Island, and are interesting for
that reason: —
"We continued to stretch to W.S.W. till the 10th, when at daybreak we
discovered land, bearhig S.W., which on a nearer approach we found to be an
island of good height and five leagues in circuit. I named it Norfolk Isle,
in honor of the noble family of Howard. It is situated in the latitude of
29' 2 ' 30" S. and longitude 168' 16' East.
" We observed many trees and plants common at New Zealand, and, in
particular, the flax plant, which is rather more luxuriant here than in any
part of that country; but the chief produce is a sort of spruce pine,* which
grows in great abundance, and to a large size, many of the trees being as
thick, breast high, as two men could fathom, and exceedingly straight and
tall. This pine is of a sort between that which grows in New Zealand and
that in New Caledonia, the foliage differing something from both; and the
wood not so heavy as the former, nor so light and close-grained as the latter.
It is a good deal like the Quebec pine. For about two hundred yards from
the shore the ground is covered so thick with shrubs and plants as hardly to
be penetrated inland. The woods were perfectly clear and free from under-
wood, and the soil seemed rich and deep.
* Araucaria excelsa.
BY J. 11. MAIDEN. 775
*' On the isle is fresii water; and cabbage palm, wood-sorrel, sow-thistle,
and samphire abounding in some places on the shore, we brought on board
as much of each sort as the time we had to gather them would admit. These
cabbage-trees or palms {Rhojjalosti/lis lUmeri, J.H.M.) were not thicker than a
man's leg, and from ten to twenty feet high. They are of the same genus with
tha cocoa-nut tree; like it they have large pinnated leaves, and are the same as
the second sort found in the northern parts of New South Wales. The
cabbage is, properly speaking, the bud of the tree; each tree producing but
one cabbage, which is at the crown, where the leaves spring out, and is
enclosed in the stem. The cutting ott" the cabbage effectually destroys the
tree; so that no more than one can be had from the same stem. The cocoa-
nut tree, and some others of the palm kind, produce cabbage as well as
these. This vegetable is not only wholesome, but exceedingly palatable, and
proved the most agreeable repast we had for some time " (A Voyage towards
the South Pole, etc.," by James Cook. London, 1777, pp. 147-150, with a
map of Norfolk Isle).
"Lieut. King describes this island as one entire wood, without a single
acre of clear land that had been found when the ' Supply ' left there, and
says that the pine-trees rise fifty and sixty feet before they shoot out any
branches. There are several other kinds of timber on the island, which, as
far as he could examine it, was a rich black mould, with great quantities of
pumice stone. The trees are so bound together by a kind of supple-jack
that the penetrating into the interior parts of the island was very difficult."
(Govr. Phillip in Hist. Kec. N.S.W., Vol. i. Pt. 2, p. 126).
Bibliography.
The following works deal more or less with the vegetation : —
Cook, Capt. J. — Voyage towards the South Pole, 1772-75.
Vol. ii., pp. 147-9. Contain an account of the discover}' of, and a
description of, the island. London, 1777.
FoRSTER, George. — Florulse Insularum Australium Prodromus.
Gottingen, 1786. Small 8vo., p. 103 (often quoted as Forst.
Prod.).
Historical Records of New South Wales (Government
Printer, Sydney). Contain many references to Norfolk Island.
White, J. — Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales, 1790.
Hunter, J. — An Historical Journal of the Transactions at
Port Jackson and Norfolk Island, clrc., 1793.
776 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
The account of Norfolk Island was chiefly based on King's
Journal, although, of course, Hunter was there for some time.
There is a map or plan of Norfolk Island facing p. 393.
Phillip, A. — The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay,
with an Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of Port
Jackson and Norfolk Island. (Map, etc., of Norfolk Island at
p. ^Q). London, 1799.
Collins, Lt.-Col. — An Account of the English Colony in New
South Wales, 2nd ed., 1804. Contains, p. 336 et seq., an account
of Norfolk Island (drawn up by Lieut.-Govr. King), also a " View
of Sydney, on. the South Side of Norfolk Island."
Lhotsky, John. — " Biographical Sketch of Ferdinand Bauer,
Natural History Painter to the Expedition of Captain Flinders,
R.N., to Terra Australis." London Journal of Botany, ii. 109
(1843).
Endlicher, S. — Prodromus Floras Norfolkic?e, sive Catalogus
Stirpium quse in Insula Norfolk Annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando
Bauer coUectie et depictae. Vienna, 1833.
Cunningham, A. — See Heward.
Heward, Pb. — "Biographical Sketch of the late Allan Cun-
ningham, Esq.," Hooker's London Journal of Botany, i. p. 107
(1842). Includes a list of plants detected on Norfolk Island
that are not enumerated by Endlicher.
Backhouse, James. — Extracts from the Letters of, now^ engaged
in a Religious Visit to Van Dieman's Land and New South
Wales. London, 1838 (3rd ed.). Visit to Norfolk Island, pp. 62,
69, 71, 73 of Part ii.
The botanical portion is duplicated in the following : — " Narra-
tive of a Visit to the Australian Colonies." London, 1843.
Account of the Vegetation of Norfolk Island, with one plate of
Forest Scenery, p. 251 et seq.
Hooker, W. J. — " Figure and Description of a New Species of
Araucaria from Moreton Bay, New Holland, detected by J. T.
Bidwill, Esq." London Journ. Botany, ii. 498 (1843). At page
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 777
500 there is an account of the Araucaria excelsa of Norfolk
Island.
"New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land." — Copies or
Extracts of any Correspondence between the Secretary of State
having the Department of the Colonies and the Governors and
Van Dieman's Land on the subject of sound Discipline, not already
laid before the House. Ordered to be printed 9tli February, 1846.
No. 17. Sir G. Gipps to Lord John Russell. 28th Feb., 1840.
Enclosing plans, reports and estimates for building prisons, etc.,
at Norfolk Island." Many other letters. Map and chart of
Norfolk Island from Actual Survey, 1840.
Downing, Chas. Toogood. — •' On Norfolk Island, its Character
and Productions." Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., Vol. iii. p. 195, 1859.
He makes a free use of Backhouse.
Campbell, Joseph. — Norfolk Island and its Inhabitants.
Sydney, 1879.
McFarland, Alfred. — Mutiny in the ^'Bounty" and Story
of the Pitcairn Islanders. Sydney (n.d. 1884). Norfolk Island,
p. 209, but little reference to the plants.
Mueller, F. von. — "On Some Plants of Norfolk Island, with
Description of a New Asj^lenium." Journ. Bot. xxii. 289.
"Notes on Some Plants from Norfolk
Island. Op. cit. xxiii. 353,
Note on Exocarjnis phyllanthoides^^ndil.,
and other Plants found in Norfolk Island. Fragm. ix. 169. See
also Carne, J, E.
Spruson, J. J. — Norfolk Island: Outline of its. History from
1788 to 1884. Sydney, 1885.
Cakne, J. E, — Report on a Geological Visit to Norfolk Island
Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines N.S.W., for 1885, p. 147. Contains a
" List of the Flora, furnished by Mr. Isaac Robinson, from
descriptions by Baron von Mueller."
Tate, R. — " On the Geographic Relations of the Floras of
Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands." Macleay Memorial Volume
(Linn. Soc. NS. Wales), 205.
778 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
Moore, C, and Betche, E. — Handbook of the Flora of New
8oiith Wales. Govt. Printer, Sydney, 1893. At p. 518 a list of
*'Lord Howe and Norfolk Island Plants."
Hemsley, W. B.— '' The Flora of Lord Howe Island." Annals
of Botany, Vol. x., 221 et seq. This paper contains notes on
certain plants common both to Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands;
also tables taking cognizance of the genera found in Norfolk
Island and elsewhere.
Ferdinand Bauer and Norfolk Island.
The following: brief notes concerning Ferdinand Bauer are
taken from Lhotsky's paper. Bauer not only depicted the plants
of Norfolk Island in a masterly manner, but he collected many
plants, and his herbarium, with his drawings, enabled Endlicher
to write his Prodromus. One extinct plant [Strehlorrhiza) is now
alone known from Bauer's drawings. I would that replicas of
Bauer's drawings could, in the interests of science, be made for
Australia. Australian botanists could thus be enabled to clear
up some points.
He was appointed Natural History Draughtsman to the expe-
dition to Terra Australis, commanded by Captain Flinders, of
"H.M.S. Investigator." His salary was £300 a year, with
rations for himself and servant. The E. I. Company having
contributed £1200 towards the expenses of this expedition, the
share which Bauer received enabled him to make his outfit as an
artist very complete. It was further granted, by the Lords of
the Admiralty, that all drawings executed, which were not
required for publication in any work connected with the expedi-
tion, should be the artist's own property, as well as the specimens
collected by him, except those that should go to the British
Museum.
During his excursions from False Bay to Table Mountain, Cape
of Good Hope, and those at King George's Sound, W.A., until
the first arrival of the "Investigator" at Port Jackson, Bauer
had completed, up to the 22nd of May, 1802, 350 sketches of
BY J. n. MAIDEN. 779
plants, and 100 of animals, etc. On quitting the latter place for
Torres Straits, he writes on the 20th of Jul}^ that his collection
then comprised seven hundred drawings, which he had left for
safety in the house of the Governor at Sydney.
Lhotsky possessed two letters of his — one written from the east
coast of New Holland, when the "Lady Nelson " left the " Investi-
gator," and the other at the period when the latter vessel had
been condemned, and Captain Flinders was on his way to England.
In the latter communication, which is not dated, but probably
written in the middle of the year 1803, Bauer states that between
the period of his starting from and his return to Sydney, he had
executed designs of 500 species of plants, and 90 of animals, the
latter chiefly birds. He complains in this and former communi-
cations, that the wet state of the cabins in the "Investigator,"
by injuring his paper, had hindered the perfect execution of his
drawings. Captain Flinders having decided to go back to
England, Mr. Robert Brown and Mr. Bauer awaited his return
in Australia; and during this period Ferdinand visited Norfolk
Island, and spent eight months there, collecting those materials
used by Endlicher " Baueri in colligendis stirpibus industriae, in
desiccando dexteritati et divino plane in pingendo ingenio
debetur" (Endlicher's Preface).
At length he determined to withdraw to his native land, taking
with him his most extensive collections, drawings of more than
:2000 species of plants, several hundred sketches of animals, a
very valuable herbarium and collection of skins, the whole
occupying 14 large cases, with which he set sail from England in
August, 1814.
The liberality with which Ferdinand Bauer had been treated
by the English Government, in whose service he had remained,
finishing the plates illustrative of the expedition up to the year
1813, enabled him, on his return to Austria, to purchase a small
house at Hitzing, near Vienna, adjacent to the large Botanic
Garden of Schonbrunn. Here he worked very hard in executing
And completing his drawings of New Holland plants and animals,
780 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
as well as some plates of his illustrations, filling two large volumes
with the former.
Bauer died on the 17th of March, 1826, in the 66th year of his
ao-e. The l)ulk of his collections was bequeathed to his legal
heirs; but the two volumes of miniature paintings of Australian
plants and animals he left to his brother Francis, by whom they
were afterwards (1842) sold to Mr. Robert Brown. His herbarium
and skins of animals and birds, wdth the sketches illustrative of
them, were purchased for the Imperial Museum of Vienna; and
a o-reat many drawings, as well as copies of the Illustrationes,
were still, in the year 1829, in the possession of his brother
Francis at Vienna. I do not know what became of Francis'
collections.
Early Government Gardens.
Owing to the paucity of published records and to the break in
continuity of settlement of the Island, it is very difficult to obtain
details of the early Government gardens. The very beginning of
cultivation is recounted by Lieut.-Govr. King in his official diary
(Hist. Rec. N.S. Wales, ii. p. 556, et seq.).
From that modest record we learn that on Friday, 1 4th March,
1788:—
" At noon finished delving and enclosing ye garden. Its size is 87 feet
square; the soil very rich and deep. Began squaring it out and sowing ye
seeds as marked in ye columns."
Following is a list of the first seeds, Ac, planted : —
"Potatoes, yams, turnips, onions, lettuce, spinage, parsley, cabbage."
On the following Monday, viz., 17th March, the following
sowing took place, viz. : —
" Potatoes, beet, early cabbage, cauliflower, cress, mustard, jibbrocoli,
fennel, thyme, marjoram, shalots, sorrel, parsnips, parsley, carrots, corn
sallad, lettuce, onion, Indian corn, French beans, rhubarb, 5 cocoanuts."
On that same day the proud entry was made : —
" Turnips, radishes, cabbages and lettuces are out of ye ground."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 78 1
The island was uninhabited prior to its discovery by Captain
Cook, and doubtless these humble vegetables were the first ever
grown on it by the hand of man.
On the 18th March he "sowed 3 cotton-seeds on ye top of ye
hill." King carefully recorded progress in those early days, as
the success of the plantings was of great importance, not only to
the infant settlements, but also to Sydney, which had just been
founded. The first maize (Indian corn) showed itself on Sunda}^
23rd March, and on 30th March, doubtless as an extra treat for
Sunday, he "cut some cress and mustard for ye people; left some
for seed."
This first Government garden was doubtless close to the ofiicial
township, and was known as " Arthur's Vale."
I have been permitted to make, through the courtesy of Mr.
F. M. Bladen, a copy of a plan of Norfolk Island, entitled, " Plan
of the Settlers' lots and the ground cultivated for the Publick on
Norfolk Island, 1796." It contains "Lots of ground cleared of
timber for the Publick use, green." There are three "green"
areas, one at the settlement (the present township), a second
called "Queenboro'," now known as Longridge, and a third
called " Phillipburgh," now known as Cascades.
At an earlier date (19th March, 1794, Lieut.-Govr. King
reported : —
"Employed at cultivating Government ground: — At Sydney, 154 acres,
45 men. At Queensborough, 176 acres, 50 men. At Phillipsburgh, 42
acres, 18 men " (Hist. Rec. N.S.W. ii. p. 191).
pointing out that one hundred and thirteen only are employed
at cultivation.
"A great quantity of Government's maize remains to be got in, and the
376 acres belonging to Government are so much overrun with high weeds,
owing to the constant rains, that it would require five times that number of
men to get it in any tolerable state time enough for receiving the next
season's seed, which should be sown in May " {Op. cit. Vol. ii., p. 1S7).
King, on 5th Novr., 1794, reported the number of " Gardeners
at public garden, Arthur's Vale, for rearing plants and preserving
50
782 THE FLORA OF XORFOLK ISLAND,
seeds . . . 2"; and Gardeners at Queensborough for nursing
of fruit trees . . . 2." This would of course refer to skilled
labour onl}-.
In a letter addressed by Mrs. ]Morrissett, wife of Col. Morris-
sett, Commandant at Norfolk Island, dated 5th March, 1830, to
Mr. Fraser, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden, Sydney, she
states : —
" We have selected a beautiful spot for our garden, about 2^ miles from
Government House, which we call the Orange Vale."
This was a fourth garden. Government House, Norfolk
Island was, according to the same letter, occupied by Colonel and
Mrs. Morrissett at Christmas, 1829.
Backhouse (p. 251) speaks, in 1835, of the Commandant's
a^arden, w^hieh is situated in a beautiful hollow called Orano:e
Yale.
The vale bears the name of Orange Yale to this day, but it
has gone to ruin long ago. Approaching the Mission Station by
the noble avenue of Norfolk Island Pines, one observes to the
right, a second avenue of Pines descending to a gully. This is
Orange Yale, but very few of the original plants (other than the
Pines) are in existence now.
Backhouse goes on to say : —
" Much of the land was formerly cultivated, but this is now overrun with
the Apple-fruited Guava, and the Lemon, which were introduced many years
ago, when the Island was settled, with a view to its becoming a granary to
New South Wales. Grape vines, figs, and some other fruits have also
become naturalised. In the garden at Orange Vale, coffee, bananas, guavas,
grapes, -figs, olives, pomegranates, strawberries, loquats and melons are
cultivated successfully. Apples are also grown here, but they are poor and
will not keep."
At p. 264 he goes on to say : —
"Accompanied by the Agricultural Superintendent, we walked to a stock-
station, called Cheeses Gully, on the north side of the Island, where three
men are placed in charge of some cattle, feeding on grassy hills, embosomed
in wood, and partially overgrown with Lemon and Guava-trees. "
I do not know wdiether the name Cheese's Gully is still in use.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 783
There are the remains of the old Government Garden at the
Cascades (PhilUpsburgh) on Mrs. Young's land. It is a wreck
of a garden now mostly under Sweet Potatoes, but some of the
original trees are still in existence. For example, we have a huge
Moreton Bay Fig whose surface or buttress roots spread out
seventy (70) feet across. There are also huge Olive-trees, eleven
feet at spread of roots; a P itios-porwm undulatum thirty inches
in diameter, and some very large Moreton Bay Chestnuts [Casta-
nos2yermu7}i avMrale).
I also noticed in this old garden, Yuccas, a Rose Apple,
Pomegranate, a Coral-tree {Erytlirina), a Guava forest, an edible
Fig, Arundo donax, Peach, Mulberry, the Blue Guava [Psidium
Cattleyanum), a Lisbon Lemon, Candle-nut tree (Ahitrites), and
a Cherimoyer. There are also the remains of a gardener's cottage,
built of stone, and on its ruins and about the Indian Shot, the
Passion Yine, and a tall Lima Bean are growing in the greatest
profusion.
Phillip Island.
On 2nd Deer., 1788, Lieut. -Go vr. King wrote as follows :—
" At 6 a.m. I went in the coble to Phillip's Isle, where I landed on a rock
in Collin's Bay at half-past seven, and climbed up the hills, which I found a
fine rich red clay. A valley in the form of a half-moon runs round the
hills over Collin's Bay, and is, as well as the hills, wooded but not thick.
I do not suppose that there are above 1.50 pine trees on the whole island.
Most of the hills are covered with a thick entangled kind of reed (perhaps
Cyperus hcemafodes, Endl., J.H.M.) which only wants burning to clear
away 100 acres of ground, which would make a fine wheat land, if not too
dry" (Hist. Eec. N.S.W., ii. p. 601.)
Allan Cunningham botanised on the Island (which by the way
was termed Pig Island by Bauer, by reason of those animals
being placed there), and he gave an account of his trip
(London Journ. Bot. i. 113-120), which was sadly interfered with
owing to his having been marooned there by his convict atten-
dants. His account of the vegetation is the best that has been
preserved, and is particularly valuable because the Island, though
small, contained some endemic species, and because, as already
hinted, the Island has, through the depredations of animals, been
784 THE FLORA OF NORFOLK ISLAND,
since reduced calmest to the condition of a bare rock. Owing to
the weather not being favourable I was unable to visit Phillip
Island. Following is Allan Cunningham's account of the
" The interior presents some deep hollows, in parts densely wooded with
small trees, and an underwood, chiefly of the thorny Caper bush (Biisbeckia
nohilis), bearing fruit like a green lemon, and very diflScult to travel through "
(0??. cit. p. 114).
"Of the plants, I have to remark that they were, with but few exceptions,
the same as those of Norfolk Island. Among them were a species of Hibiscus
(H. insularis, Endl.), which has a suffruticose. spinous stem, bore decayed
yellowish flowers, appearing not to differ from a plant found at Port
Macquarie. I collected flowering specimens of Blackhurnia pinnata, not
previously met with in that state, and also of Capparis citrina^ A. Cunn.
MSS. {Busbeckia nobilis, Endl.), and the ripe fruit of Mimiisopi^ laurina,
A. Cunn. MSS. (Achras costafa, Endl.), which being produced in abundance,
afford considerable provender for the pigs. In the shades, I detected a dark,
glossy, pinnated-leaved twiner; it appeared to be an undescribed species of
Clitoria {CliantMis Baueri, A Cunn. MSS.") lb. p. 115.
"After pushing our way through some brushes of Caper, [we] entered
a thick, close wood, in which Croton sanguifiiimn [Baloyhia lucida,
Endl.), Hibiscvs Patersonii (Lagunaria Patersonii, G. Don), Myo-
porutn obscurum, Forst. , Blackbiirnia pinnata, Forst., the large Piper
(P. psittacorum, Endl.), and Oka a2:)etala, Vahl, were very frequent.
This latter I found in flower and young fruit, and was, therefore,
fully enabled to establish its identity with Forster's plant, originally found
by that botanist in New^ Zealand. The Cocco'oba australis {Polygonum
australe, A. Rich.) which I formerly detected on the sandy shores of the Bay
of Islands, I also met with, in open situations, but not in fructification. On
the southern and western sides of the Island, where more particularly I
directed my walk, I observed on grassy spots, Commelina cyaiiea, R. Br.,
Solanum nigrum (?), Plumbago zeylanica, with the purple flowering Dolichos
{Canavalia Baueriana, Endl.), bearing its pods, which are tricarinated on
their upper edge. A few blighted trees of Araucaria stood detached from
each other in open exposed situations, but not a single tree fern was met with
in the deep gullies we descended, where only two species of Fiiices, so
frequent on the large Island, w^ere remarked " {IJ>. p. 116).
Following appear to be the endemic species : —
Hibiscus insularis, Endl.
Streblorrhiza sjjeciosa, Endl.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 785
Solarium Bauer iana^ Eridl., the fruit of which was described
to me as " like a bright red elongated tomato."
Triticum Kingianu7n, Endl.
Nepean Island.
A smaller island than Phillip, Nepean Island by name, is quite
close to Norfolk Island and is grass-covered, with one solitary
weather-beaten Norfolk Island Pine upon it. It is covered with
grass and has no running water. It is about fifty feet high, a
quarter of a mile long, and is of a horse-shoe shape.
Lieut.-Governor King wrote as follows concerning it on the
29th November, 1788 :
" At 9 a.m. I went out in the coble and landed on Nepean's Isle, which I
found a lump of entire sand; which is kept together by a border of rocks.
Notwithstanding the deep sand, this island produces near two hundred very
fine pines " (Hist. Rec. N.S.W., ii. p. 600.)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
Dysoxylon Patersonianum, Benth. & Hook. f.
Fig. 1. — Epidermis paginae superioris.
Fig. 2. — Epidermis paginse inferioris.
Fig. 3. — Foliolum cmn nervo laterali transverse sectum (160 x auctum).
a. Epidermis paginae superioris; b. Hypoderma; c. Staurenchyma (Palis-
sades) ; d. Pneumatenchyma ; e. Epidermis paginas inferioris ; /. Cellulae
hypodermatis rostallophorae ; y. CeHulae pneumatenchymatis ; h. Cellulae
secretoriae (resiniferse); i. Fasciulus vasorum longitudinaliter sertus; ^^ Fasci-
culus vasorum transversim sertus; U. Stomata; 77im. Insertiones glandularum
decisarum (L. Radlkofer).
•86
NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE BLUE
MOUNTAINS AND SYDNEY DISTRICT.
By E. C. Andrews, B.A.
(Plates xxxix.-xliv )
Introduction.
The following notes are intended merely as an introduction to
the geographical study of the Blue Mountain area. The salient
points of the subject only are touched upon, the details being
problems for future study. The deductions themselves also are
suggestions only, needing more extended inductive studies for
confirmation.
For a brief outline of the process involved in stream develop-
ment, reference may be made to a paper by the writer* on "The
Tertiary History of New England," in which the views of the
American geographers are epitomised. To Hutton and Playfair,
of England, the pioneering of this branch of study is due; but
they lived a century in advance of their age, and stream develop-
ment received little attention for a considerable period after their
deaths. Sir A. Geikie recognised the importance of their
methods more than half a century later, while J. W. Powell, J.
S. Newberry, and others, as the result of exploration in the
wonderland of the Western States of America, readily appre-
hended the natural succession of the forms induced by the
agencies of gradation in elevated areas. To the untiring labours
of Prof. W. yi. Davis and his lucid interpretation of surface
forms, modern geography owes probably its greatest impetus.
As Prof. Huxley to the theory of biological evolution, so Prof.
* Records Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, vii. Pt. 3, 1903, pp. 1 40-216 (and
references).
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 787
Davis to geographical studies; and his numerous papers embodied
in the publications of Harvard College, The American Journal of
Science, the Geographical Magazine, the Geological Survey
of the United States and other Societies are invaluable to
intending workers in this field. The writer also desires to record
the great help he has received from the perusal of a paper on
" Shoreline Topography" by Dr. F. P. Gulliver* and one of the
volumes in the Progressive Science Series on "River Development"
by Prof. I. Russell.
In Australian studies very little attention appears to have been
bestowed on the importance of appreciating the relative value of
various operations known to occur in a cycle, although in a paper
on "The Kaised Beaches of the Hunter River Delta," by Prof.
T. W. E David and R. Etheridge, Jun.,t the later elevation is
differentiated from the earlier and more important subsidence, and
to each is assigned its proper share in the coastal topography.
Other workers; recognised the operation of contrary move-
ments in the northern division of this State in Extra-Barrier
Reef areas. A keen observer like Jukes,§ as the result of
inductive studies, recognised undoubted signs of elevation along
the Queensland and New South Wales coasts, but condemned his
own deductions therefrom as premature inferences because
apparently discordant with the conclusions arrived at by the
great Darwin for the same place from "Barrier Reef" considera-
tions. The Rev. J. E. T. Woods] | also disputed the case for
elevation, probably on the same grounds.
Other observers of note, however, like Prof. A. Agassiz, Dana,
and Rattray, II untrammelled by prejudice, recognised the validity
* Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. xxxiv. No. 8, 1899.
+ Rec. Geol. Survey, N.S. Wales, ii. 1890, pp. 37-52, pi. 3.
; J. E. Carne, Rec. Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, v. 1897, pp. 71-86.
§ Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," i.
I! Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v. 1886, pp. 187-189.
IT For general references, see E. C. Andrews, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
1902, Pt. 2, pp. 164-5.
788 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
of the claims of elevation for North Queensland. Yet even
workers like these appear to have overlooked what are, in the
writer's opinion, the main lessons taught by the shore-line and
coastal topography, as also the main criteria of subsidence and
late elevation.
In their discussions the idea does not appear to have been
entertained of a dominant movement expressing "the algebraic
sum " of various slighter movements, viz., that a region might, in
a broad sense, represent the overshadowing influence of elevation
or subsidence concomitantly with criteria of subsiding coast and
shore-line movements in like or contrary directions. To a student
of shore-line topography only, the eastern coast of Australia
evidences the influence of late elevation at every turn, but to one
who gets above these details of beach and coastal plain on to
some high sea-cliff", the shore-line and associated areas are seen
to be passing through a youthful stage of drowning on which a
vibration of recent elevation has been imposed; while to the
topographer viewing the coastal sweep from some commanding
elevation like the Guy Fawkes " Look Out " in New England,
the whole country is seen to be in a state of pronounced uplift
interrupted recently (over restricted areas) by slight subsidence
and elevation. Thus the high and widely trenched plateau
which advances boldly into the sea in North Queensland
points to a pronounced cycle of Tertiary elevation, since the initia-
tion of which plateau dissection has advanced to the stage of
maturity as regards the coastal area; the long saltwater valleys
and boldly seaward advancing headlands, as also the numerous
mountainous islands dotting the broad continental shelf, point
to a very youthful minor cycle of coastal subsidence (following
on well advanced marine erosion)^ which flooded the old base-
levelled valleys of the present "canon cycle,"! and allowed of the
establishment of the Great Barrier Reef on beds of late Tertiary
* See also Prof. A. Agassiz, "The Great Barrier Reef of Australia."
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. viii.
t Term adopted after Prof. W. M. Davis.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 789
age; while upon the same area a still later and comparatively
insignificant movement or vibration of elevation has been imposed,
criteria of the uplift existing as numerous raised beaches, tombolos
and wide coastal plains backed up by high precipitous escarp-
ments.
For the Sydney area we may represent the elevation which
attained its maximum importance during the eai^ly part of the
canon cycle as 3000 feet, the fluctuating late subsidence as 200
feet,"^ and the joggle of elevation as 10 feet. The relative
importance of each is thus appreciated. In a short time the thin
veneer of coastal plain exposed by the elevatory vibration will
vanish from the shore-line topograph}', while under the steady
march of marine and subaerial forces the evidence of the epicycle
of coastal sinking in late Pleistocene times, although more stable
than that of the weaker elevation, will also be found to be short-
lived. Yet after their disappearance the geographer will decipher
the tale of the great late Tertiary uplift with the greatest ease,
though doubtless scores of tremulous movements will modify the
topography before the close of the C3'cle. Care should be exercised
not to miss the main lesson in the insignificant details; shore-line,
shore, coast, and plateau should be surveyed together, and the
recent oscillatory movements discussed in the later portion of this
pa[»er may be regarded as ephemeral features which influence the
grand issue in part only and depend for the very recognition of
their existence on the evidence yielded by the associated sedi-
ments, as the occurrence of scaffold planks is inferred from the
sight of a finished edifice.
As this paper is written mainly with the object of clearly
differentiating between the various divisions of a cycle, let us
emphasise the point still further by considering the philosophy
of sedimentation as throwing light on the subject. Great systems
like our Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous show immense
* More pronounced subsidence with equivalent sedimentation is indicated
for North Queensland.
790 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
basal conglomerates unconformably overlying finer beds. Other
conglomerate and grit beds occur higher up in the series, though
subordinate in importance to the great basal examples. Alter-
nating coarse and tine-grained measures, and also bedded and
lenticular limestones, occur in the inter-conglomerate spaces.
The basal layers of boulders and pebbles argue a pronounced
epeirogenic movement accompanied by folding which closed one
series of cycles while inaugurating another. During the early
stages of the initiatory cycle the torrential action (owing to
increased stream grade) of the new streams resulted in great loss
of boulders and pebbles along the shore, while the succeeding
finer-grained masses evidence the pronounced subjugation of the
continuous mountain system. The alternation of coarse and fine
layers in vertical succession points to oscillations of movement —
here a layer of grit indicating elevation, there a coarse-grained
and cross-bedded sandstone evidencing rapid stream-movement,
a bed of sandstone or lens of limestone illustrating calm con-
ditions. The occurrence of conglomerates overlying fine sediment
or growth as coal seams or mudstones implies the rejuvenescence
of elevation succeeding pronounced erosion or slow subsidence
and concomitant sedimentation; if the conglomerates be im-
portant, a new cycle is demonstrated. Xor must we lose sight
of differential and accentuated movements. After elevation,
subsidence oscillations act in the direction of diminished erosion
and consequently finer sedimentation. A rapid rise after youth-
ful sinking minimises the etfect of the drowning. Thus from a
consideration of such a system as the Permo-Carhoniferous the
existence of numerous large and small cycles is proved. Each
vibration of movement resulting in a layer of sand or mudstones
is overshadowed by the epicycle, each epicycle with its grits, &c.,
is dominated by the cycle, which in turn expresses but a fraction
of the period.
I desire here to thank Messrs. Dun, Morrison, and Murton for
assistance and information supplied in the preparation of this
work.
by e. c. andrews. 791
Thesis.
Several peneplains* were developed at various times at sea-level,
and elevated successively to varying heights. The elevations were
of the nature of broad vertical uplifts for the centre of the dis-
turbed area, with gradual slopes east and west of the high central
plains, the axis of uplift being meridionally disposed. The
imperfect reduction of the old plateaus in their central portions
permits of the deciphering of the relative amounts of erosion
performed during the successive cj^cles of land-degradation, and
thus affords physipgraphical criteria of the relative duration in
time of such geological divisions as the Cretaceous and Tertiary
periods.
A study of the Hawkesbury River shows that progressive
stream to be the outcome of several periods of stream-revival,"
during which its original and unimportant consequent direction
was succeeded by its present pronounced lengthwise course, as it
adjusted itself wonderfully to the surrounding rock structures.
The present canons of the Lower Hawkesbury point to a rejuven-
escence of the Pliocene stream, the river incising its way through
the differential uplifts along its old course.
The youth of the latest uplift of importance is evidenced by
the appearance of the present canons. The influence of differential
erosion on the rock structures is also well seen. An oscillation
of subsidence in Pleistocene time is indicated by the conversion
of the Pliocene (?) canons along their lower courses into magnificent
harbours, while subsequent stream-action and a very recent
vibration of elevation accentuate such features as coastal plain-
formations.
The commercial significance of the recent drowning and the
piracy of the Hawkesbury by beheading of streams, with conse-
quent diminishing of river competence to silt up the harbours, is
well seen by a study of the coast.
* One of these may hereafter be referable to "benching" in horizontally
bedded strata.
792 geography of blue mts. and sydney district,
The Plateaus.
Standing on some eminence in or around Sydney and looking
westward, a range of mountains is seen to present an almost
unbroken sky-line to the observer. Here and there a flat-topped
mass rises above the general level. The even sky-line represents
the stretch of the Blue Mountain plateau, and the still higher
table-topped hills count Mount Tomah, Mount King George,
Mount Victoria and Blackheath among their number. If a trip
be taken across the valley of the Nepean at Penrith to Glenbrook
(600 feet above sea-level), it will seen that the surface gradually
rises until a point is reached almost 3,000 feet above sea-level,
when it will be found that numerous large flat-topped masses rise
above this level. Crossing one of these mesas, ''^ on which Black-
heath and Mount Clarence are situated, a precipitous escarpment
is observed to separate the upper and lower plain-like expanses.
Thence the 3,000 feet level winds westward, being overshadowed
by the mountains possessing subhorizontal summits. Various
towns occur on this upland (3,000 feet), among which may be
cited Orange, Blayney, Oberon, Hill End, Wattle Flat, Wallera-
wang and Lithgow. The plain-like expanses are not all at present
co-extensive, but were the intervening gullies filled they would form
a huge peneplain continuous in all directions and broken only in
the central portions by large mountain masses. Around Lawson,
Wentworth Falls, and the several towns just enumerated, these
higher table-topped hills are common. Blackheath, Mount Vic-
toria, Bell, Mount King George, Mount Tomah and the hills
north and north-east of Wallerawang mark points on a higher
level which rises some 400 or 500 feet above the lower plateau.
Their total area is trifling compared with that of the 3,000 to
3,100 feet level, but were the wide intervening basins filled, they
would in turn form another plain some 3,500 feet above sea-level
in the central portions. Above these again numerous points
occur, flat-topped or cone-shaped, which rise to a height of 4,100
* A flat-topped hill rising above the surrounding plain.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 793
to 4,300 feet above sea-level. These include the great flat-topped
masses east of Bathurst known as the Stony Ridges, the Clear
Creek Hills and Mount Horrible; while the Sunny Corner Hills,
Mounts Lambie, Walker, Binda and the Jenolan Hills represent
points rising to the same level, but more or less dome- or hummock-
shaped.
Returning to a discussion of the 3,100 feet level, we find that
east of a line running north and south in the neighbourhood of
Mount Victoria there is a gradual decrease in slope to the sea,
varied only by local differences. Thus to Sydney, from Lawson
through Glenbrook, the general flat falls gradually to a height of
300 feet at the coast, broken, however, by the great valley of the
Nepean at Penrith and the famous raonoclinal fold and fault"^
running north and south through Kurrajong Heights. To the
north and north-west of Sydney the general even easterly tilt
appears to be bent upwards so as to present a gentle glacis to
the metropolitan area. At Hornsby this slope has carried the
land to a height of 600 feet above sea-level; beyond this point
it spreads horizontally. Standing on the heights above the
Hawkesbury River, near Berowra, the surface appears as a plain,
surmounted by small flat-topped hills. Southwards from Sydney
the 300 feet level rises gently for 40 or 50 miles until the 2,200
feet level is attained, beyond which the surface spreads as a great
plain. Numerous small faults and folds will doubtless, hereafter,
be found associated with this bent surface.
Throughout the Blue Mountains one finds tremendous gulches
or trenches w^inding among the plateaus. These are bordered by-
huge parapets or ramparts of sandstone and shale, as much as
1,500 feet high in places. All the clefts end in V-shaped niches,
into which waterfalls of great height precipitate themselves.
Frequently the bases of the canons are sunken 2,000 feet below
the level of the plateau. Under the sandstone ramparts comes a
steep slope of weaker material.
* T. W. E. David, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., pp. 359-370.
■91
GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
Fig. 1 is a sketch section across the ordinary type of canon.
AA represents the high sandstone cliffs, bb the steep talus
slopes. The floors of these valleys, as shown at c, are usually
Fig. 1. — Diagram illustrating the formation of the Blue Mountain canons.
wide. A most interesting feature about them is the fact that if
the ordinarj^ slope of one of the sandstone beds as at a be con-
tinued across the valley it will coincide with a similar bed in cliff
a. Similarly for the shale and sandstone slopes of b and b.*
This fact of observation points to the obvious conclusion that at
some previous period the sandstone and shale beds must have
been continuous across the canons.
Thus, from the foregoing paragraphs, it will be seen that by
filling up all the hollows for each set of flat-topped massesf we
shall obtain several plains rising one above the other; the highest
being 4,100 or 4,200 feet above sea-level, and of relatively insig-
nificant extent, being represented merely by peaks and a few
mesas; the next 3,500 feet above sea-level, represented by long
winding mesas; and a still lower one 3,000 or 3,100 feet in
absolute height, and of much greater area than the 3,500 feet
levf'l. In the case of the 3,100 and 3,500 feet levels we notice
that they slope gradually towards sea-level east of a line drawn
north and south somewhere between Lithgow and Blackheath,
* C. S. Wilkinson, "Mineral Products of New South Wales," 1882.
t Mesas.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 795
and towards the interior west of a meridional line passing through
Blayney or Orange. To the 3,100 feet level and its coastal slopes
we propose the name of the Lithgow Peneplain; to the 3,500
(approximate) feet level the name of the Blue Mountain Plain.*
To tlie 4,100-l:,200 feet level the name Jenolan Plain seems
appropriate from the occurrence there of numerous residuals of
that old high-level surface. Above the Jenolan level very small
hills are found, such as the Sunny Corner Mountain (Plate
xxxix).
Fig. g of Plate xxxix represents the relative slopes and mesas
of each surface approximately.
More detailed observation may hereafter demand the fusion of
the Blue Mountain and Lithgow Plains, with reference of the
3,000 feet level at Lithgow, Bowenfels, Rydal and in the neio-h-
bourhood of Mount King George to "benching" agencies. The
great extent of the 3,000 feet surface, however, in the contorted
Palasozoic rocks to the near west is against this idea of a common
age for the two surfaces.
Thus it would appear that three peneplains have been developed
near sea-level, and successively raised 700, 400 and 3,100 feet
approximately above this datum line.f
From a study of the present disposition of the streams we
should feel constrained also, even should the evidence of the
mesas be withheld, to postulate at least a double cycle of erosion
for the area under consideration, so marvellousl}^ are the streams
adjusted to the rock structures. Reference in detail to this will
be made in the proper place. Subaerial erosion and elevation
thus appear to be the key to the formation of the successive
plateaus.
At present the exact ages of these elevations and the cycles of
erosion initiated thereby cannot be fixed. Each cycle, especially
* From the more commonly known peaks in the Blue Mountains which
form mesas of this level.
t Allowance must be made in these figures in the central areas for the
incomplete reduction of a plateau to base-level.
796 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
the earliest tme, indicates an enormous period of time, and as
must be obvious at once, each pronounced cycle such as we have
evidence of in this area must be associated with a distinct period
of sedimentation such as Tertiary (or Lower and Upper Tertiary),
Lower and Upper Cretaceous, Jurassic, etc. Undoubted pahieon,
tological criteria of age are absent even for the latest movement
of elevation resulting in the Lithgow peneplain, although a
Miocene* age has been ascribed to the lower high-level plain of
Eastern Victoria, which is probably co-extensive through Monaro
with the Lithgow peneplain. The evidence as to the age of the
Victorian plateau does not, however, appear satisfactory on
biological grounds.!
It is possible, however, that the Lithgow peneplain was elevated
by the diastrophic movement which initiated the earlier Tertiary
sedimentation. The writer is inclined to assign this age to the
uplift from a consideration of the advanced stage of canon
formation obtaining at present in the plateau surface. No plains
have had time to form along the lower river courses, the Hawkes-
bury being confined to a narrow canon even near its point of
discharge into the sea. Nevertheless wide valleys have been
excavated in still more western areas of weakness, while north of
Sydney great valley-making is shown as along the lower and
middle Hunter River, and the time necessary to excavate caiions
in the resistant sandstone of Sydney is very great, and the amount
of waste carried into the sea by the wholesale degradation of the
Wianamatta Shales farther west is very considerable, being
sufficient for the production of thick offshore deposits. The
aspect of the Lithgow peneplain at the shore-line also evidences
the far-reaching importance of marine erosion, to which a paper
will be devoted in the near future. No movement of note has
occurred since. Therefore an early Tertiar}^ age for the last
great uplift is very probable.
* K. F. Murray, Progress Kep. Geol. Survey, Victoria, No. 5, pp. 96-111.
t H. Deane, Presidential Address, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1895,
pp. 652-666.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 797
It will be shown hereafter, however, that the great Tertiary
uplift consisted of two or three distinct upward series of move-
ments. The first one preceded the great basalt period, while
another succeeded it, as may be seen by a study of the old river
beds.
The formation of the Lithgow Plain occupied, however, a much
longer period of time. The latest cycle, which we shall call the
" canon cycle," sufficed for the formation of small valleys only
(save in the areas of shales), whereas the former cycle was pro-
ductive of wide-spread plains continuous in many directions.
The time occupied in the formation of the plateau was doubtless
many times that comprised in the canon cycle. Similarly for the
formation of the Blue Mountain plain. The earliest formed
plain, known as the Jenolan level, had been developed to old
age, and indicates a cycle of gradation of such duration in time
as to dwarf the times occupied in the succeeding cycles. From
these considerations the writer would feel inclined to assign a
Lower Cretaceous or Jurassic age for the Jenolan Plain, with an
Upper Cretaceous or early Tertiary age for the Lithgow Plain.
Naturally in the study of levels like these, loss to mesas or
"inheritances from previous cycles" of erosion during succeeding
plateau cycles must not be overlooked. The remnants of one
plateau are also attacked during the succeeding cycle of plateau
reduction.
Let us imagine that, after a pronounced cycle of erosion in
which the resultant mesas represent the most obdurate of the
rock structures to erosion, a considerable movement of elevation
ensues. Let us also suppose that the rock layers are hori-
zontally disposed or gently inclined and that a soft layer
which formerly lay below base level, and therefore beyond the
reach of erosive activities, is now revealed by the elevation.
During the new cycle the corrading streams will discover the
weak layer, and rapid recession of both the weak and overlying
strong structures will occur. Should a thick, hard bench occur
beneath the soft layer, a terrace will be formed by the removal
51
798 GKOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNF.Y DISTRICT,
of the upper hard and soft layers until the underlying bench is
cut through, the upper surface of the harder layer forming a wide
terrace or esplanade. In this way the mesas of a former period
may suffer great degradation in the earlier stages of a new cycle,
their own powers of resistance to erosion being of no value when
"sapping" takes place. Should the rocks be of massive homo-
geneous nature, as granite, or highly inclined hard varieties such
as indurated slates and quartzites, then, provided the mesas are
far removed from the incising action of the revived streams, the
younger valleys may attain a considerable width before the
residual blocks suffer any appreciable reduction. If the rejuve-
nated streams flow, however, at the foot of a large mesa, the mass
suffers material reduction during canon development. For
example, before the elevation of a plain to form a plateau, an old
sluggish river may in its lateral migrations be actually under-
cutting a large unreduced mass; on revival of the stream by
elevation, a canon quickly becomes the expression of the upward
movement, and, as it Ijroadens its valley, the monadnock suffers
considerably even during the youthful stages of the cycle. Fre-
quently mesas or buttes are favourably situated for their own
preservation, being far removed from strong stream courses after
elevation; their very existence, also, after the second cycle of
erosion, implies their excessive obduracy of resistance to erosion;
lateral corrasion, also, has but little effect on them, since the
streams now have forsaken the plains for canons sunken therein.
Thus monadnocks (residuals) occupying the centre of elevation
in areas of dense homogeneous rocks will suffer but little until
the new cycle of erosion has progressed to such a stage that the
main and tributary streams have lowered their courses to a point
near base-level and lateral erosion ensues, with consequent
broadening of the valleys and concomitant disappearance of the
plateau or esplanade encircling the base of the monadnock.
In New England the writer has made special studies of the
loss suffered by residuals at the hands of erosive activities. In
the granite area of that district may be found remnants of at least
four successive cycles of reduction. Only the most siliceous
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 799
residuals of the earlier gradation periods survive to-day, the
oldest as peaks, the next in point of age as ridges and subhorizontal
masses. Well into the canon cycle, however, the southern
portion of New England was deluged with successive basalt flows."^
Alternating hard and weak structures characterised the products
of this volcanism; some of the flows were dense and offered great
resistance to deca}^; others, again, by virtue of marked columnar
structure and composition, were unstable as shales. The result
is that even during such a brief geographical period as the later
canon cycle, the basalts have been "benched" back for many
miles in the form of huge terraces, the upper portion of each
surviving bench representing the surface (^upper) of a hard lava
sheet, the material lost to the volcanic rocks durincj this "terracing"
being redistributed by the streams to form the major portion of
the extensive "North-west" black-soil plains. The granite mesas
and buttes to the north, however, have preserved their outlines in
great measure during the whole of the canon cycle, thus laying claim
to being the " survival of the fittest." Loss there has been here
decidedly, but confined to the development of shallow valleys by
undercutting.
Before the present cycle has advanced to late maturity, the
story of the great late Tertiary basalt deluge will survive only in
a series of dykes, necks and stray volcanic knobs in the central
area. Thus care must ever be exercised in differentiating between
monad nocks and later imposed conditions such as recent volcan-
icity. In all the endurance of residuals is evident.
The enduring quartzites and hard Silurian rocks of which the
remnants of the Jenolan Plain consist represent the central and
most resistant masses in the Blue Mountain area to the attacks
of erosion, for the Jenolan Plain itself evidences a reduction of
hard and soft masses alike owing to the length of the cycle.
Thus during uplifts which are in the main very similar, the
centres of successive elevations being essentially coincident, the
* The relative youth of these tlows is demonstrated from the fact that
they filled valleys excavated during the canon cycle.
800 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
Jenolan residuals were always favourably situated as regards
their own preservation. During the formation of the Blue
Mountain peneplain, the process of " adjustment of streams to
structure" had to be started again, but during the Blue Mountain
cycle the repeated migrations of the streams had searched out all
but the strongest structures. Then in the successive Lithgow
Period the loss sustained by these Lambies* was trifling, such
wear as they show being expressed by the formation of moderately
sized valle}^s only, their position and hardness allowing of their
preservation amid the general destruction. During the canon
C3^cle a series of deep valleys was carved in the shallow basins of
the previous period, mainly as the result of pronounced elevation
in forcing underlying weak structures high above sea-level.
Examples of these cafioned mesas are the deep gorges at Jenolan
and Kowmung (Kanangra) and the Macquarie River Valle}^,
broad in the vicinity of Bathurst and contracted along its lower
northern course in a gorge. In the case of the Macquarie River,
a dome-shaped mass of granite (suggestively laccolitic in appear-
ance)! is responsible for the weakness, the granite itself being
resistant, but the weaker contorted Silurian slates overlying the
boss were "stripped off" during the early age of the canon cycle
by the river in its lateral migrations, and these wanderings by
discovering the continuation of the weaker rocks underlining the
Devonian quartzites of the survivals from the Jenolan denuda-
tion, set up sapping, which operated so as to cause the rapid
retreat of the precipitous escarpment of the Jenolan mesas at the
Stony Ridges and Clear Creek.
The Plateaus.
1. The Jenolan Plain. —^\\\e Mountain studies reveal the fact
that at some stage in the earth's history — which we have named
* The Americans employ the term " Catoctins " for the um-educed masses
in the present cycle, and " Monadnocks " for those of a cycle previous to the
present one. The writer proposes the name " Lambies " for the residuals of
the third cycle, and " Spiribies" for those of the fourth, from Mts. Lambie
and Spiriby, two conspicuous peaks of the Jenolan and Capoompeta levels
respectively.
t J. C. Ross, Q.J.G.S., Vol. 50, 1893. pp. 105- 119.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 801
provisionally as Lower Cretaceous or Jurassic — a great plain was
developed at sea-level. No idea can be formed in this locality as
to the amount of movement initiating the cycle of erosion which
resulted in the formation of this plain. Observations conducted
in the dense siliceous granites of northern New England, how-
ever, show that the Bolivia Plain, consisting of flat-topped masses
Aarying from 4,300 to 4,600 feet in height, resulted from the old
age gradation of a plateau about 700-1000 feet in height which
had been elevated at the commencement of the cycle. The
Jenolan peneplain is approximately the same height as the
Bolivia example and is probably its southern extension, although
the intervening areas of soft Palaeozoic strata have not been able
to survive the erosive activities of successive cycles, and thus the
relation can be inferred only from the general topographical
similarity of the two areas.
The Jenolan period was one of long duration. Canons had
been cut in the plateau, mature valley S3^stems developed; these
in turn had expanded into wide plains under the action of lateral
corrasion, until, at the close of the cycle, a few rounded eminences
(PI. xxxix., a) only of the most durable Silurian and Devonian
rocks remained to attest to the existence of the old upland. The
rivers even in flood time pushed loads of silt only beyond their
mouths, and doubtless limestones were deposited in the clear water
off-shore. Naturally during such a period of stable equilibrium,
or rather one in which gradation and the algebraic sum of the
elevations and depressions resulted in the formation of a plane
near sea-level, the sea had encroached considerably on the land
surface. Immediately after the initial elevation it had built up
its off-shore base, then it had marched inland, destroying the bars
and piling the waste to form the continental shelf. As the bars
perished, the land was attacked, and the continental shelf grew
at the expense of the coast. Large cliffs were doubtless in this
case the expression of youthful sea attacks, but as the coast
became subdued Vj}- subaerial agencies the cliffs of youth gave
place to more subdued forms. As the sea encroached on the
land, wave-base became progressively less deeply seated, the sea
802 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUR MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
shallowing very gradiuill}' for considerable distances from land;
thus wave-attack diminished in competency, and in the old
age of the cycle the submarine platform and the Jenolan pene-
plain would almost merge into one another.
At the close of the cycle, then, the Jenolan Plain presented a
generally even surface removed but slightly above sea-level
(PL xxxix., fig. a) and diversified by gentle hills only; the coast
consisted of enormous gently curving beaches unbroken by
indentations. Sluggish rivers wandered over the plains, and
near their mouths were deflected from their normal consequent
courses by the dominant ocean current. The continental shelf
was of considerable width, the sea deepening oftshore for many
miles at an excessively slow rate.
2. The Blue Mountain Plain (Cretaceous ?).
The further formation of the Jenolan Plain, of which Sunny
Corner, the Stony Ridges, the Clear Creek Hills, Mts. Lambie,
Binda and Walker are to-day the insignificant remnants, was
interrupted b}^ a gentle tilting motion which carried the old plain
from sea-level on the east coast to a maximum height of 700 (?)
feet in the central portions (PI. xxxix., fig. b). A broad central
plateau was thus formed, having down-folded east and west
limbs. During the previous cycle, and also portion of the Blue
Mountain period, the centre of Australia was occupied by a
shallow sea, having a portion of its eastern shore in the neighbour-
hood of Moree, Narrabri and Dubbo. The new area thus secured
ma}^ have considerably advanced the land eastwards. In that
case it consisted essentially of a subaerial plain of denudation,
with a marginal plain of marine erosion, capped by off-shore
deposits. This capping of sediments would disappear early in
the cycle. The Trias-Jura sediments were also exposed some-
what, and subjected to subaerial denudation, although it is
probable they came, not into the sphere of pronounced central
elevation, but occupied low-pitched east and west limbs only.
It has been suggested that the Blue ^Mountain Plain is one
with the Lithgow level, and that the surface is one of sedimenta-
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 803
tion. The very broad valleys of Lithgow and associated areas,
iind the 3000 feet level of the western areas appear to be against
this view. The writer also predicts differential erosion for the
coastal and more inland areas.
The cycle of denudation which closed with the formation of the
Blue Mountain peneplain involved the operation of long-con-
tinued and slowl}'- acting forces. The streams wore the land
down approximately to the old age stage, and broad plains like
valleys were induced in all but the central areas of hard Palaeo-
zoic rocks (PI. xxxix., Hg. c). Compared with the Jenolan cycle,
however, during which the central portions had suffered wholesale
reduction, the Blue Mountain cycle was of short duration.
The sequential stages in the coastal topographical development
after the uplift, resulted in a set of conditions very similar to
those obtaining at the completion of the Jenolan cycle. The sea
had, however, less time in which to accomplish its purpose. Thus
the encroachment on the land by the sea was less pronounced
than in the former gradation period, although the coastal and
shore-line features were very similar.
Upper Cretaceous (?) History.
The Lithgoiv Plain (The Plateau cycle).
With the close of the Jenolan and Blue Mountain cycles, the
two longest chapters in the modern (geologically considered)
topographical development of the Blue Mountain area are ended.
The remaining chapters are, however, full of suggestion and
interest, inasmuch as minor movements can be read easily in the
recent cycles, while the main features alone are decipherable in
the Jenolan and Blue Mountain periods, facility of interpreta-
tion, as regards surface features, being inversely proportional to
the remoteness of time of any cycle of operations under consider-
ation.
While yet the Sunny Corner and associated mountains
remained to evidence the former proportions of the Jenolan Plain,
another period of elevation occurred, this time, however, reaching
804 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
a maximum of sonic 400* feet only in the central portions. The
movement probably did not influence the streams materially, and
they immediately commenced to cut narrow canons near to base-
level in their old wide plains. Fig. d of PI. xxxix. illustrates the
appearance of the tilted Blue Mountain and Jenolan levels. The
rocks acted upon during this period were hard, consisting of
slates, quartzites and sandstones similar to those around Sydney.
Thus river-action was necessarily slow, especially in the final
stages.
Stream-action continued for .such a period that the eastern
plateau as far inland as Wentworth Falls was cut down almost
in its entirety to sea-level, mere hillocks being left thence to the
coast, as may be seen to-day from the general level surrounding
Hornsb}'^ and Berowra. In the central plateau, as also the western
slopes, the hills had been attacked, and the plains on which
Orange, Blayney, Oberon, Wattle Flat, Hill End, Rydal and
Lithc^ow are situated, cut down almost to sea-level (PI. xxxix., fig.
e). Before the period closed the rivers wound and curved endlessly
through wide plains of their own making. Every time they
marched in serpentine course across the valle3\s the}^ attacked the
bordering hills, and widened their tracks. The channels in the
upper portions were filled with excessively rounded pebbles,
.capped by sand and mud layers. These pebbles consisted of the
hardest material only, such as quartz. These old streams, now
buried beneath lava flows, evidence oscillatory movements of the
plains, a fuller description of which is given in the author's
description of New England.!
A period of volcanism is shown to be one of the closing events
in this cycle.; Explosion craters were formed, and long streams
* This broad- bottomed valley near Lithgow, 400 to 500 feet below the
Blue Mountain heights, has been assigned by some to benching.
t E. C. Andrews, " An Outline of the Tertiary History of New England,"
Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales, vii., Pt. 3, 1903.
X It is possible, however, that this will be proved to be referable to the
later carion cycle, as in the case of New England. Probably, also, many of
the old lava sheets round Bathurst, etc., originated in dykes.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. (S05
of basalt poured thence out over the plains,"^'* whereas the great
lava plains in New England are suggestive of dyke-aetion. The
Hawkesbury all this time had been developing itself at the
expense of its neighbours. Originally it was an insignificant
stream with a course almost due east to the sea. Thence, how-
ever, during the cutting down of the hills it discovered the
slightly upturned edges of softer layers of the sandstone cap —
places, for instance, in which whole areas of shale existed with
sandstone, like that belt of country lying between Penrith and
Pic ton.
Straightway on the discovery it developed a lengthwise course
therein, and, pushing its way south, it encountered other conse-
uent or east and west streams. These beintc unable to cut their
way into the surface as quickly as the Haw^kesbury, owing to
lack of w^ater and load, had their head waters captured by its
lengthw^ise course.
If observations be confined to the eastern portions of the
elevated area, localities such as Berowra, Waterfall, Helensburgh,
Loddon or Moss Vale, the Lithgow Plain appears to be as com-
pletely developed as the older peneplains. Studies conducted in
the central areas, howcAer, show that the age of the Lithgow
cycle is insignificant compared with the older cycles. Final
reduction of the central plateau is the criterion of excessive
old age of a cycle of erosion. The Jenolan Plain satisfies this
test of senilit}'', and the discrepancy of age between its stage of
development and the recent plateau is very pronounced.
The Canon Cycle (Tertiary).
This period was initiated by pronounced and long continued
uplift. This was the great elevation in late geological time
(PL xxxix., fig.y )• The Lithgow Plain was forced upward until it
reached a maximum height of 3, 100 feet above the sea in its central
portions. The movement was not rapid, but so gradual as to
probably occupy very many thousands of years in its completion
and not to materially alter the Tertiary (?) river system.
* J. E. Carne, in I'M.
806 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
Very probably the old Hawkesbury River bed of Lapstone
Hill belonged to the early canon cycle, and the post-basaltic
period of elevation revived the old stream which had previously
been flowing over an area of but slight elevation.
The movement w^as not uniform, since we find on studying the
original slopes of the surface (by connecting different portions of
the Lithgow Plain across the gullies cut into them during a later
period) that : —
1. At Sydney the general surface is 300 feet above sea-level.
2. ,, Hornsby „ GOO „
3. ,, Glenbrook ,, 600 ,, ,,
4. ,, Lithgow, Rydal, and Oberon ,, 3100 ,, ,,
5. „ Hill End and Wattle Flat „ 3000 „
6. ,, Orange and Blayney ,, 2900 ,, ,,
6. „ Clifton „ 1200 „
8. ,, Kiama Mountains and Moss Vale 2200 ,, ,,
B}' following the uppermost beds of the Haw^kesbury Sandstone
south of Sydney, a splendid idea of the gradual southward rise
of the Lithgow Plain is obtained. The heights progressively
obtained are, approximately, Sydne}" 300, Port Hacking 600,
Waterfall 700, Helensburgh 900. Bulli Pass 1350, Robertson
2200, and Moss Vale 2200 feet. From all points the observer
appears to stand on a limitless plain broken here and there
(especially westward) by flat-topped hills.
Thus it appears that there has been an even vertical lift of
3000 feet between Orange and Lithgow^ thence towards Sydney
a gradual decrease in height, interrupted, however, localty by a
large fold and fault,* wdiile northw^ards and southwards of Sydney
the coast has been gradually elevated to maxima of 600 and 2200
feet respectively. Sydney thus occupies the centre of a warped
area.
* T. W. E. David, "An important Geological Fault at Kurrajong Heights'
(and references). Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., 359.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 807
From R^^dal to Sydney, as also northwards of the latter place
to Gosford and southwards to Illawarra, the upper portion of this
great sweep of the Lithgow Plain consists of hard layers of sand-
stone, 900 feet thick at Sydney but thinning away rapidly thence
to the north, w^est and south. The greater portion of the area
between Sydney, Parramatta, Penrith, Glenbrook, Camden and
Picton is composed of layers of soft sandstone and shales, thus
forming an extremely weak spot in a very hard setting. Again,
the hard cap of sandstone overlies other sandstones, sandwiched
in with layers of shales, coal seams, etc., the whole forming a
very weak structure when once the hard protecting cap has been
removed. The rock structures west of Rydal are, in places,
excessively strong, consisting of indurated Silurian slates and
Devonian quartzites.
Fig. e of PI. xxxix. represents the original appearance of the
Lithgow Plain before the canon cycle, with the flat- topped masses
of the Blue Mountain and Jenolan Plains rising above it. The
rock structure is also shown approximately, explaining the reason
why the soft underlying shales were not attacked during this
period.
Fig. /of PI. xxxix. represents the uplift of this plain for 3000
feet above sea-level, and the relation of its structures now shows
that at some little distance inland the weak shales and sandstones
outcrop high above sea-level, while east of Glenbrook they are
still below that level.
To digress slightly, it will be seen from a glance at the diagrams
that the hills to the east and west of the central portions were
never so large as those of the centre itself : —
(1.) Since the elevations were not so pronounced on the
marginal or coastal portions as in the central areas.
(2.) Owing to increased river-action on the marginal areas (the
whole of the drainage acting there) the result being that broad
valleys are there developed by lateral corrasion, while the canons
of the central plateau are in their infancy.
Thus in all these cycles of gradation we should expect the
mountains (unless extremely resistant) away from the central
808 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
portions to disappear first, and great plains to exist in their place,
while considerable Hat-topped masses occupy almost the whole of
the centre.*
To return to the discussion of the elevation, we note that the
streams received a marked impetus therefrom. Instead of wind-
ing as heretofore sluggishly over the wide Lithgow Plain, the}^
cascaded furiously to the sea and proceeded to entrench them-
selves in their old basins. They would also be confined to steep
narrow canons until they could saw their way through the hard
overl3'ing sandstone. As the consecjuent Hawkesbury cut its way
through the resistant sandstone layer between Richmond and
Broken Bay, so the soft layers of shale between Penrith and
Picton were rapidly attacked l)y the lengthwise course of the
river. It could, however, only cut downwards through the shales
as quickly as the hard sandstone allowed the lower portion of the
river to sink through its mass; thus the subsequent Hawkesbury
amused itself meanwhile with meandering across the soft layers,
scooping them out for miles in its migrations. The old plateau
(Miocene 1} stream once flowed through Glenbrook, traces of
which survive in the large conglomerates occurring there. I he
stream at that period doubtless ran at a point but slightly above
sea-level, 600 feet below its present position. Traces of lower
levels may be seen in the cuttings between Penrith and Glen-
brook and on the large flat at St. Mary's. f
The caiion cycle was the period of exultation for the Hawke.s-
bury. During the previous period it had searched out the weak
spots then above sea-level and had developed its subsequent
course in great measure, capturing the smaller consequent streams
as they were unable to cut their caiions fast enough into the hard
eastern layers. The Nepean appears to have been captured in
this manner, and as we now know it is thus an ohsequent stream.
* E. C. Andrews, "An outline of the Tertiary History of New England "
(and references). Rec, Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales, vii, 1903.
t W. B. Clarke, Sedimentary Formations of New South Wales. 4th
Edition, and map.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 809
The insignificant remnants of these so captured or beheaded
streams, determined^' in the previous cycle and modified in the
canon period, are known as George's, Port Hacking and Cook's
Rivers and the greater number of the streams of the Illawarra
coast.
Although, as was mentioned previously, (a statement to be
amplified later) the very gradual uplift of the Lithgow Plain
allowed the Hawkesburj^ to entrench itself along its former valley,
it is natural to postulate decided stream-modifications for the
caiion cycle, the following structures being competent to originate
such modifications : —
ia) The fold and fault passing through Glenbrook and
Kurrajong.
(b) The Wianamatta Shales of the Penrith-Picton area.
(c) The great warp-like elevation.
{d) The elevation of soft shales and other strata to a point
considerably above sea-level.
The fold and associated fault have been described in some
detail by Prof. T. W. E. David f. The author, from topographical
criteria, is inclined to assign also a considerable age for these
movements. By some the fold has been considered as the move-
ment which drowned the coastal valleys in late Pleistocene^ time.
In these earlier discussions the evidence yielded by canon cycle
erosion appears to have been overlooked. Later observations^
prove the plateau to have passed through a great phase of degra-
dation since the slow movements resulting in the fold and later
fault. A considerable time appears evident for the movement
because of the opposite pitches shown, illustrating the slow
* [a) From a consideration of their present channels, which are suited to
their size, {h) Such admirable adjustment of streams to structure as shown
here is the work of more than one cycle.
+ " An Important Geological Fault at Kurrajong Heights, N.S. Wales."
Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi. pp. 359-370 (and references).
\ C. S. Wilkinson.
§ T. W. E. David, op. cit. p. 365.
810 GEOCxRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
adjustment of coastal masses to one set of conditions and later
reversal of the motion. The fold and fault appear to date back
at least to the closing stages of the plateau (Lithgow) C3'cle.
The establishment of the old plain stream, before the canon cycle
commenced, along a line fairly coincident with the general direc-
tion taken by the great fold, would at first sight appear to throw
the age of the movement back well into the plateau cycle, on the
ground that the fault line predetermined the river course rather
than that the fault followed the stream. The Wianamatta Shales
themselves, however, by their position appear competent to bring
about such stream-deflection, and until further observations are
taken along the line of folding and faulting the writer would be
inclined to refer the age of the movements to the early caiion
stage,* and assign the prime cause of the longitudinal course of
the river to the instability of the shales and the prevailing rock
strike. A fine problem for future study is thus opened up, viz.,
as to the relative age of river and folding, for faults rarely assume
accidental parallelism with streams.
Possibly the movement described by Prof. David t may be but
a fresh slip on an ancient line of fault, but it seems absolutely
demonstrated, howe^■er, that the fault scarp as seen to-day does
not antedate the caiion cycle. River-develojDment must be the
criterion of age in the present state of our knowledge.
On the other hand, assuming the age of the folding to post-
date the plateau cycle, it appears that the subsequent Hawkes-
bury had practically determined its course before the folding took
place; thus the influence of the fold would not be marked, though
its guiding action appears manifest in places.
The Wianamatta Shales are doubtless responsible in great
measure for the lengthwise course of the river. On the great
* Very probably the old Hawkesbury Kiver bed of Lapstone Hill belonged
to the early canon cycle, and the post-basaltic period of elevation revived the
old stream which had previously been flowing over an area of but slight
elevation.
t Loc. cit.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 811
Tertiary deformation they kept the stream within their area,
while allowing great freedom of lateral movement.
The deformation which characterised the uplift doubtless
modified some of the beheaded streams, as also headwater corra-
sion, although, as will shortly be shown, an excessively slow
movement is evidenced for the elevation, thus reducing the com-
petence of gravity as a deviating agent to a minimum.
The significance of a weak series underlying a hard shell
beneath base-level during the plateau cycles, and raised thousands
of feet above that datum surface in the canon period, cannot be
overestimated in stream modification. After the initial move-
ments of uplift the upper streams kept gnawing their wa}'- back
into the sandstone, forming deejD canons therein, with alcoves
and recesses branching oif from the main valleys, while waterfalls
occupied the receding niches in the walls of masonry. Some
little distance west of Penrith the gradual tilting of the surface
had caused the underljdng shales to be exposed by the incising
streams. This discovery by the streams was the signal for a
marked change in valley-making. Instantly " sapping " was set
up, the soft shales were washed out by vertical and lateral
cutting, the weight and great vertical joints of the overlying
sandstone causing it to fracture and fall in wholesale manner, and
a wondrous recession of the canon walls took place, the V-shaped
trenches opening out into very broad valleys. The upper cliifs
now altered their steeply sloping attitude to great vertical
ramparts (PI. xL), Yet along their lower courses the aggregated
waters of the Hawkesbury streams are still forced to occupy steep
narrow channels only, since the soft underlying shales here lie
below base-level, and the canon cycle is not of suflficient age to
have allowed the streams to form wide valleys in the hard sand-
stone. Thus the upper streams of the Wollondilly, Cox and
Capertee valleys occupy broad canons, which open out lower down
into the main stream by mere "gaps."* The Hawkesbury itself
* For a fuller description of the philosophy of this mixture of " iron and
clay" structures, see Memoirs of Geological Survey of N.S. Wales. Geology.
Vol. 3, pp. 115-120 (J. E. Came, F.G.S.).
812 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
from Wiseman's Ferry to Sydney is a narrow gorge sunken into
the Lithgow Plain and bordered by monstrous precipices. Every
particle of material lost to the plateau by the formation of the
mountain valleys has had to pass through the narrow defile of
the Lower Hawkesbury to the sea.
Interesting in this connection, also, is the choice of course
adopted by the Hawkesburj^ below Penrith, where its path is a
caiion sunken in a plateau about 700 feet in height, while the
short track to the sea from Penrith lies through a plateau only
300 feet above sea-level and composed in the main of soft shales.
This Lower Hawkesbury course, then, teaches four most im-
portant lessons :—
(1). That the river sawed its way through the coastal sandstone
as the land was warped athwart its course, otherwise, instead
of wandering 50 miles out of its way to attack a dense, hard
plateau overtopping the surrounding eastern areas, it would have
been forced under stress of gravity to take the line of steepest
descent over the deformed area to the sea, viz., by way of Sydney,
where the warping was but 300 feet above sea-level.
(2), The Hawkesbury is thus seen to be a revived stream,
whose piratical tendencies had practically determined its present
direction of flow in the preceding plateau cycle.
The wonderful "adjustment of streams to structure" (to
employ a phrase used by Prof. W. M. Davis) in the case of this
stream also points to at least a double cycle of subaerial erosion.
A glance at any good map will make this clear to students of
topography, especially if examined in connection with its piracy
of the Shoalhaven River.
(3). The excessively resistant nature of the upper sandstone
layer as compared with the underlying soft beds.
(4). The excessive youth of the caiion cycle as compared with
the time occupied in the formation of the Lithgow peneplain, for
in the plateau cycle great areas of hard sandstone and quartzite
had been cut away to sea-level, whereas canons only express the
loss suffered since the last great uplift. Untrained minds would
be liable to be overawed by the tale of erosion as revealed by a
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 813
review of the tremendous gulches of the canon cycle and would
see nothing phenomenal in the sluggish meanderings of a great
river flowing over a broad plain at sea-level. Yet in the latter
case the great plateau which gave birth to the stream has
entirely vanished from the field, while the gorgeous canons (Plate
xli.) incised in the high lands to-day evidence the mere start of
those activities which in the case of the plain have completely
removed the towering mountains from the landscape, involving
in its accomplishment the passage of untold years.
Another important lesson will be dwelt upon when discussing
the origin of Sydney Harbour.
Sjxlney Harbour, Botany Bay, the Parramatta River and Port
Hacking represent valleys cut in the sandstone by small streams.*
They had no large bodies of water with which to develop broad
flood plains, and contented themselves with excavating small
branching valleys, broadening here and there, as at Botany and
Botany Bay, where soft layers of rock and shale were discovered.
At this period, when the canon cycle had progressed so far
that the rivers presented essentially the same features as they
possess to-day, (Plate xxxix., fig. g) the coast-line contained no
harbours, for, to retrace our steps to the close of the previous
plateau cycle, we shall see that the Tertiary uplift had operated
so as to drown the old shore-line, and a long unroughened coast-
line was initiated, the warping of the old plain causing the shore-
line to take on the appearance of a huge embayment. The
waves soon began cutting in close to the land, at the same time
building in the waste below wave-base to form the continental
delta. Cliffs were formed in the hard sandstone, and shoals and
forelands then for a period protected the land. Afterwards the
sea encroached still further, and great cliffs became the expres-
sion of the later attack of the sea on the coast. All this time
the streams had quietly been cutting their way into the smooth
uplifted plain, and from the first mild roughening of the surface
* A study of their valleys points to the conclusion that they are rejuvenated
streams in part, which had been beheaded in the plateau cycle.
52
814 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
they had gradually cut a host of valleys to base-level along their
lower courses. The coast may at this advanced period of marine
erosion be considered from two standpoints : firstly, as being
minutely irregular ; secondly, as being broadly very regular.
The latter is the result of long-continued marine erosion, the
former as being due to the action of streams on weak structures.
A regular network of dykes exists in the Sydney sandstones, and
these quickly became guiding lines for streamlets. The larger
irregularities were the canons of the Georo^e's, Parramatta, and
Hawkesbur}'- Rivers.
A measure of the amount of shoaling for the shore of this
period is supplied by a calculation of the amount of material lost
to the mountains by the excavation therein of valleys such as
those of the Hawkesbury and its tributaries.
Post-Tertiary Subsidence.
After corrasion had reached the stage when the coast-line was
regular and harbourless, and the numerous streams discharged
into the shallow sea at the shore-line, the coast and shore began
to sink very gradually, the sea trespassed over the sandy shoals
and ran far into the drowned river valleys, converting them into
magnificent harbours (Plates xlii.-xliii.). The movement was
differential, and probably resulted in a slight elevation for the
central areas. Rivers like the Hawkesbury had cut their channels
down almost to base-level for long distances^ yet the sea trespassed
over such areas only. At various points along the shore-line or
thereabouts an estimate can be obtained of the amount of drown-
ing. At Peat's Ferry, where the river original!}^ flowed at sea-
level, the depth of the old valley floor below the present water-
way would give the amount of subsidence at that point. The
amount of drowning was probably about 200 feet in the neigh-
bourhood of the shore-line.^
Sydney Harbour was formed by the drowning and hetrunking
of the Parramatta and Lane Cove Creeks. North and South
T. W. E. David, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx. 1896, p. 57.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 815
Heads were also converted into islands by the sinking, sea
passages existing at Manly and Bondi. Brisbane Water, Broken
Bay, Botany Bay and Port Hacking (Plate xliii.) were also
formed by the drowning of the Hawkesbury, George's, and
Hacking Rivers. The tiny canons excavated in the weak coast
spots by the streams were also converted into such inlets as
Bronte and Maroubra.
This movement of subsidence is very youthful, since the main
streams present the same appearance as they possessed imme-
diately prior to the sinking, all the salient features of the valleys
being determined in the earlier stages of the canon cycle.
The movement appears to have been completed for a consider-
able period, as is evidenced by the characteristic hay bars of the
coast between Port Hacking and Broken Bay. These hay bars
will be more fully described when discussing the vibration of
elevation which succeeded the oscillation of subsidence.
The rivers, however, still sent down their loads of sand and
mud, and thus commenced to fill up the magnificent series of
harbours formed by the drowning. The floods of the Hawkes-
bury silted up the lower salt-water channel, probably possessing,
in the earlier stages of drowning, over a hundred feet of water.
The dominant currents also swept the river loads and clifT' debris
into sheltered spots to form wide shoals.
The sinking of the shore-line allowed the sea to advance and
rapidly undermine the cliffs. The movement is still youthful, as
may be seen by a study of the cliffs between Port Jackson and
Botan}'- Bay, where the 250 feet walls end abruptly in 8 to 10
fathoms of water, thus showing that the formation of forelands
and beaches in that locality is still distant in point of time.
Recent Elevation.
After the partial shoaling up of salt-water arms like Broken
and Botany Bays a slight movement or vibration of elevation
ensued for the coast. In the Sydney district its vertical range
along the shore-line probably did not exceed 10 or 15 feet. Its
ejQPect was to convert into dry land the shoals formed by the tide
816
GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
and current action in the previous oscillation of subsidence. The
movement is extremely recent, even historically considered, since
very little changes have been effected b}^ the streams even on the
raised flats (coastal plains) of incoherent sand. Probably 100 or
200 years would embrace the period of time since the movement.
A brief description of several portions of the shore-line of
Sydney will illustrate the significance of the recent subsidence
and much more recent uplift, and furnish an explanation of some
of the most interesting topographical features of the sea-margin.
(a) Dominant Wind and Current. — Let b represent the
dominant wind of any region, the dominant current is shown
for the coast by the arrow c acting
in the larger angle made by the
course of the wind with the shore-
line. This wind appears to be from
the south-south-east, near S3'dney,
as evidenced by the general direction
which the sand dunes of Kronulla,
Lady Robinson's Beach and Bondi
incline, or the prevailing inclination
of the vegetation on the exposed
headlands. Prevailingand dominant
currents must not be confused. A
current may set from the north for
B nine months in the year and 3'et not
accomplish a tithe of the work
Fig. '2.— Diagram illustrating accomplished by one acting fiercely
dominant wind and resulting fj,^^^ ^^le south durino the remaining
dommant current. ^ ■ ^ p ^
three months, since work performed
varies as the sixth power of the current velocity. Thus, if a
current from the north perform a certain work, a current from
the south moving at three times the velocity will perform 729
times the task of the weaker current. In this connection also
must be considered the work performed by waves during severe
storms.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 817
(b) Bondi. — During the Post-Tertiary oscillation of subsidence
South Head was converted into an island, a long passage con-
necting sea and harbour by way of Bondi and Rose Bay. The
dominant along-shore current brought sand and waste lost to the
Waverley clitts into the gap; and a bar was quickly formed in
the passage. The dominant wind has free play at Bondi, and the
bar was quickly piled up above the waves by the heavy wind.
Several old shore-lines were formed in this way as the bar grew
seawards, with shallow troughs between the old beaches. Silting
took place in the blocked passage on the harbour side, and in
course of time a shoal whs formed above water at low tide. The
recent movement of elevation converted the shoals and shore-
lines into dry land, and the dominant southerly wind piled up
huge sand dunes on the former beach-lines and shoals.
It is probable that the sea is even now encroaching on its
former work. In that case peat or allied material which once
grew in the troughs between the successive shore-lines will be
exposed on the beach during storms.
An interesting problem in structure is suggested by a study of
Bondi. 'J'he underlying sand masses represent tide and marine
current action; the long curving and now buried beach-lines
represent wind-action; while the present masses of sand dunes
under which the marine sediments are buried also are wind-
blown. It may be possible that many areas in the Hawkesbury
Sandstone may represent closely related sea and wind action.
The writer intends to present a short note in the near future on
the structure of the Triassic Sandstones of Sydney.
(c) Manly. — North Head also was converted into an island
during the recent movement of subsidence. As for the present
flat on which Manly is situated, it will be evident at once that
its seaward aspect does not face the dominant wind, and that it
is screened also in great measure from it as it sweeps across the
harbour.
The heavy waves battered North Head, and produced great
quantities of sand, which were swept northwards by the dominant
current. In a minor degree also the gentler current from the
818 GEOORAPIIY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNFiY DISTRICT,
north brought sand into the area under consideration. The
Manly Channel formed a quiet spot where the currents had little
power. Thus a great deal of the loss to the cliffs by marine
erosion, and to the neighbouring land surfaces by streams, fell away
from the centre current, and was deposited to form a shoal at low
tide in the passage. Wave-action was not strongly marked. In
course of time a shoal grew- across the channel. At high tides
the shoal would be completely covered, while in times of dead low
spring tides the greater portion of the shoal would possibly be
converted into dry land, and a narrow channel only connect sea
and harbour together at the gap. The recent elevation carried
the shoal some 10 feet higher, thus converting it into dry land,
in which, howe\'er, a slight tidal channel would still exist.
Marine erosion, dominant current, tide and elevation are thus the
key to the origin of Manl}'.
The coastal plain continuous with the Manly flat had a similar
origin, although here the dominant wind had some pla}^, and the
conditions are at times similar to those obtaining at Bondi. A
couple of small creeks were dammed back by bay bars, and the
lagoons thus formed were silted up in part. The recent vibration
of elevation converted these into flats above the reach of the
highest tides.
Such an island, as North Head, tied to the mainland by a sand
bar or flat is called a " tombolo.""^
Mr. L. Gundlach, Civil Enginner, informs me that Manly flat
is composed of sand for at least 16 feet below the present surface,
as revealed by sewage excavations.
{d) Sydney Harbour. — Had the Hawkesbury outletted in the
vicinitv of Botany Bay or Port Hacking, the enormous amount of
debris carried out to sea in times of flood would be borne along
shore by the dominant north current and deposited between the
Heads in part as being a place of slight current. Thus the
* F. P. Gulliver, "Shoreline Topography." Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci.
xxxiv., 1899.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 819
entrance to the Harbour would have been speed il}^ Ijlocked up as
the Manly Channel has already become.
(2). The products of marine erosion will in time to come be
borne along shore from the cliffs between Sydney Harbour and
Botany Bay, and distributed to form a huge wing-like bar curving
north and west from South Head. Beaches also will probably
then exist under the cliffs.
(3). The streams which flow into Port Jackson are insignificant
(owing to the former piracy by the Hawkesbury), and possess
very little loads in time of flood. The action of these tiny
streams will be to gradually silt up their own salt-water channels
first, the time being far away when they can seriously affect
harbour navigation.
(4). It will be remembered that the Hawkesbur}^ developed a
lengthwise course which,- running north and south but a short
distance west of Sydney, captured the headwaters of the other
consequent streams. Here then we see the beneficial effects of
this stream piracy on the commercial aspect of Sydney Harbour,
since otherwise its streams would be possessed of considerable
loads, the action of which would be to rapidly silt up the water-
way.
Thus, briefly, it owes its importance to its steep off-shores, and
the absence of considerable streams discharging either into it or
into the sea immediately to the south.
(e) Botany Bay. — The huge sand flats and dunes skirting this
bay are additional instances of the operation of forces discussed
in connection with Sydney Harbour.
1. Kronulla Beach faces the dominant wind, and encroachment
on the bay is shown by the rapid accumulation of huge sand
dunes during south-east storms.
2. Lady Robinson's Beach is a magnificent example of a series
of parallel bay-bars formed at the head of the bay. During the
movement of subsidence the waste brought down by George's and
Cook's Rivers, as also in large measure that swept into the bay
by along-shore transportation, silted up the bay in part, and
820 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUK MTS. AND SYDXICY DISTRICT,
allowed the lieav}- waves coming in through the Botany Heads
to form a great sand bar about 1,000 yards inland of the present
Lady Robinson's Beach. On this sand-bar formed by the heavy
waves and about six miles in length the wind piled up sand to
form a beach seaward of the original shore-line, and separated
thence by a lagoon from 300 to 600 yards in width. The flat
drained by the present Muddy Creek indicates the site of this
old lagoon. As more material was swept into the ba}', the bar
grew ofF-shore, and another beach was piled up by the winds.
Thus two great curving parallel bars were formed, separated by
a long shallow trough. Many times this action was repeated
until a whole series of sympathetically curving bars (beaches)
with rounded tops and long rolling troughs were formed, and
totalling about 1,000 j^ards in width (Plate xliv.). The crests
are several miles in length, and the intervening troughs are from
6 to 15 feet lower. Doubtless peaty growths will l)e found in
various places under the surface, representing marshy conditions
of the inter-beach areas. The shape of the beaches indicates
bottom action, the horns giving it a symmetrical concave aspect
to the heavier seas, along-shore transportation being negligible.
Subsequently to this formation came the very late elevation of
some 10 feet, and the series of sand bars and associated trough
areas became dry land.
Another bar is now forming at a short distance off-shore. As
time advances Muddy Creek will become dry land — in fact it has
advanced partly to that stage from the lagoon marsh meadow by
draining.
3. Sheets Creek. — This, as has been shown in detail b}' Prof.
T. W. E. David and R. Etheridge, Junr.,* evidences the action
of the recent oscillation of subsidence. Botaii}^ ^^y^ as shown
by their map, formerly extended to Redfern, but shoaling ensued,
and the recent elevation converted the shoals to dry land and
mud flats. These flats represent the shoaling of quieter waters,
*Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. X.S. Wales, xxx., 1S96, pp. 158-185.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 821
contrasted with the conditions obtaining simultaneously at Lady
Robinson's Beach.
(/) The Hawkesbury River. — Visitors to Gosford will remember
that the train travels for nearly a mile and a half over a sand-flat
as Woy Woy is approached. It is raised a few feet only above
sea-level, is composed of sand, and contains many thousands of
shells in its upper portions exactly similar to those occurring in
the associated waters. The surface is not irregular like those
sand heaps piled up b}^ winds, or those formed by heavy waters
and winds as at Lady Robinson's Beach. There are also, in this
secluded spot, no waves competent to pile up sand-bars, nor
streams capable of forming deltas high above sea-level.
When the oscillation of subsidence occurred which converted
the Lower Hawesbury and its branches into salt-water bays, the
loads of sand and silt still brought down from the Blue Mountains
and Goulburn River District by the floods were partly swept out
to sea along the main channel, and partly deposited by the lagging
current in the sheltered arms of the river. Debris also was
brought down from the neighbouring hills by the streams entering
from about Gosford and Woy Woy, and rearranged by the tides
to form wide shoals in the quieter spots, on which, as they
approached the surface, whole hosts of shells grew. A slight
movement of elevation then converted these shell-flats into dry
land habitable by man.
A similar explanation accounts for the great flats skirting Lake
Macquarie, and crossed on their western margins by the Newcastle
trains.
{g) Narraheen, Rock Lily, Dee Why and Curl Curl Lagoons. —
Plate xliv., supplied by Mr. M. Morrison, illustrates the general
appearance of this portion of the coast. To understand the
successive stages of growth, we must refer to the activities in
operation since the initiation of the canon cycle. The general
uplift which resulted in a warp for the Sydney area probably
submerged the old coast-line of the Lithgow plain, as is evidenced
822 GEOGRAPHY OF liLUE MTS. AND SYDNP:Y DISTRICT,
by the peculiar character of the topography.* During the Lithgovv
cycle the rivers had pushed their loads otf-shore, and the sea
currents had built them into the smooth continental shelf below
wave-attack. A wide sloping shelf was thus brought about at
the close of the period, and the sedimentation on that shelf was
more deeply buried by the warping. During the period Ijetween
the birth of the canon cycle and the recent drowning the rivers
sent down huge loads of waste from the highlands, which were
redistributed by the sea to furnish another coat to the already
smooth ofF-shore deposits of the plateau C3'cle. At the same time
the sea rapidly encroached on the coastal strip, the land retreating
until huge cliffs were formed. A measure of the amount of this
sea-attack is difficult to arrive at, as the land slope is irregular —
now gently convex and now concave to the sky — and does not
represent an even inclination seawards near Sydney. f In any
case a considerable encroachment is indicated by an attempted
restoration of the old slopes, probably exceeding 10 miles in width. |
A large fault appears to be indicated for the Nowra District.
On the south of the Shoalhaven River, the Lithgow Plain rises
* If we assume that the warping induced elevation over the coast-line of
the plateau cycle, then we are forced to one of two conclusions from the
evidence of the topography:- —
(1) Either the cover of marine (off-shore) deposits laid down on the shore
of the plateau period and now forming the plateau around Berowra, Sydney,
and Illawarra has been completely removed during the caiion cycle, and that
too in certain places where such sediment would be particularly favourably
situated as regards preservation; and moreover, from a consideration of such
presumably stripped areas, the off-shore base must have been very regular.
(2) Or (assuming that the present coastal plateau is not of marine erosion)
marine erosion in the canon cycle has allowed the sea to considerably
encroach on the elevated area, eating it back beyond the limits of the
" plateau cycle " shore-line.
t A7ite, p. 789.
I Consider, for example, the effect of marine erosion in the neighbourhood
of Illawarra. Here the waves have cut the land down from nothing at the
shore-line in early canon cycle times to escarpments 2,000 feet in height near
the present shore-line, the late elevation causing the sea to retreat consider-
ably. Here again we have a measure of the great age of the canon cycle.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 823
gradually from near sea-level to a height of over 2,000 feet some
30 miles in a westerly and south-westerly direction, while
immediately to the north, across the Shoalhaven, rises the great
escarpment of the Lithgow Plain some 2,000 feet in height.
By the removal of the land waste, the former smooth and later
warped plain was roughened into valleys and ridges, reduction
almost to base-level occurring along the lower stream courses.
The recent subsidence converted these valleys to bays and
harbours, as explained earlier in these notes. The sea dashing
into bays of open type like the original Narrabeen and Rock Lily
indents formed huge bars across their entrances, and impounded
the inner waters to form lagoons. Bars]: of the Narrabeen type
show several aggradational lines of beach-growth according to
the observations of Mr. M. Morrison and myself. In all cases
the influence of a dominant current from the south is inferred
from the occurrence of wedge-shaped bars attached by their bases
to headlands forming the southern boundaries of the indents,
while their northern ends are free, the lagoon outlets being in all
cases jammed closely up to the headlands on the northern aspect
of the lagoons. No dominant overlaps occur, however, bottom
action being more pronounced. With the formation of the
lagoons the force of the sea was able more rapidly to steepen the
shore-slope instead of being fruitlessly expended in the smooth
waters of an inlet. The waste brought down by the coastal
streams and the sand blown over the bar by the dominant wind
were now carried into the lagoons and redistributed by the tides
to form shoals. Before complete silting up ensued the recent
vibration of elevation occurred, and the old bays w-ere transformed
into huge flats, backed up by high broad belts of sand dunes
(beaches), with small residual lagoons representing the still
unshoaled portions. Se(iuential stages in the shore-line topo-
graphy will be the complete filling of the lagoons, the formation
X The explanation of the cause of these bay bars will be dealt with in a
future note on the submarine platform of New South Wales. Along-shore
currents, combined with maximum wave action to form a steepening of the
shore by accumulation, is doubtless the explanation.
824 GEOGRAPHY OF BLUE MTS. AND SYDNEY DISTRICT,
of other bars and ])eache.s further ofF-shore, and then the steady
march inland of the sea with destruction of the present bars,
beaches and lagoon-meadows, concomitant!}' with the gradual
reduction of the neighbouring and distant hills b}- the forces of
subaerial erosion.
All these points can be clearly made out by the observer from
the Sydney cliffs or coastal plains, and thus are accessible to any
metropolitan resident. The additional recommendation in their
favour is that they may be appreciated b}' the " man who runs,"
and depend not for their understanding on laborious observation
and skilled laboratory research. A wonderful charm is thus
found to invest our characteristic scenery, since ability to trace
the antecedent stages of the more prominent "facts of form" in
a landscape cannot but conduce to the pleasure of contemplating
sights at once noble and beautiful from the purely emotional
point of view. The consideration of the control of population by
the great uplift, the slight movements of later drowning, the pro-
found canons of the Upper Haw^kesbury, the thievish propensities
of that stream, the barren sandstone and mural sea-fronts of
Sydney, also afford delightful cogitational exercises and illus-
trate the utter insignificance of man, the reflective, when opposed
to natural activities.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXXIX. -XLIV.
Plate xxxix. — Ideal Sections across the Blue Mountains during various Cycles.
Fig. a. — Jenolan Plain at close of Cycle.
Fig. b. — Jenolan Plain after elevation.
Fig. c— Blue Mountain Plain at close of Cycle.
Fig. d. — Blue Mountain Plain after elevation.
Fig. e. — Lithgow Plain at close of Cycle.
Fig. f. — Lithgow Plain after elevation.
Fig. !i. — Present contour illustrating insignificance of denudation during
canon cycle compared with that of Plateau periods.
Plate xl. — Govett's Leap, illustrating canon-formation in alternating hard
and soft layers of rock. Photo by A. E. Dyer.
Plate xli. — Valley of Grose, illustrating denudation during Canon Cycle.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 825
Plate xlii. — Pittwater (Lower Hawkesbury), illustrating drowned valleys.
Post-Tertiary subsidence. Photo by A. E. Dyer.
Plate xliii. — View of the Lithgow Peneplain, showing the canon cut by the
Port Hacking River, and the later drowning of the same. Photo
by A. E. Dyer.
Plate xliv.— Map of Sydney district, showing extent of recent alluvium,
deposited during recent subsidence and exposed by more recent
elevation. Drawn by M. Morrison.
The stippled area shows the area occupied by recent alluvium as mapped
by Mr. M. Morrison.
The area indicated by hatching shows recent alluvium mapped by Prof.
David.
The influence of a current from the South is shown by the characteristic
disposition of the Narrabeen type of bar.
826
THE SLIME OF DEMATIUM PULLULANS.
By R. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
During the investigation into the etiology of the gum-flux of
the peach and ahnond, a mould was isolated which, pending
further examination, was called a dematium-yeast.* Upon
saccharose media, it appeared as a raised glistening growth which
eventually became dull. The culture had an appearance which
suggested the presence of a small quantity of slime which was most
noticeable when the growth was raised from the surface of the
medium. It then appeared to be attached to the agar by a
slimy substance.
Dematium ptdlulans has been credited with the production of
a gummosis (? gum-flux) of the plum by Masseef, and Wortmann|
has claimed that it causes a viscosit}^ in musts and wines. It is
known§ to produce a slimy or ropy consistency of unhopped beer-
wort.
If the examination of the cultures of the mould should reveal
the presence of a gum or slime, and if this should prove to consist
of arabin or metarabin, then the rdle of the organism in con-
tributing to the gum-flux of the peach, almond and other fruits
would require consideration.
When time permitted, I investigated the mould and found that
it undoubtedly was Dematium pulhdaiis.
A quantit}" of the mould was obtained by growing it upon the
surfaces of plates of saccharose-potato agar. Furthermore, flasks
* A7itea, p. 129.
t Kew Bulletin, 1899.
t See Meissner, Cent. f. Bakt. 2, v. 232.
§ See Lindner, Cent. f. Bakt. iii. 750, and Betriebskontrolle in den
Garungsgewerben (1898), 218.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 827
of saccharose nutrient fluid*^ were infected. After having stood in
a cupboard for some months, these contained a number of films of a
tough slimy consistency that had formed on the surface and had
fallen to the bottom of the culture fluid. The fluid itself was some-
what viscous, although it could not be called ropy, and the viscosity
was most pronounced when the medium contained chalk.
A portion of the agar-culture suspension was boiled with 1 %
sodium hydrate. The emulsion contracted to a curd, leaving a
clear fluid. The addition of alcohol to the fluid produced no
precipitation, showing that dilute alkali was powerless to extract
any gum carbohydrates from the growth. Another portion was
boiled with 1 % hydrochloric acid. The suspended matter dis-
tributed itself throughout the acid in floccules and did not con-
tract into a curd as with dilute soda. The acid filtrate after
neutralisation gave a partly flocculent and partly stringy precipi-
tate upon the addition of alcohol. The nature of the precipitate
showed that a gummy body had been extracted by the dilute acid,
and this solvent was accordingly used in the further treatment
of the suspension.
The remainder of the suspended growths was diluted with
water, and hydrochloric acid was added to make a 1 % solution,
after which it was heated on the water-bath for some hours.
The fluid was then strained through calico and filtered. Further
treatment of the insoluble matter was found to be unnecessary,
as everything soluble in acid and precipitable b}^ alcohol had
been removed. The filtrate, after neutralisation, was evaporated
to small volume and treated with alcohol. A glutinous precipi-
tate was thrown out of solution. The alcohol was removed by
straining through calico and pressing the precipitate. Treat-
ment with water showed that the solid consisted of at least two
constituents, one soluble in water, the other insoluble. Both
were repeatedly precipitated by alcohol from aqueous solution
and suspension. Finally, both solution and suspension were
tested and found to be free from reducing sugars.
* Saccharose 50, peptone 5, potassium chloride 3, sodium phosphate 2,
water 1000 grms.
828 THE SLIME OF Df:MATIUM PULLrLASS,
The gum-like substances were boiled with 5 % sulphuric acid
in flasks provided with aerial condensers for five hours. The
soluble portion was completely hydrolysed by the acid, as was
shown by the presence of reducing sugars and the absence of -a
precipitate upon adding alcohol to a small neutralised portion.
The water-insoluble gum had not been attacked, and the boiling
was continued for 20 hours. Still no reducing sugars could be
detected. From the resistance to hot dilute acid and from the
solubility in acid and alkali, it was probable that the slime would
eventually be shown to be a pararabin.* The hydrolysis with
concentrated acid was deferred.
The acid in the solution of the hydrolysed v/ater-soluble portion
was removed by barium carbonate. Traces of the precipitate
that passed through the filter were eliminated with aluminium
hydrate and the clarified solution was evaporated to small volume.
Phenylhydrazine acetate solution was added, and the whole was
heated on the water-bath for two hours. The osazones that
separated out upon cooling the fluid were filtered off, moistened
with alcohol and extracted with ether, which removed much
impurity. The semi-pure osazones were heated with water, which
dissolved a trace of galactosazone and a vitreous yellow substance
comparatively easily soluble in hot water. The portion insoluble
in water was dissolved in hot alcohol and cooled. There separated
out a yellow crystalline precipitate which melted at 200° and
which was eventually separated into galactosazone (m.p. 193'")
and glucosazone (m.p. 205 '■''). The cold alcohol filtrate from the
osazoue (m.p. 200*^) upon evaporation yielded glucosazone.
The soluble substance extracted from the cultures of Dematium
pullulans by dilute acid thus hydrolysed to galactose and a glucose.
These results were confirmed by the examination of a fluid
culture. Much the same method of procedure was adopted in
* It may be noted here that Skerst (Cent. f. Bakt. 2, iv., 864) found that
Dematium pullulans produced a characteristic skin of a gelatinous con-
sistency with sugars such as saccharose, dextrose and levulose, especially
when these were present in nutritive fluid to the extent of 10%. He found
that the slime or gum was not attacked by nitric and hydrochloric acids, zinc
chloriodide, iodine, alcohol, petroleum ether, ether, chloroform or potassium
hydrate. It was attacked by concentrated sulphuric acid.
BY K. GREIG SMITH. 829
this case. The culture was evaporated to smaller volume and
heated after hydrochloric acid had been added to make a 1 %
solution. The acid filtrate was made alkaline, whereupon the
difficultly hydrolysable carbohydrate was precipitated, while the
easily hydrolysable constituent remained in solution. The latter
was purified by repeated precipitation with alcohol, the former
by solution in acid and precipitation with alkali until all reducing
sugars had been eliminated. As in the former case, the soluble
substance was completely hydrolysed to galactose and a glucose,
while the insoluble carbohydrate was not attacked.
What the nature of the glucose was, I did not endeavour to
determine. The object of the research was to prove the presence
or absence of arabin or metarabin among the products of
Dematium pulhdans. The absence of arabinose among the
sugars of the water- and alkali-soluble portion showed that
neither of these gums is a product of the organism.
Remembering that Kossel"^ had shown that the nucleic acid of
yeast when boiled with dilute hydrochloric acid gives a mixture
of a glucose and a pentose, it occurred to me that the glucose and
galactose that I had obtained had in all probability been derived
from the nucleic acid of the fungoid nucleoproteid. That they
had been so derived was shown by the absence of carbohydrates,
soluble in dilute alkali, in the viscous filtrate from a culture of
the mould in a saccharose-peptone fluid which contained chalk.
It can therefore be accepted that the glucose and galactose had
been derived from the proteids of the Dematium and should not
be considered as having been derived from the slime products of
the organism.
Upon finding that the constituent insoluble in dilute alkali
could not be hydrolysed, the dilute acid solution Was evaj^orated
down upon the water-bath until it charred. At this stage it
showed traces of reducing sugars when tested with Fehling's
solution. The dark-coloured liquid was diluted with water to
the original volume and boiled for some hours under an aerial
condenser. After removal of the sulphuric acid and concentra-
* Lafar, Technical Mycology II., i., 162.
53
830 THE SLIME OF DEMATIUM PULLULAyS.
tion of the fluid, the osazones were prepared. The crude usazone,
after treatment with ether, yielded a yellow crystalline consti-
tuent soluble in warm water, with a melting point of 160"^
(arabinosazone) and another which melted at 194" (galactosazone^.
The quantity of the former that was obtained was just enough to
determine the melting point. The latter had the characters of
galactosazone. When these results are considered in conjunction
with the solubility of the carbohydrate in acid, the insolubility
in dilute alkali and the resistance of the hydrolytic action of
boiling 5 % sulphuric, it is apparent that the carbohydrate is a
pararabin.
The pararabin is a "kind which when once in the insoluble con-
dition is not easily made soluble. As obtained by growing the
mould upon solid media, the slime did not dissolve to any extent
upon digesting a suspension of the culture in the autoclave, and
on this account dilute acid w^as used as a solvent. In contrast
with this behaviour, the pararabin formed by Bact. pararabimwi
was easily dissolved by the autoclave treatment. Still some of
the Dematium slime is dissolved, and it is probably simply a
question of time or of temperature in order that the carbohydrate
may be completely altered to the soluble modification. Upon
the evaporation of most of the water, a solution of the slime
became gelatinous. Drops of this gelatinous solution when tested
with drops of reagents gave white curdy precipitates with basic
and ammoniacal lead acetate; faint white precipitates with baryta
water, silver nitrate and phosphotungstic acid; pale blue precipi-
tates with Schweitzer's and Fehling's solutions; and no reaction
with neutral lead acetate, ferric chloride, copper sulphate, iodine
or the alkalies.
Summary. — A race of Demafiicm jmlhilans \ya.s separated from
specimens of the peach and almond affected with gum-flux.
When grown upon or in media containing saccharose, it produced
a pararabin. Neither arabin nor metarabin was obtained, and
therefore Dematium pulluJans has no influence in the production
of the gum-flux of these fruits.
831
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Dr. Greig Smith recorded the occurrence of a race of Bad.
eucalypti, Greig Smith, in the manna of Eucalyjytus ininctata,
DC., exhibited by Mr. Fletcher at the previous Meeting. The
race was weak, inasmuch as it did not liquefy gelatine, and pro-
duced a small proportion of gum levan. He also exhibited
cultures of DematAinn pullulans and specimens of the pararabin
slime in illustration of his paper.
Mr. Stead exhibited a spirit-specimen of the beautiful and
interesting " Glass-rope Sponge," Hyalonema mirabilis, from
Japan.
Mr. Maiden exhibited a number of botanical specimens, and a
series of photographs of Norfolk Island, in illustration of his
paper.
Mr. J. J. Walker exhibited Genwpylodes tmetus, Olliff, a rare
and curious beetle of the Family Colydiidce (type from Lord
Howe Island, in Australian Museum), found at Otford(Illawarra),
apparently parasitic on a wood-boring weevil (Subfam. Cosso7iides),
to which Colydium sp. (?), also exhibited, was attached. Also a
specimen of a small beetle from Otford, very closely resembling
Phyllotreta vifMda, Redt., (Fam. Halticidai)] this is very destruc-
tive at times to crops of turnip, rape, cabbage and other cruciferous
plants in England, and is known, in common with two or three
very similar and equally destructive species, as the " Turnip-flea;"
in all probability it is a recent (and undesirable) importation.
Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of parasites and hyper-
parasites of the Brown Olive Scale {Lecanium oleoi) bred from
parasitised specimens of the latter, recently received from Mr. C.
P. Lounsbury, Entomologist, Cape Town. The true parasite,
^cutellista cyaiiea, Motsch., has been found to be a very valuable
832 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
aid in destroying this destructive pest in Ceylon, Italy and South
Africa, but it again has many parasites which devour its larv^se,
among them several members of parasitic wasps ( Tetrastichus).
He also showed some small flies and a Psocid among the specimens
collected from the contents of the package.
Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited and offered some observations
upon the following plants: — (1) The "Yellow-rattle" of Europe
{Rhinanthus crista-galli, Linn.), an introduced plant more or less
parasitic on the roots of grass and other herbage, which has
recently appeared in certain pastures bordering the Hawkesbury
River; (2) two European species of Medicago (J/, tribuloides,
Willd., and M. 7ninima, Willd.) from the neighbourhood of
Warren, where they had not previously been observed; and (3)
the European Papaver argemone, Linn., and Raniuiculus 'inuri-
catus, Linn., from Tulcumbah, Liverpool Plains, not seen there
before. The seeds of the four last-named plants are supposed to
have been introduced with imported stock-food.
Mr. Jensen showed under the microscope (1) sections of a
specimen of coal from Newcastle, N.S.W., given to the exhibitor
by Mr. S. R. Mort, the sections proving the matrix to consist
almost entirely of sporangia and spores; and (2) slides of Fora-
minifera and glauconite granules from the Pakeozoic Formation
of Jutland, Denmark.
Mr. Andrews exhibited a large model of an ideal section of
the country between Orange and Sydney, showing the character-
istic physiographical features, in illustration of his paper.
Mr. Fletcher showed a series of fresh flowering specimens of
the l)eautiful plant Epacris impressa, Labill., illustrating the
well-known variability of this species in respect of the colour of
the flowers (from pure white through various shades of pink to
red), and in the length of the flowers. The specimens had been
most kindly forwarded by post from Pambula, N.S.W., b}' Mrs.
Forde. As far as known, the Pigeon House Mountain seems to
be about the northern limit of the species.
833
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 28Tn, 1903.
The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, October 28th, 1903.
Professor T. W. Edgeworth David, B. A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. G. W. KiRKALDY, F.E.S., &c., Department of Agriculture
and Forestry, Honolulu, H.T., was elected a Member of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 3 Vols., 48 Parts or Nos., 4
Bulletins, and 1 Report, received from 27 Societies, etc., were
laid upon the table.
834
THE GUM AND BYPRODUCTS OF BACTERIUM
SACCHARI.
By R. Gkeig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
In May of last year I read a paper before the Society upon
*'An Ascobacterium from the Sugar-cane, with Notes upon the
Nature of the Slime. '"""^ The chemical notes regarding the slime
were of a preliminary nature, and showed that the slime yielded
a carbohydrate containing some nitrogenous impurity. Under
certain conditions of preparation, the carbohydrate, which may
be called a gum, was soluble in water and was readily converted
into an insoluble moditication by treatment with alcohol. The
gum yielded furfural on treatment with h3'drochloric acid, and
gave a reducing sugar upon hydrolysis w4th dilute sulphuric
acid. The osazone with the melting point of 153° which was
obtained was, in view of my later researches, probably con-
taminated with a substance that reduced the melting point. At
that time methods for the purification and .separation of mixed
osazones had not been described, and the difficulty of obtaining
the slime in quantity had militated against my devising a method
for the purification. Since then, however, I have so improved
not only certain media for growing gum-producing bacteria, but
also the methods for purifying and separating the osazones of
arabinose, galactose and glucose. A small quantity of carbo-
hydrate is now sufficient to enable a determination of the pro-
ducts of the h3''drolysis to be made with a considerable degree of
* These Proceedings, 1903, 137 et -seg.
BY K. GKEIG SMITH. 835
precision. To complete my work upon Bad. sacchari, I deter-
mined to reinvestigate the slime.
Experiments with other slimes had led to the preparation of a
medium containing potato juice 100 c.c, glycerine 50grm., tannin
3 grm., agar 20 grm., and tap- water to make a litre. A pre-
liminary sowing of BacL sacchari upon a plate of this medium
showed that it produced a luxuriant slime which did not adhere
to the medium. In view of this favourable result, large plates of
the medium were sown with the bacteria. The most convenient size
of Petri dish measures 15x2 cm., and easily holds 100 c.c of
agar medium. When larger dishes are used there is always too
much condensation of moisture upon the cover. The drops of
water that gather fall into the solidifying medium which is
softened locally and the soft agar is removed with the slime.
The infected plates were maintained at the laboratory temperature
(18°-20°). Upon the fifth day 135 c.c. of a thick slime were
removed, two days afterwards another 58 c.c. were gathered, and
on the tenth day another 20 c.c, making a total of 213 c.c. of
slime which had been obtained from a litre of medium.
The slime was freed from glycerine and other matters by pre-
cipitation with alcohol, resuspension in water followed by a
second treatment with alcohol. As the slime was acid and
coagulation with the alcohol was not complete, it was nearly
neutralised with potassium hydrate. Neutralisation to phenol-
phthalein or to litmus caused a darkening of the slime from the
tannin contained in it, so care was taken to maintain the slime
just sufficiently acid to prevent any prominent change of colour.
The slime was rather deficient in saline matter, as was evidenced
by the alcohol producing a "milk," but the addition of potassium
chloride and the warming of the alcoholic fluid induced a com-
plete coagulation.
After the second coagulation, the slime was tested for reducing
sugars, and as none were found the coagulated slime was treated
with water until a homogeneous emulsion was obtained. This
was heated on the water-bath to expel the bulk of the small
quantity of alcohol that had adhered to the coagulum. The
836 THE GUM AND BYPRODUCTS OF BACTEllIUM SACCIIARI,
emulsion was then heated in the autoclave at a pressure of three
atmospheres for fifteen minutes. This treatment produced a
separation of the slime into a comparatively clear supernatant
liquid and a sediment. The sediment was treated with water
and again heated in the autoclave. The second heating had
apparently brought all the remainder of the gum into solution,
for the insoluble matter was not at all slim3\ The gum solutions
were clarified with a little aluminium hydrate and, after filtration,
concentrated by evaporation. About 100 c.c. of a thick, viscous,
transparent gum mucilage were obtained. This was adhesive,
and firmly fastened paper to glass.
Upon testing drops of the thick gum mucilage with drops of
reagents upon a glass plate as recommended by Maben,* basic
lead acetate and ammoniacal lead acetate gave white curd}' masses,
ferric chloride gave a translucent brownish clot, barium hydrate
thickened the mucilage, Schweitzer's reagent produced a gela-
tinous slime, dilute iodine gave a reddish tinge; no reactions
were obtained with borax paste, copper sulphate, neutral lead
acetate, milk of lime, aluminium hydrate, potassium hydrate, or
sodium silicate. The precipitation with lime water was not con-
firmed. Copper sulphate followed by potassium hydrate gave a
gelatinous blue precipitate which contracted to a curdy mass
upon boiling Fehling's solution under similar conditions gave
no coagulation — a point wherein the gum differs from many
others, e.g., yeast gums.f
A portion of the gum was boiled with 5 % sulphuric acid for
five hours, when portions showed, upon being tested, the absence
of gum and the presence of reducing sugars. After removal of
the sulphuric acid by barium hydrate, the osazones of the sugars
were prepared. They were obtained fractionally by the repeated
addition of phenylhydrazine acetate solution followed b}' heating
on the water-bath. Three fractions were obtained. These were,
* Jouin. Pharm. xx., 719.
t Lafar, Technical Mycology, ii. , 1, 178.
BY R. GREIG SMITH. 837
in great part, freed from tarry bodies by moistening with alcohol
and treatment with ether.
The three fractions were separated into a number of portions
by means of (1) warm water, (2) solution in hot alcohol and
cooling of the solution, and (3) evaporation of the alcohol. All
the fractions contained galactosazone and a small quantity of a
vitreous yellow impurity which melted at 150°. The latter l^iad
undoubtedly been present in the osazone of my earlier research.
No osazone other than galactosazone was obtained.
Thus the carbohydrate of Bad. sacchari is a galactan. It had
been shown to give the furfural reaction, and in confirmation of
its nature it was found to yield mucic acid upon oxidation with
dilute nitric acid.
Galactan was also produced by the bacterium in fluid saccharose
cultures, and especially was the presence of the slime shown when
the medium contained chalk. In these solutions there was no
production of reducing sugars, so that the organism did not
secrete invertase. Acids were produced from saccharose, and
the identification of these was necessary to complete the investi-
gation. The medium in which they were formed consisted of
saccharose 50 grm., peptone 5 grm., potassium phosphate 1 grm.,
potassium chloride 5 grm , chalk 10 grm., and water 1000 c.c.
The method of separating the acids was essentially that described
on pp. 118-120 of these Proceedings.
The ratio of the volatile to the non-volatile acids was as
8*1 : 34-7, or roughly as 1 : 4. The former consisted of acetic and
formic acids. Acetic acid was identified by the silver salt and
the odour. Formic acid was proved by the blackening of the
filtrate from the silver acetate and the formation of calomel upon
boiling the solution of the acids with mercuric chloride. The
non-volatile acids consisted of succinic with small quantities of
lauric and palmitic. The first was identified by its melting point,
capability of being sublimed, and by the formation of the ferric
salt. The separation of the lauric and palmitic acids, which
separated as a fat after removal of the ether, w^as effected by
warming the mixture upon porous porcelain at 45° for some
838 THE GUM AND BYPRODUCTS OF nACTERIUM SACCHARl.
hours. The residue on the porcelain melted at 61° (palmitic acid
m.p. 62") and that absorbed by the porcelain and recovered from
it melted at 44° (lauric acid m.p. 43°).
During the fermentation of saccharose, carbon dioxide was
evolved. This was shown by drawing the air in small culture
flasks through baryta water. The method of procedure has been
described on page 548 of these Proceedings. Ethyl alcohol was
also produced. This was separated from the culture media in
the manner described on page 344.
Summary. — In media containing saccharose, Bad. sacchari
produces a galactan gum, carbon dioxide, ethyl alcohol, lauric,
palmitic, succinic, acetic and formic acids.
839
ON A NEW SPECIES OF CALLITRIS FROM EASTERN
AUSTRALIA.
By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum.
(Plate xlv.)
Callitjris gracilis, sp.nov.
A tree attaining a height of over 20 feet, with a diameter from
1 to 2 feet, and having a hard, compact, bark similar to that of
other species of Callitris. Branchlets numerous and slender,
having a bright green colour ; internodes terete or with very
obtuse angles, the leaf-scales or teeth small and acute.
Male amenta terminal, seldom axillary, solitary or only occa-
sionally two together, 3 lines long and slightly exceeding the
branchlets in diameter, cylindrical, oblong. Stamens in whorls of
3, imbricate in six vertical rows; apex scale-like, ovate or orbicular,
concave, with 2 anthers (2-celled) at the base. Female amenta
about 1 line in diameter, having 8 scales, solitary or 2 or 3
together, fairly numerous below the terminal drooping branchlets.
Fruit-cones large, solitary, globular or compressed globular,
from i inch to 1^ in diameter or even larger: valves 6, very thick,
smooth or slightly rugose, furrowed at the junctions, the three
larger ones broadest at the middle and then tapering upwards
and very thick from the base to the middle, the smaller ones
about one-half as wide as the larger and shorter in length; the
dorsal point minute and close to the apex. Seeds dark-coloured,
the wings varying in size and shape.
840 NOTES ON A NEW SPECIES OF CALLITEIS,
Hah. — New South Wales : Tal Tal Mtn., and Gowie Range,
B3^1ong, near Rylstone (J. Dawson, L.S.).
This pine tree was first brought under my notice in 1893 by
Mr. J. Dawson, L.S., of Rylstone, who discovered it at the
localities above given. As I had, prior to this, collected four
other species of Callitris, i.e., C. calcarata, R.Br., C. glauca,
R.Br., C. cu2)ressifoTmis, Vent., and C. MueUeri, Parlat., in this
district, in fact, close to where this species occurs, it was easily
seen that its characteristic branchlets and fruit differentiate it
from any of these. In the fineness of the branchlets it approaches
C. glauca, R.Br., and C. robusta, R.Br., but it lacks the glau-
cousness so characteristic of the former species, and the tubercu-
late, valvate cones of the latter, and is always found at higher
elevations than these, as it occurs on ridges or rocky mountains
in company with C. calcarata, R.Br., which species, however,
extends on both sides of the Coast Range and well into the
interior, whilst this species so far has only been found on the
eastern slopes. The terete branchlets differentiate it from C.
calcarata, R.Br., and C. MueUeri, Parlat.; and the fruits from
C. glauca, R.Br., C. rohusta, R.Br., and C. cu^Ji'essifurmis, Vent.
The fruits show a remarkable likeness to those of C. MueUeri,
but the branchlets of the two bear no resemblance, and this remark
applies equall}' well to C. calcarata, R.Br.
Concerning the other species of Callitris enumerated in the
' Index Kewensis,' the differences are too obvious to be mentioned.
Summarising its specific affinities and differences, it has
terete (but finer and without the glaucous) branchlets similar to
those of C. glauca, R.Br., and C. robusta, R.Br., and fruits
identical with those of C. MueUeri. The long, fine, drooping
branchlets occasionally give it a willow-like appearance.
In botanical sequence it should come, perhaps, between C.
robusta, R.Br., and C. MueUeri, Parlat.
This Callitris so far appears to be very local, for after a rather
exhaustive botanical survey of the Pines of this State undertaken
by me it was not found in any other locality, and there is no
BY R. T. BAKEK. 841
indication cat present of cany forms really transitional between it
and any of the above-mentioned species, whilst it is distinct from
any Western Australian Callitris.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Callitris gracilis, n.sp.
Fig. ]. — Twig with branchlets and male amenta.
Fig, 2. — Individual branchlets (enlarged).
Fig. 3. — Male amenta (enlarged).
Fig. 4, — Stamen with anthers (enlarged).
Fig. 5. — Cones unexpanded (natural size).
Fig. 6.— Cones expanded.
Fig. 7. — Seeds (natural size).
842
THE GEOLOGY OF THE GLASS HOUSE MOUNTAINS
AND DISTRICT.
By H. I. Jensen.
(Plates xlvi.-l.)
Synopsis.
PAGE
i. Introduction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 842
ii. Bibliography ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... 843
iii. Physiography and Topography —
{a) Undulating Sandy Country ... ... ... ... .. 845
(b) The Glass House Mountains ... .. ... .. ... 847
(c) Miscellaneous Notes on Physiography ... ... ... 848
iv. Geology —
(1) Structure and Origin of the Glass House Mountains .. 850
(2) Order of Eruption of the Lavas ... ... ... ... 852
(3) Occurrence of Dykes ... ... ... .... ... ... 852
(4) Possible Laccolites 853
(5) Occurrence of Tufaceous Rocks ... ... ... ... 854
(6) Occurrence and Structure of the Andesite Formation ... 855
(7) Occurrence of Columnar Structure ... ... ... ... 855
(8) Occurrence of Basalts in the District ... ... ... 856
(9) Situation of the Volcanic Rocks on Intersecting Groups of
Cracks ... ... ... ... .. .. ... 857
(10) Age and Origin of the Glass House Mountains and Adjacent
Rocks 857
V. Petrology .. 860
vi. Other Austr.vlian Trachyte Areas ... .. .. ... 870
vii. Miscellaneous Notes 872
viii. Conclusion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 874
i. Introduction.
T4ie Glass House Mountains form a group of conical heights,
scattered over a lenticular area whose centre is roughly forty-four
miles north of Brisbane, S, Queensland. In this paper it is
BY H. I. JENSEN. 843
proposed to discuss, as well as the Glass House Mountains them-
selves, that portion of the East Moreton District in which they
are situated. It comprises the parishes of Beerwah, Toorbul,
Canning and Durundur, a few features of some other neighl^our-
ing parishes being also touched upon.
The Glass House Mountains were discovered and named by
Captain Cook in May, 1770,^ and again noticed by Flinders in
July, 1802.1 They owe their name to their resemblance to glass
houses, when viewed from Moreton Bay on a fine day after a
shower. No one has so far ever made a systematic geological
examination of them, our knowledge up to the present being
derived from scattered notes of various geologists who rapidly
toured the district. In the present paper I propose to give the
results of over three weeks' field work in the mountains themselves,
supplemented by a considerable amount of petrological work on
the specimens collected, carried out in the geological laboratory
of the University of Sydney. Having been a resident of Cabool-
ture, near the Glass House Mountains, for ten yeais, I have had
the additional advantage of being thoroughly acquainted with
the entire district.
ii. Bibliography.
The first geological record of the Glass House Mountains is
that of Mr. Stutchbury, who, in 1854, described them as consist-
ing of masses of metamorphic sandstone, left standing after the
unaltered sandstone had been removed by denudation. |
In 1875, the Hon. A. C. Gregory referred to them as ^' out-
hni'sts of ijo^yhyry. "§
* Hawkesworth, J. , '" Account of the Voyages," &:c. Vol.iii., 1773 [Cook's
First Voyage, 1768-71].
t " A Voyage to Terra Australis in H.M.S. The Investigator." Vol. ii.,
p. 6, 1814.
X Jack and Etheridge, Geology and Palaeontology of Queensland, p. 73,
and bibliography there given.
§ Report on the Geology of Part of the Districts of Wide Bay and Burnett.
Brisbane ; Govt. Printer. 1875.
844 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DLSTRICT,
In 1888, the Rev. J. E. Tenison Woods, F.L.S., read a paper
before the Royal Society of New South AVales on the " Desert
Sandstone," With this paper he published plates illustrating
what he terms "Prismatic Basalt, Glass House Mountains," and
in the text he states that the "Glass House Mountains appear
to be of the same age as a basaltic flow at Lytton, a few miles
inland from Cleveland." In the same paper the author refers to
the conglomerates and sandstones in the Moreton District as
" Desert Sandstone "; and he remarks "that only a few fragments
of coniferous wood have been found imbedded in it, proving
nothing as regards age."
In a descriptive account of the Glass House Mountains in the
'Queensland Rail wa)-^ and Tourists' Guide,' compiled under instruc-
tions from the Queenland Railway Commissioners, the author,
Mr. A. Meston, refers to the geology of the mountains, and
perpetuates the old notion that they are composed of sandstone,
and rise out of the Cretaceous formation.
In Appendix ii. of Jack and Etheridge's ' Geology and Palaeon-
tology of Queensland,' we read :—" Recently Mr. Henry G.
Stokes has presented to the Geological Survey a series of speci-
mens gathered in the Mountains themselves (i.e., the Glass House
Mountains*), from which it appears that the staple rock is
trachyte."
Mr. Stokes has since read a paper in which he further points
out the intrusive character of the trachytes, f
Mr. E. C. Andrews, B. A., in a paper, " Preliminarj'^ Note on the
Geology of the Queensland Coast, &c.,"| speaks of the Glass
House Mountains as " monadnock-like " heights, which rise from
a coastal plain. Mr. Andrews also considers this coastal "/>/am "
or ^''jiaV to be due to the redistribution by tidal action of
fluviatile material.
* The italics are mine.
t Trans. Nat. Hist. Society of Queensland. Vol. i., 1892, 3-4.
X Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 845
iii. PhysiocxRapiiy and Topography.
(a) Undulating Sandy Cotmtry. — The coastal tract from which
the Glass House Mountains rise as isolated peaks, consists of gently-
undulating country, which appears a " plain " or '^flat " when
viewed from the sea. It is covered with a sandy soil sustaining
a forest vegetation consisting of Eucalypts (white-gum, blue-gura,
red-gum, stringy-bark, cabbage-trees, ironbark), Tea-trees, Banksia,
Casuarina, Callistemon and Xanthorrhcea. The grasses are poor.
In the sour-soiled, swampy flats the grass-tree (Xanthorrhcea)
never produces a trunk as on the ridges. Near the trachytic
peaks themselves the sand}^ soil gives place to a grey, ash-like
soil, which is even more incapable of supporting healthy vegeta-
tion, inasmuch as it becomes sour in wet seasons from want of
drainage, and cakes in dry weather.
This kind of country ^extends from Deception Bay on the east
to the outcrop of the Palaeozoic rocks on the west. The Palaeozoic
rocks are met with about seven miles west of Caboolture; here
their junction line with the Mesozoic takes a north-westerly trend
so that they are only reached in fifteen or sixteen miles going due
west from the Glass House Mountains Station, which is fourteen
miles north of Caboolture, and about forty-six miles north of
Brisbane. The D'Aguilar Range, which forms the watershed
between the coastal streams and the Stanley River (a tributary
of the Brisbane River) basin, consists at Mt. Mee of Palaeozoic
rocks ; but from the vicinity of Delaney's Creek northwards it
becomes a mere sandstone ridge, whose constituent rocks are of
Mesozoic age.
The Palaeozoic rocks of Mt. Mee and neighbourhood consist of
slates, schists, phyllites, granites and diorites with veins of quartz
intersecting the sedimentary rocks, and dykes of gneiss, syenite,
hornblende rock and gabbro intersecting the granites. Many of
the quartz veins and leaders, and several of the dykes are metal-
liferous.
The sandy soil of the coastal tract overlies and is probably
derived from the subaerial denudation of a formation consisting
54
846 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
of iiiterbedded sandstones, shales and conglomerates, which is
apparently continuous and identical with the Ipswich and Burrum
Coal Measures. This formation is devoid of fossils excepting the
very abundant silicified wood and a few ill-preserved leaves. In
this paper it will be termed the Coal Measure Formation,
identical with the Trias-Jura of Jack.
The above-mentioned Palaeozoic rocks are put down by Jack
as " Gympie Formation," but they may be much older. No
fossils have as yet been found in them.
The rocks of the Coal Measure Formation are not horizontally
bedded. On the contrary, they dip at varying angles, and form
small anticlines and synclines. In places trachyte intrusions have
served to bring about this result. The northern part of the
D'Aguilar Range bears every appearance of being an anticlinal fold.
This part of the range (lying north of Steep Hill) is between 500
and 800 feet in average height, and is composed of sandstones and
conglomerates of the Coal Measure Formation, which do not
present to the eye signs of great erosion, such as steep clifts and
escarpments, a feature so noticeable in the Hawkesbury formation
of the Sydney basin. The strata dip (as far as my observations
go) away from the summit of the range Towards Peachester, west
of the range, sandy soil overlying sandstone occurs as on the east.
The same formation continues northwards to the Blackall Ranges,
where it has been fissured and partly covered by flows of basalt.
The sandstones differ greatly in colour and texture, ranging from
fine argillaceous sandstones to coarse conglomerates, and varying
in colour from white to red. Some varieties are highly ferru-
ginous, becoming a "sand-ironstone." Interbedded with them I
have found white clay shales, as at Mewett's Mountain, near the
Six-Mile Creek, and also near Mt. Tunbubudla, black carbonaceous
shale in the bed of the Six-Mile Creek, about a quarter of a mile
east of the railway line, and coarse conglomerates near Mt.
Beerwah. Coal is said to occur to the north west of Mt. Mellum;
and also in several places in the Stanley River basin, south of
the Blackall Range.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 847
In the sandy countiy, swampy tracts are abunrlant. East of
the D'Aguilar Range they seem to mark the position of old water-
courses. The Lagoon Creek marks the position of an old water-
course, the greater part of whose drainage area has now been
captured by the Caboolture River. The swamps contain deep
black, peaty soil, consisting of matted vegetable matter, logs, etc.,
beneath which there is a floor of sandstone, sand and gravel, or
clay. The lagoons or ponds in the swamps quite commonly have
sandstone floors and walls, this sandstone containing petrified
wood similar to and as abundant as that obtained in the rocks
of the D'Aguilar Range.
Along the Deception Bay Coast we meet with numerous shell
banks, containing oyster shells, Pecten, Cerithium, Area antiquata
and other shells, some of these banks being over a mile from the
shore. These may indicate that some elevation has taken place,
but it is perhaps more likely that they mark the old shore-line,
land-resumption slowly taking place through tidal action. How-
ever there are grounds for believing that some elevation has taken
place in recent times, some of the hills fronting the N.W. corner
of Deception Bay having the appearance of true raised beaches.
The sand banks more than two miles from the shore-line are
certainly of wind-blown origin, containing no marine remains.
These banks are, in my opinion, not river drift, the sand grains
being too tine and even-sized to have a fluviatile origin.
Land -resumption by the action of the sea and organised life
combined is at present going on in Moreton Bay ; the coastal
alluvium may, therefore, consist of old shore-banks rendered terra
firma by the gradual recession of the sea, and man}^ of the salt
marshes along the coast may represent little inlets and mouths of
creeks, resumed in this way. (See Part vi., Notes by H. L.
Kesteven).
(6) The Glass House Mountains. — These mountains are situated
on an elliptical area, having its long axis north and south. The
centre of the area is about 44 miles N. of Brisbane. They all
rise very sharpl}^ out of the Coal Measure sandstone, their summits
being either quite bare or only scantily decorated with a few
848 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
dwarf gums, orchids and mosses. Mt. Beerwah, the loftiest cone
of the group, is only 1,760 feet high; Mt. Conowrin 1,170 feet;
Mt. Tunbubudla 1,020; all the others being below 1,000 feet.
They are all of a steeply conical, sugarloaf form, composed of
trachyte which is for the most part columnar. The most southerly
member of the trachyte cones that I have been able to find is
the Round Mountain, a hill about three miles W. of Cal)oolture;
the most northerly, Coochin Mountain, near Beerwah Railwa}'
Station.
Those mountains which rise directly from level country, e.g.,
Tibrogargan. Tunbubudla, and Miketeebumulgrai, are surrounded
by a gutter of boggy country, a few hundred yards wide, round
which a sandy ridge, often with sandstone outcrops, is met with.
This gutter, which is studded with "paddymelon" holes, may
be due to a slight subsidence caused by the weight of the moun-
tain, perhaps accompanied by faulting (a cauldron fracture), or
it may be due to the wash of water down the steep sides of the
mountain in rainy seasons.
(c) Miscellaneous Notes Oil Physiography. — A noticeable feature
in the East Moreton district is the close correspondence between
vegetation and geological formation."^
On the sandstone formation, oaks (Casuarina) are very plenti-
fully distributed amongst the gums, and the grass-trees have
trunks.
Where the soil is clayey, overlying shale, wattles are inter-
spersed amongst tall straight gums and stringybarks.
On the ash}^ caking soil from decomposing trachyte, vegetation
is very scanty, consisting of crippled tea-trees and stemless grass-
trees (Xanthorrhcea). On the trachyte formation oaks are
typically absent, but often a trachyte dyke is marked by a row
of tall gums and oaks, which have here sufficient food as well as
good drainage.
* Cf. Mr. Maiden's Presidential Address to the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, Proc. 1902, p. 682.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 849
The basalt country (Mt. Mellum, Blackall Ranges, ikc.) is
invariably covered by dense scrub, containing numerous palms,
tree-ferns, bamboos, canes, &c. The andesite tracts sustain chieflj''
large Eucalypts, which are remarkable for their crookedness on
this formation.
In the slate country, both scrub and forest vegetation is present,
the former along the valleys, the latter on the riJges. More ton
Bay figs, nettle-trees, canes and the so-called wild chestnuts are
abundant, but few palms. Excellent timber, both pine and
hardwood, is procured here. Cedar is more plentiful on basaltic
soil.
Along the coast box-trees are abundant, and the shore banks
usually sustain some Casuarina and bread-fruit trees, whilst
growing in the water, mangrove thickets are of frequent occur-
rence.
In Mr. Andrews paper,"^ it is stated that: — "In the coastal
regions one finds a few feet beneath the sand a sort of pipeclay,
with ironstone nodules, extending to great depth." This state-
ment is not strictly correct as far as my observations extend.
Several wells have been examined to ascertain the succession of
strata under the sandy soil. As a rule, after passing through the
surface soil or sand, we reach a white or yellow clay, at a depth
of two or three feet. This clay may have a thickness of from
one to perhaps twenty feet; if thin, we usually find beneath it a
layer of ironstone pebbles a few inches in thickness, and then
sandstone, with or without the intermission of another clay band;
if thick, there are several gravel and pebble bands in the clay, as
was observed in a well on our own homestead, near Caboolture.
The pebbles of these bands are imbedded in a sandy clay, and
have a rounded appearance as if water-worn. In places, particu-
larly where intermingled with quartz gravel, they may be of
fluviatile origin. On account of these pebbles a river drift theory
of the origin of the East More ton lowlands has been advanced.
It has been suggested that the whole district has been in geolo'
* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, p. 149.
,S50 GEOLOiiV OF (iLASS HOUSP: MTS. AND DISTRICT,
gically i-eceiit limes a vast estuary into which a river flowed,
depositini,' the a])Ove-inentioned clays and gravels. On account
of tlie great variation in the thickness of the clay and pebble
layers indicating their j^urely local development in places where
small streams have formerly existed, as well as for other reasons
already recorded, I cannot entertain " the river drift " theory.
My observations on the formation of ironstone pebbles further-
more lead to a difterent conclusion.
Rounded ferruginous pebbles were found in great abundance
under that grey ashy soil formed from decomposed trachyte
or trachyte tuff. On breaking them a core of trachyte
was frequently found. In the vicinity of Mt. Conowrin, Mt.
Beerburrum, and Mt. Miketeebumulgrai trachyte in course
of weathering has been observed to disintegrate into rounded
lumps covered with a ferruginous crust. This is particularly
the case with trachytes rich in deep blue pleochroic amphi-
boles. It seems, therefore, that, in many cases, the pebbles can be
traced to the decomposition of trachyte or trachyte tuff; it is very
probable that in early Tertiary times a great portion of the district
was covered with loosel}' cemented volcanic ashes and bombs. In
localities where ferruginous pebbles are in course of formation,
the decomposing trachyte has a nodular or tuberculate appearance.
These pebbles are nearly all less than half an inch in diameter.
Another source of ironstone pebbles and nodules (from h to 3
inches in diameter) is the decomposition of the ferruginous
sandstones of the Coal Measure Formation. In the sandstones,
heavy ironstone concretions are abundant, and are left behind
when the rock containing them has weathered away.
iv. Geology.
(1). Structure and Origin of the Glass House Mountains. —
These mountains represent old volcanic plugs of trachytic lava
which have forced their way into ancient tuff cones now denuded,
or else have burst through fissures in the Coal Measure sandstone,
reaching the surface in a very viscous state. In the latter case
BY H. I. JENSEN. 851
the viscous masses must have remained in the place where
erupted, taking the form of mamelons.*
An inspection of the arrangement of the columns on Ngun
Ngun and Tibrogargan clearly proves that the Glass House
Mountains are not the remains of a huge lava sheet, as has
been suggested by some. In most instances we see no evidence
of the lava having flowed from the vent. At Mt. Ngun Ngun,
however, very short lava flows have taken place.
The rock is typically trachyte. In some places it is so coarsely
porphyritic as to become a felspar porphyry, as for example, the
Mt. Beerburrum rock.
The felspar is universally of two generations, in phenocrysts
often somewhat corroded, and in minute laths forming with
iegerine the raicrocrystalline to cryptocrystalline base. Hence
it is probable that the magma had already cooled and partly
crystallised out at considerable depth, before it found vents and
broke through to the surface.
The trachytic rocks are later than the sandstones (Ipswich-
Burrum Coal Measures), as proved by the following facts : —
(1) The sandstones are traversed in various places by trachyte
dykes.
(2) At the junction of the trachyte and sandstone the latter
shows unmistakable signs of metamorphosis, such as hardening,
induced crystallisation, and assumption of columnar structure.
(3) Small tongues of trachyte have been injected into the
sandstones on the junction line.
(4) The sandstones have been disrupted and sometimes tilted
at considerable angles by the trachyte. One good instance of
this is afforded by an anticline caused by a trachyte dyke in a
railway cutting about half a mile north of Beerburrum Station
(Plate xlix., fig. 5). At Mt. Beerwah and Mt. Conowrin the
sandstones dip away from the trachyte mass.
* This is often the case with trachytic lavas. Compare the Puys of
Auvergne, the phonolite hills of Bohemia, and the mamelons of the Isle of
Bourbon. See "Volcanoes," by Jucld, ch. v.
852 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
On the other hand, the trcichytes are older than the other
volcanic rocks of the district. There is evidence that basalt flows
from Mt. Mellum have once extended to Coochin and covered
trachytic rocks in that vicinity. The remarkable quartz-augite-
hornblende andesite, vvhich forms the surface rock at Grigor's
place (Bankfoot House) contains abundant trachytic inclusions.
Some of these inclusions, those obtained by me close to Bankfoot
House, are analogous to the Beerwah trachyte; others, obtained
at Mt. Bokay, close to Mt. Conowrin, consist of Conowrin
trachyte.
The rock of the more rounded and less elevated members of the
Glass House Mountain group is in general more basic than that
of the steeper and higher mountains. The rock of Mt. Cooee, a
hill lying a few hundred yards north of Mt. Tibrogargan, seems
of very varying basicity, merging in places into a rock indistin-
guishable in hand specimens from the Bankfoot House andesite.
(2). The order of eruption seems to have been —
1. Tutfs like those of Trachyte Range.
2. Compact trachytes like those of Conowrin, Tibrogargan,
Beerwah and Ewin.
3. More basic trachytes of Mt. Ngun-Ngun, Mt. Cooee, Mt.
Beerburrum, Mewett's Mountain, and Medway's Mountain;
trachytes containing much blue hornblende and jegerine.
4. Quartz andesites — the Bankfoot House formation.
5. Basalts, erupted at Mt. Mellum in the Blackall Ranges, and
at Buderim Mountain.
(3). Occurrence of Dykes. — D\^kes are abundant. On the main
Gympie road, between Mt. Tunbubudla and Bankfoot House,
one meets with a number of long narrow dykes running across
the country in straight lines. They form a very noticeable
feature, inasmuch as they can be seen at some distance and resemble
artificial stone )>arricades when viewed from afar. The dykes
met with on the main Gympie Road between Mt. Tunbubudla and
Conowrin Creek all seem to radiate from the two Tunbubudla
mountains (locally known as Tlie Twins).
I
I
BY H. I. JENSEN. 853
A very interesting dyke occurs on the western side of Mt.
Conowrin, exposed by a landslip a few years ago.
The most conspicuous dyke in the district is, however, the one
which has given rise to the anticline in the sandstones of a rail-
way cutting half a mile north from Beerburrum Railway Station.
This dyke has forced its way along a bed of shale interbedded
with the sandstone, the lava having carried some of the shale
before it in its path. The lava has seemingly come from the
S.E., so that we get a mass of altered black shales, about 40 feet
in thickness, exposed in section on the western flank of the cutting,
whilst the original shale bed showing on the eastern flank has
only a thickness of two or three feet at the most. On this side
the trachyte dyke does not show. Evidently the lava has come
diagonally upwards. (Plate xlix., fig. 5).
The finely crystalline nature of the dyke rocks, as well as their
close resemblance structurally and mineralogically to the trachytes
of adjacent peaks, seems to me to show that they are derived
from the same source, and contemporaneous. From their texture
it is evident that they consolidated near the surface, and hence
it appears that the amount of denudation undergone by the
Triassic rocks since the trachyte eruptions has been small.
(4). Possible Laccolites. — From Medway's Mountain on 58v
Canning westward, an area including selections 2v, 58v and 86v
has trachyte rock underlying the surface soil. The trachyte here
is considerably more coarse-grained and more ferruginous than
that which has found vent in Medway's Mt. On weathering, it
turns brick-red. Along the right side of the Durundur road,
which crosses selections 2v and 86v, a trachyte outcrop many
chains in width and nearly a mile in length may be traced. It
does not reach an elevation of more than 10 to 12 feet above the
surrounding country. The rock weathers into huge boulders in
much the same way as granite, and in mineral composition it is
analogous to the trachyte of Mt. Beerburrum. Within a radius
of half a mile from it the soil is very poor, ashlike and caking,
typical of decomposing trachyte. This is probably a laccolitic
mass which has consolidated under a bed of sandstone or loosely
8-54 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
cemented tult^ the coarsely crystalline nature of the rock and the
viscosity of trachytic magmas generally, supporting such a sup-
position. It could also be interpreted as a large dyke mass. It
is probably not a flow from an^' of the adjacent trachj'te
mountains, the rock being macrocrystalline and porphyritic.
(5). Occurrence of Tufaceous Rocks. — The occurrence of un-
doubted tuffs is very rare. Tuffs mai/ formerly have covered a
large area and formed cones round the trachyte plugs, but must
have been very loosely cemented. Hence it seems improbable
that the Glass House Mountains were submarine volcanoes, sub-
marine tuffs being usually fairly compact. The only undoubted
tuffs observed were those of a ridge to the south of Mt. Tibro-
gargan which I have called the Trachyte Range.* At a spot on
this ridge — Skeleton Cave, south of Mt, Ewin — where I dis-
covered some aboriginal skeletons in a cave, p3^roclastic rocks
with large angular fragments occur. Some specimens obtained
on Tibrogargan may be tufaceous, but have not yet been properly
examined.
Trachyte Range is a low continuous ridge of trachyte (rising
in some places to an altitude of 300-350 feet above the surround-
ing country). It runs from Mt. Beerburrum in the direction of
Mt. Tibrogargan, taking, however, a westerly trend at a place to
the S.S.E. of Mt. Ewin, and continuing almost to the Gympie
road. The core of the ridge consists of compact trachytic lava
similar to that of Mt. Ewin, and also very like that of Mt. Jellore,
of which Mr. T. G. Taylor, of the Sydney University, has kindly
shown me some sections. At various points, as at Skeleton
Cave, tuffs occur, these forming a hard, greenish rock, emitting
a ringing sound when struck. They have evidently been highly
silicified. The entire ridge evidently marks an earth-fissure
which has emitted lavas and tuffs. Probably siliceous hot springs
* The names, Trachyte Range, Skeleton Cave, Mt. Bokay, and Mt. Cooee,
made use of in this paper, refer to localities which frequently require mention,
but which have not as yet local names, nor do they bear names on the official
maps.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 855
have altered the tuffs here and rendered them capable of resist-
ing denudation.
(6) Occiirrence and Structure of the Andesite Formation. —
This formation covers an area of about 500 acres lying S.E of
Mt. Conowrin. The andesite assumes an irregular columnar
structure in places, and has to some extent prismatised the
underlying conglomerates. It is extremely variable in basicity,
being in some places pale grey in colour, in others perfectly black;
sometimes rather fine-textured, sometimes coarsely porphyritic.
The amount of quartz varies considerably. Perhaps the name
dacite will be found more appropriate than andesite. It is
important that it contains trachyte inclusions, hence is later
than the trachytes. The geburite-dacites of Mount Macedon,
Yic, were found to be the earliest trachytic rocks erupted in
that region, so the order of eruption is somewhat different in the
Glass House Mountains and Mount Macedon.*
(7) Occurrence of Columnar Structure. — Mt. Conowrin displays
columnar structure on a grand scale. The summit is inacessible,
and consists of a mass of vertical trachyte columns. These are
square in transverse section (Plate xlvi., fig. 2).
The Mountains Beerwah, Ngun Ngun, Tibrogargan, Cooee,
Ewin and Tunbubudla all show a central plug of columnar
trachyte similar to that of Conowrin. In the case of Ngun Ngun
we find, in addition to a mass of squarish columns exposed on
the S.E. side of the summit, that the main body of the mountain
is composed of huge columns of coarse-grained trachyte, rather
rich in iron-bearing constituents. These columns are polygonal
in transverse section ; they are vertical on the summit, but
horizontal or inclined on the sides of the mountain. A study of
the arrangement of the columns on Ngun Ngun somewhat
strengthens the idea that some of these mountains are of the
nature of mamelons.
^' G-regory, J. W. (and Grayson, H. J.), "The Geology of Mount Macedon,
Victoria." Proc. Eoy. .Soc. Victoria. Vol. xiv. (New Series), p. 186, 1902.
S.'x') (iEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
Mc. Beersvah is also entirely columnar. On the N.W. side,
near the summit, we see a mass of fine rectangular columns
similar to those of Mt. Conowrin. Near the base, however, the
columns are tabular, and do, as Mr. Stutchbury has already
remarked, lean inwards.* The large tabular columns of Mt.
Beerwah consist of a peculiar glistening and soft trachyte which
superficially resembles sandstone, so much so that Mr. Stutchbury
described them as metamorphic sandstone. They contain large
plienocr3"sts of plagioclase up to ^ inch in diameter. The sand-
stone outcropping in a gully east of Beerwah dips 25° in the
direction of Conowrin.
(8) Occu7'rence of Basalts in the District. — Mt. Mellum is
basaltic. Its height is over 1,200 feet, and from the 500 feet
level to the summit we meet with basalt only. The mountain
was scaled from the south-east along a ridge which consists of
sandstone until a height of 500 feet is reached. The lower basalt
(between 500 and 600 feet) is vesicular, as is also the basalt of
the summit. Between the two masses of vesicular basalt we
meet with, in the ascent, a thick mass of compact columnar
basalt. At the junction with the sandstone we tind the latter
strongly metamorphosed — turned, in fact, into quartzite.
Basalt-flows from Mt. Mellum have once extended south beyond
Coochin. They are now denuded except for isolated patches of
basalt and scattered basaltic nodules, but they have impregnated
the subjacent sandstones with iron, and turned the sandy soil
bright red.
Mt. Mellum probably represents a basaltic extinct volcano.
It -seems to me unlikely that it represents a flow for the following
reasons : —
1. In the ascent, horizontal columns only have been met with.
2. Its isolation and seeming freshness.
• New South Wales Geological Survey. Fourteenth Trimonthly Report,
dated Durandur, 1st August, 1854. Legislative Council Papers, N.S.W.,
19th September, 1854.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 857
Very little denudation has taken place since its period of
activity, although the rock is very decomposable. Its distance
fromi the nearest basaltic mountains of the Blackall Ranges is
about five miles, and if it represents a remnant of a denuded flow
from them, a mass of l^asalt over 800 feet in thickness has been
removed in the valley between them. If that were the case, it
is hardly imaginable that we should meet with such excellently
preserved vesicular basalt on the very summit of Mt. Mellum.*
The balance of evidence, therefore, favours the supposition that
it represents a volcano.
(9) Situation of the Volcanic Mountains on Intersecting Growps of
Cracks. — By looking at the accompanying map (Plate xlvi.) it will
be seen that the mountains of the Glass House group lie on inter-
secting cracks, having approximately the directions N. to S. and
E. to W. The main fissure seems to be that on which Miketeebu-
mulgrai, Tunbubudla, Conowrin and Mt. Mellum lie. Another
line may be drawn in a nearly parallel direction through Beer-
burrum, Tibrogargan, Ngun Ngun, Coochin Hill and Mt. Mellum.
At right angles to these two lines we find one passing through
Beerwah, Conowrin and Ngun Ngun ; a parallel fissure passes
through Mt. Beerburrum and the two Tunbubudla mountains.
The dykes radiating from Tunbubudla may be looked upon as
radial cracks caused by the lava outburst.
(10) Age and Origin of the Glass House Mou7itains and
adjacent Rocks. — There is no evidence that the Glass House
Mountains have been submarine in origin. There are no sub-
marine tuffs; the holocrystalline nature of the trachytes, as well
as the occurrence of large fragments without any definite orienta-
tion in the Trachyte Range tuffs, and the absence of definite
arrangement of the crystals in these tuffs are evidence against
submarine origin. In the trachytic lavas, too, we meet with but
* " Mellum " seems to be an aboriginal word for volcano. The mountain
may have been active in the human period. Otherwise, why should the
natives have given it the present name ? Rumblings are said to have been
heard under it last year.
858 OEOLOfiY OF TiLASS HOCSK MTS. AND DISTRICT,
few instances of vesicular structure, such as we should expect
from tlie presence of much water, and no glassy rock, which would
result from rapid cooling.
It is, however, likely that the sea was not far off at the time
of the Glass House Mountain eruptions.
From the coarse-grained nature of the Triassic sandstones of
the East Moreton district in the Glass House Mountain region
and the abundance of fossil wood contained, it appears that these
rocks were deposited in a wide estuary. Sedimentation may
have lasted well into Cretaceous times, but so far no Cretaceous
rocks have been identified in this region, though further north
we have the Maryborough Beds overlying the Trias. When
sedimentation ceased, the strata were elevated through rise of
isogeotherms; at a somewhat later period — probably the end of
the Cretaceous — recooling and denudation had progressed far
enough to allow cracking of the sedimentar}'- strata. Through
cracks thus formed the Glass House trachytes found an exit.
Subsequent folding of the topmost beds probably gave rise to the
D'Aguilar Range and the Blackall Ranges, and this folding was
probably accompanied by the andesitic and basaltic outpourings
of lava.
In age the trachytes are probably Pre-Miocene. Xo definite
proof of age has been obtained, but the amount of denudation
which they have suffered and the almost total removal of tuff-
beds and crater rings, if these ever existed, hint at considerable
antiquity. The same lack of good evidence of geological age
seems to hold for most Australian trachytes, but the consensus of
opinion amongst our geologists, based on the small amount of
evidence available, assigns to them a Cretaceo-Eocene age. This
also seems to hold best for the Glass House trachytes.
The basaltic rocks of Mt. Mellum bear considerable petrological
resemblance to those of Tambourine Mountain, described by Mr.
Rands, late Government Geologist of Queensland."*
* Jack & Etheridge, ' Geology and Palaeontology of Queensland.'
BY 11. I. JENSEN. 859
Mr. Rands considers the Tambourine basalt to be Miocene or
Pliocene, hence contemporaneous with many other Australian
basalts. The Mt. Mellum rock is, if anything, later. The com-
parative freshness of this readily decomposable rock, the abund-
ance of vesicular basalt, which is ever so much more readily dis-
integrated than hard columnar basalt, are reasons which justify
us in assigning a late Tertiar}^, Pliocene or Pleistocene, age to
Mt. Mellum.
In his paper already cited,* Mr. Andrews looks upon the Glass
House Mountains as monadnocks, or hypabj^ssal masses left by
the denudation of a Tertiary (Miocene) plateau into which the
lavas had been injected. I cannot at present embrace that view,
inasmuch as the D'Aguilar Range appears from ni}^ observations
to be a Tertiary fold range, and not a remnant of a now-denuded
plateau. Besides, the petrographical nature of the Glass House
Mountain lavas and the occurrence of some tuffs in the ridge which
is here named Trachyte Range, indicate that the rock is volcanic
and not hypabyssal.
The upper sandstones of the East Moreton may be in part of
Lower Cretaceous age, the Trias merging, as the Ipswich beds do,
into the Cretaceous. The absence of later beds in the district
can be explained on two hypotheses — either it has been dry land
ever since Upper Cretaceous times, or repeated fluctuations
causing periodical submergence have taken place. The latter
supposition seems more likely to be correct, accounting satis-
factorily for the absence of cliffs, escarpments, and other signs of
great erosion. It seems the most natural conclusion to come to,
that moderately stable conditions have prevailed in the Glass
House Mountains area ever since the trachyte eruptions, and
that the district has preserved its character as a ]ow-]3ang coastal
plain, occasionally submerged, but each period of elevation
sufficing to remove the deposits formed in the period of sedi-
mentation.
* •' Preliminary Note on the Geology of the Queensland Coast."
8G0 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
Greater denudation of the Triassic has taken place in the
Blackall Range area, where sedimentation had been greater, and
subsequently re-elevation more considerable.
That the eastern coast of Australia is undergoing a wave-like
movement tangential to shore-line is rendered probable by the
evidence afforded by numerous submerged forests and raised
beaches along our coasts. Folding from the X.W. in New South
Wales and from the S.W. in Queensland would explain such a
tangential movement, the focus from which folding proceeds
underlving the New England Tableland and the McPherson
Range. "^^
Tidal action extends in the meandering Caboolture River as far
as Wararbah Creek, and larger streams like the Caboolture and
Stanley rivers have undoubtedly captured the drainage areas of
other streams which are now represented by creeks and swamps.
This indicates long-continued stable conditions, or at any rate
extremely sloiv change of level. Sandy bars occur at the mouths of
all the creeks and rivers. Yet it would be extremely risky to draw
inferences from these features, as, on account of the soft nature
of the Triassic bedrocks, and the vehemence of Queensland floods,
it does not take a river very long to carve a course for itself in
this region, and those rules which hold for hard Palaeozoic forma-
tions can in this case only be applied with extreme precaution.
V. Petrology.
The subject of the petrogra.ph}- of the Glass House Mountains
rocks, the writer proposes to discuss in greater detail in a future
paper.
An idea has already been given of the sedimentary rocks of
the district, which comprise : —
1. The Palieozoic slates and schists referred by Queensland
geologists to the Gympie Formation.
* Of. Suess' Theory on "The Parallel Grouping of Mountains round
Ancient Coasts " in 'Das Antlitz der Erde. '
BY H. I. JENSEN. 861
2. The TiLassic or Trias-Jura rocks, consisting of sandstones
and conglomerates, with interbedded shales and mudstones.
The igneous rocks may be divided into Plutonic and A^olcanic,
the dyke rocks being best considered with one or other of these
divisions.
(a) Plutonic. — To this division belong the granites, diorites,
gabbros, gneisses and augen-gneisses of the coastal range. These
ancient rocks form the core of the range, being flanked on the
eastern side by the Palaeozoic slates and schistose rocks. They
are cut by dykes of aplite, segerine S3'enite, hornblende rock,
diabase, &c., as well as by quartz reefs and leaders, usually more
or less metalliferous.
(b) Volcanic. — The volcanic rocks of the district fall petro-
logically under three heads — trachytes, andesites, and basalts.
(L) Trachytes. — The Glass House Mountains proper are all
composed of trachyte. To make clear the mineral constitution
of the most typical rocks, it will be useful to consider first a few
special cases.
Bperhurrnm Trachyte. — Hand specimens of this rock when
freshly broken have a glistening white marbje-like appearance.
On decomposing the rock acquires a reddish, or dull brick-coloured
tint. The glistening of fresh specimens is due to large crystals
of sanidine, up to J an inch in diameter. The rock is seen to be
coarsely porphyritic, and to consist almost entirely of felspar,.
ferromagnesian minerals being only revealed on examination with
a pocket lens.
Microscopic examination showed that the base consisted of
lath-shaped, felspar crystals, of the sanidine variety, and two
varieties of hornblende; the one hornblende is deep brown to
reddish-brown in colour, strongly pleochroic, and more plentiful
than the other variety, which is a deep blue pleochroic hornblende,
probably riebeckite. A colourless pyroxene, non-pleochroic and
with strong birefringence, is also present in scattered irregular
grains.
55
862 GEOLOGY OF (iLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
From faint traces of multiple twinning in the porphyritic
felspar phenocrysts it was suspected that they were not true
orthoclase. These crystals are twinned like sanidine on the
Carlsbad plan, and have a refractive index of 1-525. Measure-
ments of extinction angles and microchemical tests proved a fair
amount of soda and a little lime to be present. Hence some, if
not all, of these phenocrysts are composed of anorthoclase.
Hand specimens of Beerburrum rock resemble specimen No.
9256 (Trachyte from the Canoblas) in the Sydney Mining Museum.
Beencah Trachyte. — The specimen sectioned was obtained on
the N.E. tiank of the mountain, and is typical of the bulk of the
Mt. Beervvah rock. This trachyte separates on weathering into
huf^e shingle-shaped slabs. It has a very glistening, silky lustre
when freshly broken, apparently due to the habit of the consti-
tuent felspar. The rock is very soft and crumbling, and has a
fa-eenish-grey colour. It was taken by Mr. Stutchbury, in 1854,
to be metamorphic sandstone, probably on account of its tendency
to split into slabs and its comparative softness. With aid of a
pocket lens the rock can be seen to be porphyritic, containing
abundant tabular phenocrysts of a plagioclase felspar. A few
hornblende phenocrysts are also present.
Examined under- the microscope, flow-structure is very apparent,
the arrangement being trachytic-pilotaxitic as in the typical
trachytes of the Siebengebirge (Drachenfels type). Felspar is the
predominant constituent, both as sanidine with characteristic cross
cracking, and in form of a plagioclase felspar which seems to be
oligoclase or andesine. The crystals are lath-shaped, with their
long axes all in the same direction. The base is microcrystalline
and displays the trachytic variety of pilotaxitic texture. No
glass is present. The ferromagnesian minerals are a brown
hornblende, often in well shaped, twinned crj^stals; a strongly
pleochroic horn])lende, having green, blue and slate-coloured
pleochroism in different sections. This latter amphibole is
probably arfvedsonite, and is frequently seen enveloping the
brown hornV)lende which is barkevicite. ^gerine is scattered
plentifully throughout the base in minute rods. The chief
BY H. I. JENSEN. 863
characteristics of this rock are : the typical trachyte lustre,
trachytic texture, predominance of plagioclase felspar (probably
andesine, with which it agrees best in optical properties), and
the tendency of the rock as a whole to split in slabs.
A few deep red to brown, strongly pleochroic grains, answering
to the description of cossyrite, w^ere observed as a nucleus to a
crystal aggregate of the green hornblende (arfvedsonite).
Conoivrin Trachyte. — This is a white or greyish-white rock in
which a pocket lens reveals scattered black specks. A few felspar
phenocrysts are usually present. Some specimens show flow
arrangement to the naked eye. This trachyte forms the fine
rectangular columns of which Mt. Conowrin is entirely made up.
Microscopically examined the Mt. Conowrin rock is seen to
consist almost entirely of sanidine. In fact the other constituents
-do not form 3% of the bulk of the rock. The texture is holocrys-
talline and orthophyric. The ferromagnesian minerals present
include ajgerine in minute green pleochroic rods; scattered crystals
of a blue hornblende which in transverse section show stronsf
pleochroism from deep green to deep blue; in longitudinal section
some of the crystals appear perfectly opaque. This amphibole is
probably allied to arfvedsonite or riebeckite. It is identical with
the deep blue pleochroic hornblende in the trachj^tes of Mount
Jellore. near Mittagong, recently investigated by Messrs. Mawson
and Taylor. This hornblende was the first mineral to crystallise
from the magma, occurring often as inclusions in the centre of a
sanidine phenocryst. Its crystalline form is never preserved,
corrosion and resorption having taken place. A colourless non-
pleochroic pyroxene is present in a few very minute grains.
A section made of a specimen of trachyte from the dyke at the
landslip on the W. side of Conowrin is somewhat difl^'erent in
mineral constitution. The amphibole with the strong absorption
in one direction is absent, and its place is taken by very numerous
minute, acicular crystals of an oli^'e-green colour. They are
pleochroic in brownish and green tints. A few good crystals of
a greenish-brown hornblende (allied to barkevicite) are present.
864 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTKICT,
This is sometimes twinned. A few grains of riebeckite were
present.
The lock from Mt. Ewin is macroscopically like that of
Conowrin, but microscopically it was observed that the ferriferous
constituents had taken chiefly the form of legerine. A few pheno-
crysts of a brownish hornblende were also present (barkevicite).
Mt. Ngun Xgun Trachyte. — The main mass of Mt. Ngun Ngun
is built up of huge polygonal columns of porphyritic trachyte.
Specimens from here are macroscopically very like specimen No.
11227 (Trachyte from the Canoblas, Orange) in the Mining
Museum, Sydney. The rock is holocrystalline, consisting of
sanidine phenocrysts which are sometimes corroded, and a micro-
crystalline orthophyric base. The base contains sanidine, scattered
irregular granules of a colourless non-pleochi'oic pyroxene, and
the green pleochroic hornblende often with a nucleus of l^rownish
hornblende. Fragments of quartz are present as an accessory,
and also a few fragments of an orange-yellow mineral. The
(quartz is probably allogenic, derived from the sandstone in the
upward passage of the magma. Another variety of trachyte is
found on the S.E. side of Ngun Ngun; this is exactly similar in
structure to that of Mt. Conowrin. There is also a third variety
found on the E. side of the mountain; this rock is of a bluish-
grey colour, very hard, and emits a ringing sound when struck.
In section it was found to be composed of sanidine in phenocrysts,
lath-shaped sanidines, and deep blue hornblende and green
legerine in the base.
Round Mountain Trachyte. — Hand specimens of this rock are
often much darker in colour than usual, so as to suggest a fine-
grained andesite. But the darkness is entirely due to mineral
solutions which have permeated the rock after its formation.
Sections prove the Round Mountain rock to be a holocrystalline
trachyte, very fine in texture, but containing a few small sanidine
phenocrysts scattered in a microcrystalline to cryptocrystalline
base. The rock consists almost entirely of sanidine felspar,
lugerine in minute gi'anules, and a few scattered crystals of the
deep blue hornblende (riebeckite) which has also been noticed in
I
BY H. I. JENSEN. 865
some of the fine-grained Conowrin rock. The phenocrysts of
sanidine are frequently strongly arched, having evidently been
subjected to very great pressure in the upward passage of the
magma. The sanidines are twinned on the Baveno, Carlsbad,
and Manebach laws.
Some of the hand specimens of Round Mountain trachyte are
not unlike specimen No. 10559 (from | mile N. of Tondeburine
Ck., Warrumbungle Mts.), Mining Museum, Sydney.
Mt. Cooee Trachyte. — The rock composing Mt. Cooee varies
widely in macroscopic appearance. Some is dark-coloured,
coarsely porphyritic, and resembles the andesitic rock of Grigor's
Estate, into which it seems to merge. The specimen sectioned
was of a bluish-grey colour; this rock forms irregular columns,
and weathers into rounded boulders. It is comparatively rich
in quartz, which occurs in large cr^^stals easily seen with the
naked eye. In colour and texture this rock resembles specimen
No. 11215 from Orange, in the Sydney Mining Museum.
The constituents of the quartz trachyte are sanidine — the most
abundant component — a considerable amount of quartz, and a
small proportion of dark blue hornblende. The central part of
Mt. Cooee consists of square columns similar in colour, size and
shape to those of Mt. Conowrin and Mt. Ewin. Whether
the quartz- trachyte, quartz-andesite, and true trachyte of this
mountain are contemporaneous or not, and whether the}'^ are
derived from the same magma, I have not yet been able
to determine; but the order of superposition in places where
superposition could be ascertained, is — (1) trachyte, (2) quartz-
trachyte, and (3) quartz-andesite.
Trachyte Range Rock. — This rock is a true pyroclastic rock or
tuff. It is of a dark green colour, very hard, and emits a ringing
sound when struck; it also contains angular opaque fragments of a
dark colour. Under the microscope it is seen to consist of crypto-
crystalline and amorphous material, forming a base containing
scattered sanidine crystals and angular fragments. The substance
of the base is in the form of minute needles and granules, and is
SGG (iEOLOGV OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
chieriy felspar, a darker green mineral being also present in fine
needles. This is probably acicular microlites of segerine. Glassy
material seems also to be present.
True trachyte lavas also occur on Trachyte Range, forming
the summits of the ridge. The}- i-esemble the rock of Mt. Ewin.
One specimen obtained on the southern side of the ridge is macro-
scopically very like specimen No. 5006 (Riebeckite Trachyte,
Warrumbungle Mts.), in the Mining Museum, Sydney. Micro-
scopically examined, it is seen to consist of a holocrystalline,
even-textured sanidine ground-mass, containing peculiar dark
blue to black, arborescent aggregates of ultra-microscopic crystals,
probably a hornblende, arfvedsonite or riebeckite.
The trachytes of Mt. Miketeebumulgrai are partly fine in
textuie like that of Mt. Conowrin, and partly coarse and porphy-
ritic like that of Mt. Beerburrum.
Mt. Tibrogargan is composed of trachytes uf a fine texture,
resembling those of Mt. Conowrin and Mt. Ewin. They seem
to be essentially segerine trachytes.
To sum up and generalise, it might be said that most of the
Glass House Mountains are composed of columnar trach3^te. The
core of the mountain usually consists of vertical columns, and the
sides often of horizontal and slanting columns {e.g., Ngun Ngun
and Tibrogargan). The trachyte rocks are usually of a grey
colour and dull lustre. The more porphyritic trachytes (<^.^.,
Beerwah, Beerburrum, Ngun Ngun) contain more brown and
greenish blue hornblende (barkevicite and arfvedsonite) than the
more even-textured rocks. The hornblendes seem to have been
the first mineral to crystallise, being usually very corroded, and
often occurring as inclusions in sanidine phenocr^^sts. The sani-
dine phenocrysts are often corroded and partially resorbed; they
possess the cljaracteristic cross cracks parallel to the (100) j^lane.
In the instance of the Beerburrum rock, the phenocrysts proved
to be anorthoclase, containing a considerable amount of soda and
some lime. In the coarsely porphyritic rocks a?gerine is less
plentiful than hornblende. The amphibole sometimes occurs in
twinned phenocrysts.
I
liY H. I. JENSEN. 8G7
The more fine-textured trachytes, such as those of the Round
Mountain, Mt. Conowrin, Mt. Evvin, and Mt. Tibrogargan contain
a greater proportion of segerine and less hornblende. Occasionally
crystals of deep blue, highly pleochroic riebeckite are present.
'J'he main constituent of all the trachytes, both coarse and fine, is
felspar, anorthoclase, with sanidine (orthoclase) in the Beerburrum
rock, andesine or oligoclase and sanidine in the Beerwah rock
(the plagioclase being here the more abundant constituent), and
sanidine, with or without some anorthoclase, in the other rocks;
the more basic minerals form but a minute portion of the bulk of
the rock. The hornblendes seem all to be soda-bearing varieties,
strongly pleochroic and deep blue, green or greenish-brown,
possessing strong absorption in certain directions, being allied to
the species riebeckite, arfvedsonite, barkevicite, and cossyrite (?).
The augite is chieli}" a soda-bearing variety, pegerine, in rods and
needles.
Pilotaxitic and trachytic textures are seen in the rocks of Mt.
Beerwah, Round Mountain and in some of the Conowrin rock.
A microrthophyric base obtains in most of the other trachytes.
Holocry stall inity is univeral in the trachytes, but the grain
size of the base varies from cryptocrystalline to microcrystalline.
Porphyritic structure is also prevalent.
The felspar phenocr3'sts are usually somewhat corroded, though
sometimes perfectly idiomorphic; hence the felspar seems to be
of tiDO yenerations, partial crystallisation having taken place in a
subterranean reservoir, leading to the formation of the blue
hornblendes with strong absorption, the deep green hornblendes
(arfvedsonite), and many of the felspar phenocrj'sts. Partial
resorption has taken place in the upward passage of the magma.
Zoning is common in the idiomorphic felspar phenocrysts.
(u.) Andeslte ( Dacite) Formation at Grigor's Place. — This lava
varies immensely in composition, texture, colour, ikc. It covers
an area of about one scjuare mile, lying between Beerwah,
Conowrin, Tibrogargan and Ewin. The colour of the rock is for
the most part dark grey to black, but in the close ^■icinity of
Bankfoot House we find it —
SQS GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
(1) Green, hard, compact without fragments.
(2) Red, soft, not unlike a tuff (weathered sp.).
(3) Dark brown, basaltic-looking.
(4) Grey, with huge black fragments, and quartz phenocrysts.
(5) Nearly black, with fragments and quartz phenocrysts.
These different kinds of rock all form part of one flow, and merge
into one another. Some specimens are quite rhyolitic in appear-
ance, some trachytic, some dacitic, and some very basic. In some
places the lava has developed a pseudo-columnar structure, and
has rendered the underlying sandstones columnar. Slides ex-
amined show the following constituents to be present in the
blackish and commonest type of rock composing this flow : —
(rt) Felspar. Plagioclase showing fine optical zoning and
.shadowy extinction, twinned on the Carlsbad, Albite and Pericline
laws, is plentiful. The more basic interior is probably labradorite,
and the less basic exterior andesine. Some orthoclase is present,
also showing zoning (perhaps anorthoclase).
(6) Quartz is present in corroded crystals, with glass}- inclu-
sions. In some specimens it is very abundant.
(c) A variety of light green, faintly pleochroic augite in large
crystals; extinction angle 3V to 56°.
(d) Hornblende of two varieties, one of a brown colour with
characteristic cleavage, and one green fibrous variet3\
(e) Magnetite is present as an accessory, and also a large
amount of glass with inclusions and incipient crystals showing a
fluidal arrangement.
( /*) Green chloritic decomposition products are also present.
((/) Inclusions of trach3'te are present. Some specimens
sectioned contain inclusions of a plagioclase trachyte like that
of Beerwah, with well marked pilotaxitic texture; one specimen
obtained at Mt. Bukay contained an inclusion of Conowrin
trachyte. These inclusions are important as affording evidence on
the order of eruption of the lavas.
(k) Black, opaque, angular fragments are also present as
inclusions.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 869
Another specimen of the andesite formation, macroscoi^ically
of green colour and moderately tine texture, consisted of a pale
hornblende (like edenite), a greenish glass, some magnetite,
quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase and a little biotite. The pale green
hornblende was the chief constituent.
{Hi.) Mt. Jlelhim Basalts. — The basalts of Mt. Mellum bear
close resemblance to the amygdaloidal basalts of Tambourine
Mountain, described by Mr. Rands.
Mr. Rands describes the Tambourine basalts as amygdaloidal
on the upper surface, generally full of olivine phenocrysts; and
occasionally columnar, the columns being often '20 feet in length,
and hexagonal in section.
The Mellum rock is in part vesicular, in part columnar. It
contains large phenocrysts of olivine, plagioclase and black
augite. The vesicular basalt occurs at the lowest and highest
levels of the basalt. The rock is very rich in olivine; a dark red
olivine (iron olivine, fayalite) is also present, and has taken the
place of magnetite. Fayalite occurs sometimes as a nucleus to
ordinary olivine, and was evidently the first mineral to crystallise.
Ilmenite is present in tabular crystals, sometimes passing into
leucoxene. The auyite crystallised simultaneously with the
plagioclase^ the two minerals being intergrown. The augite seems
to be titaniferous. The plagioclase agrees well in properties
with andesine.
(c) Other Rocks. — At the base of the Round Mountain, on
the fS.E. side, there is an outcrop of aplite, which probably marks
the position of an outlier of palaeozoic igneous rock. This aplite
consists of quartz, orthoclase and plagioclase. Hand specimens
are brick-red, and look like metamorphic sandstone. The mineral
staining of the Round Mountain trachyte is probably connected
in some way with this aplitic mass.
On the western side of the D'Aguilar Range at Butler's Creek,
there are dykes of legf-.rine syenite traversing the granite.
Recently, through the kindness of Professor David, I have
had an opportunity of looking over a large number of specimens
870 GEOLOr;V OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTHICT,
collected by Mr. J. M. Newman, B.E., at the Blacks' Reserve,
near Woodford.
The country around Woodford is granitic. Mr. Newman
obtained specimens of granite (both coarse and fine), gneiss,
diorite, graphic granite, pegmatite (in veins), diorite, syenite and
basic rocks. A dyke of basic rock like hypersthene anorthite
ijabbro, and a dyke of hornblende andesite composed almost
wliolly of hornV)lende, also occur here, intruding the granite.
vi. Other Australian Trachytes.
Professor Gregor}^ has lately descri])ed an interesting series
of Geburite-Dacites and Trachy-Phonolites occurring at Mount
Macedon, Vic* They seem to have many features in common
with the rocks of the Glass House Mountains district.
The rocks of the Warrumbungle Mountains are recorded as
trachytes by Profes>:or T. W. E. David, who obtained there not only
numerous specimens of trachytic lavas, but also tuffs interbedded
with the trachytic magmas. In Wantialable Creek they overlie and
are in part interbedded with diatomaceous earth and shales con-
taining Cinnamomum leaves. The entire group of the Warrum-
bungle Mountains is known, through Professor David's researches,
to form the wrecks of former trachyte volcanoes, and to consist
of coarsely crystalline trachytic rock and interbedded tuffs. I
The trachytic heights of the Canobolas, near Orange, have
lately received a great deal of attention and patient investigation
by Messrs. Siissmilch and Curran, and it seems probable that these
will prove to correspond in age and particulars to the other Aus-
tralian Trachyte areas.
In Tasmania rocks analogous to our Australian trachytes have
been discovered at Port Cygnet. They are chiefly Solvsbergites,
as are also some of the Mount Macedon rocks described by Prof.
Gregory, of Melbourne. No definite flows have, so far, been
* Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic. Vol. xiv. (New Series), pp. 193, 197.
t "Note on the Occurrence of Diatomaceous Earth at the Warrumbungle
Monntains, N.S.W." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1896.
BY H. I. jensp:n. 871
found {cf. The Glass House Mountains, aiitr); in structure they
are coarsely porphyritic, another point of resemblance to many of
the Glass House Mountains lavas {e (/., Beerburruni, Ngun-Ngun).
Fayalite-melilite basalt occurs not far away, at One-Tree Point,
and has been desLril)ed by Mr. Twelvetrees. Similarly in the
Glass House Mountains area we have the Fayalite Ijasalt of Mt.
Mellum. The age of the Port Cygnet trach3'tes is Upper Creta-
ceous or early Eocene, approximately the same as that of the
Mount Macedon rocks.
The trachytic lavas and tiie syenites of the Mittagong district
have also during the last eighteen months received very thorough
investigation at the hands of Messrs. Mawson and Taylor, of the
Sydney University.'^ The Gib Rock syenite and neighbouring
trachytes have been shown by them to be probably UpjDer Cre-
taceous, at all events Post-Triassic and Pre-Tertiar}. In chemical
composition they have found it to be exceedingly rich in alkali
(Mawson).
At Port Mackay, in Queensland, trachytic tufts are described
by Mr. A. Gibb Maitland as abundantly interstratified with
Desert Sandstone of Upper Cretaceous age.f
At Yeppon, near Rockhampton, Q., a range of trachytic
mountains occurs.
A large number of steeply conical mountains are interspersed
with more gently sloping (probably basaltic) mountains in low-
lying countr}^ south of the railway line between Brisbane and
Helidon (Main Southern Line). Many of these may yet prove
to be syenitic or trachytic in nature.
Mr. Rands describes a mass of trachytes containing beautifully
developed sanidine crystals as occurring in railway' cuttings
between Logan village and Beaudesert, near Walton Station.
They seem to have come up through the Ipswich Coal Measures
* Paper read before Royal Society, New South Wales, October 7, 1903.
t "Geological Features and Mineral Resources of the Mackay District."
By Authority: Brisbane, 18S9. Also Jack & Etheridge, o}). cit.. Text
pp. 546-547, 1892.
872 GEOLO(;v of glass house :\its. and district,
and to liave tiowed over a portion of them. A similar rock is
described about one mile west of Walton village, apparently
interbedded with the Ipswich Coal Measures. Mr. Eands is
uncertain whether it is intrusive (laccolitic) or interbedded. The
former supposition is probably correct.*
All the Australian trachytes that have been chemicall3wnvesti-
gated are very rich in alkali, particularly soda. The Glass House
Mountains trachyte probably will not prove an exception. Some
specimens of Oonowrin rock consist almost entirely of sanidine,
but the Beerwah trachyte we find to be rich in plagioclase. The
Mt. Mellum trachyte, like that of One-Tree Point, Tas., which is
soda-bearing, contains an abundance of plagioclase and faj^alite.
vii. Miscellaneous Notes.
The tendency of the Glass House Mountains to lie on linear
fissures can be readily observed from one of the most southerly
or northerly members of the group, e.g.^ Kound Mountain or
Coochin Hill. Standing on the former height, one can get an
excellent idea of the shape of the area on which the Glass House
Mountains lie, as well as of their linear arrangement. From this
point, fourteen or fifteen summits can easily be made out.
In connection with the question of cross-cracking, it is interest-
ing to note that Mt. Mellum, Mt. Blanc and Candle Mountain?
south of the Blackall Ranges, are three isolated peaks situated
on a straight line running east to west parallel to the fissure
on which Beerwah, Conowrin, and Ngun-Ngun are situated.
Whether Mt. Blanc and Candle Mountains are basaltic or not, I
liave not been able to ascertain; but I am informed that the soil in
the vicinity of them is very rich, hence it is safe to conclude that
they are basaltic like Mount Mellum. The Blackall Ranges
extend from Conondale east almost to the raihvav line, beino-
approximately parallel to the two above-mentioned east and west
fissures. Thence the range takes a northerly trend, becoming
practically a continuation of the D'Aguilar Range, and running
* Jack & Etheridge, ojo. cit. p. 350.
BY H. I. JENSEN. 873
parallel to the main north and south fissure of the Glass House
Mountains. Basalt-flows, producing fine rich soil, have taken
place from many points along this range.
The basaltic mountains of the East Moreton are easily dis-
tinguished from those composed of trachyte by the pretty gentle
slopes, and rich tropical vegetation of the former. The Bankfoot
House andesites seem to have been very fluid, much more so than
the Mellum basalts. They have not given rise to any cones, but
have flowed over sandstone formation and small trachyte outcrops
alike.
In connection with the question of land-formation by the sea
in Moreton Bay is the possible explanation of the shell-banks
inland on the hypothesis that the sea has piled up bank after
bank and thus retreated, Mr. H. L. Kesteven writes as follows: —
"During September, 1902, I had the opportunity of going
through Bribie Passage and of examining in a cursory manner
the country on either side of it. The 'Passage' runs between the
mainland and Bribie Island. This island is wedge-shaped, about
17 miles long, and 3| miles broad at its broadest, southern, end;
the greater part of it is but three or four, nowhere is it above 15
feet high. Its higher parts are blown (?) sand, and the lower
black sandy mud. I was busy collecting mollusca, so did not
have an opportunity of going over it thoroughly, but there is, I
believe, no rock on the island anywhere. North of the high land
at Toorbul Point, the mainland is of the same character.
" Some very interesting light was thrown on the growth of
this low-lying country by Mr. C. Tripcony, in whose boat I went
up the Passage.
"Owing to the strong current in the Passage, the bottom is
continually shifting and changing the channel; the troubles of
navigation were the subject of much conversation. Mr. Tripcony
has owned oyster-beds in and sailed up and down the Passage
for about twenty-five years. In the course of conversation, he
pointed out to me an islet about two feet high at high tide, which
he assured me did not exist in his early days on the Passage; on
another occasion he drew my attention to some mangroves just
874 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
sliowing above the water, and told me he had sailed over that
spot, and that in a few years there would l^e dry land there.
'* The mode of growth of this low-lying land, then, has been as
follows: —
•' (The shallows of the Passage are covered with lightly rooted
marine grasses and weeds.)
-' Back-waters or cross currents pile up a bank or shallow, the
heavy mangrove seeds settle and take root. The mangrove once
having taken root, not only puts its branches above the water
but its roots above the soil. Anyone wdio has walked under a
mansfrove tree will remember that for yards round its trunk
there are hundreds of spikes, a few inches long, sticking up from
the soil in which it is growing.
" Here, then, we have a natural rake; the numbers of closely
placed trees stop all that floats on the surface, while their roots
stop heavier rubbish (loosened w^eeds) and sand moving along the
bottom. Once our embryonic island reaches high- water level the
rank scrasses of the district take a hold and do their share of
raising its height. Masses of matted grass roots, retaining soil,
eighteen inches to two feet in thickness are frequentl}' met with
on the beach outside the northern end of Bribie Passage."
viii. Conclusion.
The present work was undertaken partly on account of the
great lack of detinite knowledge as to the geology of the Glass
House Mountains, the views of different authorities varying
within such wide limits; and partly to try to assist in the task
of investigating and correlating the Australian trachytes. As
shown in the part dealing with "Other Australian Trach^^tes,"
the work has been energetically tackled in Tasmania, Victoria
and New South Wales by able investigators, whereas the Queens-
land trachyte areas have remained for the most part untouched,
though of equally great importance and interest.
I am fully aware of the ditJiculty of the task I have undertaken.
In a preliminary paper like the present it is impossible to deal
with the subject so thoroughly as could be desired. Many
I
BV II. I. JENSEN. 875
problems remain untouched, and man}- of the interpretations given
in the present paper ma}' not be upheld by future investigators.
I hope to continue the research by degrees, as opportunities
arise, and other investigators may join. At all events it is hoped
that this paper may prove a beginning in the thorough investi-
gation of the geology of the Glass House Mountains.
I desire to express my thanks to the officers of the Geological
Survey of Queensland for courtesy shown. I have particularly
to thank Mr. L. C. Ball, B.E., for the photographs from which
Plates xlvii.-l., accompanying this paper, were prepared, and for
many other favours.
To Professor David and Mr. H. Stanley Jevons, of the Sydney
University, I am indebted for the encouragement they have given
in the present work, as well as for numerous useful hints, refer-
ences, etc.
To Mr. Wm. Grigor, of Bankfoot House, Glass House
Mountains, I am indebted for directions as regards roads and
short cuts, and other useful information, as well as for many
other acts of good will.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xlvi.
Map of the Glass House Mountains District.
Plate xlvii.
Fig. L — Portion of Mt, Conowrin, showing columnar structure.
Fig. 2. — Mt. Beerwah.
Plate xlviii.
Fig. 3. — Mt. Conowrin, showing the inaccessible portion of the mountain,
consisting entirely of vertical trachyte columns.
Fig. 4. — Mt. Tibrogargan, as seen from a railway train.
Plate xlix.
Fig. 5. — Portion of railway cutting near Beerburrum Station, showing
trachyte dyke causing an anticline.
Plate 1.
Fig. 6. — Bird's-eye view of the Glass House Mountains from Mt. Ngun Ngun.
Fig. 7. — Bird's-eye view of the Glass House Mountains from Mt. Mellum.
(Fiers. 1-7 are from photoa by Mr. L. C. Ball, B.E., of the Geological Survey of
Queensland, and are reproduced by permission).
87G
THE EFFECT OF THE BASSIAN ISTHMUS UPOX
THE EXISTING MARINE FAUNA: A STUDY IN
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY.
By C. Hedlky, F.L.S.
The marine molluscca of Western Port and Port Phillip in
Victoria have been carefully examined by Messrs^. G. B. Pritchard
and J. H. GatlifF. The results of their work appear in an
admirable Catalogue published in parts by the Royal Society of
Victoria, and now approaching completion. If this fauna be
compared with the marine moUusca of South Australia as reflected
in the writings of the late Prof. Tate, it will be found to be in
essential points the same. I have lately been favoured by my
friend ^Nlr. A. U. Henn with a small l)ut important collection
illustrative of the molluscan fauna of Geraldton in 29° S. lat. in
West Australia
Though here the Melbourne fauna commences to fade away
and to be masked by the overlap of species characteristic of the
tropical Indian Ocean, 3'et it is still recognisable. So the same
fauna extends from Melbourne westward for 2250 miles to sub-
tropical West Australia.
In the expectation of meeting at least some traces of the
Melbourne fauna, I once devoted some days to collecting at
Twofold Bay in southern New South Wales. Though at this
point Melbourne is only distant about 450 miles along the coast,
its fauna is quite absent. One misses, for instance, the large and
handsome Phasianella aicstralis, abundant on every beach along
the whole south and south-west coast of this Continent. As the
smallest fragment of this beautiful shell is readily recognisable,
the absence of the species from the east coast of Australia is a
matter of certainty.
BY C. HEDLEY. 877
Melbourne zoologists ha,ve frequently expressed to me their
surprise at the difference between the fauna they find on the
shores of Sydney Harbour and that they know at home.
It has occurred to me that the break in the marine molluscan
fauna, which happens, as we know, somewhere between Twofold
Bay and Western Port, or, as I suppose, at Wilson's Promontory,
is associated with the vanished Bassian Isthmus.
Granted tw^o propositions, to be considered later, viz., that the
Bassian Isthmus existed, and that Tasmania then stretched
further to the south; migration of marine forms from east to
west, that is to say along isothermal zones, would be interrupted.
To regain the accustomed temperature, an individual or species
travelling east from the Great Australian Bight would require to
double the south cape of Tasmania. At the present time this
would mean the enduraiice of a low temperature. But at that
time the prolongation of land to the south meant to the wanderer
a still low^er temperature. For we may fairly postulate that
though the absolute positions of the zones of temperature might
have varied in the past, yet the relative proportion of so many
degrees of higher latitude to so many degrees of greater cold
doubtless remained unchanged.
The check low temperature opposes to migration has been
clearly expressed by Dr. W. H. Dall as follows : — " The tempera-
ture limits of many species are more sharply defined on the side
of cold than on that of heat. The difference between 45'^ and 40"^
F. may absolutely check the distribution of a species which would
find no inconvenience in a rise of temperature from 45'^ to SO'^.
It is probable that this is connected with the development of the
young rather than the resisting powers of the adult mollusc.""^
The union of Tasmania and Australia has been discussed by
Mr. A. W. Howitt,t who points out that between Wilson's Pro-
montory in Victoria and Cape Portland in Tasmania, by way of
Flinders Island and the Kent Group, the greatest depth is 32
* Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll. xii., p. 180.
t Howitt, Rep. Austr. Ass. Adv. Sci. vii., 1898, pp. 723-758.
50
878 EFFECT OF BASSIAN ISTHMUS UPON MARINE FAUNA,
fathoms. A 35-fathom line on either side would indicate a
plateau 80 or 90 miles wide about midway between the shores of
the Strait, and on the Victorian side widening out so as to extend
up to Cape Howe. The neck of the former isthmus, if the depths
remain relatively unchanged, is between AVilson's Promontory
and Kent's Group. An elevation of 300 feet would lay dry a
tract of comparatively level country between Victoria and Tas-
mania rising to a central ridge on the eastern side.
The proofs advanced by Mr. Howitt are so complete that no
opposition is anticipated to the proposition that the Bassian
Isthmus existed at a late geologic period. My second proposition
that Tasmania at that date stretched farther south is perhaps
more in need of support. If the depression of Bass Strait was
associated with an undulatory south-north movement, then the
Strait would be a trough, Tasmania a crest and the vanished
southern tail of Tasmania would fall in a second greater trough.
The dissected coast-line and the drowned river valleys of southern
Tasmania indicate a recent subsidence.
Former writers on Antarctica, Dr. H. O. Forbes^ for example,
"restored" the Antarctic Continent by filling solid with land the
southern quarter of the hemisphere. I have proposed! as a more
probable condition, and one that would better suit the distribu-
tion of existing animals, that a comparatively narrow tract of
land joined Tasmania with Antarctica. This suggestion has
received the approval of Dr. A. E. Ortmann,t and for the purpose
of the present inquiry may be admitted as a working hypothesis.
The arrangement of land and water sketched in the accom-
panying map and described above would be of later date, say
Early Pliocene, than the Antarctic connection. If it at all
approximates to the truth, the then condition of what is now the
State of Victoria might be compared to the South American
*Forbes, Supplementary Papers. Vol. iii. Royal Geographical Society,
1898.
+ Hedley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii., Feb. 1896, pp. 113-120.
:J: Ortmann, Rep. Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, iv., Pt. 2, 1902,
pp. 310-319.
BY C. HEDLEY,
.S79
880 EFFECT OF HASSIAN ISTHMUS UPON MARINE FAUNA,
Kepublic Columbia. On the south, Victoria had access to a fauna
of the Indian Ocean, as Columbia has access to an Atlantic fauna
in the (rulf of Darien; on the south-east a fauna of the Tasman
Sea inhabited the Gippsland coast, as a Pacific fauna in the Gulf
of Panama occurs on the north-western shore of Columbia, The
Isthmus of Panama answers to the Bassian Isthmus.
The marine fauna which extends from Melbourne along the
south coast of Australia, and which was early elaborated in the
neighbourhood of Adelaide by the researches first of G. F. Angas,
and then of R. Tate, I novv^ propose to distinguish as the
Adelaidean Fauna.*' The marine fauna of the east coast of
Tasmania, Gippsland, and New South Wales I propose to call
the Peronian Fauna, in allusion to the famous French naturalist
who sacrificed his life to his work on Australian zoology.
To these names I might take this opportunity of adding the
Dampierian for the marine fauna which extends from Torres
Straits to Houtman's Abrolhos; and the Solanderian for the
marine fauna of the Queensland coast from Moreton Bay to
Torres Strait.
Since the opening of Bass Strait considerable interchange has
no doubt taken place between the Peronian and Adelaidean
faunas. That no previous writer has observed its site as a faunal
boundary, indicates how the line of demarcation has become
obliterated. Possibly the prevalent westerly winds and con-
sequent currents in Bass Straits have retarded the spread of
Peronian forms, and accelerated the progress of the Adelaidean.
Antarctic forms advancing north would split on the Tasmanian
wedge, and entering each region, supply an element common to
both.
* " The Adelaidean, including the coast and watersheds of the colony of
South Australia," has already been proposed as a zoological subprovince of
Australia by Tenison- Woods ("On the Natural History of New South
Wales," Sydney, Government Printer, 1882, p. 49). His scheme is neither
natural nor well-defined, and has been overlooked by Tate, Spencer and
other writers on Australian zoogeography. The meaning I attach to
" Adelaidean " is not that of Tenison- Woods.
BY C. HEDLEY. 881
It will probably be found that closely allied but distinct species,
Gryptoplax striatus and C. guniiii for example, represent one
another on either side of the site of the Bassian Isthmus.
West from Wilson's Promontory the coast-line included
between the lines of 65° and 55^ F. of minimum temperature is
more than four times the extent of that between corresponding
isotherms on the east. The endemic species of the Adelaidean
region may therefore be expected to exceed those of the Peronian.
So far as my studies have gone, this appears to be actually the
case. I have been struck by the high proportion of endemic
species among. the Diotocardia. And I am inclined to believe
that the range of species in space is usually more restricted in
the Diotocardia than in the Monotocardia.
Our knowledge of tlie range of Australian marine mollusca is
brief, being almost limited to the neighbourhood of the chief sea-
ports. The compilation of lists of the fauna of intermediate
localities is much needed. A comparison between the fauna of
the east and west coasts of Tasmania should throw light on the
questions here discussed.
In the following lists I have selected examples of species which
appear to characterise the two faunas under review. When the
attention of naturalists is drawn to this problem, I hope that
fuller lists not only of mollusca but of other groups may be
produced.
Peronian. Adelaidean.
Haliotis cocoradiata, Reeve. Lucapinella pritchardij Hedley.
brazieri, Angas. Macroschisma producta, A. Ad.
Callomphala lucida, Ad. & Ang. tasmanue, Sowerby.
Liotia clathrata, Reeve. Haliotis albicans, Quoy &l Gaim.
Astele scitulum, A. Ad. excavata, Lamarck.
Calliostoma speciosuni, A. Ad. tricostalis^ Lamarck.
Monilea bellida, Angas. emmce, Gray.
pidcherrima, Angas. Liotia mayana, Tate.
Cantharidus decor atus,Vh.\\i^^\. australis, Kiener.
Clancuhcs omalomphabos, A. Ad. Aside subcarinata, Swainson.
882
EFFECT OF BASSIAX ISTHMUS UPON MARINE FAUNA,
Peronian.
Clanculusforidus, Philippi.
clangulus, Wood.
Calcar tentori/orme, Jonas.
Turbo exquisitus, Angas.
Cctcum amputatum, Hedley.
Turritella gunni, Reeve.
siniiata, Reeve,
Zemira australis, Sowerby.
Potamides eheninum, Brug.
Cassis nana, Ten. Woods.
Lotoruun parkinsoniamwi,
Perry.
Troyhoii speciosus, Angas.
laminatus, Petterd.
Typhis p)hillipensis, Watson.
Murex acanthopterus, Lamk.
Morula marginatra, Blainv.
Nassa peritrema, Ten. Woods.
Adelaidean.
C alliostoma legraiidi, Ten. Woods
meyeri, Philippi.
Monilea preissiana, PhilippL
Cantharidus conicus, Gray.
irisodontes, Quoy & Gaim.
bellulus, Dunker.
lehmanni, Menke.
Clancidus yatesi, Crosse.
dunkeri, Koch.
maxillatus, Menke.
limhatus, Quoy ct Gaim.
flagellatus, Philippi.
Phasianella australis, Gmelin.
Turbo gruneri, Philippi.
jourdani, Kiener.
Cajndus australis, Lamarck.
Turritella australis, Lamarck.
Cyprcea thersites, Gaskoin.
Comine^/a^Vicea, Crosse ifcFisch. Cassis jimhriata, Quoy,
Sij)honalia maxima, Tryon.
Voluta mamiila, Gra}'.
magnijica, Chemnitz.
marniorata, Swainson.
jjunctata, Swainson.
brazieri, Cox.
Microvoluta australis, Angas.
Drillia oweui, Gray.
Terebra venilia. Ten. Woods.
Dolabrifera brazieri, Sowerby
Pugnus parvus, Hedley.
Lotorium verrucosum, Reeve.
Murex umbilicatus, Ten. Woods.
jylaniliratus. Reeve.
Sistrum adtlaidensis, Qi\k Fisch.
Nassafasciata, Quoy k, Gaim.
Comiiiella costata, Quoy & Gaim.
alveolata, Kiener.
Trophon eburneus, Petterd.
Typhis yatesi, Crosse.
Josepha tasmanica, Ten. Woods.
Siphonalia tasmanica, Ad.ctAng.
Ischnochiton australis, Sowerby. Fusus liucolnensis, Crosse.
Liolophicra gaimardi, Blainv. Voluta ^japillosa, Swainson.
Cryptoplax striatus, Lamarck. fulgetrum, Sowerby.
Acanthochttes retrojectus, Filsbry. Lyria mitrceformis, Lamarck.
by c. hedley. 883
Peronian. Adelaidean.
Glycymeris australis, Quoy k G. C ancellaria purpuriformis, Val.
Area fasciata^ Reeve, Triphora scitula^ A. Adams.
Trigo7iia strangei, A. Ad. Terehra ustulata, Deshayes.
Chlarays liedleyi, Dautzenberg. albida, Reeve.
Lima brunnea, Hedley. Drillia qiioyi, Desmoulins.
Modiolaria varicosa, Gould. Operculatuin corticale, Tate.
Arcoperna recetis, Tate. Ringicida australis, Hinds.
Cusjndaria hrazieri, Smith. Ischiiochiton juloides, Ad.tkAng.
Cardita dilecta, Smith. novfc-hoUandiw, Reeve.
cavatica, Hedley. Cryptoplax giinni, Reeve.
Lucina ramsayi, Smith. Acanthochites attbestoides, Carp.
rugifera, Reeve. Chlamys undulatus, Sowerby.
Meretrix disrupta, Sowerby. Pecten bifrons, Lamarck.
Chione calophyUa, Philippi. Liinoia austriaa, Tate.
Solen sloanl, Gray. Modiola viclorue, Prit.it Gatliff.
Mactra eximia, Deshayes. Ectorisma granulata, Tate.
Zenatia victorice, Prit. ifc GatlifF. Cuspidaria tasmanica,Ten.^ds,.
Crassateliites aurora, Ad.ifeAng.
Cardita squamigera, Desh.
Lucina perobliqua, Tate.
Mylitta deshayesii, Recluz.
gemmata, Tate.
Epjhippodonta lunata, Tate.
macdougalli, Tate.
Dosinia crocea, Deshayes.
Meretrix kingii, Gray.
Katelysia peronii, Lamarck.
Sole7i vaginoides, Lamarck.
Mactra abbreviata, Lamarck,
Anapella cuneata, Lamarck.
Gastrochcena tasmanica, Ten. W.
884
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Stead exhibited a specimen of the peculiar Copepod,
Sphijrion (cevigatinn, Guer.-Men. { = Lesteira Kroyeri^ G. M.
Thomson in Trans. N.Z. Inst, xxii., p. 370, pi. 28, ff. 4, 4«, taken
from a living Genypterus blacodes), which is parasitic upon fishes.
It was collected by Captain W. Waller, from a lish caught in the
Tasman Sea.
Mr. Baker exhibited (1) A specimen of the Conifer described
in his paper. (2) Specimens of a truffle, Mylitta lapidesce7is, or
"The little man's bread," obtained from the Droog Forest at an
elevation of 5900 feet on the Nilgiris, where they are found on
the ground at the base of large trees; they very much resemble
in appearance and structure diminutive specimens of the Austra-
lian Blackfellow's Bread, Polyposis mylitke, M. et C, specimens
of which in fructification were exhibited at the meeting of the
Society in October, 1902; so far, it appears that the fructification
has not yet been found, so that there is a possibility of the species
being referable to Polyporus and not Mylitta, in which genus the
Australian Blackfellow's Bread was placed until its fructification
was discovered. The specimens exhibited were received from
Dr. R. L. Proudlock, of Ootacamund. India. (3) A very fine
specimen of Olearia dentata, Andr., collected by Mrs. Helena
Forde at Pambula; the usual diameter of the corolla of this species
is |-| inch, but in the specimen exhibited it measures just over
3 inches. And (4), specimens of a curious fungus, Battarrea
Tepperiana^ Ludw., from Nymagee, N.S.W.; collected by Mr. W.
Bauerlen, of the Technological Museum.
Mr. Cheel exhibited fresh specimens of Callistemon from three
plants raised by Mr. F. C. Lovegrove, of Penshurst, from seed of
the common Bottle-brush (C lanceolatus, DC). One plant pro-
duced flowers with rosy-pink filaments and 3^ellow anthers; whilst
the leaves are glandular-scabrous, agreeing with Bentham's des-
cription of C. coccintus, F.v.M. (Fl. Aust. iii., p. 120), as well as
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 885
the figure in J. E. Brown's 'Forest Flora of South Australia.'
There are specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney, collected
by Mr. E. Betche from near Como, in a natural state, which also
agree with the specimens exhibited, as well as specimens labelled
C. coccineus, F.v.M.. collected by AJr. Gill at Port Lincoln S.A.
which are almost identical with the specimens exhibited.
Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited and oiFered some observations upon
the following plants collected at Minembah, Upper Hunter :
(1) "Umbrella-'' or " Spider"-grass, Chloris acicularis, LindL, a
plant he had not hitherto found growing on the eastern side of
the Dividing Range, but which he had collected in many parts of
the interior of Australia. It does not differ materially from the
typical inland form, and, judging from the way stock eat it, it
would appear to be equally valuable as a pasture grass in the
Upper Hunter as in the far western country. It is figured and
described in Turner's "Australian Grasses." (2) Diseased
inflorescence of the introduced " Prairie Grass," Ceratochloa
tcnioloides, DC, not hitherto observed in that condition by him.
And (3) a white-flowering variety of the Australian "blue-bell,"
Wahlenbergia yracilis, DC., which was collected by Master
Brown, who informed the exhibitor that he had seen only one
other plant of its kind bearing white flowers in the district; the
typical form of the Australian " blue-bell " is growing abundantly
at Minembah.
Mr. H. G. Smith exhibited portion of a section of the trunk
of Orites excelsa, R.Br., a Silky Oak, from Queensland, showinc'
a cavity coated with a bulky deposit of aluminium succinate. The
occurrence even of traces of aluminium is rare in Phaneroo-ams-
but in this remarkable plant that element seems to be necessar\^
for the growth of the tree, as large quantities of alumina are
yielded by the ash. Occasionally, as in the specimen exhibited,
the amount taken up is abnormal, and then the excess is deposited
in cavities as a basic aluminium succinate.
Mr. Jensen showed photographs, rock specimens, and rock
sections under the microscope, in illustration of his paper.
sso
WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 27th, 1903.
The last Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society for the
Session was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 25th, 1903.
Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., Arc, Vice-President, in the
Chair.
The Chairman made a preliminary announcement respecting
the Macleay Fellowships Endowment— the late Sir William
Macleay's last and crowning benefaction to Science. Subject to
a life-interest in the principal on the part of his widow, lately
deceased. Sir William bequeathed to the Society the sum of
£35,000, for the foundation and endowment of Research Fellow-
ships, tenable by graduates in Science of the University of
Sydney upon certain conditions specified in the testamentary
directions. On the 24th of last month the executors paid to the
Society the sum of .£33,250, which the Council had since invested
at 4 per cent, per annum. As the rate was lower than that
obtainable from similar investments at the time the will was made,
and as the sum mentioned therein was subject to a 5 per cent,
deduction for probate duty, the annual income available would
certainly be less than Sir William contemplated; and consequently
some slight modification of his plans would be necessary. Under
the most favourable circumstances the Council could not expect
to be in a position to make appointments before about the
middle of next year. In the meantime the settlement of pre-
liminary matters was receiving the Council's earnest consideration-
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting, amounting to 12 Vols., 59 Parts or Nos., 37
Bulletins, 8 Reports, and 5 Pamphlets, received from 42 Societies,
ikc, and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the table.
887
THE VARIABILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER
CULTIVATION.
Part I.
By J. H. Maiden.
In spite of the profusion of recent literature concerning tlie
limitations of species in the genus Eucalyptus, an important
aspect of the subject has been but little touched upon. I allude
to the changes which the species undergo under cultivation.
That variation does take place in cultivated species in Australia
is well known; but it is in other parts of the world — in France
and Algeria, in California and South Africa — that the changes
have been most marked and noted. In fact it will be a surprise
to many people how extensive is the list of new species of
Eucalyptus described (chiefly in France) from plants raised from
Australian seed.
This paper is of a preliminary character, mainly dealing with
the extra-Australian species referred to. When in Paris a few
years ago I was, through the kindness of MM. Edmond Bureau
and Henri Hua, given an opportunity of studying the Eucalyptus
herbarium in the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Since my
return to Australia these gentlemen have added to their kindness
by sending to me nearly a thousand sheets of this genus, including
a nearly complete set of the species of M. Naudin; I am thus
enabled to speak with a confidence that I could not otherwise
assume.
To M. Trabut, who has done excellent work with Eucalypts
in Algeria, I am indebted for copies of his works and specimens
of Eucalyptus hybrids.
To the Director of the U.S. National Herbarium, Washington,
to Professor A. J. McClatchie, of Phcenix, Arizona, Mr. J. burtt
888 VAKIAIJILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
Davy of Berkeley, and ^Ir. Abbot Kinne}-, of Los Angeles,
California, I am indebted for specimens and literature concerning
American grown Eucalypts; and to Mr. E. Hutchins, Conservator
of Forests, Capetown, and others, I am indebted for South
African specimens. To Dr. Prain, Superintendent of the Royal
Botanic Garden, Calcutta, and Mr. I. H. Burkill, of the Calcutta
Museum, I am indebted for much Indian grown material. Space
will not permit detailed reference to the many other friends from
whom I have received specimens of cultivated Eucalypts.
The botanist who, above all others, has given most attention
to cultivated Eucalypts is the late M. Charles Naudin, Director
of the Experimental Station at the Villa Thuret, Antibes,
Southern France (Alpes Maritimes). He has published two
masterly works on the subject* which for the sake of brevity I
will henceforth refer to as 1st Mem., and 2nd Mem., respectively.
Both works are rare, the latter excessively so. I have had the
advantage of studying his specimens and of admiring the judicious
remarks attached by him, not only to cultivated specimens but
to the spontaneous Eucalyptus specimens in the Paris Museum.
M. Naudin desires to adopt the conservative attitude in pro-
testing against the multiplication of species. Speaking of over
300 species being described at the date of 1st ]Mem., he adds,
p. 338 :—
"II est reellement beaucoup moindre, et I'exageration ici
s'explique aisement par I'extreme variabilite des formes speci-
fiques; par les changements d'aspect, je dirais presque les meta-
morphoses que les individus eux-memes subissent en passant de
I'etat juvenile a I'etat adulte; par la defectuosite des materiaux
d'herbier, et aussi par la tendance ordinairement inconsciente de
* (1) '* Memoire sur les Eucalyptus introduits dans la region Mediterra-
neenne." Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 6e. Serie. Bot. T. xvi. pp. 337-
430 (1883).
(2) "Description et emploi des Eucalyptus introduits en Europe, princi-
palement en France et en Algerie." Second Memoire. Antibes, 1891,
pp. 1-72.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 889
beaucoup de descripteurs a coiisiderercomme especes legitimes des
formes qui, pour d'autres, sont de simples varietes."
At the same time the following passage (p. 410) shows that he
was inclined to split up species which Australian botanists with
ampler material do not : —
" L' E. Lehmanni est certainement une des especes les plus
distinctes de tout le genre, et il serait difficile de le confondre
avec aucun autre." He then goes into the question of the
fusion of calyces which caused Schauer to form his genus Sym-
phyomijrtus.
While it is evident from the notes I will give under each
species that I am of opinion that most of M. Naudin's species
cannot stand, yet I must point out that these Naudinian and
other species-names must -be respected in nomenclature, e.g., E.
amplifolia (unless superseded by a name of Robert Brown's) is a
name that must be adopted if Naudin's contention that this
particular form of E. tereiicorids is worthy of specific rank is
held to be valid.
Naudin had not completed his work of naming, for he ends his
2nd Memoir with the words, " Plusieurs autres especes d'Euca-
lyptus existent dans nos jardins de Provence, mais leur etude
n'est pas assez avancee pour me permettre d'en parler dans ce
Memoire,"
It would add much to the value and interest of this paper if
it could be illustrated, but as this is impossible, I will elsewhere
publish figures of all species described from cultivated forms,
later on. It will then be more fully understood that a study of
cultivated forms is absolutely necessary for a proper realisation
of the affinities of the species. Affinities between species are
brought out by study of a long series of cultivated forms that
might not be suspected if spontaneous specimens were alone
examined.
It must be borne in mind that the naming of Eucalypts from
cultivated specimens is not an invention of the moderns; the old
botanists freely indulged in it, and their nomenclature, often an
890 VARIAlilLITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
excrescence on botanical literature, as it has turned out, must be
studied and taken for what it is worth.
I propose to arrange my paper in the following order : —
1 . 8pecies-names given to cultivated specimens by old authors.
2. Species-names given by Naudin and others to French and
Algerian specimens.
3. Species-names given to American specimens.
4. Names given to cultivated reputed Eucalyptus hybrids.
1. Species-names given to cultivated specimens by old
AUTHORS.
1. E. ambigua, Dehnhardt (Cat. PI. Hort. Camald. Ed. ii. 20)
is E. amycfdalina, Labill. var. radiata, Deane &, Maiden.
2. E. androsmcefoUa, Hoffmg. (Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. ii. 113) is ^.
ovata, DC. (Prod. iii. 218).
3. E. calycnlata, Herb. Link, in Herb. Berol., is E. amygdalina
var. radiata.
4. E. camald id ensis, Delinh. (op. cit.) is E. rostrata, Schlecht.
5. E. connata, Dum-Cours, (Bot. Cult. Ed. ii., vii. 280) is E.
diver sifolia^ Bonpl., DC. Prod. iii. 220.
6. E. cordata, Lodd. (Bot. Cab. t. 283) is E. pulverulenta, Sims.
7. E. Cunoiinghamii, Sweet, (Hort. Brit. Ed. ii. 209) is E.stricta,
Sieb
8. E. discolor, Desf. (Tabl. Ed. ii. 198 nomen. Cat. Hort. Par.
Ed. iii. 408) is E. pilulai-is, Sm.
9. E. diversi/olia, Link, (Hort. Monac.) is E. stricta, Sieb.
(probably).
10. E. diversi/olia, Otto, is E. amygdalina, Labill. var. radiata^
Deane k. Maiden.
11. E. elata, Dehnh. (op. cit. 26) is E. viminalis ^iccordrng to
Bentham; or E. amygdalina according to von Mueller; or E.
goniocalyx, F.v.M., according to some sucker-foliage which I
believe to be authentic.
12. E. elata, Giordano, is E. amygdalina var. radiata.
I
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 891
13. E. elongata, Link, (Enuiii. Hort. Berol. ii. 30; DC. Prod,
iii. 222), "very doubtful" (Bentharn) is probably E. eximia,
Schauer.
14. E. flexilis, Kegel, (Gartenll. 1858, 284). I have been
unable to see specimens.
15. E. gigantea, Dehnh. (op. cit. p. 20) is E. globulus, Labill.
16. E. glandulosa, Desf. (Cat. Hort. Par. Ed. iii. 408) is E.
amygdalina, Labill.
17. E. glaucophi/lla, Hoffmgg. (Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. ii. 113).
18. E. glohularis, Hort. (ex DC. Prod. iii. 219) is E. amygda-
lina, Labill.
19. E. hypericifolia, Dum-Cours. ( Bot. Cult. Ed. ii. vii. 279).
20. E. hypericifolia. Link, (Bot. Cult. Ed. ii. vii. 279) is E.
cneorifolia, DC. (? same as 19).
21. E. Lindleyana, DC. (Prod. iii. 219) is E. amygdalina,
Labill.
22. E. linearis, Dehnh. (op. cit. p. 20), is probably a valid
species.
23. E. longifolia, Lindl. (Bot. Reg. t. 947; Spreng. Cur. Post.
195) is E. amygdalina, Labill.
24. E. media. Link, " Jardin de Berlin, M. Otto, 1826" (DC.
Prod. iii. 222).
25. E. mncronata. Link, (Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 30) is E. ovata,
DC. (Prod. iii. 218).
26. E. rayrtifolia, Link, " Jardin de Berlin, M. Otto, 1826"
(DC. Prod. iii. 222).
27. E. oppositifolia, Desf. (Tabl. Ed. i. 222) is E. corymhosa,
Sm., according to a specimen, in leaf only, in Herb. Mus. Paris
from the Jardin Noisette, 1812, presented by M. Bonpland in
1833.
A second specimen in the same herbarium, presented by M.
Bonpland in 1833 and labelled in very old hand-writing '^ opositi-
folius" (sic) is indeterminable.
28. E. oppositifolia. Noisette. A specimen from Herb. Paris,
is E. tereticornis, Sm.
^92 VARIAHILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
29. E. peniciUata, Hort. (DC. Prod. iii. 218) is E. pijyerita, Sm.,
or E. eitgenioides, Sieb. (probably).
30. E. per/oliata, Noisette, is E. pulvigera, A. Cunn. {E.
cordnta, Labill ).
31. E. j^erfoliata, Desf. (Cat. Hort. Par. Ed. iii. 408) "very
doubtful" (Bentham) is probably E. globulus, Labill.
32. E. persicifolia, Lodd. (Bot. Cab. t, 501) is E. Gunnii,
Hook. var. acervula, Deane and Maiden (probably).
33. E. 2)opuli/olia, Desf. (Cat. Hort. Par. Ed. iii. 408).
34. E. procera, Dehnh. (op. cit. p. 20) is E. obliqua, L' Herit.
35. E. pulchella, Desf. (Cat. Hort. Par. Ed. iii. 408) is E.
linearis, Dehnh.
36. E. 2)ulverulenta, Link, (Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 31 and Hort.
Monac.) is E. globulus, Labill. (probably).
37. E. purpurascens, Link, (Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 31) is ^.
amygdalina, Labill. I have also seen a splendid photo, of De
Candolle's specimen. It is in leaf only, leaves strictly opposite.
Evidently in the seedling stage. It is labelled " Jard. de Berlin,
M. Otto, 1826," and "^. purjnirascens, Link, /3. 2-)etiolulata, DC."
See DC. Prod. iii. 221.
38. E. reticulata, Link, (Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 29; DC. Prod,
iii. 222), "very doubtful" (Bentham). It was obtained from
M. Otto, Jardin de Berlin, 1826. I have a remarkably good
photograph of the specimen (in leaf only) examined b}^ De
Candolle for the Prodromus (iii. 222). It \^ yqyy nQs^v E. jml lens,
DC, if not identical with it.
39. E. rigida, Hoffmgg. (Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. ii. 114; DC. Prod,
iii. 221) is ^. obtusijlora, DC.
40. E. rubricavlis, Desf. (Cat. Hort. Par. Ed. iii. 408). See
E. linearis, Dehnh.
41. E. stenophylla, Link, (Jardin de Berlin, M. Otto, 1826;
DC. Prod. iii. 222).
42. E. tuberculata, Parm. (DC. Prod. iii. 221), "very doubtful'
(Bentham), "Jardin de Berlin, M. Otto, 1826." It is a narrow
lanceolate specimen in the seedling stage; leaves strictly opposite.
It is probably E. amygdalina, Labill., or E. viminalis, Labill.
by j. h. maiden. 893
2. Species-names given by Naudin and others to Fkench and
Algerian Specimens.
1. E. amplifolia, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 28.
Naudin says (loc. cit.), "il appartient a ce groupe embrouille
d'especes et de varietes dont VE. tei^eticornis peut etre considere
comme le centre, mais il a en meme temps des characteres si par-
ticuliers qu 'on ne peut faire autrement que d'y voir une bonne
espece."
A specimen in fruit in Herb. Mus. Paris bears the following
label in M. Naudin's handwriting: —
^'-Eucalyptus amplifolia, Ndn. Du bois de Boulogne d'Alger,
administration forestiere. Ch. Ndn."
A second specimen in young foliage bears the label : —
''Eucalyptus amplifolia, Naud. Cultive a Cannes, M. Naudin."
A third specimen, evidently belonging to the second, bears the
following label in M. Naudin's handwriting, together with a
sketch : —
^'Eucaluptus amplifolia, Ndn. Jardin du Riou, a Cannes, 14
Septembre, 1880, Ch. Ndn. Ombelles de 7 a 9 fleurs et quelque-
fois plus attenuees en un court pedicelle-pedoncle commun plus
court que le petiole. Arbrisseau, feuilles coriaces, tres grandes.
Opercule des boutons, conique ou cornu, plus long que le tube du
calyce. Non E. platyphylla, Benth."
These specimens are identical with those of E. tereticornis, Sm.
var. latifolia, Benth. (B.Fl. iii. 242; Deane and Maiden, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1 cS99, p. 469; Maiden, Bull. Herb. Boissier,
1902, p. 571). Individual specimens are referred to in the last
paper in the following words (p. 576): — "/\ Goulburn to Bowral
(J.H.M.). The 'Swamp Gum' form with long, narrow, horned
opercula, broad leaves and small fruit. Received under the
name ' Broad-leaf Blue Gum' from Marulan."
See also "A,-."
See also "^" (p. 577). "New England, Glen Innes, Tenter
field, with broad sucker leaves and quadrangular stems, broad
57
894 VARIABILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
iiKituro leaves caiid small fruits; also Tentertiekl to 8andy Flat,
very broad leaves and some with glaucous buds."
M. Naudin's specimens do not appear to have underijone any
alteration in cultivation.
In the Catalogue of Vilmorin, Andrieux et Cie., Paris, it is
described as "Grand arbre, remarquable par la rapidite de sa
croissance. Acclimate dans le Midi de la France et I'Algerie."
2. E. Andreana, Naudin, Rev. Hort. 1(S90, p. 346; 2nd Mem.
p. 52. See also Kew Bulletin (Additional Series, 1900).
Named in honour of M. Edouard Andre, an Golfe Juan, who
introduced it into France.
Copy of labels in M. Naudin's handwriting in Herb. Mus. Paris
(Recu en Mars 1890):—
^^ Eucalyptus Andreana, Ndn., Jardin de M. de Vilmorin, au
Oolfe Juan, Ch. Ndn."
It is E. amygdalina, Labill. var. radiata, Deane and iMaiden
(E. radiata, Sieb., non E. radiata in Hook. Fl. Tas. ).
I have received similar specimens from MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux
et Cie., of Paris, who describe it as "Arbre tres elegant et tres
ornemental. Se couvre de fleurs blanches, du plus bel efFet."
3. E. angidosa, Naudin (I cannot trace where this species was
described).
Two specimens in Herb. Mus. Paris are labelled as follows in
M. Naudin's handwriting : —
(1) In unripe fruit onl3^ ^^ Eucalt/pius angidosa, Ndn. var du
tereticornis 1 Villa Thuret, 12 Aout 1887. Ch. Ndn."
(2) In leaf only. ^'■Eucalyptus angidosa, Ndn., pourrait
n'etre qu'une variete a larges feuilles du tereticornis. Villa Thuret,
a Antibes. Ch. Ndn."
The fruits are rather larger, and the pedicels shorter, than in
E. amplifolia, Ndn., but it is undoubtedh'-, as Naudin suggests,
a form of tereticornis, which is, as I have pointed out (Bull. Herb.
Boiss. 1902), a ver}'' variable species.
In the Catalogue of MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux Jc Cie., it is stated,
*' Propre aux terrains sees arides."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 895
4. E. argentea, (I) Covdiev. Copy of label in Herb. Mus. Paris:
" Eucah/ptus argentea. Cultive par Mons. Cordier, Maison
Oarrt^e pres Alger, 1 Avril, 1876, Durandoz" C?).
M. Naiulin has written on this label, " Je ne trouve aucun E.
argentea decrit dans les auteurs." It is E. inelliodora, A. Cunn.
5. E. citryandra, (?) Vilmorin, is E. cocci/era, Hook.f. I have
referred to this plant in Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science,
Hobart Meeting, 1902, Vol. ix., p. 365.
6. E. ccerulescens, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 47. A label in Herb.
Mus. Paris reads : — Eucalyptus coirulescens, Naudin, du Bois du
Boulogne d' Alger, Fevrier 1883. Type. Ech. fructifere venant
de la Villa Thuret (Alpes Mar.)." In flower and fruit.
A second label reads ^'■Eucalyptus coprulescefis Ndn. Villa
Thuret, Nov. 1889. Ch. Ndn." In bud only. They are referable
to E. melllodora, A. Cunn.
I have received similar specimens from MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux
k Cie. M. Naudin (2nd Mem.) recognised the affinity of this
plant to E. melliodora, but he distinguishes E. cceridescens by the
shorter leaves, "and perhaps better by its general glaucescence."
I ma}^ point out that E. meHiodora is often glaucous.
7. E. cultrlfolia, Naudin, 2nd Mem., p. 64. (I have seen this
species referred to as cultriformis, Naudin). Copy of a label in
Herb. Mus. Paris in Naudin's handwriting : — ''Eucalyptus cuhri-
foHa, Ndn. Jardin Nabonnand au Golfe Juan, Ch. Ndn." This
is E. eugenioides, Sieb., a little altered under cultivation.
Another specimen in the same herbarium bearing the label
" Eucalyptus not described which flowered in my garden last
year, very few plants of it in this country, none of. them flowered
but with me " (in Lambert's handwriting), and the further label
"Herb. Mus. Paris. Herbier donne par Mr. Bonpland en 1833.
Cult, e horto Lamberto," to which is added, by M. Naudin,
"parait etre 1'^. CKltrifolia, Ndn," is also E. eugemoides, Sieb.
"Esptce nouvelle, du moins tres probablement " (Naudin).
It seems to me, from examination of a large number of culti-
Tated specimens which I have referred to E. eugenioides, Sieb.,
896 VARIAI5ILITV OF EUCALIPTL'S UNDER CULTIVATION,
and some of them nearly a century old, that this species is rather
liable to alteration under cultivation.
8. E- desertorum, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 56.
Copy of a label in Herb. Mus. Paris, " KucalyjUus Jesertorum,
Naudin (fragments de I'exemplaire typique). Originaire des
deserts de I'Australie interieure. Cult, a la Villa Thu ret, Antibes
(Alpes Maritimes). M. Naudin, 1889." It is E. nnciyiata,
Turcz. A shrub, flowering abundantly the third year from seed.
9. E.firma (^auct. et ?cult.).
I have seen a specimen in Herb. Paris labelled E. firma which
is referable to E. diver s[foHa, Bonpl.
10. E. Eoekl Baij, ? Naudin.
" Belle espece a rameaux retombants." (Cat. of Vilmorin,
Andrieux & Cie.).
It is rosirafa, Schlecht, or tereticornis, Sm., according to speci-
mens from the above firm. I have seen only leaves and fruits.
Buds are desirable, and also information as to where it was
described.
11. E. (jlohuloms, St. Lag., Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, ^ii. (1880),
125.
I have not seen specimens.
12. E. glomerata, Naudin. I do not know^ where it was
described. I have seen only a head of fruits from which it
appears, hardly with doubt, to be identical with E. coricolor,
Schauer.
13. E. (jraciHpes, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 37.
Naudin gives a general account of this supposed new species,
which he says is " tres analogue a VE. Ievco.ri//oi>." I have not
seen a full suite of specimens, only fruits from MM. Vilmorin,
Andrieux k Cie., and am not convinced that it is specifically
distinct from E. leucoxi/lon, which is a somewhat ^ ariable species.
The Cat. of MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux & Cie., says : — 'Espece
tres voisine de VE. leiicorryhn. Elle en differe surtout a I'etat
juvenile et a I'etat adulte par son feuillage beaiicoup plus clair."
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 897
14. E. Huberiana, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 42.
Described from one tree obtained at Nice, wliere it was culti-
vated by M. Huber, after whom it is named. This is another
form, which, like E. J/azeliana, is allied to or identical with E.
viminalk. It also has umbels with seven pedicellate flowers.
Operculum conical, fruit truncate pyriform, and three-celled. I
have not seen specimens. The part of Australia whence the seed
was obtained is unknown.
15. E. insignis, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 30.
Naudin has described this supposed new species in a general
way, but has not given a strict botanical definition. It is near
E. tereticornis, but, in M. Naudin's opinion, distinct from it. I
have not seen a specimen.
16. E. jugalis, Naudin, '2nd Mem. p. 37.
i have not seen specimens of this plant. " Quelques horticul-
teurs lui donnent lenom de^'^*^?7^.^. . . . Pour ne rien prejuger,
je I'ai nomme jugalis, qui rappelle la disposition par paires des
feuilles du premier age" (Naudin, loc. cit.).
17. E. Lamherti, (?auct.).
This is E. saligna, Sm., according to specimens I have received
through the courtesy of MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux &l Cie.
18. E. Mazeliana, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 41.
Named in honour of M. Mazel, a cultivator of Eucalyptus in
his garden at '• Golfe Juan."
M. Naudin gives a general description of the plant. It has
stood frosts of 12-13° 0. ''tlMont Sauve, dans le Gard," where it
has been cultivated by M. Mazel.
It is described by M. Naudin as closest to E. viminalis. It is
stated to have, in the young state, leaves narrower and longer
than the generality of those of E. viminalis. The inflorescence
and fruit, however, distinguish E. Mazeliana from E. viminalis.
The umbels, axillary and pedunculate, are seven-fl.owered. I have
not seen specimens. E. Mazdia.na would appear to be near to
(if not identical with) E. viminalis, Labill. var. pedicellaris>,
F.v.M {E. Smithii, R. T. Baker).
898 VAUIAHILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
19. E. Miilleri, Naudin, Rev. Hort. 1st Sept., 1885, p. 40G^
2nd Mem. p. 4o.
A specimen in fruit cand bud in Herb. Mus. Paris, bears the
following label : —
Eumlyjytus Midler i, Naudin (ombelles normalement a 7 fleurs>
ex exeinplariis typicis. Villa Thuret (cultive). Novembre 1889.
M. Naudin."
A second specimen in bud and flower bears the following
label:— "Env. par M. Ramel 1872. Cult, a Alger," to which
M. Naudin has added ''Eucalyptus Mi'(Ueri,1 Ndn." The speci-
men is more robust than the previous one, and they are both
referable to E. Giutuii, Hook. f. \ ar. acervula, Deane & Maiden.
Naudin {loc. cit ) quotes this as an instance where it is not easy
to indicate a species of Eucalyptus by a simple description. He
says that at first E. Miilleri may be confused with E. viminalis,
goniocalyx, and, above all, Gunnii. The normal number of
flowers in the umbel is seven. It and E. globulus are the most
rapid growers of all Eucalypts in France.
The Catalogue of Vilmorin, Andrieux k Cie., says : —
" Remarquable par sa croissance rapide et sa rusticite relative.
II reussit bien dans les terrains rocheux et pierreux, meme peu
profonds. Haut 50m."
Even if my determination is incorrect, the name Miilleri cannot
stand, as we already have E. Muelleri, Miq. [incrassata) 1856;
Muelleri, T. B. Moore, 1886; E. Miilleri, Deane, Rec. Geol. tSurv.
Vict. Vol. i. 2-1(1902); to say nothing of E. Miielleriana, Howitt
(1890), and perhaps others.
20. E. myrtijormis, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 50.
Copy of a label in Herb. Mus, Paris: — '^Eucalyptus myrti-
formis, Naudin, Villa Thuret, Alpes Maritimes. Cult. M. Naudin.
Re^u en Mars 1890."
This is probably E. cneori/olia, DC, but the anthers are not
ripe. Are flowers and fruits available for examination I
M. Naudin knows only one plant, a shrub growing at the Villa
Thuret. He points out that the buds remain two years before
opening — a not uncommon thing with Eucalypts in Australia.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 899
21. E. pendnlosa (Icauct.).
Maison Carree pres Alger, Villa Cordier 1877, l^""- Avril,
Durandoy (l).
A specimen in Herb. Mus. Paris is E. viminalis, Labill.
Naudin (1st Mem. p. 385) says: — "II existe dans quelques
jardins, sons le nom d'E. peiidula, une variete du viminalis que
ne me parait differer par rien d'essentiel du type de lespece."
This must not be confused with the synonym of E. hicolor, A.
Cunn. It may be identical with the E. peadulosa just referred
to.
22. E. pseudo-glohulus, (? auct.).
" Nous ne lui connaissons jusqu'ici qu'une seule variete, celle
qui a recu le nom de pse^ido-globulus, qui ne se distingue du
ylohulus ordinaire que par le volume de ses fruits, de trois ou
quatre fois plus petits que ceux du type commun. II y a
d'ailleurs tous les passages entre les extremes de volume" (Naudin,
2nd Mem. p. 34). I know nothing more of this form.
23. E. quadrialata (I auct.).
"De collection, peu repandu " (Cat. of Vilmorin, Andrieux &
Cie.). I have not seen the reputed species.
24. E. rebrum (^Cordier). Copy of labels in Herb. Mus. Paris:
(1) '■'■ Eucalyptus rebrum, Italia, Mai, 171, A. Cordier."
(2) "Doit etre VE. crebra. JJE. rebrum n'existe pas. 8®
74. Ramel."
(3) (In M. Naudin's handwriting) " Eucalyptus, n'est pas
VE. crebra.'^ It is E. Gunnii, Hook. f. var. acervida, Deane and
Maiden.
25. E. scyphoidea, Naudin. I do not know where it was
described.
Copy of a label in Herb. Mus. Paris in M. Naudin's hand-
writing: — ^^ Eucalyptus scyphoidea, Ndn. Species nova. Trouve
dans le jardin Nabonnand au Golfe Juan. Arbre unique dans le
pays. Villa Thuret, 1889. Ch. Ndn."
This is E. mac7'orrhyncha, F.v.M. var. brachycorys, Benth.
900 VARIABILITY OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATION,
2G. E. viminalis, Labill. \-a\\ fertilis (?auct.).
"Splendide variete, relativement rustique, croissant vigou-
reusement" (Cat. of Vilmorin, Andrieux *fe Cie.).
I have not seen any specimens.
27. E. vitellina, Naudin, 2nd Mem. p. 65.
Cop3^ of label in Herb. Mus. Paris in M. Naudin's handwriting:
*' Eucalyptus vitellina, Ndn., Jardin Narbonnand au Golfe Juan,
U Janvier 1890. Ch. Ndn."
It is E. amygdalina, Labill. This was named from a young
tree ^-9 metres in height, and the only one known.
M. Naudin has pointed out the affinity of his species with E.
pauciflora and E. amygdalina, and considers that it is inter-
mediate between them.
I have some additional specimens of Eucalypts grown in French
gardens which are labelled with recognised botanical names and
which do not belong to the species indicated. By reason of
paucity of material I am unable to speak more definitely.
3. Species-names given to American Specimens.
1. E. cali/ornica, Kinney, "Eucalyptus,""^ p. 191. On p. 177
he says, " What I have called Eucalyptus californica is Vjy von
Mueller called occidentalis.'" See occidentalis var. californica.
There is a photographic figure of a twig of E. californica in Mr.
Kinney's work.
2. E. McClatchie, Kinney, op. cit. 188. Species described
from specimens in bud and flower, the only allusion to the fruit
being " valves enclosed." " Bark sheds in long strips. The
general appearance of the tree suggests Eucalyptus globulus or
goniocalyx.''' I have not seen specimens.
3. E. Mortoniana, Kinney, op. cit. pp. 193 and 294 (with
photograph of a twig). Specimens lent to me by the Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution (from the U.S. National Museum)
appear to be referable to E. Maideni, F.v.M.
4. E. occidentalis, Endl. var. californica, Kinney, op. cit. p. 92.
^^ Eucalyptus obcordataha.fi the calyx sessile to the stalk, while
* "Eucalyptus." By Abbott Kinney. Los Angeles, Cal,, U.S.A.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 901
our Eucalyptus occidentalism which for convenience I shall name
var. californica, varies from it in having long stalklets." The
var. californica is still further described in several sentences.
Vide E. californica, supra.
5. E. pinnata (^auct.). "The small grey-leaved Eucalyptus
pinnata has grown well" (Kinney, op. cit. 117). I have never
seen E. pinnata further referred to in print. Specimens of E.
pinnata received from Mr. J. Burtt Dav-y, then of Berkeley, Cal.,
I referred to the Tasmanian E. coed/era, Hook.
4. Names givenvto cultivated reputed Eucalyptus Hybrids.
Dr. Trabut, of Algiers, has during the last few years named
some Eucalypts which he frankly terms hybrids. Following is a
list of those of which I have records. I may mention that it may
cause inconvenience if hybrids be named just as species are,
without any indication attached to the name that the}'' are
hybrids. In the case of M. Naudin's supposed species, the case
is different, as he does not admit that they are hybrids; yet I
think that the variation of some of them, at least, is caused by
hybridism.
The question of h3'bridism in Eucalyptus is an important one,
and considerations of space preclude discussion of it on the
present occasion. I am of opinion that hybridism does play a
part in the variation of species in the genus, and will take an
early opportunity in another publication of expressing some of
my views on the subject.
1. E. Bourlieri, Trabut, Rev. Hort. 1903, p 327; preliminary
note in Rev. Hort. de I'Algerie, Aug , 1001, p. 239. Dr. Trabut
in naming this plant after Dr. Bourlier, says (Rev^ Hort. Alg.)
" Enfin un hybride de globulus que je me propose de decrire et
de dedier a I'arboriculteur distingue chez lequel il a pris
naissance.'"'
" Get Eucalyptus BourUeri est un bel arbre qui me rite une etude
attentive. Dans bien des cas il n'est pas possible de determiner
902 VAIUAIULITV OF EUCALYPTUS UNDER CULTIVATIOX,
exactemeiit Tespece qui a fourni le pollen, on est reduit a des
conjectures.
" De ces observations poursuivies depuis une douzaine d'annees,
il resulte que certaines especes du genre Eucalyptus cultivees
dans la region mediterraneenne peuvent se croiser spontanement
et donner naissance a des ^///>e8 noiiveaux. Certaines de ces
formes ont une descendance qui presente une fecondite et une
fixite remarquables.
" Ces hybrides sont interessants, car ils se montrent tres
robustes, tres feuillus, il est probable que certains seront preferes
aux especes typiques introduites du pays d origine."
i"". Bourli^ri is figured in Rev. JHort. The fruits (for samples
of which I am indebted to Dr. Trabut) present a remarkable
resemblance to those of E. cordata, Labill , but the leaves are
quite different.
Dr. Trabut says (Rev. Hort. 1903), ''U Eucalyptus BourUeri est
evidemment un hybride de globulus, mais il ne parait pas possible
de determiner le parent male ; M. Bourlier inclinait pour le
robusta, mais rien ne permet d'affirmer cette parente."
2. E. cornuta x Lehmamii, Bourlier, in Trabut, Rev. Hort. de
I'Algerie, Aug. 1901, p. 239.
A preliminary note.
3. E. gomphocornuta, Trabut, Rev. Hort. 1903, p. 326, with
fig-
E. gompho x cornuta, " ayant analogic avec V E. occidentaMs '*
(Bourlier in Trabut, Rev. Hort. de I'Algerie, Aug. 1901, p. 239).
It has been referred to for some years as follows in the Cat. of
MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux A: Cie.: — ^'Eucalyptus gompho-cornuta,
interessant hybride d'E. gompJiocephala et d'^. cornuta.''
From Dr. Trabut's figure it so strongly resembles E. gompho-
cephala, DC, tliat it seems a pity to give it specific rank.
4 tfe 5 E. gompho-occideutalis and E. Gunnii-glohulus, both
distributed by MM. Vilmorin, Andrieux & Cie., are near E.
gomphocephala, DC, as far as fruits are concerned, but I have
not seen complete specimens.
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 903
6. E. Rameliana, Tral)ut, Ass. Fr. av. Sc. 1891 (reference not
seen); Bulletin Agrie. de TAlgerie et de la Tunisie, 15th July,
1901,^ p. 326; Rev. Hort. de I'Algerie, Aug. 1901, p. 237; also
Rev. Hort. 1903, p. 325, with figures of fruits and de.scriptions
in both cases.
This is stated by Dr. Trabut to be a hybrid between E. holry-
oides, Sm., and E. rostrafa, Schlecht.
The name is, however, preoccupied, there being an E. Rameliana,
F.v.M. (Fragm. x. 84.)
7. Eucalyptus Trabuti, Vilmorin, Catal. gr. arbr. (name only).
This is, according to Trabut, synonymous with E. Rameliana^
which it should replace.
* Before formally publishing it Dr. Trabut must have drawn attention to
it some years previously, for in "The Eucalyptus in Algeria and Tunisia,"
by Edward Pepper, Proc. Anier. Philos. Soc. xxxv. (reprinted 29th May,
1896), I find, at p. 50, '' E. Ramel'mna (hybrid from E. rostrata and E.
botryoides, leafy and strong) obtained by Dr. Trabut. "
904
NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.
No. 9.
By J. H. Maiden and E. Betche.
RANITNCULACEJE.
Ranunculus rivularis, Banks & Sol., var. inconspicuus, Benth.
Brown Mountain, near Lyttleton (E. Betche; January, 1893).
The specimens agree exactly with Hooker's figure of R. incon-
sjncuus in Fl. Tas. i. t.2B. It forms dense masses in swamps on
the top of the Brown Mountain, between Lyttleton and Nimity-
belle, N.S.W. Recorded previously only from Tasmania.
EUTACE^.
ZiERiA Smithii, Andr., var. tomentosa, n.var.
Mt. Useful, Vic. (A. H. S. Lucas; January, 1886): Mt. Tomah,
N.S.W. (Jesse Gregson; December, 1897).
This variety is distinguished from the large-leaved normal form
by the dense stellate tomentum of the underside of the leaves
and young branches. From the tomentose Z. furfuracea, R.Br.,
it differs only in the absence of the tubercular glands and in the
more close tomentum. Mueller united Z. fnrfuracea with Smithii
as a variety; our new variety resembles Z. Smithii strikingl}' in
every respect, except the indumentum, and we take this as a
corroboration that Mueller's view of Z. furfuracea is correct.
We have previously published in these Proceedings (1901, p. 79)
a herbarium note from F. v. Mueller with the MS. name of Z.
Smithii var. Fraseri. We find now that Mueller's var. Fraseri
is so closely allied to Z. cytisoides, Sm., that, in our opinion, it
should be included in that species.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCTIE. 905
BoRONiA LEDiFOLiA, J. Gay.
Cowan Creek, Berowra (E. Cheel and J. L. Booinian; August,
1902).
A pinnate-leaved form with occasionally umbellate flowers.
Though most flowers are solitary, some have two additional
flowers in the axils of the small bracts on the peduncle, a varia-
tion not previously observed in this very variable species. Other-
wise it is distinguished from the type b}^ the very prominently
ciliate fllaments.
RHAMNACE^.
Cryptandka amara, Sm., var. longiflora, F.v.M., ined.
Two well-marked varieties can be easily distinguished in our
common C. amara, though, amongst a great number of specimens
from different localities', they will be found running into each
other. The small-flowered and more common form in the Port
Jackson district has a calyx of about 1 line in length, with lobes
rather shorter than the tube. The large-flowered variety has a
calyx-tube nearly or fully twice as long, but with the same short
calyx-lobes, so that the tube is proportionally much longer.
Bentham took notice of these two forms in his ' Flora xVustra-
liensis,' but did not distinguish them by names. Baron von
Mueller named the large-flowered form in the Melbourne Her-
barium var. longijlora, and we propose his name for general
adoption.
LEGUMINOS^.
Swainsona Greyana, Lindl., var. bracteata, n.var.
Between Gilgandra and Guramin ( W. Forsyth; October, 1901).
This peculiar form of the Darling Pea is readily distinguished
by the large, ovate, persistent bracts which completely conceal
the young buds and nearly conceal the calyx in the opened flowers.
The characteristic white tomentum of the calyx is much less
dense than in the type, and the calyx-teeth are longer and more
acuminate. Flowers and foliage pi-ecisely the same. Ripe fruits
and seeds not seen.
90G NOTES FROM THK BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
Gastrolobium Boormani, Maiden &, Betche.
]\Iilton (H. H. Cambage; December, 1902).
Previously recorded in these Proceedings from Tuggerah.
The new locality brings its range more than 100 miles further
south.
Acacia pumila. Maiden S: Baker.
Morriset (J. L. Boorman; October, 1899), Richmond (J. L.
Boorman; May, 1903).
Since the publication of this species in 1895 (these Proceed-
ings, XX., 385), many additional localities have been discovered,
partly in the coast district from Port Hacking to Gosford. partly
in the Blue Mountains as high up as Mt. Tomah; and the addi-
tional material necessitates some modification of the description.
The phyllodia are described as 6 lines long and 1 line broad; it
should read instead, phyllodia from h to nearly H inches long,
1 line broad in the short-leaved forms, considerably narrower
in the long-leaved specimens.
The two above-named localities are habitats of the long-leaved
form.
Acacia trineura, F.v.M.
Temora (R. H. Cambage; October, 1900), Wyalong (J. L.
Boorman; October, 1903). New for New South Wales.
UMBELLIFER^.
Hydrocotvle umbellata, Linn., var. bonariensis, Spreng.
Manly (first bay north of ^Manly, growing on the beach with
Car ex pumila and S-pinifex hirsutus; A. A. Hamilton; Novem-
ber, 1902).
This interesiting Hydrocoff/le is common in North America, and
seems to be of recent accidental introduction, though it is very
difficult to account for it. It has peltate leaves, like the large-
leaved forms of H. vulgar^; but the umbels are on long stalks,
and it is distinguished from all other species of this large genus
by the irregular compound umbels.
BY J. JI. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 907
We have to thank Dr. H. Harms, of Berlin, for the determina-
tion of this plant.
GOODENIACEiE.
VeLLEYA MONTANA, Hook. f.
Medlow, Blue Mountains (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1903).
A new locality for a plant rare in Kew South Wales. It is
another instance of the occurrence of Tasnmnian plants in bleak
exposed situations of the Blue Mountains.
GOODENIA DIMORPHA, n.sp.
Springwood, Blue Mts. (E. Betche; February, 1884), Wood-
ford, Blue Mts. (J. H. Maiden; January, 1899), Black heath, Blue
Mts. (A. A. Hamilton; January and April, 1900).
GooDENiA DIMORPHA, Maiden & Betche, var. angustifolia.
National Park, near Sydney (J. H. Camfield, February, 1896;
J. L. Boorman, January, 1903).
We have been puzzled for many years past by aGoodenia with
a paniculate inflorescence, common in sandy turfy places from
Port Hacking to the Blue Mountains, The species is so common
that it can scarcely have been overlooked by old collectors, and
still less by collectors of the present day; but its forms have pro-
bably been mixed up in various herbaria vvith several other
species. The general appearance of the broad-leaved mountain
form is that of G. heUidiJolia with an unusually paniculate
inflorescence; but G. bellidijolia has a short ovarium and fruit
and our new species has a long and narrow fruit. The narrow-
leaved form may have been confounded partly with G. steUiyera,
or, in absence of fruit, with G. panicnlata or G. (jracilis, but
differs from all in ovarium, fruit and inflorescence.
During recent years we made it our business to obtain fruiting
specimens from all forms, with the result that ^ve came to the
conclusion that it belongs to Bentham's Section "Eugoodenia"
series "Racemosse," but that it cannot be united with either G.
bellidifolia or G. steUigera. It is most nearly allied to G. stelli-
908 NOTES FKOM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
gt'ra, with which it has the narrow capsule in common, and which
shows also occasionally a tendency to a branched inflorescence,
but from which it is always distinguished )w the numerous
slender panicle-branches, like G. paniculata and gracilis, and by
the long stem-leaves.
We give the description of both forms separately' : —
G. DiMORPHA (normal form) — Blue Mountains.
A perennial with a tufted stock and erect stems from 1 to
rarely above 2 feet high, glabrous or nearly so, except the flowers.
Leaves radical and rosulate, from oblong- to ovate-spathulate,
from under 1 to 2 inches long, entire or obscurely dentate; stem-
leaves few and small, becoming shorter and narrow er towards the
top, mostly supporting the branches. Stems few and slender,
with slender distant simple branches, long at the base of the
stem, shorter towards the top, each w ith a single terminal flower,
or with a cluster of mostly three flowers on stalks of unequal
length, or the panicle-branches are again divided. Flowers often
(not alwaj^s) Mdth a pair of short and slender bracteoles at the
base of the calyx (reduced stem-leaves). Calyx-lobes linear,
about 1 line long. Corolla yellow, sparingly hairy outside,
otherwise as in G. steUigera or rather smaller. Capsule linear-
oblong, about 5 lines long, the dissepiment reaching nearly to
the top. Seeds flat, with a small border, arranged in two rows
in each cell.
GoODENiA DiMORPiiA, var. ANGUSTIFOLIA — National Park.
A perennial with a tufted stock and erect stems about 1 to
1 J feet high. Leaves radical or scattered along the stems and
branches, sometimes nearly all in a rosette and sometimes, chieflj'on
the stem, scarcely reduced in size. The two forms seem to depend
entirely on the locality. Isolated growing specimens have mostly
rosulate leaves and fewer stem-leaves, but if they grow together
in dense masses, the radical leaves are few and the stem-leaves
numerous. Leaves linear, aV)out 1 to IJ inches long, entire, or
the radical ones more or less deepl}^ toothed and linear-lanceolate.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCIIE. 909
Flowers and fruits as in the broad -leaved mountain form, but the
slender stems are more numerous, and generally much more
branched. The mountain form has occasionally woolly-hairy pro-
liferous nodules in the axils of the lower branches ; the same
peculiarity is much more frequently to be found in var. angusti-
folia; in some specimens the nodules are in clusters close to the
root, so that the numerous stems seem to rise from a densely
woolly-hairy stock.
EPACRIDE^.
Epacris impressa, Labill.
Pigeon House Mountain, Milton (R. H. Cambage; January^
1903).
CONVOLVULACEiE.
Cressa cretica, Linn.
Wanganella, Hay District (Miss E. Officer; May, 1903).
A common plant in maritime and saline districts of the Old
and New World. In Australia it is recorded from all States
except Tasmania, and is common in South Australia, but in New
South Wales it is restricted to the south-western corner.
Miss Officer writes: — "It covers large areas of open plain
country in this district, especially land where water lies for a
short time after rain. When in flower the whole air is scented
by it."
MY0P0RINE.5:.
Myoporum desertt, a. Cunn.
Scone, Hunter Kiver (J. H. Maiden; May, 1902); Jenolan
Caves (W. F. Blakely; June, 1899).
The two localities given are the most eastern localities of a
species common on the western plains. The specimens from both
localities are distinguished from the western specimens by the
thin texture of the leaves, and consequently very prominent oil-
glands.
CHEN0P0DIACE5:.
Bassia divaricata, F.v.M.
Denman, Hunter River (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman;
May, 1902).
58
910 NOTES FROM THK BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
KocHiA viLLosA, Lindl.
Denmaii (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman; May, 1902).
KOCIIIA MICROPHYLLA, F.V.M.
Murriuundi (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman; Ma}^, 1902).
Kocliia microphylJawa.^ originally described by Moquin-Tandon
as EnchyJcena microphyUo, and retained under that genus till
Mueller removed it to Kochia. TheMurrurundi specimens show
beautifully the peculiarities of the species.
Most of the small fruits are quite wingless, which caused
Moquin to describe it as Enchylcena; while now and then, on the
same plant, a few fruits have the characteristic horizontal wing
of the genus Kochia plainly developed.
AMARANTACEJE.
Ptilotus exaltatus, Nees.
Denman (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman; May, 1902).
NYCTAGINE^.
BoERHAAViA DIFFUSA, Linn.
Denman (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman; May, 1902).
These five last enumerated plants (Chenopodiacese, Amaran-
tacese, and Kyctaginepe) are common on the western plains, but
entirely wanting in the coast district.
We have already, in a former paper in these Proceedings,
drawn attention to the great number of western plants which
make their way down the Hunter River valley, probably in
times of floods, as far east as Denman and Scone; and the above
are additions to the number already recorded.
PROTEACEJE.
Banksia paludosa, R.Br.
Near Eden (J. H. Maiden; October, 1901).
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BBTCHE. 911
MONIMIACE^.
Daphnandra tenuipes, Perk., in Engler, Pflanzenreich, iv. 101,
p. 75 (1901).
Tweed Ptiver District (E. Betche; March, 1894).
This new species is chiefly distinguished from D. micrantha by
the broader leaves, more rounded at the base and hairy under-
neath, and by the looser and larger inflorescence.
The two species differ in fact in a number of, what might be
termed by some, small particulars. In the aggregate there is no
doubt the species are distinct.
In Miss Janet Perkins and Ernst Gilg's ' Monograph of Moni-
miace?e' some very important changes have been made concerning
New South Wales plants, which we bring here under general
notice.
WiLKiEA macrophylla, A. DC, Prodr. xvi. 2, p. 669 (1868).
Syn. Kihara 7nacrophylla, Benth., Fl. Austr. v. 288 : Molli-
nedla Huegeliana, Benth., ojj. cit. v. 286 ; M. macrophylla,
TuL, Mueller, Second Census.
Miss Perkins writes (Engler's Bot. Jahrbiicher, xxv. 569) : —
^' I cannot understand how Bentham could have placed this
species under two diff'erent genera. I have seen the originals of
Hedycarya macrojihyUa, A. Cunn. (synonymous with Kihara
macrophylla, Benth.), and of Mollinedia Huegeliana, TuL, and
have convinced myself that they belong with certainty to one
and the same plant."
The mistake which both Bentham and Mueller made with
regard to this plant seems to us to have been caused by the
difficulty often experienced in matching male and female speci-
mens in plants with unisexual flowers. However, in Bentham's
description in the ' Flora Australiensis ' the diff'erence between
the two plants is well defined by the number and disposition of
the stamens. Bentham himself writes : — " The female and fruit-
ing specimens (of Mollinedia Huegeliana) are, when glabrous,
very difficult to distinguish from those of Kihara macrophylla.^^
91 "2 NOTKS FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
WiLKiEA Wardellii, Perk., Engler's Bot. Jahrbiicher, xxv. 570
(1898). Syn. Mollinedia Wardellii, F.v.M., B. Fl. Austr. v.
287.
Tetrasynandra pubescens, Perk., Engler's Bot. Jahrbiicher, xxv.
569 (1898). Syn. Kibara puhescens, Benth., Fl. Austr. v.
290; Jlollinedia pubescens, F.v.M., Second Census.
Tetrasynandra longipes. Perk., Engler's Bot. Jahrbiicher, xxv.
569 (1898). Sjm. Kibara longipes, Benth., Fl. Austr. v. 289;
Mollinedia longipes, F.v.M., Second Census.
The genus Mollinedia, Ruiz et Pav., is, according to Perkins
and Gilg, confined to tropical America. The species placed by
Bentham under this genus are transferred partly to WHklea,
F.v.M., and partly to Levieria, Becc. Kibara, Endl., is confined
to the Malayan Archipelago, the Australian species being separated
from it under the new generic name Tetrasynandra.
The two New South Wales genera of this group of Monimiacese
are easily distinguished by the male flowers. Tetrasynandra has
4 stamens opposite the perianth-lobes, while WHkiea has 8 to 14
stamens irregularly distributed in the receptacle. Both genera
are described as moncecious by the authors of the 'Monograph,'
a statement which we hesitate to accept as final till verified by
collectors in the field.
JUNCACEiE.
JuNCUS FiLiCAULis, Fr. Bucheiiau, n.sp.
Road from Nimity belle to Cooma (J. H. Maiden, December,
1896).
A densely tufted, pale-coloured, small perennial with a hori-
zontal rhizome, and very short internodes. Stems erect, slender
(h to -j^'^j- mm. in diam.), terete, grooved, 8 to 15 cm. high to the
inflorescence, or 10 to 20 cm. M'ith the erect leafy bract, the pith
interrupted, star-shaped. Sheathing bracts at the base of the
stem narrow, opaque, pale, striate on the back, mucronate at the
apex, the highest 3 to 5 cm. long. Inflorescence apparently
lateral, compound, densely crowded, nearly globular; the lowest
BY J. U. MAIDEN AND K. BETCIIE. 913
bract erect, leafy stem-like and continuing the stem, straight or
cur\ed, 3 to 5, rarely G cm. long, the upper bracts shorter than
the flowers, glumaceous, pale-coloured. Flowers 2^ to 3 mm.
long, pale. Perianth-segments of equal length, or the inner ones
distinctly shorter, lanceolate, with broad membranous margins,
greenish-yellow on the back, the outer ones acute, the inner ones
rather obtuse (but often acutf^ by the involute margins). Stamens
3, scarcely half as long as the perianth-lobes; filaments white,
linear ; anthers yellow, longer than the filaments. Capsule
obovate, obtusely trigonous, obtuse, shorter than the perianth,
shining, 3'ellowish, 3-septate. Seeds small, ferrugineous, on the
base and apex, longer or shorter apiculate, regularly striped
between the slightly prominent ribs.
A well-marked species, easily distinguished from all other
species of the Junci genuini by the thread-like stems and b}' the
contracted inflorescence. It is most nearly allied to J. vaginatus,
and may at first sight be taken for a very depauperate form of it;
but the small fruits, shorter than the perianth, separate it from
that species.
The technical terms used by Prof. Buchenau, of Bremen, differ
so much from the terminology employed by Bentham, that we
have thought it desirable to give a somewhat abbreviated trans-
lation of his description, more in conformity with the descriptions
used in the ' Flora Australiensis '; but in fairness to the author
of the species, we here add the original description kindly sent
by him in MS. and not previously published : —
JuNCUS FiLicAULis, Fr. Buch., n.sp.
Juncus e subgeneri J. genuinorum. .
Perennis, dense caespitosus, pallidus. Radices filiformes, diam.
usque 0-8 mm., paliide fuscae. Rhizoma horizontale, internodiis
brevissimis. Caules erecti, tenues, diam. 0-5, usque 0'9 mm.,
teretes, valleculati, usque ad inflorescentiam 8 usque 15, cum
bractea infima 10 usque 20 cm. alti, medulla interrupts asterisci-
formi repleti. Folia basilaria cataphyllina, angusta, opaca, pallida,
dorso striata, apice mucronata, supremum 3 usque 5 cm. longum.
914 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
Intlorescentia pseudolateralis, composita, dense aggregata, fere
sphaerica. Bractea infima cauliforinis recta vel cur\ata, 3 usque 5
(raro G) cm. loiiga, bracteae sequentes et prophylla hypsopbyllina,
pallida floribus breviora. Flores 2-5 usque 3 mm. longi, pallidi.
Sepala aequilonga vel interna distincta breviora, lanceolata, late
membranaceo-marginata, dorso viridiusculo-straminea, externa
acuta, interna obtusiuscula (sed ob margines involutos saepe
acuta). Stamina 3, dimidia sepala vix aequantia; filamenta alba
linearia; antherae tlavidae, filamentis longiores. Pistillum peri-
gonis brevius ; ovarium trigono-ovatum ; stilus brevissimus ;
stigmata longa. Fructus perigonis brevior, obovatus, obtusus,
obtuso-trigonus, lateribus non impressis, triseptatus; pericarpium
subcoriaceum, nitidum, stramineum. Semina parva, circa 0*4 mm.
longa, ferruginea, irregulariter et saepe oblique obovata, basi et
apice longius breviusve apiculata, inter costas paulla prominentes
regulariter transversim linea lata.
Cooma District, X.S.W. (J. H. Maiden; December, 1896).
Prof, Buchenau's views in regard to the nomenclature of the
Australian Juncacea^ differ in many respects from those of
Bentham and Mueller, and, as the opinion of such a well known
authority on Juncacese will be of interest to Australian botanists,
we give here a short extract from his 'Monographia Juncacearum'
(1890), supplemented by his ' Studien iiber die Australischen
Formen der Untergattung Junci genuini,' published five years
later in Engler's Botanische Jahrbiicher, Band xxi. Heft 3,
p. 258.
Australian species of Juncus according to Fr. Buchenau's
' Monographia Juncacearum.'
Subgenus i. — Junci j^oiojihylli, Fr. Buch.
1. J. hu/onius, Linn.; B.Fl. vii. 127. All the colonies except
West Australia.
2. J. Brownii, F.v.M.; B.Fl. vii. 128 as J. revolutus, R.Br.
The specific name revolutus has been rejected as being based
on an error; the leaves are quite fiat, though in a dried state they
BY J. II. MAIDEN AND E. BETCIIE. 915
appear furrowed underneath on account of the shrinking of the
tissue between the three strongest ribs. New South Wales,
Victoria, Tasmania.
3. J. homalocauHs, F.v.M.; B.Fl. vii. 128. New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia, West Australia.
4. ./. tenuis, Willd. Not recorded by Bentham and Mueller
from Australia.
A slender perennial allied to J. Broivnii, F.v.M., from which
it is most conveniently distinguished by the two long leafy bracts
at the base of the inflorescence which generally much exceed the
inflorescence, while J. Broivnii has a single leafy bract at the
base of the inflorescence scarcely exceeding it. J. te7iuis is so
common in the Port Jackson district that it must have been
collected frequently, but probably has been mixed up with J.
Brownii, a mistake all the more likely as Bentham himself seems
to have mixed up the two species in his description oiJ. revolutus.
(He writes, B.Fl. vii. 128, "Flowers . . . with one or two
leafy bracts at the base of the cyme ").
It seems to be not ivwXy indigenous to Australia, but this is a
very difficult question to decide, especially as so many J unci are
almost cosmopolitan; however, we can only say that all our speci-
mens are from cultivated ground, and that we have not seen a
specimen from beyond the Port Jackson district.
Subgenus ii. — Junci gemdni, Fr. Buch.
The chief character of this Section of Junci is the inflorescence,
which is terminal, but has quite a lateral appearance on account
of the lowest bract being erect, continuous with the stem and
completely simulating the stem. Bentham includes four Austra-
lian species in this group — J. coyniinutis, E. Mey., J. vayinatiiSy
K.Br., J. paucifforu.<; R.Br., J. pa/lidus, R.Br. Fr. Buchenau
divides the Australian Junci of this group into five species, to
which he now adds J. Jiticaulia as the sixth.
5. J. filicaulis, Fr. Buch. New South Wales.
91G NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
6. J. poIyantJiemus, Fr. Buch., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxi. 3, p. 261
(1895).
A modei-cately tall green perennial chiefly characterised by its
small trigonous-globular fruits (smaller than in all the following
species of this group), scarcely exceeding the perianth, and by
the much-compound regular dichotomoush' branched dense but
not contracted inflorescence with numerous flowers. Flowers
scarcely 2 mm, long. Perianth segments of equal length.
Stamens 3. — All the Australian States.
This species much resembles in its typical form the European
J. effius2is, Linn., but is distinguished from it chiefly by the fruit
and by the interrupted pith and the rather smaller flowers. In
Bentham's Fl. Austr., it seems to be included in J. communis,
E. Mey.
7. J. raduJa, Fr. Buch. Mon. June. p. 241 (1890).
A moderatel}^ tall pale perennial distinguished by the anthelate
inflorescence (an inflorescence where the lateral axis exceeds the
main axis) ending in sickle-shaped ultimate branchlets with round
flowers distant at equal intervals. Stamens 3 to 6. Fruit
trigonous-barrel-shaped, as long as the perianth. — New South
Wales, Victoria. West Australia.
8. J. va^inatHs, R.Br. Prod. 258 (1810); B.Fl. vii. 129.
Chiefly distinguished from the allied species by the flowers
being collected in small clusters in the irregular branched
inflorescence. Stamens 3 to 6. Fruit barrel-shaped, longer than
the perianth. — New South Wales, Queensland.
9. J. pauciflorus, R.Br. Prod. 259 (1810); B.Fl. vii. 129.
A rather small plant with an anthelate inflorescence like J .
radula, but the fruits are trigonous-ovate, about 3 mm. long,
conspicuously longer than the perianth. Stamens 3 to 6. Flowers
not always few as is implied in the name. — New South Wales,
Queensland, Victoria, S. Australia, Tasmania.
10. J. pallidus, R.Br. Prod. 258 (1810); B.Fl. vii. 130.
A tall pale plant with an anthelate inflorescence. Fruit
trigonous-ovate, and exceeding the perianth, but larger than in J.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 917
paucif/orus, about 4 mm. long. Stamens 6. — New South Wales,
Queensland, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, West Australia.
Subgenus iii. — Jnnci thalasslci, Fr, Buch.
11. J. mm'itimus^ Lam., var. australiensis, Fr. Buch.; B.Fl.
vii. 130. — New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria, Tasmania,
South Australia, West Australia.
Subgenus iv. — Junci aeptati^ Fr. Buch.
This group contains all the Australian species the leaves of
which are more or less distinctly jointed from internal cross par-
titions of the pith.
12. ./. jmsillus^ Fr. Buch., Abh. Nat. Ver. Brem. vi. p. 395
(1879); J. capillaceus, Hook, f., Fl. Nov. Zel. i. 264 (1853), B.Fl.
vii. 132. — New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania.
Hooker's name capillaceus has to give way to Buchenau's name
piisiUus, because the former name has been previously bestowed
by Lamarck on a South American species of Juncus. Mueller
united it in his Census with the Chilian species J. stipulatus,
Meyen and Nees, a union which is not followed in the latest Kew
publication, nor by Prof. Buchenau.
Bentham's description of J. jyrismatocarpus includes J. holo-
schoemis, an unnatural union, as Mr. E. Cheel has pointed out
(these Proceedings, 1902, p. 210), a view fully approved of by
Prof. Buchenau.
Buchenau describes four species in this group (besides J.
pusillus), viz., J. prismatocarpus^ holoschcenus, Fockii and lampo-
carpus, which are all common in the Port Jackson district, and
are doubtless mixed up in most Australian herbaria with J. pris-
matocarpus. To clear up the confusion, we give here a short
description of the four species, extracted from Buchenau's
' Monograph,' and a short key of the most conspicuous though
not always most important characters : —
1. Stamens 3. Leaves indistinctly septate, pluri-
tabulose 13. J. prismatocarpus.
1*. Stamens 6. Leaves distinctly septate, uni-
tubulose.
918 NOTES FROM THE B )TANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
2. Flowers large.
3. Flowers with acute angles, crowded. Fruit
scarcely longer than the perianth 14. J. holoHcluenus.
3*. Flowers with obtuse angles, squarrose.
Fruit conspicuously longer than the peri-
anth 15. J. Fockii.
2*. Flowers, Hower-clusters, and fruits conspi-
cuously shorter 16. J. lamjiocanms.
13. J. prismatocaiyus, R.Br., Prod. 259 (1810); B.Fl. vii. 131.
A very variable perennial. Stems erect, 20 to 50 cm. high,
from nearly terete to two-edged compressed. Leaf-sheath rounded
or acute at the back, the lamina mostly much compressed, indis-
tinctly septate and pluri-tubulose, i.e., the leaf has longitudinal
partitions besides the indistinct cross-partitions (rarely uni-
tubulose and perfectly septate). Inflorescence compound to
decompound, the globular clusters few- to many-flowered (6 to
rarely 12). Flowers 3 to 5 mm. long, mostly crowded, nearly
always green. Perianth segments linear-lanceolate, subulate,
mostly of equal length. Stamens 3, about half as long as the
perianth segments; anthers oblong. Fruit as long as the perianth
or more or less longer, triquetrous, conical or prismatic, shining,
mostly from rust-coloured to straw-coloured. — All over Australia,
New Zealand, Southern and Eastern Asia.
14. J. hoJoschwrtus, R.Br., Prod. 295 (1810).
A perennial with rigid erect stems 20 to 40 cm. high, terete or
somewhat compressed. Lamina of the leaves perfectly septate
and uni-tubulose, i.e., without longitudinal partitions, rigid, com-
pressed, 1| to 2| mm. diam. Inflorescence rigid, mostly umbel-
like, rarely anthelate, with 4 to 8 flower-clusters, each of about
15 to 20 crowded flowers. Flowers 3| to 4^ mm. long, sharp
angled. Perianth segments of equal length, lanceolate, pointed,
the inner ones with membranous margins, green or greenish-
straw-coloured with a brown point. Stamens 6. Fruit as long
as the perianth or somewhat longer, prismatic or somewhat ovate-
prismatic, shortly or very shortly mucronate, shining, rust- or
straw-coloured. — Australia and New Zealand.
BY J. JI. MAIDEN AND E. BETCIIK. 919
15. .7. Fockii, Fr. Buch., Men. June. p. 358 (1890).
A perennial with stiff erect compressed stems 20 to 40 cm.
high. Leaf-sheath somewhat acute on the back, the lamina
laterally compressed, perfectly septate and uni-tubulose. Inflor-
escence stiff, decompound, anthelate, the flower-clusters with
about 8 to 10 squarrose flowers. Flowers 4 to 4^ mm. long or
with mature fruits attaining to 6 mm., blunt-angled. Perianth
segments of equal length, or the inner ones longer, green or the
apex reddish. Stamens 6. Fruit conspicuously longer than the
perianth, narrow prismatic-pyramidate, gradually narrowed from
near the base, shining, rust- or straw-coloured. — Australia.
16. J. lamj^ocarpus, Fr. Buch.
A somewhat casspitose perennial. Stems 5 to 25, rarely 45 cm.
high, either erect and terete or ascending and compressed.
Lamina of the leaf terete or compressed, often curved, perfectly
septate and one-tubed. Inflorescence mostly with numerous
flower-clusters, anthelate, the branches oblique-erect, the ultimate
ones often squarrose. Flowers few or rarely numerous in the
cluster, 2|^ to 3 mm. long. Perianth segments of equal length,
mostly all acute, the inner ones rarely obtuse. Stamens 6.
Fruit longer than the perianth, ovate, prismatic-pyramidate,
shortly mucronate, shining, black or brown, rarely rust-coloured
or greenish.
Common in Europe and Asia, less common in North America,
Northern Asia and New Zealand. No Australian localities have
been hitherto recorded for this species, but it is common in
swampy places in the Port Jackson district; and we have also a
specimen from South Australia. We have to thank Prof.
Buchenau for the determination of our specimens.
Subgenus v. — Junci gramini/olii, Fr. Buch.
17. J./alcafus, E. Mey.; B.Fl. vii. 126.— New South AVales,
Victoria, Tasmania.
18. J. 2)lanifoh2is, R.Br.; B.Fl. vii. 125. All the Colonies
except West Australia.
19. J. gracilis, R.Br.; B.Fl. vii. 125.— West AustraUa.
920 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC TiAKDENS, NO. IX.,
20. J. caespitic2is, E. Mey.; B.Fl. vii. 126 as J. caespitius, E.
j\Iey. — New South AVales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia,
West Australia.
21. J. cape?isis, Thunb., var. Ecklonii, Fr. Buch.
A perennial with fibrous roots and erect slender stems, about
30-35 cm. high. Leaves linear, narrow, involute. Inflorescence
terminal, compound, anthelate or umbel-like, the lowest bract
leafy, as long as the inflorescence, the others shorter. Flower-
clusters 10 to 15, with 6 to 10 flowers about 4 mm. long; perianth
segments mostly aristate-acuminate.
A South African plant collected by Mr. E. Cheel in the Cen-
tennial Park, Sydney, December, 1900. Determined by Prof.
Buchenau.
TYPHACE^.
In P. Graebner's recent Monograph of the Typhacese (Engler,
"Das Pflanzenreich," iv. Typhaceas, 1900) the following two
forms are recorded for New South Wales.
Typha angustifolia, Linn., Spec. PI. ed.l, p. 971 (1753).
Var. Brownii, Kronfeld, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxxix.
p. 152 (1889). Byn.J.Iatifolia,Forst.i.,Fl Ins. Prod. 64 (1786);
J. angustifolia, Ft. Br., Prod. 338 (1810).
Lower leaves with a semi-cylindrical sheath, rarely flat. Upper
male portion of the spike often contiguous with the lower female
portion. Hairs in the axils of the male flowers dilated towards
the apex, not denticulate. Bracteoles gradually dilated towards
the apex. — Fort Jackson district.
Var. Muelleri, Rohrb., Verb. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. xi. p. 95
(1869). Syn. J. angustifolia, Hook, f., Fl. Tasm. ii. 38. (I860).
Leaves biconvex at the base. L^pper male portion of the spike
separated from the lower female portion by a bare interval, or
rarely contiguous. Hairs in the axils of the male flowers simple
or branched. Filiform bracteoles abruptly dilated at the apex.
Scattered in New South Wales. No special locality given,
but as it is recorded from Central Australia, the western speci-
mens belong probably to this form.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCIIE. 021
SCHEUCHZERIACEJE.
The germs Triglochin is placed by Beiithain and Hooker in the
very heterogeneous order ISTaiadacej^?, whicli contains plants of
such different structure that they have hardly anything in common
but their aquatic habit. In accordance with the nomenclature
followed in Engler's ' Nat. Pflanzenfamilien,' the artificial order
Naiadace?e has been split into several smaller natural orders,
viz. : — Potamogetonace^e, Najadaceai and Juncaginacea?, the genus
Triglochin belonging to the last-named order. In Fr. Buchenau's
latest Monograph in Engler's 'Ptlanzenreich" (1903), the name
of the order Juncaginacetie has been changed into Scheuchzeriacese,
and so many changes have been made in restoring old names to
specific rank (merged by Benthara and Mueller into other species),
that it will be of interest to Australian botanists if we give here
a short extract of Prof. Buchenau's views on the Australian
Scheuchzeriace?e.
Key to the Australian Genera of Scheuchzeriace.e.
1. Ovule erect 1. Trigloclnn, hmn,
1*. Ovule pendulous 2. Maundia, F.y.M.
Key to the Australian Species of Triglochin.
i. Subgenus Eutriglocliin; carpels connate, separating at maturity from the
central axis, the apices sometimes free. Fertile carpels 3 in the Aus-
tralian species.
1. Perennial plants with persistent stolons. Carpels semicircular, obtuse at
the base. 1. T. striata, Ruiz, et Pav., Fl. Peru v. et Chil. iii. (1802) 72;
B.Fl. Austr. vii. 166. — All the Colonies except West Australia.
l^. Small annual plants,
2. Carpels free at the apex, the fertile ones with a reflexed point at the
apex. 2. T. mucronata, R.Br., Prod. (1810) 343; B.Fl. Austr. vii.
168.— W. A., S.A., Vie.
2*. Carpels straight, connate to the apex.
.3. Fruits elliptical, very small (hardly 2 mm. long), carpels rounded
at the base and at one back. 3, T. Bhielleri, Buch., Ptlanzen-
reich iv. 14 (1903), p. 12.— W. A.
3*. Fruits linear, carpels more or less spurred at the base.
922 NOTES FROM THK BOTANIC GARDENS, NO. IX.,
4. Fruits pyrainidal-linear, somewhat spreading, pedunculate or
sessile; carpels rounded at the back, the spurs long and often
curved.— 4. T. calcitrojMt, Hook., Ic. PI. viii. (1845) t. 731
(T. centrocarpa. Hook. var. calcitropa, Benth., Fl. Austr. vii.
167).— W.A., S.A., N.S.W., Q.
4*. Fruits prismatic-linear.
5. Fruits pedunculate, spreading; carpels laterally carinate, the
spurs very short, — 5. T. nana, F.v.M. in Trans. Vict. Inst. i.
(1854) 135 [T. centrocarpa, Hook., var. Benth., Fl, Austr. vii.
167).— Vic, Tas., S.A. ?
5*. Fruits sessile.
6. Fruits rather long (3^ to 5 mm. long), appressed; carpels
laterally carinate, ihe spur short. — 6. T. cent vocaiya , Hook. ,
Ic.Pl. viii. (1845) t. 728; B.Fl. Austr. vii. 167.— T. centro-
carpa, Hook., a rare plant, according to Fr. Buchenau,
growing in W, Australia in crevices of rocks between moss.
The additional localities : S. Australia, Tasmania, Victoria,
N.S. Wales, Queensland, given by Mueller in his Census,
refer apparently to T. 7iana and T. minutissima, both in-
cluded by Mueller and Bentham in this species.
6*. Fruits very small ;i to 1^ mm. long\ somewhat spreading;
carpels hardly carinate, the spur very short.— 7. T. minu-
tissima, F.v.M., Fragm. vi. (1867) 82 [T. centrocarpa,
Hook. var. Benth., Fl. Austr. vii. 167). — Southern parts
of Australia.
ii. Subgenus Cj/c?iOi/efo». Carpels all free. Very variable, perennial, mostly
floating.— 8. T. procera, R.Br., Prod. (1810) 343; B.Fl. Austr. vii. 168.
— Common all over Australia.
Maundia, F.v.M.
M. triglochinoides, F.v.M., Fragm. i. (1858) 23 (Triglochui
Maundii, F.v.M., Fragm. vi. 83; B.Fl. Austr. vii. 169).— New
South Wales, Queensland.
CYPERACE^;.
ScHCENUS scuLPTus, Boeck.
Near Germanton (W. Forsyth; November, 1900), near Grenfell
(Collector unknown; February, 1901). New for New South
Wales.
The type of this species was collected by Drummond in Western
Australia; Mueller gives, in his Second Census, South Australia
BY J. H. maidp:n and e. betche. 923
as an additional localit}^; Mr. H. B. Williamson collected it in
1901 at Hawksdale, Victoria, and we are now aVjle to add it to
the flora of New South Wales.
Panicum Gilesii, Bentli.
Coonamble (L. J. Ffrench; Februar}^, 1903).
This Central Australian grass was first recorded for New South
Wales in these Proceedings for 1901 (p. 89) from specimens sent
from Tibooburra, in the extreme north-west corner of this State.
Now it is recorded from Coonamble on the Castlereagh River
about 100 miles north of Dubbo, where it is said by Mr. Ffrench
to thickly cover about j of an acre in a paddock of the Geanmoney
Station, though it is supposed to have been previously quite
unknown in the district. '
riLICES.
Pteris falcata, R.Br., \ar. nana, Bailey.
Grose Vale, near Mt. Victoria (E. Cheel; December, 1900);
Crawford River, Bullahdelah (E. Cheel; October, 1902).
Two new localities for Bailey's var. nana of Pteris falcata,
which has been previously recorded by us from the Apsley Falls,
New England.
924
DESCRIPTIOX OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
COLEOPTERA (FAMILY HISPID.E) FROM NEW
BRITAIN.
By David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.
(Communicated by W. ^^. Froggatt.)
Brontispa, n.gen. Chrysomelidarum ( Hispides, Group Cryftony-
chites.)
Corpus perelongatum, depressum. Caput inter antennas pro-
ductum, acuminatum, medio canaliculatum. Elytra regulariter
seriatim punctata, interstitiis lequalibus, nullo modo costatis.
This genus may be placed between Cryptonychus and Oxyce-
jyhala. The simply acuminate spinose projection on the front of
the head, and the remarkably even surface (very regularly punc-
tured) of the extremely elongate elytra, are sufficient to distinguish
it. It has another remarkable character : on the under surface
of the head, the parts of the mouth are not closely applied to the
front of the prosternum, but are separated from it by a curved
ridge running all across the head in correspondence with the
curve of the front of the prosternum.
Brontispa froggatti, n.sp.
Elongata, depressa, subparallela, rufotestacea, elytris nigro-
suffusis, interdum fere totaliter rufo-testaceis, interdum omnino
nigris, corpore subtus plus minusve nigro-suffuso; antennis elon-
gatis nigricantibus. Long. 9 mm., cap. |, thor. H, elytris 6|-
7 mm.; lat. 2 mm.
Colour reddish-3'ellow, suffused with black to a variable extent,
but with the prothorax always in larger part red. Antennae
2J mm. long; the terminal four joints closely articulated, elongate,
dull, the other joints shining, with the sutures between them
BY DAVID SHARP.
925
distinct. Thorax about as long as broad, at the sides the outline
is a little incurved, the margins excessively tine ; there are
numerous coarse punctures on it, but there is also a large angular
smooth space extending all across it. Elytra with very regular
series of deep punctures; just about the middle the 5th and 6th
series diverge so as to allow two additional series to be inter-
calated behind this spot. Under surface polished and shining.
Oxycephala loiigiasima, Gestro, from Aru, is nearly as elongate
as B. froggatti.
A number of specimens of this beetle were received from ]\Ir.
J. G. O'Malley, manager of Kukada Plantation, New Britain,
with the information that they were a very serious j^est. He
sa3^s : — " If something cannot be done to abolish or check this
plague, I fear man}^ thousands of acres of young palms will be
destroyed. The insect deposits its eggs upon the young shoots of
the plant upon wdiich the larvi^ feed. There are fully 50,000
plants ravaged by this pest."
59
92G
SUR QUELQUE8 SIMILITUDES DES LANGUES ET DES
COUTUMES DES INDIGENES DE FUNAFUTI
(ELLICE GROUP) ET DES INDIGENES DES ILES
DE LA SOCIETE, DE L'ARCHIPEL DES TUAMOTU,
ETC.
Par mm. Doxat et Srurat.
(Communicated hy C. Hedley, F.L.S.)
Lea langue et les coutumes des Indigenes (natives) du groupe
des Ellice presentent avec celles des Indigenes de la Polynesie
orientale (lies Tahiti, Tuamotu, Gambler, ifcc.) des similitudes qui
nous permettent, jusqu'a un certain point, de saisir les affinites
qui existent entre ces difFerents peuples. Nous nous proposons,
dans ce qui va suivre, d'indiquer ces analogies en nous referant
du remarquable travail de Mr. Charles Hedley, "The Atoll of
Funafuti" (Sydney, 1896-1900).
Tahu. — La coutume de reserver un Cocotier (Cocos nucifera, L.)
en y suspendant un fruit ou une feuille, appelee ^'Xi?* tabu'" aux
Ellice (Hedley, pages 26 et 27, fig. 2) existe egalement a Tahiti,
aux lies Tuamotu, Gambler et Marquises, ou elle est connue sous
le nom de tahu* Les Indigenes des iles Tuamotu (Paumotu)
reservent un Cocotier en attachant, sur le tronc a quatre metres
de hauteur, des feuilles vertes ou dessechees de cet arbre. Les
Tahitiens se servent, pour reserver un arbre a pain (Artocoiyus
incisa, L.) d'une branche de cet arbre qu'ils araarrent au pied;
pour reserver un Cocotier, ils emploient une feuille de Cocotier,
ou bien ils attachent, au pied de I'arbre, trois ou quatre feuilles
seches de Bananier.
Planter. — Le mot " iVi?/," employe par les Indigenes de
Funafuti pour designer le Cocotier, est egalement employe, pour
designer le meme arbre, par les Indigenes des iles Tuamotu.
* Les Mangar^viens d^signent cette coutume sous le nom de *'rahuV
PAR MM. DOXAT ET SEURAT. 927
Le ^^Foi%ou'' des habitans de Funafuti {Morinda citrifolia,
Linn.) est designe sous le nom de ''N'ono'' par les Tahitiens et
les Mangareviens.
Cette plante existe a Tahiti, aux iles sous- le vent, et dans les
archipels des Tuamotu, des Gambier, Tubuai et Cook. Les
Indigenes de Tubuai et des iles Cook se servent de la racine du
Nono, melangee avec de la chaux fabriquee avec du corail, pour
teindre les nattes en rougeatre. A Tahiti on ne s'en sert plus;
les Tahitiens, autrefois, se servaient plutot de I'ecorce du "/ei "
(yMusa fei) pour teindre leurs nattes.
La racine du '^T^i" {Cordyline tei-minalis, Kunth) est cuite au
feur et mangee par les Tahitiens; autrefois, ils faisaient une
boisson avec la racine. Les Mangareviens mangeaient egalement
cette racine quand les vivres manquaient.
Costumes. — Le ^^ Metro ^' en langue tahitienne primitive, en
pomotu, en langue de Rurutu, designe une ceinture faite avec
diverses ecorces d'arbres entrelacees de plumes d'oiseaux de
difFerentes couleurs. D'autres ceintures sont simples et ne com-
portent pas de plumes d'oiseaux. Ce mot " metro " n'est plus
employe par la nouvelle generation.
Le couvre-oeil (Ej^e-shade), a ete employe anciennement a
Tahiti; actuellement on rencontre encore quelques vieilles femmes
qui s'en servent, mais cet usage disparaitra sous peu. Ce masque,
fabrique avec des feuilles vertes de Cocotier tressees est destine
a preserver les yeux du soleil.
Peche (Fishing). — (a) Hamecons (Hooks). Les Tahitiens
n'emploient plus les anciens hame9ons, sauf I'hame^on en nacre
pour la peche de la Bonite en pleine mer. Les habitants des iles
Tuamotu ont conserve I'hameyon en nacre pour la peche de la
]5onite; seuls, les habitants de Napuka (14° 12' lat. Sud; 143°
28' W. [Paris]) et de Fagatau (19° 92' lat. Sud; 143° 14' \V.) ont
conserve les hamecons en bois et en ecaille de tortue.
Les Tahitiens placent, a I'extremite de I'liamegon en nacre,
une houppe faite avec des soies de pore; les habitants des Tuamotu
se servent d'une plume de Fregatte (Frigate-bird).
928 QUELQUES SIMILITUDE DES LANGUES, ETC.,
Les habitants de Tubuai ont conserve I'usage d'un hamecj-on
en bois pour la peche d'un poisson appele uravena, (pi vit dans
les fonds de 300 a 400 brasses, et dont la chair est excellente,
quoique produisant une legere dyssenterie.
(6) Appats (Baits). Les Indigenes des iles Tuamotu et
Gambier emploient de preference, comme appat, I'abdomen du
Ccenobita perlata, Edw., Crustace qui habite les coquilles vides de
Turbo setodiis, Gmelin, et se trouve en abondance au pied des
Pandanns. Ce Pagure, appele ''Ounga KouJa'' par les Indigenes
de Funafuti est appele XJga (prononcez Ounga) par les Indigenes
des Tuamotu et des Gambier, " Ud^' par les Tahitiens. (Le mot
'■'■ Konra'' signitie rouge, en langue pomotu).
Les Indigenes des Tuamotu se servent egalement de I'encre des
Cephalopodes : ils la font secher au soleil sans I'imbiber dans le
petrole, et s'en servent comme amorce pour les Poissons a bouche
petite. Cette peche est inconnue a Tahiti.
II y a une quarantaine d'annees, les Tahitiens se servaient du
fruit du ^'- Hutu''^ {Barringtonia speciosa, Forst.) pour endormir
le poisson; actuellement cette peche est abandonnee complete-
ment, sauf aux Marquises.
Peche a la Tortue, — Les tortues marines sont abondantes dans
un certain nombre d'iles de I'archipel des Tuamotu : Napuka,
Fagatau, Fakahina, Tatakoto, Pukaruha, Reao, Vahitahi, Tikei,
Tepoto, Matahiva.
lies Indigenes savent que la saison des tortues est arrivee
(Octobre et Novembre) quand le groupement des six etoiles
qu'ils appellent mntari se leve a I'Est.
lis veillent sur la plage et, quand une Tortue est signalee, ils
sautent a la mer en emportant avec eux vingt-cinq brasses de
corde fabriquee avec I'ecorce du coco, cette corde portant a son
extremite un crochet a I'aide duquel ils saisissent la tortue entre
le cou et le membre anterieur; sitot qu'elle est prise, le plongeur
saisit la tortue par les deux membres anterieurs et lui fait prendre
une direction presque verticale, en appuyant sur I'arriere : la
tortue monte a la surface et alors un ou plusieurs individus
s'emparent de la ligne et nagent vers les recifs ou I'animal est
PAR MM. DONAT ET SEURAT. 929
finalement hTile, Les meilleurs pecheurs amenent la tortue sur
le rivaije sans se servir de la lii^ne.
Les Indigenes sont tres f Hands de la viande de cet animal;
avant I'introduction du christianisme dans les iles Tuamotu, les
femmes n'avaient pas le droit d'en manger.
Mollusques comestibles. — Les Indigenes des Tuamotu et des.
Gambier sont tres friands de la chair de I'Huitre perliere {Mar-
garitifera margaritifera var. Cmnhigi, Reeve) et surtout du
muscle adducteur; ils mangent egalement les Chames (Chama
pacijica^ Brod.), les ^^ Maita" [Turbo setosus), les Pteroceres, les
Modioles {Modioli australis, Gray) et le Vermetns ynaximus.
Les Mangareviens mangent le Poulpe (Octopus) cru de pre-
ference; ils le font secher pendant la saison; les indigenes des
Tuamotu les fument et les font ensuite secher au soleil.
La rape des Indigenes de Funafuti faite d'une peau de raie
appliquee sur un morceau de bois (Hedley, p. 259, fig. 21 et 22)
est connue a Tahiti: les Tahitiens s'en servent pour raper le bois
de sandal [Santaluni insulare) pour la fabrication du mottoi
(huile parfumee).
Les Indigenes de Tahiti et meme les Europeens, emploient pour
raper le coco, uti instrument en fer, monte sur un support. Le
systeme primitif est abandonne : les Indigenes se servaient, soit
d'un morceau de nacre presentant a I'extremite des indentations
formant une scie, soit d'un morceau decoraildur. Les Indigenes
des Pomotu se servent souvent d'un fragment de noix de coco
taille en scie.
Jeux. — Les enfants tahitiens savent faire le moulin a vent en
feuilles de cocotiers en usage a Funafuti (Hedle}^, p. 304, fig. 80).
Aux iles Tuamotu, les enfants se servent des Cones {Conus
hebraeus) en guise de toupies. Les enfants Mangareviens fab-
riquent des toupies avec le fruit du ^^miro'" [Thespesia i)opulnea^
Corr.), enfile dans un petit morceau de bois.
Le jeu favori des jeunes Mangareviens est le lancement de
petits bateaux en bois de "^9?<?'a2*" [Hibiscus tiliaceus), amies en
goelette, les voiles etant formees d'un fragment de feuille de
cocotier enfilee dans les mats; ils lestent ce bateau a I'aide d'une
930
t^UELQUES SIMILITUDE DES LANGUES, ETC.,
tige de fer ({ui traine
direction du vent.
I'arriei'C et orientent les voiles suivant la
Les enfants de Mangareva decoupent, dans la
noix de coco, une calotte et font passer, a travers
le trou germinatif, une corde en nape (bourre de
la noix de coco) de 1 metre de longueur, qui
suspend la calotte; saisissant la corde entre le
pouce et le second doigt du pied, ils marchent a
I'aide de cette sandale d'un nouveau genre, et
font un bruit qui rappelle celui du pas des
clievaux; ils tiennent les cordes a la main, de
faeon a maintenir le noix en place.
Dlvinites. — Le ^'marae' en usage a Funafuti, signifie "autel
de faux Dieux*' en tahitien, en pomotu, en langue de Tubuai et
en langue des iles Cook.
II existe encore cinq de ces autels ou marae a la pointe
K.E. de I'ile Timoe ou Crescent, situee a 29 milles au S.E. de
Mangareva. Ces autels sont etablis sur la crete de Tile, formee
en cet endroit par une accumulation de blocs de Madrepores.
Le plus grand de ces autels a la forme d'un parallelipipede
I'ectangle mesurant 4 metres de largeur, 6 metres de longueur et
< ]" ]0 ^*-Q^lO-^t i"* ]0 ^
Marae — vue du cote de I'entree.
2 metres de hauteur; il est forme de blocs plats de Madrepores
superposes regulierement; sur la facade (fig.) on trouve un orifice
PAR MM. DON AT ET SEURAT. 931
encadre par des blocs plus grands, places debout, au lieu d'etre
a plat, ouverture qui mene dans une chambre ayant 1 metre de
profondeur; au milieu des blocs de Madrepores, on trouve quelques
ossements humains. Des sentiers en blocs de Madrepores menent
a ces autels (Seurat).
Le mot '' Fale atua'' qui signifie temple en laugue de Funafuti,
signifie " Maison de Dieu " en tahitien (Fare Atua). "Tangaloa,"
Dieu du Ciel et principale Divinite de la Polynesie, des Indigenes
de Funafuti, est " Tangaroa " des indigenes de Tarcliipel des
Tuamotu et de I'archipel des Gambier, qui la consideraient
com me le Genie ou la Deese de ces iles.
932
THE BOTANY OF THE "CLEARS" AND "BASALT
MASSES," COUNTY OF HUNTER, N.S. WALES.
By a. C. Barwick.
(Communicated hy R. T. Baker, F.L.S )
There is a remarkable feature in the botany of this county
that, as far as I have been able to ascertain, has never yet been
recorded. I refer to the " Clears." In certain parts of the
county there is found to exist, or rather perhaps flourish, a
flora, which, if not entirely distinct, yet diff'ers so considerably
from that of the surrounding country that it must be regarded
as diff"erentiating from it in a marked degree.
This characteristic vegetation has given rise amongst the local
residents to the term "Clears," which name is applied by them
to denote not only this peculiar or distinctive flora, but also the
particular rich volcanic soil upon which it thrives. When I state
that there is an absence of undergrowth of bushes and shrubs
such as pertains in the neighbouring bush, the meaning of the
word is apparent.
Grass, however, is abundant, and consequently these specially
favoured localities are in much request for pasturing and other
purposes. These "Clears" and "Basalt Masses" are situated
in the parishes of Putty, Tupa, Parry, Gullongulong, Tollagong,
Myrtle and Wareng, and lying between 32° 50' and 33'^ 5' S. lat.,
and between 150^ 35' and 150° 55' E. long.; and, as far as I have
been able to enumerate them, are as follows: — (1) Clear Farm,
(2) Jacob's Hollow Clear, (3) Boxy or Box Tree Clear, (4) Little
Clear, (5) Putty Hill, which I am informed is also called Mt.
Gullongulong, (6) Condon Clear, (7) Box Bump, (8) Green Hills,
BY A. C. BARWICK. 933
and (9) Mt. Kinderun, The plants listed in this paper were
collected from all the above volcanic foimations except Mt.
Kinderun and Green Hills, which I have not yet had an oppor-
tunity of visiting.
The list of grasses is poor (only one species being identified)
because more time has been devoted to the collecting of other
species.
On approaching one of the "Clears," one is at once struck by
the marked difference between the orowth of the veo'etation on
it and that on the adjacent sandstone country, and by the absence
on the volcanic soil of species growing in profusion on the sand-
stone, as well as by the comparative rarity of a certain species of
Eucalyptus on the sandstone which is always present on the
Clears, i.e., E. heytiiphloia, F.v.M.
The "Clears" are covered with a dense growth of grass upon
which stock fatten rapidly. This dense growth of grass is absent
on the sandstone ridges, and not so plentiful on the flats, especially
those situated at a distance from the Clears.
On the sandstone ridges the Eucalypts do not attain to the
same height or girth as the same species growing on the basalt,
or on the flats immediately adjacent to the basalt, and which
receives the decomposed volcanic matter from it.
In a former paragraph I referred to the absence of certain
plants occurring on the Clears and Basalt Masses which are
common on the sandstone, and I think it would not be out of
place to mention the more important; for instance — Eucalypins
exiruia, Schauer., E. Rossi, Baker k, Smith, E. piperita, Sm., E.
punctata, DC, Angophora lanceolata, Cav., various species of
Melaleuca, Leptospermum, Backhousia, Dai-iesia, the various
Proteaceous plants, such as Hakea, kc. Several species of the
Natural Order Epacridea3, which flourish on the sandstone ranges,
disappear immediately the basalt is met with. Oxylobium trilo-
batum, F.v.M,, Gomjyholobium latijoliiun, Sm., and Eossicea
heterophylla. Vent, also are absent.
It appears that Clears and Basalt Masses are factors for good
in an}^ district in which they occur, as is instanced in this district
934 I'.OTANY OF THE "'■ CLEAUS AND "BASALT MASSES,
bv the produce i-aised from farms situated on, and close to them
being in excess of that of others situated farther from them.
I make no pretensions as to the completeness of this list, but
I believe it to contain by far the greater number of species
jrrowins on the volcanic formations, the Natural Order Gramineaj
perhaps excepted.
The geological formation of the ranges is Triassic or Hawkes-
bury Sandstone, with probably Pleisto<.'ene volcanic rocks, as I
am informed by Mr. J. E. Carne, F.G.S.; and the geological age
and origin of these " Clears " is, I understand, now being investi-
gated by that gentleman, the results to be published by him in
the Records of the Geological Survey, New South Wales; and
when this information is available, the subject of this paper will
be still more interesting, as the relationship, so to speak, that is
found to exist between the geology and flora of this part of the
county will be more apparent.
One result of these botanical notes on the " Clears " is that it
shows how particular species have a penchant for special geolo-
gical formations, and that although there exists land-connection
between the several Clears, yet the respective species, although
common to both, are absent from the intervening ground.
It is to the disintegration of the basalt from the volcanic
outcrops that the valleys owe what fertility they possess, and
those parts which lie closest to the Clears and Basalt Masses
possess greater fertility than those farther removed.
I desire to tender my sincere thanks to Mr. R. T. Baker,
F.L.S., itc. Curator of the Technological Museum, Sydney, for
many kind hints and suggestions in identifying the species collected
by me, and for his kindness in many other ways; and to Mr. J.
E. Carne, F.G.S., Assist. Government Geologist, for information
as to the formation of the ranges in the county, and for his
kindness in lending me a map of the district. I must also thank
Messrs. A. E. Cobcroft and L. Barnes, local residents, for accom-
panying me in my botanical expeditions.
I have followed Bentham's classification as nearly as I possibly
could.
BY A. C. BARWICK. 935
Class i. DICOTYLEDONS.
Subclass i. POLYPETAL^.
Series i. Thalamiflorae.
1. Ranunculace.e.
Clematis glycinoides, DC. This species is not very common
on the Clears or Basalt Masses, but it is very common in the
valleys between the sandstone ranges. Flowering period, July
and August.
Ranunculus lappaceus, Sm. This is perhaps the most common
of all Buttercups on the Clears; it is also common on the sand-
stone. October to April.
R. RivuLARis, Banks ik Sol. This was only found on the
Clears in one place — Condon Clear — but is very common in Putty
Creek.
R. HiRTUS, Banks & Sol. December to March.
DlLLENIACE^.
HiBBERTiA DIFFUSA, R.Br. Not common on the Clears, but
very common on the sandy ilats. This is the only species of this
genus I have seen on the volcanic formation, though such species
as //. acicularis, F.v.M., and H. peduncidata^ R.Br., occur on the
sandsUme.
V I 0 L A R I E ^.
Viola betonicifolia, Sm. This species is not as common on
the basaltic formation as on the sandstone. April to June.
V. HEDERACEA, Labill. Common on the Clears in moist places.
July.
P 1 T T O S P 0 R E .E.
BuRSARiA SPINOSA, Cav. Rare on the basalt, but very common
on the sandstone, where it is a pest. January to March. I have
noticed that specimens growing on Darkey Creek, Bulga, reach a
height of over 20 feet, and have large leaves; while those here
rarely exceed 9 feet.
93G BOTANY OF THE "CLEARS " AND " BASALT MASSES,"
BiLLARDiEKA SCANDENS, Sill. Rare Oil the basalt, fairly common
elsewhere. December.
H Y P E R I C I N E iE.
Hypericum Japonicum, Thunb. Common on the Clears, but
more common on the sand}^ flats. The specimens on the Clears
are generally larger than those of the sandstone country. ]S'ovem-
ber to May.
Series ii. DisciflorSB-
G E R A N I a C E iE.
Geranium dissectum, Linn. Common on the Clears, also on
the sandstone. Sometimes seen upon the Basalt Masses. October
to May.
Pelargonium australe, Willd. Common on both formations.
March and April.
Oxalis corniculata, Linn. Common on both sandstone and
"Clears" ; but specimens on the " Clears" have generally larger
leaflets. October to May.
R u t a c e ^.
Boronia polygalifolia, Sm. Not so common on the Clears
as on the sandstone. April.
AcRONYCHiA L.EVis, Forst. Rare ; only two plants seen at
Clear Farm. In fruit in January.
S t A c K II 0 u s I e .E.
Stackhousia monogyna, Labill. (S. luiarupfolia, A. Cunn).
Fairly common on Condon Clear. October.
Series iii. CalyciflorSB.
L E G U M I N 0 S ^.
Jacksonia scoparia, R.Br. Rare on the basalt; very common
on the sides of the sandstone ranges. This species is placed pro-
visionally under this name in the absence of pods which I was
unable to obtain at the time. October and November.
BY A. C. HARWICK. 937
PuLTEN^A RETUSA, Sm. Rare on the basalt, but very common
on the sandstone ranges. May and June.
ZoRNiA DiPHYLLA, Pers. Common on the Clears— at least on
Condon Clear. October to Februar3\
Desmodium varians, Endl. October to March.
Glycine clandestina, Wendl. Common on both basalt and
sandstone formations. October to April.
Kenned ya rubicunda, Vent. Rare on the basalt; common on
the sandstone. September to November.
K. monophylla, Vent. {Hardenbergia monoi^hylla^ Benth.).
Mr. Maiden, in his "Flowering Plants of N.S. Wales," gives :
^'Leaflets 2, 3, or even 4 inches"; but the leaflets on a specimen
found by me here measured nearly 6 inches.
Acacia melanoxylon, R.Br. Occurs on both volcanic and
sandstone formations.
A. LONGIFOLIA, Willd. Condon Clear. There are differences
in plants growing on the Clears and others I have seen in a
valley, near the 45-mile post, on the road from Warkworth to
Putt3^ Those of Condon Clear have looser spikes, paler phyllodia,
and lighter-coloured bark than the others. It is a rare species
here. June and July.
A. visciDULA, A. Cunn. This plant, a shrub about 9 feet high,
was found on Box Bump, and I have never seen it anywhere
else in this district. The phyllodes are viscid, and glandular-
dotted.
A. decurrens, Willd. Locally called "Black Wattle."
Droserace^.
Drosera auriculata, Backh. Not common on the Clears, but
common on the sandstone country. July.
M Y R T A C E ^.
Angophora INTERMEDIA, DC. Rare on the Clears, but very
common on the sandstone country. A splendid stand-by in
938 BOTANY OF THE " CLEARS " AND "BASALT MASSES,"
drought, as fodder. November to January. Some of the trees
tiower later than others.
Eucalyptus capitellata, Sm. Called by some of the settlers
" Messmate." The timber is used, though not to the same extent
as E. eiKjenioides, Sieb. Not common on either formation.
Fruits and buds in November.
E. siDEROXYLON, A. Cunn. A few specimens of this tree were
found on Little Clear, though it grows plentifully on the sand-
stone ridges overlooking all the other Clears. I may as well
state that Little Clear is hardly a Clear in the same sense as
Condon Clear, being more like the Basalt Masses, e.g., Box Bump.
Mr. R. T. Baker. F.L.S., writes of this species: — "Your
specimen is remarkable for the pronounced angularity of the
calyx." This angularity is particularly noticeable in the fruits.
February to June.
E HEMIPHLOIA, F.v.M. This is the Eucalypt most in
evidence on the Clears and Basalt Masses, and it is from this
fact that such names as Box Clear and Box Bump are applied.
I have seen this tree growing at Bulga, 13 miles from Singleton,
but those growing here on the basalt are of greater height and
girth than the Bulga specimens. I have only seen it growing
here in one place off the basalt, and that was only a very small
area, perhaps two or three acres; however, sometimes it is carried
for a short distance on to the neighbouring sandstone, but perhaps
these portions may have had volcanic soil on them at some former
period.
This is the onl}^ Box T have seen on the volcanic formations,
though I have observed two others growing on the sandstone —
one, E. F/etcheri, R. T. Baker, growing near Clear Farm, though
not actually on the basaltic formation.
E. siDEROPHLOiA, Benth. Rare on the Basalt Masses, but
more plentiful on the sandstone. Buds and fruit in March.
E. CREBRA, F.v.M. The commonest Ironbark on the sandstone,
but in fewer numbers on the basalt.
BY A. C. BARWICK. 039
E. TERKTicoRNis, Sill. This species comes next to E. hemipJdoia,
F.V.M., as regards numbers found on the Clears, and even on the
Basalt Masses. It is very common on the sandstone, but I believe
the basalt specimens are superior to those found on the flats.
There are two forms, but I believe the form with the long-pointed
operculum predominates.
E. SALIGNA, Sm. Rare on the Clears, a few only being seen
on the lowest levels. In the gullies and flats between the sand-
stone ranges two forms are to be seen, called by the settlers
"Blue-gum" and "Round-leaf." These can easily be separated
in the field. A settler, with many years' experience amongst
timbers, informed me that the " long-leaved " form is the better
timber; in fact, the " round-leaf" is rarely used. Some call the
round-leaved form "Yellow Jacket."
Eucalyptus el'gexioides, Sieb. The most common of all
Stringybarks on both formations, though upon the sandstone it
occurs more plentifully than upon the basalt.
From this list of Eucalypts it will be seen that very few species
of that large genus occur on the basalt formation, and the species
found on one Clear or Basalt Mass are almost certain to be found
on all the others.
E. heraiphloia, associated with E. tereticoriiis, is more in
evidence than all the rest put together. It seems to be a constant
character of the Clears and Basalt Masses to grow the two species
above mentioned in profusion.
Though there are only eight species in this list, yet I have
collected about 22 in the district up to the present time.
ONAGRARIEiE.
Epilobiumglabellum, Forst. Common on the Clears. Novem-
ber to January.
UMBELLIFERiE.
Trachymene incisa, Rudge. Rai'e on the Clears, but very
common on the sandy flats. December to February.
^40 BOTANY OP" THE *' CLEARS " AND " BASALT MASSES,"
Subclass ii. MONOPETAL^.
L 0 R A N T H A C E .E.
LoRANTHUS CELASTROiDEs, Sieb. December and January.
L. PENDULUS, Sieb. March.
Pv U B I A C E .E.
Opercularia diphylla, Gaertn. Not common on the volcanic
formations. December to March.
PoMAX umbellata, Sol. Not so common on the basalt as on
the sandstone.
0 0 M P 0 s I T .E.
Calotis dentex, R.Br. December to Februar3^
Brachycomr multiffda, DC. December and January.
SiEGESBKCKiA ORiEXTALis, Lin 11. Xot 80 common on the basalt
as on the sandstone. I have observed very small insects caught
by the glandular hairs on this plant. December to March.
Craspedia Richea, Cass. Common. December to April.
PoDOLKPis ACUMINATA, R.Br. Rare on the Clears, but very
common on the sandy flats.
S T Y L I D E .E.
Stylidium graminifolium, Swartz. This species generally has
longer leaves on the Clears than on the sandstone.
G 0 0 D E N I A C E .E.
GoODENiA HEDERACEA, Sm. January to April.
C A M P A N U L A C E M.
Lobelia purpurascens, R.Br. Very common on both forma-
tions. December to May.
Wahlenbergia gracilis, DC. Very common on the Clears,
also on the flats between sandstone ranges. The corolla in the
sandstone specimens is often very small, and almost white; while
I have not yet seen this form on the Clears. September to
April.
BY A. C. BARWICK. 941
A S C L E P I A D E .E.
Tylophora barbata, R.Br. In Moore's 'Flora' the habitat
of this species is given as " Coast District and Dividing Range
from Port Jackson to Victoria." Very common in gullies close
to the Clears, though rare on the Clears themselves.
B o R A G I N E ^.
Cynoglossum australe, R Br. Not as common on the Clears
as on the sandstone country. December to May.
CONVOLVULACE^.
(^jCoNVGLVULUSMARGiNATUS, Poir. Rare. December. Placed
under this species until more material can be obtained to have it
properly identified.
CuscuTA AUSTRALis, R.Br. Coiumon on both volcanic and
sandstone formations in moist places. November to February.
SOLANE^.
SoLANUM AVicuLARE, Forst. Very rare on the Clears; absent
altogether on the Basalt Masses, but very common on the low land
lying between Condon Clear and Box Bump.
DuBOisiA MYOPOROiDES, R.Br. Rare on the Clears, but very
€omnion on sandy flats near Putty Creek.
B I G N O N I A C E ;E.
Tecom A AUSTRALIS, R. Br. Ptare on the basalt, but very common
on the moist sides of sandstone hills. August and September.
L A B I A T .E.
Mentha saturejoides, R.Br. Common on Putty Hill.
December to May.
Subclass iii. ]yrONOCHLAMYDE.a:.
P R 0 T E A C e .E .
Hakea dactyloides, Cav. Very rare on the Basalt Masses,
but very common on the sandstone. In fruit in May. I have
"> -^ii^iT^
942 BOTANY OF THE "CLEARS AND " BASALT MASSES,
not observed so fear any other Protead on the Clears or Basalt
Masses, though many appear on the sandstone.
T H Y M E L E JE.
PiMELiA LiNiFOLiA, 8m. Rare on the Clears, though common
on the sandstone. This species appears to be in flower nearly all
the year round.
C A S U A R I N E .E.
Casuarixa suberosa, Ott. lir Dietr. This is not the only
species of Casuarina on the Clears and Basalt Masses, but it is
the only one collected at present.
S a X T A L A c E ^.
ExoCARPUS STRiCTA, R. Br. Rare on the basalt; common on the
sandstone.
Class ii. MONOCOTYLEDONS.
O R C ri I D E .E.
DiPODiUM PUNCTATUM, R.Br. Rare on the basalt. August to
October.
DiCRis PEDUNCULATA, R.Br. Very common on the Clears and
sandstone country in spring.
Pterostylis concinxa, R. Br. On both formations. May.
Caladenia carnea, R.Br. Very common on both sandstone
and basalt formations. July and August.
A M A R Y L L I D E .E.
Hypoxis hygrometrica, Labill. Very common on the Clears.
April and May.
L I l I A c E .E.
Smilax glycyphylla, Sm. Not as common on the basalt as
on the sandstone.
Thysanotus junceus, R.Br. October to December.
Sowerb.ea juncea, Sm. Rare. May.
C 0 M M E L Y N A C E ^.
Co.mmelyna cyanea, R.Br. Not as common on the Clears as
on the sandstone country.
BY A. C. BARWICK. 943
G R A M I N E ^.
Anthistiria australis, R.Br. Locally called "Kangaroo-
grass." It resists the frost in a wonderful manner. I have seen
specimens of it with stems over 6 feet high.
Class iii. ACOTYLEDONS.
F I L I C E S.
Davallia DUBiA, R.Br. Rare on the Clears, but plentiful in
moist places on the sandstone.
Adiantum ^thiopicum, Linn. Common on both formations.
Pteris aquilina, Linn. On Condon Clear.
Blechnum cartilagineum, Swartz. Not common on the
basalt, but very common on the sandstone.
Asplenium flabellifolium, Cav. In shady and moist places
on the Clears.
944
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. ]\[aiden exhibited (1) clusters of fruits of Eucalyptus
longifolia, Link and Otto, from near Gosford, N.S.W., with as
many as seven in the umbel, whereas it has hitherto been under-
stood that this species has characteristicalh^ three flowers in the
umbel, or occasionally four. (2) A specimen of the Calvary
Clover {Medicago interfe.vta, Linn.), from South Europe, a species
with an especially lariije burr (as large as a cherry), which pro-
mises to be a pest to wool-growers; it has made its appearance
at Manildra, X.S.W. And (3) a letter from Sir Joseph Banks,
dated December 7th, 1797, to Dr. Arne of Liverpool, chiefly on
galvanism. Also a portrait of Sir Joseph from the European
Magazine of 1802. This portrait appears to be comparatively
rare.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse drew attention to the migration of
butterflies {Beleuois Java, Sparrman), occurring that day, noticed
also as far inland as Leura on the Blue Mts. The butterflies
were travelling from south to north.
Mr. Fletcher exhibited a collection of fresh botanical specimens
forwarded by Mrs. Forde, representing about twenty-fine species
of native plants just now flowering in the neighbourhood of
Pambula.
Mr. Stead exhibited specimens of a remarkable barnacle
{Coronula diadema, Linn.) attached to portion of the skin of a
whale, and also a number of another crustacean {Cyamus cetl,
Linn.), one of the so-called "whale-lice" procured at the same
time; and he contributed the following Note thereon : —
" The barnacles exhibited were collected by Captain W. Waller
off Cavalli Island, on the coast of Xew Zealand, in lat. 35° 00' S.
and long. 174° 5' E. The whale from whose skin they were cut
was found lying dead, floating at the surface of the ocean. From
NOTES AND EXHIIUTS. 945
the description furnished it would seem to have been a Finback
or Rorqual ( Bahanoptera). There was a patch of barnacles on
the breast 4 ft. square, from which the specimens exhibited were
secured. There were also several other large patches on the
whale's belly, the individuals being of about the same size as
those collected. Through the disintegration of the outer walls,
the compartments in the barnacle-shells had in many places
become exposed, and where these were not fully occupied by the
epidermis of the whale, they were completely filled with numbers
of the Whale-louse {Cyamus ceti, Linn.). These crustaceans
were also crowded round the bases of the barnacles and were of
all sizes up to about 13 mm. in length. Growing from the
summit of the Coro7iula in many instances were numbers of a
stalked barnacle — a species of Conchoderma (probably C. auritay
Linn.).
" Regarding the occurrence of Coronula diadema in these seas,
Darwin, writing in 1854 (Monog. Cirrip. Balanid^e, p. 419)
stated: — 'There is also a specimen in the British Museum sent by
Mr. Stephenson, mingled with shells of mollusca from New Zealand;
but a Coronrda procured from a whale in the early part of the out-
ward voyage might so easily be sent home with specimens subse-
quently collected in another county [? country] that I do not as
yet fully admit that this species is an inhabitant of the Southern
Pacific Ocean.' Under these circumstances, therefore, the new
record is of more than ordinary interest.
^^ Coronula diadema, Linn., has been taken from whales in the
Arctic Seas, those of the United States and Great Britain, the
Gulf Stream, the Atlantic Ocean, and now from New Zealand.
"The Whale-louse, Cyamus ceti, Linn., was recorded from these
seas for the first time in 1884 b}^ Chilton (Trans. N.Z. Inst, xvi.,
p. 252) from specimens obtained by von Haast from Euykysetes
jyotsHy
946
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Received during the period November 27th, 1902,
to November 25th, 1903.
[From the respective Societies, d^c, unless otherwise mentioned.)
Adelaide.
Department of Mines —
Four Geological Pteports : On the White Range Gold Mines,
Arltunga Goldfield (1902) : On the Gold Discoveries near
Winnecke's Depot and Mines on the Arltunga Goldfields,
ikc. (1903): On the Phosphate Discovery, Hundred of
Clinton, Yorke's Peninsula (Feb., 1902): On the Phosphate
Discovery, Hundred of Bright, S.A. (July, 1903). By H.
Y. L. Brown, F.G.S., Government Geologist.
Contributions to the Palaeontology of South Australia. Nos.
12-13. By R. Etheridge, Junr. (1902).
Public Library, Museum, &c., op South Australia —
Report of the Board of Governors for 1901-02 (1902).
Royal Society of South Australia —
Memoirs, ii. 1 (1902).
Transactions, xxvi. 2 (1902); xxvii. 1 (1903).
Woods and Forests Department —
Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration
in S. Australia for the Years 1901-02 (1902); and 1902-03
(1903). By W. Gill, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Conservator of
Forests,
Amsterdam.
KoNINKLIJKE AkADEMIE VAX WeTENSCHAPPEN
Jaarboek, 1901.
Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, iv. (1902).
Verhandelingen. Afd. Natuurkunde. 2'^^ Sectie. viii. 1-6;
ix. 1-3 (1901-02).
Verslag van de Gewone Vergaderingen. x. (1902).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 947
Antwerp.
SOCIETE ROYALE DK GeOGRAPHIB d'AnVERS
Bulletin, xxvi. 3-4; xxvii. 1 (1903).
Auckland, N.Z.
Auckland Institute and Muskum —
Annual Report for 1902-03 (1903).
Baltimore.
Johns Hopkins University —
Hospital Bulletin, xiii. 139-141 (1902); xiv. U2-151 (1903).
Hospital Reports, ii. 1, 3-9 (1890-91); x. 3-9 (1902).
Memoirs, iv. 6 (1900).
University Circulars, xix. 147 (1900); xx. 148-153 (1900-01);
xxi. 154-159 (1901-02); xxii. 160-164 (1902-03).
Batavia.
KoNiNK. Natuurk. Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indie
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Ixii. (1903).
Berkeley, Cal.
University of California —
Publications. Botany, i. pp. 1-140, 141-164, 165-418(1902-03).
Geology. Bulletin, iii. 1-12 (1902-03).
Physiology, i. 1-2 (1903).
Zoology, i. pp. 1-104 (1902); 2 (1903).
University Quarterly Bulletin, n.s. iv. 2(1902); v. 1 (1903).
College of Agriculture : Agricultural Experiment Station.
Bulletin. 147-148 (1903).
Berlin,
Archiv f. Naturgeschichte. 1895, ii. 1(1902): 1896, ii. 3
(1903): 1902, i. 3(1902); ii. 2, i (1903): 1903, i. 1-3 (1903).
Entomologischer Verein zu Berlin —
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrif t. xlvii. 3-4 (1902); xlviii.
1-3 (1903).
Nactrag i.zum Biicher-Verzeichnis der Bibliothek (September,
1902).
Berichtigungen und Zutriige zum Bucherverzeichnis (1902).
Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde zu Berlin —
Zeitschrift. 1902, 5-10; 1903, 1-3 (1902-03).
948 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Berne.
Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bern —
Mitteilungen aus dem Jalire 1902. Nr. 1519-1550 (1903).
SOCIETE HeLVETIQUE DES SCIENCES NaTURELLES —
Actes et Compte Rendu. 84™« Session, 1901 (1901-02); 85"^'
Session, 1902 (1902).
Birmingham.
Natural History and Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, xi. 2 (1902).
Bonn.
Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn —
Yerhandlunsen. lix. 1-2 (1902-03).
Sitzungsberichte derNiederrheinische Gesellschaft fur Natur-
und Heilkunde zu Bonn. 1902, 1-2 (1902-03).
Boston-
Amkrican Academy of Arts and Sciences —
Proceedings, xxxvii. 21-23 (1902); xxxviii. 1-25 (1902-03).
Boston Society of Natural History —
Memoirs, v. 6-9 (1900-03).
Proceedings, xxix. 9-14(1900); xxx. 3-7(1902); xxxi. 1 (1903).
Bremen.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein —
Abhandlungen. xvii. 2 (1903).
Brisbane.
Colonial Botanist of Queensland —
Queensland Flora. Part vi. (Alismacece to Filices). By F. M.
Bailey, F.L.S., Colonial Botanist (1902).
Department of Agriculture —
Queensland Agricultural Journal, xi. 6; xii. 1-6; xiii. 1-5
(1902-03).
Geological Survey of Queensland —
Report on the Kangaroo Hills Mineral Field. By W. E.
Cameron, B.A. (S.P. 167; 1901).
Stanton-Harcourt Diggings and the Mount Shamrock Mine.
By L. C. Ball, B.E. (168; 1901).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 949
Geological Survey of Queenslamd (continued) —
Some Mines and Mineral Deposits at the Heads of the
Brisbane, Burnett and Mary Rivers. By C. F. V. Jackson,
B.E. (169; 1901).
On the Sapphire Fields of Anakie. By B. Dunstan, F.G.S.
(172; 1902).
On the Mt. Biggenden Gold and Bismuth Mine and the
Paradise Gold Field. By L. C. Ball, B.E. (173; 1902).
On the Clermont Gold Field. By B. Dunstan, F.G.S.
(176; 1902).
On the Opal Mining Industry and the Distribution of Opal
Deposits in Queensland. By C. F. V. Jackson, B.E., kc.
(177; 1902).
Index No. 2 to Names of Places, Mines, Reefs, kc, occurring
in the Geological Survey Reports, Queensland, Nos. 136-
177 (inclusive). By Russell Dixon (178; 1902).
On the Yorkey's Gold Field, and the Marodian Gold and
Copper Field. By L. C. Ball, B.E. (179; 1902).
On a Visit to the West Coast of the Cape York Peninsula.
By C. F. y. Jackson, B.E. (180; 1902).
Additions to the Geology of the Mackay and Bowen Districts.
By W. E. Cameron, B.A. (181; 1903).
Geological Sketch Map of Queensland (182; 1902).
Recent Mining Developments of the Kavenswood Gold Field.
By W. E. Cameron, B.A. (183; 1903).
Home Secretary's Department —
North Queensland Ethnography. Bulletin No. 5 ('• Supersti-
tion, Magic, and Medicine"), [1903]. By W. E. Roth, B.A.,
M.R.C.S., etc.: No. 6 ("Elementary Grammar of the
Nggerikudi Language"), [190-3]. By Rev. N. Hey.
Royal Society of Queensland —
Proceedings, xvii. 2 (1903).
Brooklyn, U.S.A.
Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences —
Science Bulletin, i. 2-3 (1902).
050 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Brussels.
ACADEMIE ROVALE DE BeLGIQUE
Annnaire. 1903.
Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences. 1902, 6-12; 1903, 1-5.
Jardin Botanique de l'Etat a Bruxelles —
Bulletin, i. 1-3 (1902).
Societe Entomologique de Belgique —
Annales. xlvi. (1902).
Memoires. ix. (1902).
Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles —
Bulletin, xxviii. 1-8 (1902-03).
Budapest.
Museum Nationale Hungaricum —
Terme>>zetrajzi Fiizetek. xxv. 1-4 (1902).
Annales. i. 1 (1903).
Buenos Aires.
MusEO Nationale de Buenos Aires —
Anales. vii. (1902); viii. 1-2 (1902).
Caen.
iSociETE Linneenne de Normandie —
Bulletin. (5). v. Annee 1901 (1902).
Calcutta.
Asiatic Society of Bengal —
Journal. l.Kviii. Parti. Extra No. 2 (1899) : Ixxi. Parti.
Nos. 1-2 and Extra Nos. 1-2 (1902-03); Part ii. Nos. 2-3
(1902); Part Hi. No. 2 (1902;: Ixxii. Part i. No. 1;
Part ii. Nos. 1-2; Part Hi. No. 1, T.p., Ac, for 1891, '96,
'98, '99, 1900, '01 (1903): Ixxiii. Part Hi. No. 1 (1894).
Proceedings. 1902, 6-11 and Extra No. (1902-03); 1903, 1-5
(May- August).
Geological Survey of India —
General Report for 190001, 1902-03.
Memoirs, xxviii. 2; xxx. 1-2; xxxi. 1; xxxii. 3; xxxiii. 3;
xxxiv. 2-3; xxxv. 1 (1900-03).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 951
Geological Survey of India (continued) —
Palseontologia Indicca. Series ix., ii. 2; iii. 1-2, No. 1 (Genus
Trigonia) : Series xv., iii. 2 : New Series, i. 3 (1899-1903).
Records, Contents and Index to Vols, xxi.-xxx. 1887-1897
(1903).
Indian Museum —
Annual Report, 1901-02 (1903).
Indian Museum Notes, v. 4 (1903).
Cambridge, England.
Cambridge Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, xi. 7 (1902); xii. 1-2 (1903).
Cambridge, Mass,
Amkrican Naturalist : xxxvi. 430-432 (Oct.-Dec, 1902);
xxxvii. 433-441 (Jan.-Sept., 1903). From the Publishers.
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College —
Annual Report of the Keeper for 1901-02 (1902).
Bulletin, xxxviii. (Geological Series v.) 7-8; xxxix. 4-8;
xl. 3-6; xlii. (Geological Series vi.) 1-4 (1902-03).
Cape Town.
Departaient of Agriculture, Cape of Good Hope —
Geological Commission. Annual Report for 1901 (1902) and
1902 (1903). From the Director.
Marine Investigations in South Africa. Vol. i. (1902); ii.
10 Nos. [Sowerby's " Mollusca of S. Africa" (1902) and
No. 12—1901; Nos. 6, 7, 11, 21, 27—1902; Nos. 3, 5, 8
— 1903]. Report of the Govei-nment Biologist for 1901
(1902). From the Government Biologist.
South African Museum —
Annals, ii. 10-11; iii. 1-3 (1902-03).
South African Philosophical Society —
Transactions, xii. pp. 561-896, 897-9:'0; xiv. 1-2 (1902-03).
Cherbourg.
SociETE Nationals des Sciences Naturelles, kc. —
Memoires. xxxiii. 1 (1902).
0.-)2 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Chicago.
Field Columbian Museum —
Anthropological Series, iii. 3 (1902).
Botanical Series, i. 7 (1902); iii. 1 (1903).
Geological Series, i. 11 (1902).
Report Series, ii. 2 (1902).
Zoological Series, iii. 6-9 (1902-03).
Christiania.
Videnskabs-Selskabet I Christiania —
Forhandlinger. Aar 1901 (1902).
Skrifter. i. Math.-Naturvid. Klasse. 1901,1-5 (1902).
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Cincinnati Society of Natural History —
Journal, xx. 3 (1902).
Lloyd Library —
Bulletin. No. 4 (1902) [Pharmacy Series, No. 1]; No. 5 (1902)
[Mycological Series, No. 2].
:Mycological Notes. Nos. 9-15 (1902-03).
Colombo, Ceylon.
Colombo Museum —
Spolia Zeylanica. i. 1-2 (1903).
Colorado Springs, U.S.A.
CoLOUADO COLLECiE —
Studies. X. (1903).
Copenhagen.
Academie Royale des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark.
Bulletin. 1902, 6 (1903); 1903, 1-3 (1903).
K.tobenhavns Universitets Zoologiske Museum —
The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. iv. 1 (1903).
Two Separates— " Gronlands Pattedyr" (1902): and " Om
jordfundne Fugle fra Danemark" (1903). Af Herluf
Winge.
Kongelige D.-vnske Yidenskabernes Selskab—
Oversigt. 1902, 4-5.
Naturhistoriske Forening —
Videnskabelige Meddelelser for Aaret 1902.
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 953
Dublin.
Royal Dublin Society —
Economic Proceedings, i. 3 (1902).
Scientific Proceedings. New Series, ix. 5 (1903),
Scientific Transactions. Second Series, vii. 14-16 (1902);
viii. 1 (1902).
Royal Irish Academy —
Proceedings. Third Series, vi. 4 (1902): xxiv. Section B.
1-3 (1902-03).
Transactions, xxxii. Section B. 1-2 (1902-03).
Edinburgh.
Royal Physical Society —
Proceedings, xiv. 4 (1902); xv. 1 (1903).
Royal Society of Edinburgh —
Proceedings, xxiii. (1902).
Transactions, xl. 1-2; xlii (1901-02).
Scottish Microscopical Society —
Proceedings, iii. 3 (1902).
Florence.
Societa Entomologica Italiana —
Bulletino. xxxiv, 1-4(1902-03),
Frankfurt am Main.
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft —
Abhandlungen. xx, 4(1903); xxv. 4 (1903); xxvii. 1 (1902).
Bericht, 1902,
Die Periodischen Schrif ten der Senckenbergischen Bibliothek
(1903).
Frankfurt a.d. Oder.
Naturwissensckaftlicher Verein des Reg,-Bez,, Frankfurt.
Helios. XX. (1903),
Geelong.
Geelong Field Naturalists' Club —
"The Wombat." v, 4(1902).
Geneva.
Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle —
Memoires. xxxiv. 3 (1903).
0r)4 DON'ATIONS AVD KXCHANGES.
Grahamstown, South Africa.
Albany Museum —
RpcM.nls. i. 1(1903).
Granville, Ohio.
Denison University —
Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories, xi. 11; xii. 1-4(1902).
Graz.
Naturnvissenschaftlicher Verein f. Steiermark —
:\[ittiioilun^i,'en. 1902(1903).
Haarlem.
SOCIETE HOLLANDAISE DES SCIENCES —
Archives Neerlaadaises. Serie ii. vii. 4-5 (1902); viii. 1-4
(1903).
Herdenking van het Honderdvijftigjarig Bestann op 7 Juni,
1902.
Hague.
Nederlandsciie Entomologische Yereenigixg —
Eiitomologische Berichten. Nos. 7-1 2 (1902-03).
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. xlv. 3-4; xlvi. 1 (1903).
Halifax.
XovA Scotian Institute of Science —
Proceedings and Transactions, x. 3-4 (1902-03).
Hamburg.
XArURWlSSENSCIIAFTLICIIER YeREIN —
Abhandlungen. xvii. (1902).
Hamilton.
Hamilton Scientific Association —
Journal and Proceedings. No. xviii. Session 1901-02.
Helder.
Nederlandsciie Dierkundige Yereeniging —
Aanwinsten van de Bibliotheek, 1902.
Tijdschrift. 2^^^ Serie. viii. 1(1903).
Hobart.
Department of Mines —
Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the
Quarters ending 30th September and 31st December, 1902,
31st March and 30th June, 1903.
DONATIOXS AND EXCHANGES. 955
Department of Mlxes, Hobart (continued) —
Report of the Secretary for Mines for 1901-02 (1902).
Report on the Western Silver Mine, Zeehan. By G. A.
Waller, Assistant Government Geologist (1902).
Report on the Iron and Zinc-Lead Deposits of the Comstock
District. By G. A. Waller (1903).
Report on the Mineral Resources of the Districts of Beacons-
field and Salisbury. By W. H. Twelvetrees, Government
Geologist (1903).
Report upon the present position of the Tasmania Mine,
Beaconsfield. By W. H. Twelvetrees (1903).
Report on Kerosene Shale and Coal Seams in the Parish of
Preolenna. By W. H. Twelvetrees (1903).
Report on Mineral Fields between Waratah and Long Plains.
By W. H. Twelvetrees (1903).
Report on the Sandfly Coal Mines. By W. H. Twelvetrees
(1903).
Report on Findon's Copper Sections, Mount Darwin. By
G. A. Waller (1903).
Royal Society of Tasmania —
Abstract of Proceedings, February 26th and May, 1903.
Early Tasmania : Papers read before the Royal Society of
Tasmania during the years 1888-99, by J. B. Walker,
F.R.G.S. (The Walker Memorial Volume, 8vo. Hobart,
1902).
Papers and Proceedings for the year 1902 (1903).
Honolulu, T.H.
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum —
Fauna Hawaiiensis. iii. 2-3 (1902-03).
Memoirs, i. 5 (1903).
Indianapolis, Ind.
Indiana Academy of Science —
Proceedings, 1901 (1902).
Jena.
Medicinish-Naturwissensciiaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fUr Naturwissenschaft. xxxvii. 2-4
(1902-03); xxxviii. 1 (1903).
858 GEOLOGY OF GLASS HOUSE MTS. AND DISTRICT,
few instances of vesicular structure, such as we should expect
from the presence of much water, and no glassy rock, which would
result from rapid cooling.
Tt is, however, likeh' that the sea was not far off at the time
of the Glass House Mountain eruptions.
From the coarse-grained nature of the Triassic sandstones of
the East Moreton district in the Glass House Mountain region
and the abundance of fossil wood contained, it appears that these
rocks were deposited in a wide estuary. Sedimentation may
have lasted well into Cretaceous times, but so far no Cretaceous
rocks ha\e been identified in this region, though further north
we have the Maryborough Beds overlying the Trias. When
sedimentation ceased, the strata were elevated through rise of
isogeotherms; at a somewhat later period — probably the end of
the Cretaceous — recooling and denudation had progressed far
enough to allow cracking of the sedimentary strata. Through
cracks thus formed the Glass House trachytes found an exit.
Subsequent folding of the topmost beds probably gave rise to the
D'Aguilar Range and the Blackall Ranges, and this folding was
probabl}^ accompanied by the andesitic and basaltic outpourings
of lava.
In age the trachytes are probably Pre-Miocene. No definite
proof of age has been obtained, but the amount of denudation
which they have suffered and the almost total removal of tuff"-
beds and crater rings, if these ever existed, hint at considerable
antiquity. The same lack of good evidence of geological age
seems to hold for most Australian trachytes, but the consensus of
opinion amongst our geologists, based on the small amount of
evidence available, assigns to them a Cretaceo-Eocene age. This
also seems to hold best for the Glass House trachj^tes.
The basaltic rocks of Mt. Mellum bear considerable petrological
resemblance to those of Tambourine Mountain, described by Mr.
Rands, late Government Geologist of Queensland.*
"" Jack ct Etheridge, * Geology and Palffiontology of Queensland.'
15Y II. I. JENSEN. 859
Mr. Rands considers the Tambourine basalt to be Miocene or
Pliocene, hence contemporaneous with many other Australian
basalts. The Mt. Mellum rock is, if anything, later. The com-
parative freshness of this readily decomposaVjle rock, the abund-
ance of vesicular basalt, which is ever so much more readily dis-
integrated than hard columnar basalt, are reasons which justify
us in assigning a late Tertiar}', Pliocene or Pleistocene, age to
Mt. Mellum.
In his paper already cited, "^ Mr. Andrews looks upon the Glass
House Mountains as monad nocks, or hypabyssal masses left by
the denudation of a Tertiary (Miocene) plateau into which the
lavas had been injected. I cannot at present embrace that view,
inasmuch as tlie D'Aguilar Ptange appears from rri}^ observations
to be a Tertiary fold range, and not a remnant of a now-denuded
plateau. Besides, the petrographical nature of the Glass House
Mountain lavas and the occurrence of some tuffs in the ridge which
is here named Trachyte Range, indicate that the rock is volcanic
and not hypabyssal.
The upper sandstones of the East Moreton may be in part of
Lower Cretaceous age, the Trias merging, as the Ipswich beds do,
into the Cretaceous. The absence of later beds in the district
can be explained on two hypotheses — either it has been dry land
ever since Upper Cretaceous times, or repeated fluctuations
causing periodical submergence have taken place. The latter
supposition seems more likely to be correct, accounting satis-
factorily for the aVjsence of cliffs, escarpments, and other signs of
great erosion. It seems the most natural conclusion to come to,
that moderately stable conditions have prevailed in the Glass
House Mountains area ever since the trachyte eruptions, and
that the district has preserved its character as a low-lying coastal
plain, occasionally submerged, but each period of elevation
sufficing to remove the deposits formed in the period of sedi-
mentation.
* " Preliminary Xote on the Geology of the Queensland Coast."
0."S DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Marseilles.
Facultk des Sciences de Marseille —
Annales. xii.-xiii. (1902-03).
Melbourne.
Austkalasian Institute of Mining Engineers—
Proceedings, Annual Meeting January, 1903.
First Ordinary Meeting, 1902; 1903.
,, Special General Meeting, August, 1902.
Transactions, viii. 2 (1902); ix. 1 (1903).
Australasian Journal of Pharmacy —
Vol. xvii. No. 204 (Dec, 1902); Vol. xviii. Nos. 205-215
(Jan.-Nov., 1903). From the Publisher.
Australasian Ornithologists' Union —
"The Emu." ii. 3-4; iii. 1-2(1903).
Department of Agriculture —
Journal, ii. 1-4 (May-Nov., 1903).
Fungus Diseases of Cabbage and Cauliflower in Victoria, and
their Treatment. By D. McAlpine (1901).
Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria —
" Victorian Naturalist." xix. 8-12; xx. 1-7 (1902-03).
Public Library, Museums, and National Art Gallery of
Victoria —
Report of the Trustees for 1902 (1903).
Royal Society of Victoria —
Proceedings. New Series, xv. 2; xvi. 1 (1903).
University of Melbourne —
University Calendar for 1903.
Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria —
Thirty-ninth Annual Report (1903).
Mexico.
Instituto Geologico de Mexico —
Boletin. Num. 16(1902).
Sociedad Cientifica, "Antonio Alzate" —
Memorias y Revista. xiii. 5-6; xviii. 1-2; xix. 1 (1902).
DONATIOXS AND EXCEIANGES. 959
Missoula, USA.
University of Montana —
Bulletin. No. 10 [Biological Series, Xo. 3] (1902).
Modena.
La Nuova Notarisia. Serie xiv. Geiinaio, Aprile, Luglio, 1903.
From the Editor, Dr. G. B. De Toni.
Sylloge Algarum. Vol. iv. Floride?e. Sectio iii. Familiie v.-vi.
(1903). Digessit Doct. J. B. De Toni. From Prof. G. B.
De Toni.
Montevideo.
Mused Nacional de Montevideo —
Anales. i. 1, pp. 60-86, 12.3-1.54(1903).
Montreal.
Montreal Society of. Natural History —
Canadian Record of Science, viii. 8 (1902); ix. 1 (1903).
RoY^AL Society of Canada —
Proceedings and Transactions. Second Series, vii. (1901).
Moscow.
Societe Imperials des Naturalistes —
Bulletin. Annee 1901, 3-4; 1902, 3-4; 1903, 1 (1902-03).
Munich.
Konigliche Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften —
Sitzungsberichte der Math.-physikal. Classe. 1902, 3; 1903,
1-2(1903).
Abhandlungen. der Math.-physikal. Classe. xvii.-xxi. (1889-
1902).
Nantes.
Societe des Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de la France —
Bulletin. 2« Serie. ii. 1-4 (1902).
Naples.
ZooLOGiscHE Station zu Neapel —
Mittheilungen. xv. 4 (1902); xvi. 1-2 (1903).
New Haven.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences —
Transactions, xi. 1-2(1901-03;.
960 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
New York.
Amkijican Geographical Society —
Bulletin, xxxiv. 4-5; xxxv. 1-3(1902-03).
Amkrican Museum op Natural History —
Annual Report for the Year 1902 (1903).
Bulletin, xvi., and Arts. xxi. -xxxiv. separately; xviii. Part i.;
xix. Arts, i.-iii. (1902-03).
List of Papers Published in the Bulletin and Memoirs.
Vols, i.-xvi., 1881-1902 (1902).
Ottawa.
Department of the Interior —
:\Iap of Manitoba (One Sheet, 1902).
Geological Survey of Canada —
Annual Report. New Series, xii. 1899 (1902). With Pocket
of Maps.
Catalogue of Canadian Birds. Part ii. (1903). By J. Macoun,
M.A.
Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Part vii. Lichenes and
Hepatica?. By J. Macoun, M.A. (1902).
Contributions to Canadian Palaeontology. Vol. iii. (Quarto),
Part 2 (1902).
Geological Map of the Dominion of Canada. Western
Sheet, No. 783(1902).
Oxford.
Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum —
Catalogue of Books added during 1902 (1903).
Padova (See Modena).
Para.
Museu Paraense de Historia Naturale e Ethnographia
(MusEu Gceldi) —
Boletim. iii. 3-4(1902).
Paris-
Journal de Conchyliologie. 1. 2-4; li. 1-2 (1902-03).
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle —
Bulletin. 1901, 5; 1902, 3-8; 1903, 1-2(1901-03).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 961
Museum d'Historie Naturelle (continued) —
Nouvelles Archives. 3"® Serie. iv.; v.; vi.; vii. 1 (1892-95) :
4°^%Serie. iii. 2; iv. 1(1901-02).
SociETB Zoologique de France
Meinoires. xv. (1902).
Perth.
Department op Agriculture —
Journal, vi. 5-6; vii. 1-6; viii. 1-1 (1902-03).
Geological Survey of West Australia —
Annual Progress Report for the Years 1901, 1902 (1902-03).
Bulletin. No. 7, with Map (1903).
Geological Map of Green Bushes (1899).
Topographical Map of Kalgoorlie (4 Sheets; 1900).
Geological Map of Kalgoorlie (6 Sheets; 1902).
Government Statistician —
Monthly Statistical Abstract. Nos. 30, 32-34, 36-41 (1902-03).
Western Australian Year Book for 1900-01 (Twelfth Edition).
Vol. i. (1902).
Victoria Public Library —
Notes on the Natural History, tkc, of West Australia. By
M. A. C. Fraser, F.R.G.S., &c. (1903).
Journal of the Calvert Scientific Exploring Expedition, 1896-
97 (1902).
Report on Exploration of North- West Kimberley, 1901.
By F. S. Brockman, with Appendices by C. Crossland and
Dr. F. M. House (1902).
Report of the Crown Lands and Survey Department for the
Year 1889 (1890).
Report by the Under-Secretary for Lands for the Years
1894, 1895, 1896, 1900, 1901.
Report by the Surveyor-General for the Years 1898, 1899,
1900, 1901.
Report by the Chief Inspector of Fisheries on the Fishing
Industry for the Years 1900, 1901 (1901-02) : and on the
Pearling and Turtling Industry (1901)
962 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Victoria Public Library, Perth (continv.ed) —
Western Australia : General Information respecting the
Present Condition of the Forests and Timber Trade of the
Southern Part of the Colony, with some Remarks and
Suggestions on future Conservation and Management of
the Timber Areas, from various Authorities. With a
Reprint of the Regulations and Laws in Force for the
renting or leasing of Timbered Lands. Together with a
Report on the Forest Resources of the Colon}- by Baron
Ferd. von Mueller, *tc. Compiled by direction of His
Excellency Sir William C. F. Robinson, K.C.M.G., Gover-
nor of the Colony, and ordered to be published for Public
Information. 4to. Perth, 1882.
Philadelphia.
AcADtMY OF Natural Sciences —
Proceedings, liv. 1-3 (1902-03).
American Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, xli. 169-171; xlii. 172 (1902-03).
University of Pennsylvania —
Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory. Three
Separates — " Descriptions of Two New Leeches from
Porto Rico.^^ By J. P. Moore (4to: 1901) : '"A Study of
the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Metazoa." By
P. H. Montgomery (4to.; 1901): " Karyokinesis and
Cytokinesis," Arc. By E. J. Conklin (4to.: 1902).
Contributions from the Zoological Laborator}' for the Year
1902 (8vo.; 1902).
L'niversity Bulletin. Third Series. No. 2, Parts 1-2; No. 3,
Part 4 (1902-03).
Zoological Society of Philadelphia —
Thirty-tirst Annual Report of the Board of Directors (1903).
Prague.
Koenigl. Boehmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften —
Jahresbericht. 1902 (1903).
Sitzungsberichte. 1902 (1903).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 963
KoENiGL. BoEHMiscHE Gesellsciiaft, ETC. (continued) —
Pamphlet : " Ueber das farbige Licht der Doppelsterne uiid
einiger anderer Gestirne des Himinels." Von Christian
Doppler(8vo.; 1903).
St. John, New Brunswick.
Natural History Society op New Brunswick —
Bulletin. No. xxi. (1903).
St. Louis.
Academy of Sciences —
Transactions, xi. 6-11; xii. 1-8(1901-02).
Missouri Botanical Gardens —
Thirteenth Annual Report (1902).
St. Petersburg.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences —
Annuaire du Musee Zoologique. vii, 1-i; viii. 1 (1902-03).
Comite Geologique (Ixstitut des Mines) —
Bulletins, xx. 7-10 (1901).
Memoires. xv. J:; xvii. 1-2; xviii. 3; xix, 1; xx. 2(1902).
Russisch-Kaisekliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft —
Materialien zur Geologie Russlands. xxi. 1 (1903).
Verhandlungen. Zweite Serie. xl. 1-2 (1902-03).
Societe Entomologique de Russie —
Horae Entomologicte. xxxvi. 1-4 (1903).
San Francisco.
California Academy of Sciences —
Occasional Papers, viii. (1901).
Proceedings. Third Series. Botany. ii. .3-9(1901-02);
Zooloyy. ii. 7-11; iii. 1, 2 and 4 (1901-02).
Sao Paulo.
MUSEU Paulista —
Revista. v. (1902).
Siena.
Istituto Botanico della R. Universita di Siena —
Bulletino. v. 1-4(1902).
or. 4 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Soalheira, Portugal-
COLLEGIO DE S. FlEL
Broteria: Kevista de Sciencias Naturaes. i. (1902).
Stockholm-
Entomologiska Foreningen I Stockholm —
Entomologisk Tidskrift. xxiii. 1-4(1902).
HoRTus Bergianus —
Acta. iii. 2(1903). From Prof. V. B. Wittrock.
Kongl. Svenska Yiltenskaps-Akademie —
Bihang. xxvii. 14; xxviii. 1 4(1902-03).
Handlingar. K.F. xxxv.xxxvii. (1901-03).
Lefnadsteckningar. iv. 3 (1903).
Ofversigt. Iviii.-lix. (1901-02).
Stuttgart.
Yerein f. vaterlaendische Naturkunde in Wuerttemberg —
Jahreshefte. Iviii. u. Beilage (1902).
Sydney-
Australian Museum —
Memoir iv. Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition
of H.M.C.S. "Thetis." Part G (1903).
Records, iv. 8; v. 1 (1903).
Report of the Trustees for 1901 (1902).
Special Catalogue No. i. Nests and Eggs of Birds found
Breeding in Australia and Tasmania. By A. J. North,
C.M.Z.S. Part 3 (April, 1903).
Botanic Gardens and Domain, Sydney —
Biographical Notes concerning the Olticers-in-charge. Nos.
i.-viii. (1902-03). By J. H. Maiden, Director.
Critical Revision of the Genus Eucaly2)tus. Parts i.-iii.
(1903). By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist of New
South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Guide to the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (1903). By J. H.
Maiden, Director and Government Botanist, with the
Assistance of Members of the Staff.
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES, 965
Department of L\nds, Forest Branch —
Forest Flora of N.S. Wales. Parts i.-v. By J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., Slc. (1903). From the Hon. the Secretary for Lands.
Report of the Forestry Branch for the Year 1902 (1903).
Department of Mines and Agriculture —
Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. xiii. 12, Index, Arc; xiv.
Ml (1902-03).
Annual Report of the Department of Mines for 1902 (1903).
Geological JSurvey : Memoirs. Geology, No. 3. The Kero-
sene Shale Deposits of N.S.W. By J. E. Carne, F.G.8.
(1903).
Geological Survey : Records, vii. 3 (1903).
Government Statistician's Department —
The Seven Colonies of Australasia, 1901-02(1902).
Institution of Surveyors —
"The Surveyor." xv. 11-12; xvi. 1-10(1902-03).
i New South Wales Naturalists' Club —
Memoirs. No. 1 (1903).
Public Library of New South Wales —
Report of the Trustees for the Year 1902 (1903).
Royal Anthropological Society of Australasia —
"Science of Man." New Series, v. 10-12; vi. 1-6, 8-9
(1902-03;.
Royal Society of New South Wales —
Abstract of Proceedings. December, 1902; May-September,
1903.
Journal and Proceedings, xxxvi. (1902).
One Separate — -"Presidential Address." By Prof. W. H.
Warren (1903).
University of Sydney —
Calendar, 1903.
Tiflis.
Botanical Garden in Tiflis (Caucasus) —
Memoires. vi. 2; vii. 1-2(1902-03).
9r>r) DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Tokyo.
Colle(;e of Science, Imperial University —
Journal, xvi. 7-15; xvii. 10-11; xviii. 1-3; xix. 1 and 5-7
(1902-03).
Zoological Society of Tokyo —
Annotationes Zoological Japonenses. iv. 4-5 0902-03).
Toluca, Mexico-
Bureau Meteorologiquk de l'Etat de Mexico —
Boletin Meteorologico del Estado. iv. 1-6 (Niim. 39-44; 1901).
Toronto.
Canadian Institute —
Proceedings, ii. 5 (1902).
Transactions, vii. 2(1902).
Turin-
MusEO Di Zoologia, etc., della R. Universita di Torino —
Bolletino. xvii. 416-432 (1902).
Upsal.
Kongl Universitets-Bibliotheket I Upsal —
Bulletin of the Geological Institution, v. 2 (1902).
"Den Skandinaviska Vegetatiotiens Spridningsbiologi." Af
Dr. Rutger Sernander (8vo., Upsala, 1901).
" Ueber die Stratigraphie und Tektonik der Baren Insel."
Inaugural Dissertation von J. G. Anderson (8vo., Upsala,
1901).
" Conference Internationale pour I'Exploration de la Mer,
reunie a Stockholm, 1899" (8vo., Stockholm, 1899).
Valparaiso.
MusEO de Historia Natural de Valparaiso —
Revista Chilena. vi. 3-6; vii. 1 (1902-03).
Vienna.
K.K. Naturiiistorisches Hofmuseum in Wien —
Aimalen. xv. 3-4; xvi. 1-4; xvii. 1-4(1900-02).
K.K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien —
Yerhandlungen. li.; Hi. (1901-02).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGKS. 967
Washington, D.C-
Bureau of American Ethnology —
Natick Dictionary. By J. li. Trumbull (Bulletin, No. 25,
1903).
Kathlamet Texts. By F. Boas (Bulletin, No. 26, 1901).
Tsimshian Texts. By F. Boas (Bulletin, No. 27, 1902).
Smithsonian Institution —
Annual Report for the Year ending June 30th, 1901 (1902).
Four Separates from Vols, xxxvii., xxxix., and xl. of the
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, namely : —
Bergey, D. H. — Methods for the Determination of
Organic Matter in Air (1896).
Investigation of the influence upon the
Vital Resisia-nce of Animals to the Micro-organisms of
Disease brought about by prolonged sojourn in an
impure Atmosphere (1898).
Bolton, H. C. — Catalogue of Scientific and Technical
Periodicals, 1665-1896. Second edition (1897).
Sherborn, C. D. — Index to the Genera and Species of
the Foraminifera. Parts i.-ii. (1893-96).
U.S. Department of Agriculture —
Annual Reports of the Department of Agriculture for the
Year ended June 30th, 1902 (1902).
Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin. No. 21 (revised),
39, Parts 1-3, and 44 (1900-03) : Eighteenth Annual
Report, 1901 (1902).
Bureau of Chemistry. Circular No. 12 (1903).
Bicreau of Forestry. Bulletin. Nos. 35-36, Part 1, 38-39
(1902-03).
Bureau of Plant Industry. Bulletin. Nos. 14 and 28-35
(1902-03).
Division of Biological Survey. Bulletin No. 17 (1902):
North American Fauna. No. 22 (1902).
Division of Botany. Contributions from U.S. National
Herbarium, v. 6(1902).
908 (donations and exchanges.
U.S. Department of AinncuLTURE (conthuied)-^
Division of Entomology. Bulletin. New Series. Nos. 35-39
(1902-03).
Yearbook. 1901(1902).
Porto Rico Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin.
No. 2(1902).
U.S. Geological Survey —
Bulletin. Nos. 177-207(1901-03).
Mineral Resources of the United States. 1900,1901(1901-02).
Monographs, xli.-xliii. (1902-03).
Professional Papers. Nos. 1-8(1902).
Twenty-First Annual Report. Parts v. and vii., with Maps
(1900-01).
Twenty-Second Annual Report. Parts i.-iv. (1901-02).
Twenty-Third Annual Report (1902).
Geology and Mineral Resources of a Portion of the Copper
River District, Alaska. By F. C. Schrader and A. 0.
Spencer (1901).
Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions,
Alaska, in 1900. By A. H. Brooks, G. B. Richardson,
A. J. Collier and W. C. Mendenhall ( 1901).
U.S. National Museum —
Annual Report for Year ending June 30th, 1900 (1902).
Bulletin. Eight Separates from No. 39; No. 50, Part ii.;
Nos. 51-52(1902).
Proceedings, xxiv. (1902).
Contributions to U.S. National Herbarium, viii. 1-3 (1903).
AVashington Academy of Sciences —
Proceedings, iv. pp. 561-573, Contents and Index, Arc; v.
pp. 1-37, 39-98, 99-187, 189-229 (1902-03).
Wellington, N.Z.
Nkw Zealand Institute —
Transactions and Proceedings, xxxv. (1903).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 9G9
Zurich.
Naturforschende Ctesellschaft in Zurich —
Vierteljahrsschrift. xxvi. 1-4; xxvii. 1-2(1901-02).
Private Donors.
S.A.8. Albert 1*^'"., Princh: de Monaco — One Separate— " La
Quatrieme Campagne 8eientifique de la Princesse-Alice ii."
(CR. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1903). Two Separates— " 8ur I'Etat
Actuel du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco," &c., par Dr.
J. Richard (Bull. Soc. Zool de France, xxviii., 1903); and
" L' Oceanographie," par M. C. Sauerwein. (Soc. d'Occanog.
du Golfe de Gascogne, 1903).
Boulanger, E, Paris. — Two Brochures — "Les Mycelium Truffiers
Blancs" : "Germination de I'Ascospore de la Truffe " (4to.,
Paris, 1903).
Comes, Prof. Dr., Portici — Chronographical Table for Tobacco
in Europe, Asia, Africa, America and Oceania (in tive
Charts, 1900).
Froggatt, W. W., F.L.S., Sydney — Eight Entomological Separates
from Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. (being Miscellaneous
Publications Nos. 603, 611, 622, 642, 643, 650, 654, 671;
1902-03).
Hemsley, W. Botting, F.R.S., F.L.S., London — One Botanical
Separate (Ann. Bot. xvii. No. 68, 1903).
Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S., Hobart — One Reprint: "Remedies
for Insects and Fungus Pests of the Orchard and Farm.'"'
[2nd Edition] (1903).
Maiden, J. H., F.L.S., Sydney — Two Botanical Separates from
Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. (xxxvi.) and Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. (xxvi.).
Raffray, a., Capetown — One Entomological Separate from Ann.
Mus. Nat. Hungar. i. (1903).
070 PRIVATE DONORS.
Smith, Edcjar A., F.Z.8., etc., London — Five Conchological
Separates from Proc. Malaeol. Soc. v. 2 (1902); Journ.
Malacol. ix. (1902); 'Nat. Hist, of Sokotra and Abdel-Kuri.'
(Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.) 1902; ' Fauna and Geography of the
Maldive and Laccadive Archipelago.' i. 2.
Smith, R. Greig, D.Sc, Sydne}' — Three Separates from Journ.
Soc. Chem. Ind., Scot. Section (1902); and Cent, fur Bact.
ix.-x. (1902-03).
Stephens, T., M.A., F.G.S., Hobart — Two Geological Separates,
from Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1903.
971
CORRIGENDA.
Page 5, line 29 — insert a comma after petiolate.
Page 6, line 43— for pine read spine.
Page 7, section 2Q (25), first line — insert a comma after body.
Page 7, last line but one— for above read on.
Page 7, last line — substitute a comma for the period, and add the words
" equidistant from each other and the eyes,"
Page 25, line 20— /o?- eye read eyes.
Page 26, lines 7 and 11 — tor falcatus veAdfalcata.
Page 41, at the bottom, add — All of the Australian Memhracidcp. thus far
examined by me belonged to the Subfamily Centrotinoi.
Page 59, line 10 — for Damin.a read Danima.
Page 66, line 19 — for Discophehlia catocalina read Discopldehia catocalina.
Page 94, line 14— for Exoascus hullacus read Exoascus hullatm.
Page 119, line 35~/"or 67-08 read 64-68.
Page 314, line 3 — for Ogyris idino read Ogyris idmo.
Page 323, line 2— for Spondylasjns hirsntm read SpondyUaspis hir>iiita.
Page 324, line 12 — for Sjyondylasp)^ nigro-cincta read Spondyliaspi>i nigro-
cincta.
Page 348, line 6 — for gelatine read galactan.
Page 352, line 17 — for E. Gunni read E. Gunnii.
Page 363, line 19 — for Bnsaria spinosa read Bur>iaria spinosa.
Page 412, line 31 — for Penti-atropis read Pentatropis.
Page 414, line 11 — for Protacece read Proteacea^.
Page 585, lines 4 and 25 — for PJicebolestus read Rhceholestes.
Page 606, line 19 — for N. queenslandica read N. queendandicus.
Page 615, line 13— /or ridgid read rigid.
Page 615, line 34 — for Homalo^oma cyaneocincta read Homalosoma cyaneo-
cinctum.
Page 635, line 27 — for P. rufilabris read T. rufilabris.
Page 665, line 10 — for mundus read munda.
Page 688, line 26 — ior furruginascens residferruginascens..
Page 706, line 3 — for S. australe read A. aiistrale.
Page 707, line 4 — for Graphalium read Gnaphalium.
Page 715, line 15 — for Xanthoxylon read Xanthoxylum.
Page 724, line 31 — for Isolepsis read Uolepi^^.
Page 733, line 11 — for B. attenuata and />. lanceolata read />. attenuatuin
and B. lanceolatum.
Page 742, lines 20 and 21 — for Neuropogon melaxantha read Xeuropogon
melaxanthu^.
Page 785, line 2 — for Solanum Baueriana read Solanum Bauerianum.
97
COKRIGENDA.
Page 920, lines 21, 22, 29— for J. latifoUa and J. angnxtijolia read T. lati-
folia and T. angiixtifoUu.
In the legend of fig. 9 of Plate xxvii.— /or Namuj.owa r^ad Namulowai.
In Plate xxxiii. (Geological Sketch Map of Part of Viti Levu, Fiji)—
For Yanuka read Yanuca.
For Naruaru read Naruarua.
For Nadakum read Nadakuni.
For Navurimolau 7'ead Navunimolau.
The name of the Sigatoka River, flowing into the sea at Conua, unfor-
tunately has been omitted.
In Plate xxxiv. (Generalised Geological Section across Viti Levu)—
For Nasoga 7^ead Nasoqo.
For Wai ni Mata read Wainimala.
The legend " W. scarp of high mountains, Nabui, &c.," should be half
an inch to the left of its position as marked.
All the Rocks to the south of " Navua R., S. of Qarawai," which in the
Section are shown as Basaltic Series, should have been shown as
Andesitic Series.
LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS
Proposed in this Volume (1903).
Brontispa (Co\eo]}i.) ...
CritomeruH (Coleopt. ) ...
Dingkana (Homopt.) ...
Ecnomodes (Lepidopt. ) . .
Epidirtica (Lepidopt.) ...
Epopsia (Lepidopt.) ...
Eufrcnchia (Homopt.) ...
Enfro(/(/aiiia (Homopt. )
Eutryonia (Homopt.) ..,
Geijerolyma (Homopt.)
Hedycharis (Lepidopt.)
Hensmania (Liliacere) ..
Luhra (Homopt.)
PAGE.
PAGE.
924
Metraniomorpha (Coleopt.) ..
. 658
663
Notocryptorhyuchus (Coleopt. )
. 675
8
Pheraspis (Lepidopt. )
61
69
Pheresmces (Lepidopt.)
56
81
Phersita (Coleopt.)
. 591
89
Porcorhinus (Homopt.)
. 38
24
(Juenislandica (Coleopt.)
. 664
37
Ph(eho/ps(f,H (Coleopt.)
. 589
. 34
Schi-.otrir/nim (Fungi)
. 562
. 335
Te/ec/iVa (Lepidopt.)
. 53
. 90
Tepperia (Coleopt.)
. 660
. 105
. 28
Themerastis (Lepidopt. )
. 63
[Printed off April 23rd, 1904/
P. Cnnnintrhame & Co., Printers, 146 Pitt Street, Sydney.
iirnDTHs:.
(1903.)
Nam
es in Italics are Synonyms.
PA<iE
PAGE
Abutilon Julianse
... 698
Adriana acerifolia
... 281
Acacia
...
279,411
Aechmophora
... 36
dealbata
... 327
elephas
... 36
decurrens ...
li,
12, 33, 937
pallidipennis
... 36
juniperina ..
... 329
Agapanthus umbellatus
... 96
longifolia ...
...
555, 937
Agaricus sp
.. 745
melanoxylon
...
747, 937
Agave americana
... 749
pendula
... 328
Ageratum conyzoides . . .
.. 764
penninervis
- 97, 124
Agropyron scabrum
... 726
pumila
...
... 906
Agrostis Forsteri
... 726
pycnantha ...
17, 97
Solandri
... 726
trineura
... 906
Albizzia lophanthus ..
... 747
viscidula ...
...
.. 937
Aleurites sp
.. 783
Acalypha sp.
. .
... 748
Allantodia
... 735
Aeanthaceif
297, 433
australis
... 735
Acantliochites asbestoides
... 883
Allium fragrans
... 767
retrojectus ...
.. 882
Alsophila australis
.. 739
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris.. 686
Cooperi
... 739
Acanthucus
..,
4, 6, 13
excelsa
738, 739
bispinus
4, 14, 16
Alstroomeria peregrina
... 749
conspurcatus
4, 14, 16
pulchella (?)
... 763
gracillispinus
4, 13, 15
Altinqia excelsa...
... 728
Kershawi ...
4, 14, 17
Alyx'isi daphnoides
... 709
rufiventris ...
"."..4,
13, 14, 40
Forsteri
... 709
trispinifer ...
4,13
15, 16, 40
Gynopogon
... 709
Acer Dohinea
... 701
Amarantacese ...298,299,
4L3, 436,
Achras costata ...
708, 784
[713
766, 910
Achyranthes arborescens
... 713
Amarantus viridis
... 766
aspera
...
... 713
Amaryllideae ... 106,303,
415, 4.38,
var. canes cens
... 713
[718,
763, 942
canescens
... 713
Amhly podia
... 249
Acrididse
... 312
amy lis
... 251
Acronychia Endlicheri
... 699
eupolis
... 252
Isevis
... 936
meander
... 251
Acrosema amhoimt'
... 65
sngriva
... 267
Actinotus helianthi
.. 279
Amblytelus
... 585
Adetipa
... 615
Amerosporium rhodospermum 94
Adiantum [ethiopicum...
.. 943
Ammophila arundinacea
... 752
affine
... 731
Ampelidese
... 287
diaphanum
731, 772
Amphibromus neesii ...
... 361
hispidulum
...
... 731
Amphipogon strictus ...
... .361
puhescens ...
... 731
Amphiroa anceps
.. 746
11.
INDEX.
Amphiroa ephedrea
Anagallis arvensis
Anapella cuneata
Anaptychia ciliaris
Anaspides (Anaspis) tasmanica
Anchomenus nigro-ieneus
Andropogon
aftinis 725,
bombvcinus
refractus 725,
sericeus
Angophora intermedia
lanceolata ...
Anisacantha(Bassia)longicuspis
PAOE
746
764
883
743
497
632
282
772
361
772
361
937
933
il3
Anthistiria australis
avenaeea ...
ciliata
Anthoceret>?
Anthoceros lajvis
Antonina australis
purpurea ...
Aphalara tlavilabris
gracilis
leptospermi
obscura
Apium (Utstrale...
leptophyllum
prostratum...
Apocyneae
Araliaceje
Araucaria
95, 102, 943
361,
361,
excelsa
•20,
362
362
741
741
... 686
.. 686
318, 337
316
320, 3.37
319, 337
706
706, 771
706
296, 431, 709
291, 706
717, 728, 743,
[776, 784
•26,
745,
'43,
Area antiquata ...
fasciata
Arcoperna recens
Areca sa])ida
Argemone mexicana
Argutor holomelanus
Arhopala
amytis
cyronthe
eupolis
meander
phryxus
wildei
Aristida behriana
stipoides
Aroideae ...
Arthropteris
tenclla
Artocarpus incisa
'74,
250,
/ / 1
... 847
.. 883
... 883
... 721
... 763
621, 622
138, 249
251, 253
251, 252
250, 252, 271
. 250, 251, 252, 253
250
250, 253, 271
... 361
... 361
305, 723
... 729
... 729
926
Arundo donax ...
Asaphis contraria
Asclepiadaceae ...
Asclepias
physicarpa ...
physocarpa...
Aseoehyta anthistirije
arida
eryptostemmae
graminicola
hyacinthi ...
microspora...
nicotianse . . .
Aserce sp.
Aspideaceffi
Aspidium
aristatum ...
capense
rordifoUum
coriaceum ...
deeompositum
molle
parasiticum
ramosum . . .
remotum . . .
setigerum . . .
tenericaule ...
tenerum
uliginosum ...
Aspleniaeea;
Asplenium
assimile
auatrale
brerisorum ...
caudatum ...
difforme
dimorphum...
diversifolium
f alcatum . .
rar. caudatum
flabellifolium
japonicum ...
viariniDii
nidus
obtusatum ...
rar. difforme
Robinsoni ...
squamulatum
umbrosion ...
v(n\ assimile
Astele scitulum...
subcarinata
PAGE
783
93
296, 431, 710,
[764, 941
765
765
764
95
553
95, 101
95
96
95
553
745
735
282, 735, 736
736
736
737
736
...736, 737, 772
735
735, 736
282
736
737
737
737
737
732
""282,735, 777
735
735
735
734
734
734
734
734
734
943
734
734
733, 734
734
734
733
733
... 735
735
881
881
INDEX.
111.
Axionicus ... 644, 657, 660
insignis ' ... 657
Azinia ... ... ... ... 36
Bacillus levaniformans 124, 128,
[129, 130, 131
mueosus ... ... . 345
pararabinus 550
Backhousia .. ... ... 933
Bacterium acacise 114, 118, 119, 121,
122, 124, 125, 126,
127, 128, 129, 130,
[131, 541, 542, 552
eucalypti 831
gelatinosum betao ... ... 550
glutinosum... ... .. 345
metarabinum 114, 118, 119,
121, 122, 124, 125,
[126, 127, 541
pararabinum 541, 550, 552,
[830
persicre ...128, 129, 130, 338,
[345, .347, 543, 544
sacchari ... 348, 362, 834,
[835, 837, 838
vascularum 543
Basomyces fusco-carnea ... 688
Balsenoptera sp. 945
Baloghia lucida... 715, 716, 784
Bambusa arundinacea.. .,. 749
Banksia ornata... ... ... 563
paludosa 910
sp 563
Barringtonia speciosa ... ... 928
Bartula mnioides ... ... 497
Bassia divaricata ... .. 909
PA(4E
PAGE
Asteroscopus noclosm ...
... 75
Battarrea Tepperiana ...
884
Astralium
... 451
Bauera rubioides
279
Atalantia glauca
... 410
Bedfordia salicina
101
Athyrium brevisorum ...
735, 772
Begonia semperflorens...
749
umbrosum
... 735
Belenois Java ..
944
mtr. assimile
... 735
Bembidiini
575
Atteva
77, 78
Bemhidium aniplipeiine
576
albiguttata...
79, 80
hipartitum
...
584
brucea
... 79
master si
576
charopis
79, 80
sexstriatum
577
emissella
... 79
victoriense
577
fahncieWi
... 79
Beta vulgaris
100
impariguttella
... 79
Biatorinopsis lutea
690
niphocosma
79
Bidens pilosa
707
,771
niveigutta ...
... 79
Big no nia Pa ndo ne
712
niviguttella
... 79
Bignoniacefe ... 297
, 433,
564,
pulchella
.. 81
[712
941
Austroinyrina schraderi
... 257
Bilimhia phyllocharis . . .
690
Billardiera scandens 936
Bindahara 138, 267
phocides 267, 268
sugriva ... 267, 268, 271
Blackburnia pinnata ... 699,784
Blandfordia fiammea 281
Biechnum 732
acuminatum ... 732, 733
attenuatum ... ... 733
cartilagineum 943
discolorum 732, 772
lanceolatum ... 732, 733
Norfolkianum .. ... 732
Blennodia cardaminoides ... 409
Boehmeria australis ... ... 717
Boerhaavia diffusa 910
Bomhyx banksiie ... ... 59
Boraginese ... 296, 432, 710, 941
Boronia Barkeriana 699, 773, 774
ledifolia 905
polygalifolia . ... 936
Bosistoa euodiformis 699, 773, 774
Bossirea heterophylla ... ... 933
Botryodendron angustifolium ... 706
latifolium ... 706
Botyritis infestans ... ... 770
Brachycome ... ... ... 280
multifida 940
Brenthidre 667
Briza maxima 767
mmor
... 767
Bromus arenarius
... 752
Bromus sterilis
... 767
unioloides
... 752
Brontispa
... 924
IV.
INDEX.
I'ACIK 1
PACE
Brontispa froggatti
924,
9-25
Calostemma
.. 415
Bryeoe
740
Calotis
... 412
liryonia difhih ...
705
dentex
... 940
Bryonopsis affinis
...
705
Calyptopogon crispatulus
... 497
Fdiirheri
...
705
erispatus
.. 498
Bryopteris vittata
741
Hookeri
... 497
Bryum angeiotheciura ...
740
mnioides
497, 498
canariense
740
Wilhelmii
... 498
Bulbine bulbosa
...
415
Calystegia affini-'!
... 711
semibarbata
415
Soldatiella
... 711
Bulbophyllum argyropus
717
Camarosporium olearise
... 554
exiguum
...
717
Campanulaceae... 294, 295,
412, 431,
sp. ..
717 1
[707, 940
lUiphtJialinuvt nnijionuii
707
Canavalia Baueriana ...
702, 784
Burmanniacese
303
obtusifolia ...
... 702
Bursaria spinosa
363,
935
Cancellaria purpuriformis
... 883
Busbeckia
696
Candalides ... 137, 158,
175, 176,
arbor ea
696
[183. 190
^leqam
...
696
absimilis ... 176, 177,
178. 179,
nobilh . 695,
696
784
180,
181, 182,
Byblisgigantea... 680,
684
685
[190. 272
CactesB
762
acasta ... 176, 186,
271, 272
Ctecum amputatum
882
albosericea... 177
18.3, 271
Caenogonieae
...
744
an ltd
186, 187
Civnogonium implexum
744
cane^cem
... 187
Ctenopteris odontites ...
...
734
cyanites
176, 180
Civsalpinia Bonducella
...
703
cyprotus ... 177
187, 272
coriaria
761
erinus ... 176, 177,
183, 184,
Cakile maritima
695
,771
[185, 187
269, 271
Caladenia
281
gilberti
176, 181
carnea
...
942
heathi 176, 177, 178
, 187, 272
C(ilnt]iii:< iride>>cens
...
623
helenita ... 176, 180
, 181, 271
Calcar tentoriforme
...
882
hyacinthina 176, 184,
185, 186,
Calendula otlicinalis ...
558
[187, 188
,271, 272
Calicium hyperellum ...
687
maerens
... 187
Callicoma serratifolia ...
279
; margarita ... 176
, 179, 181
Callicysthinf volnbilis ...
703
subpallidus . .
184, 185
CalUfienia pilcheri
...
83
xanthospilos 158, 173
176, 177,
Calliostoma legrandi ...
882
188, 272
meyeri
...
882
Candellariella vitellina
... 690
speciosum
881
Cantharidus bellulus . . .
... 882
Callistemon coccineus ...
884
,885
conicus
... 882
lanceolatus... 278
, 747
, 884
decoiatus
... 881
Callithauma basilica ..
91
irisodontes
... 882
Callitris calcarata'
840
lehmanni ..
... 882
cupressiformis
...
840
Capparidea?
418, 695
glauca
840
Capparis
... 696
gracilis
839, 841
arborea
... 696
Muelleri
840
citrina
695, 784
robusta
840
elegans
... 696
Callomphala lucida
881
lasiantha
... 409
Callopisma cinnabarinum
...
690
mitchelli
... 409
Calophyllum inophyllum
697
nobilis ... 69:
), 696, 773
INDEX.
pa<;e
l*.\GE
Capparis ornans
...
... 696
Catochrysops strabo
201, 202, 222,
Capulus australis
... 882
[226
Capusa
... 48
Caucalis nodosa
764
senilis
75
Cedrela australis
127, 345, 746
Carabidfe
566
, 585, 685
Celanida
585, 586
Carcharodon sp.
464, 495
montana ...
586
Cavdamine tenuifolia
... 409
Celastrinea3
287, 421, 701
Cardiaspis rubra
322, 337
Celtis paniculata
717
Cardita cavatica
...
... 883
Cenea
593
dilecta
...
... 883
Ceneus
593, 594
squamigera
. . 883
chahjheipennU
... 594
Carex
.. 281
Centaurea melitensis
764
inversa
..
725, 772
Centrolepideae . . .
107, 305
Neesiana ...
... 725
Centrolepis aristata
108
pumila
... 906
humillima ...
108
Caryophyllete 285, 286
,"418
,419, 763
inconspicua
107
Cascera
44, 46, 73
Centrotinse
5, 35
amydra
73, 74
Centrotus acanthas2ns
20
muscosa
..
73
australis
18, 19
Cassia
... 411
binotatus ...
4, 19
laevigata
764, 768
2-imnctatus
12
Cassis Umbriata
... 882
contractus ...
... 4, 31
nana
..
... 882
decisus
4,20
Cassytha
..
... 94
falcatus
25
glabella
... 102
Jiexuosus
27
Castanea vesca ...
... 758
monstrifer ...
34
Castanospermum australe
747, 783
obstans
4, 19
Castelneaudia ... 592
595
596, 615
punctatiis ...
12
angulosa ...
... 598
rujiventris ...
14
atlas
594, 596
Tasmanice ...
31
atroviridis ...
..
... 596
trispinifer ..
13, 15
brevis
596,
597, 598
truncaticornis
4, 31
cordata
..
... 596
virescens
10
cyanea
... 596
vitta
32
hecate
... 593
Centrotypus
5, 6, 26
imperial is ...
... 597
minutus
5, 27, 28
latipennis ...
596,
597, 598
occidentalis
5,27
obesa
... 596
Cerastium vulgatum .
763
obscuripennis
... 596
Ceratochloa unioloides
752, 885
porphyriaca
... 599
Ceratophysetis sphaerosticha... 91
subvirens ...
... 598
Cercospora loranthi
96
vigorsi
..
594, 596
Geresa su(f'usa ..."
. 4, 10, 11
wilsoni
... 599
Cerura
. 44, 45, 54
Casuarina
281, 414
australis
55
glauca
... 748
furcula
.. 55
suberosa
... 942
vinula
55
Casuarineffi ... 301,
437,
748, 942
Chama pacifica...
... 929
Catocala
... 66
Champia parvula
... 746
Catochrysops
"\H7,
155, 201
Charlie oodia australis .
... 719
cnejus ... 201,
202,
222, 272
corniest a
... 719
Uthargyria ...
201, 202
Cheilanthes
... 731
pandava
... 201
arhorescens . .
... 731
platissa
201, 202
dicksonioides
. . 731
vi.
INDEX.
PAGE 1
PAGE
Cheilanthes di^^tam
...
731 i
Cladonia subcariosa .
... 498
Sii'beri
731 1
Clanculus clangulus
... 882
tenuifolia ...
731 i
dunkeri
... 882
rar. Sieberi
731
flagellatus ...
... 882
Cheirantheia linearis
279
681 !
floridus
... 882
Chenopodiacea- ... 113,
"298,
413,
434,
limbatus ...
... 882
[435
436.
767,
909
niaxillatus ...
... 882
Chenopodium ambrosioides
767
omalomphalus
... 881
murale
767
yatesi
... 882
rhadistachyum
564
Clathe arida
74. 75
Chilades
137
209
210
Clathroporina eminentior
... 744
isophthalma
...
210
Clematis
280, 412
laius
209
coeculifolia...
604, 773
trochilus ...
209
210
glycinoides...
694,
771, 935
Chiodecton perplexum
744
indivisa
694, 773
Chione calophylla
...
883
integrifolia...
.. 694
Chhvnioidius ...
..
624
Cleridae
... 685
herbaceus ...
...
624
625
CUantlnia Baueri
703, 784
irideomicans
...
624
carneus
... 703
planipennis
....
624
dampieri ...
..
... 410
pctciloides ...
624
CUtoria sp
703, 784
prolixus
...
...
624
Coccocarpia rufescens .
... 690
Chlamys hedleyi
...
883
Coccoloha australis
713. 784
undulatus ...
..
...
883
Cocos nueifera ...
... 926
Chlenias banksiaria
75
Coenobita perlata
... 928
aanittaria ...
...
70
Coffea arabica ...
... 760
Chloris acicularis
...
885
Collema
... 283
truncata
361
Collemacege
..
... 742
Chrysophanus ..
204
Colhjta lanceolata
.. 60
aenea »...
204
,206
,207
Coloborrhis
..
... 39
aurifer
204
Colocasia antiquorum.
.723
754, 771
cy2)rotus
187
macrorrhiza
723, 773
discifer
..
204
Colpodes
631, 634
phleas
204
liuiiihris
... 633
Cibotium
740
mucronatus
... 634
Cillenum albovirens
575
Colydiidge
... 831
raastersi ...
...
576
Colydium sp. ...
... 831
Citrus
724
Cominella alveolata
... 882
Cladium ...
281
costata
... 882
Cladonia
283
filicea
... 882
bacillaris ...
...
498
j Commelyna cyanea
721
, 784, 942
cervicornis ...
498
[ Commelynaceae .. 304
, 438
, 721, 942
cornucopioides i
(ir.
)leu-
'; Compositge ... 280,
292.
293, 294,
rota
688
411,
427.
428, 429,
degenerans...
...
498
: [430
,707
, 764, 940
delicata f. quercina
688
' Conehoderma aurita
... 945
digitata
688
Coniferoe..
"302
, 438, 726
elegantula ...
498
Coniocybe baeomycioides
... 687
enantia
...
498
1 Conostylis cymosa
... 107
furcata rar. pinnata
49S, 6SS
Harperiana
... 106
gracilis
688
J Conus hebraeus...
... 9*29
pityrea
498
Convolvulacea? .. 296,
432,
710, 909,
racemosa . . .
688
[941
INDEX.
vii.
PAGK
rA(;E
Convolvulus affinis
...
711
Cupido adamapunctata
231
232
marginatus...
... 711
, 941
teneui^
...
259
Soldanella ...
711
agricola
,..
234
Coprosma Baueri
...
706
almora
226
lucida
...
7U6
arinia
153
pilosa
706
delicata
,.
214
Corclyline australis
718
719
fascio/a
238
Baueri
718
molyhdena
...
238
canmi' folia ...
719
simplex
..
185
nutan>>
718
Gupresms columnaris ...
726
obtecta
718
Cupressus macrocarpa...
...
749
stricta
719
Curculionid£e
643
terminalis ...
927
Cuscuta australis
941
var. cann^folia
719
Cuspidaria brazieri
...
883
Coronocanthus ...
613
615
tasmanica
883
sulcatu.^
610
613
Cyamobolus
676
Coronula diadema
944
945
Cyamus ceti
944
, 945
Correa speciosa . . .
557
Cyaniris 136, 143
, 144
, 210
Coryneura acaciae
96
argiolus
143
Coscinia
...
584
ceyx
...
145
Cotula australis
"..' ' 707
771
dilectissima
145
Craspedia Richea
940
puspa
269
Crassatellites aurora
883
sp
272
Crassulaceae
290
425
tenella
144
271
Cratogaster
593
Cyathea medullaris
737
738
latitm
594
Cyatheacese
737
melas
594
Cyathochaete arenacea...
110
sulcatum ...
594
teretifolia
109
Cressa cretica ...
909
Cycadea?
...
.302
Crinum
415
Cydothorax
585
586
norfolkianum
718
ciirtns
585
586
pedunculatum
...
718
fortiii
586
Critomerus
644
663
punctatns
586
emblematicus
..
663
punctipennis
632
Croton elutioides
716
Cycnogeton
922
sanguijiuum
784
Cylindrosporium eucalypti
97
san<jui\1lma
716
Cymbidium canaliculatum
415
Crucifereae ...285,
417, 418,
695.
Cynodon dactylon 361, 726
752
772
[762
763
Cynoglossum australe ...
710,
941
Cryptandra amara
905
Cyperacese ...109,281,
306.
307,
rar. longiflora
905
[415, 439,
724,
922
Cryptonychus . . .
924
Cyperus
...
281
Cryptoplax gunnii
881,
883
congestus
724,
/ i 1
striatus
881,
882
hiematodes
724,
783
Cryptorhynchides
643,
667
lucidus
724,
773
Cryptorhynchus
644, 676,
924
rotund us ... 686,
724,
771
mcestus
..
676
Cyphanta
44
Cryptostemma calendulaceum
95,
Cyphomandra betacea ...
..
758
[101
Cyphosoma
593
Cucujidae
685
Cyprrea thersites
...
882
Cucumis myriocarpus
411
Cyptasia
84
trigonus
..
411
cristata
...
82
Cucurbitacea? ...
411, 426,
705
egreyiella
84
Vlll.
INDEX.
J'AGE
593 j
7t)2
752 I
744 I
140
.. 44, 45, oS
o'J ^
1B7, 146, 155, 261 ;
153
15()
147, 149, 271
147, 152, 153
155
153
14C, 147, 149
147, 152
270
150, 152
147, 149
147, 149, 150,
[153, 154, 272
147, 149
147, 150, 152,
[153, 154, 272
282
361
... 911
... 911
5
593
364, 367, 374,
[386, 394, 397
2S0, 766
749
280
... 5, 6, 29, 30
... 5, 31, 33
...5,31, 39, 4U
...5, 31, 32, 40
737
943
737
737
279,933
826, 828, 829,
[830, 831
Dendrobium 281
brachypus ... .. ... 717
macropus ... ... ... 717
Dennstsedtia davallioides ... 737
Desmodium varians ... ... 937
Destolrnia ... ... 45, 59
Cyrtoderus
Cytisus sp.
Dactylis glomerata
Dald'inia vernicosa
Danima
banksiro
Danis
albastola ...
aleuas
apollonius ...
arinia
c<r testis
cyanea
danis
macleayi ...
philostratus
salamandri
seb(e...
serapis
syrius
taygetus
Danthonia
bipartita
Daphnandra micrantha
tenuipes
Darninaj..
Darodilia longula
Dasyurus viverrinus
Datura stramonium
suaveolens
tatula
Daunus
gracilis
Tasmanise ...
vitta
I)n vallio dicksonioide:^
Davallia dubia ...
pyxidata ...
Davalliacese
Daviesia...
Dematium pullulans
Destolrnia lanceolata .
lineata
liturata
nigrolinea ..
Deudorix
democles
despcena
diovis ... 264
epijarbas ...
epirus
simsoni
varuna
Deyeuxia
Forsteri
Dianasa ...
obscura
Dianella intermedia
Dichelachne crinita
montana
sciurea
Dicksonia davallioides
Dicranura
Dietyola dichotoma
Didetus ...
Dilleniacere
Dimerium orbiculare
orbiculatum
secedens
synapheae ...
tarrietige
tasmanicum
Dimerosporium . . .
ludwigianum
parvulum ...
Dimya corrugata
Dingkana
borealis
Diorchidium
Dioscorideje
Diplachne fusca
Diplazium
japonicum ...
Dipodium punctatum
Discophlebia
I bloserodes ...
: catocalina ...
lucasii
Disemma adiantifolia
Baucriana . . .
Diuris
peduneulata
PAGE
60
...44,60
75
60, 61
136, 138, 263,
[266, 267
267
265
, 265, 266, 272
264
264, 265
... 266
266, 267
282
726, 772
84
88
88
.. 721
726, 772
726
726
737
55
746
637
284, 417, 935
98
97,98
98
98
98
98
... 98
.. 564
4, 5, 8, 9
4, 9, 40
... 559
... 303
... 361
... 735
... 734
... 942
46, 65
66, 67
... 66
66, 67
... 704
704, 705
... 281
95, 942
44
INDEX.
IX.
I' AGE
PAGE
Dodona^a lanceolata ...
... 701
Enaemia
76, 77
orientalis
... 701
callianthes ...
.. 82
spathulata
... 701
caminaea . . .
... 89
viscosa
... 701
erythractis ...
... 86
Dolabrifera brazieri
... 882
mlxoleiica . . .
... 82
Dolichopoda
... 312
pyrochrysa . . .
... 85
Dolichos
,.. 784
Enchylaena
.,
... 910
Lablab
... 761
microphylla
... 910
Doodia aspera
... 733
Entelen
... 645
caudata
... 733
Epacrideae 104,
280,
295,
431, 909
Kunthiana ...
... 733
Epacris
... 280
media
... 733
impressa
..
832, 909
rar. Kunthiana
... 733
Ephippodonta lunata
... 883
Dosinia crocea
.. 883
macdougalli
. . 883
Dracania
... 719
Epicoma
... 43
austrcdis
... 718
Epicosmus
566,
507, 568
mitans
... 718
alternans 568
,57^
',573
, 574, 575
obtecta
... 718
australasiai
568,
570,
572, 574
Drillia oweni
... 882
australis
567,
568, 575
quoyi
.'.. 883
comptus
568,
570, 571
Drimostoma alpestre . . .
... 585
corpidentus . . .
569, 570
australe
... 585
elongatus ...
'568,
574, 575
montanum
... 585
f roggatti
568, 571
Drimostoaiini
... 584
insignis
..
567, 568
Drimys aromatica
... 99
longicollis ...
.. 575
Howeana ... G94,
773, 774
macleayi . . .
567, 568
Drosera auiiculata
... 937
mastersi
568,
571,
573, 574
Droseracea? ... 290,
680, 937
nohilis
... 568
Drymoglossum carnosum
... 730
obesulus
567, 568
Drynaria ndgare
... 730
parvulus
..
... 568
Duboisia hopwoodii
... 413
rockhamptonensis
568,
569, 570,
myopoioides
... 941
[573
Duranta stenophylla ...
... 749
Epicrosis
... 127
Dyscolus australis
... 634
Epidictica
77,81
dilatatus
... 634
calliphylla ...
..
... 81
Dysopirhinus ...
073, 674
var. tenuilinea
..
... 82
albosparsus
... 674
cristata
81, 82
grandis
... 674
pilcheri
81, 83
Dysoxylon Lessertianum
.. 700
thiospila
..
81, 83
Patersonianum
699, 785
Epilobium glabelluni
.. 939
Dystrichothorax
... 585
Epilyx
... 585
Echinopogon ovatus ...
725, 772
Epopsia
77, 89
Ecnomodes
46,69
metreta
..
... 90
sagittaria
... 70
Eragro.stis
.. 282
Ectorisma granulata ...
... 883
eiiopoda
... 361
Egestria sp
... 685
laniflora
... 361
Eichhornia crassipes . . .
... 763
pilosa
... 361
Elaeodendron curtipendulum
... 701
Ereehtites arguta
... 707
Elatinese
... 419
Eremophila
... 413
Elatostemma montanum
... 717
mitchelli
... 413
Eleusine oegyptiaca
... 361
Eriachne obtusa
... .361
Elodina ...
... 183
Erigeron linifolius
... 764
Elynanthus
... 112
Erina
••
... 175
X.
INDEX.
i'A(;fc;
PAGE
Erin a erinns
... 175
Eucalyptus dextropinea
... 351
iijiiita
... 175
discolor
... 890
175, 177
diversifolia...
890, 896
Kriopsylla gracilis
316
dives
... 360
Eriostenion ambiens
099,
773, 774
elteophora ...
... 356
Beckleri ...
699,
773, 774
elata
... 890
(lirt'oniiis ...
... 409
elongata
... 891
Eiodiuiu nioschatum
... 764
eugenioides 352,
^58,
359, 892,
Erythnta australis
710, 771
895
938, 939
Erythrina sp. ...
747, 783
eximia
891, 933
Eucalyptus ... 27S
351,
411, 902
frma
896
albens
... 358
/issilis
... 897
amhigua
... 890
Fletcheri ...
351, 938
ampli folia ...
'S89,
893, 894
tiexilis
... 891
amygdalina 330,
332,
360, 890,
Foeld Bay ...
... 896
[891,
892, 900
gigantea
... 891
rur. radiata
890, 894
glandidosa ...
... 891
Andreana ...
.
. 894
glaucophylla
... 891
androsmafolia
... 890
globularis ...
.. 891
angulosa ...
... 894
globulosus ...
.. 896
arr/extea
... 895
globulus 315. 354,
747,
891,892,
Baueriana ...
... 351
[898, 899
900
,901, 902
bicolor
... 899
glomerata ...
... 896
botryoides ...
... 903
gomphocephala
... 902
Bourlieri ...
901, 902
gomphocornuta ,
... 902
brachypoda
... 353
gomplio-cormda .
... 902
Bridgesiana
,_
.. 353
gompho x cornuta .
.„ 902
cali/ornica ...
900, 901
gompho-occidental
s
... 902
calophylla ...
... 747
goniocalyx 353,
356,
890, 898,
catyculata ...
... 890
[900
camaldtdensis
... 890
gracilipes ...
... 896
. Cambagei ...
... 354
Gunnii
352, 898
camphora ...
352, 353
var. acervula
892
898, 899
capitellata ...
351,
359. 938
Gunnii-globulus .
... 902
citryandra . . .
... 895
haemastoma
352, 359
cneorifolia ...
891,898
var. micrantha .
... 352
coccifera 322, 325
326,
895, 901
hemiphloia 351,
358,
933, 938,
cu'rulescens...
... 895
[939
concolor
896
Huheriana
... 897
conica
351, .354
kyperici/olia
... 891
connata
... 890
incrassata ...
... 898
cordata
"'890
892, 902
insignis
... 897
coriacea
.. 360
jugalis
... 897
cornuta
... 902
lactea
... 351
cornuta x Lehman
ni
... 902
laevopinea ...
350, 351
corynibosa ...
... 891
Lamheyii ...
... 897
crebra
"359
899, 938
Lehmanni ...
.. 889
cidtrifolia ...
... 895
leucoxylon ...
... 896
cidtriformis
... 895
Liiidleyana
... 891
Cuniiitif/hamii
... 890
linearis
891, 892
Dawson i ... 350
r354
355, 357
longifolia ...
... 944
dealbata
... 3.52
lonqifolia ...
... 891
de'<e riorum ...
... 896
McClatchie..
... 900
INDEX.
XI.
PAGE
Eucalyptus macrorhyncha 351, H58
var. brachycorys ... 81^9
maculosa
Maiden i
Mazeliana
media
melliodora
microtheca ...
Mortoniana
mucronata ...
Muelleri
Muelleriana
Mi'iileri
myrtifolia
myrtif ormis
obcordata
obliqua
ohliqua
obtusiflora ...
occidentalis
var. calif ornica . .
opositij'olius
oppositifolia
ovalifolia 351,354,355
var. lanceolata 355,
351, 352, 359
900
897
891
97, 316, 354, 588,
[895
ovata
pallens
pauciflora ...
pendida
pendulosa ...
penicil/ata ...
perfoliata . . .
persictfolia . . .
petiolulata ...
pilularis
pinnata
piperita
platyphylla
polyanthema
polyanthemos
populifolia ..."
procera
pseudo-globulus
pulchella ...
pulverulenta
pidverulenta
pulviijera ...
punctata ...
purpurascens
quadrialata
radiata
Rameliana ...
352,
353,
353,
... 408
... 900
... 891
... 898
351, 898
... 898
... 891
... 898
... 900
... 892
... 350
..: 892
900, 901, 902
900, 101
... 891
891
356, 358
357, 358
890, 891
892
900
899
899
892
892
892
892
351, 890
901
360, 892, 93:J
893
355, 356, 357
355
892
892
899
892
890
892
892
686, 831, 933
892
899
894
903
pa(;k
Eucalyptus Rameliana . . . 903
r thrum 899
reticulata ... 892
rigida ... ., ., 892
robusta ... 324, 902, 903
Eossi 352,933
rostrata 316, 411, 588, 890, 896,
[903
rvhricaidis ... ... ... 892
saligna 897, 939
scyphoidea 899
siderophloia ... 360, 938
sideroxylon... 316, 359, 938
var. pallens 359
Sieberiana .. ... ... 360
Smithii ... ... ... 897
sp 99,320
squamosa ... ... .. 353
stellulata ... ... ... 360
stenophylla 892
stricta 890
Stuartiana ... ... ... 353
tereticornis 316, 358, 889, 891.
893, 894, 896, 897,
[939
var. angulosa 894
var. dealbata
var. latifolia
Trabuti
trachyphloia
tid)erc^data
uncinata
viminalis
var. ferti
var. pedicellaris
vitellina
Euchrysops
Eudema alternaiiH
australe
elongatum ...
nobile
rockhamptonense .
Eufrenchia
falcata
Lea? ..
Eufroggattia
tuberculata..
Eugenia jambolana
smithii
Eidecidia contigiia
Eulima articulata
Euphorbia
316
893
903
350
892
896
351, 358, 359, 890,
892, 897, 898, 899
900
... 897
900
201
572
571
575
568
569
4, 6, 24
4, 25, 26
..4, 25, 26, 39
5, 7, 37
..5, 37, 38, 40
758
278
690
312
.. 281
INDEX.
PAGE
PAGE
Euphorbia drummondii
... 414
Feron ia v iridima rgina ta
... 608
glauca
... 716
Festuca bromoides
... 767
Norfolkiana
... 716
Ficinia guttata ...
... 724
obli(]ua
715, 716
Ficoideai 291
426, 705
I'eplus
... 767
Ficus
... 281
Sparmanni
... 716
columnaris
... 748
taniienxix ...
... 716
macrophylla
... 748
Euphorbiaceffi ...281, S^O,
301, 414,
repens
... 749
[437, 715
748, 767
Filices 310, 311, 442, 784
923, 943
Euphrasia
... 280
Fimbristylis
... 281
Euphjsetes potsii
... 945
Flindersia maculosa ...
... 410
Eupsychellus
136, 138
Foeniculum vulgare
... 762
dionisius ... 138
139, 271
Foureroya gigantea
... 749
Eupterotidffi
... 43
Franciscea sp
. 750
Eurystoma
... 593
Frankenia paucitiora ...
697, 771
Eiirj/stoiniii
... 593
Frankeniacere
418, 697
Eurystomus
... 593
Frenela
... 281
Euschemon rafflesia 313
314, 497
Freycinetia Baueriana...
... 722
Euschemonidae
... 497
Fulgoridas
... 36
Eustixis
76
Fumaria officinalis
.. 763
Eutriglochin
... 921
Fumariacese
... 285
Eutryonia 5,
6, 34, 35
Fungi
282, 744
monstrifera
5, 34, 40
Fusanus acuminatus ...
... 414
Everes ... .. 137
155, 218
Fusarium gracile
... 554
argiades
. . 219
roseum ...
. . . 554
Evernia melaxantha . . .
... 742
Fusus lincolnensis
... 882
Evodia littoralis
.. 699
Galiusoga parviflora ...
... 764
Exfficaria Agallocha
... 716
Gallaba ..
14, 46, 67
Exoascus bullatus
94, 98
duplicata
... 68
Exocarpus phyllanthoides
715, 717,
oehropepla
68, 69
[777
Galleridce
... 72
stricta
... 942
Gargetta 44, 46, 70
Extatosoma tiaratum ...
... 361
acarodes
70, 71
Fatsia papyrifera
... 750
costigera
... 71
Fentonia
... 53
Gastrochfena tasmanica
... 883
Fcronia
.. 615
Gastrolobium Boormani
... 906
azureomarginata ...
... 615
Geijera parviflora
336, 410
cyantocincta
... 615
Geijerolyma
... 335
ci^mtraldipennU
... 617
■ robusta ... 335,
336, 337
Junebru
... 624
Geitonoplesium
... 281
interior is
... 623
cyniosum
.. 718
iridc><cens
622, 623
Gelechiidai
... 91
iridi2)cnni)i ...
622, 623
Gelidium latifolium . .
... 746
obesa
... 596
Gempylodes tmetus
... S31
ohcsula
... 616
Gentiane* ... 296,
431, 710
olivieri
... 616
Genypterus blacodes ...
... 884
ijuadrisiilcata
.. 613
Geometridie
43, 75
resplendent
... 625
Geraniacese ... 286,
420, 699,
saphijreomarfiinata
.. 615
[762
764, 936
Kaplnjripennis
616, 618
Geranium dissectum 699,
771, 936
satrapa
... 601
Glceosporium haynaldianura ... 99
suhgagatina
... 623
magnolite
... 99
riridilimbata
... 60S
walteri
... 98
INDEX.
Xlll.
TAGE
Glycine clandestina
937
tabacina
702
771
Glycymeris australis ...
883
Glyphipterygiditi
76
Glyphis verrucosa
744
772
Gnaphalium invohicratimi
707
japonicum
707
lanatum
707
luteo-album
707
Gomphocarpus
76.5
fruticosus
765
var. physocarpus
765
physocarpus
765
Gompholobium latifolium
9.33
Goodenia
280
412
belli difolia
907
dimorpha 907, 908
var. angustifolia 907, 908, 909
gracilis 907, 908
hederacea -.. 940
paniculata 907,908
stelligera 907,908
Goodenovieae ... 294, 412, 430,
[431, 907, 940
Gossypium barbadense ... 759
sturtii 409
Gramine^ ... 113, 307, 308, 309,
310,415, 439, 440,
441,442, 725, 767,
[923, 943
Graphideae 744
Grevillea 280
striata ... ... ... 414
Victorise 98
Guilandina Bonduc ... ... 703
Guttiferese 697
Gynopogon Alyxia ... ... 709
Gyrineum australasia 449
Hakea acicularis ... ... 747
dactyloides 941
sp 8, 747
Haliotis albicans .. ... 881
brazieri 881
cocoradiata... .. ... 881
emms8 ... .. ... 881
excavata 881
tricostalis 881
Halorageffi 290,425
Halticidje 831
Hardenhergia monofhylla ... 937
Hartighsea Patersoniana ... 099
Hedycarya macrophylla ... 911
Hedycharis 77, 90
PAGE
Hedycharis phoenobapta ... 90
Heleocharis acuta ... 724, 771
sphacelata 278
Helichrysum 280, 412
Helipterum 412
Helminthosporium gramineum 99
Hendersonia eucalypti 100
grandispora 99
lobelias ... ... ... 554
sarmentorum 5.55
Hensmania ... ... ... 105
turbinata 106
Hesperia cnejus ... ... 202
dicty<m 262
lucanuH 204
parrhasius 219
2)horhas 262
plinins 207
Hesperidas 313, 314
Heterothecium biflorum .. 744
Hibbertia acicularis 935
diffusa 935
pedunculata 935
Hibiscus diversifolia 698
insularis 698, 784
Pater so nii 784
sinensis 750
tiliaceus 698, 929
Hirneola Auricula- Judaj ... 745
Hispidffi 564, 924
HistiopterU incisa ... ... 732
Holochila ... ... ... 175
ahsimilis ... ... 175, 178
albosericea... ... ... 183
androdiis ... ... ... 180
anita ... ... ... 186
Cit'rideolactea ... .. 183
cyanites .. ... ... 186
cyprotus 187
erinus ... ... ... 185
fulgens
heat hi
helenita
hyacinthina
maey^ens
margarita ..
nit ens
purpurea . .
suhargentea
xanthospilos
... 190
... 178
... 180
... 185
... 186
... 179
... 190
187, 188
... ISO
... 177
Homalanthus populifolius ... 748
Homalosoma ... 592, 593, 594,
[595, 615
INDEX.
PAGE
1
PAGE
Jfomalosoma alter nam
... 594
Hypochryaops eudetus
166. 174
atlas
594, 596
e.udides
... 170
cra>isiforme
... 594
halyadus . . .
...
... 163
cyaneocinctum
... 615
hecalius
... 172
imp'riale ...
596, 597
ignita
"i36
, 168, 170
nitidkolle
... 59)
narcissus ...
165, 173
ohemni
... 596
ollijn
... 168
porphyriacnm
... 599
regina
... 167
fiolandersi
597, 598
rex ...
...
... 159
suhrirens
... 598
rovena
...
... 160
vigorsi
... 594
thesaurus ...
... 166
Hoplophorin.-e
5
Hypocrea fusaroides
... 745
Hovenia dulcis
... 761
Hypocysta adiante
... 685
Hyacinthus orientalis ...
... 96
antirius
... 685
Hyalonema mirabilis ...
.. 831
epirius
... 685
Hijh mthera biglandulosa
... 710
irius
... 685
Hydrocharidere
302, 438
metirius
...
... 685
Hydrocotyle umbellata
var.
pseudirius ...
... 685
bonariensis
... 906
undulata ...
...
... 685
vulgare
... 906
Hypola^na fasciculata
... 108
Hyhtora
46
fastigiata ...
... 109
tncalypti
47
Hypolepis tenuifolia
... 737
Hyleora 44,
45, 46, 49
Hypolyccena
13S, 262
capnxiiia
... 50
dict(va
. . 262
dilucida
47, 48
noctula
262, 263
eucalypti
... 47
phorbas .. 134
262
, 263, 271
inclyta
... 47
tmolus
,.
... 262
sphinx
... 47
Hyponomeuta ...
76, 77
Hymenanthera dentata
279, 697,
internellus . . .
.. 77
[773
myriosema ...
... 78
latifolia
... 696
myriosemus
77, 78
ohlonf/ifolia
696, 773
pustulellus ...
77
Hymenociirete purpurea
... 744
Hyponomeutidas
... 76
Hymenophyllacere
... 729
Hyptoprepia haematop
IS
... 88
Hymenophyllum
... 282
Hypoxis hygrometrica
..
... 942
niultitidum
... 729
Hypsoprora
5. 6, 35
tunbrif,'ense
.. 729
cassis
... 5, 35
Hypericineie ... 286
,419, 936
lalmenus
'l38
254, 260
Hypericum Japonicum
... 936
dementi
256. 260
Hyperion schroetteri ..
... 588
dameli
255
257, 258
Hypnese
... 741
eichhorni ...
._
255, 256
Hypnum circinale
... 741
eubulus
255, 256
irdortum
... 741
evagoras ...255,
256,
257, 271,
minntuhim
... 741
[272
Hypochoeris glabra
... 764
icilius
..
259, 260
radicata
... 764
ictinus ... 255,
257,
259, 272
Hypochryso2^>i
158, 175
iUidgei
... 257
apelles
... 162
inous ... 256,
259,
260, 271
apollo
... 161
if onus
256, 257
rhrymnotus
... 170
lithochroa .. 255,
256,
258, 259,
(leliria
... 166
[271
epir/etns
160, 161
Ilex sp
... 98
fpkuruii
... 171
Illaphanus
..
... 583
INDEX.
XV.
PAGE
Indigof era Anil
761
tinctoria
761
Inocarpus edulis
761
Iporaoea amhigua
710
Bona-nox
710
carinata
710
cataracts
710
congesta
710
palmata
...
711
fendula
...
711
Pes-Caprre
710
771
Irideae
303
767
Ischnochiton australis ...
882
juloides
...
883
novae-hollandiffi ...
...
883
Isohpis consper-^a
724
Isopterygium intortum
741
Isotarsus comptus
571
Isotoma
412
axillaris
280
Jacksonia
...
279
scoparia
936
Jamides 137, 155,
198,
216
amarauge
216
astraptes ...
217
bochus
216,
218
candrena ...
217
phaseli ... 216, 217, 272
Jasrnineae ... 295, 431, 708
Jasminum ... ... ... 412
gracile 708
Sambac ... ... ... 750
simplicifolium 708
Johnsonia ... ... ... 105
Josepha tasmanica ... .. 882
Juglans regia ... ... ... 758
Juncaceai .. 304, 305, 438, 912
Juncus .. 281
Brownii ... ... 914, 915
bufonius ... ... ... 914
caespiticus 920
caespitms 920
capensis mr. Ecklonii .. 920
capillacens... ... ... 917
communis ... 415, 915, 916
effusus 916
falcatus ... .. ... 919
filicaulis ... 912, 913, 915
Fockii ... 917, 918, 919
gracilis .., 919
holoschoenus ... 917, 918
homalocaulis ... ... 915
lampocarpus 917, 918, 919
PAGE
Juncus maritimus var. australi-
ensis .. 917
pallidus 915, 916
pauciflorus... 915, 916, 917
planifolius 919
polyanthemus 916
prismatocarpus ... 917, 918
pusillus 917
radula 91 fj
revolutus 914, 915
stipulatus ... 917
tenuis 915
vaginatus .. 913, 915, 916
Jungermannia arguta 741
dubia 741
Endlicheriana 741
securifolia ... ... ... 741
Jungermanniacea? 74 1
Katelysia peronii 883
Kennedya monophylla 937
rubicunda 9;^7
Kentia Baueri ... ... ... 721
Kentia Forsteriana 557
monostachya 281
Kibara ... 913
Kihara longipes 912
macrojihylla 912
puhescens ... ... ... 912
Kochia 910
microphylla 910
villosa , 910
Kyllingia monocephala 724, 771
Labiatse 280, 297, 298, 413, 434,
[763, 766, 941
Laccocenus .. 585
Lactura 77, 84
caminaea 84, 89
dives 84, 89
egregiella 84
erythractis 84,86
eupoecila ... .. 84, 86
laetifera ... ... 84. 85
mactata . . ... 82, 84, 87
suffusa 84, 88
var. obscura 88
Lagenophora billardieri ... 561
Lagunaria Patersonii 698, 745, 784
var. bracteata 698
Lampides 137, 154, 155, 216, 220,
[239
a?lianus 155
aleuas .. 155, 156, 157
argentina ... ... .. 217
xvi.
INDEX.
PAGE
]
PAGE
Lampides «r7nr7/a^a ...
231
Leptotrichum
562
a.sfrapfes ..
217
Lesteira Kroyeri
..
884
(lal/iston
197
Leucaena glauca
761
herenire
223
Leucopogon
...
280
hochux
217
brevicuspirf
105
bnticus
...
200
glaucifolius
104
camlrena ..
217
propinquus
...
105
cielestis
155
, 156
Levieria
912
dubiosa
229
Lichenes 282
692
741
jlorinda
...
225
Ligustrum japonicum ...
750
hermit.^
,.
270
Liliacea-...' ...105,281,
303,
304,
hyrcanus
207
[438, 718,
7ft 7
942
kawlarpa ..
201
Lilium Harrisii longiflora
749
lithartiyria
201
Lima brunnea
...
883
macrophthali
na ...
270
Limaea austrina
883
nor a
225
Lindsaya linearis
..
737
palemon
...
269
Linew 286, 420,
698
763
palmyra
...
196
Linum gallicum
763
parrhasius ..
219
marginale
698
771
parana
22?
224
Liolophura gaimardi ...
882
perxisia
223
Liopasa crepera
593
phaseli
198
217
Liotia australis
881
psendocassnib
207
269
clathrata
881
Lantana Camara
...
766
mayana
881
Lasiocampida? ..
74
Liphyra 134, 136,
138
268
Laurineffi
299
brassolis
_,
268
Lebiini
636
Listoca Ugnaria
74
Lecanium oleoe ..
831
Lobelia alata var. stolonifera . . .
707
Lecanora Jnhula
...
743
anceps
707
pallescens ...
744
gibbosa 554, 555, 556
560
562
Lecanoreae
...
744
nicotianaefolia
556
Lecidea
283
purpurascens
...
940
hrevimcula ..
...
743
Locvsta danica
312
contigua
690
Loganiacese
296,
431
myriocarpa
...
690
Lolium perenne
752
parvi/olia . .
743
Lomaria
...
732
Lecideejo
,.
744
acuminata...
733
Leguminosea? ,.
279,287,
288,
289,
discolor
...
732
411, 421,
422,
423,
lanctolata ...
...
732
424, 425,
702,
747,
norfolkiana
732
761, 762,
764,
905,
r936
Lomatostieha nigrostriata
Lophocolea ciliata
75
741
Leiofheca
"740
Loranthacew ... 292, 427,
715
940
Lemidia sp.
685
Loianthus
94,
363
Leninaceffi
305
celastroides
940
Lentibulariea' ..
...
297
pendulus ... 96, 279,
411,
940
Lentinus exilis ..
745
,772
Lotoiium 446, 447, 449
450
451
Leptogium tremelloides
742
, 772
abbottii
447
rar. azureum
498
parkinsonianum ...
882
Leptopodtis
503
, 621
, 622
veirucosum
882
Leptosperimim ..
933
Loxandius ... 624,
625,
632
flavescens ..
...
278
amplicollis
625
^30
la-vigatum ..
321
australiensis
625,
628
INDEX.
XVll.
FAGK
PAGE
Loxandrus brunneus
625, 626, 627
Lycmia exilis ...
213, 214
crenulatus ...
625
exiloides ...
213, 214
gagatinus ...
.. 625, 628
felderi
... 225
iridescens ...
628
gaika
... 215
laevicollis ...
625
gnoma
... 210
laevigatus ...
625, 629, 630
gracilis
213,214
longiformis
625, 628
heathi
... 178
micans
625, 626, 627
hobartensis . . .
... 235
quadricollis
625, 627, 630
ignita
.. 168
rufilabris ... 625
628, 629, 630
isophthalma
... 210
subiridescens
625, 627, 628,
knysna
... 212
[630
lineata
227
Loxocrepis lugubris
633, 634
lulu
212,218, 214,
Loxodactylus ...
595
[229, 231
Lubra
5, 6, 28
lycaenoides . . .
199
regalis
..5, 29, 30, 40
mackayensis
231
spinieornis...
5, 29
maerens
... 186
Lucapinella pritchardi
881
mangoensis...
215
Lucia
137, 203
matheivi
236
agricola
... 234
miskini
239, 240
aurifer ... 203
204, 206, 207
nigra
... 142
epius
203
oranigra ...
217, 218
limharia
203, 204
palemon
238, 269
lucanus .. 203
, 204, 205, 272
paradora ...
178
pyrodiscus ... 203,
204, 205, 206,
parva
210
[271, 272
pervulgatus
214, 215
Lucina perobliqua
883
phaseli
... 218
ramsayi
883
phvbe
214, 215
rugifera
883
2)latissa
.. 201
Lupinus sp.
- 762
plato
... 218
Lycsena ..". ... 135,
144, 155, 209,
pidckra
... 207
[210, 212, 220
2)utli
►• •• ?12
hypoleuca ...
135, 269
pygmma ...
... 215
micylus
270
Samoa
... 202
LyciEna acasta . . .
186
scintillata ...
242
agricola
234
serpentata ...
237, 238
alcas
156
sulpitttius ...
... 237
aleuas
156
sylvicola ...
... 236
alsulus
212, 215
taygetus
... 150
ancyra
225
telicanus
... 207
attenuata . . .
215
tenella
... 144
berenice
223
trochilus
... 209
beroe
224
Lycaenesthes ...137,
158, 175, 176,
biocellata ...
231
[190, 196
byzos
177
balliston
196
caduca
215
bengalensis...
196, 197
canescens ...
186
emolus ... 196,
197, 198, 199
communis ...
214,215
godeff royi ...
196, 199
conformis . . .
215
hy2)oleuca ...
... 190
conjungens ..
229, 231
lineata
... 196
cyrihis
194
lycwnina ...
... 199
delicata
215
lyctenoides ...
... 200
elaborata . . .
228
modestus ... 196,
198, 199, 272
x\iii.
INDEX.
PAGE
PAGE
Lycifnesthes phaseli 196,
198,
217,
Mecydothorax fortis
... 586
[218
lateralis
... 586
tasmanicus ... 196
228
229
punctatus ...
... 5S6
tumeri
196
199
Medicago denticulata
... 764
LTcamid:e ...134,135,
136,
144,
intertexta ..
... 944
IS.S, 194,
199,
201,
minima
... 832
214, 241,
269,
270,
tribuloides ...
... 832
[313
Megisba
136, 142
Li/C(i iiopsis
143
malaya ... 141,
142
143, 272
Lycopoiliaceje
310
442
nigra
142, 271
Lycopodium densum ...
740
Melaleuca
... 933
Lymantriad(\?
...
75
Melia azedarach
... 746
Lyonsia ..
412
Meliaceae
421,
699, 746
Lyria mitra?formis
882
Melicytus ramiflorus .
... 697
Lythrarieje ... 290
426
704
Melilotus alba ...
..
... 764
Lythrum hyssopifolium
704
771
Melisodera ... 584,
585
586, 587
salicaria
279
picipennis ...
586, 587
Macromitrium prorepens
740
Melisoderides ...
584, 585
Macropathus
312
Melo
445, 448
Macrophoma brunnea ...
555
fethiopica ...
... 445
hueffelii
.555
diadema ... 443,
444
445, 448
passiflora3
103
indicus
443
444, 447
Macropiper psittacorum
713
Melodinus Baueri
... 709
Macropus brunii
...
687
Melothria Baueriana .
... 705
eugenii
...
687
Membracidae ... 2, c
», 4,
5, 11, 679
Macroschisnia producta
...
881
Membracinfe
. 5, 34, 35, 36
tasmanife
881
Memhracis 2-pnnctata .
..
... 12
Mactra abbreviata
883
Menispermaceae...
... 694
eximia
883
Mentha australis
... 413
Magnoliaceaj
694
piperita
... 763
Malaisia tortuosa
717
774
saturejoides
_
... 941
M al va rotundif olia
763
viridis
... 763
Malvaceae ...286,419,
420,
697,
Meonis
... 585
[763
Meretrix disrupta
,.
... 883
Malvastrum tricuspidatum
697
771
kingii
.. 883
Marattia eUyans
740
Meryta angustifolia .
..
... 706
fraxinea
740
latifolia
... 706
Marattiaceae
740
Mesembryanthemum
aquila-
Marchantia polymorpha
741
terale
560
705, 771
Marchantiaceae
741
australe
705, 773
Margaritifera margaritifera var.
Metrania palliata
..
. 659
Cumingi
929
Metraniomorpha
644, 658
Marrubium vulgare
766
entima
... 658
Marsdenia
280
412
Metrosideros polymorpha
703, 747,
Marsilea drummondii ...
415
[773, 774
Marsileacene
442
villosa
... 747
Massarinula phyllodiorum
555
Microlaena stipoides
725, 772
Matthiola incana (?) ...
762
Microtis porrifolia
718, 771
Maundia ..
921
, 922
Microvoluta australis .
... 882
triglochinoides
922
Mie-^a
... 76
Mecistocerus
676
eryihrocera..
... 91
Mecistostylides
671
mactata
... 87
Mecydothorax ... 584
,585
,586
phceyiodes ...
...
... 91
INDEX.
XIX.
PAOE
PAfJE
Mieza picta
... 91
Moriodema
585, 587, 588
Miletus
137,
"iss
175, 176
macoyei
...
587, 588
apelles
159, 162
paramattensis
587, 588
apollo
159, 161
Moriomorpha ...
585, 588
ehrysonotus
159;
169
170, 171
adelaidas
... 588
delicia
159
166, 167
Morionides
... 635
var. duaringae .
... 167
Morionini
... 635
dryope
... 174
Morphnos
... 592
epicletus
... 160
Morphnus
... 592
epicurus
159
171, 270
Morula marginatra
... 882
eucletus
159,
174, 175
Morus nigra
... 758
euclides
135
159, 170
pendulina ...
... 717
halysetus ...
159, 163
Miihlenbeckia austral
s
... 713
hecalius
159,
172, 272
cunninghami
... 414
hypocletus ...
.. 161
Murex
... 450
ignita
159,
163,
166, 167,
acanthopterus
.. 882
168,
170,
171, 172,
denudata ...
... 449
[173,
182
270, 272
planiliratus
... 882
meleagris . . .
.
.. 270
umbilicatus
...
... 882
miskini
159,
164, 272
Murucuia Baueri
...
... 704
narcissus ...
159,
173, 174,
[270, 272
Musa
fei
723, 724
... 927
olliffi
.
... 169
paradisiaca
754, 755
plotinus
.
,.
... 174
sapientium...
... 755
polycletus ...
... 161
Musei
282, 740
protogenes ...
.
166, 174
Mylitta deshayesii
... 883
rex
... 159
gemmata ...
... 883
rovena
159,
160, 271
lapidescens...
... 884
uranites
... 163
Myoporineae ...297,
'413,
433, 434,
Milletia australis
.,
... 702
[712, 909
Camerana ...
..
... 702
Myoporum deserti
... 909
megasperraa
... 702
obscurum . . .
712, 784
Milletiana Maideniana
... 702
Myrina epirus ...
...
... 265
Mimulus prostratus
..
... 413
Myriogyne minuta
,. 412
Mimusops laurina
... 784
racemosa ...
... 412
Mirbelia
,
,,
.. 279
Myrsine crassifolia
... 707
Modiola australis
... 929
Myrsineae
295, 707
victorias
... 883
Myrtaceje 290, 291,
■425,
426, 708,
Modiolaria varicosa
..
... 883
[747, 937
Mollinedia
... 912
Myrtus communis
... 750
MolUnedia Hiiegel
iana
... 911
Nacaduba 137, 138,
155,
196, 220,
longipes
..
.. 912
[239
macrophylla
..
.. 911
ancyra 202, 221,
222,
225, 226,
puhescen-'i . . .
... 912
[272
Wardellii ...
... 912
ardates
.,
... 220
Monilea bellula ...
... 881
atrata
216, 224
preissiana ...
... 882
berenice ...216,
221,
223, 224,
pulcherrima
... 881
[230, 270
Monimiaceaj
299, 911
beroe
... 224
Monoctenianae ..
... 43
biocellata ...
221, 231
Monstera deliciosa
... 757
dion 221, 222
. 223
237, 272
Morinda citrifolia
... 927
dubiosa ... 221
•224
229, 231
Morio piceus
..
586, 587
felderi
221
225, 230
XX.
INDEX.
PACE
PACE
Nacaduba tJorivda
225, 226
Niphobohis acrostichoides
... 730
lineata 196, 221,
222,
227, 228,
camosus
.. 730
[229
, 243
271, 272
covjluens . . .
.. 730
mackayensis
220
221, 231
rupestris ...
... 729
nora
... 225
serpens
729, 7.30
noreia
220, 231
Nitraria schoberi
... 409
palmyra ...221,
222,
228, 229,
Noctuidae
42, 72
[243
Nomius
... 584
pavana
224
Notelaea longifolia
...
... 103
perusia
*223
237, 238
Notelea longifolia
... 708
prominens ...
...
... 220
Nothochlaena ...
... 731
])seus(is
... 226
distans
... 731
vincula
...
.. 228
vellea
... 731
viola
... 270
Notocryptorhynchus
... 675
Nadlasa parvigutta
... 74
sinuatus ...
... 676
Naiadeoe
305, 439
Notodonta cinerea
... 60
Kandina domestica
... 750
cycnoptera ...
... 56
Nassa fasciata ...
... 882
nigrolinea...
... 61
peritrema ...
... 882
Notodontida?
42, 43
Nasturtium sjlvestre
..
... 695
Notonomus ...599,601,
609, 610,
Nautilus
... 452
[613, 615
Nelidia
...
... 593
aeneomicans
... 600
Nelidus
... 593
arthuri
... 603
Neola
"44, 45, 49, 51
atripennis
600, 603
capucina ...
49, 50
atrodermis ...
600, 609
semiaurata...
... 49
auricollis
._ 600
Neopithecops ...
136,
138, 140
besti
... 603
dhaiina
... 141
var. aeneodorsis ...
... 603
(jaura
... 141
chalybeus
... 609
horsjiehU ...
140, 141
colossus
... 599
aalmora ... 139
140,
141, 271
croesus
600, 609
Nephrodium
735, 736
cupricolor
608, 609
cnlanflium ...
... 736
cyaneocinctus
... 608
decompositum
... 736
eques ... 599
, 600, 609
microsorum
... 736
excisipennis
... 60O
molle
... 735
froggatti
6C0, 604
parasiticum
... 735
gippsiensis ...
... 601
ininctatum ...
...
;;• Z'P
ingratus
... 600
remotum ...
735
736, 773
kingi
... <>00
te)ierum
... 737
kosciuskianus
... 599
Nephrolepis
..
... 736
latibasis
606, 607
cordifolia ..
... 737
liragerus
... 606
Nephromium Isevigatum
.. 689
mediosulcatus
... 615
Neritina
... 448
melas
... 607
Nessorhinus
...
... 39
miles
... 615
Netrocoryne
...
... 313
molestus
... 615
Neurachne alopecuroi(
ies
... 362
muelleri
604, 605
mitchelliana
... 362
nitidicollis
006, 607
Neuropogon melaxanthus
688, 742
opulentus
... 600
Nicandra physaloides
...
... 766
parallelomorpha ...
... 600
Nicotiana glauca
413, 553
phillipsi
... 600
suaveolens ..
...
... 413
planipectus... 605
, 606, 608
tabacum ...
...
553, 762
pluripunctatus
601, 602
INDEX.
XXI.
PAOE
Notonomus plutus 600
queenslandicus ... 60^, 607
rainbowi ... ... ... 599
riifipalpiii 600
satrapa ... 599, 601, 602
var. 602
spenceri ... 600, 605, 609
strzeleckianus 600
subopacus ... .. 606, 607
taylori 602
variicollis 603
violaceomarginatus 606, 607
viridilimbatus .. ... 608
Nura 592, 595
Nuridius fortis 596
Niirus 592, 595, 596, 597
hrecis 595, 597
curtus 595
Nyctaginese ... 299, 437, 712, 910
Oberonia palmicola ... 7-17,771
Titania 717
Ochrosia elliptica 697, 709, 773
Octopus sp 929
CEcophoridaB 76, 91
CEdaleus marmoratus 312
senegalensis 312
(Edipoda musica ... ... 312
CEnosanda ... 44, 45, 57, 58
boisduvalii 58
(Enosandra ... ... ... 58
boisduvalii ... ... ... 58
Oenothera biennis 764
tetraptera ... ... .. 764
Ogyris 138, 193, 243
abrota ... 244, 245, 247, 248
senone 244, 246
amaryllis ... 244, 246, 247
barnardi ... 244, 245, 247, 248,
[314
catharina ... .. ... 247
damo 247
genoveva ... 244, 245, 249
halmaturia... ... ... 249
hewitsoni ... 244,246,247
ianthis ... 244, 245, 247
idino ... ... ... 314
idmo 244, 245, 248, 249,
[314
meekii 244, 245
olane ... 244,245,248
oroetes 244, 246
orontas 248, 249
otanes ... 244,245,249
J'AGK
Ogyris -osMie 245
Olacineiii 421, 700
Olea apetala ... 697, 708, 784
Endlicheri 708
paniculata ... 709, 773, 774
Olearia 280
axillaris 554
dentata 884
sp 333
Olene mendosa ... 75
Omaseus rufipalpis 600
Omocyda .. .. ... 595
Omphalanthus convexus ... 741
Onagrarieas ... 291, 426, 764, 939
Onchidium 448
Opercularia diphylla 940
Operculatum corticale 883
Ophioglossaceae . 740
Ophioglossum vulgatum ... 740
Oplismenus (mnulus 725
compositus 725
setarius ... ... ... 725
undulatifolius 725
Opuntia brasiliensis 762
Orchideai 281, 302, 303, 438,
[717, 942
Orites excelsa ,. 885
Orphanistes 674, 677
eustictus 678
Orthotrichete 740
Osica 44, 46, 71
glauca 72
Owenia acidula 410
Oxalis corniculata ... 764, 936
reptans 762
Oxycephala ^ 924
longissim.j^ 925
Oxylobium 279
trilobatum 933
Oxyrachis contorta 32
ponderifer ... ... ... 34
spinicornis ... ... ... 29
Pachymelas 592, 595
curtus 596
Padina durvillaei 746
pavonia ... ... ... 745
Palnue 305, 721
Panageini ... ... ... 566
Panageus nobilis 568
Pandaneae 722
Pandanus ... ... ... 928
Moorei 722, 774
Panicum ... 281
XXll.
INDEX.
Panicum ciliarc
crus-galli
decompositum
distachyum
effusum ... 36*2,
Gilesii
gracile
leucophaoum
mitchelli
norfolkianum
sanguinale var. ciliatum
Pannaria lurida...
Papaver argemone
PapaveracesB ... 284, 417
Papilio apelhs ...
archias
argiades
b(eticus
coluthea
damoctes
erinus
evagoras
lucanus
lysimon ...
narcissus
pisornm
teHcanus
Pappophorum nigricans
Paranephrops
Paranuius dilaticeps ...
macleayi ... 594,
petri ...
Parapithecops
gaura
Parietaria debilis
Paimelia...
adpressa
amj)lexida ...
ccesia
caperata
cetrata
ciliata
conspersa ...
var. laxa ...
var. stenophylloides
var. strigosa
diatryp^a
olivacea
var. exasperata ...
rar. piolixa
perlatus
pertusa
Painieliea-
PAGE
... 725
725
... 362
... 362
r25, 772 I
... 923 i
... 362
... 362
... 362
... 725
725, 772
.. 690
... 832
763
... 162
... 201
... 219
... 200
... 201
... 200
... 183
... 256
... 204
... 212
.. 173
... 201
... 207
... 362
... 459
594, 595
595, 596
... 593
... 140
... 140
... 717
... 283
... 689
... 689
... 743
... 498
... 498
... 498
... 498
... 689
... 689
... 498
... 689
... 68V)
... 689
... 689
. 743
... 689
... 743
103, 557, 705
291,
Parmentaria havenlii
Paronychiacew ...
Parsonsia
Paspalum dilatatum
scrobiculatum
Passiflora
adiant/mm ...
adiantijolia
axirantia
Baueriana ...
edulis
glabra
herbertiana
hybrida
Passittorea?
Patellaria grossa
phyllocharis
versicolor ...
Pathalia ..
Pecten bifrons ...
Peda'inea?
Pedicularia stylasteris ...
Pedilida? ...
Pelargonium australe 699,
Pellsea rotundifolia
Pennantia corymbosa ...
Endlicheri ...
Pentagonica
dichroa
Pentatropis
Peperomia Baueriana ...
Endlicheri ...
leptostachya
retiexa
var. ajmula
rar. capensis
Urvilliana ...
Urvilleana ...
Perigona
apicalis
australica ...
ha.salis
rutilabris ...
tricolor
Perigonides
Perileptides
Perileptus
areolatus ...
Perissops ...643,
albonotatus
brevicollis .,
carus
582^
657,
[662
644
644
644
PAGE
... 744
... 299
280, 412
.. 752
725, 772
279, 280
... 704
... 704
... 704
... 704
757
704
279
103
704
... 744
... 690
744, 772
... 142
... 883
... 433
... 312
... 685
771, 936
. . 731
700, 701
700, 773
... 637
636, 637
... 412
... 714
... 714
714, 774
... 714
... 714
... 714
... 714
... 714
... 635
... 635
... 6.35
.. 635
... 635
... 635
631, 635
581, 583
583, 584
... 583
658, 660,
663, 665
645, 652
645, 655
645, 646
INDKX.
xxiii.
PAGE
PAGE
Perissops granulatus
644, 650
Phoma passiflorse
103,
557
intricatior ...
644, 645, 654
romuleai
100
intricatus . . .
644, 645, 653
stenospora
...
103
mucidus 644, 645
, 647, 649, 650
tersa
557
multimaculatus
644, 645, 649
vittadiniaj
100
var.
649
Phormium tenax
720
ocellatas ...
644, 645, 647
Phortico-iomus lateralis
586
robiginosus...
644, 645, 656
Phreatia limenophylax
717
semicalvus . . .
644, 651
Phyllanthus
281
variegatus ...
644, 645, 649
Phyllopsora melanocarpa
...
690
Pertusaha sp. ...
744
Phyllosticta correee
556
Pestalozzia citrina
555, 556
passifioi-cB ..
557
funerea
556
stenospora
103
Phalaris canariensis
752
Phyllotreta vittula
831
Phalera
44, 46, 64, 66
Phy sails edulis
758
bucephala ...
44, 65
peruviana
758
768
cossoides
6o
Physcia
283
grotei
65
cfesia
743
raya
Qo
chrysophthalma ...
498
Phasianella australis
876, 8S2
var. fornicata ...
498
Phasmidae
361
contiuens
743
772
Phehalium ambiens
699
Physcieai
743
Beckleri
. . 699
Physma byrsinum 687
742
772
Phegopteris
731,736
Pliytoiacca octandra ...
767
punctata ...
730, 737, 773
Phytolaccacea3 ... 298
, 434
767
Pheosia
53
Picris hieracioides
707
771
strigata
54
Pimeiea ..
280
414
Pheraspis
44, 46, 61, 64
linifolia
747
942
mesotypa ...
61,62
longifolia
748
polioxutha ...
.. 61, 62, 63
Pinara
74
spodea
61, 63
Piper adscendens
714
Pheressaces
.. 44, 45, 56
aimidiim
...
714
cycnoptera ...
56
excelsum
713
spirucha
57
psittacorum
713,
784
Pherosphitra Fitzgera]
di ... 312
simiilex
714
Phersita
oSo, 591
Piperacea;
301
713
melbournensis
591
Pisonia Brunoniana ...
712
Phialociinus Konincki
361
Pithecops
138,
140
Philiiis 137,
158, 175, 176,
dharma
140
[177, 178, 188
dionisius
...
139
ilias
188, 189
hylax
142
innotatus ... ISS
189, 190, 272
zalmora
140
kamerungBB
188, 189
Pittosporete ...279,285,
418,
697,
kurandae . . .
189
[746,
935
nitens
189, 190
Pittosporum bracteolatum
097
742
Philya
5, 6, 36
phillyraioides
409
bicolor
36
undulatum
746,
783
parvula
...5,36
Placostylus
458
Philydracei©
304
Plagiocliila Sinclairii ..
741
Phoenicops
.. 313
Piantaginea3 ... 298
434
766
Phoma herbarum
100
Plantago
...
561
iridis
100
lanceolata
766
lobeliai
556
major
766
xxiv.
INDEX.
PAiiE
PAGE
Plantago varia
... 561
Polyommatus suhpallidus
183, 184
Platycerium alcicorne ..
... 282
uranites
... 163
Platynides
... 631
Polypodiacec-e ...
... 729
Platjnini
631, 634
Polypodium
'282
729, 730
Platynus
631,
632, 633
acrostichoides
... 730
amhujnus ...
... 632
australe
.,
... 282
cooki
632, 634
Billardieri...
. 730
lophoides
... 632
contiuens ...
730, 772
marginellus
632, 683
glabrum
.,
... 730
niarginicollis
... 631
parasiticuin
... 735
murrayanus
... 632
phymatodes
... 730
nitidipeniiis
628, 632
punctatum ...
730, 737
papuensis
... 634
pustulatum
... 730
planipennis..
632, 633
rugosidum ...
730, 737
queenslandicus
632
633, 634
scandens ...
282, 730
Platysma
... 609
serpens
282, 729
Platysmatini ... 584,
592
593, 596
tenellum ..
729, 730
Pka.(ure limenophylax
... 717
Polyporus australis
... 744
Plehius amazara
... 269
hirsutus
.. 744
Plecotus auritus
... 387
mylittae
... 884
Pleurotus sp
... 745
sanguineus...
... 745
Plocamium hamatum ..
... 746
Polystichum aristatum.
... 736
Plumbagineffi ...
295, 697
capense
... 736
Plumbago Zeylanica ..
697, 784
Pomax umbellata
... 940
Plutellidas
... 76
Pontederia crassipes .
... 763
Poa annua
.. 767
Pontederiaceis ...
.. 763
Podolepis acuminata ..
... 940
Porcorhinus
". 2
, 5, 7, 38
J*ftcilus atronitens
... 628
Masters!
5, 39, 40
rhUenioides
... 625
Poropterus
... 676
funtbris
.. 624
Portulaceffi
286, 419
iridescens . . .
622
623, 624
Potamides ebeninum .
... 882
iridipeimis
622, 623
Prasophyllum ...
... 281
rt'splendeiis
... 625
Pratia erecta
... 412
rufilahris ....
... 628
Primulaceae
295,
707, 764
.subiridescens
... 628
Prionophora
... 593
Hulcatidus
... 624
Prionophorus ...
... 593
Pogonini
... 583
Pristonychus
... 631
Polybcfiticus
... 241
australis
... 631
Polycarpon tetraphyllur
n
... 763
complanatus
.. 631
Polygaleae
285, 418
Procris montana
... 717
Polygonaceae ...280, i
>99,
414, 436,
Prosopogmus ...
... 600
[713, 767
Prosotas
231, 233
Polygonum anstrale ..
713, 734
caliginosa ...
... 231
minus
... 767
Prostanthera
... 280
Polynesa maculosa
... 91
Prosthemium kentiae .
... 557
Polyommatus ...
137
155, 200
Prostomis cornutus var
... 685
boeticus
200
, 201. 272
Proteaceae ...280,
299,
300. 414,
Cidestis
.. 256
[437,
747
910, 941
cyanites
... 186
Protopalus ... 666,
667,
671,674,
dion
... 222
[678
emolm
... 197
alboguttatus
... 667
huhneri
177
carinatus ...
... 667
labradus
... 214
cristatus ...
"66S
670, 671
INDEX.
XXV.
Protopalus dromedarius
,667
PAGE
668,669,
Pteris aquilina :
I
32,
'AGE
943
[671, 672
lar. esculenta ...
732
insigjiico7'nis
..
668, 669
arguta
731
Schonherri... 667
668,
671, 672
Baueriana
732
rar. attennarius
... 668
Brunoniana
732
Stephensi . . .
669, 671
comans
732
Stephensii . .
.,
670, 671
esculenta
732
tectus
667,
668, 672
faleata var, nana ...
923
Psalis securis ...
... 75
incisa
732
Fsamma arenaria
... 752
marginata
732
Psecadia
91
quadriaurita ... 7
.32,
772
Pseudalmenus ...
138, 260
rotundifoUa
731
myrsilus ...
260, 272
Trattinickiana
732
Pseudoceneus ...
593
621, 622
tremula "J
31,
732
interioris ...
,.
... 623
var. Kingiana ...
732
iridescens ...
..
... 624
Zahlhruckneriana.. .
782
subgagatinus
.. 623
Pterocarpus australis ...
702
viridipennis
,.
623, 624
Pterocladia lucida
746
Pseudodipsas ... 137,
158,
175, 176,
PterosticMm azureomarginatus
615
[177,
.188, 190
blackburnl 610
613
brisbanensis
191, 194
crenvlatus
625
digglesi
..
191, 192
Icvvigatus ...
629
eone
191, 271
soUicitus
622
fumidus
191,
193, 271
Pterostylis
281
iUas
.. 189
concinna
942
innotatus ...
... 189
Pterygia ]nleata
35
lycaenoides...
..
... 199
Pterygosoma sqitamipimctum
58
Pseudomorus Brunoniana ra?\
Ptilomacra senex
75
pendulina
... 717
Ptilotis sp.
686
Pseudonotis
..
138, 261
Ptilotus exaltatus
910
turner!
261,
262, 271
Puccinia calendulge
558
Pseudotepperia ...
644, 662
flavescens ..
558
compta
... 662
lagenophora3
561
Psidium Cattieyanum
756, 783
stipas
559
Psilotum triquetrum
... 740
Pugnus parvus
882
Psora parvifolia
.. 743
Pultenasa
279
Psoroma soccatum
... 690
retusa
937
Psychopsis
453,
456, 497
Purpura tritoniformis ...
451
coelivagus . . .
453
455, 456
Pyrenula nitida
744
illidgei
..
455, 456
Pyrenuleffi
744
insolens
453,
454, 456
Pyrgillus javanieus
687
mimica ... 453
454
455, 456
Pyrrotachys ... ... I
)83
584
mimica
453, 454
constrictieeps ... t
)83
584
newmani . . .
"453
454, 456
constrictipes
583
Psylla
... 337
Pyxine coccoes ... 690, '
^43
772
acaciae-baileyariEe
... 315
Pyxineffi
743
acaciee-dealbatae
...
... 326
Queenslandica (
544
664
acaciae-juniperinae
328, 337
munda t
)65
666
gracilis
327, 337
posticalis
...
665
Psyllidie
... 315
Ramalina calicaris
498
Pteridium
... 732
farinacea i
•42
772
aquilinum ...
...
... 732
fastigiata
742
Pteris
282
731, 732
fraxinea ..
...
498
INDEX.
Ramalina leiodea
PAGE
6S8
var. fastigiata 688, 742, 772
polvmorpha rar. emplectens 688
scopulorum 743
throusta ... ... ... 742
Ramalineiv 742
Ranuncalace;v ... 2S4, 417, 694,
[904, 935
Ranunculus hirtus 935
inconspicuus ... ... 904
lappaceus 935
muricatus ... ... ... 832
parvitiorus ... ... 694,771
rivularis 935
var. inconspicuus ... 904
Rapala 136, 138, 266
democles 266, 267
orseis .. ... ... 267
simsoni ... 134,266,271
Rapanea crassifolia ... ... 707
Restiacete 108, 305
Kestio deformis... ... ... 108
stenostachyus ... ... 108
Rhabdospora campanuUe .. 560
lobelias ... ... ... 559
Rhabdota 593
lihahdotus 593
Rhacopileit' .. .. ... 741
Rhacopilum tomentosum ... 741
RliTebolestes 585, 589
walkeii 590
Rhamnea? ... 287, 421, 761, 905
Rhinanthus crista-galli ... 832
Rhinocola corniculata 316
eucalypti ... ... ... 315
marmorata ... ... 318
multicolor 317, 337
nigripennis ... 316, 337
Rhipogonum 280, 281
dubium 718
Rhizocarpon geographicum ... 690
Rhizogonium spiniforme ... 741
Rhododendron ponticum ... 750
Rhodomyrtus psidioides 703, 771
Hhomhodera .. 637
Rhopalostylis Baueri ... 721,775
sapida 721
Ricasolia coriacea 498
plurimseptata 689
Richardia sp 749
Hicinus communis 767
Hi'jema tacta 75
Bilia diidnguenda 75
I PAf4E
i Ringicula australis 883
i Robinia pseud- Acacia ... .. 749
Romulea bulbocodium... ... 100
Rosace* 289,290,425
Rubiaceee 292, 427, 706, 764, 940
Rumex Brownii ... 713, 771
Busticu-'i adolescens xanthospilos 177
RutacefB 286, 409, 420, 699, 904, 936
Salisburia adiantifolia 749
JSalvia pseudococcinea 763, 766, 768
verbenacea... ... ... 766
Sa^molas littoralis
repens
Santalace*
707
707
610, 619
610, 612, 619, 621
610, 612, 620
610, 611, 616
610, 611, 615
610, 612
301, 302, 414, 438, 715,
[942
Santalum insulare ... ... 929
Sapindaceae .. 287, 421, 701
Sapotaceffi ... ... ... 708
Sarcostemma australe ... ... 412
Sarticus ... 609, 610, 61.3, 614, 615
aubei ... 610,611,616
blackburni ...610, 611, 613, 615,
[616
brevicornis
civilis
cooki
coradgeri . . .
cyaneocinctus
cycloderus ..
dampieri ... 610, 612, 618, 619
discopunctatus ... 610, 611
esmeraldipennis 610, 612, 617,
[618
habitans .. 610, 612, 619, 620
impar ... 610, 611, 614, 615
iriditinctus 610, 612
ischnus 610, 612
macleayi ... 610, 612, 616, 619
monarensis 610, 612, 613, 621
obesulus ...610,611,613,616,
[617, 618
obscurus ... ... ... 612
orbicollU ... ... ... 616
qnadrisulcatus .. ... 613
rockhamptonensis... 612, 613
saphyreomarginatus ... 615
sulcatus ... 610, 611, 613
Saxifrages
290
Scaphella magellanica...
444
Scaraphites macleayi . .
...
685
Scheuchzeriaceae
...
921
Schinus molle
749
Schizotrichum
553,
562
INDEX.
PAGK
PAG K
Sehizotrichum lobelipe
562
Septoi-ia hyalina
560
Schoenus Andrewsii
112
inconspicua
561
brevifolius ...
110, HI
lagenophorae
561
csespititius ...
110
lobelicB
560
fascicular is...
no, 111
martinii
101
indutus
112
orchidearum
'.' 101
Isevigatus ...
Ill
perforans ...
96, 100
laxus
Ill
plantaginea
5() 1
melanostachys
Ill
plantaginis
561
pedicellatus
HI
posekensis ...
101
Rodwayanus
112
sonchi
561
sculptus
922
thelymitrse
101
Scirpus
281
vanhoeffenii
..
561
inundatus ...
724
varia
561
lacustris
.. 724, 771
violse
560
maritimus ...
... 725, 772
violicola
560
nodosus
724
Sertorius 4
^6, 18," 25, 27
riparius
725, 771
acanthaspis
.. 4, 19, 20
Scopodes
637
areolatus ...
.4, 18, 23, 39
leneus
638,. 639, 641
australis ...
.. 4, 8, 18, 19
angulicollis...
638
brevicornis ...
.. 4, IS, 21
aterrimus ...
638. 640
curvicaudus
.. 4, 19, 24
auratus
638
curvicoriiis ...
25
boops
637
giganticus ...
..4, 19, 20. 39
denticollis ...
638
Tepperi
. 4, 18, 22
fasciolatus ...
638
Sextius
4,6,9
flavipes
637
bipunctatus
4, 10, 12
griffithi
638, 640
depressus ...
..4, 10, 12, 40
intermedius
638
virescens ...3, 4,
10, 11, 12, 39
intricatus ...
638
Seynesia banksiae
563
Isevis
639
Sherardia arvensis
.. 764
rimosicollis...
637, 638, 639
Sicyos angulata...
.. 705
rugatus
638
australis
705
sericeus
638
Sida rhombifolia
763
sexfoveatus...
638
Sideroxylon costatum .
.. 708
sigillatus ...
637, 638
Siegesbeckia orientalis.
764, 940
simplex
638
Sigillaria sp
685
sydneyensis
638, 639
Silene gallica ...
763
tasmanicus...
637, 638, 639
Siltopia
635
Scrophularinese 280,
297, 432, 433,
tricolor
635
[712, 766
Simathus rex ...
159
Scutellista cyanea
831
Simarube.'e ...
287
Secatophus
593
Simodontus
600, 622
Sechium edule ...
761
grand iceps ...
600
Selidoseminse ...
43
Siphonalia maxima
882
Senebiera didyma
763
tasmanica ...
.. 882
Senecio argutus...
707
Sistrum adelaidense .
882
hedfordii . . .
101
Sisymbrium otiicinale .
.. 763
lautus
707, 771
Sisyrinchium micranthum ... 767
Septoria australise
560
Sithon danis
261
betse
190
Isabella
.. 268
confluens ...
560
Smilax
281
heterochroa
561
glycyphylla 718,
773, 77
4, 942
XXVlll.
INDEX.
PAGE
Smilax purpurata ... 718,773
Smiliinap 5
Smyriodes aplectaria 75
Solanaceie ... *296, 432, 711,
[765, 941
Solanum S^P^J'P
auriculatum 745, 765, 768,
[769
aviculare 712, 941
Bauerianum ... 711, 785
laciniatum ... ... ••• 712
nigrum ... ... 711, 784
sodomseum . . . 765, 768, 769
Solen sloani ... ... ... 883
vaginoides ... ... ... 883
Sokuosti(jma paniculatnm ... 717
Sonchus oleraceus ... 707,771
Sorama 44, 45, 50
bicolor 51
inclyta .. ... ... 47
Sorema contrada ... ... 75
nubila ... ... ... 75
Sorex vulgaris 387
Sorghum halepense 752
So\verba?a juncea 942
Spalgis 203
epius ... ... ... 203
Spatalia .. 44, 45, 51
argentina ... ... ... 52
costalis 52
Sphc-erella anthistiriae ... 95, 102
cassythje .., ... ... 102
crus-galli ... ... ... 102
graminicola ... ... 102
Sphyrion laevigatum ... ... 884
Spinifex hirsutus ... ... 906
Spondyiiaspis hirsutas 323, 337
nigro-cincta .. S24, 337
Spongophorus ... ... ... 35
Sporobolus indicus ... ... 726
virginicus var. pallida ... 362
Stacbys arvensis ... ... 766
Stackhousia linariafolia ... 936
monogyna .. ... ... 936
Stackhousie® ... 287, 421, 936
Ste'jania ... ... ... 732
lanceolata 732, 733
Stenopelmatidae 312
Stenotaphrum americanum ... 752
Stephania discolor 694
hernandift-folia ... ... 694
Sterculia diversifolia ... 409,541,
[542, 551
PAGE
Sterculia sp 661
Sterculiace* ... 286, 420, 698
Stereocaulon nanum 687
Stereodontese ... 741
Stereum lobatum 745
Steropu!^ cyaneocinctus... ... 615
es7neraldipe7inis ... ... 617
ohesuhis ... .. ... 616
olirie.ri ... ... ... 616
.saphyreomarginatus ... 615
.'^aphyrij^ennis ... ... 626
Sterosis 268
rohusta ... ... ... 269
Sticta aurata 743
Colensoi ... 498
endochrysea var. flavicans 689
filix var. myrioloba ... 689
Karstenii var. linearis ... 689
latifrons 498
urvillei var. flavicans ... 689
Sticteffi 743
Stictina quercizans lar. cervi-
cornis ... ... ... 689
Stipa 553
capillata ... ... ... 559
flavescens ... ... ... 559
setacea 362
spartea .. ... ... 559
Tuckeri ^.. 113
Streblorrhiza . ... 703, 778
speciosa ... 703, 773, 784
Strelitzia Nicolai . ... 749
Stylidiea3 ... 294, 430, 940
Stylidium 280
graminifolium 940
Swainsona ... ... ••• 410
galegifolia 279, 410
greyana ... ... ... 410
var. bracteata ... .. 905
Symphyomyrtus .. ... 889
Synechoblastus aggregatus ... 687
Tachys 576,577,578,579,
[580, 583
amplipennis ... 576, 577
atriceps 577, 580
brunnipennis ... ... 577
buprestioides 642
doddi 578, 580
extromioides ... ... 577
infuseatus .. ... 578, 580
leai 582
lindi 579, 5S0
murrumbidgensis 582
INDEX.
XXIX.
Tachys nervosus
obliquiceps ..
queenslandicus
setiger
sexstriatus ...
similis
sinuaticollis
transversicollis
uniformis ...
victoriensis ..
PA(iE
641
580, 581, 582
577
580, 582
577, 580
580
579, 580
.. 580
580
577
Taraxacum dens-leonis ... 764
Tarsius spectrum 387
Tarucus 137, 155, 207
plinius 207, 209
pseudocassius ... 209, 269
telicanus 207, 269
theophrastus ... ... 207
Teara (?) terminalis ... ... 58
Tecoma 280, 412
auatralis '712, 941
capensis ... ... ... 749
Hillii 564
Teinocladia cuculloides ... 75
Teleclita 44,45,53
cydista 53
Telesto monticolag .. ... 313
Tepperia 644,660,662
major 660, 661
sterculise 660, 662
Teraphis ... ... ... 591
melbournensis ... ... 591
Teraphus 591
Terebra albida 883
ustulata 883
venilia ... ... ... 882
Terentius .. ... 4, 5, 7, 9
convexus ... 4, 7, 8, 20, 40
Terminal! a sp 54
Ternox 615
Teropha 592
Tetragonia expansa 705
var. cornuta 705
var. strongylocarpa ... 705
Tetrastichus sp. 832
Tetrasynandra ... . ... ... 912
longipes 912
pubescens ... ... ... 912
Thamnolia vermicularis ... 689
Thassalobius 582
Thea wellingtonige ... 325,337
Thecla ... 158
aurifer ... ... ... 204
Thecla chJ or inda
PAGE
.. 260
epidetus
... 159
limbaria
... 205
myrsilus
... 260
siujriva
... 267
Theclinesthes eremicola
240, 241
Thelephora caperata ...
... 744
Thelochistes flavicans 742
743, 772
Thely chiton argyroims...
... 717
brachypus ...
... 717
macropus
... 717
Thelymitra aristata . . .
... 101
Themerastis 44, 46, 63
celaena
... 64
Themiscyra
... 84
laetifera
... 85
Thespesia populnea
... 929
Thlaspi cochlearinum ...
... 409
ochranthum
... 409
Thuidium minutulum ...
... 741
Thymelese 300, 437, 714,
747, 942
Thyridectis psephonoma
... 91
Thysanotus junceus ..
... 942
tuberosus
... 281
Thysonotis ... 146,
155, 261
apollonius
... 147
arinia
... 153
machayi ...
... 152
serapis
... 150
Tibarisus
... 593
ater
... 594
melas
.... 594
niger
... 594
Tilia
... 724
Tinognathus
... 566
Titania miniata
... 717
Tmesipteris Forsteri ...
... 740
tannensis
282, 740
Tortula crispata
... 497
Wilhelmii
... 497
Trachymene incisa
... 939
Trachypogon avenaceus
... 752
Tragopa
11,38
Tragopinte
5
Tragopogon porrifolius
... 762
Trechodes
... 584
Trechus rujilabris
... 635
Tremella lutescens
... 744
Trichinium
... 413
Trichisia
... 566
Trichomanes
... 282
apiifolium
... 729
Bauerianum
... 729
INDEX.
PAOE
!
PAGE
Trichonianes humile
729
Typhaceas
305
723, 920
Trichosteinum ...
593
Typhis phillipensis
... 882
Tr{r/io<tenim ...
'592, 593
, 595
yatesi
... 882
(Ulaticips ...
594
Ulva Ifpte-virens
... 746
herate
593
Umbellifer^ ...291,
426,
427, 706,
Tiicostularia
113
[764
906, 939
Trifolium minus
764
Una
137,
231, 233
repens
279
agricola 233, 234
,235
, 236, 272
Triforis
..
451
hobartensis...
...
234, 235
Tiiglochin
921.
labradus
.,
... 236
calcitrapa ...
322
mathewi ... 233
234
236, 271
centrocarpa
...
922
serpentata ... 233
, 234
237, 238
centrocarpa
922
[269
var. calcitrapa
..
922
sulpitius ... 234
237
238, 271
Maiindii ...
922
sylvicola
... 236
minutissima
922
usta... ...
... 233
. mucronata ..
921
Ungeria Horibunda
... 698
Muelleri
921
Urocystis colchici
... 102
nana
922
\JxiicQ, dehilis ...
... 717
procera
922
urens
... 767
striata
921
Urtice&2 301
'717
748, 767
Trif^onella suavissima
411
Usnea
... 283
Triponia strangei
883
angulata ...
.. 688
Trioza dobsoni ...
331
337
barbarata . . .
742, 772
olearife
332
var. florida
742, 772
tasmaniensis
'.'. 329
337
var. ferruginascens
.. 688
tristanire ...
334
337
var. scabrida
... 688
Triphora 444, 446,
447, 448,
449
ceratina
... 499
scitula
883
dasypaga ...
... 499
Tristania conferta
335
dichotoma ..
... 499
Thticum Kingianum
" 726
785
hirta
... 499
■i'^ahrum
726
intercalaris...
... 742
Trochomorpha ...
458
longissima ...
..
... 499
Trophon eburneus
..
882
poliothrix ...
... 499
laminatus ...
..
882
trichodea ...
... 499
speciosus ...
882
Usneje
... 742
Tropopterus
585
Utica 137,
155,
220, 221,
Tupaja javanica
386
[229,
233, 239
Turbo exquisitus
882
onycha ...239,
240,
241, 242,
grunevi
882
243, 272
jourdani
..
882
var. albocineta .
... 242
setosu.s
928
929
var. atrosulfusa
240, 241
Turritella australis
882
scintillata ... 229,
240,
242, 272
gunni
882
Velleya montana
... 907
.sinuata
882
Vepris simplicifolia
... 699
Tylophora barbata
941
Verbaseum Thapsus .
... 766
biglandulosa
. .
710
Verbena bonariensis .
... 766
enervia
710,
773
otiicinalis ...
712, 771
Tyora
335
Verbenaceae ... 297,
434,
712, 747,
Typha angustifolia
'.'. 723,
920
[766
var. Brownii
723.
920
Vermetus maximus .
... 929
var. Muelleri
920
Vernon ia cinerea
707, 771
lati/olia
^ 723,
920
Veronica
... 280
INDEX.
xxxi.
]
PACJE
PACE
Veronica calycina
.. 712,
771
Wistaria australis
... 702
Vespertilio murinus
387
Gamer ana ...
... 702
pipistrellus...
387
Woodwardia caudata ..
... 733
Vesperugo noetula
..
387
Wurmbea dioica
... 102
Vicia hirsuta ...
...
762
Xantheria parietina var
spina-
sativa
...
762
losa
... 498
sepimn
762
Xanthium spinosum
... 412
Vigna lutea
703
Xanthorrhcea sp.
... 848
retusa
...
703
Xanthoxylon Blackburnia
... 715
Viola .
560
Xanthoxylum Blackburnia
... 699
betonicifolia
.'.".560, 697
,935
Xerotes
... 281
hedei-acea ...
935
turhinata ...
105, 106
Violarieai
278, 285,
418,
Xylaria Schweinitzii ..
... 745
[696
935
Xylina obscura
... 43
Viscum
716
serrata
... 43
articulatum
715
770
Xyridete
... 304
distichum ...
715
Yucca aloifolia ..
... 749
Vitex littoralis ...
747
Zehneria Baueriana
... 705
ovata
712
Zemira australis
... 882
trifoliata ...
712
Zenatia victorias
... 883
Vitis
279
280
Zeritis thyra
135, 269
hypoglauca
279
Zesius
... 255
Vittadinia australis .
100
chrysomallus
.. 255
Vittaria elongata
729
Zeuzeridse
... 75
rigida
729
Zieria cytisoides
... 904
Voluta brazieri . . .
...
882
furfuracea
... 904
f ulgetrum . .
882
Smithii
... 904
magnifica ...
882
var. Fraseri
... 904
mamilla
...
882
var. tomentosa ..
... 904
marmorata...
882
Zizera 137, t
210
212, 233
papillosa ...
882
alsulus ... 211, i
212,
213, 271
punctata ...
...
882
alms
... 210
Volutidse
...
443
communis ...
... 213
Vunga delineata
...
75
delospila
211,271
Wahlenbergia gracilis
... 412,
707,
gaika
211
212, 215
[771, 885
, 940
labradus ...211,2
12,
213, 214,
Wedelia biflora ..
707
[215, 272
Forsteriana
707
lulu
213, 231
Wickstroemia australi
3
714
lysimon
211
212, 215
indica
280
minima
... 210
Wilkiea
912
Zornia diphylla
... 937
macrophylla
...
911
Zygophylleas ... ••
.. 420
Wardellii ...
...
912
^
•-»§J
z
e ifl
Ul
i ip'^
2
CO
Isf
f
"^C^s
^V:4;^
a
i 7:^;^;^
^
9 Is ■'■■-■■■"
5, V;:-:'.:;,; ;
z
I
L
J I I
-Vfi
PLS.N.S.W. 1903.
/P.r^. de/,a.d nat.
CALLITRI5 GRACILIS, sp, nov.
Sketch Map of 7^E EL^^S ^jySE li^Q^KlT^OKl^^ E0S7^H£7. Queensland
^ Can%^' M.JIanc
^WirnTm
f^I,
\ (\h
III
r Woodford
Jilli;
isiSiii
Iliiiiiiiiil''
P.LS.N.S.W., 1903.
Fit!'. 1. — COLUMNAR TRACHYTE I MT. CONOWRII
Fis;". 2. MT BEERWAH.
P.L.S.N.S.W., 1903.
Fitf. 3. — MT. co^
■ ■., •8,
. ^ vs.:*^.
J
^^te)r^^
H-r
i: A
^^^^^HH|^^ > y^H^^^^I
R'
•lff'§^^
»^C;^
Fiji'. 4.— MT. TIBROGARGAN (THE LINES REPRESENT TELEGRAPH WlRES).
Issued July 30th, 1903.
Vol. XXVIII.
Part 1,
THE
No. 109. MJl^
PEOCEEDINGIS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
HEV^ SOUTH Vy^ALES
FOR THB YEAR
1Q03
I'ABT I.
Containing Papers read in
MARCH to APRIL (in part)
WITH THREE PLATES.
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 9/-]
-A^G-EITTS I2Sr STJIiOI>E:
_ cT^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. ^i
^iM^ slesars. R. FRiEDL.y.NDER & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. .M^^\y^
ms^'
NOTICE
With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the -Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Eoad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedliinder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —
Proceedings for 1882, Voh VIL— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
SE1003Sri> SEIilES-
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.
Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.
Part 4. lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.
Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Fart 3
8s.; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.
Part 4, 98.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.
Part 4, 88.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.
Supplement, la. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 98.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 68.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
SECOISTID SJEJUIES (continued).
Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4,
10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s, 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4,
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903 — Part 1, 9s.
A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.
CONTENTS.
The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Geratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) —
Prof. F. VV. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Phocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnocephalece. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes ( Trematoda ? ) (PI. xvi.) —
Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Palinurus Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obsei
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchufi. (PI. xxii.
xxm.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed ^cada from New South Wales. (PI.
xxvin.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.S, : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-XLii.)
Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society op New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £'2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the V^olumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1903, FART 1,
CONTENTS.
PAGK
A Monograph of the Australian Memhracida\ By F, W. Goding,
M.D., Ph.D. (Plate i.) 2
Revision of Australian Lepidoptera (Fam. Notodontidcv and Hypono-
meuti-dce). By A. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 42
Australian Fungi, New or Urn-ecorded. Decades iii.-iv. By D.
McAlpine, Corresponding Member ... ... ... ... .. 94
Descriptions of some New Species of West Australian Plants, By
W. V. FiTZGER.^LD, F.S.Sc, Lond., F.E.H.S., Eng. (Communi-
cn ted by J. H. Maiden , F.L.S., (tc.J 1 04
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. Nos. iii.-ix.
By R. Greio Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. 114
Notes on Australian Bhopalocera. Lycanidcc Part iii.— Revisional.
By G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. (Plates ii.-iii.) ... 132
Notes and Exhibits 93
Elections and Announcement.^ ... ... ... ... ... ...1,93
lasaed October 6ih, lOOo.
Vol. XXVIII.
Part 2.
r \
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF TJIK
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEW SOUTH V/ALES
FOR THE YEAR
1Q03.
FAB2' II.
Containing Papers read in
APRIL (in part) to JUNE (in fart),
WITH SEVENTEEN PLATES.
SYDNEY :
^^^<^^^
m
C^'-~ ■ -K
PlllNTliD AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCJETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STKEET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Priceri2/6]
Messrs. DuLAU & Co., 37 Solio Squaie, London, W.
^
^^^i
M^.^^,„..,,.,e.....^^^
JSOTICE.
With tlie exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed ia the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Eoad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Priedliinder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL— Part 1, 7s. Gd.; Part2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.
Part 4, £1 5s. .
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, r2s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, id.
Part 4, 17s. tjd.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, Pis. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, Ss.; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part3, £1;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Parti, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.;
Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6cl.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. tid.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VIL— Part 1, is. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. Gd.; Part 3,
8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.
Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. Gd.
Proceedings for 1S97— Part 1, lOs.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
SECOISriD Series (continued).
Proceediugs for 1899— Part 1, 12s. Gd.; Part 2, 12s.; Part .3, 10s.; Part 4,
lOs. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, Ss.; Part 2, 10s. Gd.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 17s. Gd.
Proceedings for 1901 -Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part .3, 5s.; Part 4,
17a. Gd.
Proceedings for 1902— Fart 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. Gd.; Part .3, 7s. Gd., Supple-
ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.
A redaction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plate.ss.
Price £3 3s.
CONTENTS.
The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).
Professor W. Baldwin Spexcer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v. ) —
Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PI. VL-ix.) — PVof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
TemnocephaUm. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. \V. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes (Trematoda ?) (PL xvi.) —
Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Pcdinuru>i Edwardsii, Huttoh. (PI. xvii.-xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obsei
rations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchus. (PI, xxii.
xxiii.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchns. (PI. xxiv.-xxvl) —
C. Hf.dley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S.: Notes on an Undescribed Acacia ivom New South Wales. (PL
xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maidex,
F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PL xxix.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PL xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Colb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PL xxxvl-xlii.)
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n. five
Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PllOCERDINGS, 1903, PAHl' 2.
CONTENTS.
PAGK
The Vegetation of New England, N.S.W. By Frkd. Turner,
F.L.S.,F.R.H.S., &c 276
Australian Psyllida'. Part iii. By Walter W. Frockiatt, F.L.S.
(Plates iv.-v.) 315
A Slime Bacterium (Bacterium persiac) from the Peach, Almond and
Cedar. By E.. Gueig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society ... ... ... ... .. ... .. ... ... 338
A Bevision of the Eucalypts of the Rylstone District. By 1\. T.
B.^KER, F.L.S 341^
The Corpus Luteum of Dctsyurus riverrinus, with Observations on
the Growth and Atrophy of the Graafian Follicle. By F. P.
Sanpes, M.D., Ch.M. (Ccmmtimcattd by Professor J. T. Wilson,
M.B.,Ch.M.). (Plates vi. -XX.} 364
Botany of the Darling, N.S.W. By Fred. Turner, F.L.S.;F.R.H.S.,
Ac 406
Notes on Prosohrancldata. No. iii. — The Neanic Shell of Melo
diadema, Lamk., and the Definition of the Nepionic Stage in the
Gasteropod Mollusc. By H. Leighton Kesteven 443
Elections and Announcements .. 314,363
Note.s and Exhibits 312,361
Issued December 23rd, I90o
PKOCEEDINGS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEV^ SOUTH V/ALES
FOR THK YEAR
1903
FAET II L
Containing Papers read in
JUNE (in part) to AUGUST,
WITH SEVENTEEN PLATES.
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Priceri4/-]
\l^
<^
.A.G^E!3SrTS I3Sr 3H3TJI?,0:PE
^"^ss-— /cT-^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.
fSj^N^/^^L. Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.
\ ^/(4M. ^
,^-_>;x— .
^;
i'i^^
NOTICE
With the exceptiou of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Priedliinder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.AV., at the fol-
lowing prices : —
FutsT Semes.
Proceedings for 18S2, Vol. VIL— Parti, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, os.;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
SECOiNriD SEIilES-
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d. •
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, Ss.; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, £1;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Parti, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part .3, 19s.;
Part 4. Jls.
Proceedmgs for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part S, ys.; Part 3,9s.;
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.;
Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, cs. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3,
8s.; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part ], 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.
Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
SeCOISTID SE!I?.IES (continued).
Pioceedings for 1899— Part 1, 12.s. (].l.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4,
10s. 6.1.
Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. (id.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, os.; Part 4,
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. Gd.; Part 3, 14s.
A reduction of 20 i)er cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with portrait, and foity-two plates.
Price £3 3s.
CONTENTS.
The Hon., Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Cercitodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v. ) —
Prof. F. VV. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Phocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PL vi.-ix.) — Prof. 'W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnocephalece. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Plat yhel mint he s ( Trematoda ? ) (PI. xvi. ) —
Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Paliiiuri(.s Edivardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obsei
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhi/nchus. (PI. xxii.
xxm.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhyiichus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Muellee, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S, : Notes on an Undesciibed Acacia from New South Wales. (PL
xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales.. (PL xxix.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PL xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PL xxxvi.-xlii.)
Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £,'2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the v^olume? are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1903, PART 3,
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Notes on the Genus Psychopsis, Newman, with Descriptions of New-
Species. By Walter W, Froggatt. F.L.S., Government Ento-
mologist. (Plate xxi.) 453
The Continental Origin of Fiji. By W. G. Woolnough, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part i. General Geology. (Plates xxii.-xxxiv. ) 457
List of twenty-seven Species of Lichens from New South Wales,
recorded by the Eev. W. W. Watts 498
The Continental Origin of Fiji. By W. G. Woolnough, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Part ii. Petrographical Descriptions of Typical Eocks. (Plates
xxxv.-xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 500
The Bacterial Origin of the Gums of the Arabin Group. No. x. The
Pararabin Gum of Sterculia (Bact. pararahinum, n.sp.). By
E. Greig Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society ... 541
Australian Fungi, new or unrecorded. Decades v.-vi. By D.
McAlpixe, Corresponding Member 553
Studies in Australian Entomology. No. xii. New Camhidce {Pann-
geini, Bcjiibidiini, Pegouini, Platysmatbii, Platynini, Lehiini), with
Eevisional Lists of Genera and Species, some Notes on Synonymy,
&c. By Thomas G. Sloane 566
Eevision of the Australian CurcuUoniiUe belonging to the Subfamily
Cryptorhynchides. Part vi. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. ... 643
Notes on Byhlis gigantca, Lindl. [N.O. Broseracece]. By Alex. G.
Hamilton. (Plate xxxvii.) 680'
Elections and Announcements .. 499,565
Notes and Exhibits 497 564
Issued A^n-il JStlh, 190 Jf.
Vol. XXVIII. ^^ _ ^^P^
Part 4. No. 112.^^.
^. THE ^^,\
PB.OOEEDINGS
OF THK
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEV^ SOUTH WALES
FOR TIIK YKAR _. >-, 4 ^
19 OS. -'^o'^
' Lji.'isi
R A R Yl
Containing Papers read in -— .x^—
SEPT'^EMBER to NOVEMBER,
WjTH THIRTEEN PLATES.
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price7l5/-]
^^cT^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Solio Square, London, W. ^^^.
^^MfM^Meaar^: R. Friedl.ender & Soiin, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. /C*\%^
V
g^-^. ^ — ^ — ::3^^
NOTICE.
With Llie exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Pkoceedings — of
which tlie Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
3- Friedliinder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —
Proceedings for 18S2, Vol. VIL— Parti, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, lOs.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceediugs for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.;
Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceediugs for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
SECOHSTHD SEI2,IES-,
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.
Part 4, 128. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.
Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £l4s.; Part 3, £1
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.
Part 4. Us.
Proceediugs for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3,9s.
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.
Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3
8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, Us.; Part 3, 6s.
Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.
Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.
Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6^1. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d.;
Part 3, 7s. 6cl.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4,
12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
SecOISTID SE3IiIES (continued).
Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, P2s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; I*aut4,
10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4,
17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902— Part 1,7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple-
ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. Gd.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4,
15s.
A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.
The Macleay -Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.
CONTENTS.
The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i,-v. ) —
Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Phocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PI. VL-ix.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnocephaleoi. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Se. ; On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes ( Trematoda ? ) (PI. xvi.) —
Prof. T. Jeffeky Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Palinurus Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obsei
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Omithorhynchus. (PI. xxii.
XXIII.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of OrnitJiorhynchus. (Pi. xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Farmacochka Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S.: Notes on an Undescribed Acacia irom New South Wales. (PI.
xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H., Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvl-xlii.)
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1903, PART 4,
CONTENTS.
PAGE
List of forty-seven Species or Varieties of New South Wales Lichens,
not represented in Wilson's " List," exhibited by Mr. E. Ciieel 687
The Flora of Norfolk Island. Tart i. By J. H. Maiden, Govern-
ment Botanist of New South Wales, and Director of the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney. (Plate xxxviii.) 692
Notes on the Geography of the Blue Mountains and Sydney District.
By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (Plates xxxix.-xliv.) .... 786
The Slime of Dematium jj»?Z?<Za»s. By R. Greig Sjjitii, D.Sc,
Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society 826
The Gum and Byproducts of Bacterium sacchari By R. Greig S:^iiTn,
D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society 834
Or a new Species of Callitris from Eastern Australia. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plate
xlv.) ... 839
The Geology of the Glass House Mountains and District. By H. I.
Jensen. (Plates xlvi.-l.) 842
The Effect of the Bassian Isthmus upon the Existing M^'ine Fauna :
a Study in Ancient Geography. By C. Hedley, F.L.S 876
The Variability of Eucalyptus under Cultivation. Part i. By J. H.
Maiden 887
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 9. By J. H. Maiden
AND E. Betche 904
Description of a new Genus and Species of Coleoptera (Family His-
jjid'rf') from New Britain. By David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. (Covi-
miinicatedhy W. .W. Frofjgntt) ... ... .., ... ... 924
Sur Quelques Similitudes des Langues et des Coutumes des Indigenes
de Funafuti (Ellice Group) et des Indigenes des lies de la Societe
de I'Archipel des Tnamotu, etc. Par MM. Donat et Seurat.
(Communicated by G: Hedley, F.I u S.J 926
The Botany of the "Clea''s" v^d '* Basalt Masses," County of Hun-
ter, N.S.W. By A. C. Barwick. (Communicated by Ix. T.
Baker, F.L.S.) 932
Notes and Exhibits 685,831,884,944
Elections and Announcen mts 691,833,886
Donations and Exchange .. ... 946
Title-page i.
List of Contributors and 'Cities of Papers iii.
Contents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... vii.
List of Plates... xi.
Corrigenda ... 971
List of New GentiK; 'I'tii s Proposed in this Volume 972
Index.
WH lADT $
■»;. .,■
'K?:|^^i:S;:::;:;Sp-sii|#iiiiif^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11